THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
C±. ^-^ M_, h
^
IE
FICIAL
EEKLY RECORD
VOLUME XXXVI: Numbers 915-939
January 7-June 24, 1957
IITED STATES
IREIGN POLICY
A-
Qm^
S'^l'^St
* C^ 3 5*3. / /» 3 6
\qs7
Correction for Volume XXXVI
The Editor of the Bulletin wishes to call atten-
tion to the followiug error in volume XXXVI :
February 25, page 295 : The sentence beginning
at the bottom of the first column should read, "The
second historical fact which I ask you to remember
as we explore the international scene of today is
the emergence of international communism as the
one great, aggressive threat to the liberties of man-
kind."
INDEX
Volume XXXVi, Numbers 915-939, January 7-June 24, 1957
Ac-id-grade fluorspar, escape-clause relief held unneces-
sary, 369
Aden:
Commercial samples and advertising material, exten-
sion of international convention (1952) to facili-
tate importation to, 548
Formation of ijrotectorate, 519
Adenauer, Konrad, 719, 955, 961, 965
Advertising material and commercial samples, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation of,
156, 548, 868
Advisory Committee on the Arts, designation of chair-
man, 193
Aerial inspection and ground control. See under Dis-
armament
Afghanistan :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 443
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 380, 990
Economic and technical assistance, U.S., interim re-
port on Ambassador Richards' mission, announce-
ment and joint communique, 724, 729
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sicU, and civilians, 203
Soviet-bloc aid to, 14
Africa (see also individual countries) :
Economic trends in, address (Bowie), 836
Educational exchange, U.S. program for, statement
(Murphy), 666
Emergence of, in world affairs, report to the President
(Nixon), 635
Importance to free world, statement (Nixon), 436
Africa, South-West, conditions in territory of, statement
(Knowland) and General Assembly resolution, 195,
196
Agricultural surpluses, U. S., use in overseas programs :
Agreements with —
Austria, 949 ; Brazil, 102, 118, 136 ; Burma, 42 ; Chile,
746, 773; China, Republic of, 156; Colombia, 731,
868 ; Ecuador, 381, 42G ; Finland, 950 ; Greece, 290,
337, 590; Haiti, 337; Iceland, 709, 710; Iran, 337,
426; Israel, 746; Italy, 290, 381, 670, 710; Japan,
290 ; Korea, 203, 289, 338, 830 ; Peru, 220, 829, 909 ;
Poland, 1003, 1033 ; Spain, 381, 710 ; Thailand, 118,
290, 548; Turkey, 242, 381, 910; Yugoslavia, 290,
630
Agricultural surpluses — Continued
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act:
Administration of. Executive order, 905
President's 5th semiannual progress report to Con-
gress, 183
Discussions with Poland regarding surplus commodi-
ties, proposed, 299
Export license applications for shipments to Poland,
134
Statements : Humphrey, 236 ; Kotschnig, 785
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
See under Agricultural surpluses
Agriculture :
European common market area, question of agricul-
tural policy, statement (Corse), 864
Food and Agriculture Organization, functions, state-
ment (Phillips), 627, 628
Plant protection convention, international, question of
U.S. approval, statement (Phillips) , 627
U.S.-Mexican cooperative efforts, address (Rubottom),
314
World food reserve, U.S. position on establishment of,
statement (Humphrey) and General Assembly
resolution, 233, 235
Aid to foreign countries. See Economic and technical
aid and Military assistance
Air Force mission, agreements with —
Chile, extending 1951 agreement, 242
Haiti, extending 1949 agreement, 156
Air navigation and transport. See Aviation
Air pollution. Technical Advisory Board on, progress re-
port to IJC, 696
Aircraft. See Aviation
Aldrich, Winthrop, 157
Algerian question. General Assembly actions concerning:
Address and statements : Dulles, 304 ; Lodge, 421 •
Wadsworth, 422 ; Wilcox, 690
Resolutions, 422
Admittance to and residence in U.S., proposed legisla-
tion concerning, 248, 249
Chinese nationals in U.S., U.S. position regarding re-
turn to Communist China and Taiwan, 261
Convention (1929) regarding status of, 241
Members of U.S. Armed Forces, President's recom-
mendation to Congress for naturalization of, 250
Index, January fo June 7957
1039
Allison, John M., 470
Allowances for U.S. Government civilians serving over-
seas, 110
Allyn, Stanley C, 72, 779
Al-Saud, Saud ibn Abd al-Aziz, 135, 308
Alsike clover seed. President aslis study of tariff quota
on, 584
Ambassadorial tallis at Geneva (U.S.-Communist China),
progress of negotiation on release of American pris-
oners and renunciation of force principle, address
(Jones), 267
American Council on NATO, message (Eisenhov^er), 252
American Doctrine, U.S. policy of economic and mili-
tary assistance and the question of use of armed
forces to counter Soviet aggression in the Near
and Middle East :
Addresses and statements: Dulles, 303, 533; Eisen-
hower, 436; Jones, 265: Merchant, 258; Murphy,
477, 522, 650; Rountree, 758, 077
Congressional action regarding :
President's message to Congress, S3
Statements: Dulles, 126, 129, 170, 172, 173, 304, 480;
Eisenhower, 480; Hill, 131
Texts of joint resolutions, 128 (proposed), 481
Israeli support of, announcement, 968
Mission of Ambassador James P. Richards:
Appointment as Special Assistant to the Presi-
dent, 130, 480
Departure of mission and delegation listed, 481, 526
Results of mission, addresses and statements :
Khalidy, 731; Richards, 730, 763, 841, 969; Roun-
tree, 977
Texts of communiques, 725, 731, 763, 844, 968
Views of members of Baghdad Pact, 217, 730
American Principles and the United Nations, address
(Hoffman), 51
American Republics. See Latin America, Inter-American,
and iH<livi(iual countries
American States, Organization of. See Organization
of American States
American war graves, agreement extending 1947 agree-
ment with the Netherlands, 630
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights, treaty
with Iran, 009
Anglo-American financial agreement (1945), amend-
ment of:
Current actions, 548, 1033
President's messages to Congress regarding, 169, 492
Statement (Kalijarvi), 625
Text of amendment, 492
Antarctica, U.S. concern over Soviet presence in, state-
ment (Dulles), 535
Antofagasta, agreement with Chile for establishment and
operation of weather station at, 630, 710
ANZUS Treaty, 494, 495
Aqaba, Gulf of («ee also Israeli hostilities) :
International character of, statements (Dulles), 484,
487
Israeli views on, 562
1040
Aqaba, Gulf of — Contiuueu
Right of innocent passage through :
Statements: Dulles, 400, 402, 404, 405, 598; Lodge,
432
Report (Hammarskjold), 272
U.S. aide memoire, 393
U.S. position on, address and statement: Lodge, 326;
Wilcox, 558
■Withdrawal of Israeli forces from :
Report (Hammarskjold), 394
U.S. position, address and statements: Dulles, 401,
483; Eisenhower, 388, 389, 390; Hagerty, 393;
White House, 391
Arab-Israeli dispute («ee also Suez Canal problem) :
Arms supply to the Middle East, renunciation of,
Soviet proposal and U.S. reply, 523, 520
Background data, addresses (Murphy), 515, 650
Israeli dispute with Syria, statements (Lodge), 1029
Israeli hostilities with Egypt. Sec Israeli hostilities
Palestine refugees, iielief and rehabilitation of, state-
ments (Lord) and text of General Assembly resolu-
tion, 5S5, 587, 589
U.N. role, address (Wilcox), 556, 559
U.S. views, addresses and statements : Dulles, 9, 172,
173, 9G5 ; Merchant, 257, 261 ; Murphy, 521
Arab States, political situation in, address (Murphy), 518
Arbitral Tribunal and Mixed Commission, Germany,
multilateral agreement amending administrative
agreement (1954) concerning, 156
Arctic areas, proposal for aerial inspection zones in,
statements (Dulles), 894
Argentina :
Aliens, convention (1929) regarding status of, 241
Export-Import Bank loan, 418
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
agreements relative to money orders and parcel
post, final protocols, and regulations of execu-
tion, 710
Arias Espinosa, Ricardo M., 54
Armaments (see also Atomic energy, nuclear weapons;
Disarmament; and Guided missiles) :
Arms buildup in Far East, address (Jones), 267
Arms for peace, address (Dulles), 716
Arms shipments to Middle East, renunciation of, Soviet
proposal and U.S. reply, 523, 526
Free-world need for, address (Macomber), 412
International control and reduction of, addresses and
statements : Bowie, 837 ; Lodge, 227, 423 ; Pomeroy,
697 ; text of U.S. memorandum, 231
Military strength of Communist-bloc countries, address
(Murphy), 476
Weapons supply to Republic of Korea, U.S. considera-
tion of, statement ( Dulles) , 898
Weapons system in NATO countries, U.S. policy, ex-
cerpt from report to Congress (Eisenhower), 934
Armand, Louis, 2.")0, 300
Armed forces :
Geneva conventions (1949), treatment of, 203, 670, 949
NAC communique regarding use of, 840
Deparfment of Sfofe Bulletin
Amiert forces — Continued
Reduction of:
Soviet declaration concerning, 91, 92
U.S. proposal, statement (Lodge), 227; text of U.S.
memoraiulum, 231
SEATO countries, training exercises, 499
Withdrawal of foreign forces from Egypt {see also
under Israeli hostilities), 216
Armed Forces, U.S. :
Air Force agreement with U.K. amending 19.56 agree-
ment regarding construction of military housing
and community facilities, 630
Alien members. President's recommendations to Con-
gress for naturalization of, 250
Atomic weapons, accessibility to U.S. forces in Pacific,
537
In Europe, maintenance of strength of, statement
(Dulles), 3
International naval review, U.S. invitation to celebrate
founding of American Colonies, 319
Military missions, U.S., abroad. See Military missions
Troops overseas, problems regarding, statements
(Dulles, Wilson), 9G.3, 1000
Arts, Advisory Committee on the, designation of chair-
man, 193
Asakai, Koichiro, 1013
Asia, Southeast Asia, and South Asia («ee also Far East
and individual countries) :
Civilization and culture, common foundations of East
and West, statement (Allyn), 72
Collective security (see also Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization), ANZUS Treaty, 494, 40.5
Colombo Plan, communique and Cith annual report of
Consultative Committee, 30, 31. 204
Communist subversion in :
SEATO efforts to counter, 497, 527
Text of foreword to War or Peace (Dulles), 602,
603
U. S. efforts to counter, addresses and statement:
Dulles, .535; Jones, 265, 266; Murphy, 477, 478;
Robertson, 995
ECAFB. See Economic Commission for Asia
Economic, social, and cultural progress and coopera-
tion in, 500, 501
Economic Development Fund, President's Asian, 786
Economic trends in, address (Bowie), 836
Hungarian revolution, Asian position on, 264
International organizations, membership in, list of
countries, 374
U.S. policy, address (Jones), 263
Aswan Dam («ee also Suez Canal), relationship to seiz-
ure of Suez Canal, statements (Dulles), 535, 641,
645
Atlantic Community (see also North Atlantic Council and
North Atlantic Treaty Organization) :
Growth and development of:
Address and statement: Eisenhower, 640; Norstad,
254
Report of Committee of Three on Non-Military Co-
operation in NATO, 18
D.S.-U.K. views on, 561
Atlantic fisheries, northwest, protocol amending inter-
national convention (1949), current actions, 203, 670,
829, 909, 990, 1032
Atomic energy, nuclear weapons :
Accessibility to U.S. forces in the Pacific, 537
Control and limitation, international :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, relationship to
international control, statements : Dulles, 878, 879 ;
Wilcox, 890
Soviet proposals, 92, 229
U.S. policy, address (Bowie), 837; statement
(Lodge), 226; texts of U.S. memorandum and note.
230, 902
NAC communique regarding use of, 840
Necessity for production of, excerpt from President's
budget message to Congress, 164, 165
Testing of:
Eniwetok and IJikini inhabitants compensated for
leaving homes, 101
Japanese note of protest and U.S. replies, 901
Relationship to disarmament, statement (Dulles),
770
U.S.-U.K. views, statements (Dulles), 4S4, .590, 601;
text of joint communique, 562
Atomic ener.gy, peaceful uses of:
Agreements with —
Australia, 990; Belgium, 289; Canada, 509; Den-
mark, 420 ; Dominican Republic, 78 ; Ecuador, 990 ;
Germany, Federal Republic of, 426 ; Guatemala,
789; Iran, 509, 629; Iraq, 1033; Norway, 469, 470;
Portugal, 1033; Sweden, 548; Switzerland, 290;
Thailand, 630
EURATOM. See Atomic Energy Community
German Federal Minister for Atomic Affairs, visit to
U.S., 538
Inter-American Nuclear Energy Commission, proposal
to establish, statement (Eisenhower) and announce-
ment, 1014, 1010
2d International Atomic Energy Conference, invita-
tion to convene in Chicago, 708
U.S. programs for development :
Address and statements : Berding, 808 ; Kotschnlg,
786 ; Lodge, 226
President's message and report to Congress, ex-
cerpts, 164, 165, 939
U.S. memorandum, 230
Atomic energy, radiation effects on human health, U.S.-
U.K. views on, 562
Atomic Energy Agency, International :
Relationship to U.N., text of General Assembly resolu-
tion concerning, 240
Statute, current actions, 203, 241, 380, 625, 609, 709,
745, 829, 909, 990, 1032
U.S. participation in, question of:
Addresses and statements : Berding, 809 ; Dulles,
878, 898; Eisenhower, 124; Wadsworth, 880; Wil-
cox, 887
Statute, transmittal to U.S. Senate, letter (Eisen-
hower), report (Dulles), summary of statute,
015, 616, 618
Index, January to June 1957
1041
Atomic Energy Community, European :
Nuclear power target, publication of report on, 901
U.S. position, addres.s (Murphy), 649
U.S.-German views on, joint communiques, 491, 956
Visit of EURATOM committee to U.S. :
Invitation, letters (Dulles, Spaak), 29
Announcement, 250
White House statement and text of communique, 306
Atomic Energy Conference, 2d Internationa], Invitation
to convene in Chicago, 708
Atomic energy information, tripartite (U.S., U.K.,
Canada) policy on declassification of, statement
(Strauss), 35
Atoms for peace. See Atomic energy, peaceful uses of;
and Atomic Energy Community
Attorne.v General, U.S., action concerning Hungarian
refugees, statement (Eisenhower), 96
Australia :
Air transport, consultations on agreement with U.S.,
909
ANZUS Treaty, 494, 495
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S. for
cooperation, 990
GATT, 5th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 156
Naval vessels, agreements with U.S. concerning financial
arrangements for furnishing of supplies and serv-
ices, 203
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 710
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 549
Austria :
Export-Import Banlj loan, 491
Hungarian refugees in. See Hungarian refugees
President of Austria, death of, cablegram (Eisen-
hower), 134
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 949
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 909
GATT, procfes verbal and amending protocols, 470,
590, 829
OTC, agreement on, 590
State treaty, 241
Universal copyright convention (1952), with proto-
cols, 709
Auto travel, international. See Travel
Aviation :
Aerial inspection and ground control. See under
Disarmament
Civil Aviation Organization, International. See Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization
Internatonal civil aviation, review of U.S. policy, ad-
dress (Kalijarvi), 1011
Soviet airspace, alleged violation by U.S. planes, U.S.
and Soviet notes, 135
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Faroe Islands, Greenland,
and Iceland, agreements on joint financing, 380, 548
Air services, agreement amending annex to 1946
agreement with U.K. providing for additional route
to Barbados, 204
Air services transit, international agreement (1944),
709
Aviation — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Air transport agreements with —
Australia (consultations), 909; Iran, 198, 199
(text), 203; Korea, 790, 825 (text) ; Mexico, 548,
575 (text) ; Netherlands, 579, 710, 746, 747 (text),
1013 ; Syria, 846, 809 ; Switzerland, 590
Aircraft, imported, agreement and arrangements
concerning certificates of airworthiness, with —
France, 203 ; Norway, 426
Civil aviation, international convention (1944) on,
and amending protocol, 289, 909
Transportation by air, international, convention and
protocol (1929) for unification of rules relating
to, 829
U.S.-U.K. air talks adjourned, 437
Azores, agreement with Portugal extending 1951 agree-
ment relating to use of facilities in, 670
Baghdad Pact:
Importance of, U.S. views, 520, 534
Middle East situation, Moslem members' views, text of
communique, 216
Military Committee, U.S. delegation, 989
Ministerial Council, U.S. observer delegation to 3d ses-
sion, 989
U.S. participation in military and economic aspects,
question of, announcement and statements (Rich-
ards, Khalidy), 724, 730, 731; U.S.-U.K. com-
munique, 561
Bahamas long range proving ground facilities, agreements
with U.K. regarding, 157, 790
Bailey, Sen. Josiah W., 1021, 1022, 1023
Balke, Siegfried, 538
Baltic States:
Anniversary of independence, statement (Dulles), 347
Soviet aggression in, address (Merchant), 260
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. See Inter-
national Bank
Barbados :
Air services, agreement amending annex to 1946 agree-
ment between U.S. and U.K. providing for addi-
tional routes to, 204
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1954) to facilitate importation
of, extension to, 548
Barco, James W., 460
Bataan, anniversary of fall of, messages (Eisenhower,
Garcia), 679
Belgium :
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
Minister for Foreign Affairs, visit to U.S., 250
Tariff negotiations (GATT) with U.S., 581
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing of,
548
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending
1955 power reactor agrcpiuont with U.S., 289
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
Mutual defense assistance, agreement amending an-
nex B to 1950 agreement with U.S., 949
1042
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Belgium — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
829
U. S. Ambassador, confirmation, 630
Bellegarde, Dantes, 540
Belo Horizonte, Brazil, opening of U.S. consulate, 950
Benson, George Charles S., 36
Berding, Andrew H., 030, 805
Berle, Adolf A., Jr., 1022, 1023
Berlin :
Position vis-a-vis East and West, addresses (Eleanor
Dulles), 175,606, 978
Wheat agreement (1956), international, application to
Land Berlin, 1033
Berman, Edward, 424
Bermuda meeting of Heads of Government, U.S.-U.K.
exchange of views : joint communique with annexes,
561; statements (Dulles), 595, 645
Bicycles, U.S. tariff policy regarding, 369
Bikini and Eniwetok, former inhabitants compensated
for leaving homes, 101
Bliss, Don C, 950
Blyley, Katherine G., 36
Board of Foreign Scholarships, appointments, 36
Bohlen, Charles E., 869
Bolivia :
Economic stabilization program, U.S. support for, 103
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 630
Bonds, German Dollar, Validation Board for :
Establishment, 444
Report ( Sept. 1, 1955-Aug. 31, 1956) , 447
Bonsai, Philip W., 630
Bowie, Robert R., 835
Bowman, Linn B., 424
Brazil :
Industrial development, excerpt from report to Con-
gress (Eisenhower), 937
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural surpluses agreement with U.S., 102, 118
Copyright protection of literary, artistic, and scien-
tific works, agreement with U.S., 668, 670
Guided missiles facility, agreement with U.S. for
establishment of, 289, 316
IFO, articles of agreement, 203
Loan agreement with U.S. for economic develop-
ment, 1.36
Submarines, agreement with U.S. for loan of, 203
Telecommunication convention (1952) international,
final protocol, and additional protocols, 1033
U.S. consulate at Belo Horizonte, opening, 950
Bricker amendment, statement (Dulles), 304
British Commonwealth, Foreign Relations, volume on,
published, 550
British Guiana, extension of international convention
(1952) to facilitate importation of commercial
samples and advertising material to, 548
British Honduras, extension of international convention
(19.52) to facilitate importation of commercial
samples and advertising material to, 548
Broadcasting. See Telecommunications
Bruce, David K. E., 549
Buchanan, Wiley T., 338
Budget, U.S., fiscal year 1958 :
President's message to Congress and report to American
people, 163, 875
Statement (Dulles), 795
Building for Peace, address (Murphy) , 647
Bulganin, Nikolai, 89
Bunker, Ellsworth, 510
Burma :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S. amend-
ing 1956 agreement, 42
Economic cooperation, agreement with U.S., 746
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 203
Slavery, protocol amending 1926 convention, 909
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 950
Burns, John H., 869
Butter oil and butter substitutes, quota on imports, an-
nouncement and proclamation, 817
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic (see also Soviet
Union) :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 709
Cultural property, convention and protocol (1954) for
protection in event of armed conflict, and regula-
tions of execution, 1032
Cabot, John M., 1033
Caicos and Turks Islands, extension of civil aircraft serv-
ice to, U.S.-U.K. agreement, 157
Calendar of international meetings, 37, 193, 372, 541, 740,
906
Cambodia :
Opium, protocol regulating production, trade, and use
of, 710
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 290
Cameroons, British, political and economic progress In,
statement (McGregor), 822
Cameroons, French, political developments in, statement
(Sears), 820
Canada :
Ambassador to Egypt (E. H. Norman), announcement
and exchange of U.S.-Canadian notes concerning,
539, 694
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 893
Atomic energy information, declassification of, tri-
partite policy (U.S., U.K., Canada), statement
(Strauss), 35
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada), execu-
tive meeting of, 695
Tariff concessions on potatoes, GATT, negotiations with
U.S. on, 360, 773
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 548
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending 1955
agreement with U.S. for cooperation concerning,
509
Fisheries in Fraser River system, protocol to 1930
convention with U.S. for protection, preservation,
and extension of, 76, 118, 1033
Fur seals. North Pacific, interim convention on con-
servation of, 337, 376, 377 (text)
GATT, 5th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 1033
Index, January to June 1957
1043
Canada — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Haines-Fairbanks pipeline, defense agreement witti
U.S. providing for maintenance of, 242
Navigation improvements in connecting channels of
Great Lakes, agreements vifith U.S., 42, 509, 746
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending 1949
International convention for, 670
Canary Islands, establishment of U.S. consular agency
in, 338
Cape Frances Viejo, agreement with Dominican Republic
for establisliment of long range radio aid to naviga-
tion station, 574, 590
Caribbean Commission, meeting and U.S. delegation, 948
Carpenter, I. W., Jr., 540
Carroll, Mr. and Mrs. Kevin, 654
Cartwright, Robert F., 667
Ceylon, agreement with U.S. providing for reciprocity
on nonimmigrant visas and fees, 289
Chapin, Seldin, 759
Charter of the United Nations. See United Nations
Charter
Chaves, Osvaldo, 54
Chile :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 540
Economic stabilization program, U.S. support of,
statement (White), 773
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 746
Air Force mission, agreement extending 1951 agree-
ment with U.S., 242
IFC, articles of agreement, 789
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production,
trade, and use of, 949
Military assistance, agreement with U.S. regarding
disposition of equipment and materials, 203
Weather stations, agreement with U.S. for estab-
lishment and operation of, 630, 710
WMO, convention, 868
China, Communist :
Aggression in the Far East, address (Robertson), 298
Atomic Energy Agency, International, question of
representation in, statement and address: Wads-
worth, 881 ; Wilcox, 892
Economic development, U.S. views on ECAFE report,
statement (Kotschnig), 783
Geneva ambassadorial talks with U.S., progress of
negotiation on release of American prisoners and
renunciation of force principle, address (Jones), 267
Relationship to Soviet Union, statement (Dulles), 768
Strength of, vis-a-vis SEATO nations, statement
(Dulles), 600
Subversive activities against Taiwan, address (Jones),
267
Support of Soviet policies, address (Murphy), 478
Travel of American newsmen to, U.S. policy:
Announcement, 54
Statements: Dulles, 301, 305, 48.'5, 488, 000, 610, 768,
771, 895, 967 ; Murphy, 664
U.N. membership, question of, U.S. views, 7, 298, 603
China, Communist — Continued
U.S. nationals in Communist China and Chinese na-
tionals in U.S., U.S. views on return to their re-
spective countries, 2G1
U.S. policy of nonrecognition, address and statements:
Dulles, 404, 531, 536; Robertson, 297
U.S. trade policy toward, 301, 772, 967
China, Republic of :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, representation
in, statement and address: Wadsworth, 881; Wil-
cox, 892
Chinese nationals in United States, U.S. views on re-
turn to Taiwan, 262
Renunciation of force principle, application to Taiwan
area, discussions at Geneva ambassadorial talks,
267, 268
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural surpluses, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 156
Defense facilities, agreement with U.S. to facilitate
construction, 78
Investment guaranties, agreement amending 1952
agreement with U.S., 949
Medical research, agreement amending 1955 agree-
ment with U.S. providing for U.S. Navy unit in
Taipei, 156
Naval craft, small, agreement amending 1954 agree-
ment with U.S. relating to loan of, 1033
U.S. Air Force missile unit, stationing in Taiwan, 854
U.S. economic and military assistance to, excerpt from
report to Congress (Eisenhower), 936, 937
U.S. policy, addresses and statements : Dulles, 531,
641, 903, 964, 967 ; Jones, 267 ; Robertson, 297
Chiriboga V., Jos6 R., 36
Christmas Island, British nuclear tests on, statement
(Dulles), 484
Civil aviation. See Aviation.
Civil Aviation Organization, International : See Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization
Civilian persons, Geneva convention (1949) relative to
protection in time of war, 203, 670, 949
Civilian Service Organization, agreements with U.S. re-
lating to disbandmeut of German element of, 830
Civilians, U.S. See U.S. citizens
Claims :
Denmark, legislative proposal for payment for ships
requisitioned by U.S. in World War II, 1020
German external debts, progress in settling, 444
German dollar bonds. Validation Board Report, 447
Interhandel issue, U.S. position on Swiss claim, texts
of notes and memorandum, 350
Lend-lease and reciprocal aid and surplus war prop-
erty, agreement further extending joint statement
(1945) with U.K. relating to settlement for, 1033
Polish-American, proposal for negotiation for settle-
ment of, announcement, joint statement, and ex-
change of notes, 1003. 1005, 1007
Tort claims, proposed settlement under Information
and Educational Exchange Act, 570
War damage claims against Italy, 670, 901
Claxton, Philander P., Jr., 12
1044
Department of State Bulletin
Climatology, Commission for, WMO, 2d session :
Article (Landsberg), 612
U.S. delegation, 153
Coal and Steel, European Community for. President of
High Authority to visit U.S., 040
Coal mining officials, Polish, visit to U.S., 611
Coe, Robert D., SC9
"Cold war," article and statement : Dulles, 5 ; Oechsner,
571
Collective security (see also Mutual defense, Mutual se-
curity, and National security) :
Asia (sec also Southeast Asia Treaty Organization),
ANZUS Treaty, 494, 405
Development and value of, foreword to War or Peace
(Dulles), 602
Europe. See European security and North Atlantic
Treaty Organization
Far East, agreements in, address (Murphy), 651
Near and Middle East. See Baghdad Pact
U.S. views on :
Addresses and statements : Dulles, 171, 494, 676,
715 ; Eisenhower, 917 ; Murphy, 478
President's message and report to Congress, excerpts,
124, 934
U.S.-U.K. views on, text of communique, 561
Colllgan, Francis J., 990
Collum, Robert S., 721
Colombia :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 731,
868
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.,
156, 381
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 1033
U.S. recognition of provisional government, 901
Colombo Plan, 8th meeting of Consultative Committee,
communique, and 5th annual report, 30, 31, 204
Columbia River diversion project, progress report by the
IJC, 696
Commerce : See Trade
Commercial relations, U.S. and other countries. See
Economic policy and relations, U.S. : Tariff policy,
U.S. ; Tariffs and trade, general agreement on ; and
Trade
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation
of, 156, 548, 868
Commercial treaties. See Trade: Treaties
Committee for Reciprocity Information, 359, 360, 581,
583
Committee of Three, report on nonmllitary cooperation
in NATO, 17, 18, 27
Common marlcet. See European common market
Communications. See Telecommunications
Communism, international (.tee also China, Communist;
and Soviet Union) :
Communist-bloc countries, military strength of, 476
Continuing threat of, addresses, report, and statement:
Dulles, 495 ; Eisenhower, 211, 436, 875 ; Robertson,
684, 685, 686
Problems of, statement (Dulles), 50
Propaganda tactics, address and statement : Berding,
807 ; Dulles, 171
Communism, international — Continued
Subversive activities in —
iVfrica, report (Nixon), 638
Asia, addresses: Jones, 205, 266; Murphy, 477, 478,
651 ; Robertson, 295, 382, 995 ; foreword to War or
Peace (Dulles), 602, 603; excerpts from SEATO
report, communique, and statements (Dulles),
497, 527, 529
East Germany, addresses (EleanorDulles), 175, 605,
978
Iran, address (Chapin), 761
Korea, statement (Greenbaum), 141, 142, 143, 144
_ Latin America, address (Robertson), 857
Near and Middle East (see also American Doctrine),
addresses: Merchant, 257; Murphy, 6.50; Roun-
tree, 756, 974, 975
U.S. efforts to counter through mutual security pro-
grams, address, message, and statement: Dulles,
675 ; Eisenhower, 915, 920
Conant, James B., 290
Conferences and organizations, international (see also
subject), calendar of meetings, 37, 193, 372, 541, 740,
906
Congress, U.S. :
Addresses by —
Chancellor of the Federal Republic of Germany, 956,
958
President of Viet-Nam, 8.52
Bipartisan conference of President Eisenhower with
leaders of Congress, SS
Canadian Ambassador to Egypt, Senate Internal Se-
curity Subcommittee allegations regarding, 539
Documents relating to foreign policy, lists of, 137,
221, 290, 371, 506, 629, 774, 818, 941, 1028
Legislation, proposed :
Anglo-American financial agreement (1954), amend-
ment of. President's message of transmittal and
text of amendment, 492; statement (Kalijarvi),
625
Atomic Energy Agency, International, question of
U.S. participation, address and statements: Dulles,
878 ; Wadsworth, 880 ; Wilcox, 887
Bricker amendment, statement (Dulles), 304
Immigration and Nationality Act, revision of, mes-
sage (Eisenhower), 247
Loyalty clearance procedure of Americans employed
by international organizations, statement (Wil-
cox), 56
Middle East proposals, question of economic and
military assistance and the use of armed forces
to counter Soviet aggression in. See American
Doctrine
Mutual security program for 1958, message and
statements: Dulles, 675, 926; Eisenhower, 920;
Richards, 973
Payment to Denmark for ships requisitioned by U.S.
in World War II, 1020
Plant protection convention, international, state-
ment (Phillips), 627
State Department appropriations, appeal for partial
restoration of proposed cuts, statement (Dulles),
795
Index, January to June 1957
1045
Congress, U. S. — Ck)ntiiiued
Legislation, proposed — Continued
U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act of
1948, amendments, 5G6
Wheat agreement (195G), international, approval of,
article (Highby), 318, 382
Middle East, congressional study of U.S. policy in,
statement (Dulles), 300
Presidential messages, reports, etc. See Eisenhower,
Dwight D. : Messages, letters, and reports to Con-
gress
Consular rights, amity, and economic relations, treaty
with Iran, 909
Consular rights, friendship, and commerce, treaty with
El Salvador, 548
Consular service, U.S. See Foreign Service
Consultative Committee for Economic Development In
South and Southeast Asia, 8th meeting, communique,
and 5th annual report, 30, 31, 204
Cook Islands, including Nine, application of international
convention (1952) to facilitate importation of com-
mercial samples and advertising material to, 868
Copyright :
Literary, artistic, and scientific works, reciprocal
agreement with Brazil, 668, 670
Universal copyright convention (1952), with protocols,
380, 548, 669, 709
Cornerstone ceremony for new State Department build-
ing, 116
Cornwall Island, agreement with Canada relating to
dredging of north channel of, 42
Correspondents, U.S. See Newsmen, U.S.
Corse, Carl D., 779n, 863
Costa Rica, OAS role in settlement of dispute with
Nicaragua, 858
Cotton Advisory Committee, International, 16th plenary
meeting, U.S. delegation, 908
Cotton textiles :
Question of exports to U.S. :
Italian announcement, 220
Japanese program, 218
U.S. position, announcement and letter (Eisenhower),
219 ; statement (Dulles), 303
Velveteen fabrics, postponement of action on tariff on
imports of, 105, 370
Coulter, Eliot B., 722
Council of Ministers, SEATO. See under Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization
Cuba:
Collisions at sea, regulations (1948) for preventing, 949
Investment receipts, agreement with U.S. providing
guaranties against inconvertibility of, 381
Universal copyright convention (1952), with protocols,
669
U.S. Ambassador, resignation (Gardner), 910; con-
firmation (Smith), 1033
Cultural property, convention and protocol (1954) for pro-
tection in event of armed conflict, 289, 470, 1032
Cultural relations :
Convention (1954) for promotion of inter-American re-
lations, 380
Limitations on, statements : Cartwright, 667 ; Murphy,
663
U.S. cooperation with —
American universities, 573; Mexico, 313; NATO
countries, 25; SEATO countries, 501, 503, 528;
Thailand, 442 ; Turkey, 214
Cumming, Hugh S., Jr., 426
Customs :
Customs procedures, U.S., simplification of, excerpts
from President's economic report to Congress, 224
Customs tariffs, convention (1890) creating interna-
tional union for publication of, and protocol, 470,
589, 829
Gift parcels for Hungary, removal of import duties, 134
Inspection, facilitation of, excerpt from U.S. report to
the U.N. Secretary-General concerning interna-
tional travel, 152, 153
Private road vehicles, convention (1954) on temporary
importation of, 42, 829
Touring, convention (1954) concerning facilities for,
42, 829
Cyprus :
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation
of, extension to, 548
Negotiations concerning, U.S. views and text of General
Assembly resolution, 54, 507, 508
Czechoslovakia :
American air attach^, alleged intrusion into restricted
area, text of U.S. note, 940
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 829
U.S. protest of interference with visitors to American
Embassy, 11
Dammam, port of, agreement with Saudi Arabia for im-
provement of, 680, 681
Debts, German external, progress in settlement:
Article (Fickett), 444
Report of Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds
(Sept. 1, 1955-Aug. 31, 1956), 447
Defense (see also Mutual defense and Mutual security) :
Agreements relating to, with —
Canada, 242; Iceland, 100, 157, 382; Portugal, 221,
670
Guided missiles. See Guided missiles
Offshore procurement, agreements relating to, with —
Federal Republic of Germany, 337, 789 ; Spain, 157
Patent rights and technical information for defense
purposes, agreements for exchange of, with —
France, 547, 590 ; Turkey, 830
U.S.-U.K. talks, test of joint communique, 255
Defense Department:
Administration of military assistance programs, pro-
posed, 801
Budgetary recommendations, message to Congress
(Eisenhower), 923
Girard case, joint statement with State Department
concerning, 1000
Defense support. See Mutual security
1046
Department of State Bulletin
De Galindez, Jesus, 1027, 1028
De la Maza, Octavio, 221, 611, 1026, 1027
Delaney, George P., 1032
De Moya, Alonzo Manuel, 1013
Denmark :
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending
1955 agreement with U.S., 426
GATT, protocols amending and proems verbal, 789, 829
ICJ, statute, declaration recognizing compulsory juris-
diction deposited, 289
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
829
OTC, agreement on, 789
Ships requisitioned by the U.S. in World War II, pro-
posed payment for, 1020
U.S. Ambassador, resignation, 869
De Seynes, Philippe, 11
De Torrents, Henry, 719
Dhahran Airfield (Saudi Arabia) :
Agreement with Saudi Arabia regarding, 309, 680, 710
Discrimination against U.S. airmen stationed at,
question of, statement (Dulles), 770
Development loan fund, U.S., proposal for, addresses,
statement, and message : Dillon, 802 ; Dulles, 927 ;
Eisenhower, 918, 923
Diem, Ngo Dinh, 771, 851
Dillon, C. Douglas, 549, 800, 946
Diplomatic representatives, U.S., abroad. See under
Foreign Service
Diplomatic representatives in U.S. :
Hungarian assistant military and air attach^ declared
persona non grata, U.S. note, 983
Presentation of credentials : Afghanistan, 443 ; Canada,
893; Chile, 540; Dominican Republic, 1013;
Ecuador, 36 ; Haiti, 540 ; Honduras, 181 ; Japan,
1013 ; Libya, Panama, Paraguay, 54 ; Switzerland,
719
Soviet assistant military attach^ declared persona non
grata, announcement and U.S. note, 181
Disarmament (see also Armaments, Armed Forces, and
Disarmament Commission, U.N.) :
Aerial inspection and ground control, U.S. and Soviet
positions :
Address and statements : Berding, 809 ; Dulles, 894,
895, 899, 900, 965, 906, 967 ; Lodge, 71, 225, 423
Correspondence between President Eisenhower and
Premier Bulganin, 89
Excerpt from state of the Union message, 124
Soviet declaration, 90
U.S. memorandum, 230
General Assembly consideration of :
Address and statements : Lodge, 225 ; Wilcox, 691
Texts of Committee I resolution and U.S. memoran-
dum, 230
London talks :
Progress on negotiations, statements (Dulles, Hag-
erty, Stassen), 767, 772
U.S. representatives, 538
Nuclear weapons, control of. See Atomic energy
Relationship to Federal Republic of Germany :
Joint declaration (Adenauer, Elsenhower), 956
Statements (Dulles), 894, 895, 900, 961, 965, 966, 967
U.S.-U.K. views on need for, 562
Disarmament Commission, U.N. {see also Disarmament) :
Composition and organization, 538
Enlargement of, U.S. views, statement (Lodge), 229
List of documents, 742
Displaced persons. See Hungarian refugees, Intergov-
ernmental Committee, and Refugees
Dominican Republic :
Ambassador to U. S., credentials, 1013
Murphy, Gerald Lester, disappearance of. See Mur-
phy, Gerald Lester
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civU uses of, agreement with U.S. for
cooperation concerning, 78
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions,
590
Long range radio aid to navigation station, agree-
ment with U.S. for establishment of, 574, 590
Universal postal convention (1952), 745
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 950
Double taxation on income, agreements for avoidance of,
with—
Honduras, 316, 337, 426 ; Japan, 574, 630, 867
Drain, Richard D., 426
Drees, Willem, 580
Dreier, John C, 811
Drew, Gerald A., 790, 859
Drugs, narcotic, protocol (1953) regulating production,
trade, and use of opium, 42, 710, 949
Dulles, Eleanor, 175, 605, 978
Dulles, John Foster :
Addresses and statements :
Algerian question, need for exchange of views, 304
American Doctrine, 126, 129, 170, 303, 304, 480, 533
Antarctica, U.S. concern over Soviet presence in, 535
Aqaba, Gulf of, 400, 401, 402, 404, 405, 483, 484, 487,
598
Arab-Israeli dispute, 9, 172, 173, 965
Aswan Dam, 535, 641, 645
Atomic Energy Agency, International, question of U.S.
participation, 878, 898
Atomic weapons, accessibility to U.S. forces in the
Pacific, 537
Australia-U.S., mutuality of interests in world af-
fairs, 494
Baghdad Pact, importance of, 534
Baltic States, anniversary of independence, 347
Bermuda conference, results of, 595
Bricker amendment, 304
British Prime Minister resignation, 130
Central America, U.S. relations with, 598
"Cold war," resumption of, 5
Communist China :
Admission to U.N., 7
Recognition of, 404, 536
Strength vis-a-vis SEATO nations, 600
Trade with, 301
Travel of U.S. newsmen to, 301, 305, 485, 488, 600,
646, 768, 771, 895, 967
Congressional review of Middle East policy, 300
Cornerstone ceremony for new State Department
building, 116
Dhahran Airfield, question of discrimination against
U.S. airmen stationed at, 770
Index, January to June 1957
1047
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Addresses and statements — Continued
Disarmament, 767, 772. 894, 895, 899, 900, 961, 965,
966, 967
Dynamic peace, 715
East- West trade, controls on, 403
French Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 440
Gaza Strip, 401, 483, 484, 543, 562, 646
German reunification and disarmament, relationship
between, 894, 89.5, 900, 961, 965
German-U.S. talks, 484, 489
Girard case, 963, 964, 1000
Guided missiles, U.S., deployment of, 596
Hungary, question of U.S. military aid to, 533
Indonesia, relationship to SEATO countries, 483
Indonesia, U.S. views on internal development of, 536
"Innocent passage," meaning of, 400
International law, relationship to peace and justice,
402
Iran, independence of, 768
Israeli hostilities with Egypt, 300, 305, 391, 394, 402,
405, 434, 482, 483, 562, 596, 646
Japan, admission to U.N., 6
Japanese textiles, 303, 484
Kashmir dispute, 305, 306
Korea, Republic of, question of supply of modem
weapons to, 898
Korean armistice. Communist violations of, 645
Malaya, discussions at Bermuda conference, 645
Marshal Tito, proposed visit to U.S., 7, 304
Mutual security program, 675, 716, 926
NAC Ministerial Meeting, 804, 8.39
Near and Middle East :
American Doctrine. See American Doctrine, supra
Communist aggression, 132
Foreign-aid technicians, question of return, 486
Franco-American views on, 485
Hammarskjold mission, 595
Situation in, 533
U.S. aid, question of resumption of, 485, 486
Nuclear testing, U.S.-U.K. views on, 596, 601
Nuclear tests, U.K., on Christmas Island, 484
Nuclear tests and disarmament, relationship be-
tween, 770
Oil pipeline in Middle East, proposed international,
600
Oil shortage in Europe, 303
Okinawa and Ryulcyu Islands, U.S. policy on return
to Japan, 766
Passports, question of executive denial, 485
Philippine President, death of, 563
Philippines, negotiations regarding U.S. bases in,
487, 533, 536
Poland, question of U.S. aid, 7, 599, 646
Quemoy and Matsu Islands, U.S. policy on defense of,
641
Satellite nations, U.S. views, 3, 8, 464, 766
SEATO Council of Ministers meeting (3d), 493, 529,
531, 532, 534
1048
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Addresses and statements — Continued
Sharm el-Sheikh, withdrawal of Israeli forces from,
599
Southeast Asia, continuing threat of Communist
aggression, 535
Soviet Union, relationship to satellite nations and
Communist China, 768
State Department appropriations, appeal for partial
restoration of proposed cuts, 795
Suez Canal problem. See under Suez Canal problem
Suez Canal Users Association, question of forma-
tion of, 644
Syria, question of U.S. aid to, 964
Taiwan, U.S. policy, 963, 964, 967
Tiran, Straits of, 401, 402, 404, 405, 486, 488, 562,
599, 646
Tripartite agreement (1950), U.S. policy concern-
ing, 304
U.N. Emergency Force, 483, 484, 487, 536, 596, 598
U.S. Ambassador to Ireland, appointment of, 770,
771
U.S. forces in Europe, maintenance of strength of, 3
U.S. responsibilities in new year, 50
Correspondence, messages, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 616
EURATOM group invited to U.S., 29
Income tax, protocol supplementing 19.54 conven-
tion with Japan, 867
Japan's admission to U.N., 39
Truman Doctrine, 10th anniversary of, 417
Discussions and meetings :
Arab States, representatives of, 434
Germany, Federal Republic of. Foreign Minister of
the, joint communique, 490
Immigration and nationality laws, delegation of
authority, 157
News conferences, 3, 300, 400, 482, 533, 595, 641, 765, 894,
961
War or Peace, new editions published, 601
Dun, Rt. Rev. Angus, 116
Durbrow, Elbridge, 549
Dynamic Peace, address (Dulles), 715
East-West contacts. See Exchange of persons
East-West trade:
Communist China, U.S. trade policy toward, 301, 772,
9G7
Controls on, U.S. position, statement (DuUes), 403
East Germany, tenuous trade position of, address
(Eleanor Dulles), 608
Poland. See under Poland
Eban, Abba, 394, 397, 399
ECAFB. See Economic Commission for Asia and the Far
East
ECE. See Economic Commission for Europe
Economic and Social Council, U.N. :
Documents, lists of, 155, 509, 614, 709, 789
International travel, resolution on development of, 146
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Economic and technical aid to foreign countries (see also
Agricultural surpluses, American Doctrine, Colombo
Plan, Export-Import Bank, International Banli, In-
ternational Cooperation Administration, Mutual
security and other assistance programs, Underdevel-
oped countries, and United Nations : Technical
assistance program) :
Addresses and statement : Kalijarvi, 406, 661 ; Kotsch-
nig, 786 ; Macomber, 413
Africa, recommendations for U.S. policy toward,
report (Nixon) , «S7, 639
Aid to—
Asia, 268, 500; Bolivia, 103; Burma, 746; Chile, 773;
Ethiopia, 830; Iceland, 100; Iraq, 1033; Latin
America, 565, 733 ; Libya, 746 ; Morocco, 746 ; Near
and Middle East, 975; Saudi Arabia, 680, 710;
Tunisia, 670
Communist aid to Southeast Asia, 498
Iran, continuation of aid to, 654
Legislative proposals regarding, statement (Dulles),
677, 678
Middle East, U.S. and Soviet views on, texts of notes,
524, 525, 526
Poland, negotiations with U.S. See under Poland
Soviet program of. See under Soviet Union
Technical training in tourism, 147
Thailand, appreciation of aid expressed, 442
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East, U.N. :
Economic development activities, statement (Kotsch-
nig), 780
Industry and Trade, ECAFB Committee on, meeting
and U.S. delegation to 9th session, 508
Economic Commission for Europe, U.N. :
Natural gas, meeting of working party on problems of,
424
12th session, confirmation of U.S. delegate, 779
Economic Commission for Latin America, U.N., confir-
mation of U.S. representative to 7th session, 989
Economic Development Fund, President's Asian, 786
Economic development fund, U.S. proposal for, addresses,
statement, and message: Dillon, 802; Dulles, 927;
Eisenhower, 918, 923
Economic development in South and Southeast Asia, com-
munique and 5th annual report of Consultative Com-
mittee (Colombo Plan), 30, 31, 204
Economic policy and relations, U.S. {see also individual
countries) :
Aid to foreign countries. See Agricultural surpluses.
Economic and technical aid, Export-Import Bank,
and Mutual security
Domestic economy, statement (Kotschnig), 784
East- West trade. See East- West trade
European common market. See European common
market
Foreign economic policy :
Development loan fund, U.S., proposal for, addresses,
statements, and message : Dillon, 802 ; Dulles, 927 ;
Eisenhower, 918, 923
Implementation in the Par East, address (Robert-
son), 998
President's economic report to Congress, excerpts,
223
Economic policy and relations — Continued
Foreign economic policy — Continued
Principles of, addresses: Kalijarvi, 659; Murphy,
943
Trade agreements program, 1st annual report to Con-
gress on operation of (Eisenhower), 363
Underdeveloped countries, addresses and statement:
Dillon, 802; Dulles, 716; Eisenhower, 917; Hoff-
man, 239, 240
U.S. views on changing aspect of, address (Kali-
jarvi), 1009
OTC. See Trade Cooperation, Organization for
Tariff policy. See Tariff policy, U.S.
Economic relations, consular rights, and amity, treaty
with Iran, 909
Economic stabilization program in Bolivia, U.S. support
of, 103
ECOSOC. See Economic and Social Council, U.N.
Ecuador :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 36
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 381,
426
Atomic energy, civil uses of, research reactor agree-
ment with U.S., 990
Educational exchange programs, agreement with
U.S. for financing, 830
Trade agreement with U.S., termination of, 371
Universal copyright convention (1952), with proto-
cols, 548
Weather station, agreement with U.S. for establish-
ment and operation of, 830, 949
Education («ee also Educational exchange program) :
American-sponsored schools abroad, assistance to, 189
Board of Foreign Scholarships, appointments, 36
Cold War and the Universities, article (Oechsner), 571
Economic development of Turkey, role of education in,
address (Warren), 214
Educational information, license regulations simplified
on exports of, 317
Latin America :
Educational opportunities for women, address ( Stew-
art), 861
UNESCO meeting on primary education in, U.S. dele-
gation, 424
Women, educational opportunities for, statement
(Hahn), 704
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, U.N. :
Constitution, 42, 203
Educational opportunities for women, report on, state-
ment (Hahn), 705
Executive Board, U.S. delegation to 47th session, 546
General Conference, 9th session, statements (AUyn),
72
Latin America, meeting on primary education in, U.S.
delegation, 424
Educational Exchange, U.S. Advisory Commission on,
designation of chairman of Advisory Committee on
the Arts, 193
Index, January to June 1957
1049
Educational exchange program, international (see also
Education)
Agreements with —
Colombia, 156, 381; Ecuador, 830; Finland, 42; Ice-
land, 425, 630; Ireland, 547, 630; Paraguay, 668,
746; Thailand, 241, 290; Turkey, 242
Amendments to U.S. Information and Educational Ex-
change Act of 1948, proposed, 566
Cultural exchange program with SEATO countries,
inauguration of, 503
Funds derived from agricultural surpluses, use in ex-
change program, 189
Inter-university projects, article (Oechsner), 572
Program for mutual understanding, statement (Mur-
phy), 666
Provisions in Anglo-American financial agreement
(1945), as amended, regarding exchange program,
statement (Kalijarvi), 626
State Department appropriations, effect of proposed
cuts in, statement (Dulles), 798
Turkish-American programs, address (Warren), 214
Egypt :
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute
Dispute with Israel. See Israeli hostilities
Economic and political problems, U.S. position, address
(Murphy), 517
Minorities in, reported mistreatment of, statement
(Wadsworth), 106
Soviet-bloc aid to, 14
Suez Canal problem. Sec Suez Canal
Travel to, U.S. lifts restrictions, 654
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 829
Customs facilities for touring, convention (1954)
concerning, 829
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 290
U.S. negotiations with, statement (Dulles), 405
Eisenhower, Dwight D. :
Addresses and statements :
British Prime Minister, resignation, 130
Foreign policy and foreign aid, 846
Hungarian refugees, action by Attorney General con-
cerning, 96
Hungary's national holiday, 538
Inaugural address, 211
India, visit of Prime Minister to U.S., 47
Inter-American Committee of Presidential Repre-
sentatives, 1014
Israeli hostilities with Egypt, 387
Marshall plan, 10th anniversary, 1002
Mutual security programs and waging of peace, 915
National security and cost of waging peace, 875
NATO, 8th anniversary, 640
Near and Middle East, Communist aggression in, 132
Philippine President, death of, 563
:Saudi Arabia, visit of King to U.S., 308
Tiet-Nam, visit of President to U.S., 8.54
AVorking for a world of peace and justice, 435
.American Doctrine. See American Doctrine
Eisenhower, Dwight D. — Continued
Correspondence and messages :
Air transport negotiations with the Netherlands, 580
American Council on NATO, 252
Austrian President's death, cablegram to Chancellor
of Austria, 134
Bataan, 15th anniversary of fall of, 679
British Prime Minister, exchange of greetings on ap-
pointment, 174
Disarmament and reduction of international tension,
correspondence with Soviet Premier Bulganin, 89
Ghana, recognition of, 489
Greek-Turkish aid program, 10th anniversary, 539
Israeli withdrawal from Egyptian territory, 433
Japan, admission to U.N., 39
Pakistan, anniversary as republic, 563
U.S.-Thai relations, 442
Executive orders. See Executive orders
Meetings :
Congressional leaders, bipartisan conference with, 88
Chancellor of the Federal Republic of Germany, y.'iS
Prime Minister of the United Kingdom, 561
Messages, letters, reports to Congress :
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act,
5th semiannual progress report, 183
Anglo-American financial agreement (1945), amend-
ment of, 492
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 615
Budget message, 163
Cotton textiles, escape-clause relief held imnecessary,
219
Cotton velveteen fabrics, postponement of action on
tariff on imports of, 105
Groundfish fillets, rejection of tariff increase, 56
Immigration and Nationality Act, recommended re-
visions, 247
Income tax, protocol supplementing 19.54 agreement
with Japan, 867
International economic situation, excerpts from eco-
nomic report, 222
Mutual security program, 11th semiannual report,
excerpts, 931
Mutual security program for 1958, 920
OTC, proposed U.S. membership, 657
Safety pins, request for further import data, 701
State of the Union, excerpts, 123
Straight pins, decision against increase in tariff on,
702
Trade agreements program, 1st annual report on
operation of, 363
Tung oil imports, study on effects of, 585
Violins and violas, decision against increase in tariflC
on, 703
President's Committee for Hungarian Refugees Relief,
text of final report, 984
Proclamations. See Proclamations
Eisenhower, Milton S., 11, 565
Eisenhower Doctrine. See American Doctrine
Election observers, U.S., Rumanian refusal to admit, 213
Electronics industry and munitions control, address
(Pomeroy), 697
1050
Deparimenf of Sfafe Bulletin
El Salvador:
Friendship, commerce and consular rights, treaty with
U.S., 548
Universal postal convention (1952), 909
Elbrick, C. Burke, 382
Eniwetok and Bikini, former inhabitants compensated
for leaving homes, 101
Escapee program, U.S., assistance to Hungarian refugees,
655, 721
Espaillat, Brig. Gen. Arturo R., 1027, 1028
Estonia :
Anniversary of independence, statement (Dulles), 347
Soviet aggression in, address (Merchant), 260
Ethiopia :
Economic assistance, agreement vplth U.S., 830
Universal postal convention (1952), G30
U.S. aid in teacher-training program, 938
U.S. Ambassador, resignation (Simonson), 790; con-
firmation (Bliss), 950
U.S. economic and military assistance, joint communi-
que regarding Ambassador Richards' mission, 763
Etzel, Franz, 250, 306
EURATOM. See Atomic Energy Community, European
Europe (see also individual countries) :
Aerial inspection zones in. See under Disarmament
Collective security. See European security and North
Atlantic Treaty Organization
Common market and free trade area. See European
common market
Eastern Europe :
Developments in, U.S. vievrs, address (Murphy), 649
Soviet policies in, U.S.-U.K. views on, 561
U.S. intervention in, Soviet allegation, statement
(Knowland), 463
Foreign Relations, volume on, published, 550
International organizations, membership in, list of
countries, 374
Refugees. See Hungarian refugees, Intergovernmental
Committee for European Migration, and Refugees
and displaced persons
Unity of, U.S.-German views, 956 ; U.S.-U.K. views, 561
Western Europe:
Economic consequence of closing of Suez Canal, state-
ment (Merrill), 34
Free enterprise, development of, address (Kalijarvi),
COO
Free-world policy toward, address (Bowie), 837, 838
Fuel program for, EURATOM proposal, statement
and communique, 306
Oil shortage in, U.S. position, address and statement:
Dulles, 303 ; Merchant, 258
U.S. policy toward, statement and addresses : Dulles,
3 ; Holmes, 343 ; Murphy, 649
Europe, Economic Commission for. See Economic Com-
mission
European Atomic Energy Community. See Atomic En-
ergy Community
European common market and free trade area :
Exchange of U.S. views regarding, with—
France, 438 ; Germany, Federal Republic of, 491, 956 ;
U.K., 561
European common market — Continued
Relationship to GATT and OTC, address and state-
ment : Corse, 863 ; Kalijarvi, 816
U.S. position on, 182, 224, 649, 813, 814
European Community for Coal and Steel, President of
High Authority to visit U.S., 640
European Migration, Intergovernmental Committee for.
See Intergovernmental Committee
European recovery plan (Marshall plan), 10th anni-
versary, 1002
European security («ee also North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization) :
Study of problem. 491, 537
U.S. proposal, Soviet rejection of, address (Holmes),
345
Exchange of information. See Information, exchange of ;
and Technical information
Exchange of persons (see also Cultural relations and
Educational exchange) :
Exchanges between East and West Germany, 606
Latin American women, visit to U.S., 862
Need for increase in, excerpt from President's message
to Congress, 169
Polish coal mining oflBcials, visit to U.S., 611
U.S. elections observers, Rumanian refusal to admit, 213
U.S. exchanges with satellite nations, statement (Mur-
phy), 666
Exchange rate, Polish, establishment, announcement and
exchange of notes, 1003, 1006
Executive oi-ders:
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
(19.54), administration of, 905
Joint Mexican-United States Defense Commission,
amendment to U.S. membership-appointment sec-
tion, 59
Operations Coordinating Board, transfer to National
Security Council, 504
Export-Import Bank, U.S. :
Aid to underdeveloped countries, statement and address
(Hoffman), 239, 330
Assistance in stabilizing economy of Chile, 773
Exemption from double taxation on interest from loans
and investments in Japan, protocol regarding, 574
Extension of credit to U.K., 29
Lending activities —
Excerpts from President's budget message and eco-
nomic report to Congress, 109, 224
Policies in Latin America, addresses (Rubottom),
311, 733
Loans to —
Argentina, 418 ; Austria, 491 ; Honduras, 315 ; Nica-
ragua, 104
Exports, U.S. (see also Tariffs and trade, general agree-
ment on ; and Trade) :
Agricultural surpluses :
Export license applications for shipment to Poland,
134
Shipments under the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment Act, excerpts from 5th semiannual progress
report to Congress, 184, 191, 192
Gift parcels to Hungary, regulations regarding, 134
Technical data, simplification of license regulations, 317
External debts, German, settlement of, 444, 447
Index, January to June 1957
1051
Falc6n Dam, U.S.-Mexlcan cooperative effort, address
(Rubottom), 314
Falkland Islands, extension of international convention
(1952) to facilitate importation of commercial sam-
ples and advertising material to, 548
FAO. See Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations
Far East (see also Asia and individual countries) :
Communist activities in, addresses : Murphy, 651 ; Rob-
ertson, 295, 382, 995
ECAFE. See United Nations Economic Commission
for Asia and the Far East
Increase in U.S. travel to, 504
Farland, Joseph S., 950
Faroe Islands, agreement on joint financing of air navi-
gation services in, 380, 548
Fawzi, Mahmoud, 776
Federal Republic of Germany. See Germany, Federal
Republic of
Fernando de Noronha, Island of, agreement with Brazil
for establishment of guided missiles facility on, 289,
316
Ferrocerium and other cerium alloys, escape-clause relief
held unnecessary, 369
Fickett, Lewis P., Jr., 444
Fiji, extension of international convention (1952) to fa-
cilitate importation of commercial samples and ad-
vertising material to, 548
Finance Corporation, International (see also Inter-
national Bank), articles of agreement, 203, 789
Fingerprinting :
Legislation concerning, proposed, excerpt from Presi-
dent's message to Congress, 249
Purpose of, excerpt from U.S. report to U.N. Secre-
tary-General, 151
Finland :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 950
Air services transit, international agreement (1944),
709
Educational exchange programs, agreement amending
1952 agreement with U.S., 42
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions, 203
Fish and fisheries :
Conservation problems, statement (Greenbaum), 64
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, appoint-
ment of U.S. commissioner, 908
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending inter-
national convention (1949), current actions, 203,
670, 829, 909, 990, 1032
Sockeye salmon fi.sheries, protocol to 1930 convention
with Canada for protection, preservation, and ex-
tension of, in the Fraser River system, 76, 118, 1033
Fitzgerald, Rufus H., 193
Flake, Wilson C, 950
Folger, John Clifford, 630
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
functions, statement (Phillips), 627, 628
Food reserves, world, U.S. position on establishment of,
statement (Humphrey), 234
Foreign Affairs, Report to the Founder on, address (Rob-
ertson), 682
Foreign aid, U.S. (see also Agricultural surpluses; Eco-
nomic and technical aid ; Economic policy and rela-
tions, U.S. ; Mutual security ; Underdeveloped coun-
tries; and individual countries) :
Foreign aid and foreign policy, remarks (Eisenhower),
846
Question of resumption of in Middle East, statements
(Dulles), 485, 486
Foreign buildings program, U.S., provisions in Anglo-
American financial agreement (1945), as amended,
regarding, statement (Kalijarvi), 626
Foreign economic policy, U.S. See Economic policy ana
relations, U.S.
Foreign policy, U.S. :
Consultations with allies, question of, statement (Dul-
les), 4
Development and objectives, addresses : Eisenhower,
435; Holmes, 343; Macomber, 411; Murphy, 648;
Robertson, 682
Documents. See under Congress
Guiding principles, addresses: DuUes, 715; Murphy,
942
Foreign policy and foreign aid, remarks (Eisenhower),
846
Formulation of, address (Murphy), 475
Increasing public knowledge of, address (Berding), 805
Legislation. See under Congress
Policy toward Eastern Europe, statement (Knowland),
464
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1939, Volume II,
General, The British Commonwealth, and Europe,
published, 550
Foreign Scholarships, Board of, appointments, 36
Foreign Service (see also State Department) :
Allowances for American overseas personnel, address
(Lethco), 110
Ambassadors, confirmations, 290, 382, 470, 510, 549, 790,
809, 950, 1033
Ambassadors, resignations, 157, 290, 381, 670, 790, 869,
910
Appropriations, appeal for partial restoration of pro-
posed cuts, statement (Dulles), 795
Consular agency in Canary Islands, establishment, 338
Consular jurisdiction of the Saarland, change from
Strasbourg, France, to Frankfort, Germany, 157
Consulate general at Accra, Ghana, elevation to em-
bassy status, 489
Consulate general at Aleppo, establishment, 42
Consulates, establishment at —
Belo Horizonte, Brazil, 950
Sarajevo, Yugoslavia, 910
Diplomatic representation abroad, recommendation for
increase in Africa, report (Nixon), 636, (J39
Embassy at Prague, U.S. protest of interference with
visitors to, 11
Examination announced, 549
Foreign Service fees revised, 381
Minister to Hungary, return from Budapest, 441
Foi-eign Service Institute :
Advisory Committee, meeting of, 830
Effect of appropriations cuts on operation of, statement
(Dulles), 798
1052
Department of State Bulletin
Foreign trade. See Trade
Formosa. See China, Republic of
France :
Algeria. See Algerian question
Cameroon, French, political developments in, 820
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
French nationals in Egypt, reported mistreatment of,
106
Saarland, change in consular jurisdiction from Stras-
bourg, France, to Frankfort, Germany, 157
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Togoland, French, General Assembly action to send
study commission to, statements (Nash) and text
of resolution, 282, 285
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aircraft, imported, arrangement with U.S. relating
to certificates of airworthiness, 203
Arbitral Tribunal and Mixed Commission, agreement
amending administrative agreement of 1954 con-
cerning, 156
German assets in Italy, memorandum of understand-
ing regarding, 669
German as.sets in Thailand, agreement relating to
disposition of, 337
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (19.54) on,
829
Patent rights and technical information for defense
purposes, agreement with U.S. for exchange of,
547, 590
WMO, notification regarding application of conven-
tion to the Saarland, 090
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 549
Visit of Premier to U.S., text of joint statement (Eisen-
hower, Alollet), remarks (Dulles, Nixon, MoUet),
and oflBcial party, 438
Eraser River salmon fisheries, protocol to 1930 conven-
tion with Canada for protection, preservation, and
extension of, 76, 118, 1033
Free enterprise, encouraging development abroad, ad-
dress (Kalijarvl), 6.59
Free trade area. See European common market
Free World, Tasks Ahead for the, address (Bowie), 835
Friendship, commerce, and consular rights, treaty with
El Salvador, 548
Fulbrlght Act See Educational exchange program
Fur seals, North Pacific, interim convention on conserva-
tion of, 337, 376, 377 (text)
Gambia, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and ad-
vertising material to, 548
Garcia, Carlos P., 680
Gardner, Arthur, 910
GATT. See Tariffs and trade, general agreement on
Gaza Strip (see also Israeli hostilities) :
Background of political organization of, address (Mur-
phy), 517
Deployment of UNEP troops. See under United Na-
tions Emergency Force
Egyptian belligerency in, U.S. position, statement (Dul-
les), 646
Index, January to June 1957
180212—68 3
Gaza strip — Continued
Future status, U.S. position, statement (Lodge), 432
U.S.-Israeli views, agreed statement (Dulles, Meir), 562
U.S.-U.K. views on, 561
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from :
Israeli position on, U.S. views: aide memolre, 392;
statement (Dulles), 401
U.N. Secretary-General's reports regarding 394, 544
U.S. position, address and statements : Dulles, 483, 484,
543; Eisenhower, 388, 389; Hagerty, 393; Lodge,
326, 431, 543 ; White House, 391 ; Wilcox, 558, 550
General agreement on tariffs and trade. See Tariffs and
trade
General Aniline and Film Corporation, 350
General Assembly, U.N. {see also United Nations) :
Algerian question. See Algerian question
British Togoland, approval of union with Gold Coast,
statements (Nash), 106, 108
Cyprus, resumption of negotiations on, U.S. views,
statement (Wadsworth), 507
Documents, lists of, 1.54, 468, 742
Eastern Europe, Soviet allegation of U.S. intervention
in, text of draft resolution, 464
French Togoland, decision to send commission to study
situation in, statements (Nash), 282
Functions and composition of, address (Wilcox), 688
Hungarian question. See Hungarian question
Israeli hostilities with Egypt. See under Israeli hos-
tilities
Korea, unification and rehabilitation of, statement
(Greenbaum), 141
Resolutions :
Address (Wilcox), 689, 690
Algerian question, 423
Atomic Energy Agency, International, 240
British Togoland, union with Gold Coast, 109
Cyprus, resumption of negotiations on, 508
Disarmament, 230
French Togoland, decision to send study commission
to, 285
Hungarian question, 140
Korea, reunification and rehabilitation, 143
South- West Africa, question of, 196
U.N. conference on law of the sea, convocation of, 61
U.N. Emergency Force, 70, 327
U.N. Relief Works Agency for Palestine Refugees,
589
World food reserve, 235
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from Egypt, 270, 327
U.N. Emergency Force, actions regarding. See under
United Nations Emergency Force
Geneva ambassadorial talks, U.S.-Communist China,
progress of negotiation on release of American pris-
oners and renunciation of force principle, address
(Jones), 267
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war, wounded, sick and shipwrecked, and civilians,
203, 670, 949
Genocide, convention (1948) on prevention and punish-
ment of crime of, 42
George, Walter F., 88, 347
Gerety, Pierce J., 157
1053
German Dollar Bonds, Validation Board for :
Establishment, 444
Report (Sept. 1, 1955-Aug. 31, 1956), 447
Germany :
Berlin. See Berlin
External debts, prewar, settlement of, 444, 447
German assets In —
Italy, memorandum of understanding regarding, 669
Thailand, agreement on disposition of, 337
Reunification :
Four-Power Working Group studies problem, 491, 537
NAG communique, 840
Relationship to disarmament, statements (Dulles),
894, 80.5, 000
U.S.-German talks: address (Adenauer), 959; joint
communique (Dulles, von Brentano), 490; joint
declaration (Eisenhower, Adenauer), 955, 956;
statements (Dulles), 484, 489
U.S.-U.K. views, 561
Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds, 444, 447
Germany, East, Soviet activities in, addresses: Eleanor
Dulles, 175, 605, 978 ; Murphy, 649
Germany, Federal Republic of :
Chancellor, visit to U.S., 719, 955
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
Federal Minister for Atomic Affairs, visit to U.S., 538
Foreign Minister, visit to U.S., 490
Rearmament of, necessity for, address (Holmes), 345
Relationship of Federal Republic to first-stage agree-
ment on disarmament, statements (Dulles), 894,
895, 961, 965
Saarland, change in consular jurisdiction from Stras-
bourg, France, to Frankfort, 157
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 548
Arbitral Tribunal and Mixed Commission, multi-
lateral agreement amending administrative agree-
ment of 1954 concerning, 156
Army and navy personnel, agreements with U.S. re-
lating to training of, 78
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending
1956 agreement with U.S., 426
Civilian Service Organization, agreements with U.S.
relating to disbandmont of German element of, 830
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions,
710
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with U.S.
relating to loan of, 990
Offshore procurement, agreements with U.S. relating
to, 337, 789
Wheat agreement (1956), International, application
to Lund Berlin, 1033
U.S. Ambassador, resignation (Conant), 290; confirma-
tion (Bruce), 549
Ghana («ee also Gold Coast) :
Importance of, report (Nixon), 635
Independence ceremonies, U.S. delegation and remarks
(Nixon), 348, 436
1054
Ghana — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil aviation, international, convention (1944) on,
909
ICJ, statute, 630
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
1033
U.N. Charter, 630
WHO, constitution, 829
WMO, convention, 868
Union of independent Gold Coast with British Togo-
land, General Assembly approval of, statements
(Nash), 106, 108; text of resolution, 109
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 950
U.S. recognition, announcement and message (Eisen-
hower), 489
Gibraltar, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate Importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Giordanl, Francesco, 250, 306
Girard, William S., 963, 964, 1000
Gleason, Thomas H., 810
Gold Coast (see also Ghana), extension of international
convention (1952) to facilitate importation of com-
mercial samples and advertising material to, 548
Great Britain. See United Kingdom
Great Lakes :
Navigation improvements in connecting channels,
agreements with Canada regarding, 42, 509, 746
Water pollution, progress report by IJC on elimination
of, 696
Greece :
Greek-Turkish aid program, 10th anniversary, letters;
Dulles, Truman, 417 ; Eisenhower, 539
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements amending and
supplementing 1956 agreement with U.S., 290, 337,
590
Civil aviation, international, protocol amending cer-
tain articles of 1944 convention on, 42
Naval vessels, supplies and services, agreement with
U.S. concerning financial arrangements for the fur-
nishing of, 337
U.S. economic aid. Ambassador Richards' mission to
the Middle East, address (Richards) and text of
joint communique, 841, 844
Greenbaum, Edward S., 60, 141, 332
Greenland and Faroe Islands, agreement on joint financ-
ing of air navigation services in, 380, 548
Gross, Fulgence, 665n
Groundfish fillets, escape-clause relief held unnecessary,
55, 369
Guatemala :
Atomic energy, civil uses of, research reactor agree-
ment with U.S., 789
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 669
Communist penetration, U.S. aid in combating, address
(Eisenhower), 918
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
with protocols, 1033
Trade agreement with U.S., termination, 371
Universal postal convention (1952), 909
Department of State Bulletin
Guided missiles (see also Outer-space projectiles) ;
Agreement with Brazil for establishment of facility for,
289, 316
Deployment of U.S. missiles, statements (Dulles, Hag-
erty), 596
U.S. Air Force guided missile unit on Taiwan, agree-
ment with Republic of China for stationing of, 854
U.S.-U.K. agreement on, 561
Gulf of Aqaba. See Aqaba
Hagerty, James C, 393, 596, 768n, 772
Hahn, Mrs. Lorena B., 704
Haiti :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 540
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission, agreement extending 1949 agree-
ment with U.S., 156
Drought assistance, agreement with U.S., 337
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 949
U.S. Ambassador, 790, 859
U.S. recognition of new government, 53, 399, 859
Haines-Fairbanljs pipeline, defense agreement with Can-
ada providing for maintenance of, 242
Hammarskjold, Dag :
Correspondence and reports :
Hungarian question, 10, 139
Suez Canal problem, 778
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from Egypt, 271, 273,
275, 394, 544
Mission to the Middle East, progress of, statement
(Dulles), 595
Hannah, Norman B., 590
Hanes, John W., Jr., 426, 990
Hare, Raymond A., 290
Hartman, Douglas W., 447
Hatters' fur. President decides against study of tariff on,
585
Hawaii, concern over British nuclear tests on Christmas
Island, statement (Dulles), 484
Heads of Government meeting, proposed, U.S. and So-
viet views, 89, 93
Heads of Government meeting at Bermuda, U.S.-U.K.
exchange of views : joint communique with annexes,
561; statements (Dulles), 595, 645
Health and sanitation :
Health certificates and inspection, excerpt from U.S.
report to U.N. Secretary-General concerning inter-
national travel, 151, 152, 153
Malaria eradication :
Campaign in Mexico, address (Rubottom), 315
Program for the Western Hemisphere, announcement,
1016 ; statement and remarks : Eisenhower, 1014 ;
Milton Eisenhower, Mora, Soper, 565
Health Assembly, World, (see under World Health Or-
ganization)
Health Organization, World. See World Health Organ-
ization
Henderson. Loy W., 989
Herter. Christian A., 426, 747, 960, 1020
Highby. L. I., 318, 382
Hildreth, Horace A., 670
Hill, Robert C, 131, 73G, 950, 1017
Hoffman, Paul G., 51, 236, 328
Hoghland John S., 2d, 1033
Holmes, Julius C, 343
Honduras :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 181
Dispute with Nicaragua, OAS role in settlement of,
announcement, address (Rubottom), and statement
(Dreier), 811, 857
Double taxation on income, agreement with U.S. for
prevention of, 316, 337, 426
Inter-American Highway, Export-Import Bank loan
for extension of, 315
Hong Kong, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Houghton, Amory, 549
Housing, military family, use of foreign currencies for
construction, rent, or procurement of, 187
Housing and community facilities for use of U.S. Air
Force, agreement amending 1956 agreement with
U.K. for construction of, 630
Humphrey, George M., 961
Humphrey, Hubert H., 233, 280
Hungarian question :
Developments in Hungary (October 1956-February
1957), letter (Lodge), 865
Question of U.S. military aid, statement (Dulles), 533
Refugees. See Hungarian refugees
Soviet activities in Hungary 259, 465, 649, 654
Soviet and U.S. views, letter (Eisenhower) and Soviet
declaration concerning, 89, 90.
U.N. actions regarding :
Addresses ( Wilcox ), 556, 557, 690, 692
Efforts for withdrawal of Soviet forces, 85
Establishment of special U.N. committee to investi-
gate and report, 138
U.S. position and significance to Asia, address (Jones),
264
Hungarian refugees :
Agreement between U.S. and Austria relating to relief
for, 949
ICEM efforts for resettlement, 109, 743
President's proposals, recommendation, and action con-
cerning, 96, 125, 247, 933
Report to the President (Nixon) , 94
U.N. appeal for assistance to, 10
U.S. assistance to, 9, 337, 442, 720, 984
Hungary :
Import duties removed on gift parcels for, 134
Military and air attach^ declared persona non grata,
text of U.S. note, 983
National holiday, statement (Eisenhower), 538
Postal cancellation stamp, U. S. reply to Hungarian
protest to use of, texts of notes, 849
Rebellion in. See Hungarian question
Refugees. See Hungarian refugees
Soviet policies in, U.S.-U.K. views, 561
U.S. military attach^, U.S. rejection of Hungarian
charges against, text of note, 810
U.S. Minister, return from Budapest, 441
Index, January lo June J 957
1055
ICA. See International Cooiwrntion Administration
lOAO. See International Civil Aviation Organization
Iceland :
Agricultural commodities, agreement vpith U.S. for
financing sales of, 709, 710
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing of,
380, 548
Defense negotiations with U.S., announcement, agree-
ment on defense negotiations, and agreement on
setting up defense standing group, 100, 157, 382
Educational exchange, agreement with U.S., 425, 630
Trade agreement with U.S. relating to tuna canned in
brine, 371
U.S. loan to finance imports, 100
ICEM. See Intergovernmental Committee for European
Migration
ICJ. See International Court of Justice
IFC. See International Finance Corporation
lUah, Abdul, 135
ILO. See International Labor Organization
Immigration and Nationality Act :
Administration by Bureau of Security and Consular
Affairs, delegation of authority, 157
Provision for discretionary parole into U.S. of aliens,
96»
Recommended revision of, message to Congress
(Eisenhower), 247
Immigration into U.S. («ce also Vi.sas), iwtentialities of,
addre.ss (Coulter), 722
Imports (see also Customs; Tariff policy, U.S.; Tariffs
and trade, general agreement on ; and Trade) :
Butter oil and butter substitutes, quotas on U.S. im-
ports, proclamation, 817
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate Importa-
Hon, 156, 548, 868
Oil, consideration of U.S. import program, 370
U.S. loan to finance imports into Iceland, 100
Income tax, conventions for avoidance of double taxation
on. See Double taxation
India :
Industrial development, excerpts from report to Con-
gress (Eisenhower), 937
International Banli loan, 102
ICJ, statute, notification of withdrawal of compulsory
jurisdiction deposited, 509
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir
Lend-lease silver debt repayment to U.S., remarks
(Turnage), 1002
Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 47
Soviet-bloc aid, 13
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 510
Weights and measures, convention (1875) for creation
of international office of, 509
Indonesia :
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
Internal development, U.S. views, 536
Relationship to SEATO countries, statement (Dulles),
483
Soviet-block aid, 13
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 470
Industrial property, convention on the protection of, 118
Industry and Trade, ECAFE Committee on, meeting and
U.S. delegation to 9th session, 508
Information, exchange of («ee also Technical informa-
tion) :
Atomic energy information, provision of the statute
of the International Atomic Energy Agency re-
garding, 883
Cooperation between members of NATO, excerpt from
report of Committee of Three on Non-Military
Co-operation in NATO, 25
Educational information, license regulations simplified
on exports of, 317
Need for increase in, excerpt from President's budget
message to Congress, 169
Information Agency, U.S. See United States Information
Agency
Information and Educational Exchange Act (1948),
proposed amendments, statement (Lightner), 506
Information program, U.S., recommendations for improve-
ment in Africa, report (Nixon), 639
Inland Transport Committee (ILO), U.S. delegation to
6th session, 546'
Inspection proposals, mutual. See under Disarmament
Inter-American Commission for Women, work of, 861
Inter-American Committee of Presidential Representa-
tives, 11, 479, 735, 858, 1014
Inter-American cultural relations, convention for promo-
tion of, 380
Inter-American Highway :
Export-Import Bank loans for extension of, to:
Honduras, 315 ; Nicaragua, 104
Progress in completing, 311, 314, 564
Inter-American Nuclear Energy Commission, proposed
establishment, statement (Eisenhower) and an-
nouncement, 1014, 1016
Inter-American problems. See Latin America
Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance, role of,
857
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, appointment
of U.S. commissioner, 908
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration :
Council and Executive Committee, 5th and 6th sessions,
announcements, article (Warren), and U.S. dele-
gations, 109, 656, 743
Hungarian refugees, assistance to, 721
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization,
convention, 380
Interhandel issue, U.S. position on arbitration of, texts of
notes and memorandum, 350
International Atomic Energy Agency : See Atomic Energy
Agency, International
International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment (see also International Finance Corporation) :
Lending activities, importance of, excerpts from Presi-
dent's economic report to Congress, 224
Loans to — •
India, 102; Iran, 217; Japan, 101, 130; Latin
America, 733 ; Mexico, 312
U.S. alternate governor, confirmation, 946
1056
Department of Slate Bulletin
International Civil Aviation Organization :
Jet Operations Kequiremeuts Panel, U.S. delegation to
2(1 meeting, 198
Protocol concerning meetings of the Assembly, 42, 289
International Cooperation Administration {see also Eco-
nomic and teclinical aid and Mutual security) :
Excerpt from President's report to Congress, 932, 936,
939
Statement (Hoffman), 329
International Cotton Advisory Committee, 16th plenary
meeting, U.S. delegation. 908
International Court of Justice :
Admission of new members, 42, 630
Question of seeking advisory opinion on principle of
innocent passage through Gulf of Aqaba, 598
Statute of :
Declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction, 241,
242, 289, 789, 949
List of signatories, 78
Notification of withdrawal of recognition of compul-
sory jurisdiction, 470, 509, 949
International Finance Corporation {see also International
Bank), articles of agreement, 203, 789
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada), execu-
tive meeting, 695
International Labor Organization :
Inland Transport Committee, U.S. delegation to 6th
session, 546
International Labor Conference, U.S. delegation to 40th
session, 1031
International Labor Office, U.S. delegation to 134th
session, 468
International law :
Innocent passage {see also Aqaba and Tiran), mean-
ing of, statement (Dulles), 400
Law of the sea, proposed U.N. conference on, 60
Relationship of peace and justice with, address and
statement : Dulles, 402 ; Eisenhower, 389
International Monetary Fund :
Monetary activities, Importance of, excerpts from
President's economic report to Congress, 224
U.K. arranges to buy U.S. dollars, announcement and
statement (Jacobsson), 28
U.S. alternate governor, confirmation, 946
International naval review, invitations to, 349
International organizations {see also subject) :
Calendar of meetings, 37, 193, 372, 541, 740, 906
Membership in, lists of countries, 78, 374
Protocol concerning application of universal copyright
convention (1952) to works of, 380, 669, 709
Question of legislation on loyalty of Americans em-
ployed by, statement (Wilcox), 57
International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board,
functions of, 58
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, 76
International telecommunication convention (1952), 203
International Union for the Publication of Customs Tar-
iffs, convention (1890) creating and protocol modify-
ing, 829
Investment of private capital abroad :
Africa, opportunity in, report (Nixon), 637
Investment guaranties, agreements with —
China, Republic of, 949 ; Cuba, 381 ; Luxembourg,
118 ; Turkey, 426
Latin America, addresses : Hill, 737 ; Murphy, 652 ;
Rubottom, 733, 734
Mexico, address (Rubottom), 312
Underdeveloped countries, address (Hoffman), 328,
331
U.S. views on, address, report, and statements : Eisen-
hower, 222, 223; Hoffman, 238; Kalijarri, 661;
Kotschnig, 783, 785, 786, 787
Iran :
Historical development and U.S. relations with, ad-
dress (Ghapin),759
International Bank loan, 217
Murder of U.S. technicians, 654
Soviet threat to, address (Murphy), 520
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 337,
426
Air tran.sport, agreement with U.S., 198, 199 (text),
203
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights,
treaty with U. S., 909
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement with U.S.,
509, 629
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prison-
ers of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 670
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
203
U.S. economic and technical assistance :
Address (Eisenhower), 918
Continuation of, 654
Interim report on Ambassador Richards' mission,
announcement and joint communique, 724, 727
Iraq:
Crown Prince, announcement of visit to U.S., 135
Iraq Development Board, U.S. member, 5(53
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement with U.S.,
1033
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 203
Economic assistance, agreement with U.S., 1033
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
U.S. economic and technical assistance, interim report
on Ambassador Richards' mission, announcement
and joint communique, 724, 730
U.S. relations with, 519
Ireland :
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.,
547, 630
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1949) on,
829
U.S. Ambassador, appointment and confirmation, 770,
771, 869
Israel :
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute and
Israeli hostilities
Index, January fo June 1957
1057
Israel — Continued
Establishment of, and problems confronting, address
(Murphy), 516,517
Existence of, U.S. policy regarding, statement (Dulles),
3(M)
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Support of U.S. Policy in Middle East, announcement
and Israeli communique, 968
Travel to, U.S. lifts restrictions, 654
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending 1055
agreement with U.S., 740
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Island.s, agreements on financing, 548
Israeli hostilities with Egypt (see also Aqaba, Gaza
Strip, Sharm el-Sheikh, Tiran, and United Nations
Emergency Force) :
Baghdad Pact, Moslem members' views, text of com-
munique. 216
Egyptian belligerency toward Israel, question of, state-
ments (Dulles), 596,646
Sanctions against Israel, U.S. position on the question
of use of, statements (Dulles), 300, 402, 405
U.S.-Israeli views on, agreed statement (Dulles, Meir),
562
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from Egypt :
General Assembly actions and deliberations :
Letter (Eisenhower), 433
Reports and note (Hammarskjold), 271, 273, 275,
395, 544
Resolutions, 270, 327
Statements : Hammarskjold, 544 ; Lodge, 269, 270,
271, 325, 431, 543
U.S. position, address, annoiuicement, and state-
ments : Dulles, 305, 391, 394, 434, 482, 483 ; Eban,
394 ; Eisenhower, 387 ; Hagerty, 393 ; State Depart-
ment, 392 ; White House, 391 ; Wilcox, 558
Italy :
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 290, 381, 670, 710
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 548
Atlantic fisheries, northwest, protocol amending in-
ternational convention (1949), 1032
German assets in Italy, memorandum of understand-
ing regarding, 669
IFC. articles of agreement, 203
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organiza-
tion, convention, 380
War damage claims, memorandum of understanding
with U.S., 670, 901
U.S. Ambas.sador, confirmation, 290
Velveteen textiles, control of exports to U.S., 220
Jacobason, Per, 28
Jamaica, extension of international convention (19.52)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Jainmu, State of. See Kashmir
Japan :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 1013
Atomic and nuclear explosions, protests against and
U.S. replie.s, texts of notes, 901
Cotton textiles, control of exports to U.S., 218, 303
Free-world policy toward, address (Bowie), 837, 838
Girard case, 963, 964, 1000
Industrial development, excerpt from report to Con-
gress ( Eisenhower ) , 937
International Bank loans, 101, 136
Joint Japan-U.S. Committee, 1000, 1001
Military defense program, progress of, excerpt from
report to Congress (Kisenhower), 936
Okinawa and Ryukyu I.slands, U.S. policy on return
to Japan, statement (Dulles), 766
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural surpluses, agreement supplementing un-
derstandings to 19.56 agreement with U.S., 290
Double taxation on income, protocol supplementing
1954 convention with U.S., 574, 630, 867
Fnr seals, North Pacific, interim convention on con-
servation of, 337, 376, 377 (text)
GATT, accession to, report to Congress (Eisen-
hower), 365
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions, 289
ICJ, statute, 42
Mutual defense assistance, agreement providing for
financial contributions for U.S. administrative and
related expenses, 790
Nonimmigrant passport visa fees, agreement with
U.S. for reciprocal waiver of, 746
U.N. Charter, 42
AVhaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 990
U.N. membership, letters and statements : Eisenhower,
39 ; Dulles, 6, 39 ; Lodge, 39, 40
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 290
U.S. relations with, statement (Dulles), 963
Jarring, Gunnar V., 4.o7, 459
Jefferson, Thomas, 682
Jerbi, Suleiman, 54
Jet Operations Requirements Panel (ICAO), U.S. dele-
gation to 2d meeting, 198
Jews in Egypt, reported mistreatment of, statement
(Wadsworth), 106
Joint Commission, International (U.S.-Canada), execu-
tive meeting, 695
Joint Mexican-U.S. Defense Commission, Executive or-
der concerning designation of U.S. members, 59
Joint U.S.-Japan Committee, 1000, 1001
Jones, Howard P., 263, 790
Jones, John Wesley, 510
Jones, Richard Lee, 07, 286
Jordan :
Communist penetration, U.S. aid in combating, address
(Eisenhower), 919
Establishment of, and problems confronting, address
(Murphy), 516, 517
Independence of, statements (Dulles, Hagerty, White).
768, 708n
1058
Department of State Bulletin
Jordan — Continued
Relief supplies and packages, agreement with U.S. re-
lating to duty-free entry and defrayment of inland
transportation charges, 590
Travel to, U.S. lifts restrictions, 654
Justice, International Court of. See International Court
Kalljarvi, Thorsten V. :
Addresses, remarks, and statements :
Anglo-American financial agreement (1945), 625
Economic negotiations between Poland and U.S.,
1004, 1008
Foreign economic policy, U.S., 406, 659, 813, 1009
Confirmation as Assistant Secretary of State, 5-19
Karoly, Meszaros, 983
Kashmir dispute :
Security Council consideration of, statements: Barco,
460; Lodge, 231, 457, 462; resolutions, 232, 462
(proposed), 463
U.S. views, statements (Dulles), 3(15, 300
Kenya, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Khalidy, Awnl, 731
Knowland, William F., 195, 463
Koerner, Theodor, 134
Kootenai River project, progress report by the IJC, 696
Korea :
Armistice agreement. Communist violations of, address
and statements : Dulles, 645, 898 ; Greenbaum, 143 ;
Jones, 267
U.N. actions regarding, statements (Greenbaum), 141,
332; foreword to War or Peace (Dulles), 602 ; Gen-
eral Assembly resolution, 143
Korea, Republic of :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 203,
289, 338, 830
Air transport, agreement with U.S., 790, 825 (text)
Exchange rate, foreign, discussions with U.S., 220
U.S. military assistance to, excerpts from report to Con-
gress (Eisenhower), 935
Kotlicki, Henryk, 1004, 1008, 1009
Kotschnig, Walter M., 508, 780
Krebs, Max V., 590
Krylov, Maj. Yuri P., 181
Kuwait, oil resources of, 519
Labor :
Migratory labor, agreement extending 1951 agreement
with Mexico, 118
Trade uniouism in Africa, growth of, report (Nixon),
638
Union membership and equal pay for women, state-
ment (Hahn), 706
Labor Organization, International. See International
Labor Organization
Land reclamation in Japan, International Bank loan for,
136
Landsberg, Helmut E., 153, 612
Lange, Halvard, 18
Laos:
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 241
Geneva conventions (1940) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 203
TransiX)rtation by air. International, couveuLion and
protocol (1929) for unification of rules relating
to, 829
U.S. policy regarding, text of note, 771
Latin America {see also Inter- American, Organization of
American States, and individual countries) :
Caribbean Commission, meeting and U.S. delegation,
948
Economic and trade relations with U.S., addresses:
Hill, 730 ; Murphy, 652
Economic Commission for, confirmation of U.S. repre-
sentative to 7th session, 989
Economic Interdependence in the Americas, address
(Rubottom), 732
Malaria eradication. See under Health and sanita-
tion
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1956,
proclamation, 443
Pan American games (1959), statements: Carpenter,
540 ; Rubottom, 539
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments relative to parcel post and money orders,
242, 425, 426, 710
Primary education in, U.S. delegation to UNESCO
meeting on, 424
U.S. relations with, address and statement : Dulles, 598 ;
Rubottom, 855
Women in Latin America, Widening Horizons for,
address (Stewart), 860
Latvia :
Anniversary of independence, statement (Dulles), 347
Soviet aggression in, address (Merchant), 260
Law, international. See International law
Law Commission, International, 00
Law of the sea, proposed U.N. conference on, statement
(Greenbaum) and text of resolution, 60
Lebanon :
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
U.S. economic and military assistance, interim report
on Ambassador Richards' mission, announcement
and joint communique, 724, 725
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 590
Leeward Islands, extension of international convention
(19.52) to facilitate importation of commercial
samples and advertising material to, 548
Legislation. See under Congress
Lend-lease, silver debt repayment by India, remarks
(Turnage), 1002
Lend-lease and reciprocal aid, agreements with U.K. re-
lating to settlement of, 169, 492, 5-18, 625, 1033
Less developed countries. See Underdeveloped countries
Lethco, Joseph W., 110
Lewis, William S., 307
Liberia, agreement with U.S. for transfer of property
located at Roberts Field, 338
Index, Janugry fo June 1957
1059
Libya :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 54
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil aviation, international, protocol amending cer-
tain articles of the 1954 convention on, 42
Development assistance, agreement with U.S., 746
Slavery convention (1926), 548
U.S. economic and military assistance, Ambassador
Richards' mission to the Middle East, announce-
ment, address (Richards), and texts of joint com-
muniques, 724, 726, 841, 845
U.S. relations with, address (Murphy), 520
Lighter flints, escape-clause relief held unnecessary, 369
Lightner, E. Allan, Jr., 566
Linen toweling, escape-clause relief held necessary, 369
Loans, International Bank. See International Bank
Loans, U.S. («ee also Export-Import Bank) :
Multilateral trade and economic development, loans for,
excerpt from report to Congress (Eisenhower), 187
Private enterprise abroad, use of loans in promoting,
excerpt from report to Congress (Eisenhower), 938
London agreement on German external debts (1953) :
Progress achieved in implementation of, article
(Fiekett),444
Validation Board, report on activities (Sept. 1, 1955-
Aug. 31, 19.56), 447
Lord, Mrs. Oswald B., 585, 587
Lithuania :
Anniversary of independence, statement (Dulles), 347
Soviet aggression in, address (Merchant), 260
Lodge, Henry Cabot :
Correspondence :
Hungary, developments in, 865
Suez Canal problem, request for meeting of Security
Council, 776
Statements:
Algerian question, 421
Disarmament, U.S. position, 71, 225, 423
Ghana, admission to U.N., 490
Hungarian refugees, U.S. contribution to U.N. for
assistance to. 9
Himgary, establishment of U.N. committee to in-
vestigate and report on conditions in, 138
Israeli-Syrian dispute, 1029
Japan, admission to U.N., 39, 40
Kashmir dispute, 231, 457, 462
Suez Canal problem, 775, 987, 988
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from Egypt, 269, 270,
271, 325, 431, 543
London talks on disarmament. See under Disarmament
Loyalty Board, International Organizations Employees,
functions, 58
Luxembourg :
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 241
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S. provid-
ing for, 118
Mutual defense assistance, agreement amending an-
nex B of 1950 agreement with U.S., 868
Luxembourg — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954)
concerning temporary importation of, 42
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 42
MacArthur, Douglas, II, 290
Mackinsen, Paul, 665n
Macmillan, Harold, 174
Macomber, William B., Jr., 411
Magsaysay, Ramon, 563
Malaria eradication. See under Health and sanitation
Malaya :
Bermuda conference discussion of, statement (Dulles),
645
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion of, extension to Malaya, 548
Malta, extension of iuternational convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Maritime Consultative Organization, Intergovernmental,
convention, 380
Maritime policy, U.S., address (Hill), 1017
Marshall, Gen. George C, 1002
Marshall plan, 10th anniversary, message (Eisenhower),
1002
Martino, Gaetano, 18
Mashkantsev, Gennadi F., 719
Matsu and Quemoy Islands, U.S. policy on defense of,
statement (Dulles), 641
Mauritius, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, ,548
Mayer, Ren6, 640
McCardle, Carl W., 381, 400
McColium, Robert S., 204, 655
McConaughy, Walter P., 950
McGregor, Robert G., 819, 822
McLeod, Scott, 109, 656, 770, 869
Medical research, agreement amending agreement with
Republic of China providing for U.S. Navy unit in
Taipei, 156
Mein, J. Gordon, 950
Meir, Mrs. Golda, 562
Merchant, Livingston T., 256
Merchant Marine, U.S., address (Hill), 1017
Merchant Marine Act (1930), 1017
Merrill, Robert T., 34
Meteorological Organization, World. See World Meteor^
ological Organization
Meteorology. See Weather
Mexico :
Joint Mexican-U.S. Defense Commission, Executive or-
der concerning designation of U.S. members, 59
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement with U.S., 548, 575 (text)
Austrian state treaty, 241
Migratory labor, agreement extending 1951 agree-
ment with U.S., 118
1060
Department of State BuUetin
Mexico — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Standard-band broadcasting channels, agreement
with U.S., 288, 290, 315
Universal copyright convention, and protocol, 380
U.S. relations with, address (Rubottoui), 310
Middle East. Sec Near and Middle East
Migratory labor, agreement extending 1951 agreement
with Mexico, 118
Military assistance (see also Military missions, Mutual
defense, aitd Mutual security) :
Advantages of, address (Eisenhower), 917
Chile, agreement regarding disposition of equipment,
materials, and property, 203
Near and Middle East (see also American Doctrine),
address (Rountree), 975
Saudi Arabia, agreement regarding, 309, 680, 710
Yugoslavia, continuation of aid to, 936, 939
Military bases, negotiations with Philippines regarding,
statements (Dulles), 487, 533, 536
Military family housing, use of foreign currencies for con-
struction, rent, or procurement of, 187
Military housing and community facilities for use of U.S.
Air Force, agreement amending 1956 agreement with
U.K. for construction of, 630
Military missions, U.S. :
Agreements regarding, with^
Haiti, 156; Nicaragua, 510; Peru, 868; Venezuela,
426
Air Force missile unit on Taiwan, stationing of, 854
Military program, U.S. See Defense, Mutual defense.
Mutual security, and National security
Minorities in Egypt, reported mistreatment of, statement
(■\Vadsworth),106
Missiles. See Guided missiles and Outer-space projec-
tiles
Mixed Armistice Commission, 1029, 1030
Mixed Commission and Arbitral Tribunal, Germany,
multilateral agreement amending administrative
agreement of 1954 concerning, 156
Mod, Peter, 466
Mollet, Guy, 438
Molotov, Vyacheslav M., 260
Monetary Fund, International. See International Mone-
tary Fund
Mora, Jos6 A., 565
Morocco :
Economic aid, U.S., Ambassador Richards' mission to
the Middle East, address (Richards) and text of
joint communique, 841, 845
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 203
Customs tariffs, convention (1890) creating Interna-
tional union for publication of, and protocol modi-
fying, 829
Economic, technical, and related assistance, agree-
ment with U.S., 746
ICT, statute, 42
Tangier, status of, final declaration and annexed pro-
tocol of international conference on, 242
U.N. Charter, 42
UNESCO, constitution, 42
WMO, convention, 156
Index, January to June 1957
Munitions control and the electronics industry, address
(Pomeroy), 697
Murphy, Gerald Lester :
Disappearance in Dominican Republic, 221
Documents regarding, received from Dominican Gov-
ernment, 349, 405
Status of case, statement (Rubottom) before Senate
Foreign Relations Committee, 1025
U.S. request for reopening of case, announcement and
text of U.S. note, 610
Murphy, Robert, 475, 515, 647, 663, 942
Muscat and Oman, U.S. relations with, 519
Mutual defense assistance agreements (see also Military
missions), with —
Belgium, amending annex B of 1950 agreement, 949
China, Republic of :
Defense facilities, agreement facilitating construc-
tion of, 78
Small naval craft, agreement amending 1954 agree-
ment relating to loan of, 1033
U.S. Air Force missile unit on Taiwan, stationing of,
854
Germany, Federal Republic of, training of army and
navy personnel, 78
Japan, providing for financial contribution for U.S.
administrative and related expenses, 790
Luxembourg, amending annex B of 1950 agreement,
868
Spain, disposition of equipment and materials, 42
U.K., disposition of equipment and materials furnished
by U.S., 1033
Mutual defense treaties and agreements (see also ANZUS
Treaty, Baghdad Pact, Collective .security. Defense,
Mutual security. North Atlantic Treaty Organization,
and Southeast Asia Treaty Organization) :
Joint Mexican-U.S. Defense Commission, Executive
order concerning designation of U.S. member, 59
Worldwide arrangements to counter Communist expan-
sion, address (Macomber), 412
Mutual security and other assistance programs (see also
Agricultural surpluses. Economic and technical aid.
Military assistance, and Mutual defense) :
Defense support to ECAFE countries, statements
(Kotschnig),783, 788
Greek-Turkish aid program, 10th anniversary, letters
(Eisenhower), 539
Investment guaranties, agreements with —
China, Republic of, 949 ; Cuba, 381 ; Luxembourg,
118 ; Turkey, 426
Marshall plan, 10th anniversary, message (Eisen-
hower), 1002
Near and Middle East. See American Doctrine
New approach, need for, addresses and statements :
Berding, 809; Dillon, 800; Dulles, 675, 716; Eisen-
hower, 915 ; Murphy, 478, 944
1957 program, excerpts from President's 11th semi-
annual report (July 1-Dec. 31, 1956) to Congress
and letter of transmittal, 931
1958 program :
Address and statement : Dulles, 926 ; Richards, 972
President's address to the Nation, 876
President's messages to Congress, 163, 920
1061
Mutual security — Continued
Program to counter Soviet-bloc economic penetration of
free world, address (Claxton), 12
Mutual Security Appropriation Act (1957), proviso on par-
ticipation in U.N. technical assistance program, 410
NAC. See North Atlantic Council
Nagy, Imre, 466
Najib-Ullah, 443
Narcotic drugs, protocol (1953) regulating production,
trade, and use of opium, 42, 710, 949
Nash, Frank C, 106, 108, 282
National security (see also Collective security. Mutual
defense, and Mutual security) :
Interloclting elements of, address (Murphy), 475
President's address to the Nation concerning, 875
President's message to Congress, 164, 165, 370
National Security Council :
Functions, 476
Transfer of Operations Coordinating Board to, an-
nouncement and Executive order, 504
Nationalism, problems arising from development of, ad-
dresses, message, and statements : Bovcie, 836 ;
Eisenhower, 123, 847; Murphy, 516; Eountree, 756,
974 ; Sears, 820
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Natural gas, meeting of ECB working party on problems
in Europe, 424
Naval Review, International, invitations to, 349
Naval vessels, agreements for furnishing supplies and
services to, with —
Australia, 203 ; Greece, 337
Naval vessels or small craft, agreements relating to loan
of, with —
China, Republic of, 1033 ; Germany, Federal Republic
of, 990 ; Spain, 670
Navigation improvements in connecting channels of Great
Lakes, U.S.-Canadian agreements, 42, 509, 746
Near and Middle East (see also individual countries) :
American Doctrine. See American Doctrine
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute
Baghdad Pact. See Baghdad Pact
Foreign aid, U.S., question of resumption of, statement
(Dulles), 485
General Assembly action regarding, address (Wilcox),
689, C92
Hammarskjold mission to the Middle East, progress of,
statement (Dulles), 595
Historical study of U.S. policy in, statement (Dulles),
300
Israeli hostilities with Egypt. See Israeli hostilities
Map, in color, facing p. 128
Northern tier states, U.S. partners in collective defense,
address (Murphy), 520
Oil pipeline, proposed international, statement (Dulles),
600
Palestine refugees, relief and rehabilitation of, state-
ments (Lord) and General Assembly resolution,
585, 587, 589
Situation in, U.S. views, addresses, report, and state-
ments : Dulles, 51, 533 ; Eisenhower, 932 ; Hill, 131 ;
Murphy, 447, 515 ; Rountree, 755, 973 ; Wilcox, 558
Near and Middle East — Continued
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Travel to, U.S. lifts restrictions, 654
Tripartite agreement (1950), U.S. policy concerning,
statement (Dulles), 304
U.S. exchange of views regarding, with —
France, joint statement (Eisenhower, MoUet), 438
Germany, Federal Republic of, joint communique,
491
Saudi Arabia, joint communique, 308
Soviet Union, notes and Soviet draft declaration, 523
Nehru, Jawaharlal, 47
Nelson, Wesley R., 564
Netherlands :
European common market and free trade area. See
European common market
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, negotiations and agreement with U.S.,
579, 710, 746, 747 (text), 1013
American war graves, agreement extending 1947
agreement with U.S., 630
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
829
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 670
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 630
Neutralism :
SEATO countries' views on, 529
U.S. views, address (Robertson), 999
Newsmen, U.S., question of travel to Communist China :
Announcement, 54
Statements: Dulles, 301, 305, 485, 488, 600, 646, 768,
771, 895, 967 ; Murphy, 664
New Zealand :
ANZUS Treaty, 494, 495
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion of, 868
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 790
Niagara Falls project, progress report by the IJC, 695
Nicaragua :
Disputes with Costa Rica and Honduras, OAS role in
settlement of, announcement, address (Rubottom),
and statement (Dreier), 811, 857, 858
Export-Import Bank loan, 104
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 380
Military missions, agreement with U.S. regarding
duties of, 510
Sugar agreement (1953), international, 470
Universal postal convention (19.">2), iS68
Nigeria, Federation of, extension of international con-
vention (1952) to facilitate importation of commer-
cial samples and advertising material to, 548
Nile River, importance of, report (Nixon), 630
Nine, application of international convention (1952) to
fat'ilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to. 868
1062
Department of State Bulletin
Nixon, Richard M. :
Remjirks :
Departure for Africa, 43fi
Visit of Freneli Premier to U.S., 439
Visit of Indian Prime Minister to U.S., 47
Reports to the President :
iVfrica, emergence of, G35
Hungarian refugees, providing for the needs of, 94
Visit to Ghana, U.S. delegation to independence cere-
monies, 348
Non-self-governing territories (see also Self-determina-
tion and Trust territories), French vievk's on asso-
ciation with European common marliet, 438
Norman, E. H., .538, 694
Norstad, Gen. Lauris, 2.51
North Atlantic Council (see also Atlantic Community and
North Atlantic Treaty Organization) :
Ministerial Council meeting :
Departure statement (Dulles) and U.S. delegation,
804
Results of meeting, excerpts from President's report
to Congress, 934; statement (Dulles), 839
Text of communique, 840
Resolutions :
Peaceful settlement of disputes between members of
NATO, 17
Report of the Committee of Three on Non-Military
Co-operation in NATO, 17
North Atlantic oceans stations, agreement (1954) on, 829
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (see also Atlantic
Community and North Atlantic Council) :
Addresses, message, report, and statement: Eisen-
hower, 252, 640, 934 ; Holmes, 344 ; Norstad, 251
Committee of Three on Non-Military Co-operation, re-
port of, 18
National Information OflBcers, 4th conference, U.S. del-
egation, 468
Scholarship award, 720
U.S. exchange of views regarding, with —
France, joint statement (Eisenhower, Mollet), 439
Germany, Federal Republic of : joint communique,
491; joint declaration (Eisenhower, Adenauer),
956
United Kingdom, joint communique, 561
North Borneo, extension of international convention
(1952) to facilitate importation of commercial sam-
ples and advertising material to, 548
North Pacific fur seals, interim convention on conserva-
tion of, 337, 376, 377 (text)
Northern tier pact. See Baghdad Pact
Northern tier states, U.S. partners in collective defense,
address (Murphy), 520
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending interna-
tional convention (1940), current actions, 203, 670,
829, 909, 990, 1032
Norway :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Aircraft, imported, agreement with U.S. providing
for certificates of airworthiness, and arrangements
terminating 1933 agreement, 426
Atomic energy, peaceful uses of, agreement with U.S.
for cooperation, 469, 470
Norway — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions,
203
ICJ, statute, declaration recognizing compulsory ju-
risdiction deposited, 242
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
829
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol to international
convention (1949) for, 909
Road traflSe, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 745
Slavery convention (1926), protocol amending, and
annex, 745
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 746
U.S. Ambassador, resignation (Strong), 381; confirma-
tion (Willis), 950
Nucker, Delmas H., 101
Nuclear energy. See Atomic energy
Nuclear Energy Commission, Inter-American, proposal to
establish, statement (Eisenhower) and announce-
ment, 1014, 1016
OAS. See Organization of American States
O'Boyle, Archbishop Patrick A., 117
Ocean stations, North Atlantic, agreement (1954) on, 829
O'Connor, Roderic L., 950
Oechsner, Frederick Cable, 571
Offshore procurement, agreements relating to, with —
Federal Republic of Germany, 337, 789; Spain, 157
Oil:
Crisis in Iran, address (Chapin) , 761
Pollution of seas by oil, meeting of National Commit-
tee on, and appointment of committee chairman,
349
Supply to Western Europe, problem of. See under
Suez Canal problem
U.S. import programs, consideration of, 370
Okinawa, U.S. policy on return to Japan, statement
(Dulles), 766
Oman and Muscat, U.S. relations with, 519
"Open skies" proposals for aerial inspection. See under
Disarmament
Operations Coordinating Board :
Functions of, 476
Transfer to National Security Council, announcement
and Executive order, 504
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade, and
use of, 42, 710, 949
Organization for Trade Cooperation. See Trade Cooper-
ation, Organization for
Organization of American States :
Nicaraguan-Honduran conflict, consideration of, an-
nouncement and statement (Dreier), 811
Peacemaking role, address (Rubottom), 857, 858
Strengthening of, announcement and statement (Eisen-
hower), 1014
Organizations, international. See International organi-
zations
Orphans and displaced persons, propo.sed legislation con-
cerning admittance to U.S., message to Congress
(Eisenhower), 248,249
OTC. See Trade Cooperation, Organization for
Index, January to June 1957
1063
Otepka, Otto F., 790
Outer-space projectiles (see also Guided missiles), U.S.
proposal for control of :
Statements (Lodge), 227, 423
Text of U.S. memorandum, 231
Pact of Mutual Cooperation. See Baghdad Pact
Pakistan :
Anniversary of establishment as republic, message
(Eisenhower), 563
Collective defense measures, 520
Community development program, 038
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir dispute
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 829
ICJ, statute, notice of withdrawal of compulsory
jurisdiction deposited, 470
U.S. Ambassador, resignation, 670
U.S. economic and military assistance, interim report
on Ambassador Richards' mission, announcement
and joint communique, 724, 728
Palestine {see also Arab-Israeli dispute and Israeli hos-
tilities), partition of, address (Murphy), 516
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1956, proc-
lamation, 443
Pan American games (1959), statements: Carpenter, 540;
Rubottom, 539
Panama :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 54
Canal Zone, U.S. annual payment for use of, 443
Sugar agreement (1953), international, 868
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 42
Paraamlnosalicylic acid and salts, escape-clause relief
held unnecessary, 369
Paraguay :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 54
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Cultural relations, inter- American convention (1954)
on, 380
Educational exchange, agreement with U.S., 668, 746
Relief supplies and packages, duty-free entry and
exemption from internal taxation of, agreement
with U.S., 746
Parker, Cola G., 1032
Passamaquoddy Bay power project, progress report by
the IJC, 696
Passports (see also Visas) :
Definition and issuance of, statements : Cartwright,
667 ; Murphy, 663, 664
Executive denial, question of, statement (Dulles), 485
Passport regulations, clarification of, excerpt from U.S.
report to U.N. Secretary-General concerning inter-
national travel, 147, 151, 152. 153
Policy for travel to Communist China, 54, 305, 485
Responsibilities of Secretary of State in issuance of,
statement (Dulles), 896
Special clearance fees reduced, 904
Validation of travel to certain Middle Eastern coun-
tries, 654
Patent rights and technical Information for defense pur-
poses, agreements for exchange of, with —
France, 547, 590 ; Turkey, 830
Patterson, Richard S., 204
Peace :
Addresses and remarks : Adenauer, 959 ; Bowie, 837 ;
Dulles, 715; George, 347; Murphy, 647
President's addresses, remarks, and report regarding,
211, 435, 846, 875
War or Peace, new editions published, 601
Pearson, Lester B., 18
Penghu, U.S. policy on defense of, statement (Dulles),
641
Persons, exchange of. See Cultural relations. Educa-
tional exchange, and Exchange of persons
Peru :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 829,
909
Army mission, agreement amending 1956 agreement
with U. S., 868
Nonimmigrant passport visas and visa fees, agree-
ments with U.S. relating to, 746
Universal postal convention, 949
U.S. aid, 220
Weather station, agreement with U.S. for establishment!
and operation of, 909, 950
Pescadores Islands. See Penghu
Petroleum. See Oil
Philippines :
Bataan, anniversary of fall of, messages (Eisenhower,
Garcia), 679
Death of Philippine President, statements (Eisenhower,
Dulles), 563
Relief supplies and packages, agreement with U.S. fon
duty-free entry and tax exemption, 338
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 869
U.S. military bases, negotiations on, statements
(Dulles), 487, 533, 536
U.S. mutual security aid, excerpt from report to Con-
gress (Eisenhower), 938, 939
Phillips, Christopher H., 240, 627
Phleger, Herman, 550
Pibulsonggram, P., 442
Plant protection convention, international, question of
U.S. approval, statement (PhilUps), 627
Poland :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S. regard-_
ing, 1005, 1007 (proposed), 1033
Agricultural surpluses, U.S., export license applica-
tions for shipments to Poland, 134
Coal mining officials, visit to U.S., 611
Economic negotiations with U.S. :
Invitation to open discussions, 299
Polish and U.S. delegations, 440
Progress of negotiations, statements (Dulles), 7, 599^
64G
Results of negotiations, announcement, joint state-
ment, texts of agreements, exchanges of notes, and
statement and remarks (Kalijarw, Kotlicki), 1008
Political developments in, address (Murphy), 649
Pomeroy, Leonard H., 697
Popper, David H., 990
1064
Department of State Bulletin
Portugal :
Atomic energy, civil uses of. agreement amending 1955
agreement with U.S.. 10.S.3
Azores, agreement extending 1951 agreement with U.S.
regarding use of facilities in, 670
Defense agreement, negotiations with U.S. postponed,
221
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending inter-
national convention (1!)49) for, 203
Safet.y of life at sea, application of 1948 convention to
Portuguese territories, 829
Postal cancellation stamp, U.S. reply to Hungarian pro-
test to use of, texts of notes, 849
Postal convention (1952), universal, current actions, 630,
745, 868, 909, 949
Postal service to Hungary, resumption of, 135
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention, final
protocols, regulations of execution, and agreements
relative to parcel post and money orders, 242, 425,
426, 710
Potatoes, tariff negotiations with Canada concerning,
360, 773
Presidential Representatives, Inter-American Committee
of, 11, 479, 735, 858, 1014
President's Asian Economic Development Fund, 786
President's Committee for Hungarian Refugee Relief, text
of final report, 984
["risoners of war :
Geneva convention (1949) relative to protection and
treatment of, 203, 670, 949
Korea, failure of Communists to account for missing
UXC prisoners of war, 143
Proclamations by the President :
Rutter oil and butter substitutes, import quotas on, 817
Copyright arrangement with Brazil, 669
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1907, 443
World trade week, 1957, 079
Propaganda, Communist tactics, address and statement:
Berding, 807 ; Dulles, 171
Property, cultural, convention and protocol for protec-
tion in event of armed conflict, and regulations of
execution, 1032
Property, industrial, convention (1934) for the protec-
tion of, 118
Property, war surplus, lend-lease and reciprocal aid, and
claims, agreement further extending the joint state-
ment (1954) with United Kingdom relating to settle-
ment for, 1033
Property claims, American-Polish, proposal for negotia-
tion for settlement of, announcement, joint state-
ment, and exchange of notes, 1003, 1005, 1007
Property located at Roberts Field, agreement with
Liberia for transfer of, 338
Public relations, importance in promoting peace, address
(Berding), 805
Publications :
Congress, lists of documents relating to foreign policy,
137, 221, 290, 371, 506, 029, 774, 818, 941, 1029
State Department :
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1939, Vol. II,
General, The British Commonwealth, and Europe,
published, 550
Publications — C(mtinued
State Department — Continued
Lists of recent releases, 157, 206, 242, 338, 382, 670,
790, 869, 910, 950, 1033
The Secretaries of State: Portraits and Biographical
Sketches, published, 204
Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and Other
International Agreemetits of the United States,
published, 202
Translation, publication, and distribution of books and
periodicals, funds for, 189
United Nations, lists of current documents, 41, 154,
468, 509, G14, 709, 742, 788
War or Peace, new editions published, 601
Puerto Montt, agreement with Chile for establishment
and operation of weather station at, 630, 710
Puga, Mariano, 540
Quemoy and Matsu Islands, U.S. policy on defense of,
statement (Dulles), 641
Quintero, agreement with Chile for establishment and
operation of weather station at, 630, 710
Race discrimination in U.S., effect on African nations,
report (Nixon), 636
Radiation, atomic energy, efi:ects on human health,
U.S.-U.K. views on, 562
Randall, Harold M., 989
Rawinsonde observation stations. See Weather : Weather
stations
Raymond, John M., 510
Read, James M., 10, 11
Reciprocity Information, Committee for, 948
Reconstruction and Development, International Bank for.
See International Bank
Refugee Fund, U.N. See United Nations Refugee Fund
Refugee Relief Act, total visa issuance under, 03
Refugees and displaced persons (see also Hungarian ref-
ugees. Intergovernmental Committee, and United
Nations Refugee Fund) :
Asylum to victims of Communist persecution, proposed,
excerpt from state of the Union message, 125
Copyright convention (1952), universal, protocol 1, ap-
plication of convention to works of refugees and
stateless persons, 548, 669, 709
East Germany, refugees from, addresses (Eleanor
Dulles), 177, 609
Escapee program, U.S., role in resettling refugees, 655
Palestine refugees, relief and rehabilitation of, state-
ments (Lord) and General Assembly resolution,
585, 587, 589
Reinhardt, G. Frederick, 549
Relief and rehabilitation. See Agricultural surpluses,
Economic and technical aid, Hungarian refugees.
Refugees, and individual countries
Relief supplies and packages, agreements relating to duty-
free entr.y, defrayment of inland transportation
charges, and tax exemption, with^
Jordan, 590 ; Paraguay, 746 ; Philippines, 338
Representation allowances, need for increase in appro-
priations, 798
Richards, James P. See American Doctrine : Mission of
Ambassador Richards
ndex, January to June 1957
1065
Richmond, Vice Adm. Alfred C, 349
Rio Treaty (Inter- American Treaty of Reciprocal Assist-
ance ) , role of, 857
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 745
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
importation of, 42, 829
Robertson, Norman A., 893
Robertson, Walter S., 295, 382, 682, 995
Rountree, William M., 755, 973
Ruanda-Urundi, political and economic progress in, state-
ment (McGregor), 819
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr., 310, 589, 855, 1025
Rumania :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 745
Customs tariffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention
for creation of international union for publication
of, 589
Independence of, 80th anniversary, 850
Parliamentary elections, U.S. observers refused admis-
sion, 213
Russell, Francis H., 790
Ryukyu Islands, U.S. policy on return to Japan, state-
ment (Dulles), 766
Saarland :
Change in consular jurisdiction from Strasbourg,
France, to Frankfort, Germany, 157
Convention of WMO, notification by France regarding
application of, 990
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948), 829
Safety pins, President requests further data on imports
of, 701
St. Clair River, navigation improvements in, U.S.-Cana-
dian agreement, 746
St. Helena, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Saint John River Basin project, progress report by the
IJC, 696
St. Marys River, navigation improvements in, U.S.-Ca-
nadian agreement, 746
Sakai, Mrs. Naka, 1000
Salans, Carl Fredric, 720
Salmon fisheries, sockeye, protocol to 1930 convention
with Canada for the protection, preservation, and
extension of, in the Fraser River system, 76, 118,
1033
Samoa, Western, application of international convention
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 868
Sandys, Duncan, 255
Sanitation. See Health and sanitation
Sarajevo, Yugoslavia, establishment of American con-
sulate, 910
Sarawak, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Satellite nations {see alio Soviet-bloc countries) :
Developments in, addresses and statements : Dulles,
50 ; Macomber, 414 ; Murphy, 476
East-West contacts. See Exchange of persons
East- West trade. See East- West trade
Satellite nations— Continued
Soviet policies in :
Addresses and statement : Dulles, 768 ; Murphy, 477^
649
U.S.-U.K. views, 561
U.S. intervention in, Soviet allegation, statement.
(Knowland), 463
U.S. policy regarding, addresses and statements r
Bowie, 839 ; Dulles, 3, 8, 717, 706 ; Murphy, 943
Satterthwaite, Joseph C, 510
Saud ibn Abd al-Aziz Al-Saud, 135, 308
Saudi Arabia :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Customs tariffs, convention (1890) creating interna-
tional union for publication of, and protocol, 470
Dharan Airfield and related military and economie
matters, agreement with U.S., 309, 680, 710
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
203
U.S. airmen stationed in, question of discrimination
against, statement (Dulles), 770
U.S. economic and military a.ssistance, interim report
on Ambassador Richards' mission, announcement
and joint communique, 724, 731
U.S. relations with, 518
Visit of King to U.S., announcement, text of com-
munique, exchange of greetings, and list of official
party, 135, 308
Scientific information, license regulations simplified on
exports of, 317
Sea, law of the, proposed U.N. conference, statement
(Greenbaum) and General Assembly resolution, 60,
61
Sears, Mason, 820
Seas, oil pollution of, appointment of national committee
chairman for study on, 349
SBATO. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Sebald, William J., 549
Secretaries of State: Portraits and Biographical Sketches,
published, 204
Security Council, U.N. :
Documents, lists of, 154, 468, 742
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir dispute
Membership, U.S. position on question of expansion
of, statement (Humphrey), 280
Resolutions on Kashmir dispute, 232, 463
Role in world problems, addresses (Wilcox), 555, 688'
Suez Canal problem. See under Suez Canal problem
Self-determination :
Cameroons, progress toward self-government, state-
ments : McGregor, 822 ; Sears, 820
Kashmir, problem of. See Kashmir
Togoland. See Togoland
U.S. views, remarks (Eisenhower), 847
Seychelles, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Sharni el-Sheikh {see also Israeli hostilities) :
Israeli position on, note and report (Ilammarskjold),
273, 275
U.S. position on, address (Wilcox), 558
1066
Department of State Bulletin
Sharm el-Sheikh— Continued
Withdrawal of Israeli forces from :
Reports (Hammarskjold), 394, 545
Statements : Dulles, 599 ; Lodge, 543
U.S. aide memoire, 392
Ships and shipping:
Merchant shipping, need for alleviating shortage of,
statement (Jlerrill), 34
Payment to Denmark for ships requisitioned by U.S.
during World War II, statement (Herter), 1020
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Collisions at sea, regulations (1948) for preventins
949 ^'
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organiza-
tion, convention, 380
Merchant vessels, agreement between U.S. and Vene-
zuela relating to exemption from port require-
ments, 510
Naval vessels. See Naval vessels
Navigation improvements in connecting channels of
the Great Lakes, U.S.-Canadian agreements, 42
509, 746
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 829
Submarines, agreement with Brazil for loan of, 203
U.S. maritime policy, address (Hill), 1017
Sierra Leone, extension of international convention
(1952) to facilitate importation of commercial sam-
ples and advertising material to, 548
Simonson, Joseph, 790
Sinai peninsula. See Israeli hostilities
Singapore, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Skaupy, Walther, 448
Slavery convention (1926), and protocol amending, cur-
rent actions, 548, 745, 909
Smith, Earl E. T., 1033
Smith-Mundt Act. See Information and Educational Ex-
change Act
Social progress in SEATO countries, 501
Societe Internationale pour Participations Industrielles
et Commerciales S. A., 350
Somaliland Protectorate, extension of international con-
venUon (1952) to facilitate importation of commer-
cial samples and advertising material to, 548
Soper, Fred L., 565
South Africa, Union of. See Union of South Africa
South America. See Latin America
South and Southea.st Asia. See Asia
South Pacific Commission, review conference, U.S. dele-
gation, 778
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization :
Council of Ministers, 3d meeting :
Announcement and U.S. delegation, 493
Final communique, 527
Statements (Dulles), 493, 529, 531, 532
Cultural exchange program, U.S., inauguration of, 503
Military progress, excerpts from President's report to
Congress, 935
Purpose of, statement (Dulles), 534
ndex, January to June 1957
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization— Continued
2d annual report, 496
Strength of, vis-a-vis Communist China, statement
(Dulles), 600
Soviet Union (see also Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Re-
public, Communism, Disarmament, East-West trade,
Satellite nations, and Ukrainian Soviet Socialist
Republic) :
Aggression in the Middle East, U.S. efforts to counter.
See American Doctrine
Airspace over Vladivostok, alleged violation by over-
flight of U.S. planes, U.S. and Soviet notes, 135
Antarctica, U.S. concern over Soviet presence in, 53S
Baltic states, Soviet actions toward, address and state-
ment : Dulles, 347 ; Merchant, 260
East Germany, Soviet activities in, addresses: Eleanor
Dulles, 175, 605, 978 ; Murphy, 649
Economic strength and potential, address (Bowie), 835
Economic trade policy, U.S. views, addresses and state-
ment : Claxton, 12 ; Kalijarvi, 659 ; Kotschnig, 787 ;
Rountree, 974
European security system, Soviet rejection of, address
(Holmes), 345
Foreign policy, development of, and free world efforts
to counter, addresses and statements: Dulles, 6,
530; Bowie, 838; Claxton, 15; Holmes, 343;
Macomber, 411 ; Murphy, 477 ; Robertson, 295, 382
Hungary, Soviet activities in. See Hungarian question
Internal problems with Communist system, address
(Hill), 133
Kashmir dispute, Soviet position on, statements
(Barco), 460,461
NATO, Soviet opposition to, address (Norstad) and
NAC communique regarding, 251, 252, 840
Soviet assistant military attach^ and embas.sy employee
in U.S. declared persona non grata, announcements
and U.S. notes, 181, 719
Subversive activities. See under Communism
Travel ban on embassy personnel in, announcement and
text of U.S. note of protest, 985
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 709
Cultural property, convention and protocol for pro-
tection in event of armed conflict, 289
Fur seals. North Pacific, interim convention on con-
servation of, 337, 376, 377 (text)
U.N. membership, Soviet position regarding Korea and
Viet-Nam, statements (Greenbamn), 332
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 1033
U.S. attaches, expulsion of, statement (White), 307
U.S. intervention in Eastern Europe, Soviet allegation,
statement (Knowland), 463
Soviet-bloc countries (see also East- West trade and
Satellite nations) :
Economic diplomacy in free world, analysis of technique
of, address (Claxton), 12
Military strength of, addres.s (Murphy), 476
Spaak, Paul-Henri, 29, 250
1067
Spain :
Agricultural conmiodilies, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 381, 710
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. on dis-
position of equipment and materials, 42
Naval vessels or small craft, agreement with U.S. re-
lating to loan of, 670
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending Inter-
national convention (1949) for, 829
Offshore procurement, agreement amending memo-
randum of understanding (19.54) with U.S. relating
to, 157
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention,
final protocols, regulations of execution, and agree-
ments relative to parcel post and money orders,
242, 425, 426, 710
Spano, Bartholomew S., 198
Specialized agencies, U.N. {see also name of agency),
developing cooperation through the, remarks,
(Wilcox), 197
Stassen, Harold E., 538, 772
State Department (see also Foreign Service) :
Administrator, Bureau of Security and Consular Af-
fairs, delegation of authority to perform functions
in connection with immigration and nationality
laws, 157
Appointments and designations, 204, 338, 382, 426, 510,
590, 670, 790, 869, 950, 990, 1033
Appropriations, appeal for partial restoration of pro-
posed cuts in, statement (Dulles), 795
Assistant Secretaries of State, confirmations : Berding,
630 ; Elbrick, 382 ; Kalijarvi, 549
Assistant Secretary of State for Policy Planning, resig-
nation (Bowie), 910
Confirmations, 382, 426, 549, 630
Cornerstone ceremony for new State Department
building, 110
Counselor, confirmation (Reinhardt), 549
Foreign Service examination, announced, 549
Legal Adviser, resignation (Phleger), 550
Publications. See under Publications
Resignations, 157, 381, 550, 910
Under Secretary of State, confirmation (Herter), 426
State of the Union message, excerpts, 123
Stateless persons and refugees :
Protocol concerning application of universal copyright
convention (19.52) to works of, 548, 669, 709
Treatment of stateless persons in Egypt, concern re-
garding, statement (Wadsworth), 106
Status lists of international agreements, 78
Steel production in Japan and India, International Bank
loans for, 101, 102
Stewart, C. Allan, 860
Stimpson, Harry F., Jr., 510
Stockwell, Charles W., 308
Storey, Robert G., 36
Straight pins, President decides against increase in tariff
on, 702
Straits of Tiran. See Tiran
Strategic materials, stockpiling of, excerpt from Presi-
dent's budget message to Congress, 167
1068
Strauss, Lewis L., 35
Strom, Carl W., 290
Strong, L. Corrin, 381
Student-exchange program. See Educational exchange
Stump, Adm. Felix B., 493
Submarines, agreement with Brazil for loan of, 203
Sudan :
American Doctrine for Middle East, joint communique
regarding Ambassador Richards' mission 764
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
ICJ, statute, 42
U.N. Charter, 42
UNESCO, constitution, 203
Suez Canal problem [see also Israeli hostilities ana
United Nations Emergency Force) :
Addresses and statements : Dulles, 5, 7, 172, 303, 305,
306, 403, 404, 405, 482, 485, 486, 488, 489, 535, 536,
537, 597, 600, 601, 641, 642, 643, 644, 645, 646, 756,
898, 965; Eisenhower, Mollet, 438; Jones, 264;
Lodge, 775, 987, 988 ; Merchant, 256 ; Merrill, 34
American use of the canal, statement (Dulles), 644
Aswan Dam, relationship to seizure of the canal, state-
ments (Dulles), 535, 041, 645
British-French-Israeli military action against Egypt:
Soviet views, letter (Bulganin), 89, 90, 91
U.S. views, address and statement: Dulles, 5; Mer-
chant, 256
Withdrawal of forces from Egypt, views of Moslem
members of Baghdad Pact, 216
Clearance and opening of the canal :
Advance of U.S. funds for, text of U.S. note, 105
Statements (Dulles), 5, 7, 403, 405, 482, 480, 489, 601
Economic ramifications in Europe and the Near East
of closing of the canal, 34. 932
Economic sanctions against Egypt, question of, state--
ment (Dulles), 643
Israeli right of passage through the canal, statements!
(Dulles), 306, 404, 488, 042, 898
Oil supply to Western Europe, problem of :
Alternate supply routes, question of, statementai
(Dulles), 597, 600
U.S. shipments, 258, 303
Operation of the canal, statements: Dulles, 485, 537,
705 ; Eisenhower, Mollet, 438
Security Council considerations regarding operation*
of the canal, statements and letters: Fawzi, 776;
Hammarskjold, 778; Lodge, 775, 776, 987, 988
Seizure of the canal, U.S. views, statement (Dulles),
536
Settlement of the problem :
Joint communique (U.S.-U.K.) regarding, 561
Statements (Dulles), 172, 305, 482, 642, 646, 905
Significance to U.S.-Asian relations, address (Jones),
264
Suez Canal Users Association :
Council meeting, 845
Formation of, statement (Dulles), 644
Sugar agreement (1953), internaUonal, 470, 868
Suoniela, Arnie J., 908
Surplus agricultural commodities. Sec Agricultural
surpluses
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
Sweden :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 548
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 548
GATT, 0th protocol of supplementary concessions, 156
ICJ, statute, declaration of compulsory jurisdiction de-
posited, 789
International conference in Tangier, final declaration
and annexed protocol, 242
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 1033
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 1033
Switzerland :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 719
Interhandel issue, U.S. position on arbitration of, texts
of notes and memorandum, 350
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, exchange of notes approving inter-
pretation of 1945 agreement with U.S., 590
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement with U.S. for
cooperation concerning, 290
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 709
North Atlantic ocean stations, agreement (1954) on,
829
Opium, protocol for regulating cultivation, production,
trade, and use of (1953), 42
Trade agreement, supplementary, with U.S., 371
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 869
Syria :
Dispute with Israel, statements (Lodge) regarding,
1029
Pipeline in, views of Moslem members of Baghdad Pact
on destruction of, 217
Travel to, U.S. lifts restrictions, 654
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement with U.S. amending annex
to 1947 agreement, 846, 869
Telecommunication convention (19.52), international,
final protocol, and additional protocols, 1033
U.S. aid to, question of, statement (Dulles), 9C4
U.S. consulate general at Aleppo, establishment, 42
Taiwan. See China, Republic of
Tanganyika, extension of international convention (1952)
to facilitate Importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Tangier, status of, final declaration of international con-
ference on, and annexed protocol, 242
Tansey, Hubert E., 308
Tariff policy, U.S. (see also Customs and Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on) :
Acid-grade fluorspar, escape-clause relief held unneces-
sary, 309
Alsilie clover seed. President asks study of tariff quota
on, 584
Bicycles, escape-clause action regarding, 369
Excerpts from President's economic report to Congress,
223
Ferrocerium and other cerium alloys, escape-clause re-
lief held unnecessary, 369
Index, January to June J 957
Tariff policy, U.S. — Continued
Groundflsh fillets, escape-clause relief held unnecessary,
55, 369
Hatters' fur. President decides against study of tariff
on, 585
Linen toweling, escape-clause relief hold necessary, 581,
369
Paraaminosalcylic acid and salts, escape-clause relief
held unnecessary, 369
Problems in development of, address (Kalijarvi), 1011
Safety pins. President requests further import data on,
701
Straight pins, President decides against increase in
tariff on, 702
Tuna canned in brine, increase in import duty, 371
Tung oil, President orders investigation of effects of
imports of, 585
U.S. Foreign Service fees, revision of tariff of, 381
Velveteen fabrics, postponement of action on tariff on
imports of, 1005, 370
Violins and violas. President decides against increase
in tariff on, 703
Watches and watch movements, escape-clause action
regarding, 371
Woolen and worsted fabrics, revision of tariff quota, 54
Tariffs, customs. See Customs
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on (see also Trade
Cooperation, Organization for) :
"Geneva wool reservation," definition of, 55
Import-restrictions policy, con.sultations on, 359
Intersessional Committee, meeting and U.S. dele-
gates, 779
Japan, accession to GATT, 365
9th session (1955), review of objectives and results,
report to Congress (Eisenhower), 364
Proems verbal of rectification concerning protocol
amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX,
protocol amending preamble and parts II and III,
and protocol of organizational amendments, 470,
789
Protocol of organizational amendments, 470, 789
Protocol of rectification to French text of, 590, 829
Protocols amending, 470, 789
Rectifications and modifications to texts of schedules,
5th protocol, 156, 1033
Relationship to European common market, address and
statement : Kalijarvi, 816 ; Corse, 863
Supplementary concession, 6th protocol, 156, 203, 289,
500, 710, 829
Tariff concessions, question of extension under article
XXVIII, 946
Tariff concessions on potatoes, negotiations between
U.S. and Canada, 360, 773
Tariff negotiations between U.S., U.K., and Belgium,
581
U.S. trade agreements program, relationship to GATT,
President's report to Congress, 363
Taxation. See Double taxation
Taylor, Henry J.. 869
Teberg, Col. D. E., 940
Technical Advisory Boards, reports to the IJC, 696
1069
Technical aid to foreign countries. See Economic and
technical aid
Technical assistance, U.N. See under United Nations
Technical information (see also Information, exchange
of):
Exchange of, importance in economic development, ad-
dress (Kalijarvi), 408
Export control of technical information regarding mu-
nitions, address (Pomeroy), 699
License regulations simplified on exports of, 317
Patent rights and technical information for defense
purposes, agreements for exchange of, with—
France, 547, 590 ; Turliey, 830
Telecommunications :
International telecommunication convention (1952),
with protocols, 118, 203, 1032
Long range radio aid to navigation station, agreement
with Dominican Republic for establishment, 574,
590
Standard-band broadcasting channels, agreement with
Mexico on use of, 288, 290, 315
Tension, international, correspondence (Eisenhower, Bul-
ganin) and Soviet declaration concerning, S9, 90
Territorial waters and related matters, law of the sea,
proposed U.N. conference, statement (Greenbaum),
60; text of General Assembly resolution, 61
Textiles. See Cotton textiles
Thailand :
Economic and technical aid, U.S., appreciation of, let-
ters (Eisenhower, Pibulsonggram ) , 442
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S. re-
garding, 118, 548
Atomic energy, civil uses of, agreement amending
1956 agreement with U.S., 630
Educational exchange program, agreement amending
19.")0 agreement with U.S., 241, 290
German assets in Thailand, agreement relating to
disposition of, 337
Thompson, Llewellyn B., 1033
Tiran, Straits of (.see also Israeli hostilities) :
Deployment of U.N. Emergency Force at, address and
statements: Lodge, 326, 544; Wilcox, 558, 559
Innocent passage through, question of :
Communique (Dulles, Meir), 562
Report (Hammarslijold), 394, 397
Statements: Dulles, 401, 402, 404, 40.5, 599, 646;
Lodge, 432
International character of, U.S. position, statement
(Dulles), 486
Islands in, question of occupancy, statement (Dulles),
4S8
Tito, Marshal, 7, 304
Tobacco sales to U.K. and construction of military hous-
ing and community facilities for U.S. Air Force,
agreement amending 1956 agreement with U.S., 030
Tobago, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and ad-
vertising material to, 548
Todd, Col. J. C, 810
Togoland, British, General Assembly approval of union
with Gold Coast, statements (Nash) and resolution,
106, 108, 109
Togoland, French, General Assembly action to send study
commission to, statements (Nash) and resolution,
282, 285
Tokelau Islands, application of International convention
(19.j2) to facilitate importation of commercial sam-
ples and advertising material to, 868
Tourism. See Travel, international
Trade (see also Agricultural surpluses; Cotton textiles;
East- West trade ; Economic policy ; European com-
mon market; Exports, U.S.; Imports; Tariff policy,
U.S. ; Tariffs and trade, general agreement on ; and
Trade Cooperation, Organization for) :
Arms traffic, U.S. and international control of, address
(Pomeroy), 697
Communist disruptive activities, SEATO report, 498
ECAFE region, U.S. and Soviet trade with, statement
(Kotschnig), 788
Foreign trade policy, U.S., addresses, message, report)
and statement: Eisenhower, 124, 222; KalijarvU
662, 813 ; Kotschnig, 784
Latin America, U.S. trade with, addresses : Murphy
652 ; Rubottom, 732, 734
Mexico, U.S. trade with, address (Rubottom), 312
Relationship to peace, address (Dulles), 716
Soviet-bloc trade promotion in the free world, addreai
(Claxton), 12
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Commercial samples and advertising material, inten
national convention (1952) to facilitate importai
tion of, 156, 548, 868
Friendship, commerce and consular rights, agree<
ment with El Salvador, .548
U.S. trade agreements program. 1st annual report tii
Congress on operation of (Eisenhower), 363
U.S. loans for the development of, 187
U.S. maritime policy, address (Hill), 1017
Wheat, international trade transactions in, articli
(Highby), 218, 219, 323, 382
World trade week (1957), proclamation, 679
Trade Agreements, Interdepartmental Committee on, 582
947
Trade Agreements Committee (TAG), functions, 1011
Trade and Industry, ECAFE Committee on, meeting an«
U.S. delegation to 9th session, 508
Trade Cooperation, Organization for :
Agreement on, current actions, 590, 7S9
Relationship to European common market and fret
trade area, 810
U.S. membership, question of, excerpts from Presi
dent's messages and report to Congress, 124, 166
657
Trade fairs, U.S. participation in, 186
Trade unionism in Africa, growth of, report (Nixon)
638
Trading with the Enemy Act, relevance to travel to Com
munist China, 54
1070
Department of Sfofe BwHefiV
Travel, international (sec also Intel-- American Highway,
Passports, and Visas) :
Alien tourists, President's recommendations to Con-
gress regarding admittance to U.S., 249
American citizens, limitations on travel abroad, state-
ments : Murphy, G63 ; Cartwright, 667
Communist China, question of travel of U.S. newsmen
to. See under China, Communist
Far East, increased U.S. travel to, 504
Latin America, importance of tourism in, address
(Rubottom), 733, 735
Middle East, U.S. lifts restrictions on travel to certain
countries in, 654
Policy and practices in the field of, excerpt from U.S.
report to the U.N. Secretary-General and ECOSOC
resolution, 145, 146
Road traffic, convention (1940) on, with annexes, 745
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary Importation of, 42, 829
Soviet Union, travel ban on embassy personnel in, an-
nouncement and U.S. note of protest, 985
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 42, 829
Treaties, agreements, etc., international {for specific
treaty, see country or subject) :
Collective defense treaties and arrangements, impor-
tance and development of, statement (Dulles), 171
Current actions on, listed, 42, 78, 118, 156, 203, 241,
289, 337, 380, 425, 470, 509, 548, 589, 630, 669, 709,
745, 789, 829, 868, 909, 949, 990, 1032
Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and Other Inter-
national Agreements of the United States, pui-
lished, 202
Trinidad, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and ad-
vertising material to, 548
Tripartite Agreement (19.50), U.S. policy on, statement
(Dulles), 304
Troops, U.S. See Armed forces, U.S.
Tropical Tuna Commission, Inter-American, appointment
of U.S. commissioner, 908
Trucial States, 519
Truman, Harry S., 417
Truman Doctrine, 10th anniversary, letters : Dulles,
Truman, 417 ; Eisenhower, 539
Trust territories, U.N. :
Cameroons, British and French, progress toward self-
government, statements : McGregor, 822 ; Sears, 820
Gold Coast. See Gold Coast and under Ghana
Pacific Islands, Trust Territory of the, compensation
to former inhabitants of Bikini and Eniwetok, 101
Ruanda-Urundi, review of progress in, statement
(McGregor), 819
Togoland. See Togoland
Tru.steeship Council, U.N. {see also Trust territories),
lists of documents, 155, 509, 788
Tuna canned in brine, U.S. import policy regarding, 371
Tuna Commission, Inter-.:Vmerican Tropical, appointment
of U.S. commissioner, 908
Tung oil. President orders investigation of effects of im-
ports of, 585
Tunisia :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 203
Economic and technical assistance, agreement with
U.S., 670
Genocide, convention (1948) on prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 42
ICJ, statute, 42
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
118
UNESCO, constitution, 42
U.N. Charter, 42
WMO, convention, 242
U.S. economic aid. Ambassador Richards' mission to
the Middle East, address (Richards) and text of
joint communique, 841, 845
Turkey :
Economic development, contributions of Turkish- Ameri-
can cultural relations to, address (Warren), 214
Greek-Turkish aid program, 10th anniversary, letters :
Dulles, Truman, 417 ; Eisenhower, 539
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements supplementing
agreements with U.S., 381, 910
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion of, 156
Educational exchange, agreement amending 1949
agreement with U.S., 242
GATT, protocol of rectification to French text, 829
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S. provid-
ing for, 426
Patent rights and technical information for defense,
agreement with U.S. to facilitate interchange of,
830
U.S. economic and military assistance, interim report
on Ambassador Richards' mission, announcement
and joint communique, 724, 720
Turks and Caicos Islands, extension of civil aircraft
service to, U.S.-U.K. agreement, 157
Turnage, William V., 1002
Tyler, William R., 510
Twining, Gen. Nathan F., 989
Two- Way Streets Around the World, address (Kalijarvi),
406
Uffelman, Paul R., 307
Uganda, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic {see also Soviet
Union), convention (1954) and protocol for protec-
tion of cultural property in event of armed conflict,
470
Underdeveloped countries («ee also Investment of private
capital abroad) :
Africa, emergence of, report (Nixon), 635
Economic assistance to, Soviet program of. See under
Soviet Union
Index, January to June 1957
1071
Underdeveloped countries — Continued
Economic development, U.S. position, addresses and
statements: Bowie, 838; Dillon, 802; Dulles, 927;
Hoffman, 23G ; Kalijarvi, 660, 661, 662
Industrialization of, address (Hoffman), 328
Soviet-bloc economic diplomacy in, analysis of tech-
niques, address (Claxton), 12
Spirit of nationalism in, remarks (Eisenhower), 847
U.N. technical assistance program. See under United
Nations
U.S. aid to, address, message, remarks, and report:
Dulles, 717 ; Eisenhower, 848, 921, 936
UNESCO. See Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization, U.N.
Union of South Africa :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute of, 1032
IFC, articles of agreement, 789
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 829
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. See Soviet Union
United Kingdom :
Air talks with U.S. adjourned, 437
Atomic energy information, declassification of, tripar-
tite policy (U.S., U.K., Canada), statement
(Strauss), 35
Bermuda meeting of Heads of Government, U.S.-U.K.
exchange of views, joint communique, with an-
nexes, 1561; statements (Dulles), 595, (>45
British nationals in Egypt, reported mistreatment of,
statement (Wadsworth), 100
Cyprus. See Cyprus
Defense talks with U.S., text of joint communique, 255
European common market and free trade area. See
European conmion market
Financial arrangements with IMP and Export-Import
Bank, announcements and statement (Jacobsson),
28
Foreign Relations, volume on British Commonwealth,
published, 550
Gold Coast. See Gold Coast and also under Ghana
Guided missiles, U.S., deployment in U.K., statements
(Dulles, Hagarty), 596
Nuclear tests on Christmas Island, statement (Dulles),
484
Prime Minister Eden, resignation, statements (Dulles,
Eisenhower), 130
Prime Minister Macmillan. appointment, exchange of
letters with Pre.sident Eisenhower, 174
Tariff negotiations (GATT) with U.S., 581
Togoland, British, General Assembly approval of union
with Gold Coast, statements (Nash) and text of
resolution, 106, 108, 109
Trade with Communist China, U.S. views of U.K. policy
on, 967
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air services, agreement amending annex to 1946
agreement with U.S. providing for additional route
to Barbados, 20^1
Air services, agreement amending 1955 agreement
with U.S. extending service to the Turks and
Caicos Islands, 157
1072
United Kingdom — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Anglo-American financial agreement (1945), amend-
ment of, 169, 492, 548, 625, 1033
Arbitral Tribunal and Mixed Commission, multi-
lateral agreement amending administrative agree-
ment (1954) concerning, 156
Bahamas long range proving ground, agreement
amending 1950 agreement with U.S., 790
Commercial samples and advertising material, exten-
sion to various colonies and possessions of inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion of, 548
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions,
289
German assets in Italy, memorandum of understand-
ing regarding, 669
German assets in Thailand, agreement relating to dis-
position of, 337
ICJ, statute, 949
Lend-lease and reciprocal aid, surplus war property,
and claims, agreement further extending the joint
statement (1945) with U.S. relating to settlement,
1033
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. fori
disposition of equipment and materials, 1033
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending 19491
international convention for, 670
Tobacco sales to U.K. and construction of military^
housing and community facilities for U.S. Air
Force, agreement amending 1956 agreement with
U.S., 630
Whaling convention (1946),
amending, 949
U.S. Ambassador, resignation
firmation (Whitney), 382
United Nations :
Addresses :
Administrative and Budgetary
United Nations (Jones), 286
American Principles and the United Nations (Hoff-
man), 51
The United Nations and Public Understanding (Wil-
cox), 555
The United Nations and Responsibilities for the Fm
ture (Wilcox), 688
Admission of new members : Ghana, 630 ; Japan, 6. 39
42 ; Morocco, Sudan, Tunisia, 42
Charter. See United Nations Charter
Disarmament. See Disarmament and Disarmament
Commission, U.N.
Documents, lists of, 41, 154, 468, 509, 014, 709, 742, 788
General Assembly. See General Assembly
Hungarian question. See Hungarian question
Hungarian refugees, U.S. contribution to U.N. for, i
Kashmir dispute. See Kashmir dispute
Membership in U.N. and U.N. organizations, lists ol
countries, 78, 374 I
Membership question, U.S. position : ]
Conmmnist China, statements and foreword to Wai
or Peace (Dulles), 7, 531, 603
Department of Sfafe Bu//ef/ii
international, protocol
(Aldrich), 157; con-
Problems of the
Diiitcfl Nations — Coiitiuuod
Meinbersbip question — Continued
Korea, Republic of, statements (Greenbaum), 144,
332
New members, address ( Wilcox ) , 559
Viet-Nam, statement (Greenbaum), 332
Near and Middle East, actions in settlement of dispute
in. See under Arab-Israeli dispute, Israeli hos-
tilities, and Near and Middle East
Kelationship to the International Atomic Energy
Agency, text of General Assembly resolution, 240
Security Council. See Security Council
Specialized agencies (see also name of agency), devel-
oping cooperation through the, remarks (Wilcox),
11)7
Technical assistance program :
Soviet-bloc financial contributions to, address (Clax-
ton), 14
U.S. financial contributions to, statement (Dulles),
030
U.S. participation in, addresses : Hoffman, 330 ; Kali-
jarvi, 409
Trust territories. See Trust territories and Trustee-
ship Council
U.N. conference on law of the sea, proposed, statement
(Greenbaum) and General Assembly resolution,
60, 61
U.S. support of, address (Dulles), 718
U.S. views on function of, addresses and remarks :
Bowie, 837; Eisenhower, 435, 847; Murphy, 652,
943
United Nations Charter :
Amendments to, desirability of, foreword to War or
Peace (Dulles), 603
List of signatories, 78
United Nations Command (Korea), 143
United Nations Commission on the Status of Women, 11th
session, statements (Hahn), 704
United Nations Economic and Social Council. See Eco-
nomic and Social Council, U.N.
United Nations Economic Commission for Asia and the
Far East :
Committee on Industry and Trade, meeting and U.S.
delegation to 9th session, 508
Economic development activities, statement (Kot-
schnlg), 780
Dnited Nations Economic Commission for Europe :
Natural gas, meeting of working party on problems
of, 424
12th session, confirmation of U.S. delegate, 779
Jnited Nations Economic Commission for Latin America,
confirmation of U.S. representative to 7th session,
9S9
Jnited Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization. See Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization
United Nations Emergency Force (see also Israeli hos-
tilities and Suez Canal problem) :
Deployment of :
General Assembly action regarding :
Addresses and statements : Eisenhower, 388, 389 ;
Lodge, 2G9, 270, 326, 432, 543; Wilcox, 091
Note and reports (Hammarskjold), 271, 274, 275,
276, 277, 278, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 544
Resolution, 327
U.S. views, statements (Dulles), 483, 484, 536, 596,
598 ; aide memoire, 392
Financing of, address and statements (Jones), 66, 288;
General Assembly resolution, 70
Question of withdrawal of participating members,
statement (Dulles), 487
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization,
functions, statement (Phillips), 627, 628
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, assist-
ance to Hungarian refugees, 721
United Nations Refugee Fund (UNREF) :
4th session of Executive Committee, functions and U.S.
delegation, 240
5th session of Executive Committee and Standing Pro-
gram Subcommittee, U.S. representatives, 990
U.S. makes final 19-56 payment to, 337
United Nations Relief Works Agency (UNRWA), aid to
Palestine refugees, U.S. views, statements (Lord)
and General Assembly resolutions, 585, 587, 589
United Nations Truce Supervision Organization in Pales-
tine, report on Syrian complaint against Israel, 1029
United Nations Trusteeship Council. See Trusteeship
Council, U.N.
United States citizens and nationals :
Claims. See Claims
Alurder of U. S. citizens in Iran, 654
Protection of:
Communist China, detention and release of U.S. ci-
vilians and question of travel of American news-
men to. See under China, Communist
Disappearance of U.S. citizen in the Dominican Re-
public. See Murphy, Gerald Lester
Girard, William S., 963, 964, 1000
ICA efforts during Middle East crisis, 932
Responsibility of President and Secretary of State,
statement (Murphy), 663, 664
United States Information Agency :
Administration of the Agricultural Trade Development
and Assistance Act of 195-'i, 005
Proopsals concerning, state of the Union message, 125
United States Merchant Marine, U.S. maritime policy,
address (Hill), 1017
United States Navy medical research unit, Taipei, agree-
ment amending agreement with Republic of China
providing for, 156
Universal copyright convention (1952), with protocols,
current actions, 380, 548, 669, 709
Universal postal convention (1952), current actions, 630,
745, 868, 909, 949
Uruguay, Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, con-
vention and agreements relating to parcel post and
money orders, 42.5, 426
U.S.S.R. See Soviet Union
Index, January to June 1957
1073
Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds :
Establishment, 444
Report (Sept. 1, 1955- Aug. 31, 1956), 447
Vandenberg, Sen. Arthur H., 1022
Van der Beugel, E. H., 747
Velveteen fabrics. See Cotton textiles
Venezuela :
Air Force mission, agreement extending 1953 agree-
ment with U.S., 426
Army mission, agreement extending 1951 agreement
with U.S., 426
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 625
IFC, articles of agreement, 203
Merchant vessels, agreement with U.S. relating to ex-
emption from port requirements, 510
Vessels. See Naval vessels and Ships and shipping
Viet-Nam :
Communist threat to, address (Jones), 260, 267
Economic and political progress, U.S. support of, ad-
dress ( Murphy ) , 945
Industrial property, convention (1934) for the protec-
tion of, 118
U.N. membership and unification of, U.S. and Soviet
positions, statements (Greenbaum), 332
U.S. aid, 937
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 549
Visit of President to U.S., announcement, joint state-
ment, address to Congress, exchange of greetings
(Diem, Eisenhower), and members of official party,
771, 851
Villeda Morales, Ramon, 181
Violas and violins, President decides against increase in
tariff on, 703
Visas (.see also Passports) :
Changes in and clarification of regulations concerning
issuance of, excerpt from U.S. report to U.N.
Secretar.v-General, 145, 149, 150, 151
Issuance of immigrant and nonimmigrant visas during
19SC, 418
Issuance uuder Refugee Relief Act, 93
Passport visas and visa fees, agreements relating to,
with —
Ce.ylon, 289 ; Japan, Peru, 746
Relationship of issuance of visas to immigration into
the U.S., address (Coulter), 722
Von Brentano, Heinrich, 490, 719
Voorhees, Tracy S., 442
Wadsworth, James J., 106, 422, 507, 880
Wailes, Edward Thompson, 441
Walmsley, Walter Newbold, 778
War damage claims against Italy, memorandum of under-
standing and final date for filing, 670, 901
War graves, American, agreement extending 1947 agree-
ment with the Netherlands, 630
War or Peace foreword to new editions, 001
War victims, Geneva conventions (1949) relative to pro-
tection and treatment of, 203, 670, 949
Ward, Robert E., Jr., 670
Warren, Fletcher, 214
Warren, George L., 743
Weather :
Climatology, international cooperation in, article
(Landsberg), 612
Weather stations, agreements for establishment and
operation of, with —
Chile, 630, 710 ; Ecuador, 830, 949 ; Peru, 909, 950
Weather stations, North Atlantic, agreement (1954)
on, 829
Weights and measures, convention (1875) for creation
of international ofiice, 509
West, George L., Jr., 510
Western Samoa, application of international convention
to facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 868
Whaling convention (1946), international:
Amendments to schedule, 289
Protocol amending, current actions, 710, 746, 829, 949,
990, 1033
Wheat agreement (1956), international:
Article (Highby), 318, 382
Current actions, 41, 42, 590, 670, 1033
Wheat Council, International, 318, 319, 321, 382
White, Francis, 1033
White, Lincoln, .54, 307, 768n, 773
Whitehouse, Charles, 590
Whitney, John Hay, 382
WHO. See World Health Organization
Wieland, William A., 1033
Wilcox, Francis O., 57, 197, 555, 688, 887, 1031
Wilkins, J. Erne.st, 468, 1031
Willis, Frances E., 950
Willson, Clifford, 563
Wilson, Brewster, 654
Wilson, Charles E., 2.55, 1000
Windward Islands, extension of international convention
(1952) to facilitate importation of commercial sam-
ples and advertising material to, 548
WMO. See World Meteorological Organization
Women, United Nations Commission on Status of, 11th
session, statements (nahu),704
Women in Latin America, widening horizons for, address
(Steward), 800
Woolen and worsted fabrics, revision of U.S. tariff quota,
54
World Bank. See International Bank
World food reserve, U.S. policy on establishment of, state-
ment (Humphrey), 233
World Health Assembly. See under World Health
Organization
World Health Organization:
Constitution, 829
World Health Assembly, 10th, meeting and U.S. dele-
gation, 823
World Health Assembly, 11th, invitation to convene in
U.S., 708
World Meteorological Organization :
Commission for Climatology, 2d session, U.S. delega-
tion and article (Landsberg), 153, 612
Convention, current actions, 156, 242, 868, 990
Worsted and woolen fabrics, revision of U.S. tariff
quota, 54
1074
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Wounded and sick, Geneva conventions (1949) relative
to treatment in time of war, 203, C70, 949
Yemen :
Ambassador Richards' mission to the Middle East,
statement regarding, 763
Development of, address (Murphy), 519
Yugoslavia :
Agricultural commodities, agreements amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 290, 630
American consulate at Sarajevo, establishment, 910
Yugoslavia— Continued
Marshal Tito, proposed visit to U.S., statements
(Dulles), 7, 304
U.S. military assistance to, announcement and excerpt
from report to Congress (Eisenhower), 03G 939
Young, Philip, 630
Zanzibar, extension of international convention (1952) to
facilitate importation of commercial samples and
advertising material to, 548
ZeUerbach, James David, 290
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Publication 6620
Released June 1958
For sale by the Superintendent of Doeuments, U. S. Oovemment Printing Office
Washington 25, D. C. - Price 25 cents
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
liii-l
f]
Y RECORD
a STATES
3N POLICY
Vol. XXXVI, No. 915 January 7, 1957
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS| CONFERENCE OF
DECEMBER 18 3
MUTUAL SECURITY AND SOVIET FOREIGN AID •
fey Philander P. Claxton, Jr J2
ADMISSION OF JAPAN TO THE UNITED NATIONS
• Messages From President Eisenhower and Secretary Dulles
and Statements by Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr. . . 39
COLOMBO PLAN NATIONS REVIEW ECONOMIC
PROGRESS • Fin«/ Communique and Extract From
Annual Report 3Q
REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE OF THREE ON NON-
MILITARY CO-OPERATION IN NATO 18
For index see inside back cover
Bnston Public Lftrary
3uperin«''n'''>nt of Documents
JAN 2 9 1957
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 915 • Pcblication 6433
January 7, 1957
For Sftle by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qoverament Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
82 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained hcrehi may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
o» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses m,ade by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of December 18
Press release 624 dated December 18
Following is the Depai'tment of State's release
of Secretary Dulles^ news conference of December
18.
Secretary Dulles: I am very glad to be back
here again after a little absence. I want to take
this occasion to again pay public tribute to the
capable and dedicated work that was done by
Acting Secretary Hoover during my absence.
Also, because we may not meet again before
Christmas, I want to wish you all a merry
Christmas.
Now, if you have questions.
U.S. Forces in Europe
Q. Mr. Secretary, there has been a lot of speoit-
lation about the possibility of some kind of posi-
tive response by the United States to a reference
in Premier Bulganin's disarmament message on
November 17 about reducing forces in Europe.^
I think that he suggested: one, cutting back and,
two, eventually removing all forces. Can you
say what kind of response might be made to this
idea or what the possibility for action in this field
is?
A. Well, I cannot forecast at this time to you
the precise terms of the reply that will be made
by President Eisenhower to Premier Bulganin.
Actually, I believe that the suggested reply is be-
ing considered by the Standing Committee of the
North Atlantic Treaty Coimcil in pursuance to
our policy of exchanging views about these things
with the allies most directly concerned. I think
I can say this, that there is no plan, and I think
there will be no suggestion in the reply, that our
strength in Europe will be reduced. We dis-
cussed that matter rather fully at the Nato meet-
ing and in our discussion of the new directive to
be given to our military authorities. And the
'U.N. doc. A/3366.
Januory 7, 1957
assumption is that the United States strength in
Europe will continue. That doesn't mean that
there may not be some adjustment or streamlining
of the divisions because that is a program that is
being considered by the Defense Department in
relation to all our divisions everywhere as part
of the effort to make them more mobile and better
adapted to modem warfare and new weapons.
But there is no planning now in contemplation for
reducing United States strength in Europe.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could I put the question this
way: You have long said that mxiny things are
afoot in the Soviet Union, and the evidence is
clear that this is true in the satellites. There seems
also to be a general feeling here that the satellite
situation has changed — the military equation — be-
cause the Russians no longer can count on the
satellite troops in a conflict with the West. Is this
an opportunity to make soine new approach on a
European political settlement, and, if that were
true, loould that involve some alteration of the
military posture of the two sides?
A. I would think that, if developments within
the satellite nations took such a turn that they
became genuinely independent nations, that would
justify a general review of the situation. The
United States has made clear — I expressed it in the
speech which I gave at Dallas at the end of Oc-
tober, I think it was ^ — and President Eisenhower
said the same thing shortly thereafter, that the
United States has no purpose at all to turn these
satellite countries into our allies, in the sense that
we have no desire to surround the Soviet Union
with a band of hostile states and to revive what
used to be called the cordon sanitaire, wliich was
developed largely by the French after the First
World War with a view to circling the Soviet
Union with hostile forces. We have made clear
our policy in that respect in the hope of facilitat-
" BuxLETiN of Nov. 5, 1956, p. 695.
ing in that way an evolution — a peaceful evolu-
tion— of the satellite states toward genuine inde-
pendence. So far there has not been any response
to that sufficient to justify, I believe, any basic re-
appraisal of the military position. It is of course
quite true that the situation has changed — the
equation has changed — that, whereas perhaps a
couple years ago the Soviet Union felt, and we
perhaps felt, that the Soviet could count on 60 or
more divisions from the satellite forces to fight on
its side, it now looks as though the Soviets could
not count on them fighting on their side. They
might be shooting m the other direction, and it
might require a subtraction in the Soviet forces to
balance that factor in the equation. Nevertheless,
even taking that into account, the potential Soviet
strength in Europe is so large that even after, as
I say, taking that into account, the problem of
military balance does not yet permit, in my opin-
ion, and in the opinion of our military advisers, of
any reduction in the strength of Nato forces in
Europe.
Q. Mr. Secretary, are you then saying that the
continued partition of Germany and the complete
indepeTidence of all satellite states are prerequi-
sites of any American acceptance of an all-Europe
security treaty?
A. Well, I am saying this: I think that if
there were a genuine independence of the satellite
countries that would certainly facilitate the kind
of a review that had been suggested. I also would
say that we are not prepared to review the mili-
taiy situation on the continent of Europe on any
basis which presupposes a line drawn through
Germany and which implies the continued par-
tition of Germany.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you feel, after your visit
to Paris, that there has been something of a re-
establishment of the good feeling that existed pre-
viously to the Suez crisis with our allies?
A. I think there is no doubt at all but what
relations are better than before I went to Paris
and had the talks that took place within the Nato
Council and also the talks tliat took place outside
of the Nato Council. I would not go so far as to
say that there are still no scars that remain — no
differences of opinion about past performance.
But the best way to forget the past is to be plan-
ning for the future. That is a rule that I think ap-
plies to life in all its aspects, including inter-
national life. As we think about the future and
plan for the future together, there tends to be a
healing of the old wounds, and I think that process
is under way.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there has been some sugges-
tion that possibly one of the great boons which
might come from the visit of Mr. Nehru to this
country woxdd be an eventual settlement of the
problem in the Middle East. Can you give us
any comment about that, or any indication of
what the talks are apt to lead to, sir?
A. No, I'm sorry to say that I do not feel that
I can comment upon Prime Minister Nehru's visit
here while the visit is still in process. I have not
yet had a chance to talk with the President be-
cause he is on his way back now from Gettysburg,
and I don't know what has transpired there. I
had my own talk with Prime Minister Nehru on
Sunday afternoon. But while the talks are going
on I prefer not to comment upon them.
Question of Consultation With Allies
Q. Mr. Secretary, to what degree is the United
States committed by your cojnmitments in th&
Paris meeting to consult vnth its allies, and to
what degree is it not committed to consult with its
allies on international problems?
A. Well, I made clear there that, as far as con-
sultation went, we were prepared to consult fully
with our allies about any of our problems or any
of oxir policies in any part of the world. I said
that our policies were known, there was nothing
secret about them, and we would be glad to discuss
them, explain them, and if any of our allies had
any suggestions to make we would be glad to take
them into account. And I said that applied to
our policies whether in relation to the Far East,
or the Near East, or this American Hemisphere.
Now, then, I made another point, however,
which was that in these areas we are bound by
treaty to take action in certain contingencies. All
of that is known in advance. It is known, for ex-
ample, and I pointed out in Paris, that we are
bound by treaty with the liepublic of China on
Taiwan to join with it to defend Taiwan and the
Pescadores in the event of attack. If that attack
occurs, we will have to comply with our treaty
obligations. The time to discuss that policy, if
they want to discuss it, is now, and we are pre-
pared to discuss it now, ;ind. indeed, I did expmuid
Deparimeni of Sfafe Bulletin
it a year ago, I think, to the Nato Council. There-
fore, we are prepared to discuss and counsel with
them about policies anywhere. But where action
is required we cannot agree to suspend action to
which we are bound by treaty with other allies.
We cannot suspend action to comply with that
treaty in order at that stage to discuss it with the
Nato allies.
I would like to add one thought here because
there is a good deal of misunderstanding, I found,
in Paris on this question of consultation. It is as-
sumed that our complaint about the British and
the French is primarily because they failed to con-
sult with us, or with the Nato Council. That is
not the case. It is qtiite true that the actual at-
tack occurred without our knowledge and came
as a complete surprise to us. But there had been
prior consultation about this matter for nearly
3 months. The views of the United States were
fully known as to why we were opposed to this.
We had discussed it during the three trips that I
made to London, beginning with my first trip there
the end of July. It had been discussed with the
British and French Ministers when we met here
at the Security Council meeting. The matter had
been fully discussed; they knew our views; they
knew why we were opposed to any such action.
And our complaint is not that there was not a
discussion of these matters; not that we had not
had an opportunity to make our views known —
the point was that we considered that such an at-
tack under the circumstances would violate the
charter of the United Nations and would violate
article 1 of the North Atlantic Treaty itself, which
requires all the parties to that treaty to renounce
the use of force and to settle their disputes by
peaceful means. That is our complaint : that the
treaty was violated; not that there was not con-
sultation. And we made perfectly clear that as
far as we are concerned we want to live up to our
treaty obligations, as we understand them. We
are prepared to explain those obligations, to give
our interpretations of them, so there is no lack of
understanding about what our policies are. But
if we are bound by treaty to do something, or if we
are bound by treaty not to do something, we expect
to conform to those treaties. Those treaty obli-
gations are not themselves a matt<;r of discussion
in the sense that we will have to submit to the
Nato Council whether or not we comply with our
treaties.
Clearing Suez Canal
Q. Mr. Secretary, it seems to he generally
agreed that Europe's economic difJicuUies will in-
crease in direct proportion to the length of time
the Suez Canal remains closed. There are some
diflic^dties regarding the clearing of the canal
right now in which Egypt and the United Nations
and Britain and France are particularly involved.
Do we have a deadline which we have set hy which
the canal must be cleared, and, whether we have
or tnhether we have not, lohat are we doing to per-
suade Mr. Nasser to cooperate in this venture?
A. Well, there is no deadline that I know of
fixing a date by which the canal must be cleared.
It would be quite impossible to have such a dead-
line because the engmeers who are studying the
matter don't have the slightest idea yet of the full
nature of the obstacles or how long it will take to
clear the obstacles. Therefore, to have a deadline
for completion would be physically and tecluii-
cally impossible. Now we are, of course, deeply
concerned that the canal shall get back into opera-
tion just as soon as possible. That is a matter of
economic and financial concern to the nations of
Europe, to the nations of Asia, and to the United
States itself, which is carrying some of the finan-
cial burdens of this interruption. Therefore, our
national interest and our interaational interest
is that the canal shall get back into operation as
soon as possible. There are a great many practical
and psychological problems that are involved, and
our belief is that the best way to get that result
is to give backing to the Secretary-General, who
has been entrusted with the primary responsi-
bility in this matter. He has competent people as
his advisers. We are always at his disposal to
give any advice that he thinks he can usefully get
from the United States. But we are backing Mr.
Hammarskjold in this matter as the best way to
get the job done.
Policy on "Cold War"
Q. Mr. Secretary, there are reports from Mos-
cow, from Western correspondents and diplomats
there, that the Soviet Governtnent appears to have
reached an operational assumption that this Gov-
ernment in Washington desires and intends a
resumption of the cold war. Would you please
clarify for us the actual policy of this Government
in respect to that matter?
January 7, J 957
A. Well, I can say very categorically that the
United States does not desire "a resumption of the
cold war." Of course, this phrase "cold war" is
a somewhat ambiguous phrase, and I don't expect
you would find the definition of it if you turn to
Webster's Dictionary or the Oxford Dictionary.
So there is always a question of definition when
there are used somewhat loose phrases of this sort.
But the change in the atmosphere that has oc-
curred since the Geneva conference is not due to
any action of the United States that I am aware
of; certainly, not due to any desire upon our part.
It has been due to Soviet action. It has tried to
stir up trouble in the Near East, to try to obstruct
a settlement of the Near East problems at these
Suez conferences. It was always the apparent
policy of the Soviet Foreign Minister to try to
see to it that no agreement was reached between
Egypt and the British and the French. And
whenever it looked like an agreement might be
near at hand it was the Soviet Government carry-
ing on propaganda in the Arab countries which
fought against and denounced the proposed set-
tlement, making it very difficult indeed for the
Arab countries to accept the settlement. Then,
of course, we know the tragic events of Hungary.
I may say, also, of course, there was the fact that
at the Geneva summit conference there was a very
definite agreement that Germany should be re-
unified by free elections. That agreement was
torn up. All of those have created an impression
as to the Soviet policy which seems to be not read-
ily reconcilable with what they indicated at
Geneva. Between the actions that have been taken
with respect to the Geneva agreement about Ger-
many, the policies in the Near East, and the
policies in Hungary, it doesn't look very much as
though the Soviet Union wanted really to develop
friendly relations with the free world. But the
responsibility for that, I think, lies wholly upon
the Soviet Union, and there is no desire or plot-
ting on our part to bring that about.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ has Britain told the United
States that it intends to cut its NATO troop com-
mitment hy about perhaps 50 percent?
A. Well, there has been a discussion in Paris at
the Nato meeting, and in some of the talks that
took place in more restricted gi-oups as a by-
pi'oduct of the Council meeting, that the situation
would call for a reconsideration of the United
Kingdom forces on the continent of Europe. You
may recall that at tlae time when the pledge of
those forces was made, at the time of the London
and Paris Accords and the making of the Brussels
Treaty, or revision of the Brussels Treaty, the
British pledge contained a reference to the possi-
bility of financial considerations justifying a re-
consideration of that pledge.^ I think there is a
feeling that the financial position of the United
Kingdom at the present time does justify some
reconsideration of that pledge, and the reconsider-
ation is being given. There has been no decision
as yet as to what will take place.
Q. Mr. Secretary, we know that France and
Bntain need crude oil and fuel oil, and we know
that they have a shortage of gasoline. Now we
stand ready to give them everything they need, and
we have even a surplus of tanker bottoms at pres-
ent to carry this to them. Why is it they hxive
informed this Goveimment they do not want to
take any gasoline lohen they have a shortage?
A. Well, I am afraid you are out of my depth.
I didn't know that tliey had given such
information.
Q. Well, if you donH know it, then mayhe they ,
haverOt. 1
A. I don't claim to be omniscient. There are
lots of things happen that I don't know about. j
Q. We have been told in other press conferences
by officers of this administration that Britain and
France didn't want gasoline.
A. It may be tliat their primary desire may be
in the form of crude oil [and do their own
refining].*
Japan's Admission to U,N.
Q. Mr. Secretary, today and perhaps by this
time Japan is scheduled to become the 80th mem-
ber of the United Nations. Would you have any
comment about her accession to membership in
the United Nations?
A. I just got word that Japan has been ad-
mitted to the United Nations by a vote of 77 in
favor and no oppositions. That is an event which
the United States very greatly welcomes. We
have been seeking that for several years. The
road has been rockj' because of the Soviet veto
that was imposed for so long.
'lUA.. Oct. 11, 1954, p. 520.
' Uracketed phrase added to transcript.
Department of State Bulletin
You will perhaps recall my very special interest
in the Japanese situation because of the part I
had in negotiating the Treaty of Peace with
Japan. We expressed at that time the hope that
Japan would quickly be admitted to the United
Nations. Japan is surely entitled to take its place
in that grouping of the family of nations. We
are confident that Japan, by its presence there,
will strengthen the United Nations, that its part
will be constructive. So it is not only a result to
which the Japanese are entitled and which we are
very glad to see happen; it is also a result that the
United Nations is entitled to, and that is a point
too for which we are gratified.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what is your attitude toward
the latest Soviet jyrojjosal for admitting Com-
munist China into the United Nations?
A. Well, I would hope that that is an academic
question. The United States stands firmly op-
posed to the admission of Communist China to the
United Nations. I don't think I need perhaps to
give all the reasons here, but I think they are
ample. They have been expressed earlier at the
United Nations General Assembly, and there has
been no change in our views since then.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you give us any indica-
tion of what sort of a foreign-aid 'program is being
studied noio with a vieio to requests lohich will he
made to the coTning session of Congress — for in-
stance, will there he any possibility of economic
aid for Poland? Will there he any request for
some sort of a little Marshall plan for Western
Europe?
A. I would not be able to comment upon the
prospective budget which is in preparation. All
of the Departments in the Government are under
strict injunction not to comment about the budget
until it is approved by the President and can be
communicated to the Members of Congi'ess. I
would say that, quite apart from the details of the
budget, and as to the policy involved, it is, I think,
well known that the United States has made con-
tact with the new Polish Government with a view
to ascertaining whether there is any mutually ac-
ceptable program whereby we could give assist-
ance to Poland which would assist it to maintain
its growing independence. But it is unlikely that
the amount of that would be a major factor in the
budget that we are considering. Tliere is no plan
that I am aware of being prepared which w^ould
represent what might be called "a little Marshall
plan."
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you try to clarify a
point on troops in Europe? You have said this
morning that ive oppose and are not considering
a reduction in military strength and that we will
not accept a line dividing Germany hut that this
does not preclude a possible adjustment or stream-
lining of forces. Does this, hoioever, mean that
we will not consider a bilateral pullhack of forces
from Germany with the objective of the unifwa-
tion of Germany?
A. I do not see any present likelihood of that
becoming a practical proposition.
Possibility of Visit by Marshal Tito
Q. Mr. Secretary, woxdd you favor an early visit
to the United States by Marshal Tito?
A. Well, I think that it would serve a useful
piu-pose if there were a visit from Marshal Tito.
There are things which might usefully be talked
over, I think, in that way. As you know, I went
myself to Brioni and talked with Marshal Tito a
year ago last November,^ and I found that that
was a worthwhile conversation. Many things that
we talked about then have proved of utility and
have indicated an understanding by Marshal Tito
of some of the satellite problems which has been
confirmed by subsequent events. I think that was
a useful talk, and I would think that there might
be utility again in such a talk at a high level.
Q. Has a decision been wnade to invite him,, sir?
A. Well, sympathetic consideration is being
given to it, although there has not yet been a for-
mal invitation with the fixing of a date, nor indeed
do we know definitely that the idea will ever come
to consummation. The visit is in the process of
detailed development, you might say, at this
stage.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there appears to he in West-
em Europe still some residue of the feeling that,
while we pressed the British and French and the
Israelis very hard to comply with the United Na-
tions, loe have not exerted an equal pressure on
the Egyptians to cooperate in both a long-range
settlement of the canal problem and in clearing the
canal. Noio, what could you say on this point spe-
= Bulletin of Nov. 21, 1955, p. 833.
January 7, 1957
cifwaUy, and including what our views are on
whether the canal clearing operations should begin
even before all foreign forces are withdrawn from
Egypt?
A. Well, on the last point, I would say that in
a sense the canal clearing operations are already
under way. Of course, they have been for some
time under way in the portion of the canal which
is under the control or was under the control of
the British and the French. They have also be-
gun in the other part of the canal, because there
is going on there the engineering exploratory work
which must precede any actual physical work of
clearing the canal. You have got to know where
the obstacles are, what the nature of the obstacles
is, you have got to plan as to what you try to do
with them, whether you take them away or shift
them, what you do.
There is an area of plamiing there which must
precede the physical attacking of the problem.
That is under way at the present time, under the
direction of General Wlieeler. And I believe that
that work then will go on without any interruption
as the British and French withdrawal is com-
pleted.
Now, the question of whether or not British
units will be used there is a highly complicated
problem, but I believe there will be no serious in-
terruption of the work because, as I say, this en-
gineering survey and planning has to take place
first.
Status of Satellites
Q. Mr. Secretary, you have spoken today of
the military equation, of the contemplated reply
of this Government to the Bulganin letter, and.
also of consultation in Paris with our NATO
allies. Are we or do we have in the making any
startling new proposals to take the initiative at
this time, as some people say, of opporfujiify for
the free world?
A. Well, I would not want to characterize our
plans as being startling or new, as far as that is
concerned. The developments are taking place.
We have great hope that they will result in a very
important change in the international picture. I
doubt whether that change that we hope for can be
advanced by anything that is very startling. I
have alre^idy indicated that the United States is
very openminded to any suggestions that might be
made as to the status — whether neutralization or
otherwise — of satellite countries which would take
away any fear, I would hope, by the Soviet Union
that it would be physically or militarily endan-
gered if it facilitated this evolution to independ-
ence.
Now, tliat is a basic policy position which has
been enunciated by the President and me in the
past. It has not been developed further because
there has been no particular response to it. But
I would hope that perhaps, through that line of
thinking, we might at some stage help to produce
a situation which would be better from every-
body's standpoint, also including the Soviet
Union.
I had a talk about 6 montlis ago, I think, with
one of the leading figures in Europe, who knew a
great deal about the satellite situation. And he
was saying to me, "It's vei-y important that this
satellite situation should develop in such a way
that the Soviet Union is surrounded by friendly
countries." And I said, "We have no desire what-
ever that the Soviet Union shall be surrounded
by nnfx-iendly countries. But," I said, "that is
not a matter which is m our control as much as it
is in the control of the Soviet Union." I said,
"Unless they move fast, they are going to find
that they are going to be surromided by un-
friendly peoples and consequently in the long run
by unfriendly governments. They have got to
move fast or else events will get out of their
control."
I said that 6 months ago. And that is the way
things have gone. But they haven't gone that
way because the United States wanted them to go
that way. We would have liked to have seen the
evolution in a more complete and orderly way,
and we are entirely prepared to make it as clear
as can be that the United States has no desire to
capitalize upon this situation as part of any pro-
gram of a hostile character against the Soviet
Union.
Q. Is it correct, sir, to assume from, what you
are saying about the satellite areas that it is this
Government's position that this is essentially a
unilateral Soviet problem, that \ce are not pre-
pared to negotiate with the Russians over the
status of the satellites or of their forces in the
satellites in relation to the Western forces in
Western Europe?
A. Well, the Soviet Union has alwaj's taken the
position that this was a matter it could deal with
Department of Stale Bulletin
and it was no matter that they are. willing to dis-
cuss with us. You will recall at the summit
meeting President Eisenhower raised this prob-
lem in liis opening speech,® and Chairman Bul-
ganin in his reply, as they went around the table,
said, "Tliis is a matter which we ai'e gomg to deal
with ourselves and we do not admit of any dis-
cussions with anybody about it." ' Now, that is
their decision. If at any time the Soviet Union
wanted any more formal expression of our views,
we would always be glad to give it to them.
Q. But in the Bulgardn, the last Bulganin
letter, there loas a reference to possible relation-
ship between the Wavsaio military setup a^id
NATO. Is this a negotiable possibility from our
side?
A. Not in terms of an equating of the Warsaw
Pact and Nato, no. That is not the context within
which I think the problem ought to be discussed
because the Warsaw Pact is totally different from
Nato. We would not want to recognize or seem
to give sanctity to that Warsaw Pact, which in
fact is not a device for providing mutual security
for those countries but is a device for perpetuating
Soviet control over those countries.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in your considered judgment,
is there hope for a peaceful settlement between
Israel and her Arab neighbors, particularly
Egypt, in the near future, in view of the continued
refusal of these neighbors to recognize IsraeVs
sovereignty, and if so, in what way can the United
States prove a helpful force for peace?
A. Certainly the United States has hope for a
settlement of the political problems, economic
problems, refugee problems, and the like in that
area. Our basic position remains pretty much the
same, or I think I can say the same, as was ex-
pressed in the speech on this subject which I made
on the 26th of August of last year.* Of course,
events since then have led to our hopes being con-
siderably deferred. And the atmosphere at the
present moment is not, I'm afraid, conducive to
bringing about such a settlement at an early date.
But the efforts of the United States will continue
to be made for a settlement along the lines of my
August 26th statement.
" Ihid., Aug. 1, 1955, p. 171.
' For text of Mr. Bulganin's opening aiidress at the
Geneva summit conference, see The Geneva Conference
of Heads of Oovernment, July 18-2S, 1955 (Department
of State publication 6046), p. 35.
' Bulletin of Sept. 5, 1955, p. 378.
Additional U.S. Contribution to U.N.
for Hungarian Refugees
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated December 15
The President announced today that the United
States will contribute $4 million to the Secretary-
General of the United Nations to be used for as-
sistance to Hungarian refugees.
The contribution is in response to a resolution
of the U.N. General Assembly and a joint appeal
for help issued by the Secretary-General and the
U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees [see
below].
An earlier United States contribution of $1
million was made to the United Nations for the
same purpose on November 13, 1956.^ Since that
time, the influx of refugees from Hungary into
Austria has continued, and more than 130,000 have
escaped into Austria from their homeland.
The additional contribution of $4 million from
the United States wiU assist the Austrian Govern-
ment, working in cooperation with the High Com-
missioner, the International Red Cross, and other
intergovernmental and voluntary agencies, in
meeting the heavy demands placed upon the Re-
public of Austria by the arrival of these refugees.
In announcing this contribution, the President
said that the U.S. Government was proud to join
with other governments, through the United Na-
tions, in providing additional means to carry on
the humanitarian work of assistance to the Hun-
garian refugees. He also expressed admiration
for the generous and efficient assistance being
given the refugees by the Federal Government of
Austria and by intergovernmental and private
organizations.
STATEMENT BY HENRY CABOT LODGE, JR.
U.S. REPRESENTATIVE TO THE U.N. '
It gives me great pleasure to present to you tlus
check of $4 million as a contribution by the United
States Government for aid to Hungarian refu-
gees. It comes in response to the resolutions
passed by the United Nations General Assembly
^ U.S./U.N. press release 2515 (not printed).
" Made on presenting the second U.S. contribution for
Hungarian refugee relief to U.N. Secretary-General Dag
Hammarskjold on Dec. 17 (U.S. /U.N. press release 2560).
January 7, 1957
and to the subsequent appeals made by you and
the Hif^h Commissioner for Refugees asking gov-
ernments and organizations to contribute gener-
ously.
Over 130,000 men, women, and children have so
far fled from their homeland ; their plight is seri-
ous and their care is a legitimate concern of all
United Nations members. These people are only
seeking the basic human freedoms declared by the
United Nations Charter to be the birthright of all
and the basis for an enduring peace.
Because of the heartfelt and efficient assistance
being given to the Hungarian refugees on their
arrival in Austria by the Austrian jjeople through
their Government and the various humanitarian
organizations there, we expect that a very large
part of our contribution will go to the Austrian
Government.
And I would like to add this further thought :
Wliile the United States Government has now con-
tributed $5 million through the United Nations
to aid Hungarian refugees, much more is still
needed. The Secretary-General has appealed for
a $10 million fund as a minimum necessary to meet
immediate requirements.
I hope that all who sympathize with the gallant
people of Hungary will back up their convictions
with practical assistance.
TEXTS OF U.N. APPEALS TO GOVERNMENTS AND
NONGOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS FOR
REFUGEE AID
Appeal to Governments
U.N. press release dated November 29
Following is the text of a telegram addressed today to
all governments members of the United Nations and to the
Oovernments of the Federal Repuhlic of Oermany, Japan,
the Repuhlic of Korea, Monaco, San Marino, Suntzerland,
the Vatican, and, Viet-Nam hy the Secretary-General and
the United Nations Deputy High Commissioner for
Refugees.
Please bring following attention your Government :
Wish gratefuU.v acknowledge generous efforts being
made by many governments in implementation of Gen-
Assembly resolution A/Res/398 " concerning assistance to
refugees from Hungary, and have honour request that im-
mediate attention be given subsequent resolution A/Res/-
409 ' adopted by GenAssembly on 21 November at its
eleventh session and transmitted by me to your Permanent
Representative on 26 November. This resolution urges
governments and non-governmental organizations "To
' Bui-LETiN of Nov. 19, 19!J6, p. 807.
'IMd., Dee. 3, 1956, p. 871.
make contributions to the SecGen, the United Nations
High Commissioner for Refugees or other appropriate
agencies for the care and resettlement of Hungarian refu-
gees and to coordinate their aid programmes in consulta-
tion with the Office of the High Commissioner."
A situation of the utmost urgency has now developed.
In a communication to the SecGen, the Permanent Repre-
sentative of Austria to UNations wrote on 26 November
"The Hungarians streaming into Austria at the present
time arrive deprived of any means and in a state of ex-
haustion. They have to be cared for immediately, to be
fed and clothed. The Austrian Federal Government, in
cooperation with everyone willing to help, is undertaking
all possible efforts to accommodate these unfortunate
people as quickly as possil)le. But, in spite of all the
desperate efforts on the part of the Austrian authorities
and the Austrian people to cope with this difficult problem,
Austria cannot do it alone. She necessarily depends on
generous joint immediate help from other countries." The
Office of the High Commissioner for Refugees in a report
(Document A/3371) submitted on 19 November estimated
original cost of care for refugees then expected to remain
in Austria for six months. At that time, only some
thirtyfour thousand refugees had arrived and minimum
number expected to remain for six months was estimated
at twenty thousand. As of 28 November, the Office of the
High Commissioner reports that approximately ninetytwo
thousand arrivals had so far been recorded, as against
approximately twentytwo thousand departures. The
High Commissioner's original estimate of the number of
refugees likely to remain in Austria therefore requires
substantial upward revision, bearing in mind the time ele-
ment involved in completing arrangements for resettle-
ment, and the reluctance of many refugees to move again
pending clarification of the situation in their home coun-
try. In light of information available at that time, origi-
nal estimate of High Commissioner's office was that
6,530,000 dollars would be minimum sum required to pro-
vide for expected twenty thousand refugees in Austria
during six months, in addition to aid provided on emer-
gency basis by Red Cross and other agencies. Already
on 21 November, the growing influx of refugees made it
necessary to submit an addendum to this original report
and estimate pointing out that it was obvious that original
figtires no longer applied and concluding "Any appeal
following GenAssembly action would have to be based on
new estimates."
While it is still not possible to estimate exactly dimen-
sions of problem over next six months, it is now considered
in light of present information as to number of refugees
in Austria and those likely to be moved elsewhere in im-
mediate future, and offers of assistance already communi-
cated to the SecGen and the Deputy High Commissioner,
that not less than a further ten million dollars will be
required for meeting minimum needs for estimated sixty
thousand Hungarian refugees for next six months.
We would tlierefore be grateful to receive at your earli-
est convenience an indication of any further assistance
you are prepared in this emergency to make available to
the SecGen or to the Office of the High Commissioner for
Refugees. We would request precise indications of the
nature and extent of such assistance, whether in cash or
in tlie form of temporary asylum or resettlement offers.
10
Department of State Bulletin
Dag Hammarskjold SecGen and James Read Deputy
High Commissioner for Refugees.
Appeal to Nongovernmental Organizations
U.N. press release dated November 29
FoUowiny is the text of a letter sent today to non-
governmental oryanizations active in aiding refugees bij
Philippe de Seynes, Under-Secretary in charge of relief
to the Hungarian people, and James M. Read, United
Nations Deputy High Commissioner for Refugees.
We wish to draw your attention to paragraphs 3 and 4
of resolution 409, adopted by the General Assembly on
21 November 1950, relating to the situation of refugees
from Hungary.
A copy of this resolution is enclosed.
The paragraphs referred to read as follows:
"3. Urges governments and non-governmental organi-
zations to make contributions to the Secretary-General,
to the High Osmmissioner for Refugees or to other ap-
propriate agencies for the care and resettlement of Hun-
garian refugees, and to coordinate their aid programmes
in consultation with the OflBce of the High Commissioner ;
"4. Requests the Secretary-General and the High Com-
missioner fur Refugees to make an immediate appeal to
both governments and non-governmental organizations to
meet the minimum present needs as estimated in the re-
port of the Office of the High Commissioner for Refugee.«i
to the Secretary-General and authorizes them to make
sub.sequent appeals on the basis of plans and estimates
made by tlie High Commissioner with the concurrence of
his Executive Committee."
An urgent appeal for contributions for aid to Hun-
garian refugees over the next six months has been trans-
mitted to governments.
The appeal stresses not only the extreme urgency of the
need but also recognizes the inadequacy of resources
available to the Government of Austria for dealing with
this problem.
We are gratefully aware of the deep sympathy of
organizations and individuals around the world for these
new victims of tragedy and express the hope that non-
governmental organizations and private citizens will sup-
plement the funds provided by governments with mone-
tary contributions or offers of material aid.
In the light of the needs referred to above, and in ac-
cordance with paragraphs 3 and 4 of resolution 409, it
would be appreciated if non-governmental organizations
would inform the Secretary-General and the United Na-
tions High Commissioner for Refugees of the nature and
extent of any contributions they may be able to make.
We acknowledge with deep gratitude the service to refu-
gees which many voluntary agencies have rendered for a
long period of years. While recognizing the great need
for the continuation of their long-standing programmes to
refugees, we express the confident hope that these agen-
cies will urgently increase their aid programmes so as to
render maximum additional help to these new refugees.
Yours sincerely,
Philippe de Seynes James M. Read
Under-Secretary Deputy United Nations
in charge of Relief High Commissioner
to the Huni/arian People for Refugees
Interference by Czechoslovak Police
With Visitors to U.S. Embassy
Folloioing is the substantive portion of a note
sent iy the U.S. Em hassy at Prague to the Czecho-
slovak Foreign Office on December 7.
It has been noted for some weeks that uniformed
police stationed at the entrance to the chancery
liave been interfering with visitors to the Embassy,
requiring them to produce identity documents,
making notes from such documents and on occa-
sion questioning them. The interference even ex-
tended to American citizens and members of other
diplomatic missions in Prague attempting to enter
the chancery.
The Embassy considers this action entirely un-
warranted and requests that action be taken to
bring about its prompt termination.
Representatives of American Presidents
To Hold Second Meeting
Press release 630 dated December 21
The State Department announced on December
21 that the next meeting of the Inter- American
Committee of Presidential Representatives will
convene in Washington on January 28, 1957. Of-
ficial notification of the date has been sent to all
representatives of the American Presidents by the
Committee's secretariat, which is located in the
Department of State.
The Committee was formed as a result of the
proposal advanced by President Dwight D. Eisen-
hower at the Panama Meeting of American Presi-
dents last July.^ At that time the Presidents
agreed to name personal representatives to form a
committee for the purpose of drawing up recom-
mendations on strengthening the Organization of
American States through increased activities in
the economic, social, financial, technical, and
atomic energy fields.
The representative of the President of the
United States is Milton S. Eisenhower, president
of the Jolins Hopkins University, who was elected
chairman of the Committee at its first session, held
at Washington September 17-19, 1956.=
' Buixetin of Aug. 6, 19.56, p. 219.
° For text of communique issued following the first ses-
sion, see ibid., Oct. 1, 1956, p. 513.
Jonuory 7, 7957
11
Mutual Security and Soviet Foreign Aid
by Philander P. Claxton, Jr.
Special Assistant to the Assistant Secretary for Congressional Relations
Until the events of the last few weeks in Eastern
Europe and the ]\Iiddle East there seemed to be,
since the death of Stalin and particularly since
the summit meeting a year ago and the 20th Party
Congress last February, a new trend in Soviet
foreign policy. This new trend was apparent in
all East-West relations as a marked campaign to
make the declared Soviet policy of "competitive
coexistence" seem plausible. It was particularly
apparent in Soviet policies and behavior toward
the so-called underdeveloped countries, especially
certain countries of Asia, where the Sino-Soviet
bloc countries have been engaged \i\ an unprec-
edented drive to establish good relations by offers
of increased trade, credits, and technical assistance.
My purpose tonight is to examine with you the
main outlines of this new Soviet economic diplo-
macy— and its significance to our friends in the
world and to ourselves — as it has developed over
the last 3 years. The indications have been that
the new policy of economic penetration was in-
tended to be of some extended duration. I be-
lieve that for the purpose of this evening's discus-
sion— as well as for tentative planning purposes —
it may be considered as still underlying the present
violence. It must be recognized, however, that
Soviet behavior in Hungary and in the Middle
East crisis suggests that Soviet diplomacy may
be entering a new, tougher phase which would re-
quire substantial revision of this assumption.
Let us consider first the magnitude and form of
the Sino-Soviet bloc's economic offensive.
' Address made before the 9th annual cross-examination
tournament at the University of Pittsbur.nh, Pittsl)urgh,
I'a., on Dec. 7.
There have been three principal economic means
which the bloc has employed to expand its ties
with free-world countries: (1) its trade-promo-
tion drive, (2) its offers of credit, and (3) its tech-
nical assistance.
Trade-Promotion Drive
The trade-promotion drive by the end of August
of this year had achieved 203 trade and payments
agreements between bloc and nonbloc countries.
This represented nearly double the number of such
agreements in force at the end of 1953, with most
of the increase accounted for by underdeveloped
countries. These bilateral agreements generally
specify the level of trade and types of conunodities
for which the two countries will provide official
trading facilities. They do not assure that trade
will reach the specified levels, and in actual prac-
tice exchanges have often been much lower.
However, bloc trade with the free world during
the first quarter of this year was moving at an
annual rate of over $5 billion, of which $1.5 bil-
lion was with the iniclerdeveloped countries. On
the bloc side, the European satellites accounted
for a little over half of the trade; the U.S.S.R.,
one-third; and Communist China, 15 percent.
Bloc trade witli the underdeveloped countries is
distributed as follows: countries in South Asia
and tlie Far East, 22 percent; those in tlie Middle
East and independent Africa, 28 percent; Latin
America, 30 percent; and the underdeveloped
countries of nonbloc Europe, 20 percent. In all
regions the percentage gains over the level of
trade 2 years ago are substantial. On the other
hand, there are relatively few countries where
12
Department of Stale Bulletin
bloc trade represents as much as 10 percent of total
foreign trade of tlie free country. The notable
exceptions are Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Iceland,
Burma, Egypt, and Turkey, and in some instances
these countries have for some years had fairly
significant trading relations with the bloc.
In its trade drive, the bloc has capitalized on
the desire of underdeveloped countries to expand
their foreign markets for their major products
and to stabilize their export earnings. It has
widely publicized its willingness to take surplus
commodities on long-term contracts and has given
the impression that it is sometimes willing to pay
premium prices. In return it offers manufactured
goods of types which are not produced in adequate
quaiUity in underdeveloped countries and are ur-
gently needed to meet the targets of ambitious
economic development programs.
Trade promotion has been pushed energetically
througli diplomatic channels as well as large num-
bers of traveling missions and an increasing num-
ber of permanent trade offers. Bloc use of local
advertising media has expanded noticeably in
Latin America and the Near East, and participa-
tion in trade fairs has grown impressively. This
year bloc countries are expected to participate in
131 fairs and exhibitions in 37 free-world coun-
tries. Unlike most of the earlier bloc efforts, in
wliicli general trade offers reflected propaganda
objectives more than any real desire to do busi-
ness, the present campaign appears to represent
a serious drive to expand markets for a wide va-
riety of bloc products.
While these efforts must be credited with a con-
siderable degree of success, the sailing has not
been entirely smooth. For example, some of the
underdeveloped countries which have sold or bar-
tered their products to the bloc countries have been
disillusioned to find that the bloc countries have
thus put the same goods back in the market in
competition with the original seller! More im-
portant is the growing recognition throughout the
free world of the inflexibility and other disad-
vantages of bloc barter trading. In addition much
of the optimism regarding sales to the Commu-
nists at favorable prices has proved unwarranted.
Tlie Soviets are generally hard traders. This is
illustrated by the Burmese experience. Burma's
rice crop is its major foreign-exchange earner.
Burma was delighted when the bloc offered to
buy its surplus rice in barter for goods produced
by bloc membei-s. This arrangement, originally
hailed as a great benefit to Burma, has turned out
to be anything but a gain, since the products of-
fered in return by the bloc are overpriced and
have not always been of the types which the Bur-
mese wanted most urgently. In Latin America,
as another example, the countries with the largest
exports to the bloc have found themselves in the
position of creditors since the goods offered by the
bloc have had relatively limited appeal to their
importers.
Foreign Lending by U. S. S. R.
Let us now turn from the trade promotion as-
pect of the new Soviet economic diplomacy to its
most dramatic feature : the large-scale entry into
the foreign lending field. After years of de-
nouncing foreign aid as an unvarnished instru-
ment of Western imperialism, the U.S.S.R. and
European satellites have now signed agi-eements
to extend to 11 underdeveloped countries about
$1.4 billion in credit for the purchase of Soviet-
bloc goods and technical services — including arms.
This is more than double the level of a year ago.
The largest single beneficiary is Yugoslavia,
which, as a Communist country, is a special case.
With the exception of Yugoslavia, the emphasis
of this lending drive has been on the underdevel-
oped nations of the Near East and South Asia.
Three of these nations, Egypt, India, and
Afghanistan, together with Yugoslavia, account
for the bulk of the total agreed credits. Credits
to India, which have exceeded $100 million, were
raised 2 weeks ago by another $126 million.
Indonesia also has recently accepted an offer of a
$100 million line of credit. In addition, firm
offers totaling about $150 million are under con-
sideration by other underdeveloped countries.
The U.S.S.R. is providing a little over half of the
credits extended and the European satellites the
remainder. Recently, even Communist China en-
tered the foreign-assistance field with agreements
to provide grants to Cambodia and Nepal. But
grants are the exception. Soviet-bloc aid is prac-
tically all in the form of credits ; and, in at least
one case where a gift was involved, the recipient
at the same time gave the U.S.S.R. a return gift.
Major emphasis is placed on the claim that these
credits have "no strings," and the appeal of the
credits is enhanced by the fact that they ordinarily
carry an interest rate of only 2 to 2.5 percent.
Moreover, the bloc's terms usually provide for
repayment in local currency or commodities.
January 7, 1957
13
This feature, however, may hold some later sur-
prises to diminish the early joy of the borrowers.
No prices have been agreed on for the commodities
to be furnished as repayment, and if the Soviets
should choose to drive a hard bargain, the gains
from low interest rates could prove highly
illusory.
The composition of Soviet-bloc credits reveals
a fairly wide variety of projects for developing
industry, power, transport, and mineral resources
as well as facilities for scientific research and
education. Several important agreements in-
volve military items and training. For example :
In the case of Egypt, bloc members are supplying
in part under credit arrangements substantial
quantities of arms, a ceramics factory, a power
plant, large bridges, railway engines, coaches and
freight cars, and other heavy equipment. In the
case of Afghanistan, bloc countries are providing,
also in part under credit terms, construction of
automotive maintenance shops, an irrigation sys-
tem, two airports, some oil storage depots, a
cement plant, water-supply improvement, and a
variety of small industrial plants. In each case
the project has been skillfully devised to have a
particular appeal to the recipient country, and it
must be recognized that, initially at least, the
psychological impact of the assistance has been
substantial. This, of course, illustrates one of the
main features of Soviet tactics : Since the Krem-
lin's purpose is to achieve political objectives and
it has no real desire to promote balanced long-term
growth in nonbloc areas, it has not insisted on
economic justification for projects. The bloc may
even consider that its economic leverage will be
increased in countries which borrow more than
they will be able to repay. However, again we
should not underestimate the favorable impression
which the Soviets have made on most of the re-
cipients by the speed with which they have com-
pleted loan negotiations and moved to implement
agreements, and by the quality of equipment and
technical service furnished thus far.
Technical Assistance Programs
The third instrument used by the bloc in its
economic offensive is its program of technical
assistance to certain underdeveloped countries.
Although still small by U.S. standards, these
activities have been increasing steadily, and bloc
technicians are now at work in 14 different imder-
14
developed coimtries performing a wide variety of
technical services. In Egypt, Afghanistan,
India, Burma, and other underdeveloped coun-
tries, bloc tecluiicians are assisting in local eco-
nomic-development projects, such as mining,
transportation, heavy uidustry, and manufactur-
ing, and sometimes appear in general advisory
capacities to governments. Arms experts from
the bloc have appeared in Egypt. Moreover, a
o-rowing number of individuals from under-
developed countries have accepted Communist in-
ducements to go to the bloc countries for training.
It should not be assumed that this program is
merely a disguised espionage operation. On the
other hand, we can assume that no opportunity
will be lost for trying to create a favorable dis-
position toward the Soviet system.
Wliile the Soviets have been expanding their
direct teclmical-assistance activities, they have
also reversed their former policy of refusing to
participate in the United Nations Technical As-
sistance Program.
Since the summer of 1953, the Soviet bloc has
contributed $5.2 million to the United Nations
Technical Assistance Program. Of the t«tal bloc
contribution of $5.2 million, the U.S.S.R. has
made available $4 million.
The bloc contributions have been used for the
supply of bloc equipment and experts, for study
tours, and for fellowships within the Soviet bloc.
In 1955 approximately $1.3 million was spent, al-
most all of which was for the supply of bloc
equipment. For 1956, projects are approved
which use approximately $3.2 million, of which
about $1.8 million is for roadbuilding, insect con-
trol, and other types of equipment. Six study
tours are scheduled, and 41 experts are to be
supplied by the bloc under the 1956 United
Nations program. The most ambitious project
using bloc technical-assistance funds, however, is
the technological institute in Bombay sponsored
by the U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (Unesco), for which the U.S.S.E.
is providing $1.5 million.
All of these activities represent significant
changes in the bloc's pattern of behavior in the
foreign economic field up to the death of Stalin.
'Wliy have the Soviet Union and its satellites now
undertaken them? Is the explanation economics?
I^et us consider first the expansion of trade. The
goal of economic self-sufHciency, or autarchy, has
traditionally been a paramount factor in Soviet
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
planniiifi, and it is still too early to conclude that
bloc planners have changed theii" economic think-
ing in any radical way. However, some greater
degree of flexibility rather than rigid adherence
to the self-sufficiency concept is apparent. Since
trade is still very small in relation to bloc gross
national product, we may well see a continuing
bloc ell'ort to increase trade with nonbloc comitries
substantially above current levels. However, it
is still most unlikely that the U.S.S.R. would
willingly allow trade to reach a point where any
important sector of the economy becomes depend-
ent on foreign supplies.
Political Aspects of Economic Offensive
It is more difficult to find a convincing economic
rationale for the bloc's external-credit programs.
The goods and services provided under these pro-
grams represent a diversion of resources which
may eventually be repaid, but it is difficult to
imagine that the program has much appeal to the
huge areas within the bloc which are still very
much underdeveloped. Some observers have
speculated that, since the loans are to be repaid
in commodities, the bloc may be attempting to
assure its future supplies of such items. In other
cases credits may be considered necessary as a
means of entering new markets traditionally
oriented to the West. Such considerations can-
not be ruled out completely, but they do not pro-
vide any satisfactory explanation for the type and
size of progi-am undertaken in the past 2 years.
For these answers we must turn to the political
sphere and examine the economic offensive in the
broader context of overall Soviet foreign policy
and diplomacy.
Since Stalin's death Communist strategy abroad
has been significantly altered. Especially since
the summit meeting in 1955, the U.S.S.R. has
seemed anxious to avoid a general war, no doubt
in recognition of the almost unlimited destructive-
ness of nuclear weapons. The Kremlin has not
only modified the tone of its propaganda and offi-
cial statements in the direction of greater em-
phasis on peaceful coexistence ; it has encouraged
cultural and technical exchanges with Western
countries ; it has granted greater freedom to West-
ern tourists and correspondents ; and Soviet lead-
ers like Bulganin and Khrushchev made ostensibly
friendly visits to a number of non-Communist
countries. After years of delay a peace treaty
was concluded with Austria, and overtures were
made to bring Yugoslavia back into the Com-
munist fold. Finally, at the 20th Party Congress
Stalin was expressly denounced and the doctrine
of separate national roads to socialism was pro-
claimed.
What we saw then was a Soviet communism
anxious to avoid war but nevertheless bent, as
befoi'e, on expansion — expansion by means still
aimed at the overthrow of existing institutions but
carrying a minimum risk of forceful retaliation by
non-Communist countries. Such a policy must
find expression on many levels other than military.
Even though the U.S.S.R. continues to put vast
resources of materials and technology into the
arms race and Soviet theoreticians are occupied
in trying to reconcile peaceful coexistence with
the revolutionary nature of communism, its ex-
ternal policies strive to convince the world that
the U.S.S.R. is peaceful.
In the underdeveloped areas, the U.S.S.R. has
promoted its campaign for respectability by a
wide variety of new as well as old-fashioned kinds
of diplomacy. One weapon of Soviet strategy in
these areas is anticolonialism, a hypocritical op-
position to the colonial policies — past and pres-
ent— of the Western powers, and an attempt to
associate the U.S.S.R. with the legitimate na-
tional aspirations of colonial and newly independ-
ent peoples. Offers of arms to Egypt, Afghani-
stan, and Syria may actually be intended to foment
local hostilities in the Middle East, but they are
represented as demonstrating the U.S.S.R.'s
desire to assist these countries in their fight against
colonialism.
Next to nationalism, the dominant motivation
of the governments and peoples of most underde-
veloped countries is their desire for economic
progress — generally at a rate more rapid than their
domestic resources can support. The Soviet pur-
pose seems to be to convince these peoples that a
fi-ee private-enterprise system cannot provide
rapid economic growth whereas, by following the
Soviet model, industrialization can be achieved
quickly, without remaining or becoming subservi-
ent to Western capitalism. In Marxist theory and
propaganda, capitalism has always been identified
with colonialism, and the underdeveloped coun-
tries, especially the newly independent countries
of Asia and Africa, are urged to reject both.
How should we consider these Soviet economic
activities? Intrinsically they are not wrong or
January 7, 7957
15
dangerous. The U.S. has made substantial con-
tributions to the economic growth of the less de-
veloped areas and has encouraged other comitries
to do likewise. Moreover, we have eagerly sought
the elimination of the Iron Curtain between the
Communist bloc and the free world and would
hope that honest economic contacts could help to
achieve this result. The danger be^iomes evident
only when we examine the ohjectwes and motives
that so plainly underlie Soviet economic offers and
all other Soviet maneuvers.
Mr. Klirushchev himself has provided the free
world with a clear warning in his frank statement
to the Supreme Soviet early this year : "... we
never renounced," he said, "and we will never re-
nounce our ideas, our struggle for the victory of
communism." At another time he said — no more
plainly but a little more colorfully — that the
TJ.S.S.E. will stop being Communist when shrimp
learn to whistle.
Does the danger in the Soviet economic offen-
sive lie then merely in the fact that it may serve
Soviet interests? I think not. Our aid programs
are also intended to serve our proper national in-
terest.. But, as Secretary Dulles said several
months ago: ". . . the crucial question is: "Wliat
are those interests and how are they intended to be
served ?" - He added :
Our interests will be fully served if other nations main-
tain their independence and strengthen their free insti-
tutions. We have no further aims than these. We want
a world environment of freedom. We have shown this,
time after time, by electing to give freedom where we
could have had conquest. Our historic policy, reflecting
the will and the views of our own free people, is wholly
compatible with the interests of the less developed coun-
tries as their leaders themselves have expressed them.
Implications for U.S. Policy
How seriously must we take this new Commu-
nist strategy? Let me cite the warning of the
members of the U.S. delegation to the last meeting
of tlie United Nations General Assembly. After
watching the activities of the Soviets and learning
the reactions of representatives of other countries
tliey issued this statement : ^
The present period in history may one day he recog-
nized as a major turning point in the struggle between
Communism and freedom. It appears to be clearly a
" Bulletin of Mar. ,';, 10.^6, p. 3G;1.
= lUd., Jan. 2.3, 19r.6, p. 117.
shift in the cold war, in which economic and social prob-
lems have moved to the forefront. . . .
We believe that the United States must counter these
Soviet efforts. We can succeed, not by outbidding Com-
munism in sheer amounts of economic aid, but by making
newly independent and newly articulate peoples feel that
they can best satisfy their wants by becoming and re-
maining part of the community of free nations.
We welcome more emphasis on economic and educa-
tional endeavors, for we have a proven experience in
these fields.
We are in a contest in the field of economic develop-
ment of underdeveloped countries which is bitterly com-
petitive. Defeat in this contest could be as disastrous
as defeat in an armaments race.
We could lose this economic contest unless the country
as a whole wakes up to all its implications.
It is significant that two members of the Foreign
Affairs Committee of the House of Representa-
tives [Representatives Brooks Hays and Chester
E. Merrow] were on the delegation which made
this statement and that it was later released to the
public by Secretary Dulles with the approval of
President Eisenhower.
We need have no concern that the leaders of the
newly independent nations of the Near and Far
East will be unaware of the dangers of economic
dependence on the Soviet Union. At the same
time their people are insistent upon progress
toward higher standards of living. They know
that in {\\e short space of their own lives the Soviet
Union has risen from a backward area to a great
industrial power. They aie perhaps only dimly
aware of the cost of this achievement in human
misery and loss of liberty. They see and they
envy and admire the industrial progress. They
want to equal it in their own nations. They will
inevitably compel their leaders to turn to the Com-
munist bloc for help unless they find it from an-
other source. •
There are, of course, other sources of help avail-
able. Private capital investment, with the tech-
nical assistance which accompanies it, is and will
continue to be a major source. Such lending in-
stitutions as our own U.S. Export-Import Bank
and the International Bank are also significant
sources. Our mutual security program, with its
development assistance, technical cooperation, de-
fense support, and military assistance, has been
and is an important source of help.
This brings us back to where we started, for the
future of this program is now under consideration
by a Citizens Advisory Committee appointed by
tlie President, by several of the great committees
16
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
of the Congress, and by the Nation itself as ex-
emplified by the discussions which you have been
holding here this week.* I would not suggest for
a minute that these reviewers think of our own
mutual security program as an item-by-item — or
even a generalized — response to the new Soviet
economic drive. If anything, the reverse is
true — the Soviet effort is a flattering imitation of a
bold design we have originated and carried out
with great success. The lesson for the future is
to be ourselves and to shape our helpful efforts to
the genuine needs of our friends. Meanwhile, we
may keep in mind as a central thought the words
of tlie President in his message to Congress earlier
this year : ^
"The mutual security program is vitally impor-
tant to our people. Its cost is not disproportionate
to our Nation's resources and to our national in-
come. That cost is a low price to pay for the se-
curity and vastly greater chances for world peace
which the program provides.
"The mutual security program is an indispen-
sable part of our national effort to meet affirm-
atively the challenge of all the forces which
threaten the independence of the free world and
to overcome the conditions which make peace in-
secure and progress difficult."
Whereas the parties have further undertaken to seek
to eliminate conflicts in their international economic
policies and will encourage economic collaboration be-
tween any or all of them ;
WiiEREAB NATO unity and strength in the pursuit of
these objectives remain essential for continuous co-
operation in military and non-military fields ;
The North Atlantic Council:
Reaffirms the obligations of all its members, under
Article I of the Treaty, to settle by peaceful means any
dispute between themselves ;
Decides that any such disputes which have not proved
capable of settlement directly be submitted to good ofiices
procedures within the NATO framework before member
governments resort to any other international agency
except for disputes of a legal character appropriate for
submission to a judicial tribunal and those disputes of
an economic character for which attempts at settlement
mii,'ht best be made initially in the appropriate specialised
economic organizations ;
Recognises the right and duty of member governments
and of the Secretary General to bring to its attention
matters which in their opinion may threaten the solidar-
ity or effectiveness of the Alliance ;
Empowers the Secretary General to offer his good
oflSces informally at any time to member governments
involved in a di.spute and with their consent to initiate
or facilitate procedures of inquiry, mediation, concilia-
tion, or arbitration ;
Authorises the Secretary General where he deems it
appropriate for the puniose outlined in the preceding
paragraph to use the assistance of not more than three
permanent representatives chosen by him in each instanca
NATO Council Resolutions
Following are the texts of two resolutions re-
leased hy the NATO Information Division on
December llf. after their adoption hy the North
Atlantic Council during its Ministerial Session
at Paris December 11-H. {For the text of a
communiqiie released at the close of the session,
see Bulletin of December 24--31, page 981.)
Resolution on the Peaceful Settlement of Disputes
and Differences Between Members of the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization
Whereas the parties to the North Atlantic Treaty,
under Article I of that treaty, have undertaken "to
settle any international disputes in which they may be
involved by peaceful means in such a manner that in-
ternational peace and security and justice are not en-
dangered" ;
' For an account of the studies being made, see "Foreign
Aid Under the Microscope," by Thorsten V. Kalijarvi,
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Economic Affairs, ihid.,
Nov. 5, 1956, p. 723.
^Ibiii., Apr. 2, 1906, p. 550.
Resolution on the Report of the Committee of Three
on Non-Military Co-operation in NATO
Whereas the North Atlantic Council at its meeting in
Paris on 5th May established a Committee composed of
the foreign ministers of Italy, Canada and Norway to
advise the Council on ways and means to improve and
extend NATO co-operation in non-military fields and to
develop greater unity within the Atlantic Community ;
Whereas the Committee of Three has now reported on
the task assigned to it and has submitted to the Council
a number of recommendations on such ways and means
to improve and extend N.\TO co-operation in non-military
fields ;
The North Atlantic Council:
Takes note of the Report of the Committee of Three
and
Approves its recommendations ; and
Invites the Council in Permanent Session to implement
in the light of the comments made by governments the
principles and recommendations contained in the Report ;
and
Invites the Secretary General to draw up for considera-
tion by the Council such further specific proposals as may
be required for the implementation of these recommenda-
tions and to report periodically on the compliance with
these recommendations by governments.
Authorises the Committee of Three to publish their re-
port.
ianuaty 7, 1957
411962—57 3
17
Report of the Committee of Three on Non-Military Co-operation in NATO
Following is the text of the report made to the North
Atlantic Council by the Committee of Three (Foreign
Ministers Gaetano Martina of Italy, Balvard Lange of
Norway, and Lester B. Pearson of Canada) as released
by the NATO Information Division at Paris on December
14, at the conclusion of the North Atlantic Council
meeting.
Chapter 1: General Introduction
The Committee on Non-Military Co-operation, set up
by the North Atlantic Council at its session of May, 1956,
was requested : "to advise the Council on ways and means
to improve and extend NATO co-operation in non-military
fields and to develop greater unity within the Atlantic
Community".
2. The Committee has interpreted these terms of refer-
ence as requiring it (1) to examine and re-deflne the ob-
jectives and needs of the Alliance, especially in the light
of current international developments; and (2) to make
recommendations for strengthening its internal solidarity,
cohesion and unity.
3. The Committee hopes that the report and recom-
mendations which it now submits will make NATO's
purely defensive and constructive purposes better under-
stood in non-NATO countries ; thereby facilitating and
encouraging steps to lessen international tension. The
events of the last few months have increased Oils tension
and reduced hopes, which had been rai.sed since Stalin's
death, of finding a .secure and honourable basis for com-
petitive and ultimately for co-operative coexistence with
the Communist world. The effort to this end, however,
must go on.
4. Inter-allied relations have also undergone severe
strains. The substance of this report was prepared by
the Committee of Three in the course of its meetings and
inter-governmental consultations last September. Subse-
quent events have reinforced the Committee's conviction
that the Atlantic Community can develop greater unity
only by working constantly to achieve common policies by
full and timely consultation on issues of common con-
cern. Unless this is done, the very framework of co-oper-
ation in NATO, which has contributed so greatly to the
cause of freedom, and which is so vital to its advancement
in the future, will be endangered.
5. The foundation of NATO, on which alone a strong
superstructure can be built, is the political obligation
that its members have taken for collective defence : to
consider that an attack on one is an attack on all, which
will be mot by the collective action of all. There is a
tendency at times to overlook the far-reaching importance
of this commitment ; especially during those periods when
the danger of having to invoke it may seem to recede.
6. With this political commitment for collective defence
as the cornerstone of tlie foreign and defence policies
of its members, NATO has a solid basis for existence.
It is true, of course, that the ways and means by which
tlie obligation is to be discharged may alter as political
or strategic conditions alter; as the threat to peace
changes its character or its direction. However, any
variations in plans and strategic policies which may be
required need not weaken NATO or the confidence of its
members in NATO and in each other ; providing, and the
proviso is decisive, that each member retains its will and
its capacity to play its full part in discharging the po-
litical commitment for collective action against aggres-
sion which it undertook when it signed the Pact; pro-
viding also — and recent events have shown that this is
equally important — that any changes in national .strategy
or policy which affect the coalition are made only after
collective consideration.
7. The first essential, then, of a healthy and develop-
ing NATO lies in the whole-hearted acceptance by all its
members of the political commitment for collective de-
fence, and in the confidence which each has in the will
and ability of the others to honour that commitment if
aggression should take place.
S. This is our best present deterrent against military
aggression ; and consequently the best assurance that
the commitment undertaken will not be engaged.
9. However, this deterrent role of NATO, based on
solidarity and strength, can be discharged only if the
political and economic relations between its members
are co-operative and close. An Alliance in which the
members ignore each other's interests or engage in po-
litical or economic conflict, or harbour su.spicions of each
other, cannot be effective either for deterrence or de-
fence. Recent experience makes this clearer than ever
before.
10. It is useful, in searching for ways and means of
strengthening NATO unity and understanding, to recall
the origin and the aims of the Organization.
11. The Treaty which was signed in Washington in
]04!l was a collective response — we had learned that a
purely national respon.se was iusutficient for security —
to tlie fear of military aggression by the forces of the
ITSSR and its allies. These forces were of overwhelm-
ing strength. The threat to Greece, the capture of
Czechoslovakia, the blockade of Berlin, and the pressure
against Yugoslavia showed that they were also
aggressive.
18
Department of Stale Bulletin
12. While fear may have been the main urge for the
creation of NATO, there was also the realisation — con-
scious or instinctive — that in a shrinking nuclear world
it was wise and timely to bring about a closer association
of kindred Atlantic and Western European nations for
other than defence pui-poses alone ; that a partial pooling
of sovereignty for mutual protection should also promote
[)rogress and co-operation generally. There was a feel-
ing among the governments and peoples concerned, that
this closer unity was both natural and desirable; that
the common cultural traditions, free institutions and
democratic concepts which were being challenged, and
were marked for destruction by those who challenged
them, were things which should also bring the NATO
nations closer together, not only for their defence but
for their development. There was, in short, a .sense of
Atlantic Community, alongside the realisation of an im-
mediate common danger.
13. Any such feeling was certainly not the decisive or
even the main impulse in the creation of NATO. Never-
theless, it gave birth to the hope that NATO would grow
beyond and above the emergency which brought it into
being.
14. The expression of this hojie is found in the Preamble
and in Articles 2 and 4 of the Treaty. These two Articles,
limited in their tenns but with at least the promise of
the grand design of an Atlantic Community, were in-
cluded because of this insistent feeling that NATO mnst
become more than a military alliance. They reflected
the very real anxiety that if NATO failed to meet this
test, it would disappear with the immediate crisis which
produced it, even though the need for it might be as
great as ever.
15. From the very beginning of NATO, then, it was
recognized that while defence co-operation was the first
and most urgent requirement, this was not enough. It
has also become increasingly realised since the Treaty
was signed that security is today far more than a mili-
tary matter. The strengthening of political consultation
and economic co-operation, the development of resources,
progress in education and public understanding, all these
can be as important, or even more important, for the
protection of the security of a nation, or an alliance, as
the building of a battleship or the equipping of an anny.
16. These two aspects of security — civil and military —
can no longer safely be considered in watertight com-
partments, either within or between nations. Perhaps
NATO has not yet fully recognised their essential inter-
relationship, or done enough to bring about that close
and continuous contact between its civil and military
sides which is essential if it is to be strong and enduring.
17. North Atlantic political and economic co-operation,
however, let alone unity, will not be brought about in a
day or by a declaration, but by creating over the years
and through a whole series of national acts and policies,
the habits and traditions and precedents for such co-
operation and unity. The process will be a slow and
gradual one at best ; slower than we might wish. We can
be satisfied if it is steady and sure. This will not be the
case, however, unless the member governments — espe-
cially the more powerful ones — are willing to work, to a
much greater extent than hitherto, with and through
NATO for more than purposes of collective military
defence.
18. While the members of NATO have already devel-
oped various forms of non-military co-operation between
themselves and have been among the most active and con-
structive participants in various international organiza-
tions, NATO as such has been hesitant in entering this
field, particularly in regard to economic matters. Its
members have been rightly concerned to avoid duplica-
tion and to do, through other existing international
organizations, the things which can best be done in that
way.
19. Recently, however, the members of NATO have been
examining and re-assessing the purposes and the needs
of the Organization in the light of certain changes in
Soviet tactics and policies which have taken place since
the death of Stalin, and of the effect of the present tur-
moil in Eastern Europe on this development.
20. These changes have not diminished the need for
collective military defence but they have faced NATO
with an additional challenge in which the emphasis is
largely non-military in character. NATO must recognize
the real nature of the developments which have taken
place. An Important aspect of the new Soviet policies
of competitive coexistence is an attempt to respond to
positive initiatives of the Western nations aimed at im-
proving, in an atmosphere of freedom, the lot of the
economically less developed countries, and at establishing
a just and mutually beneficial trading system in which
all countries can prosper. The Soviet Union is now ai>
parently veering towards policies designed to ensnare
these countries by economic means and by political sub-
version, and to fasten on them the same shackles of Com-
munism from which certain members of the Soviet bloc
are now striving to release themselves. The members of
NATO must maintain their vigilance in dealing with this
form of penetration.
21. Meanwhile some of the immediate fears of large-
scale all out military aggression against Western Europe
have lessened. This process has been facilitated by evi-
dence that the Soviet Oovernment have realised that any
such all out aggression would be met by a sure, swift and
devastating retaliation, and that there could be no victory
in a war of this kind with nuclear weapons on both sides.
With an increased Soviet emphasis on non-military or
para-military methods, a review is needed of NATO's
ability to meet effectively the challenge of penetration
under the guise of coexistence, with its emphasis on con-
flict without catastrophe.
22. Certain questions now take on a new urgency.
Have NATO's needs and objectives changed, or should they
be changed? Is the Organization operating satisfactorily
in the altered circumstances of 1956? If not, what can
be done about it? There is the even more far-reaching
question : "Can a loose association of sovereign states
hold together at all without the common binding force
of fear'/".
23. The Committee has been examining these questions
in the light of its firm conviction that the objectives which
governments had in mind when the Pact was signed re-
main valid ; that NATO is as important now to its member
states as it was at that time.
January 7, 1957
19
24. The first of these objectives — as has already been
pointed out — is security, based on collective action -with
adequate armed forces both for deterrence and defence.
25. Certainly NATO unity and strength in the pursuit
of this objective remain as essential as they were in 1949.
Soviet tactics may have changed ; but Soviet armed might
and ultimate objectives remain unchanged. Moreover, re-
cent events in Eastern Europe shovf that the Soviet Union
will not hesitate in certain circumstances to u.se force and
the threat of force. Therefore the militai-y strength of
NATO must not be reduced, thougli its character and
capabilities should be constantly adapted to changing cir-
cumstances. Strengthening the political and economic
side of NATO is an essential complement to — not a sub-
stitute for — continuous co-operation in defence.
26. In spite of these recent events Soviet leaders may
place greater emphasis on political, economic and propa-
ganda action. There is no evidence, however, that this
will be permitted to prejudice in any way the maintenance
of a high level of military power in its most modern form
as a base for Soviet activity in these other fields.
27. We should welcome changes in Soviet policies if
they were genuinely designed to ease international ten-
sions. But we must remember that the weakening and
eventual dissolution of NATO remains a major Com-
munist goal. We must therefore remain on guard so
long as Soviet leaders persist in their determination to
maintain a ijreponderance of military power for the
achievement of their own political objectives and those
of their allies.
28. This brings us again to the second and long-term
aim of NATO : the development of an Atlantic Community
whose roots are deeper even than the necessity for com-
mon defence. This implies nothing less than the per-
manent association of the free Atlantic peoples for the
promotion of their greater unity and the protection and
the advancement of the interests which, as free democra-
cies, they have in common.
29. If we are to secure this long-term aim, we must
prevent the centrifugal forces of opposition or indiiler-
ence from weakening the Alliance. NATO has not been
destroyed, or even weakened, by the threats or attacks
of its enemies. It has faltered at times through the
lethargy or complacency of its members ; through dissen-
sion or division between them ; by putting narrow national
considerations above the collective intere.st. It could be
destroyed by these forces, if they were allowed to
subsist. To combat these tendencies, NATO must be used
by its members, far more than it has been used, for
sincere and genuine consultation and cooperation on
questions of common concern. For this purpose, resolu-
tion is more important than resolutions; will than words.
30. The problem, however, goes deeper than this. NATO
countries are faced by a political as well as a military
threat. It comes from the revolutionary doctrines of
Communism which have by careful design of the Com-
munist leaders over many years been sowing seeds of
fahsehood concerning our free and democratic way of life.
The best answer to such falsehoods is a continuing demon-
stration of the superiority of our own institutions over
Communist ones. We can show by word and deed that
we welcome political progress, economic advancement and
orderly social change and that the real reactionaries of
this day are these Communist regimes which, adhering
to an inflexible pattern of economic and political doctrine,
have been more successful in destroying freedom than in
promoting it.
31. We must, however, realise that falsehoods concern-
ing our institutions have sometimes been accepted at face
value and that there are those, even in the non-Commu-
nist world, who under the systematic influence of Com-
munist propaganda, do not accept our own analysis of
NATO's aims and values. They believe that while NATO
may have served a useful defensive and deterrent role
in the Stalinist era, it is no longer necessary, even for the
f-ecurity of its members ; that it is tending now to become
an agency for the pooling of the strength and resources
of the "colonial" powers in defence of imperial privileges,
racial superiority, and Atlantic hegemony under the
leadership of the United States. The fact that we know
these views to be false and unjustified does not mean that
NATO and its governments should not do everything they
can to correct and counteract them.
32. NATO should not forget that the influence and in-
terests of its members are not confined to the area covered
by the Treaty, and that common interests of the Atlantic
Community can be seriously affected by developments
outside the Treaty area. Therefore, while striving to
improve their relations with each other, and to strengthen
and deepen their own unity, they should also be con-
cerned with harmonising their policies in relation to other
areas taking into account the broader interests of the
whole international community ; particularly in working
through the United Nations and elsewhere for the main-
tenance of international peace and security and for the
solution of the problems that now divide the world.
33. In following this course, NATO can show that it is
more than a defence organization acting and reacting to
the ebb and flow of the fears and dangers arising out of
Soviet polic.v. It can prove its desire to co-operate fully
with other members of the international community in
bringing to reality the principles of the Charter of the
United Nations. It can .show that it is not merely con-
cerned with preventing the cold war from deteriorating
into a shooting one ; or with defending itself if such a
tragedy should take place ; but that it is even more con-
cerned with seizing the political and moral initiative to
enable all countries to develop in freedom, and to bring
about a secure peace for all nations.
34. Our caution in accepting without question the
pacific character of any Soviet moves, our refusal to
dismantle our defences before we are convinced that
conditions of international confidence have been restored,
will, particularly after the events in Ilun^'ary. be under-
stood by all people of sincerity and gocxi will. What
would not be understood is any unwillingness on our part
to seek ways and means of breaking down the barriers
with a view to establishing such confidence.
3.">. The cominu; together of the Atlantic nations for
good and constructive purposes — which is the basic prin-
ciple and ideal underlying the NATO concept — mnst
rest on and grow from deei)er and more permanent fac-
tors than the divisions and dangers of the last ten years.
It is a historical, rather than a contemporary, develop-
20
Department of State Bulletin
ment and if it is to achieve its real purpose, it must be
considered in that light and the necessary conclusions
drawn. A short-range view will not suffice.
3G. The fundamental historical fact underl.vin.g tliis
development is that the nation state, l)y itself and relying
exclusively on national iwlicy and national power, is in-
adequate for progi'ess or even for survival in the
nuclear a.ge. As the founders of the North Atlantic
Treaty foresavr, the growing interdependence of states,
politically and economically as well as militarily, calls
for an ever-increasing measure of international cohesion
and co-oi)eration. Some states may be able to en.iuy a
degree of political and economic independence when
things are going well. No state, however powerful, can
guarantee its security and its welfare liy national action
alone.
37. This basic fact underlies our report and the recom-
mendations contained therein which apjiear in the
subsequent chapters.
38. It has not been diflScult to make these recommenda-
tions. It will be far more difficult for the member
governments to carry them into effect. This will re-
quire, on their part, the firm conviction that the trans-
formation of the Atlantic Community into a vital and
vigorous political reality is as important as any purely
national purpose. It will require, above all, the will
to carry this conviction into the realm of practical govern-
mental policy.
Chapter S: Political Co-operation
I. Introduction
39. If there is to be vitality and growth in the concept
of the Atlantic Community, the relations between the
members of NATO must rest on a solid basis of confidence
and understanding. Without this there cannot be con-
structive or solid political co-operation.
40. The deepening and strengthening of this political
co-operation does not imply the weakening of the ties of
NATO members with other friendly countries or with
other international associations, particularly the United
Nations. Adherence to NATO is not exclusive or restric-
tive. Nor should the evolution of the Atlantic Commu-
nity through NATO prevent the formation of even closer
relationships among some of its members; for instance
within groups of European countries. The moves toward
Atlantic co-operation and European unity should be
parallel and complementary, not competitive or conflicting.
41. Effective and constructive international co-opera-
tion requires a resolve to work together for the solution
of common problems. There are special ties between
NATO members, special incentives and security interests.
Which should make this task easier than it otherwise
would be. But its successful accomplishment will de-
pend largely on the extent to which member governments,
in their own policies and actions, take into consideration
the interests of the Alliance. This requires not only the
acceptance of the obligation of consultation and co-opera-
tion whenever necessary, but also the development of
practices by which the discharge of this obligation be-
comes a normal part of governmental activity.
42. It is easy to profess devotion to the principle of
political — or economic — c-onsultation in NATO. It is
difficult and has in fact been shown to be impossible, if the
proper conviction is lacking, to convert the profession into
practice. Consultatidn within an alliance means more
than exchange of information, tliough that is necessary.
It means more than letting the N.\T() Council know about
national decisions that have already been taken ; or try-
ing to enlist support for those decisions. It means the
discussion of problems collectively, in the early stages of
policy formation, and before national positions become
fixed. At best, this will result in collective decisions on
matters of common interest affecting the Alliance. At
the least, it will ensure that no action is taken by one
member without a knowledge of the vie«s of tlie others.
II. Consultation on Foeeign Policies
A. Scope and Character of Political Consultation
43. The essential role of consultation in fostering
political co-operation was clearly defined by an earlier
NATO Committee on the North Atlantic Community in
1951:
". . . The achievement of a closer degree of co-ordina-
tion of the foreign policies of the members of the North
Atlantic Treaty, through the development of the 'habit of
consultation' on matters of common concern, would greatly
strengthen the solidarity of the North Atlantic Com-
munity and increase the individual and collective capacity
of its members to serve the peaceful purposes for which
NATO was established. ... In the political field, this
means that while each North Atlantic government retains
full freedom of action and decision with respect to its
own policy, the aim should be to achieve, through ex-
changing information and views, as wide an area of
agreement as possible in the formulation of policies as a
whole.
"Special attention must be paid, as explicitly recog-
nised in Article 4 of the Treaty, to matters of urgent and
immediate importance to the members of NATO, and to
'emergency' situations where it may be necessary to con-
sult closely on national lines of conduct affecting the
interests of members of NATO as a whole. There is a
continuing need, however, for effective consultation at an
early stage on current problems, in order that national
policies may be developed and action taken on the basis
of a full awareness of the attitudes and interests of all
the members of NATO. While all members of NATO have
a responsibility to consult with their partners on appro-
priate matters, a large share of responsibility for such
consultation necessarily rests on the more powerful mem-
bers of the Community."
44. These words were written five years ago. They
hold true now more than ever before. If we can say that
they have not been ignored by NATO we must also recog-
nise that the practice of consulting has not so developed
in the NATO Council as to meet the demands of political
changes and world trends. The present need, therefore,
is more than simply broadening the scope and deei>ening
the character of consultation. There is a pressing re-
quirement for all members to make consultation in NATO
an integral part of the making of national policy. With-
out this the very existence of the North Atlantic Com-
munity may be in jeopardy.
4.5. It should, however, be remembered that collective
discussion is not an end in itself, but a means to the end
of harmonising policies. Where common interests of the
Atlantic Community are at state consultation should al-
January 7, 1957
21
ways seek to arrive at timely agreement on common lines
of policy and action.
46. Siicli agreement, even with the closest possible co-
operation and consultation, is not easy to secure. But
It is essential to the Atlantic Alliance that a steady and
continuous effort be made to bring it about. There can-
not be unity in defence and disunity in foreign policy.
47. There are, of cour.se, certain practical limitations
to consultation in this field. They are sufficiently ob-
vious in fact to malie it unnecessary to emphasise them in
words. Indeed the danger is less that they will be min-
imised or evaded than that they will be exaggerated and
used to justify practices which unnecessarily ignore the
common interest.
48. One of these limitations is the hard fact that ulti-
mate responsibility for decision and action still rests on
national governments. It is conceivable that a situation
of extreme emergency may arise when action must be
talven by one government before consultation is possible
with the others.
49. Another limitation is the difficulty, and indeed the
unwisdom, of trying to specify in advance all the subjects
and all the situations where consultation is necessary;
to separate by area or by subject the matters of NATO
concern from those of purely national concern ; to define
in detail the obligations and duties of consultation. These
things have to work themselves out in practice. In this
process, experience is a better guide than dogma.
50. The essential thing is that on all occasions and in
all circumstances member governments, Isefore acting or
even before pronouncing, should keep the interests and
the requirements of the Alliance in mind. If they have
not the desire and the will to do this, no resolutions or
recommendations or declarations by the Council or any
Committee of the Council will be of any great value.
51. On the assumption, however, that this will and this
desire do exist, the following principles and practices in
the field of political consultation are recommended:
(a) members should inform the Council of any de-
velopment which significantly affects the Alliance. They
should do this, not merely as a formality but as a pre-
liminary to effective political consultation;
(b) both individual member governments and tlie
Secretary General should have the right to raise for dis-
cussion in the Council any subject which is of common
NATO interest and not of a purely domestic character ;
(c) a member government should not, without adequate
advance consultation, adopt firm policies or make major
political pronouncements on matters which significantly
affect the Alliance or any of its members, unless circum-
stances make such prior consultation obviously and
demonstrably impossible ;
(d) in developing their national policies, members
should take into consideration the interests and views of
other governments, particularly those most directly con-
cerned, as expressed in NATO consultation, even where
no community of view or consensus has been reached in
the Council;
(e) where a consensus has been reached, it should be
reflected in the formation of national policies. When for
national reasons the consensus is not followed, the govern-
22
ment concerned should offer an explanation to the Coun-
cil. It is even more important that where an agreed and
formal recommendation has emerged from the Council
discussions, governments should give it full weight in
any national actions or policies related to the subject of
that recommendation.
B. Annual Political Appraisal
52. To strengthen the process of consultation, it is rec-
ommended that Foreign Ministers, at each Spring meet-
ing, should make an appraisal of the political progress of
the Alliance and consider the lines along which it should
advance.
53. To prepare for this discussion, the Secretary Gen-
eral should submit an annual report :
(a) analysing the major political problems of the Alli-
ance;
(b) reviewing the extent to which member governments
have consulted and co-operated on such problems :
(c) indicating the problems and possible developments
which may require future consultation, so that difficulties
might be resolved and positive and constructive initiatives
taken.
54. Member governments, through their Permanent Rep-
resentatives, should give the Secretary General such in-
formation and assistance, including that of technical ex-
perts, as he may require in preparing his report.
C. Preparation for Political Consultation
55. Effective consultation also requires careful plan-
ning and preparation of the agenda for meetings of the
Council l)oth in Ministerial and permanent session. Po-
litical questions coming up for discussion in the Council
should so far as practicable be previously reviewed and
discussed, so that representatives may have background
information on the thinking both of their own and of
other governments. When appropriate, drafts of reso-
lutions should be prepared in advance as a basis for dis-
cussion. Additional preparatory work will also be re-
quired for the annual political appraisal referred to in the
preceding section.
56. To assist the Permanent Representatives and the
Secretary General in discharging their responsibilities
for political consultation, there should be constituted
under the Council a Committee of Political Advisers from
each delegation, aided when necessary by specialists
from the capitals. It would meet under the chairman-
ship of a member of the International Staff apiwinted by
the Secretary General, and would include among its re-
sponsibilities current studies such as those on trends
of Soviet policy.
III. Peaces'ITl Settlement of Inter-Member Disputes
57. In tlie development of effective political co-opera-
tion in NATO, it is of crucial importance to avoid serious
inter-member disputes and to settle them quickly and
satisfactorily when they occur. The settlement of such
disputes is in the first place the direct responsibility of
the meml)er governments concerned, under both the
Charter of the United Nations (Article 3:?) and tlie
Department of State Bulletin
North Atlantic Treaty (Article 1). To clarify NATO's
responsibilities in dealing with disputes which have not
proved capable of settlement directly and to enable NATO,
if necessary, to help in the settlement of such disputes,
the Committee recommends that the Council adopt a reso-
lution under Article 1 of the Treaty on the following
lines :
(a) reaffirming the obligation of members to settle
by peaceful means any dispute between themselves;
(b) declaring their intention to submit any such dis-
putes, which have not proved capable of settlement
directly, to good offices procedures within the NATO
framework before resorting to any other international
agency ; except for disputes of a legal character appro-
priate for submission to a judicial tribunal, and those dis-
putes of an economic character for which attempts at
settlement might best be made initially in the appropriate
specialised economic organization ;
(c) recognising the right and duty of member gov-
ernments and of the Secretary General to bring to the
attention of the Council matters which in their opinion
may threaten the solidarity or effectiveness of the Al-
liance ;
(d) empowering the Secretary General to offer his good
offices informally at any time to the parties in dispute,
and with their consent to initiate or facilitate procedures
of enquiry, mediation, conciliation, or arbitration ; and
(e) empowering the Secretary General, where he deems
it appropriate for the purpose outlined in (d) above, to
use the assistance of not more than three Permanent
Representatives chosen by him in each instance.
IV. Pabuamentary Associations and the PAHiXAMEaj-
TABT Conference
58. Among the best supporters of NATO and its pur-
IKJses are those Members of Parliament who have had a
chance at first hand to see some of its activities and to
learn of its problems, and to exchange views with their
colleagues from other parliaments. In particular, the
formation of national Parliamentary Associations and
the activities of the Conference of Members of Parlia-
ment from NATO countries have contributed to the de-
velopment of public support for NATO and solidarity
among its members.
59. In order to maintain a close relationship of Par-
liamentarians with NATO, the following arrangements
are recommended :
(a) that the Secretary General continue to place the
facilities of NATO headquarters at the disposal of Par-
liamentary Conferences and give all possible help with
arrangements for their meetings;
(b) that invited representatives of member govern-
ments and the Secretary General and other senior NATO
civil and military officers attend certain of these meetings.
In this way the parliamentarians would be informed on
the state of the Alliance and the problems before it, and
the value of their discussions would be increased.
Chapter 3: Economic Co-operation
I. Introduction
60. Political co-operation and economic conflict are not
reconcilable. Therefore, In the economic as well as in
the political field there must be a genuine desire among
the members to work together and a readiness to consult
on questions of common concern based on the recognition
of common interests.
61. These common economic interests shared by the
members of NATO call for :
(a) co-operative and national action to achieve healthy
and expanding economies, both to promote the well-being
and self -confidence of the Atlantic peoples and to serve as
the essential support for an adequate defence effort;
(b) the greatest possible freedom in trade and pay-
ments and in the movement of manpower and long-term
capital ;
(c) assistance to economically underdeveloped areas
for reasons of enlightened self-interest and to promote
better relations among peoples ; and
(d) policies which will demonstrate, under conditions
of competitive coexistence, the superiority of free institu-
tions in promoting human welfare and economic progress.
62. A recognition of these common NATO interests, and
collective and individual effort to promote them, need not
in any way prejudice close economic relations with non-
NATO countries. Economic, like political co-operation, is
and must remain wider than NATO. At the same time,
the NATO countries have an interest in any arrangements
for especially close economic co-operation among groups
of European member nations. It should be possible — as
it is desirable — for such special arrangements to promote
rather than conflict with the wider objectives of Article 2
of our Treaty, which are of basic importance to the stabil-
ity and well-being, not only of the North Atlantic area,
but of the whole non-Communist world.
II. Nato and Other Organizations
63. While the purposes and principles of Article 2 are
of vital importance, it is not necessary that member coun-
tries pursue them only through action in NATO itself.
It would not serve the interests of the Atlantic Community
for NATO to duplicate the operating functions of other
international organizations designed for various forms
of economic co-operation.' NATO members play a major
part in all these agencies, whose membership is generally
well adapted to the purposes they serve.
' The outstanding instances are the Organization for
European Co-operation (OEEC) (which includes all
NATO countries as fuU or associate members and four
others) ; the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(GATT) ; the International Monetary Fund (IMF) ; the
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(IBRD) ; the International Finance Corporation (IFC) ;
and the various other United Nations agencies including
the Economic Commission for Europe. Several NATO
members participate actively in the Colombo Plan for
promoting economic development in Asia. Most members
are taking an active part in technical assistance pro-
grammes and are also participating in discussions of pro-
posals for the creation of a Special United Nations Fund
for Economic Development (SUNFED). [Footnote in
the original.]
January 7, 1957
23
64. Nor do there now appear to be significant new areas
for collective economic action requiring execution by
NATO itself. In fact, the common economic concerns of
the member nations will often best be fostered by con-
tinued and increa.sed collaboration both bilaterally and
through organizations other than NATO. This collabo-
ration should be reinforced, however, by NATO consulta-
tion whenever economic issues of .special interest to the
Alliance are involved ; particularly those which have
political or defence implications or affect the economic
health of the Atlantic Community as a whole. This, in
turn, requires a substantial expansion of exchange of
information and views in NATO in the economic as well
as in the political field. Such economic consultation
should seek to secure a common approach on the part of
member governments where the questions are clearly re-
lated to the political and security interests of the Alliance.
Action resulting from such a common aijproaeh, however,
should normally be taken by governments either directly
or through other international organizations.
65. NATO, as such, should not seek to establish formal
relations with these other organizations, and the har-
monising of attitudes and actions should be left to the
representatives of the NATO governments therein. Nor
is it necessary or desirable for NATO members to form a
"bloc" in such organizations. This would only alienate
other friendly governments. There should, however, be
consviltation in NATO when economic i.ssues of special
political or strategic importance to NATO arise in other
organizations and in particular before meetings at which
there may be attempts to divide or weaken the Atlantic
Alliance, or prejudice its interests.
III. Conflicts in Economic Policies of NATO Countries
66. NATO has a positive interest in the resolution ot,
economic disputes which may have iwlitical or strategic
repercussions damaging to the Alliance. These are to be
distinguished from disagreements on economic policy
which are normally dealt with through direct negotiations
or by multilateral discussions in other orgauization.s.
Nothing would be gained by merely having repeated in
NATO the same arguments made in other and more tech-
nically qualified organizations. It should, however, be
open to any member or to the Secretary General to raise
in NATO issues on which they feel that consideration
elsewhere is not making adequate progress and that NATO
consultation might facilitate solutions contributing to the
objectives of the Atlantic Community. The procedures
for peaceful settlement of political disputes discussed in
the previous chapter should also be available for major
disputes of an economic character which are appropriate
for NATO consideration.
IV. Scientific and Technical Co-opbSlAtion
67. One area of special importance to the .\tlantic
Community is that of science and technology. During the
last decade, it has become ever clearer that progress in
this field can be decisive in determining the security of
nations and their position in world affairs. Such progress
is also vital if the Western world is to play its proper role
in relation to economically underdeveloped areas.
68. Within the general field of science and technology,
there is an especially urgent need to Improve the quality
and to increase the sui»ply of scientists, engineers and
technicians. Responsibility for recruitment, training and
utilisation of scientific and technical personnel is prima-
rily a national rather than an international matter. Nor
is it a responsibility solely of national governments. In
the member countries with federal systems, state and
provincial governments play the major part, and many of
the universities and institutes of higher learning in the
Atlantic area are independent institutions free from de-
tailed control by governments. At the same time, prop-
erly designed measures of international co-operation
could stimulate individual member countries to adopt
more positive policies and, in some cases, help guide them
in the most constructive directions.
60. Certain activities in this connection are already be-
ing carried out by other organizations. Progress in this
field, however, is so crucial to the future of the Atlantic
Community that NATO members should ensure that every
pos.sibility of fruitful co-operation is examined. As a
first concrete step, therefore, it is recommended that
a conference be convened composed of one or at the most
two outstanding authorities, private or governmental,
from each country in order:
(a) to exchange information and views concerning the
most urgent problems in the recruitment, training and
utilisation of scientists, engineers and technicians, and
the best means, both long-term and short-term, of solving
those problems ;
(b) to foster closer relations among the participants
with a view of continued interchange of experience and
stimulation of constructive work in member countries ;
and
(c) to propo.se specific measures for future interna-
tional co-operation in this field, through NATO or other
international organizations.
V. Consultation on Economic Problems
70. It is agreed that the Atlantic Community has a
positive concern with healthy and accelerated develop-
ment in economically underdeveloped areas, both inside
and outside the NATO area. The Committee feels, how-
ever, that NATO is not an appropriate agency for ad-
ministering programmes of assistance for economic
development, or even for systematically concerting the
relevant i)olieies of member nations. What member
countries can and should do is to keep each other and
the Organization informed of their programmes and
policies in this field. When required NATO should review
the adequacy of existing action in relation to the in-
terests of the Alliance.
71. The economic interests of the Athmtic Community
cannot be considered in isolation from the activities and
policies of the Soviet bloc. The Soviets are resorting all
too often to the use of economic measures designed to
weaken the Western Alliance, or to create in other areas
a high degree of dependence on the Soviet world. In this
situation it is more than ever imiH)rtant that NATO
countries actively develop their own coiislructive commer-
cial and financial policies. In particular, they should
avoid creating situations of which the Soviet bloc coun-
tries might take advantage to the detriment of the At-
lantic Coninuinity and of other non-Communist countries.
In this wliolc Held ol' comiietitive economic coexistence
24
Department of State Bulletin
member countries should consult tosether more fully In
order to determine their course deliberately and with the
fullest jiossible knowledge.
72. There has been a considerable evolution in NATO's
arrangements for regular economic consultation. In
addition, a number of econoniic matters have been brought
before the Council for consideration on an ad hoc basis.
No substantial new machinery in this field is called for.
Hovever, in view of the extended range of topics for
regular exchange of information and consultation de-
scribed above, there should be established under the Coun-
cil a Committee of Economic Advisers. This group should
be entrusted with preliminary discussion, on a systematic
basis, of the matters outlined above, together with such
tasks as may be assigned by the Council or a[)proved by
the Council at the Committee's request. It would absorb
any continuing function of the Committee of Technical
Advisers. Since its duties would not be full-time, mem-
ber governments could be represented normally by oflicials
mainly concerned with the work of other international
economic organizations. Membership, however, should be
flexible, the Committee being composed, when appropriate,
of specialists from the capitals on particular toi>ics under
consideration.
Chapter 4: Cultural Co-operation
73. A sense of community must bind the people as well
as the institutions of the Atlantic nations. This will
exist only to the extent that there is a realisation of their
common cultural heritage and of the values of their free
way of life and thought. It is important, therefore, for
the NATO countries to promote cultural cooperation
among their peoples by all practical means In order to
strengthen their unity and develop maximum support
for the Alliance. It is particularly Important that this
cultural co-operation should be wider than continental.
This, however, does not preclude particular governments
from acting on a more limited multilateral or even bi-
lateral basis to strengthen their own cultural relations
within the broader Atlantic framework. The Committee
welcomes the measures for cultural co-operation within
the Atlantic Community which have been initiated by
private Individuals and non-governmental groups. These
should be encouraged and increased.
74. To further cultural collaboration, the Committee
suggests that member governments be guided by the fol-
lowing general principles :
(a) government activities in this field should not dupli-
cate but should support and supplement private efforts;
(b) member governments should give priority to those
projects which require joint NATO action, and thus con-
tribute to a developing sense of community;
(c) in developing new activities in the cultural field,
NATO can most fruitfully place the main emphasis on in-
spiring and promoting transatlantic contacts ;
(d) there should be a realistic appreciation of the
financial Implications of cultural projects.
7.'i. In order to develop public awareness and under-
standing of NATO and the Atlantic Community, the
Council should work out arrangements for NATO courses
and seminars for teachers.
76. NATO and its member governments should broaden
their support of other educational and related activities
such as the NATO Fellowship and Scholarship Pro-
gramme ; creation of university chairs of Atlantic .studies ;
visiting professorships ; government-sponsored pro-
grammes for the exchange of persons, especially on a
transatlantic basis : use of NATO information materials
in schools ; and establishment of special NATO awards
for students.
77. Governments should actively promote closer rela-
tions between NATO and youth organizations and a spe-
cialist should be added to the International Staff in this
connection. Conferences iinder NATO auspices of repre-
sentatives of youth organizations such as that of .July
1950 should be held from time to time.
78. In the interests of promoting easier and more fre-
quent contacts among the NATO peoples, governments
should review and, if possible, revise their foreign ex-
change and other policies which restrict travel.
79. In view of the Importance of promoting better un-
derstanding and goodwill between NATO service person-
nel, it would be desirable, in co-operation with the mili-
tary authorities, to extend exchanges of such personnel
beyond the limits of normal training progi-ammes. Such
exchanges might, as a first step, be developed by govern-
ments on a bilateral basis. In addition, member govern-
ments should seek the assistance of the Atlantic Treaty
Association and other voluntary organizations in the fur-
ther development of such exchanges.
80. Cultural projects which have a common benefit
should be commonly financed. Agreed cultural projects
initiated by a single member government or a private or-
ganization, such as the recent seminar held at Oxford or
the Study Conference sponsored by the Atlantic Treaty
Association on "the Role of the School in the Atlantic Com-
munity", should receive financial support from NATO
where that is necessary to supplement national resources.
Chapter 5: Co-operation in the Irrformatioii Field
81. The jjeople of the member countries must know
about NATO if they are to support it. Therefore they
must be informed not only of NATO's aspirations, but of
its achievements. There must be substance for an effec-
tive NATO information programme and resources to carry
it out. The public should be informed to the greatest
possible extent of significant results achieved through
NATO consultation.
82. NATO information activities should be directed pri-
marily to public opinion in the NATO area. At the same
time an understanding outside the NATO area of the
objectives and accomplishments of the Organization is
necessary if it is to be viewed sympathetically, and if its
activities are not to be misinterpreted.
83. The important task of explaining and reporting
NATO activities rests primarily on national information
services. They cannot discharge this task If member gov-
ernments do not make adequate provisions in their na-
tional programmes for that purpose. It is essential, there-
fore, that such provision be made. NATO can and should
assist national governments in this work. The promotion
January 7, 1957
25
of information about and public understanding of NATO
and the Atlantic Community should, in fact, be a joint
endeavour by the Organization and its members.
84. One of NATO's functions should be to co-ordinate
the work of national information services in fields of
common interest. Governments should pool their experi-
ences and views in NATO to avoid differences in evalua-
tion and emphasis. This is particularly important in the
dissemination of information about NATO to other coun-
tries. Co-ordinated policy should underline the defensive
character of our Alliance and the importance of its non-
military aspects. It should cover also replies to anti-
NATO propaganda and the analysis of Communist moves
and statements which affect NATO.
85. In its turn, the NATO Information Division must be
given the resources by governments as well as their sup-
port, without which it could not discharge these new
tasks — and should not be asked to do so.
86. In order to facilitate co-operation between the
NATO Information Division and national information
services, the following specitic measures are recom-
mended :
(a) an Officer should be designated by each national
information service to maintain liaison with NATO and
to be responsible for the dissemination of NATO informa-
tion material ;
(b) governments should submit to NATO the relevant
information programmes which they plan to implement,
for discussion in the Committee on Information and Cul-
tural Relations. Representatives of national informa-
tion services should take part in these discussions ;
(c) within the NATO Information Division budget, pro-
vision should be made for a translation fund so that
NATO information material can be translated into the
non-official languages of the Alliance, according to reason-
able requirements of the member governments ;
(d) NATO should, on request, provide national services
with special studies on matters of common interest.
87. The journalists' tours sponsored by NATO should
be broadened to include others in a position to influence
public opinion, such as trade union and youth leaders,
teachers and lecturers. Closer relations between private
organizations supporting NATO and the NATO Informa-
tion Division should also be encouraged. ■
Chapter 6: Organization and Functions
88. The Committee considers that NATO in its present
form is capable of discharging the non-military functions
required of it. Structural changes are not needed. The
machine is basically satisfactory. It is for governments
to make use of it.
89. At the same time, certain improvements in the
procedures and functioning of the Organization will be
required if the recommendations of this report are to be
fully implemented. The proposals in this Chapter are
submitted for this purpose.
A. Meetings of the Council
90. More time should be allowed for Ministerial Meet-
ings. Experience has shown that, without more time.
Important issues on the agenda cannot be adequately con-
sidered. Decisions concerning some of them will not be
reached at all, or will be reached only in an unclear form.
91. Efforts should be made to encourage discussion
rather than simply declarations of policy prepared in ad-
vance. Arrangements for meetings should be made with
this aim in view. For most sessions, the numbers present
should be sharply restricted. In order to facilitate free
discussions, when Ministers wish to speak in a language
other than French or English, consecutive translation into
one of these official languages should be provided by inter-
preters from their own delegations.
92. Meetings of Foreign Ministers should be held when-
ever required and occasionally in locations other than
NATO Headquarters. Ministers might also participate
more frequently in regular Council meetings, even though
not all of them may find it possible to attend such meetings
at the same time. The Council of Permanent Representa-
tives has powers of effective decision : in other words, the
authority of the Council as such is the same whether gov-
ernments are represented by Ministers or by their Per-
manent Representatives. Thus there should be no firm or
formal line between Ministerial and other meetings of the
Council.
B. Strengthening the Links Between the Council and
Member Governments
93. It is indispensable to the kind of consultations en-
visaged in this report that Permanent Representatives
should be in a position to speak authoritatively and to
reflect the current thinking of their governments. Dif-
ferences in location and in constitutional organization
make impossible any uniform arrangements in all mem-
ber governments. In some cases it might be desirable to
designate a high official in the national capital to be con-
cerned primarily with NATO affairs. The purpose would
be to help both in fostering NATO consultations whenever
national policies impinge on the common interests of the
Atlantic Community, and in translating the results of
such consultations into effective action within the national
governments.
94. To ensure the closest possible connection between
current thinking in the governments and consultations in
the Council, there might be occasional Council meetings
with the participation of specially designated officials or
the permanent heads of foreign ministries.
C. Preparation for Council Meetings
95. Items on the agenda of Ministerial Meetings should
be thoroughly examined by Permanent Representatives
and releveiit proposals prepared before Ministers meet.
For this purpose it may be found desirable for govern-
ments to send senior experts to consult on agenda items
before the meetings take place.
96. The preparation of questions for discussion in the
Council should be assisted by appropriate use of tlio ■
Council's Committees of Political and Economic Advisors.
(Recommendations on the establishment of these Comr
mittees are set forth in Chapter 2, paragraph 56, and
Chapter 3, paragraph 72.)
97. In the case of consultations on special subjects,
more use should be made of senior experts from national
capitals to assist permanent delegations by calling them,
on an ad hoc basis, to do preparatory work. Informal
26
Department of State Bulletin
discussions iiraong sppcialists witL oorrcspoudiug resiKin-
sibilities are a partitularly valuable means of concerting
governmental attitudes in the early stages of policy forma-
tion.
98. Member governments should make available to one
another through NATO "basic position material" for back-
ground information. This would help the Alliance as a
whole in the consideration of problems of common con-
cern and would assist individual governments to under-
stand more fully the reasons for the position adopted by
any member country on a particular issue which might
be its si)ecial concern, but which might also affect in
varying degrees other members of NATO.
D. The Secretary General and the International Staff
09. To enable the Organization to make ite full con-
tribution, the role of the Secretary General and the In-
ternational Staff needs to be enhanced.
100. It is recommended that the Secretary General pre-
side over meetings of the Council in Ministerial, as he
does now in other sessions. Such a change with respect
to the conduct of the Council's business would follow
naturally from the new responsibilities of the Secretary
General, arising out of the recommendations of this re-
port. It is also warranted by the Secretary General's
unique opportunities for becoming familiar with the
problems and the activities of the Alliance as a whole.
101. It would, however, still be desirable to have one
Minister chosen each year as President of the Council in
accordance with the present practice of alphabetical rota-
tion. This Minister, as President, would continue to have
especially close contact with the Secretary General dur-
ing and between Ministerial ileetings, and would, as at
present, act as the spokesman of the Council on all formal
occasions. He would also preside at the formal opening
and closing of Ministerial sessions of the Council.
102. In addition :
(a) the Secretary General should be encouraged to
propo.se items for NATO consultation in the fields covered
by this report and should be responsible for promoting and
directing the process of consultation ;
(h) in view of these resiwnsibilities, meml)er govern-
ments should undertake to keep the Secretary General
fully and currently informed through their permanent dele-
gations of their governments' thinking on questions of
common concern to the Alliance ;
(c) attention is also called to the additional respon.si-
hilities of the Secretary General, recommended in connec-
tion with the annual political appraisal (Chapter 2, para-
graph 52) and the peaceful settlement of disputes (Chap-
ter 2, paragraph 57).
103. The effective functioning of NATO depends in large
measure on the etficiency, devotion and morale of its Secre-
tariat. Acceptance of the recommendations in this report
would impose on the Secretariat new duties and resiwnsi-
bilities. Governments must, therefore, be prepared to
give the International Staff all necessary support, both in
finance and personnel. If this is not done, the recom-
mendations of the report, even if accepted by governments,
will not be satisfactorily carried out.
Palais de Chaillot
Paris, XVIe.
January 7, J 957
Annex
Comnvittec of Three
I'urnml liccord of Proceedings
The Committee of Three, consisting of Dr. Gaetano
Marti no (Italy), Mr. Halvard Lange (Norway) and Mr.
Lester H. Pearson (Canada) was established by the North
Atlantic Council in Ministerial Session on 5th May, 1956,
with the following terms of reference :
". . . to advise the Council on ways and means to im-
prove and extend NATO co-ojieration in non-military
fields and to develop greater unity within the Atlantic
Cou)munit.v."
2. The Committee held its first meetings from 20th to
22nd .lune. 1956, at NATO Headquarters in Paris. Dur-
ing these discussions, the procedure to be followed by the
Committee was established, and it was decided to send
a Ciuestionnaire to each NATO member government in
order to obtain its views on a number of specific problems
with respect to co-operation in the political, economic,
cultural and infonnatlon fields and regarding the organi-
zation and functions of NATO. In addition, the Com-
mittee issued a memorandum containing explanatory
notes and guidance to assist countries in the preparation
of their replies to the Questionnaire. The Questionnaire
was circulated on 2Sth June, 1956, and governments were
requested to submit their replies by 20th August.
8. The Committee reassembled in Paris on 10th Sep-
tember, 1956, and held a series of meetings lasting until
the 22nd of that month. After having examined and
analysed the replies to the Questionnaire, the Committee
held consultations with each member country individually.
The pui-pose of these consultations was to clarify, where
necessary, the position taken by governments in their re-
plies, and to discuss with the representatives of other
governments in a preliminary way certain views of the
Committee.
4. The consultations took place in tlie following order :
Wednesday, 12th September a. m. Iceland (represented
by Mr. H. G. Andersen, Permanent Representative of
Iceland to the North Atlantic Council) ; p. m. Turkey
( represented by Mr. N. Birgi, Secretary General of the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs).
Thursday, 13th September a. m. The Netherlands (repre-
sented by Mr. .1. W. Beyen, Minister for Foreign Af-
fairs) ; p. m. Greece (represented by Mr. E. Averof,
Minister for Foreign Affairs).
Friday, 14th September a. m. Belgium (represented by
Mr. P. H. Spaak, Minister for Foreign Affairs) ; p. m.
Germany (represented by Professor Hallstein, Secre-
tary of State for Foreign Affairs).
Monday, 17th Septeml)er a. m. Luxembourg (repre.sented
by Mr. M. J. Bech, Prime Minister and Minister for For-
eign Affairs) ; a. m. France (represented by Mr. C.
Pineau, Minister for Foreign Affairs) ; p. m. United
States (represented by Senator George, special repre-
sentative of President Eisenhower) ; p. m. Portugal
( represented by Mr. P. Cunha, Minister for Foreign
Affairs).
Tuesday, 18th September a. m. Denmark (represented by
Ernst Christiansen, Deputy Foreign Minister) ; p. m.
United Kingdom (represented by Mr. Anthony Nutting,
Minister of State for Foreign Affairs).
5. In addition the Committee met with the following
groups :
27
(a) On Wednesday, 12th September, meeting with the
Standing Committee of the Conference of Members of
Parliament from NATO countries, consisting of the fol-
lowing persons :
Belgium Mr. Frans Van Cauwelaert
Mr. A. (le Meeler
Canada Senator, the Hon. Wishart McL.
Robertson, P. C.
France Mr. Maurice Schumann
Germany Herr F. Berendsen
Dr. Richard Jaeger
Netherlands Mr. J. J. Fens
Mr. J. L. Kranenburg
Mr. E. A. Vermeer
Turkey Colonel Seyfi Kurtbek
United Kinsdom.. Colonel Walter Elliott, C.H., M.C., M.P.
United States Congressman Wayne L. Hays, M.C.
(b) On Saturday, 15th September, meeting with the
Atlantic Treaty Association, represented by :
Count Morra, Chairman
Dr. Nord, Vice-Chairman
Dr. Flynt, Vice-Chairman and
Mr. John Eppstein, Secretary General
and a number of delegates from national member or-
ganizations.
(c) On Tuesday, 18th September, meeting with Gen-
eral Billotte and Mr. Barton, representing the Signa-
tories of the Declaration of Atlantic Unity.
6. As a result of these consultations a draft report to
the Council was prepared. In this work the Committee
benefited from the expert advice of three special con-
sultants. They were Professor Lincoln Gordon ( Harvard
University), Professor Guide Carli (Rome) and Mr.
Robert Major (Oslo).
7. The Committee met again in New York on 14th
November and re-examined the report in the light of
the important world events which occurred in the in-
terval since its September meeting. The Committee,
after approving the report, furnished the other Foreign
Ministers with an advance copy, preparatory to con-
sideration of the report by the North Atlantic Council.
British Arrangements With
Monetary Fund and Eximbani<
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND ANNOUNCE-
MENT, DECEMBER 10
The Government of the United Kingdom has
made arrangements with the International Mone-
tary Fund under which it may purchase with ster-
ling, from the Fund, up to the amount of its quota
of U.S.$1,300 million. These aiTangements fall
into two parts:
(i) a drawing of U.S.$561,470,000 ; and
(ii) a stand-by arrangement under which up to
the equivalent of U.S.$738,530,000 in foreign cur-
rencies may be purchased with sterling at any time
during the next twelve months.
Tlie United Kingdom Government purchased a
total of U.S.$300 million from the Fund in 1947
and 1948. These sums have since been fully re-
paid, partly by repurchase by the United Kingdom
and partly by purchases of sterling by other
members.
STATEMENT BY IMF MANAGING DIRECTOR
PER JACOBSSON, DECEMBER 10
The drawing of $561,470,000 is intended to add
to the monetary reserves of the United Kingdom
to meet payments requirements. This amount will
be at the immediate disposal of the United King-
dom.
The stand-by arrangement, on the other hand,
will make available the equivalent of $738,530,000
in Fund member currencies to be used at any time
during the next twelve months at the request of
the United Kingdom, to supplement the amount
immediately transferred.
In the speech of the Chancellor of the Ex-
chequer, Mr. Macmillan, on December 4, and in
its representations to the Fund the United King-
dom Government has made clear that it intends
to maintain the rate of the pound sterling at its
present parity and to avoid the reimposition of
external controls. To this end the United King-
dom Government has announced that it will follow
fiscal, credit and other policies designed to
strengthen the economy, both internally and ex-
ternally.
The pursuit of such policies will clearly promote
the objectives of the Fund. For this reason, and
in view of the special importance of sterling as a
worldwide reserve and trading currency, the Fimd
has approved a transaction of this magnitude. It
has done so in the firm belief that the action
taken will permit the policies and measures of the
United Kingdom to continue to operate and thus
effectively contribute to the restoration of the
strong balance-of-paj'inents position which had
been emerging in the first half of 1956.
In this connection it should be pointed out that
the trading position of the United Kingdom lias
been and continues to be essentially sound. In the
course of 1956, pressure on the economy was eased
under the impact of the monetary and fiscal meas-
ures and the benefit of investments over the past
few years now coming to fruition. The credit
squeeze was showing good results, the rise in prices
had been checked, and exports, including those to
28
Department of State Bulletin
tlie dollar markets, had reached record levels. A
state of equilibrium had almost been achieved.
From the end of July, however, the balance-of-
payments position came under pressure. The
pressure was not caused by weakness in the current
account, but reflected a decline in confidence whicli
caused remittances of sterling to be delayed and
payments through sterling to be accelerated.
Since sterling serves as a means of payments for
half the world's commercial transactions, it is a
currency particularly susceptible to tliese influ-
ences. It is for the purpose of reversing this trend
against a world-wide trading currency that the
International Monetary Fund has today approved
support on such a massive scale.
EXIMBANK ANNOUNCEMENT, DECEMBER 21
The Export-Import Bank and the British Em-
bassy announced on December 21 that the bank had
authorized a line of credit of $500 million in favor
of the British Government to be available for the
United Kingdom's dollar requirements for United
States goods and services, including dollar re-
quirements for petroleum.
The line of credit will he made against the U.K.
Government holding of United States dollar se-
curities. It will be available for a period of 12
months. Repayments will begin 3 years after
each disbursement and will be made in semiannual
installments over 4% years thereafter. Interest
on each disbursement will be chargeable at 41^
percent, payable semiannually.
U.S. Extends Invitation to
Euratom Committee
Press release 629 dated December 21
The Department of State and the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in Brussels on December 21 re-
leased the text of a letter from the Secretary of
State to Paul-Henri Spaak, Foreign Minister of
Belgium and President of the Intergovernmental
Conference for the Commnon Market and EU-
RATOM, together with a translation of the let-
ter's reply, concerning an invitation hy the U.S.
Government to a group of three distinguished
Europeans uiorhing on a program of atomic en-
ergy development in connection with EURATOM
to visit the United States. The texts of tlie letters
follow.
Secretary Dulles to Foreign Minister Spaak
Degkmhek 10, 19r)6
Mt dear Mk. President: We have noted with
great interest the decision of the Brussels Con-
ference to appoint three "AVise Men" whose task
it is to establish production targets in the field of
nuclear energy for Euratom, the rate at which
nuclear power stations can be installed, and the
means and resources needed for the achievement
of a common program.
In the past, both the President and I have in-
dicated the sympathetic support of this country
for the efl^orts of the Six Nations to develop an
integrated atomic energy community. Not only
would a successful Euratom contribute impor-
tantlj' to the goal of a closer and mutually bene-
ficial association of Western European states, but
such a community could do much to further the
development of the peaceful uses of atomic energy,
the encouragement of which has been a major
objective of this country over the last several
years.
I would appreciate, therefore, your extending
an invitation to the "Wise Men", on behalf of the
Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission and
myself, to come to the United States in the course
of their study in order that United States Gov-
ernment otKcials and American private groups can
assist them in every appropriate way in carrying
out their important mission.
Sincerely yours,
John Foster Dulles
His Excellency
Paul- Henri Spaak,
President of the
Intergovernmental Committee
for the Common Marhet
and EURATOM,
Brussels.
Mr. Spaak to Secretary Dulles
December 19, 1956
Mr. Secretary : The letter that you kindly sent
to me on December 10 has received my full atten-
tion. I have brought it to the attention of the
Committee of the Chiefs of Delegation of the
Conference for the Common Market and Eura-
tom, which met at Paris on December 13.
The Committee was very pleased at the evidence
of interest that the American Government con-
tinues to show in the efforts of the Six Nations to
ianuary 7, 1957
29
create an atomic community. It decided with
pleasure to forward to the three Wise Men the
invitation in which you and the Chairman of the
Atomic Energy Commission invite them to visit
the United States in order to complete their work.
I have just learned that Messrs. Etzel, Giordani
and Armand ^ gratefully accept this invitation
and that they plan to go to the United States dur-
ing the course of the month of Januaiy.
Please accept, Mr. Secretary, the assurances of
my highest consideration.
P. H. Spaak
The Honorable
John Foster Dulles,
Secretary of State,
Washington.
Colombo Plan Nations Review
Economic Progress
Press release 622 dated December 17
Following are the texts of a communique issued
on Decemher 8 at Wellington, New Zealand, by
the Consultative Committee of the Colombo Plan
for Cooperative Econo?nio Development of South
and Southeast Asia at the conclusion of its eighth
meeting, and of an extract from the Committee''s
annual report. Walter S. Robertson, Assistant
Secretary for Far Eastern Affairs, headed the
U.S. delegation to the Consultative Committee
meeting. Member governments of the Commit-
tee are: Australia, Burma, Cambodia, Canada,
Ceylon, India, Indonesia, Japan, Laos, Nepal,
New Zealand, Pakistan, the Philippi7ies, Thailand,
the United Kingdom together with Malaya and
British Borneo, the United States, and Yiet-Nwm.
COMMUNIQUE OF DECEMBER 8
1. The eighth meeting of the Consultative Com-
mittee, representing the member Governments of
the Colombo Plan for Cooperative Economic
' Franz Etzel, Vice President of the High Authority of
the European Coal and Steel Community ; Francesco
Giordani, President of the Italian National Research
Committee and former President of the Italian National
Committee for Nuclear Research ; Louis Armand, Presi-
dent of the French National Railway System aud Chair-
man of the Industrial Equipment Committee of the
French Atomic Energy Commission.
Development in South and South East Asia, was
held in Wellington from 4 to 8 December 1956.
2. The meeting reviewed the progress, and con-
sidered the problems of development, during the
past year, in the countries of the area and sur-
veyed the present economic position of the individ-
ual countries, and of the region as a whole. An
assessment was made of some of the tasks ahead
for the countries of the Colombo Plan in South
and South East Asia. A draft report prepared
by officials in a preliminary meeting from 19 No-
vember to 1 December 1956 was discussed by Min-
isters who approved the text of the Fifth Annual
Eeport, for publication in member comitries'
capitals on or after 15 January 1957. The dis-
cussions were full, frank and cordial and not the
least value of the meeting lay in the friendly per-
sonal association between the representatives of
the member Governments.
3. In the region as a whole several significant
advances were made in both the planning and
execution of economic development programmes
during the fifth year of the Colombo Plan. In
1955-56, there was progress in the development of
the area as a whole, although this progress was
not uniform. National income continued to rise
at a rate slightly in excess of population growth.
Most of the Colombo Plan countries in 1955-56
contributed to and benefited from the continued
expansion in world industrial production and
trade. Agricultural production, on balance
showed a little improvement over the previous
year ; there was an increase in mining output, par-
ticularly in petroleum production in the area.
Significant progress was made in industrial pro-
duction as a result of greater utilization of exist-
ing equipment and expanded facilities resulting
from new investment.
4. The past year has been, in a measure, a turn-
ing point in the progress of the Asian members
of the Colombo Plan. Many countries have re-
cently formulated new or renewed national plans
and others have given continuing attention to im-
proving the planning and execution of their pub-
lic investment projects. For 1955-56, the aim was
to expend an estimated £791 million on develop-
ment in the public sector in countries of the area
and for 1956-57 it is the intention to raise the level
of expenditure by over a quarter. The greater
part of this cost of development in the public
sector is being provided through the efforts of the
people of the area. In addition to governmental
30
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
development projects, private investment is mak-
ing an important contribution especially in agri-
culture and small-scale industries.
5. In 1955-56 assistance from contributing mem-
ber governments of the Plan, from international
institutions and from other agencies, was greater
than in previous years and the rate at which it
was used on specific projects was accelerated.
External capital assistance in addition to supple-
menting the countries' own resources has a value
of generating further domestic investment. It
was recognized that there is an important place for
private external investment as a means of obtain-
ing capital inflow, particularly because of the
technical knowledge it brings with it and its
flexibility.
6. One of the main obstacles to balanced eco-
nomic development in the Colombo Plan area is
the lack of skilled personnel. Much can be done
through capital projects to raise productivity, but
without adequate technical skills the fullest use
may not be made of new possibilities opened up
by higher soil fertility, electric power and new
machinery. The main emphasis in improving
social services such as health and education, too,
must lie with trained staff, helped by modern
equipment. For these reasons, successive meet-
ings of the Consultative Committee have stressed
the need for the training of students of the area
in the more developed countries and the sending
of experts to the area. The committee found this
year that one of the fruits of the Colombo Plan has
been the ability of some countries of the area to
send experts to, and receive trainees from their
neighbours, and noted that additional opportuni-
ties for such intra regional assistance will increase,
as development progresses and more experience is
obtained.
7. Since 1950, teclinical assistance has been
extended to approximately 11,000 trainees, while
about 4,000 experts have been provided.
8. The Committee took note of the progress re-
ported by the United States on a proposal for a
regional nuclear center to be located in Manila.^
The United States informed the committee of the
future steps to be taken in consultation with the
members of the Colombo Plan; it was also indi-
cated that the United States was prepared to
contribute approximately $20 million to the estab-
' For text of a statement made by Mr. Robertson at
the meeting, see Bulletin of Dec. 17, 1956, p. 957.
lishment of the center subject to mutually satisfac-
tory arrangements being worked out with other
participating countries. Canada reported on
progress in the construction of the Canada-India
Reactor. This Reactor is being established at
the Indian Atomic Energy Research Centre near
Bombay.
9. Two major aspects of development during the
period under review were noted: first, the en-
deavours of countries to attain higher rates of
economic growth while preserving the economic
and social stability required to make that growth
continuous and its results enduring; and second,
the need for flexibility in the execution of plans.
In some countries, post-war rehabilitation is still
to be completed, or other difficulties are still to be
overcome, and it is only now that they are be-
gimiing to find themselves in a position to formu-
late development plans. For others, the task
is now to move forward from the economic and
social basis already provided by their own efforts
and by cooperation within the Colombo Plan.
10. These and other problems in the tasks ahead
have been discussed in the Annual Report for
1956. Member governments of the Colombo Plan
are confident that their friendly and willing co-
operation will continue in facing the difficulties
and challenges that lie ahead in the building of
a new life for the countries of South and South
East Asia.
EXTRACT FROM ANNUAL REPORT
Some Tasks Ahead
1. The Annual Reports of the Consultative Committee
review the general economic situation and development
progress and prospects of South and South East Asia.
Such reviews of the past and assessments of the future
focus attention on certain problems relating to the future
development of the countries of the area which warrant
consideration.
2. The 1955 Annual Report," for instance, found wide
differences in the economic situation of the countries of
the area, that much development work remained to be
done, that while the need for external resources remained,
the problem of mcbilising domestic resources was of para-
mount importance, and that certain economic problems,
common to the region, had been thrown into sharper
focus. These issues were broadly stated and drawn out
in a necessarily tentative way ; only the passage of time
would permit more definite conclusions.
3. Another year of experience makes it possible to
" For an extract from this report, see ibid., Dec. 12,
1955, p. 995.
January 7, 1957
31
delineate issues further and draw provisional conclusions
regarding some of the problems common to the area.
These may be summarized as follows :
(a) While further progress in the economic growth
of the region has been made in the past year countries
have become aware of the increasing need for maintain-
ing flexibility in furthering their development pro-
grammes, while consolidating existing gains.
(b) In spite of considerable economic growth in past
years, the problem of developing suflScient opportunities
for productively employing the ever increasing human
resources of the area remains.
(c) Varying stages and forms of development and
the wide range of experience within the region provide
new opportunities for cooperation among the countries
of South and South East Asia.
(d) Future development will tend to require more
complex and difficult decisions in such matters as the
extent to which the fruits of development can and should
be devoted to consumption rather than investment, the
pattern of investment, and the impact of a country's de-
velopment programme upon its external situation and
the economic life of other countries.
(e) The task ahead will require the mobilization of
additional developmental energies in both the public and
the private sectors.
(f ) While the flow of external resources to the coun-
tries in the region has so far been largely in forms of
grants, increased opportunities may develop for drawing
on foreign private investment and on public and private
loans as sources of external capital.
4. The years ahead will require increasing attention
to the problems of maintaining flexibility in development
programmes while consolidating existing advances and
continuing development. For many countries in South
and South East Asia, the economic growth process has
involved the planning and programming of resources over
long periods of time. The implementation of programmes,
however, is dependent upon the availability of requisite
resources at the right time, in the right place, and in the
right combination. Sometimes these resources are not
available because of crop failures, foreign exchange strin-
gencies, and imf oreseen shortages of equipment and skilled
personnel. Under these circumstances, there is a need
for flexibility in programmes. Plans provide a broad
framework of overall objectives as flexible guides to future
policies and action. Constant vigilance will be required
to ensure that appropriate adju.stments are made to meet
changed conditioas. It is also necessary in this connec-
tion to refer to the possibility of taking steps towards the
building of defences within the economies of the countries
of the region to enable them to sustain their development
despite short-term upsets like drought, floods etc.
5. Countries in the region may find it necessary to give
Increasing attention not only to flexibility in the imple-
mentation of programmes, but also to the more general
problem of consolidating existing achievements while
continuing to move forward.
G. Countries of the area also find it necessary to devote
increasing attention to creating new opportunities for
employing their expanding labour force. Available infor-
mation tends to indicate that development progress may
not be providing employment opportimities commensurate
with the growth of the labour force. On the other hand,
employment opportunities provided by development may
not be fully utilized because of the limited availability
of necessary skills and talents in the labour force. Future
programmes, recognizing both the social and economic
exigencies of the situation, are seeking to devote increased
attention to creating additional work facilities for the
presently unemployed or under-employed, as well as pro-
viding needed training for an expanding labour force.
Some countries may seek a partial solution to this current
and long-term problem through increased emphasis upon
industrialisation and greater labour mobility ; others may
concentrate on additional work opportunities for under-
employed agricultural workers; others may devote a por-
tion of their development efforts to projects employing
a great deal of labour. The means and varied possible
approaches to resolve this difficult situation will, in the
years ahead, provide an additional body of common experi-
ence upon which all countries may be able to draw.
7. Development progress in South and South East Asia,
provides a wide range of experience differing from coim-
try to country. Some countries, for example, are well
advanced in the implementation of long-range develop-
ment programmes. Others are still engaged in the initial
task of assessing resources and determining programme
priorities. Continued developmental efforts and progress
under differing situations in the countries of the area
have produced, in a number of ways, opportunities for
interchanges of uuitual interest. Some countries have
successfully utilised a particular approach or overcome
an important obstacle which other countries are about
to encounter in some phase of their development. Begin-
nings have already been made in exchanging experiences
in the resolution of particular problems. It is noted, for
instance, that one country of the area which has pioneered
in community development projects is now responding to
the request of another memlier for assistance in initiating
such a progi-amme.
8. Another beginning in the interchange of experience
within the area is in the field of training and education.
Countries of the area are develoiiing skiUs and training of
interest to each other. This experience is, in many in-
stances, already being shared with others in the area.
In some cases, the various experience or techniques de-
veloped within the area may have greater applicability
and effectiveness than similar experience obtained else-
where. Out of these opportunities provided by a grow-
ing body of economic experience within the area, it may be
found that assistance for many of South and South East
Asia's development problems can come from the region
itself.
9. The informal consultation which has been pursued
for many years in Consultative Committee meetings can
further assist in this process. Continuing progress in all
countries will provide further ideas and problems which
can be exchanged profitably with other member countries.
Increasingly, aid-recipient countries of the area are also
becoming aid-donor countries, particularly in the field of
technical assistance. No clear pattern has emerged as to
the ultimate extent or intensity of such mutual coopera-
tion but it appears that an opportunity is i)resent in which
all could participate and from which all could gain. It
32
Department of State Bulletin
is clear that there is considerable scope for .greater re-
gional cooperation in South and South East Asia.
10. The experience of the past year has confirmed once
again the importance of viewing the process of develop-
ment and implementation of programmes in the broadest
possible context. Programmes for expanding economic
growth are generally conceived in terms of stated objec-
tives relating to the internal economic situation, such as
percentage increases in national income, production tar-
gets, employment opportunities, and export availabilities.
While in many Instances the validity of these objectives
is derived from important domestic considerations, their
realization is often dependent upon external factors be-
yond the control of the developiug country. Many coun-
tries of the area find that effective development therefore
requires consideration of the proposed programme in a
broad setting. On the one hand, there is the genuine de-
sire on the part of many countries to undertake indus-
trialization in order to utilize locally available material
resources and to create new employment opportunities.
There is a natural and laudable desire on the part of
countries to diversify in order to achieve a balanced econ-
omy. On the other hand, there is the problem of equating
internal programmes with external resources availabili-
ties in such a way as to achieve objectives without engen-
dering critical balance of payments difficulties. It should
be borne in mind that any development programmes which
lead to an impairment of the export earnings of a country
or the prosperity of its trading partners are likely to be
self-defeating in the long run. The past decade has wit-
nessed an increasingly discernible movement towards
higher levels of world trade. Development can aid this
movement and profit from it. In the years ahead, as the
Colombo Plan countries of South and South East Asia,
with more than one-fourth of the world's population, un-
dertake larger development programmes, the task of con-
sidering programmes from the standpoint of both the in-
ternal and external impact will become more necessary
and, in some instances, more difficult. It is, however, a
consideration essential to sound development progress.
11. The review of the past year has focused attention
on the all-important relationship between consumption
and investment. In the future, as development outlays
increase, the maintenance of a balanced relationship be-
tween consumption and investment will have greater im-
iwrtance and become increasingly difficult to achieve. In-
creased consumption is one of the tangible benefits of de-
velopment and indeed, in a region with very low levels
of living, it may be regarded as an important factor in
increasing productivity. Too great an increase in invest-
ment without a corresponding increase in consumption
tends to create strains and stresses which threaten finan-
cial stability, particularly in view of the continuing in-
crease in the population of the region. On the other hand,
a point can be reached when too great a consumption
increase threatens to curtail investment and the future
rate of growth. This problem of devising appropriate
fiscal and other measures to permit a reasonable increase
in both consumption and investment constitutes one of
the most difficult tasks for the Governments of the coun-
tries of the region.
12. There is no simple solution for resolving the prob-
lem posed by the respective roles of consumption and in-
vestment. Many countries, as part of the initial phase
of development, have encouraged investments which, in
one way or another, in agriculture or industry, re.sult in
the availability of more consumer goods in the short term.
With a relatively sound base they have undertaken ex-
penditure on larger, slower-yielding investment projects
with a view to promoting a faster pace of development
in the future. This emphasis, however, is not adequate
in itself and has to be supplemented by corresponding
fiscal and other measures. Such measures have an im-
portant bearing on the mobilization and allocation of re-
sources in a developing country.
13. The task of mobilising resources is a continuing one.
Past experience in the area indicates that early emphasis
is on mobilising resources for those projects which the
government plans and directs, such as roads and other
basic facilities. At the same time, it becomes necessary
and desirable to maximise the efforts and productivity
of all parts of the economy. It is essential, therefore, to
bring forth, through training, administrative and financial
measures, a more widespread initiative throughout the
economy. This kind of initiative can be stimulated by a
variety of means, including effective policies on the part
of governments. Establishment or installation of basic
facilities will support the economic efforts of individuals,
groups and communities. Farm-to-market roads, for in-
stance, will provide increased outlets for greater output
by the individual producer. The assured availability of
power can result in the establishment of industrial facili-
ties by private resources. The availability of adequate
financial facilities, or programmes of land reform, can
provide incentives for the release of new energies in the
agricultural and industrial sectors.
14. Development requires a variety of resources, the
greater part of which has necessarily to be mobilized
internally by the developing coimtry itself. External
capital has, however, made a significant contribution to
development by supplying goods and services not available
for mobilization domestically in the countries of South
and South East Asia. Capital to the Colombo Plan area
has taken the form principally of grants and loans by
governments, private foreign investment and loans from
international financial Institutions. As economic advances
art made in the area, opportunities arise for greater resort
to private investment and to private and public lending
agencies as sources of external capital.
15. This assessment of the problems and Issues of the
future which arise out of a review of the past tends to
underscore the value of the Consultative Committee as a
forum for an annual exchange of views. Experience this
year indicates that the desirability of such consultation in-
creases rather than diminishes as development progress
is made In South and South East Asia. The Committee
clearly affords increasing opportunities for an increased
interchange of experiences on common problems. As the
Colombo Plan enters its sixth year there is renewed cour-
age, confidence and determination to move ahead in the
economic betterment of South and South East Asia. The
record of achievement set forth in this Report gives reason
to believe that, however great may be the difficulties
ahead, they will be overcome.
January 7, 1957
33
Need for Alleviating Shortage
of Merchant Shipping
Statement by Robert T. Merrill
Chief of the Shipping Division ^
My name is Eobert T. Merrill. I am here at the
kind invitation of the Federal Maritime Board
to present on behalf of the Department of State
certain considerations which lead the Department
to believe that the United States public interest
would be served by a decision to place in operation
as soon as possible a number of vessels presently
in the Maritime Administration's laid-up fleet.
The Department is aware of and appreciates the
reasoning which led the Congress in the Merchant
Sales Act of 1946 to "sterilize" the unsold war-
built vessels in the laid-up fleet, prescribing defi-
nite standards wliich must apply as a condition
to breaking them out for operation. One of these
standards, prescribed in section 5 (e), is that the
Board be of the opinion that the operation of the
vessels is required in the public interest.
Although the Department believes that vmder
normal circumstances the provision of shipping
services, both here and abroad, is a business best
governed by the free play of economic forces, it is
convinced that in the existing situation we are
facing an emergency in shipping where the supply
is grossly inadequate for the transport of neces-
sary commercial cargoes and of programs spon-
sored by United States Government agencies.
This situation of extreme shortage has led to the
spiraling of rates to levels which will adversely
affect the economic structures of friendly import-
ing countries and which will not contribute to
the long-term benefit of the countries providing
the shipping services or of the shipping companies
themselves.
The Department also would be reluctant to
recommend the activation of vessels where the
period of emergency could be so short that the
proportion of break-out expense which might be
recovered from operation would be dispropor-
tionately small, even when the betterment of the
vessels due to break-out is considered. In this
instance, liowever, it believes that the period dur-
ing which the vessels are needed will be sufficiently
long for the Government to recoup the costs in-
volved.
Some of the foreign countries affected by the
present shortage of ships were allies of this country
in World War II. Some have been assisted in the
recovery of their economies by moneys appropri-
ated for Marshall plan aid and subsequent recov-
ery progi'ams because the Congress considered
their recovery to be in the United States public
interest. Some are parties, together with the
United States, to North Atlantic Treaty joint de-
fense arrangements. The Board previously has
determined that the carriage of coal from the
United States to specific friendly countries is in
the United States public interest (the Isbrandtsen
case, doc. no. M-67). Under present circum-
stances the economies of a number of friendly
countries would be jeopardized by the shipping
shortage which has developed due to the closing
of the Suez Canal.
Estimates as to coal exports from the United
States, which have been widely quoted in connec-
tion with the Board's decision of October 3 to
charter 30 ships to American Coal Shipping, Inc.,
run over 40 million tons for 1956, 50 million tons
for 1957, and as high as 100 million tons in 1960.
European industrial production has been increas-
ing, and fuel is needed to support that increase.
Shipments from the United States of agricultural
products, including grain, are well in advance of
normal due to the Public Law 480 programs, and
create an additional demand for bulk carriers.
New construction of ships has not kept pace with
the trend of exports and imports. For some time
there has been little or no idle tonnage on the mar-
kets ; every ship offered was soon employed. From
the short- and long-range viewpoint, it does not
appear that the release of a reasonable number of
vessels from the laid-up fleet will adversely affect
the emplojanent of privately owned vessels,
whether American or foreign.
The closing of the Suez Canal has complicated
the situation, especially the need for tankers, but
also for dry-cargo vessels. European firms cap-
able of converting from oil to coal are doing so.
Late in November the President approved the re-
activation of the Middle East Emergency Com-
mittee, which will permit United States oil com-
panies to do joint planning in the movement of
petroleum supplies without penalty under the
antitrust laws." This should enable up to 500,000
barrels per day of additional oil to be transported
from the United States Gulf aiid from Caribbean
■ Made on Dec. 10 before the Federal Maritime Board.
- Bulletin of Dec. 17, 1956, p. 953.
34
Department of State Bulletin
ai'eas to Western Europe. There is a shortage
of dry-cargo vessels as well as of tankers, and
more will be needed to meet the minimmn fuel
requirements of friendly countries. The Suez sit-
uation not only has raised rates but has increased
the distances many ships must travel and so has
increased the general need for more tonnage.
Estimates as to the time that will elapse before
the canal is in full operation run as high as 6
months, although partial restoration of operation
may be possible sooner.
The coal charter rate from Hampton Roads to
the continent of Europe is now well in excess of
$15 per ton. "Wlien we add to that $11, for the
mine price of the coal plus the cost of bringing it
to Hampton Eoads, we have over $26-per-ton coal
at seaports in Belgium and Holland and possibly
$40 coal by the time it reaches the consumer. The
European economy simply cannot function effec-
tively on the basis of such high-priced fuel, and it
is obvious that much of the recovery that has been
accomplished with the assistance of the Marshall
plan and subsequent enactments will be lost and
that countries closely linked to us through Nato
and other arrangements will be faced with a ser-
ious problem unless something is done to relieve
the shortage of shipping which is a primary cause
of such high rates. Moreover, we may well
jeopardize the export market for coal, which on
a continuing basis depends on our ability to de-
liver large tonnages at stable and competitive
rates. If the rates are to increase still further,
this would not be likely to attract more ships to
the transport of coal because there are now no
ships available unless taken from other necessary
employment.
The Department is not favoring any particu-
lar application for the assignment of vessels. It
believes that the Board and the Maritime Ad-
ministration, in consultation when necessary with
agencies responsible for the transport of Govern-
ment programs, can best determine the number of
ships needed to ease the shortage and can best
work out, in accordance with the provisions of
existing statutes, the terms and conditions of their
employment. The Department hopes, however,
from the standpoint of the foreign-relations re-
sponsibilities entrusted to it, that an adequate
nvunber of presently laid-up ships will be made
available as soon as possible to meet the present
and anticipated needs.
U. S., U. K., and Canada Declassify
Additional Atomic Energy Data
SUxtement hy Lewis L. Strauss
Chairman, U.S. Atomic Energy Comrmssion'^
AEC press release dated December 12
A large additional volume of technical informa-
tion essential to the development of a civilian nu-
clear industry here and abroad is authorized for
open publication under a revised policy covering
the declassification of atomic energy information
in the United States, Great Britain, and Canada.
The information declassified by the new guide,
now approved by the three nations, relates to all
phases of nuclear power from ore recovery and
fabrication of fuel elements to the design and op-
eration of plants for the chemical recycling of
spent fuel elements from civilian reactors.
The new policies covering tripartite declassifica-
tion involve many areas of nuclear activity. How-
ever, of prime interest to American industry is the
newly authorized declassification of civilian power
reactor information.
Data on concepts, physics, chemistry, compo-
nents, and other aspects of these reactors have been
available through previous tripartite declassifica-
tion actions. Major release of research reactor
data dates back to November 1950. Many cate-
gories of restricted data have been available to
cleared individuals and organizations in this coun-
try under the Atomic Energy Commission's Civil-
ian Access Permit Program.
The latest action will permit publication of a
large portion of that information which hitherto
has been governed by access permits. For ex-
ample, among the facilities that become declassi-
fied under the new guide is our first full-scale
civilian nuclear power plant now nearing com-
pletion at Shippingport near Pittsburgh, Pa.;
also, the experimental sodium reactor at Santa
Susana, Calif.; the second-stage homogeneous
reactor at Oak Ridge, Tenn. ; and several others.
However, the access permit program remains
as an important aid to the continued integration
of U.S. industry and management in the atomic
energy program on a free competitive basis.
In addition, and clearly related to the reactor
data wliich will become available, is the declassi-
* Similar announcements were released simultaneously
at London and Ottawa.
January 7, 1957
35
fication of the tecluiology of heavy-water manu-
facture ; final stages of the separation of zirconium
and hafnium-two metals used in reactors; and
the liquid thennal diffusion process of isotope
separation, which may be used to make slightly
enriched uranium fuel.
Of interest to our friends abroad, especially
those now participating in the program of co-
operation in peaceful uses of nuclear energy
through bilateral agreements, is the fact that pur-
suant to today's actions the United States can
now effectively cooperate with other friendly
nations on an unclassified basis for civil power
purposes. This will greatly facilitate the con-
clusion of agreements for cooperation.
Uranium mining operators, underwriters, and
investors in the United States and in other ura-
nium-producing countries will benefit by the re-
moval of all tripartite restrictions on the publica-
tion of statistics on overall uranium ore reserves
and present and future ore-concentrate production
figures. The Morld uranium industry, which now
represents a private investment of many million
dollars, will be able to participate in planning for
nuclear power development.
The revision of the guide is tlie result of the long
study by the three nations of the security of in-
formation, jointly held, on nuclear data growing
out of their wartime cooperation in atomic energy
development.
As reports, drawings, and other materials ai'e
reviewed and declassified under the new guide
and published, a substantial volume of informa-
tion on peaceful uses of atomic energy will be
added to the already large store of declassified
data.
Today's announcement does not mean that all
the newly declassified data will become available
immediately, nor does it mean that the several
hundred firms who now have classified material
in their files, under the access permit program,
will receive immediate notices as to exactly which
data are declassified.
However, the Conmiission will move ahead rap-
idly in its review of classified information of in-
terest to industry. The Commission expects to
institute shortly an accelerated review program
similar to the one (hat examined over 30,000 docu-
ments and reports early this year. Following this
accelerated review, publication will be encouraged
and the most useful of the declassified material
should be available within 6 months or less.
The information to be released will provide a
practical basis for enlarging and improving high
school, college, and university curricula on nu-
clear science and engineering, and textbook pub-
lisher will be enabled to produce new, updated
texts and general study aids on nuclear energy
applications.
A like opportunity is opened up for the general,
teclinical, and business press to provide a wider
scope of information to those readers who need to
know more about nuclear energy and its uses.
We are confident that the benefits of the actions
announced today will have equal application in
the United Kingdom and Canada. For the
United States, the new large volume of informa-
tion to be declassified shoidd speed the develop-
ment of ci\nlian nuclear power here at home and
at the same time enable us to be of greater as-
sistance to other nations in fulfilling the broad
aims of President Eisenhower's atoms-for-peace
program.
Applications of atomic energy in the reactor
field which are primarily of military interest con-
tinue classified.
Letters of Credence
Ecu-ador
The newly appointed Ambassador of Ecuador,
Jose R. Chiriboga V., presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower on December 19. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of
the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 627.
Board of Foreign Scholarships
The President on December 18 appointed the
following to be members of the Board of Foreign
Scholarships for terms expiring September 22,
1959: Katherine G. Blyley (reappointment),
George Charles S. Benson, and Robert G. Storey.
36
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings '
Adjourned During December 1956
UNESCO General Conference: 9th Session New Delhi Nov. 5 -Dec. 5
ITU International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Com- Geneva Nov. 22-Dec. 7
mittee (CCIT) : Preliminary Study Group.
Customs Cooperation Council: 9th Session Brussels Nov. 26-Dee. 1
U.N. ECE Housing Committee: 13th Session atid Working Parties. Geneva Nov. 26-Dec. 1
1st Inter-American Technical Meeting on Housing and Planning . BogotA Nov. 26-Dec. 7
U.N. ECE Steel Committee and Working Parties Geneva Dec. 3-7
FAO Plant Protection Committee for Southeast Asia and Pacific Bangkok Dec. 3-7
Region: 1st Meeting.
FAO/WHO Technical Meeting on Food Additives Rome Dec. 3-10
ITU International Telephone Consultative Committee (CCIF): Geneva Dec. 3-14
18th Plenary Assembly (Final Meeting).
ICAO Panel on Aircraft Rescue and Fire-fighting Equipment at Montreal Dec. 3-14
Aerodromes.
International Wheat Council: 21st Session London Dec. 4-5
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in South and Wellington, New Zealand . . . Dec. 4-8
Southeast Asia (Colombo Plan): Ministerial Meeting.
UNESCO Executive Board: 46th Session New Delhi Dec. 6 (1 day)
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood: Montevideo Dec. 8-10
Semiannual Meeting of Directing Council.
ITU International Telegraph Consultative Committee (CCIT): Geneva Dec. 8-14
8th Plenary Session (Final Meeting).
Symposium on Tropical Cyclones Brisbane, Australia Dec. 10-14
FAO European Contact Group on the Uses of Isotopes and Radi- Wageningen, Netherlands . . . Dec. 10-14
ation in Agricultural Research: 1st Meeting.
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee Geneva Dec. 10-14
Caribbean Commission: 23d Meeting Barbados, British M'^est Indies. Dec. 10-15
U.N. ECE Coal Committee Geneva Dec. 10-15
U.N. Trusteeship Council: Special Session New York Dec. 10-18
FAO Working Partv on Price Support Svstem Rome Dec. 10-21
U.N. ECE/FAO Conference on European Statisticians on 1960 Rome Dec. 10-21
Census Preparations.
International Tin Studv Group: Management Committee . . . . London Dec. 11 (1 day)
NATO Council: Ministerial Session Paris Dec. 11-14
SEATO Studv Group on Skilled Labor Bangkok Dec. 13-19
U.N. ECAFE Railway Subcommittee: 5th Session of Working Bangkok Dec. 13-19
Party on Railway Track Sleepers.
International Sugar Council: Special Session London Dec. 14 (1 day)
ITU International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Com- Geneva Dec. 15-22
mittee (CCIT): 1st Plenarv Assemblv of New CCIT (former
CCIT and CCIF combined)".
U.N. Economic and Social Council: Resumed 22d Session . . . . New"iork Dec. 17-21
In Session as of December 31, 1956
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington Nov. 28, 1955-
U.N. General Assembly: 11th Session New York Nov. 12, 1956-
Scheduled January l-March 31, 1957
ICAO Special North Atlantic Fixed Services Meeting Montreal Jan. 3-
ICAO Panel on Visual Aids to Approach and Landing: 1st Meeting. London Jan. 7-
> Prepared in the OflSce of International Conferences, Dec. 21, 1956. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; ITU, Inter-
national Telecommunication Union; CCIT, formerly Comity consultatif international t616graphique, now Comite inter-
national ta^graphique et tel^phonique (CCIT and CCIF combined) ; U.N., United Nations; ECE, Economic Commission
for Europe; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; WHO, World Health Organization; ICAO, International Civil
Aviation Organization; NATO, North Atlantic Treaty Organization; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization;
ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; ICEM, Intergovern-
mental Committee for European Migration; WMO, World Meteorological Organization; UPU, Universal Postal Union;
ILO, International Labor Organization; UNICEF, United Nations Children's Fund.
January 7, 1957 37
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled January 1-March 31, 1957— Continued
U.N. ECOSOC Transport and Communications Commission: 8th New York . . Jan 7-
Session.
U.N. ECE^d Hoc Working Party on Standardization of Conditions Geneva Jan 7-
of Sale for Citrus Fruit.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: Working Party on Colombo, Ceylon . . Jan 8-
Coeonut and Coconut Products.
ICEM Working Party Geneva. . Jan 8-
WHO Executive Board: 19th Session Geneva! . . Jan 14*-
WMO Commission for Climatology: 2d Session Washington. Jan 14-
U.N. ECE Committee on Agricultural Problems: 8th Meeting . . Geneva Jan 14-
^?X^^^ ^°'''''"^ ^'^'^y °" ^'^'^ '^''''°^P°''*' °^ D'*°g<^''°"s *^oods . Geneva ' ' ' Jan 14-
ICAO Panel on Future Requirements of Turbo-jet Aircraft: 2d Montreal Jan 21-
Meeting.
U.N. ECE/FAO International Consultation on Insulation Board, Geneva. . . . Jan 21-
Hardboard, and Particle Board.
WMO Regional Association I (Africa): 2d Session Las Palmas, Canary Islands. . Jan 21-
Conference for Coordmation of Very High Frequency Maritime The Hague Jan 21-
Mobile Frequencies in Certain High Traffic Areas of the North
and Baltic Seas.
U;N. Refugee Fund Standing Program Subcommittee: 4th Session . Geneva Jan. 23-
Inter- American Committee of Presidential Representatives: 2d Washington. . Jan 28-
Meeting.
UPU Executive and Liaison Committee: Airmail Subcommittee . Luxor, Egypt Jan 29-
International Sugar Council: 1 1th Session London . Jan 29-
U.N. Refugee Fund Executive Committee: 4th Session Geneva. ........ . Jan 29-
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session .... Bangkok .......... Feb 15-
U.N. ECOSOC Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimination New York ......... Feb 18-
and Protection of Minorities.
ILO Governing Body: 134th Session (and Committees) Geneva Feb. 25-
U.N. ECOSOC Population Commission: 9th Session New York .....'.'..'. Feb 25-
U.N. ECE ^d //oc Working Party on Gas Problems: 2d Session . Geneva. .......... Feb! 25-
International Atomic Energy Agency: Preparatory Commission . . New York ! ! ! Februarv
Inter- American Travel Congresses: Permanent Executive Com- Lima, Peru ' Februarv*
mittee. ' '
U.N. ECOSOC Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations . . New York Mar 4-
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York . ! ! ! ! ! Mar 5-
U.N. ECAFE Industry and Trade Committee: 9th Session . . . Bangkok ...!!!!!! Mar 7-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 19th Session New York ! ! Mar! 10-
FAO ^d Hoc Meeting on Grains Rome !!!!!! Mar 11-
ILO Inland Transport Committee: 6th Meeting Hamburg Mar 11-
?l'^^^.*-'°"""'-^'^'^^'''^*'"^ Canberra, Australia ! ! ! ! ! Mar! 11-
ICAO Aerodromes, Air Routes, and Ground Aids Division: 6th Montreal Mar. 12-
Session.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 28th Session Rome Mar. 18-
Joint ILO/WHO Committee on Occupational Safety and Health: Geneva. .!!!!!!!!! Mar! 18-
3d Session.
U.N. ECAFE Commission: 13th Session Bangkok Mar. 18-
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 11th Session. . New York . ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! Mar! 18-
U.N. ECE Coal Committee Geneva ! ! ! ! ! Mar! 18-
ILO Committee of Experts on the Application of Conventions and Geneva !!!!!! Mar 25-
Recommendations: 27th Session.
FAO Asia-Pacific Forestry Commission: 4th Session Bandung, Indonesia March
FAO Teak Subcommission: 2d Session Bandung, Indonesia . . ! ! ! March
ILO Committee on Forced Labor: 2d Session Geneva March or April
38 Department of Slate Bulletin
Admission of Japan to the United Nations
The U.N. General Assemhly on December 18 voted to admit Japan to
memhership in the United Nations. The vote was 77 in favor, non^ opposed
{Hungary and the Union of South Africa were absent) . Japan thu^ became
the 80th member of the U.N.; the Assembly on November 12 had unani-
7nousIy approved the admission of Sudan, Morocco, and Tunisia.
Following are texts of congratulatory messages from President Eisen-
hower to Prime Minister Ichiro Hatoyama and from Secretary Dulles to
Foreign Minister Mamoru Shigemitsu, together with statements made by
U.S. Representative Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., in the Security Council during
the debate on Japanese membership and in the General Assembly following
the vote. {See also Secretary Dulles'' remarks at his December 18 news
conference, page 6.)
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO MR. HATOYAMA
White House press release dated December 18
His Excellency
Ichiro Hatotama,
Prime Minister of Japan,
Tokyo.
Dear Mr. Prime Minister: Please accept my
heartfelt congratulations to the Japanese Govern-
ment and people upon Japan's achieving long-
deserved membership in the United Nations. All
free nations repose in this organization their con-
fidence for the peaceful future of mankind. The
membership of Japan makes this concept more
meaningful than ever before. The American
people rejoice in the action of the General Assem-
bly today and welcome Japan as a new and worthy
associate in the world's struggle for peace.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
SECRETARY DULLES TO MR. SHIGEMITSU
Press release 626 dated December 18
His Excellency
Mamoru Shigemitsu,
Minister of Foreign Affairs of Japan.
Dear Mr. Minister : I am profoundly gratified
to welcome Japan as a member of the United
Nations. This marks a step for which the Japa-
nese and American peoples have been waiting
since the conclusion of the peace treaty of con-
ciliation signed at San Francisco in 1951. I know
that we can now look forward to the exertion of
Japan's prestige and influence within the United
Nations forum in the vigorous defense of freedom.
Sincerely,
John Foster Dulles
AMBASSADOR LODGE IN THE SECURITY COUN-
CIL, DECEMBER 12
U.S./U.N. press release 2552
The United States has a high regard for the
influence, the culture, and the great contribution
to civilization of the great Japanese nation. We
have long been aware of the contribution to the
strengthening of international peace and secm'ity
and to the other purposes of the charter which
Japan could make as a member of the United
Nations. We are sure that the voice of Japan
will be a significant addition to the growing par-
ticipation and responsibility of Asian and of other
countries in the United Nations. We also have
a great regard and liking for her distinguished
representative here, Ambassador [Tosliikazu]
Kase.
For all these reasons we have looked forward
January 7, 1957
39
with keen anticipation — and, I might say, im-
patience— to a meeting of the Security Council at
which the application of Japan to become a
member of the United Nations would at last re-
ceive the unanimous endorsement which it de-
serves. On four occasions since 1952, the United
States, together with the great majority of the
Secui-ity Coimcil, has voted for and sponsored
Japan's membership in the United Nations and
has tried to be of every possible service to the
Japanese Government in assisting it to obtain
its rightful place. The gi-ave injustice that has
excluded Japan from the United Nations has
long needed correction, and we have tried to leave
no stone unturned.
Mr. President, I hope and trust that this meet-
ing this morning is the meeting which we have
so long awaited and which will mark Japan's
entrance. The question before the Council is the
application of Japan for membersliip in the
United Nations. It is a question on which, if I
am not mistaken, every member of the Security
Coimcil has now taken an affirmative stand. Our
duty is therefore simple enough.
Since this question has been waiting for more
than 4 years, I tnist that now we can act upon it
immediately and that the General Assembly can
ratify the action of the Security Council in the
immediate future and welcome Japan as the 80th
member of the United Nations.'
AMBASSADOR LODGE IN THE GENERAL ASSEM-
BLY, DECEMBER 18
U.S. delegation press release 2564
It is the greatest pleasure to extend a warm
welcome and the greetings of the United States
of America to the newest member of the United
Nations, a country with one of the oldest civiliza-
tions in the world — Japan.
Out of the productive springs of Japanese
culture have come some of the finer tilings of life
which have benefited tlie entire world. Classical
Japanese drama, the delicate feelings of Japanese
art, the simple beauty of their architecture, and
^ The Security Council voted unanimously to recommend
to the General Assembly that Japan be admitted (U.N.
doc. S/3758).
the subtlety of their poetry have enriched tlie
lives of all humanity.
With the addition of Japan to our membership,
also, we bring into our midst not only an ancient
civilization but also a country with an advanced
technology and a modern outlook. Tliis advanced
level of technology will enable Japan to contribute
gi'eatly to the industrial development of less de-
veloped areas. As an industrial nation with a
large international trade, Japan can be expected
to contribute in many different ways to the work
of the United Nations.
Japan began its ties with the modern world a
century ago. The United States was actively in-
volved in these new contacts from the very begin-
ning, and our relations, with the exception of the
tragic period of the Second World War, have
been cordial and close. We confidently believe
they will continue thus in the future. We are
glad at the thought that a few years ago Mr.
Dulles, who is now our Secretaiy of State, per-
sonally undertook the negotiations which resulted
in the peace treaty with Japan which restored
JajDan to its proper sovereign role in the com-
munity of nations.
The steady and vigorous efforts of many gov-
ernments and many people have finally resulted
in Japanese admission to this great world forum
after it had been unjustly denied its rightful
place for many years by a clear-cut abuse of
the veto. Let me in particular pay tribute to the
imtiring efforts of the distinguished representa-
tive from Peru, Ambassador Belaunde, through
his chairmanship of the Good Offices Committee.
The part that he played was indispensable and is
a monument to his sagacity and statesmanship.
As representative of the host government, I
extend a cordial greeting to the distinguished
Foreign Minister of Japan, Mr. Shigemitsu, and
assure him that the United States delegation to
the United Nations is looking forward to the con-
structive contributions which I am confident the
Japanese delegation will render to the United
Nations on all of the complicated issues with
which we must deal.
Mr. President, tlie admission of tliis great
nation marks a gi-eat day for the United Nations.
It will greatly increase the influence, vigor, and
the value of our organization.
40
Department of Slate Bulletin
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Technical Assistance Committee. Expanded Programme
of Technical Assistance. Administrative and opera-
tional services costs. Report of the Technical Assistance
Board. E/TAC/54, October 31, 1956. 16 pp. mimeo.
Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Pro-
tection of Minorities. Date, Duration and Agenda of
any Further Conference of Non-Governmental Organi-
zations Interested in the Eradication of Prejudice and
Discrimination that may be Convened. Report of the
Secretary-General on the results of his consultations
with non-governmental organizations. E/CN.4/Sub.2/-
180, November 5, 10.56. 42 pp. mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Situation
with Respect to Ratification of the Convention on Road
Traffic (1949). E/CN.2/176, November 6, 19.56, and
E/CN.2/176/Corr.l, November 8, 1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Regional
Developments in the Field of Inland Transport. Note
by the Secretary-General. E/CN.2/175, November 10,
1956. 22 pp. mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Co-ordina-
tion of the Activities of Specialized Agencies in the Field
of Transport and Communications. Note by the Secre-
tary-General. E/CN.2/178, November 10, 1956. 14 pp.
mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Co-ordina-
tion of Inland Transport. Note bv the Secretary-Gen-
eral. E/CN.2/182, November 13, 1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Informa-
tion on Technical Assistance Activities in the Field of
Transport and Communications. Note by the Secretary-
General. E/CN.2/184, November 13, 1956. 17 pp.
mimeo.
Transport and Communications Commission. Passports
and Frontier Formalities. Note by the Secretary-Gen-
eral. E/CN.2/1S5, November 14, 1956. 24 pp. mimeo.
Negotiation of an Agreement with the International
Finance Corporation. E/2935, November 20, 1956. Note
by the Secretary-General. 1 p. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
Status of Deposit of Acceptances
of International Wheat Agreement
Press release 62S dated December 20
The International "VVlieat Agreement of 1956
has been formally accepted by govermnents re])re-
senting well over the required two-thirds of the
wheat sales and purchases guaranteed in the agi'ee-
ment.^
'For text of agreement, see S. Exec. I, 84th Cong., 2d
sess. ; for texts of President Eisenhower's message of
transmittal to the Senate and Secretary Dulles' report to
the President on the agreement, see Buixetin of .July 2,
1956, p. 26.
The U.S. Government is tlie depositary for in-
struments of acceptance and accession. December
1 was the deadline for the deposit of instruments
by those countries which had in July notified the
United States of intention to accept the agreement.
On or before December 1, instruments of accept-
ance of the agreement were deposited with the
Government of the United States by the follow-
ing "importing country"' signatory governments
listed in annex A to article III : Austria, Belgium,
Bolivia, Costa Rica, Denmark, Dominican Repub-
lic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Federal Rejjub-
lic of Germany, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ire-
land, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Liberia, Mexico,
New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Peru, Philip-
pines, Portugal, Switzerland, Union of South
Africa, Vatican City State, and Yugoslavia.
On or before December 1, instruments of acces-
sion to the agreement were deposited with the Gov-
ernment of the United States by the following
"importing country" nonsignatory governments in
accordance with article XXI of the agreement:
Cuba, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland, Indonesia, Saudi
Arabia, Spain, and Venezuela. (Panama depos-
ited its instrument of acceptance on December 14,
1956, having been gi-anted an extension of time
for that purpose by the International Wlieat
Council.)
On or before December 1, instruments of ac-
ceptance of the agreement were deposited with
the Government of the United States by the fol-
lowing "exporting country" signatory govern-
ments listed in amiex B to article III : Argentina,
Australia, Canada, France, Sweden, and the
United States of America.
Present membership of the agreement accounts
for 100 percent of the guaranteed sales and ap-
proximately 85 percent of the guaranteed pur-
chases listed in the agreement.
The agi-eement is in force pursuant to para-
graph 3 of article XX thereof, wherein it is pro-
vided that organizational and administrative por-
tions of the agreement enter into force as of July
16, 1956, and the portions of the agreement relating
to "rights and obligations" take effect from
August 1, 1956.
The 1956 agreement prolongs for a period of
3 years, with certain modifications, the arrange-
ments with respect to purchases and sales of wheat
first established by the International "Wlieat
Agreement of 1949 and renewed with modifica-
tions in 1953. The stated objective of this agree-
January 7, 1957
41
ment, and its predecessors, is to "assure supplies
of wheat to importing countries and markets for
wlieat to exporting countries at equitable and
stable prices."
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Conveution concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratification deposited: Luxembourg, November 21, 1956.
Customs convention on temporary importation of private
road vehicles. Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratification deposited: Luxembourg, November 21,
1956.
Aviation
Protocol amending articles 48 (a), 49 (e), and 61 of the
convention on international civil aviation (TIAS 1591)
by providing that sessions of the Assembly of the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization shall be held not
less than once in 3 years instead of annually. Done
at Montreal June 14, 1954.
Ratifications deposited: Libya, December 6, 1956;
Greece, December 12, 1956.
Entered into force: December 12, 1956.
Genocide
Convention on prevention and punishment of the crime
of genocide. Done at Paris December 9, 1948. Entered
into force January 12, 1951.^
Accession deposited: Tunisia, November 29, 1956.
Narcotic Drugs
Protocol for limiting and regulating cultivation of the
poppy plant, production of, international and wholesale
trade in, and use of opium. Done at New York June 23,
1953.'
Ratification deposited: Switzerland, November 27, 1956.
United Nations
Charter of the United Nations and Statute of the Inter-
national Court of Justice. Signed at San Francisco
June 26, 1945. Entered into force October 24, 1945.
59 Stat. 1031.
Admission to memhership: Morocco, Sudan, and
Tunisia, November 12, 1956; Japan, December 18,
1956.
Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. Done at London November
16, 1945. Entered into force November 4, 1946. TIAS
1580.
Signatures : Tunisia, October 9, 1956; Morocco, Novem-
ber 7, 1956.
Acceptances deposited: Morocco, November 7, 1956;
Tunisia, November 8, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May 18, 1956. Entered into
force July 16, 1956, for parts 1, 3, 4, and 5, and August
1, 1956 for part 2.
Acceptance deposited: Panama, December 14, 1956.
Proclaimed ^y the President: December 11, 1956.
BILATERAL
Burma
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of February 8, 1956, as amended (TIAS 3498,
3628). Effected by exchange of notes at Rangoon De-
cember 4, 1956. Entered into force December 4, 1956.
Canada
Agreement relating to the dredging of the north channel
of Cornwall Island. Effected by exchange of notes at
Ottawa November 7 and December 4, 1956. Entered
into force December 4, 1956.
Finland
Agreement amending the preamble and articles 1 and 8 of
the agreement of July 2, 1952 (TIAS 2555), for financing
certain educational exchange programs. Effected by
exchange of notes at Helsinki November 30, 1956.
Entered into force November 30, 1956.
Spain
Agreement for disposition of equipment and materials
furnished by the United States under the Mutual De-
fense Assistance Agreement of September 26, 1953
(TIAS 2849), and no longer required by Spain. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Madrid November 27,
1956. Entered into force November 27, 1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
' Not in force.
- Not in force for the United States.
Consular Offices
The Department of State announced on December 14
that, effective December 12, 1956, a Consulate General
was established at Aleppo, Syria. Alfred Atherton is the
principal officer at Aleppo.
42
Department of State Bulletin
January 7, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 915
American Republics. Representatives of Ameri-
can Presidents To Hold Second Meeting ... 11
Asia. Colombo Plan Nations Review Economic
Progress (texts of communique and report ex-
tract) 30
Atomic Energy
U.S. Extends Invitation to Euratom Committee
(Dulles, Spaak) 29
U.S., U.K., and Canada Declassify Additional
Atomic Energy Data (Strauss) 35
Canada. U.S., U.K., and Canada Declassify Addi-
tional Atomic Energy Data (Strauss) .... 35
Czechoslovakia. Interference by Czechoslovak Po-
lice With Visitors to U.S. Embassy (text of
note) 11
Department and Foreign Service
Board of Foreign Scholarships 36
Consular Offices 42
Economic Affairs
British Arrangements With Monetary Fund and
Eximbank (Jacobsson) 28
Colombo Plan Nations Review Economic Progress
(texts of communique and report extract) . . 30
Need for Alleviating Shortage of Merchant Ship-
ping (Merrill) 34
Ecuador. Letters of Credence ( Chiriboga ) ... 36
Educational Exchange. Board of Foreign Scholar-
ships 36
Europe
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Decem-
ber 18 3
U.S. Extends Invitation to Euratom Committee
(Dulles, Spaak) 29
France. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of De-
cember 18 3
Germany. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
Decemberl8 3
Hungary. Additional U.S. Contribution to U.N. for
Hungarian Refugees (Lodge, Read, Hammar-
skjold, De Seynes) 9
Japan
Admission of Japan to the United Nations (Eisen-
hower, Dulles, Lodge) 39
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Decem-
ber 18 3
International Organizations and Meetings
Calendar of Meetings 37
Colombo Plan Nations Reviev? Economic Progress
(texts of communique and report extract) . . 30
NATO Council Resolutions 17
Report of the Committee of Three on Non-Military
Co-operation in NATO 18
Mutual Security. Mutual Security and Soviet For-
eign Aid (Claxton) 12
Near East. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
December 18 3
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NATO Council Resolutions 17
Report of the Committee of Three on Non-Military
Co-operation in NATO 18
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Decem-
ber 18 3
Presidential Documents. Admission of Japan to
the United Nations 39
Refugees and Displaced Persons. Additional U.S.
Contribution to U.N. for Hungarian Refugees
(Lodge, Read, Hammarskjold, De Seynes) ... 9
Syria. Consular Offices 42
Treaty Information
Current Actions 42
Status of Deposit of Acceptances of International
Wheat Agreement 41
U.S.S.R.
Mutual Security and Soviet Foreign Aid (Clax-
ton) 12
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of Decem-
ber 18 3
United Kingdom
British Arrangements With Monetary Fund and
Eximbank (Jacobsson) 28
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of December IS . 3
U.S., U.K., and Canada Declassify Additional
Atomic Energy Data (Strauss) 35
United Nations
Additional U.S. Contribution to U.N. for Hungar-
ian Refugees (Lodge, Read, Hammarskjold,
De Seynes) 9
Admission of Japan to the United Nations (Eisen-
hower. Dulles. Lodge) 39
Current U.N. Documents 41
Yugoslavia. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of
DecemberlS 3
Name Index
Atherton, Alfred 42
Chiriboga V., Jos6 R 36
Claxton, Philander P., Jr 12
De Seynes, Philippe 11
Dulles, Secretary 3,29,39
Eisenhower, President 39
Hammarskjold, Dag 10
Jacobsson, Per 28
Lange, Halvard 18
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 9,39,40
Martino, Gaetano 18
Merrill, Robert T 34
Pearson, Lester B 18
Read, James M 10,11
Spaak, Paul-Henri 29
Strauss, Lewis L 35
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 17-23
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Subject
Colombo Plan communique.
Educational exchange.
Dulles : news conference.
Members of Nixon party.
Dulles : message to Shigemitsu.
Ecuador credentials (rewrite).
Status of Wheat Agreement accept-
ances.
DuUes-Spaak letters concerning
EURATOM.
Meeting of Inter-American Committee
of Presidential Representatives.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
622
12/17
*»J23
12/18
624
12/18
t62.5
12/18
626
12/18
627
12/19
628
12/20
629
12/21
630
12/21
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVC
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The Search for Disarmament
Publication 6398
20 Cents
Department
of
tat
The Search for Disarmament, a 35-page pamplilet, discusses
several aspects of the compelling problem of disarmament, "the
limitation, regulation, and control of arms." The pamphlet, based
on an address by Francis O. Wilcox, Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Organization Affairs, covers the following topics :
the nature and urgency of the problem;
disarmament as a safeguard of the national security;
disarmament as an integral part of national policy;
major periods of negotiations;
the present status of disarmament negotiations;
prospects for disarmament.
Copies of The Search for Disaivnament may be purchased fi'om
the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printijig Office,
Washington 25, D. C, at 20 cents each.
Orde^r Form
To: Supt. of Documents P'*''^" ««"<1 '"*' '^''P'^^ "' ^''^ ^^'"■'^'' '"'" Oiaarmament.
Govt. Printing OflSc*
Washington 25, D.C.
Name:
I Street Address:
Enfloted And; \ „. „ ^ o.-. ^
i City, Zone, and State:
(cash, check, or
money order).
^^^mgm
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 916
January 14, 1957
UNITED STATES RESPONSIBILITIES IN NEW YEAR
• Statement by Secretary Dulles 50
VISIT OF PRIME MINISTER NEHRU OF ENfDIA • Texts
of Joint Statement, Greetings Exchanged With President
Eisenhower and Vice President Nixon, and Mr. Nehru's
Address to the Nation 47
QUESTION OF LEGISLATION ON LOYALTY OF
AMERICANS EMPLOYED BY INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATIONS • Statement by Assistant Secretary
Wilcox 57
AMERICAN PRINCIPLES AND THE UNITED NATIONS
• by Paul G. Hoffman 51
NINTH SESSION OF UNESCO GENERAL CONFER-
ENCE • Statements by Stanley C. Allyn 72
PROPOSED U.N. CONFERENCE ON LAW OF THE SEA
• StatementbyEduxtrdS.Greenbaum and Text of Resolution 60
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 916 • Publication 6434
January 14, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent ot Documents
U.S. Qovernment Printing Office
Washington 26, D.O.
Pbick:
{2 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by tho Director of the Bureau ot
the Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Dep.\rtment
Ot State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tcith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phasea of
international affitirs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of tlie Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interna-
tional relations are listed currently.
Visit of Prime Minister Nehru of India
Jawaharlal Nehru, Prime Minister of I?idia,
made an oficial visit to Washington from Decem-
ber 16-20. Following are the joint statement
issued by the Prime Minister and President Eisen-
hower at the close of the visit, texts of the greet-
ings exchanged between the Prime Minister and
Vice President Nixon at the National Airport and
between the Prime Mmister and the President at
the White House, and the text of Mr. Nehru's ra-
dio and television address to the Nation on Decem-
ber 18.
JOINT STATEMENT
White House press release dated December 20
Prime Minister Nehru and President Eisen-
hower liad long anticipated a personal meeting to
discuss current world problems. In tliree days
in Washington and a day at the President's farm
at Gettysburg, they were afforded in a completely
informal atmosphere the opportunity for full and
frank talks on a wide range of problems of in-
terest and concern to both countries.
The talks confirmed the broad area of agree-
ment between India and the United States, which
are bound together in strong ties of friendship de-
riving from their common objectives and their ad-
herence to the highest principles of free democ-
racy. The principles and policies of the
Governments of India and the United States have
evolved on the basis of respect for the dignity of
man and of the need to improve the welfare of the
individual.
The Prime Minister and the President are con-
vinced that the greater understanding of their re-
spective policies reached at tliese talks will fa-
cilitate the constant efforts of India and the United
States towards the achievement of peaceful and
friendly intercourse among nations in accordance
with the principles of the United Nations.
WELCOME AT NATIONAL AIRPORT
White House press release dated December 16
Greetings by Vice President Nixon
Mr. Prime Minister, it is a very great honor for
me to extend on behalf of President Eisenhower
and the American people a very warm welcome to
you and to the members of your party ^ on the oc-
casion of your visit to the United States.
This visit has a great deal of significance for a
number of reasons. This is a decisive moment in
history. You represent the largest democracy in
the world, and the United States is the second
largest democracy in the world ; and while as free
and independent sovereign nations our Govern-
ments do not always agree on policy, we have and
share a common dedication and devotion toward
developing the kind of a world in which individ-
uals can be free, in which nations can be independ-
ent, and in which peoples can live together in
peace. And we know that the conversations that
you have with President Eisenhower, with other
members of our Government, will contribute not
onJy to better understanding between our two
Governments and our two peoples but to the cause
of world peace, based on freedom and justice, to
which we are all devoted.
We only regret that your visit here is brief, that
you cannot see more parts of our country ; but I
can assure you that all of our 167 million American
citizens share this expression when I say we are
glad to have you with us, and, while you are here,
this certainly will be your home.
' The Prime Minister was accompanied by Mrs. Indira
Gandhi, his daughter ; G. L. Mehta, Indian Ambassador
to the U.S., and Mrs. Mehta; N. R. Pillai, Secretary Gen-
eral, Ministry of External Affairs and Commonwealth
Relations ; M. O. Mathai, Special Assistant to the Prime
Minister ; and the following personal assistants : Om
Prakash, N. Sreeraman, and Abdul Hamid.
January 14, 7957
47
Reply by Prime Minister Nehru
Mr. Vice President, I am deeply grateful to you
for your welcome and for what you have said. It
is a great happiness to me to come here for the
second time to this great country/ and I consider
it a great privilege that I should have the oppor-
tunity to meet the President and talk to him at
this rather important and even, perhaps, critical
moment in our history.
You mentioned, Mr. Vice President, the ideals
that govern this great Eepublic, the ideals of inde-
pendence and individual freedom. I can assure
you that we, in India, adhere to those ideals and
that we are going to continue to adhere to them,
whatever else may befall us.
We believe in the freedom of the individual, the
freedom of the human spirit. And in many other
things, too, I have found that there is so much in
common, even though we are separated by half
the world, between this great Eepublic and the
Republic of India.
And so I thank you again, Mr. Vice President,
and I should like to express my gratitude to the
President for his gracious invitation to me to come
here.
WELCOME AT WHITE HOUSE
White House press release dated December 16
Greetings by President Eisenhower
Mr. Prime Minister, this is an event to which I
have long looked forward. It is a privilege and
an honor to welcome you to this land — and to this
house.
I speak for the American people and the Govern-
ment when I say that we hope you will find your
trip here most enjoyable — that you and your
daughter will have a visit that is full of interest.
We thank you for coming.
Reply by Mr. Nehru
Mr. President, I am deeply gi-ateful to you for
the gracious invitation which has brought me here
and for your kind words. I have been looking for-
ward to this visit for a long time, and now that I
am here I feel happy to be not only your guest, Mr.
President, but among the American people who
are so very friendly and hospitable.
' Mr. Nehru first visited the U.S. in October 1949.
I look forward to these few days here. I am
only sorry that my visit is a short one.
Thank you, sir.
ADDRESS BY MR. NEHRU, DECEMBER 18
Friends, I am emboldened to address you in
this intimate fashion because of the friendship
and hospitality which you, the citizens of the
United States, have showered upon me. I have
come to your great country on a brief visit at the
gracious invitation of your President, whose hu-
manity and whose distinguished and devoted
services to the cause of peace have won for him a
unique place among the statesmen of the world.
I am happy to be here, and my only regret is that
I can only stay a few days and have no opportunity
of meeting many of you personally.
Five years ago a professor of an American
university visited me in Delhi and gave me a gift
which I have treasured greatly. This was a mold
in brass of Abraham Lincoln's right hand. It is
a beautiful hand, strong and firm and yet gentle.
It has been kept ever since on my study table, and
I look at it every day, and it gives me strength.
This may, perhaps, give you some idea of our
thinking and our urges in India. For, above all,
we believe in liberty, equality, the dignity of the
individual, and the freedom of the human spirit.
Because of this we are firmly wedded to the demo-
cratic way of life and, in our loyalty to this cause,
we will not falter. Nearly 7 years ago we consti-
tuted our country into a republic and gave to our-
selves a constitution based on these principles and
guaranteeing the fundamental human rights of
freedom of the individual, equality of man, and
the rule of law.
Five years ago we had general elections in our
country for our central Parliament as well as for
our State Assemblies. These elections were organ-
ized on a vast scale by an authority free of gov-
ernment control, so as to insure that they were
free and impartial. Early next year we are going
to have another general election in which 200 mil-
lion voters are entitled to participate. You will
realize the vastncss of these elections when I tell
you that there will be 1,200,000 polling booths, so
that no voter need have to go far to give his vote.
As you know, India is a big country, with a
population of 370 million, one-seventh of the total
population of the world. It is a country steeped in
48
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
liistory and tradition, with a civilization nearly as
old as recorded time and a culture nourished on its
own soil and blended happily with those of other
peoples and of other lands. This year we cele-
brated in India and in many other countries the
2,500th anniversary of a very great son of India,
the Buddha, who gave us a message of peace and
compassion.
Toleration and Understanding
Througli the centuries India has preached and
practiced toleration and understanding and has
enriched human thought, art and literature, phi-
losophy and religion. Her sons journeyed far and
wide, braving the perils of land and sea, not with
thoughts of conquest or domination but as mes-
sengers of peace or engaged in the commerce of
ideas as well as of her beautiful products. During
these millennia of history India has experienced
both good and ill, but throughout her checkered
history she has remembered the message of peace
and tolerance. In our own time tliis message was
proclaimed by our great leader and master, Ma-
hatma Gandlii, who led us to freedom by peaceful
and yet effective action on a mass scale.
Nine years ago we won our independence
through a bloodless revolution, in conditions of
honor and dignity both to ourselves and to the
erstwhile rulers of our country. We in India to-
day are children of this revolution and have been
conditioned by it. Although your revolution in
America took place long ago and the conditions
were different here, you will appreciate the revo-
lutionary spirit which we have inherited and
which still governs our activities. Having at-
tained political freedom, we are earnestly de-
sirous of removing the many ills that our country
suffers from, of eliminating poverty and raising
the standards of our people and giving them full
and equal opportunities of growth and
advancement.
India is supposed to be given to contemplation,
and the American people have shown by their
history that they possess great energy, dynamism,
and the passion to march ahead. Something of
that contemplative spirit still remains in India.
But at the same time the new India of today has
also developed a certain dynamism and a passion-
ate desire to raise the standards of her people.
But with that desire is blended the wish to adhere
to the moral and spiritual aspects of life.
Economic Development
We are now engaged in a gigantic and exciting
task of achieving rapid and large-scale economic
development of our country. Such development,
in an ancient and imderdeveloped country such as
India, is only possible with purposive planning.
True to our democratic principles and traditions,
we seek, in free discussion and consultation as well
as in implementation, the enthusiasm and the will-
ing and active cooperation of our people. We com-
pleted our first Five- Year Plan 8 months ago, and
now we have begun on a more ambitious scale our
second Five- Year Plan, which seeks a planned de-
velopment in agriculture and industry, town and
country, and between factory and small-scale and
cottage production. I speak of India because it is
my country and I have some right to speak for her.
But many other countries in Asia tell the same
story, for Asia today is resurgent, and these coun-
tries which long lay under foreign yoke have won
back their independence and are fired by a new
spirit and strive toward new ideals. To them, as
to us, independence is as vital as the breath they
take to sustain life, and colonialism, in any form,
or anywhere, is abhori'ent.
The vast strides that technology has made have
brought a new age of which the United States of
America is the leader. Today the whole world is
our neighbor and the old divisions of continents
and countries matter less and less. Peace and
freedom have become indivisible, and the world
cannot continue for long partly free and partly
subject. In this atomic age peace has also become
a test of human survival.
Recently we have witnessed two tragedies which
have powerfully affected men and women all over
the world. These are the tragedies in Egypt and
Hungary. Our deeply felt sympathies must go
out to those who have suffered or are suffering,
and all of us must do our utmost to help them and
to assist in solving these problems in a peaceful
and constructive way. But even these tragedies
have one hopeful aspect, for they have demon-
strated that the most powerful countries cannot
revert to old colonial methods or impose their
domination over weak countries. World opinion
has shown that it can organize itself to resist such
outrages. Perhaps, as an outcome of these trage-
dies, freedom will be enlarged and will have a more
assured basis.
January 14, 1957
49
Peace Is India's Aim
The preservation of peace forms the central aim
of India's policy. It is in the pursuit of this policy
that we have chosen the path of nonalinement in
any military or like pact or alliance. Nonaline-
ment does not mean passivity of mind or action,
lack of faith or conviction. It does not mean sub-
mission to what we consider evil. It is a positive
and dynamic approach to such problems that con-
front us. We believe that each country has not
only the right to freedom but also to decide its
own policy and way of life. Only thus can true
freedom flourish and a peojile grow according to
their own genius.
We believe, therefore, in nonaggression and non-
interference by one counti-y in the affairs of
another and the growth of tolerance between them
and the capacity for peaceful coexistence. We
think that by the free exchange of ideas and trade
and other contacts between nations each will learn
from the other and truth will prevail. We there-
fore endeavor to maintain friendly relations with
all countries, even though we may disagree with
them in their policies or structure of govermnent.
We think that by this approach we can serve not
only our country but also the larger causes of
peace and good fellowship in the world.
Between the United States and India there had
existed friendly and cordial relations even before
India gained her independence. No Indian can
forget that in the days of our struggle for freedom
we received from your country a full measure of
sympathy and support. Our two Republics share
a common faith in democratic institutions and the
democratic way of life and are dedicated to the
cause of peace and freedom. We admire the
many qualities that have made this country gi-eat
and, more especially, the humanity and dynamism
of its people and the great principles to which the
fatliers of the American Revolution gave utter-
ance. We wish to learn from you and we plead
for your friendship and your cooperation and
sympathy in the great task that we have under-
taken in our own coimtry.
I have had the great privilege of having long
talks with the President, and we have discussed
many problems which confront the world. I can
tell you that I have greatly profited by these
talks. I sliall treasure their memory, and they
will help me in many ways in my thinking. I
sincerely hope that an opportunity may be given
to us before long to welcome the President in our
own country and to demonstrate to him tlie high
respect and esteem in which we hold him.
We have recently witnessed grievous trans-
gressions of the moral standards freely accepted
by the nations of the world. During tliis period
of anxiety and distress the United States has
added greatly to its prestige by upholding wor-
thily the principles of the charter of the United
Nations.
The danger of war is not past, and the future
may hold fresh trials and tribulations for hu-
manity. Yet, the forces of peace are strong and
the mind of humanity is awake. I believe that
IJeace will triumph.
We are celebrating in this season the festival
of peace and good will, and soon the New Year
will come to us. May I wish you all a happy New
Year and express the hope that this year will see
the triumph of peace and freedom all over the
world.
United States Responsibilities
in New Year
Statement by Secretary Dulles
Press release 638 dated December 28 for release December 31
A New Year always brings new opportunities
and fresh hope. This year there are reasons for
hope.
All the world now knows that Soviet commu-
nism is not the "wave of the future." The future
belongs to those who exercise their God-given
right to believe, to think, and to choose. That has
been most dramatically demonstrated by the heroic
people of Hungary. Despite 11 years of Soviet
indoctrination, the people rebel and thousands
contribute their life blood so that the torch of
liberty burns bright for all to see.
In Poland, and in satellite countries generally,
there is a rising tide of patriotism and insistence
upon governments that will serve the people and
respect great national traditions.
In free countries the Communist parties which
have been part of international communism show
signs of wanting to think for themselves.
Within the Soviet Union itself the people in-
creasingly demand more personal security, more
intellectual freedom, and more enjoyment of the
fruits of their labor.
So, we can welcome the New Year.
But the future is not without its dangers. The
50
Department of State Bulletin
rulers of Soviet Russia are still powerful, and
they still seek success. That is notably the case in
the Middle East, where Soviet propaganda vigor-
ously offers communism to those who want free-
dom and well-being.
The United States has a major responsibility
to help to prevent the spread to the Middle East
of Soviet imperialism. That area is immensely
important to all freedom-loving. God-fearing
people. There are to be found the lioly shrines
which symbolize the faith of three great religions.
There are the resources, the channels of communi-
cation which serve vitally the welfare of the
peoples of the Middle East and of other regions.
During the coming year the United States will
have to accept an increasing responsibility to assist
the free nations of the Middle East, and elsewhere,
to maintain their freedom and to develop their
welfare. We must live by the Golden Rule. By
so serving others we serve ourselves.
American Principles and the United Nations
hy Paul G. Hoffman
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
For the past several weeks I have shared with
the distinguished ambassadors on the dais partic-
ipation in the 11th General Assembly of the United
Nations. It has been an exciting and reward-
ing experience. I have learned at first hand how
dedicated the overwhelming percentage of the
delegates are to the cause of peace and how com-
plete is their agreement with President Eisen-
hower's statement that the United Nations is our
one best hope for peace. I have sensed also on
the part of most of the delegates a keen desire to
build greater unity among the people of the world
and an appreciation of the fact that unity can come
only with better understanding.
May I speak personally for just a moment of
my own eagerness to learn more about the tradi-
tions, the philosophy, and the culture of Asia.
You know much that I would profit by. I have
been fascinated at the General Assembly as I have
observed the dignity, the kindness, and the tran-
quillity with which Prince Wan presides over
those turbulent sessions. Miss Wolf, the dynamic
secretary of the National Council, tells me that
the Asian teachers who are supported by the Coun-
' Address made before the National Council of Asian
Affairs at New York, N. Y., on Dec. 6 (U.S. delegation
press release 2545).
cil are making an indelible impression on their
students. Perhaps, if I had had an Asian as a
teacher when I was young, I would understand the
basis of Prince Wan's serenity.
To my admission that my comprehension of
Asia is limited may I add that it is only recently
that I have come to have some understanding of
the deep sources of strength in our own free society
in these United States. I recognize that every
nation must forge out its own way of life, but per-
haps you will find something of interest in my
story.
What Makes America Great?
Wlien I was administrator of the Marshall plan,
I was operating under a congressional directive
to "sell America" to the countries we were helping.
I took on the assignment with enthusiasm and
built up a sales story along standardized lines.
I thought it was quite effective. It was full of
facts about the high standards of living enjoyed
by our workers and farmers and the opportunities
for everyone in education and in social and cul-
tural life — all supported with statistics about our
thousands of schools and factories and the millions
of automobiles, radio and television sets, and tele-
phones we owned.
Januaty 14, 1957
51
The people who heard me seemed impressed, but
somewhere along the line I became uneasy. My
story failed to take into account one very obvious
fact — that America was a great country in the
times of Washington, Jefferson, and Lincoln, long
before we had high standards of living, long be-
fore we had our radios and telephones and, yes,
even our automobiles. I had been dealing with
effects and not causes.
We have, I believe, every reason to be thankful
for the fact that, with one-sixteenth of the world's
population and approximately one-sixteenth of its
natural resources, we turn out one-third of the
world's total goods and one-half of all its manu-
factured products; that in America people of
widely different origins and divergent beliefs work
together so effectively for their common good;
and that we have even made higher education
available to practically every citizen who wants it.
But the important question is : How did this all
come about? Certainly not because we are a mas-
ter race, because there is no such thing as a master
race. We are in fact an amalgam of races. Any-
one who has traveled about the world is well aware
that the potential for growth and development is
astounding within all people, wherever they are,
whatever their color, their religion, or their race.
We all know brilliant Chinese, Japanese, Burmese,
Negroes, and Indians ; wise Catholics, Jews, Prot-
estants, Moslems, and Buddhists. No race or na-
tion has a monopoly on talent or genius. Some of
the biggest men, intellectually, come from the
smallest nations.
This forces one conclusion — that the United
States has become strong and highly productive
because more people since the beginning of our
country have had a greater opportunity to grow
and develop than in any other country of which
I have knowledge. As a natural consequence we
have had more than our share of individuals who
have acquired initiative, imagination, and drive,
which are so essential to a country's progress.
The most important question : What has brought
this all about? To find the answer we must go
back to the founding of the Republic. Our Found-
ing Fathers were profound believers in the dignity
and worth of the individual. Many of them were
deeply religious, holding all men to be children
of God with certain inalienable rights as individ-
uals. And even the few wlio were not in the formal
sense of the word religious shared the conviction
that society must serve the individual — that any-
thing else would be a tragic return to serfdom.
They had in mind the creation of a society in
wliich there would be not only equality but cer-
tainty of opportunity for everyone — a society
whose every child would be born with the oppor-
tunity to realize fully his capacities not only to
make a good living but for intellectual and spirit-
ual growth.
Individualism and Voluntarism
To give reality to this concept, they set forth
two gi-eat principles that were to be the guidelines
of the new nation.
First was the guaranty of freedom and justice
for the individual. In our Bill of Rights, we
Americans were guaranteed that our Government
would not interfere with our right to speak freely
on any subject we chose ; to assemble freely with
others for any peaceful purpose ; to worship God
in our own way; to be equal with every other
American before the law ; to be secure in our per-
sons and our property ; to be free from unreason-
able arrests or detention without real cause; and
to a fair public trial if accused of any crime.
The second great principle was the limitation
of powers of the Government. The Founding
Fathers, thinking of the supreme rights of the in-
dividual, were deeply concerned about power.
They would have agreed fully with Lord Acton's
assertion that "power tends to corrupt and ab-
solute power corrupts absolutely."
They were therefore careful to provide devices
for a wide diffusion of decision making. It was
not to be the power of government alone to make
decisions affecting the lives of the governed. Gov-
ernment in fact was to make as few decisions as
possible and the governed as many as possible.
A large field was left open to tlie individual for
voluntary action.
So it is that we Americans every day make de-
cisions that help determine the course of our own
lives and we join with others to make decisions of
mutual importance to us. Our forefathere willed
us not only the privilege but the responsibility of
voluntary determination.
And voluntarism has flourished almost from the
day the Nation was founded. We organize on a
voluntary basis to improve our schools, our towns,
our health, our spiritual life, our industries, our
local and national economies.
This fact has, I believe, had much to do with our
becoming a strong society. It is quite inevitable
tliat a society conunitted to the two principles of
52
Department of Slate Bulletin
individualism and voluntarism would carry on
most of its business activities under a system of
free enterprise. Neither governmental monopo-
lies nor private cartels square with these concepts.
However, the businessmen of America recognize
that there are areas in which i^ublic enterprise best
serves the public interest.
Not for a moment would any American claim
that we have as yet realized the goals set forth for
us by our forefathers. America is still unfinished
business. Nevertheless we can say, I believe, that
each generation since the founding of the Republic
has brought expanded opportunities for our
growth and development materially and spirit-
ually. We can say with assurance that this free
society does encourage growth.
I shall never forget a comment made to me by a
friend of mine who had spent the greater part of
a year observing the progress in a totalitarian
society. Wlien he returned, I asked him the usual
stupid question — whether the country he had just
visited could achieve the material goals it had set
for itself. His answer startled me. He said,
"Yes, I believe so," but he added, "At what a cost !"
He meant, of course, that the impact of their ruth-
less system on people of that country was devas-
tating. It produced goods but withered the souls
of men.
Opportunities Before United Nations
In closing, let me add my voice to that of many
others in stressing two major opportunities that
lie before the United Nations — and of course be-
fore the peoples of the world.
First, I submit that the United Nations must
work to promote and foster a common understand-
ing among the nations of the world as to what we
mean by such words as "rightness," "morality,"
and "justice." True, they are difficult of precise
definition, and the mores of one people may not
be the mores of another people; but there are a
number of basic human concepts on which all
right-minded people agree. In every religion
with wliich I am familiar we find such imderlying
concepts : thou shalt not steal ; thou shalt not kill ;
and do unto others as you would have done unto
yourself. However we may say these words, or
in whatever language we express them, we mean
much the same thing.
Furthermore, the area of agreement on what
is right and what is wrong is expanding. Under
the charter of the United Nations the use of ag-
gression as an instrumentality of national policy
is outlawed. The fact that aggression has been
labeled as immoral has not, of course, put an end
to its use.
During the last few years all of us have wit-
nessed events which were essentially tragic and
were essentially in violation of the moral con-
cepts we have been talking about tonight. We
have seen the tragedy of Korea; we have seen
tension arise in many parts of the world. We
have seen this world come close to open and wide-
sjjread conflict in the Middle East, and we have
watched and listened with agony to the events in
Himgary. Nevertheless, the general agreement
that aggression is immoral represents a distinct
advance.
The United Nations has acted in these crises to
mobilize public opinion, but not always with the
speed it should and not always with the imanimity
among its members that is such a vital factor. If
fires are to be put out, the fire department must get
to the fire — and get there fast. If world opinion
is to be crystallized quickly against aggi-ession
when aggi'ession takes place, all right-minded
nations from all parts of the world should imite
in deploring the aggression. The key words in
our minds today should be neither East nor West,
but right or wrong.
These are truly days to try men's souls. The
dangere are great, but so are our opportunities.
We can, if we act wisely and take full advantage
of the fact that Egypt, Great Britain, France,
and Israel have accepted the good offices of the
United Nations, move toward a just and hiunane
solution of the problems of the Middle East. We
can, in the situation in Hungary, despite the fact
that the United Nations has been flouted, take
appropriate action in the General Assembly to
make it clear once and for all that decent people
evei-ywhere will neither ignore nor condone bru-
tality. We can, I sincerely believe, if we act
courageously, start laying the foundation for the
first enduring peace with honor and justice that
this world has ever known.
Recognition of Haitian Government
Press release 631 dated December 24
The U.S. Embassy at Port-au-Prince, Haiti, on
December 24 informed the Foreign Minister of
Haiti, Jean Price-Mars, that the U.S. Government
has recognized the new Government of Haiti.
January 14, 1957
53
U.S. Views on British Formula
for Self-Government for Cyprus
Statement hy Lincoln White
Acting Chief, News Division ^
The United States has noted with sympathetic
interest the long and earnest labors of Lord Kad-
cliffe to find a formula for self-government for
Cyprus. The making by the United Kingdom of
proposals for self-government could be the first
step toward an eventual peaceful and generally
acceptable final solution of the Cyprus problem.
The formula now produced by Lord Kadcliffe
seems to be unacceptable in certain respects by
some who are concerned with the matter. Never-
theless, the United States still hopes that our three
allies who, together with the people of Cyprus, are
deeply concerned with this issue, will strive to
agree upon a way of moving together toward a
solution which is so important to themselves and
to the entire free world.
Passports of Newsmen in Red Ciiina
Valid Only for Return to U.S.
Press release 639 dated December 28
The Department of State has learned that three
United States newsmen have gone to Communist
China despite the fact that the passports issued
to them for travel abroad were specifically marked
not valid for travel to Communist China. They
did this although the U.S. Government opposes
travel by American citizens to an area where their
fellow citizens are held as political hostages and
where the United States cannot provide normal
diplomatic and consular protection. As a result
of this misuse of the passports issued to them, their
passports will be made valid only for return to the
United States. Their cases are being called to the
attention of the Treasury Department in view of
the relevant provisions of the Trading With the
Enemy Act.
It should be clearly understood that in taking
this action the United States is not motivated by
any desire to deny to the American public in-
formation about Communist China. As the De-
partment of State noted on August 7, 1956,^ the
Chinese Communists have created a special im-
' Made to correspondunts on Dec. 27.
= Bulletin of Aug. 20, 1U56, p. 313.
pediment to the travel of Americans in the area
which they control. They have imprisoned
American citizens and employed them as political
hostages for bargaining purposes. This obstacle
to travel by Americans has not yet been removed
despite our efforts to secure the release of the
Americans now imprisoned.
Letters of Credence
Libya
The newly appointed Ambassador of Libya,
Suleiman Jerbi, presented his credentials to Presi-
dent Eisenhower on December 26. For the text of
the Ambassador's remarks and the text of the
President's reply, see Department of State press
release 634.
Panama
The newly appointed Ambassador of Panama,
Ricardo M. Arias Espinosa, presented his creden-
tials to President Eisenliower on December 26.
For the text of the Ambassador's remarks and the
text of the President's reply, see Department of
State press release 632.
Paraguay
The newly appointed Ambassador of Paraguay,
Osvaldo Chaves, presented his credentials to Pres-
ident Eisenhower on December 28. For the text
of the Ambassador's remarks and the text
of the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 636.
Imports of Woolen Fabrics
Press release 633 dated December 26
The 1957 low-duty tariff quota on imports of
woolen and worsted fabrics will be a single, an-
nual tariff quota, not apportioned by quarters,
countries, or otherwise, the Department of State
announced on December 26.
A "low-duty tariff quota" is one which, instead
of setting an absolute limit on imports, sets a limit
only on the amount that can enter at a specified
rate. If and when such a quota is exceeded, any
additional imports for the rest of the year pay a
higher rate. The United States, effective Oc-
tober 1, 1956, established such a quota on woolen
and worsted fabrics, invoking the "Geneva wool
54
Department of State Bulletin
fabric reservation" in the General A^-eement on
Tariffs and Trade.
In response to suggestions that tliis quota be
apportioned, a pubhc notice was issued by the
Committee for Reciprocity Information on No-
vember 19, 1956, inviting views with regard to
methods of applying the tariff quota for 1957.^
Opinions were souglit particularly on the desira-
bility of allocating the annual tariff quota by
quarters. The Government agencies concerned,
after considering tlie various statements sub-
mitted, and other information, concluded that allo-
cation by quarters or otherwise would lead to
greater uncertainties for the trade and less orderly
marketing tlian would be the case under a single,
annual tariff quota.
The amount of the tariff quota for 1957 will be
announced in the first quarter of the year, as soon
as possible after 1956 production figures are avail-
able. Under the formula established in the reser-
vation to tariff paragraphs 1108 and 1109 (a) in
schedule XX of the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade, the tariff quota for 1957 will be not
less than 5 percent of the average annual U.S.
production of similar fabrics in the years 1954-56.
For the final quarter of 1956 the tariff quota of
3.5 million pounds was established. This 3.5 mil-
lion pounds is one-quarter of a quantity (14 mil-
lion pounds) which was determined by tlie Presi-
dent to be not less than 5 percent of average an-
nual U.S. production of similar fabrics for the
calendar years 1953-55.
In reciprocal tariff negotiations in 1947 the
United States reduced the ad valorem rate on wool
fabrics dutiable imder tariff paragraphs 1108 and
1109 (a) to 20 or 25 percent, depending on the type
of fabric. However, at the same time, the "Ge-
neva wool fabric reservation" was written into the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. This
reservation gave the United States the right to
make the reduced rate applicable to a quantity
not less than 5 percent of average annual U.S.
production of similar fabrics in the 3 iimnediately
preceding calendar years. Imports of these
fabrics in excess of such an amount may be subject
to an ad valorem duty rate no higher than 45
percent ad valorem. These ad valorem rates
ai"e in addition to specific (cents-per-pound) rates
which are compensatory for the rate of duty
on raw wool and which do not change under
the reservation.
'■ Bulletin of Dec. 3, 1956, p. 887.
January 14, 1957
President Decides Against Increase
in Tariff on Groundfish Fillets
White House (Augusta, Ga. ) press release dated December 10
The President announced on December 10 that
he has decided against a tariff increase as recom-
mended by the U.S. Tariff Conmiission in the
groundfish fillets "escape clause" case.
The President, in identical letters to the chair-
men of the Senate Finance and House Ways and
Means Committees, said he was "not persuaded
that, on balance, the proposed duty increase
would constitute a sound step in resolving" the
difficulties confronting the domestic groundfish
fishing industry. "Because of that conviction," the
President continued, "I have decided in view of all
of tlie factors bearing on this case that I cannot ac-
cept the Tariff Commission's recommendations."
The President in his letters to tlie chairmen said
that he was "reluctant to impose a barrier to our
trade with fi"iendly nations unless such action is
essential and clearly promising of positive, pro-
ductive results to the benefit of the domestic indus-
try in question. My reluctance to impose such a
barrier is heightened in this case because the other
nations concerned are not only our close friends,
but their economic strength is of strategic impor-
tance to us in the continuing struggle against the
menace of world communism." Canada, Iceland,
and Norway are the principal exporters of ground-
fish fillets to the United States.
The President also said that "it might well be,
in fact, that the proposed duty increase would only
further complicate the industry's basic problems."
The President said that "bold and vigorous steps"
should be taken now "to provide root solutions for
the industry's problems." The President noted
that legislation signed into law by him earlier this
year was designed to assist the domestic industry
in improving its competitive position. The Presi-
dent said that "the Administration's examination
into the industry's problems has continued beyond
the enactment of these laws." He said, "these
studies . . . look toward the development of addi-
tional opportunities for promoting the well-being
and sound management of all of our fish and wild-
life resources, including our commercial fisheries
resources. These further efforts should be of as-
sistance to the domestic groundfish fishing indus-
try in its search for solutions to the fmidamental
problems it faces."
The U. S. Tariff Commission in its report to the
55
President on October 12 ^ found, as a result in
part of the customs treatment reflecting the trade
agreement concession applying to groundfish
fillets, that they are being imported into the
United States in such increased quantities as to
cause serious injury to the domestic industry.
The Tariff Commission in its report recommended
that imports of gi'oundfish fillets now dutiable at
1%0 per pound should be made dutiable at
2.81250 per pound and that those now dutiable at
21/^0 per pound should be made dutiable at 3.750
per pound.
The Tariff Commission's investigation and
report were made pursuant to section 7 of the
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
amended.
The Tariff Commission's recommendation in
this case was unanimous, but, as the President
pointed out in. his letter to the chairmen of the
two committees, "It is the Tariff Commission's
responsibility in these matters to investigate and
report to the President any finding of serious
injury or threat of serious injury within the
meaning of the law. It is the President's respon-
sibility, on the other hand, to consider not only
the question of injury and measures recommended
for its relief, but also all other pertinent factors
bearing on the security and well-being of the
nation."
President's Letter to Chairmen of Congressional
Committees'
December 10, 1956
Dear Mr. Chairman : On October twelfth the
United States Tariff Conunission, pursuant to
Section 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act
of 1951, as amended, submitted to me a report of
its findings and recommendations in the gi-ound-
fish fillets "escape clause" case. The Conunission
found, as a result in part of the customs treatment
reflecting the trade agreement concession applying
to these products, that they are being imported
into the United States in such increased quantities
as to cause serious injury to the domestic industry.
The Commission accordingly recommended that
' Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D. C.
' Addressed to Senator Harry Flood Byrd, chairman of
the Senate Committee on Finance, and Representative
Jere Cooper, chairman of tlie House Ways and Means
Committee.
those imports of groundfish fillets presently duti-
able at 1%0 i^er pound should be dutiable at
2.81250 per pound, and that those dutiable at 21/00
per pound should be dutiable at 3.750 per pound.
It is the Tariff Commission's responsibility in
these matters to investigate and report to the
President any finding of serious injury or threat
of serious injury within the meaning of the law.
It is the President's responsibility, on the other
hand, to consider not only the question of injury
and measures recommended for its relief, but also
all other pertinent factors bearing on the security
and well-being of the nation.
As an aspect of national policy dedicated to
fostering the security and economic growth of
the United States, this nation seeks to encourage
in all feasible ways the continued expansion of
beneficial trade among the free nations of the
world. In view of this policy I am, as I have said
before, reluctant to impose a barrier to our trade
with friendly nations unless such action is essential
and clearly promising of positive, productive re-
sults to the benefit of the domestic industry in
question. My reluctance to impose such a bar-
rier is heightened in this case because the otlier
nations concerned are not only our close friends,
but their economic strength is of strategic impor-
tance to us in the continuing struggle against the
menace of world communism.
I have analyzed this case with great care. I am
fully aware that the domestic groundfish fishing
industry is faced with serious problems, but I am
not persuaded that, on balance, the proposed duty
increase would constitute a sound step in resolving
those difficulties. Because of that conviction, I
have decided in view of all of the factors bearing
on this case that I cannot accept the Tariff Com-
mission's recommendations. It might well be, in
fact, that the proposed duty increase would only
further complicate the industry's basic problems.
Over the years, the consumption of groundfish
fillets has shown a persistent upward trend, con-
sumption rising to a record level in 1955. This
trend is expected to continue; the United States,
by all indications is heading toward a further
increased population and a greater expansion of
its economy. If, as this growth takes place, there
is a proportionate increase in requirements for
fisli and fish products in the United States, the
domestic demand for these products will more than
exceed the present combined total of domestically
caught fisli plus imports. This is an encouraging
56
Deparfment of State Bulletin
prospect which the domestic industry should pre-
pare to exjjloit.
At the same time, I recognize that beset as it is
with problems ranging from the age of its vessels
to competition with other food products, the fish-
ing industiy of the United States will experience
difficulties in the years ahead, despite the bright
prospects for increased consumption of fish and
fish products, miless bold and vigorous steps are
taken now to provide root solutions for the in-
dustry's problems. To this end, the Administra-
tion last year proposed and I signed into law
several bills designed to assist the industry in im-
proving its competitive position. These laws
include provisions for increased fmids for re-
search and market development programs, edu-
cational grants, and a $10 million revolving loan
fund for vessel and equipment improvement
purposes.
The Administration's examination into the
industry's problems has continued beyond the en-
actment of these laws. These studies, in which
we are benefitting from consultations with State
and local officials and private groups, look toward
the development of additional opportunities for
promoting the well-being and sound management
of all of our fish and wildlife resources, including
our commercial fisheries resources. These further
efforts should be of assistance to the domestic
groimdfish fishing industry in its search for solu-
tions to the fundamental problems it faces. They
should also help the industry to improve its posi-
tion without the imposition of further trade re-
strictions which might actually discourage needed
improvements.
This approach is consistent with our objective
of achieving a dynamic, expanding, free enter-
prise economy and also accords with our national
policy of seeking the highest attainable levels of
mutually profitable and beneficial trade and in-
vestment among the countries of the free world.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Question of Legislation on Loyalty of Americans
Employed by International Organizations
Statement iy Francis 0. Wilcox
Assistant Secretary for Intei^national Organization Affairs ^
I wish to preface my remarks by saying I appre-
ciate the consideration shown by the subcommittee
in permitting me to choose the time most conven-
ient for my appearance. I also appreciate the
opportunity extended me to comment on the ques-
tion of the desirability of legislation dealing with
the loyalty measures to be applicable to American
nationals employed by, or seeking employment
with, public international organizations.
This is not the first opportunity the Department
of State has had to comment on legislation of the
type now under consideration. In 1953 the De-
partment, when commenting on S. 3, observed
that it seemed in the best interest of the United
States to give the executive procedure a thorough-
' Made on Dec. 17 before the Internal Security Subcom-
mittee of the Senate Committee on the Judiciary.
going ti-y and that the question of any legislative
approach to the problem be held in abeyance
pending an assessment of the results produced
imder that procedure. In 1955 the Department,
then commenting on S. 782 and having had the
benefit of seeing the results of the Executive order
procedure, recommended that legislation was un-
necessary. The Department observed that the
objective of S. 782 had already been achieved
imder the Executive order procedure.
As I see it, the objectives of the Congress and
of the executive branch in these matters are iden-
tical. There are two principal objectives. First,
we should seek to have additional top-flight
Americans employed by international organiza-
tions. Second, and equally important, these
Americans must be people of the highest loyalty
and integrity. In order to achieve these objec-
January 14, 1957
57
tives we must be certain that the loyalty clearance
procedure satisfies loyalty and security needs
witliout creating any unnecessary obstacles to the
recruitment of qualified Americans. An un-
wieldy process, or major changes at this time,
could discourage Americans from seeking em-
ployment with international organizations. Also,
international organizations might tend to exclude
Americans from their employment programs
simply to avoid becoming involved in protracted
or new and untried procedures. In order to con-
tinue to receive the maximum cooperation from
the organizations concerned, it seems best that we
adhere to a procedure which they have accepted.
It seems to me that any departure from the pro-
cedure now in effect would needlessly reopen to
public international debate the question of this
Government's obligation to respect the independ-
ent character of international secretariats.
Since January 9, 1953, the loyalty clearance of
Americans employed by, or seeking employment
with, public international organizations has been
accomplished under the provisions of Executive
Order 10422,^ as amended by Executive Order
10459 ^ on June 2, 1953. The Executive order, as
amended, assigns specific areas of responsibility
to the International Oi'ganizations Employees
Loyalty Board and to the Department of State.
Since Judge Henry S. Waldman, Chairman of the
International Organizations Employees Loyalty
Board, is scheduled to appear before the subcom-
mittee, I shall confine my statement to the Depart-
ment of State's functions pursuant to the terms of
the Executive order.
The Executive order designates the Secretary
of State as the channel through which personnel
forms are to be routed to the Loyalty Board by the
individual employee or applicant. In practice,
with the concurrence of the Loyalty Board, some
international organizations forward the personnel
forms directly to the Loyalty Board. The Secre-
tary of State is also the channel through which
the Loyalty Board forwards its advisory deter-
minations to the executive heads of the interna-
tional organizations. These determinations are
made by the Loyalty Board upon the basis of re-
ports of investigation which the Board retains.
Thus, in this connection, the Department of State
■ Bulletin of Jan. 12, 1953, p. 62.
' Ibid., June 22, 1953, p. 882.
acts as a courier. It does not evaluate either the
reports of investigation or the advisory determi-
nations.
As we are all aware, the Executive order has no
binding force and effect upon international organ-
izations. An advisory determination, whether
favorable or adverse, submitted to the executive
head of an organization is for, and I quote the
Executive order, "his use in exercising his rights
and duties with respect to the personnel." The
decision as to whether a given employee, or ap-
plicant for employment, meets the required stand-
ard of integi-ity is made by the executive head.
The most important function exercised by the
Department of State, in order to give force and
effect to the provisions of the Executive order,
relates to the arrangements negotiated with the
executive heads of organizations employing, or
contemplating the employment of, American na-
tionals. Following the issuance of the Executive
order in January 1953, the Department of State
negotiated arrangements with the organizations
concerned. The arrangements, in substance, pro-
vide that employees of American nationality, or
American nationals seeking employment, execute
appropriate personnel forms for submission to the
Loyalty Board. Furthermore, under the arrange-
ments, the executive heads of the organizations
take into consideration the Loyalty Board's ad-
visory determination in deciding whether to em-
ploy or retain the American concerned.
The Department of State and the International
Organizations Employees Loyalty Board have
worked together closely to give full effect to the
intent of the Executive order. In the light of the
experience gained since January 1953, it is the
Department's considered opinion that the Execu-
tive order's mandate has been carried out. The
Department of State and the Loyalty Board work-
ing together have, wlierever necessary, and with-
out sacrificing the intent of the Executive order,
overcome the administrative problems which
arose. We have also been successful in establish-
ing machinery which permits the expeditious com-
pletion of the investigative procedure without
unduly hampering the recruitment and employ-
ment of qualified Americans.
It has been the expressed desire of both the ex-
ecutive branch and the legislative brunch that more
Americans obtain employment with international
organizations. In fact, in appearances before
58
Department of Stale Bulletin
committees of both the Senate and the House, I
am frequently asked if we are doing everything
possible to encourage and increase the employment
of Americans by international organizations.
The Department of State is convinced that the
goal is being met within the spirit and intent of
the Executive order. It is the Department of
State's considered opinion also that legislation of
the type proposed in 1953 and 1955 — I refer to
S. 3 and S. 782 — would add nothing to the safe-
guards contained in the Executive order. Indeed,
it would have an adverse effect on the recruitment
and employment of Americans by international
organizations. I feel very strongly that legisla-
tion which would serve to supplant the Executive
order procedure would set the United States back
2 or 3 years in its efforts to see qualified, competent
Americans of high integi-ity on the payroll of in-
ternational organizations in which the United
States participates.
The basic reason for my conclusion is that we
have spent 3 years in setting up and improving
a working system. The organizations have grad-
ually come to understand it and to work with us
under it. If we change this system, as the draft
bills would have done, we would create new prob-
lems and have to start the difficult process all over
again. Moreover, there are a number of coun-
tries in these organizations which have been
critical of us all along. We have now largely
succeeded in overcoming these criticisms. It
would not now be in the national interest to pur-
sue a course which would again stir up this criti-
cism and ill will.
For these reasons the Department of State is
opposed to proposals such as those under dis-
cussion. I am certain that Mr. Waldman's
presentation and analysis of the Executive order
procedure will make it abundantly clear that the
procedure has served to overcome the conditions
which existed prior to 1953, whereby employment
with international organizations could be obtained
without proper and adequate review of infor-
mation.
In closing, Mr. Chairman, I wish to emphasize
tliat the United States remains determined that
there should be no question regarding the loyalty
or integrity of our citizens who hold positions
with international organizations and that they
sliould be sound and responsible Americans. We
have done and shall continue to do everything we
can to this end. I think it is fair to state that
we have made remarkable progi'ess since this
problem came into sharp focus in 1952. The pro-
cedure we have today serves the best interests of
the United States. We believe this procedure
will continue to meet the common objectives of
the Congress and of the executive branch.
IVIembership of Mexican-U.S.
Defense Commission
Executive Order 10692'
Amendment of Executive Order No. 90S0 To Provide foe
THE Designation of Members of the Joint Mexican-
United States Defense Commission by the Secretabt
op Defense
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President
of the United States it is ordered as follows :
Section 1. The third paragraph of Executive Order
No. 9080 of February 27, 1942,' authorizing the creation
of the Joint Mexican-United States Defense Commission,
is hereby amended to read as follows :
"The United States membership of the Commission
shall consist of an Army member, a Navy member, and
an Air Force member, each of whom shall be designated
by the Secretary of Defense and serve during tlie pleasure
of the Secretary. The Secretary shall designate from
among the United States members the chairman thereof
and may designate alternate United States members of
the Commission."
Sec. 2. The amendment made by section 1 hereof shall
not be construed as terminating the tenure of any person
who is a member, chairman, or alternate member of the
United States section of the Commission on the date of
this order, but such tenure may be terminated by the
Secretai-y of Defense.
The White House,
December 22, 1956.
> 21 Fed. Reg. 10325.
" 7 Fed. Reg. 1607.
January 14, 1957
59
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Proposed U.N. Conference on Law of the Sea
Statement hy Edward S. GreerAaum
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
The United States delegation has been extreme-
ly interested in the general debate wliich is now
drawing to a close on the International Law Com-
mission's report on the law of the sea.^ At the
outset I would like to take tliis opportunity to
subscribe to the eloquent tribute that my col-
leagues have paid to the International Law Com-
mission for its work in preparing this report. I
can do so with complete detachment and sincerity
because I have had no part in this magnificent
work. The Committee has indeed been fortunate
in having some of the distinguished members of
the Commission assist us in our discussions here.
Included among them is the able rapporteur, Pro-
fessor Francois, who has made so great a contri-
bution to the formulation of this report. The
United States Government believes that the Law
Commission's report constitutes a major contri-
bution to the solution to the problems of the sea,
a subject which has occupied scholars for so many
years — a subject which in our troubled world of
today is becoming of ever-increasing importance.
The solution of these problems is of the greatest
importance to all the nations of the world, and
we as lawyers have the responsibility of carrying
out this important task. In so doing we will be
fulfilling a fundamental principle of the United
Nations, which is to seek solutions of internation-
al disputes or situations "in conformity with the
principles of justice and international law." The
'Made in Committee VI (Legal) on Dec. 14 (U.S.
delegation press release 2557).
= U.N. doc. A/3159.
report now before us affords us a challenging op-
portunity to formulate rules of international law
in this vitally important field.
How can this best be done? We believe by
acting favorably upon the recommendations of
the International Law Commission. According-
ly, the United States delegation, along with 21
other states, has joined in cosponsoring the reso-
lution which is now before the Committee,^ which
would implement the recommendation of the
International Law Commission that an inter-
national conference of plenipotentiaries should be
convened to examine the law of the sea. The
United States has cosponsored this resolution be-
cause of our view that reference of the whole sub-
ject of the law of the sea to a conference is the
only effective method of dealing with the problem.
Since we do not believe that the Sixth Com-
mittee should make any decisions on substantive
naatters at this time, tlie United States delegation
will not comment in detail upon all aspects of the
73 draft articles which have been submitted by
the Commission. However, during om* general
debate much has been said by other delegations
on many of the major questions involved. In
tlie interest of recording our own views on some
of these questions I will discuss briefly a few of
tlic major points covered in the Commission's re-
port. In so doing I fully realize that, after the
extremely interesting and illmninating remarks
that you have heard from so many distinguished
" U.N. doc. A/C. 6/L. 385.
60
Department of Stale Bulletin
Text of Resolution Convoking Conference on Law of the Sea
U.N. doc. A/C.6/L.398
The Ocncral Assembly,
Hamng received the report of the International Law
Commission covering the work of its eighth session,
which contains draft articles and commentaries on the
law of the sea,
Recalling that the General Assembly in resolution
798 (VIII) of 7 December 1953, "having regard to the
fact that the problems relating to the high seas, terri-
torial waters, contiguous zones, the continental shelf
and the superjacent waters were closely linked together
juridically as well as physically", decided not to deal
with any aspect of those matters until all the problems
involved had been studied by the International Law
Commission and reported upon by it to the General
Assembly,
Cenisldering that its resolution 899 (IX) of 14 De-
cember 1954 - requested the International Law Commis-
sion to submit its final report on these subjects In
time for the General Assembly to consider them "as
a whole" at its eleventh session,
Talcing into account also paragraph 29 of the Com-
mission's report wherein "the Commission considers —
and the comments of Governments have confirmed this
view — that the various sections of the law of the sea
hold together, and are so closely interdependent that
it would be extremely difficult to deal with only one
part and leave the others aside",
1. Expresses its appreciation to the Commission for
its valuable work on this complex subject ;
2. Decides, in accordance with the recommendation
contained in paragraph 28 of the Commission's report,
that an international conference of plenipotentiaries
should be convoked to examine the law of the sea,
taking account not only of the legal but also of the
technical, biological, economic and political aspects of
the problem, and to embody the results of its work in
one or more international conventions or such other
instruments as it may deem appropriate ;
3. Recommends that the conference should study the
question of free access to the sea of landlocked coun-
tries, as established by international practice or
treaties ;
4. Requests the Secretary-General to convoke such
a conference at Rome early in March 1958 ;
5. Invites all States Members of the United Nations
and States members of the specialized agencies to
participate in the conference and to include among
their representatives experts competent in the fields
to be considered ;
6. Invites the interested specialized agencies and
inter-governmental bodies to send observers to the
conference ;
7. Requests the Secretary-General to invite appro-
priate experts to advise and assist the Secretariat in
preparing the conference, with the following terms of
reference :
(a) to obtain in tlie manner which they think most
appropriate from the invited Governments any further
provisional comments the Governments may wish to
make on the Commission's report and related matters,
and to present to the conference in systematic form
any comments made by the Governments and the rele-
vant statements made in the Sixth Committee in the
eleventh and previous sessions of the General Assem-
bly;
(b) to present to the conference recommendations
a)ncerning its method of work and procedures, and
other questions of an administrative nature ;
(c) to prepare or arrange for the preparation of
working documents of a legal, technical, scientific or
economic nature in order to facilitate the work of the
conference ",
8. Requests the Secretary-General to arrange also for
the necessary staff and facilities which would be re-
quired for the conference, it being understood that the
technical services of such experts as are needed will
be utilized ;
9. Refers to the conference the Commission's report
as the basis for its consideration of the various prob-
lems involved in the development and codification of
the law of the sea ; and also the verbatim records of
the relevant debates in the General Assembly, for con-
sideration by the conference in conjunction with the
Commission's report ;
10. Requests the Secretary-General to transmit to
the conference all such records of world-wide or re-
gional international meetings as may serve as official
background material for its work ;
11. Calls upon the invited Governments and groups
thereof to utilize the time remaining before the opening
of the conference for exchanges of views on the con-
troversial questions relative to the law of the sea ;
12. Expresses the hope that the conference will be
fully attended.
' Introduced on Nov. 27 (A/C.6/ L..385) ; adopted by
Committee VI, as amended, on Dee. 20 by a vote of
65-1 (Ic-eland).
- For text, see Bulletin of Jan. 10, 1955, p. 64.
ianuaty 14, 1957
412329—57 3
61
delegates, it is difficult to contribute new ideas or
make worthwhile remarks that have not already
been presented. Nevertheless, we venture the
hope that the few comments that we would like
to make may be helpful.
Breadth of the Territorial Sea
First of all, Mr. Chairman, I would like to refer
to the question of the breadth of the territorial
sea. In the report of the Commission covering the
work of its seventh session, the Commission con-
sidered that "international law does not require
states to recognize a breadth [of territorial sea]
bej'ond three miles." The United States considers
that this is the true legal situation and indeed feels
that it would be unrealistic, in the absence of gen-
eral agreement upon a breadth of territorial
waters in excess of 3 miles, to expect states which
adhere to this traditional limit to recognize uni-
lateral attempts of other states to appropriate
large areas of what had theretofore been recog-
nized as high seas. There is universal agreement
that each state is entitled to a territorial sea of a
breadth of 3 miles, but, as has been evidenced by
the debates of the past days, there is wide disagree-
ment as to the legality of claims to territorial seas
in excess of 3 miles.
There have been several statements that this
3-mile rule is an obsolete one. It has been sug-
gested that because it is an old rule it is no longer
A^alid for the modern world. My Government cer-
tainly does not accept this point of view. Our
attitude on the breadth of the territorial sea is
based in large part upon our traditional and
strong adherence to the principle of the freedom
of the sea, a principle imder which the oceans of
the world are to be open freely to the ships of all
nations, large and small, and under which princi-
ple the strong nations are prevented from assert-
ing their power to control the seas at the expense
of the weak. We do not think that changes have
occurred on the international scene which require
the abandonment of the 3-mile rule. It is, of
course, correct to argue that we should not blindly
follow a rule of law merely because it has persisted
for many years. AVe do not argue that a law
should be retained just because it is ancient, but
neither do we Ijelieve that a law must be regarded
as obsolete and should be abandoned just because
it is ancient. On the contrary, there is a strong
presumption that a long accepted rule of law has
valid and sound reasons for persisting throughout
the years.
The rules of the road are examples of rules of
conduct which have an ancient origin but which
continue to have validity in modern times. The
Ten Commandments are ancient, but that does not
mean that they are obsolete. Tlie teachings of the
Koran are old, but that does not make them in-
valid today.
I do not mean to suggest that the 3-mile rule is
on a plane with or of the same character as the
laws laid down in the Ten Commandments or the
Koran. "Wliat I do mean to say is that those who
advocate changing a rule that has been upheld
throughout the years have the heavy burden of
demonstrating that the rule has outlived its use-
fulness and can no longer be upheld. They also
have the burden of demonstrating that the ob-
jectives sought cannot be accomplished in some
other way. With specific reference to the question
of the breadth of the territorial sea, those who seek
to justify extending the 3-mile limit must justify
restricting the freedom of the seas. Every mile
by which the territorial sea is widened encroaches
to that extent upon the extent of the high seas and
thereby lessens the freedom of the seas. The In-
ternational Law Commission emphasizes this
point in article 27 of the draft, where it states that
"the high seas being open to all nations, no State
may validly purport to subject any part of them
to its sovereignty."
I do not, of course, mean to implj' that the ques-
tion of the extent of the territorial sea should not
be examined in the light of some of tlie arguments
which have been advanced in favor of expanding
the 3-mile rule. There have been a number of
reasons advanced, some of which the United States
regards with sympathy, in support of the claims
for increasing the rights on the part of coastal
states over areas of the sea off their coasts. How-
ever, the United States view is that none of the
reasons which have been advanced leads to the
conclusion that the o-mile rule of international law
must be changed to allow for a wider breadth of
territorial sea. The problems which generally
concern a large number of coastal states, particu-
larly as they involve the fish stocks oft' their coasts,
may be met, we believe, by means other tliun
through extensions of the territorial sea.
The United States delegation has been dis-
62
Department of State Bulletin
turbed to hear the position which was tiiken dur-
ing the debates by several other delegations, that
each state possesses the right to establish unilat-
erally and according to its conception of its own
best interests whatever breadth of territorial sea
it desires. Of course, it must be clear to anyone
who asserts this position that inherent in it is the
possibility of conflict with the states who could
not accept an outward extension of a territorial
sea which another state might claim.
Carried to its logical conclusion this concept
would result in complete chaos and the disappear-
ance of the freedom of the seas. As I have stated
before, Mr. Cliairman, it is universally accepted
that states are entitled to a 3-mile breadth of ter-
ritorial sea. It is in the interest of maintaining
this general acceptance and of avoiding interna-
tional controversy over diverse claims to terri-
torial seas that the United States strongly
supports the attempt through a conference to ar-
rive at solutions. With regard to the alleged
right of each state unilaterally to delimit its ter-
ritorial sea, it is pertinent to recall tlie statement
made by the International Court of Justice in the
Norwegian fisheries case which establishes the
lack of validity of such an extreme position :
The delimitation of sea areas has always an interna-
tional aspect ; it cannot be dependent merely upon the will
of the coastal State as expressed in its municipal law.
Although it is true that the act of delimitation is neces-
sarily a unilateral act, because only the coastal State is
competent to undertake it, the validity of the delimita-
tion with regard to oiher States depends upon interna-
tional law.
Work of Inter-Americiin Conferences
Now, Mr. Chairman, I should like to refer briefly
to the work of the Inter- American Council of
Jurists, which met in Mexico City in the early
part of 1956 ^ and of the Inter-American Special-
ized Conference, which met at Ciudad Trujillo a
month later.* I refer to these two conferences
because we have heard reference to them, in some
of the other statements which have been presented,
which may have inadvertently given a wrong im-
pression to some delegates. It is important that
this Committee understand that the Mexico City
resolution of the Inter-American Council of
* For an account of the meeting, see B0i,LETrisr of Feb.
20, lO.'iC. p. 296.
' Ibid., May 28, 1956, p. 894.
Jurists, which contains the novel notion that each
state is free to determine its territorial waters,
provided that it does so within "reasonable" limits,
was merely a "preparatory study." The Council
had been requested to make this study in prepara-
tion for a plenipotentiary conference which was
held the following month at Ciudad Trujillo.
This preparatory study was not approved by the
later conference. Instead, the conference simply
resolved to record the fact that "the states repre-
sented at this conference take dili'erent positions
with respect to the breadth of the territorial sea"
and recommended that the American States con-
tinue "diligently to examine" the matter "with a
view to finding satisfactory solutions." The
United States Government, therefore, considers
that the Mexico City resolution cannot be regarded
as the expression of the position of the American
Republics on the question of the breadth of the
territorial sea. As the delegates of several x\jneri-
can Republics have correctly stated, the only of-
ficial position of the Organization of American
States is the resolution of the Ciudad Trujillo
conference."
Before I leave the subject of the territorial sea,
Mr. Chairman, I would like to urge the members
of the U.N. to give very careful consideration to
any proposals the final eif ect of which would be to
restrict the freedom of the seas. In this day of
improved metliods of transportation and com-
munication, which have served to bring nations
ever closer together, it is vitally important that
the international highways of the sea and of the
superjacent air should not be brought imder the
domination or control of national states. Any
proposals which would residt in restricting the
freedom of the seas would not be progress but
rather a retrogression to tliose past eras when the
high seas were under the domination of national
states. We sincerely believe that the doctrine of
the freedom of the seas, in its widest implications,
is the principle fairest to all, large and small.
Any purported widening of the territorial sea
will to that extent impinge upon the freedom of
the seas. As the International Law Commission
states in article 27,
Freedom of the high seas comprises, inter alia,
1. Freedom of navigation,
2. Freedom of Ashing,
3. BYeedom to lay submarine cables and pipelines,
4. Freedom to fly over the high seas.
■ Ihid., p. 897.
January 14, J 957
63
This means that when a coastal state purports
to extend its territorial waters it in effect says to
all other states, "You may no longer have freedom
to navigate, to fish, to lay cables and pipelines, or
to fly over these waters." We firmly believe tliat
the legitimate needs of coastal states can be ade-
quately met without their taking drastic action
which involves these consequences.
In defense of extreme claims to territorial seas,
it has been stated that their objective is only the
control of natural resources of such seas and that
freedom of navigation will not thereby be inter-
fered with, since under international law foreign
vessels have a right of innocent passage through
the territorial sea. It will be evident at once that
there is quite a difference between freedom of navi-
gation on the high seas and the right of innocent
passage through the territorial sea. Once a ship
leaves the high seas and enters the territorial sea
of another state the exclusive jurisdiction of its
own state ceases and it becomes subject to the laws
and regulations of the sovereign of the tei-ritorial
sea. Although the ship has a right of innocent
passage, this right is circumscribed by a number
of restrictions, which an examination of articles 15,
16, 17, and 18 of the International Law Commis-
sion's draft will indicate and which it is not neces-
sary to discuss in detail here. Not only is this
right restricted, but in certain circumstances the
right of innocent passage may be temporarily sus-
pended altogether. Of course the coastal state is
the judge, at least in the first instance, as to when
these conditions exist.
As I have noted earlier in my statement, Mr.
Chairman, the reasons which appear to be most
frequently advanced in support of extensions of
the territorial sea relate to questions concerning
high-seas fisheries, and they seem in particular to
be based upon the concern on the part of coastal
states over the possibility of depletion of high-seas
fisheries and the desire to take measures for their
conservation. The United States Government is
in sympathy with this concern on the part of
coastal states, and we acknowledge that special rec-
ognition must be given to their interests in con-
serving the resources of the high seas adjacent to
their territorial seas. In this connection we note
that the International Law Commission, in its
draft articles on high-seas fisheries, has made what
we consider to be very useful proposals for taking
account of the special interests of the coastal states.
We believe that there exists a very real hope for ,
an agreement satisfactory to most states, under
which all legitimate national interests in the fish
stocks of the high seas will be taken into account.
As my delegation is particularly interested in the
fishery articles as proposed by the Commission, I
would like at this point to comment briefly on cer-
tain aspects of tliis part of the Commission's
report.
Commission's Proposals on Fisheries
During the past several days a number of state-
ments have been made by delegates that the pur-
pose of certain claims to sovereignty over great
widths of the seas was solely for the conservation
of natural resources. Article 50 of the Law Com-
mission's report defines the term "conservation,"
a definition derived from the report of the 1955
Rome Conference on Conservation of the Living
Resources of the Sea.'' It is the understanding of
ray Government that the objective of the Law
Commission articles on fisheries is to assure such
"conservation" tliroughout all areas of the high
seas — those areas adjacent to the territorial waters
of states as well as the more offshore areas. To
the extent, then, that fishery articles achieve this
objective, they take care of the conservation prob-
lem in a satisfactory manner without the neces-
sity for extensions of sovereignty.
My Government has carefvilly studied the fish-
ery articles and is of the opinion that, with some
modifications to meet certain practical problems of
conservation, administration, and management,
the articles will provide a solution for the con-
servation issues. Many of the proposals included
in these articles are contained in one form or
another in present successful fishery conservation
conventions or are derived from the experience
obtained in the operation of these conventions.
Thus there is evidence that this is a practical ap-
proach to the conservation problem. The Law
Commission articles are particularly promising in
this respect, for they include certain procedures,
designed to assure the effective operation of the
conservation proposals, which are more fully de-
veloped than in existing conventions. The effec-
tiveness of these provisions would be true whether
the methods of fishing are by small boats or by
long-range mechanized fleets. My Government
' U.N. doc. A/Conf. 10/5/Rev. 2.
64
Department of Stale Bulletin
believes that a careful, objective study of these
articles will lead others to substantially these same
conclusions.
Before leaving this subject, I might add that,
if the purpose of the claims of certain countries
to sovereignty over broad areas of the sea is other
than conservation, then the proposed Ilc fishery
articles might not satisfy such other purpose.
Question of Arbitration
Objections have been voiced by some delegates
to the Law Commission proposals for obligatory
arbitration. I am inclined to believe that in some
cases at least these objections are based on a
misunderstanding of the nature of the differ-
ences to be arbitrated and of the type of arbitra-
tion proposed.
The articles provide that the fishing states regu-
late and restrict their fishing activities when re-
quired for the purposes of conservation and that
imder certain specified conditions these states
agree that their fishermen on the high seas be sub-
ject to the regulatory conservation measures of
other states, measures in whose formulation they
would have no voice. Under other specified con-
ditions unilateral conservation action by the
coastal state would be authorized. The Commis-
sion suggests specific criteria to be used in deter-
mining the reality of the conditions specified for
each situation.
As the reasons for these proposals are better un-
derstood, we can be optimistic that most fishing
states will be prepared to subject themselves, al-
though perhaps reluctantly, to these new and in
some cases drastic limitations on their historic
sovereign rights, but only if they can be assured
that in fact the stipulated conditions exist. To
provide this assurance, the Law Commission pro-
poses that, when the existence of these conditions
is questioned and other means of determining the
facts fail, the question shall be referred to an arbi-
tral commission of the type defined. It should
be noted that the arbitral procedures referred to
in the Ilc articles do not preclude resort to other
methods of peaceful settlement which may be
fomid agreeable to the parties in dispute. It is
only when other methods fail or are not desired
by the parties that the Ilc arbitral procedure
would be utilized. The term "arbitral commis-
sion" itself seems somewhat of a misnomer, for the
commission has more of the nature of a factfinding
body than of the traditional arbitral body. The
fxmction of the "arbitral commission," as proposed
by the Law Commission, is to determine whether
or not the specified conditions exist. It should
also be noted that, under the International Law
Commission's jiroposals, the parties to the dispute
would themselves participate in setting up the
"arbitral commission."
I believe it is most probable that a full under-
standing of the problem dealt with and a thorough
study of the factfinding procedure proposed by the
International Law Commission will result in gen-
eral support of such procedure as an equitable solu-
tion. Certainly, without a procedure such as this,
most states could not be expected to accept the pro-
posed restrictions on their sovereign rights. Fur-
thermore, if states agree on the conditions that
justify the subjection of their nationals while op-
erating on the high seas to the conservation regula-
tions of other states, then there appears to be no
valid reason why they should object to a procedure
designed to best determine whether such condi-
tions exist. We ask those who object to this pro-
posal : how else should these disputes be resolved ?
The Continental Slielf
Turning now to the question of the continental
shelf, my delegation has listened with interest to
the discussion of this subject and particularly to
the references which have been made to the procla-
mation respecting the natural resources of the
subsoil and seabed of the continental shelf which
was issued by the President of the United States
on September 28, 1945.^ While it may not have
been the first made by any state with respect to the
shelf, this proclamation did constitute what may
be regarded as a landmark in the development of
international law in tliis field. Before the issu-
ance of this proclamation there was what might
be regarded as a void in international law with
respect to the exploitation of the continental shelf.
With the development of techniques making prac-
ticable the development of the resources of the
shelf, it was deemed necessary that attention be
given to the development of international law
with respect to the activities of states in exploiting
the resources of the shelf. Under the proclama-
tion the United States regards "the natural re-
sources of the subsoil and seabed of the continental
' Bulletin of Sept. 30, 1945, p. 484.
January 14, 1957
65
shelf beneath the high seas but contiguous to the
coasts of the United States as appertaining to tlie
United States, subject to its jurisdiction and con-
trol." This claim was, we believe, based upon
considerations which strongly support the con-
clusion that control of the development of the
continental shelf should reside in the coastal state.
The reasons supporting this conclusion, as sum-
marized in the proclamation, are :
1. The effectiveness of measures to utilize or
conserve the resources of the shelf is contingent
upon cooperation and protection from shore.
2. The continental shelf may be regarded as an
extension of the land-mass of the coastal nation
and thus naturally appurtenant to it.
3. The resources frequently form a seaward ex-
tension of a pool or deposit lying within the
territory.
4. Tlie interest of self-protection compels the
coastal nation to keep close watch over activities
off its shores which are of the nature necessary for
the utilization of these resources.
In making this proclamation, the United States
was careful not to violate the established principle
of freedom of the seas as it applied to the high
seas above the shelf. The proclamation expressly
states that "the character as high seas of the waters
above the continental shelf and the right to their
free and unimpeded navigation are in no way thus
affected." It thus specifically rejects the concept
of asserting sovereignty over the high seas. Fol-
lowing upon the United States proclamation, thei-e
came a series of proclamations on the part of other
states laying claim to the continental shelf. Some
of these proclamations, which have been repre-
sented as being based upon the United States
proclamation, differ in at least one important re-
spect from the United States proclamation, that
is, they claim not only the shelf but also the super-
jacent waters. In the view of the United States,
areas of the high seas cannot be appropriated by
the coastal state in connection with what may
otherwise be a legitimate claim to the continental
shelf.
Mr. Chairman, several times during the general
debate we have heard reference to the Law Com-
mission's definition of piracy as set out in article
39 of the report. As a part of the discussion of
this subject the Committee has had to listen to
charges of alleged support on the part of the
United States Navy for alleged acts of piracy in
66
the China seas. There have also been allegations
of coercion on the part of the United States Gov-
ernment with respect to some of the seamen from
the seized ships who came to the United States.
These charges were and are categorically denied.
The United States Government merely desires to
remind the Committee that this subject was taken
up and fully answered at the Assembly during its
9th session in 1954.^ With respect to the charges
of coercion of the seamen in question I would like
to affirm that the United States Government ex-
tended asylum to these men at their own request.
This, of course, was not the first, nor I dare say
will it be the last, occasion on which persons in
similar circumstances have seized the opportunity
to escape to freedom.
I would also like to note briefly the references
which have been made to the question of testing
nuclear weapons on the high seas. My Govern-
ment, Mr. Chairman, is firmly convinced that
whatever testing we have been responsible for has
not been contrary to any rule of international law.
However, this is not the appropriate place to dis-
cuss this important question. It has serious polit-
ical elements, and it is our view that it should be
considered as a part of the overall problem of dis-
armament. As you know, it is a subject of discus-
sion and consideration elsewhere in the United
Nations.
Mr. Chairman, the discussion which we have
had on the Commission's report has been a long
and exceedingly thorough one. The report of the
International Law Commission, which should
serve as the basis for further consideration of
matters relating to the law of the sea, has been in
the hands of the member governments for only
a relatively short time. The matters involved
need to be considered by many departments within
each government, and there will need to be ade-
quate time to complete diplomatic preparations
before a real possibility of reaching agreement
among states may be said to exist. These con-
siderations are especially valid with regard to
those states which have recently been admitted
to the organization and which therefore have had
even less time to prepare their positions on the
problems involved. For all these reasons, Mr.
Chairman, the United States delegation is strongly
of the view that the proper decision which the As-
sembly should take now is to convene a special
"Ibid., Dec. 27, 11)54, p. 996.
Department of Slate Bulletin
conference such as that which has been recom-
mended by the International Law Conmiission in
paragraph 28 of the Commission's report.
In connection with the proposal to convene a
conference, there has been made the suggestion
that a preparatory commission of governmental
representatives be establislied to assist the Secre-
tary-General in his preparations for the confer-
ence. It has even been suggested that this com-
mission might consider the substance of the
subjects to be taken up at the conference for the
purpose of preparing proposals in addition to
those which we already have in the Law Commis-
sion's report. The United States Government
does not favor a suggestion of this sort, particu-
larly as it pertains to the possibility of further
substantive study by the proposed committee. It
is our view that the Law Commission's excellent
report provides the best material to serve as the
basis for the deliberations of the conference. The
Law Commission's report is the product of many
years of arduous and thorough study by highly
qualified persons. The work of jireparing this
study was entrusted to the Commission by the
Assembly. It is our view, Mr. Chairman, that the
Secretary-General should be entrusted with the
task of preparing the convening of the conference,
in consultation with such experts as he considers
advisable.
We share the feeling of some delegates that it is
regi-ettable that a delay is necessary, but on bal-
ance we agi-ee with the arguments that further
time is needed for the careful preparation that
will be required on the part of all participants,
including particularly the newly admitted
members of the United Nations. Accordingly, we
believe that the spring of 1958 is a suitable time
for the proposed conference. It is our feeling
that such a date will in the long run expedite
rather than hinder our work and bring to an early
fulfillment the objectives we have in mind. "We
have no preference as to the place and will gladly
accept whatever decision is made on this subject.
In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, I want again to
stress the importance of maintaining an open
mind toward the coming conference. My dele-
gation agrees with the position taken by several
other delegations that such an attitude is essential
for its success. We should not blindly adhere to
a position that we may have taken in debate to
meet some specific point. We are not now trying
to decide what is the law of the sea, nor what it
should be. That is not our present task. We are
about to vote on a proposal that an inteniational
conference of plenipotentiaries be held for that
purpose. If it is held, its task will be to try to
establish the law of the sea, including the breadth
of the territorial sea, which the International Law
Commission suggests, in article 4 of its report,
"should be fixed by an international conference."
That determination should be made in the light
of all the pertinent facts — technical, biological,
economic, political, as well as historical and legal.
Our present task is to do everything possible to
enable that conference to perform its important
duties successfully. It is our purpose to try to
aid in that task.
Financing of United Nations
Emergency Force
Following are texts of statements made in Com-
mittee V {Administrative and Budgetary) on
December 6, 6, and 17 iy Richard Lee Jones, U.S.
Rejn'esentative to the General Assembly.
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 5
U.S. delegation press release 2547
I listened with great interest to the statement
made by the representative of the Secretary-Gen-
eral on December 3 ^ concerning the apportionment
of the expenses incurred for the United Nations
Emergency Force. I noted with satisfaction the
Secretary-General's analysis of the situation and
his recommendation = that the United Nations ex-
penses for this operation be apportioned on the
basis of the regular scale of assessments applying
to the financial year 1957.
The United States Government lends its full
support to the Secretary-General's recommenda-
tions concerning the financing of Unef and will
cooperate in their implementation energetically
once they are approved by the General Assembly.
We are all, I am sure, inspired by the additional
effort made by so many nations to contribute di-
rectly and without charge to this great cause in
the form of troops, materiel, and services. Of
' U.N. doc. A/C.5/687 dated Dec. 3.
° For text of the Secretary-General's reiwrt on admin-
istrative and financial arrangements for UNEF, see U.N.
doc. A/3383 dated Nov. 21.
ianuaty 14, 7957
67
special note, I think, is the contribution of a non-
member, the Swiss Federal Government, in de-
fraying the cost of air transportation in the
amount of approximately $500,000. Consistent
with the measures taken by these contributing na-
tions, the United States has agreed to contribute,
without charge, substantial facilities for the trans-
portation of members of the Unef and to author-
ize the use of equipment received by certain mem-
bers under various United States aid programs.
It is hoped that even more nations will be
prompted to lend direct assistance. The United
States for its part stands prepared to assume addi-
tional burdens, outside the common costs budget,
commensurate with those that may be undertaken
by other nations.
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 6
D.S. delegation press release 2548
Our delegation has listened with great interest
to the views expressed by other delegations on the
problem of financing the United Nations Emer-
gency Force. We are very sympathetic with the
concern which has been expressed by a number of
delegations over their ability to pay their share
of the initial $10 million appropriation. We real-
ize that, for a nmnber of countries, this additional
cost of their membership in the United Nations
will be a real burden.
Nevertheless, Mr. Chairman, we share the view
of many others here that this is an obligation
which the organization must face, which is in-
separable with the spirit of the charter. The vote
establishing the Unef ^ was an overwhelming ex-
pression of the membership of the organization,
and we can only conclude that the members should
be prepared to support their words and votes with
deeds.
We know of no more reasonable basis for reflect-
ing these facts and for sharing the common costs
of Unef than the scale of assessments for the regu-
lar budget. Certainly, it is improper and imprac-
tical to ask the Secretary-General to develop new
scales which are political in nature.
This is an important decision we are called upon
to take. The application of the scale to this cost
will be an indication of the real maturity which
the United Nations is achieving.
Many governments, including my own, must
' Fur text of resolution establishing UNEF, see Bulle-
tin of Nov. 19, 1956, p. 793.
accept financial obligations subject to normal con-
stitutional procedures, that is, the appropriation
of fmids. This is a totally different view fi-om
that which has been expressed by several delega-
tions, that they do not consider themselves bound
by any action of the General Assembly with re-
spect to the United Nations Emergency Force.
This latter view, of course, we cannot accept. We
must view the matter as the responsibility of all of
us who are jjartners in tliis great organization.
In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, I would like to
reaffirm the support of the United States Govern-
ment for the prmciple laid before us by the
Secretary-General.
STATEMENT OF DECEMBER 17
D.S. delegation press release 2559
As one of the sponsors of the amendments con-
tained in document A/C.5/L.411,* I wish to make
one final statement to this Committee before the
vote. It is my duty to emphasize to my dis-
tinguished colleagues the deep concern which my
Government feels over tliis issue, both from the
point of view of principle and of practical diplo-
macy and administration. We are concerned
now with a decision affecting the strength and
prestige and future action of this Assembly.
Six weeks ago, acting with the dispatch re-
quired by the situation, the General Assembly
took a decision to establish an Emergency Force
and authorized the Secretary-General to enter
into commitments with respect to it. Almost 4
weeks ago the Secretary-General presented a re-
port on administrative and financial arrange-
ments with respect to a Force wliich was already
in being.
Three weeks ago the General Assembly author-
ized commitments for that Force up to $10 million
to be undertaken in the name of the United
Nations.^ Representatives here have had 3 weeks
in which to secure instmctions so that they could
vote on the third important step in this process —
the assessment of those costs.
The world is waiting for this Assembly to back
up its commitments, for this Assembly to assume
* This proposal, cosponsored by Canada, Norway, and
the U.S., later joined by Finland, would amend a 19-power
draft resolution (U.N. doc. A/C.5/L.410) calling for the
appointment of a nine-member committee to consider fur-
ther the question of financing UNEF.
" Bulletin of Dec. 10, 19r)G, p. 91S.
68
Deparfment of State Bulletin
its responsibilities. The world has its eyes on the
future. Can the organization be expected to act,
to fulfill its promises? Until now we have pre-
sented only a promise of postponement.
Over the weekend, Mr. Chairman, we have all
heard that the lives of certain, members of our
Emergency Force in Egypt have been imperiled.
T^liat can we expect to be the reaction of troops
of that Force, some of whom volunteered for
service, should they learn that, while they were
risking their lives, members of this organization
were declining to give to this operation the finan-
cial support which is required ?
Canada, Norway, and the United States have
offered these amendments to the draft resolution
contained in document A/C.5/L.410 because, in
our opinion, that resolution is not adequate to deal
with the present situation. For the reasons I
have mentioned we cannot avoid our responsi-
bility merely by creating a committee to study
the matter in all its aspects as this resolution pro-
poses. We must take a basic decision now con-
cerning the financing of the expenses which the
Secretary-General has been authorized to make,
and this is what is proposed in the first operative
paragraph of the amendments.
No matter how much we may rationalize, Mr.
Cliainnan, I believe that all of us who consider
this problem seriously must come to the conclusion
tliat the Secretary-General was correct when he
proposed that this Committee decide to assess
member states on the basis of the regular scale of
assessments to secure funds up. to the amount of
$10 million. I have read again the statement
made in this Committee on behalf of the Secre-
tary-General 2 weeks ago, reafiirmmg liis original
recommendation. That reasoning is convincing.
Members would do well to ask themselves whether
they can reject it.
Several days ago, Mr. Chairman, I had a con-
versation with a representative of one of the
smaller countries, who had taken a serious look
at this problem. He made an analysis of the sit-
uation before us which, I believe, warrants care-
ful consideration — particularly by certain smaller
countries which are somewhat inclined to believe
that they should not pay their regular share of
the common costs of this enterprise and that the
so-called great powers should pay all or practically
all the Unef costs.
This representative, whom I shall not identify —
I shall refer to him as Ambassador X — pointed
out that his country was not happy at the prospect
of paying an assessment for Unef, both because of
financial problems involved and because it felt that
it bore no particular responsibility for the events
which had occurred so far away in Egypt and
which necessitated the creation of Unef. But
Ambassador X went on to say his Govermnent
would pay its regular assessment because the ac-
tion by the General Assembly in creating Unef
was of great historical importance in that it es-
tablished a method for dealing with threats to the
peace which his Government strongly favored.
The creation of Unef represented common action
through the United Nations rather than unilat-
eral action by great powers to deal with threats to
world peace as they alone thought best.
Ambassador X stated that this common action
through the United Nations — rather than mii-
lateral great-power action — was what his country
and other small countries most earnestly desired.
They wished to have a voice in a decision which
could bring on or which could avoid another great
world conflict. This involved, said Ambassador
X, a willingness on the part of small coimtries to
pay their share of the costs of an action on which
they had had an opportunity to speak and vote.
If they declined to pay their fair share and insisted
that the great powers assume the burden of pay-
ment, then they could not expect that those powers
would long contiime, in situations threatening the
peace, to seek United Nations action — action in
which they had but one vote — as opposed to
unilateral action, which they could hope to control.
In other words, smaller countries could not expect
to enjoy the possibility of controlling policies by
their votes without assuming the burdens resulting
from the execution of these policies.
Mr. Chairman, I suggest that the analysis of the
situation made by this distinguished representa-
tive warrants careful consideration. The prin-
ciple involved is very clear. Nevertheless, as I
have stated on several occasions, my Government
recognizes that, in the present situation, a fully
logical and inflexible application of the principle
might well present financial problems to certain
small countries. Therefore my Government, like
a number of other member and nonmember govern-
ments, has made and is continuing to make large
voluntary contributions [such as transportation,
materiel, etc.] to ease the financial burden on the
memberslup as a whole.
We have appointed a United Nations Com-
January 14, 1957
69
mander [Maj. Gen. E. L. M. Burns] and have given
him a task. He must have some basic financial
resources under his direct control — for his own
headquarters and for the costs of those basic com-
mon items which will hold his force together.
Beyond this, voluntaiy contributions are necessary
and appropriate. But I must state frankly that
such contributions can be expanded to the benefit
of the entire membei-ship only if this organization
indicates a willingness to share equitably the com-
mon expenses of Unef which we have authorized
the Secretary-General to make. I can say that,
unless the organization is willing to assess all
members on the regular scale up to $10 million, my
Government will find it most difficult to justify
further voluntary contributions. On the other
hand, if this assessment is voted, my Government
hopes to be able to expand voluntary contrilnitions
and will expect other governments in a position to
do so to follow a similar course. Only if this is
done is there a real hope that the common costs
subject to regular assessment can be kept at $10
million.
But, some ask, what will happen if the common
costs exceed $10 million? We have agreed, Mr.
Chairman, to the creation of a nine-member com-
mittee to study this problem and to recommend
how to finance any costs in excess of $10 million.
Tlie creation of this committee, of course, implies
that it may explore and recommend various meth-
ods of financing the excess, including all possi-
bilities of voluntary contributions as well as the
possibility of an assessment of members on a scale
different from the regular scale of assessments.
No one can say now what is a reasonable and ap-
propriate method of financing since we do not
know what the excess will be or even if there will
be an excess of common costs. And I might add
that the newly created committee will not be able
to make helpful recommendations until it has re-
ceived detailed estimates from the Secretary-Gen-
eral. Accordingly, I suggest that, before approv-
ing January 20 as the date for the committee to
report, M-e ask the representative of the Secretary-
General when helpful estimates might be
available.
Finally, Mr. Chairman, with reference to the
proposed amendments, a number of delegations
have asked the sponsors to dro]) the proposed
second operative paragraph, which reads:
Decides further, tliat this decision shall be without
prejudice to the sul)sequ('iit upportioumeiit of any expenses
in excess of $10 million which may be incurred in connec-
tion with UNEF.
There appear to be some doubts about the im-
plications of this paragraph, and, although we
believe it would be helpful to retain it, we are
prepared to withdraw it and accordingly request
that it not be put to the vote.
Mr. Chairman, I wish to say one more word to
my colleagues. This vote we are about to take is
one of the most important — perhaps the most im-
portant— we have ever had in this Committee. It
involves tlie question of whether the member gov-
ernments really believe in common action to pre-
serve the peace. It involves the question of
wliether member governments will assume the
burden of decisions which the General Assembly
takes. Accordingly, it involves the entire future
of the organization as an instrument of collective
security. There are many eyes upon us at this
time, and the entire world will note what we do.
I trust that no one will take lightly the responsi-
bility which is ours today.
RESOLUTION ON ADMINISTRATIVE AND FINAN-
CIAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR UNEF'
U.N. doc. A/Res/448
The General AssemWy,
Recallhifi its resolutions 1001 (ES-I) of 7 November
1956 and A/Res/412 of 26 November 1956,
Empliasixing the fact that expenses incurred by the
Secretary-General under the resolutions of the General
Assembly are without prejudice to any subsequent deter-
minations as to responsibilities for situations leading to
the creation of the United Nations Emergency Force and
to ultimate determination as to claims established as a
result of expenses arising in connexion therewith,
Considering that the Secretary-General in his report
(A/3302) of 4 November 1956, particularly in paragraph
15, has stated that the question how the Force should be
financed requires further study,
Considering that the Secretary-General, in his reports
(A/3383 and A/C.5/687) dated 21 November and 3 Decem-
ber 1956, has recommended that the expenses relating to
° Adopted in Committee V on Drc. 20 by a vote of 57 to 8
(Soviet bloc), with 9 abstentions (Bolivia, Cambodia,
Egypt, Greece, Israel, Italy, Turkey, Union of South.
Africa, U. K. ). Hungary, Laos, Morocco, Nepal, Nica-
ragua, and Tunisia were absent. Twenty-five nations
joined in sponsoring the final draft, which incorporated
the original draft resolution contained in A/C.5/L.410
viith the amendments suggested by Canada, Finland, Nor-
way, and the U.S. (A/C.5/L.411 ). The resolution was
adopted in the plenary session on Dec. 21 by a vote of 62
to S, with 7 abstentions.
70
Deparlmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
the Force should be apixirtioned in the same luaiiner as the
expenses of the Organization,
Considering further that several divergent vievrs, not
yet reconciled, have been held by various Member States
on contributions or on the method suggested by the Secre-
tary-General for obtaining such contributions,
Considcriny that the Secretary-General has already
been authorized to enter into commitments for the ex-
penses of the Force up to an amount of $10 million,
Considering further that the matter of allocation of the
expenses of the Force beyond $10 million necessitates fur-
ther study in all its aspects,
1. Decides that the expenses of the United Nations Emer-
gency Force, other than for such pay, equipment, supplies
and services as may be furnished without charge by Mem-
ber Governments, shall be borne by the United Nations and
shall be apportioned among the Member States, to the ex-
tent of $10 million in accordance with the scale of assess-
ments adopted by the General Assembly for contributions
to the annual budget of the Organization for the financial
year 10.")" ;
2. Decides further that this decision shall be without
prejudice to the subsequent apportionment of any ex-
penses in excess of $10 million which may be incurred in
connexion with the Force :
3. Decides to estalilish a Committee composed of Canada,
Ceylon, Chile, El Salvador, India, Liberia, Sweden, Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of
America to examine the question of the apportionment of
expenses of the Force in excess of $10 million. This
Committee shall take into consideration, among other
things, the discussions on this matter at the Genera! As-
sembly, and shall study the question in all its aspects,
including the possibility of voluntary contributions, the
fixing of maximum amounts for the expen.ses of tlie Emer-
gency Force that, with prior approval by the General As-
sembly, could be established on each occasion, and the
principle or the formulation of scales of contributions
different from the scale of contributions by Member States
to the ordinary budget for 1957. The Committee will
present its report as soon as possible.
U.S. Determination To Seek
Agreement on Disarmament
Statement hy Henry Cohot Lodge ^ Jr.
U.S. Representative to the United Nations ^
"We have before us today a factual report,- pre-
pared by the Secretariat, on the subject of dis-
armament. The United States supports the
adoption of this draft report and its transmission
to the General Assembly for its consideration.
The General Assembly as a whole will, in a few
weeks, conduct a review of this record, and it
would not be useful to attempt substantive debate
in this Commiasion.
Certain features of the record, however, before
us deserve notice.
One is the thoroughness with which this Com-
mission has itself reviewed during 195G the work
of its subcommittee. The United States as a
member of the Commission welcomes and will in
every way encourage the further development of
this trend. In this connection we note, too, the
importance of the contributions of all its
members, not merely those who are members of
the subcommittee.
The United States welcomes, too, evidence of
movement on the part of the Soviet Union toward
positions that give greater hope for the sound
agreement that is so profoundly in the interest
alike of the Soviet Union, of the United States,
of the membere of this Commission, and of the
world. As I have already said in the General
Assembly,' the United States notes with some
hope recent indications that the Soviet Union ap-
pears willing to consider aerial inspection as a
positive factor in the problem of armaments.
Even as we review the record of the year be-
hind us, the United States loolvs primarily to the
year ahead and to the opportunities for progress
that it may aiford.
The United States is prepared to renew its effort
to I'each a sound, safeguarded agreement for the
reduction and regulation of armaments and aimed
forces. Such an agreement with effective inspec-
tion would be in mutual interests of all nations.
It would lessen the danger of war. It would re-
duce the burdens of armaments. It would ease the
nuclear threat. It would facilitate advance in
the conditions of living of all peoples. It would
accelerate the progress of the atoms-for-pcace
program for the benefit of mankind. It would
create a better atmosphere for solving difficult
political questions.
We are aware of the difficulties. But we are
determined, with sincerity and persistence, to seek
agreement. We are ready thoughtfully to con-
'Made in the Disarmament Commission on Dec. 20
(U.S. /U.N. press release 2570).
' U.N. doc. A/3470 dated Dec. 20. The report is in the
form of a covering letter from the Commission chairman,
Sir Pierson Dixon of the United Kingdom, to the Secre-
tary-General, requesting him to transmit to the Security
Council and the General Assembly the third report of
the Disarmament Subcommittee (U.N. doc. DC/83 dated
May 4, 19.56) and the records and relevant documents
of the Disarmament Commission meetings.
'U.S. delegati(m press release 252G dated Nov. 22 (not
printed).
January 14, 1957
71
sider proposals of all governments, and we will
take furtlier initiative to reach an agreement
which would advance the prospects of a just and
lasting peace.
The United States therefore, Mr. Chairman,
will propose that a meeting of the Disarmament
Subcommittee be held in March after the end of
the current session of the General Assembly.
Ninth Session of UNESCO General Conference
Statements hy Stanley C. Allyn
Chairman, U.S. Delegation
FoUoioing is the text of a statement made on
November 9 hy Stanley C. Allyn, chairman of the
U.S. delegation, at the ninth session of the General
Conference of the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization, which met
at New Delhi, India, November 5 to December 5,
together loith a statement released hy Mr. Allyn
at New York on December 9 folloiving his return
from the conference.
STATEMENT OF NOVEMBER 9
Mr. President and my fellow delegates : In the
name of my Government and of our delegation to
this conference I wish to thank the Government
and the people of India for the painstaking prep-
aration that has gone into the conference arrange-
ments. Tlie United States delegation is deeply
grateful to our hosts for their hospitality. The
cordial atmosphere which pervades this splendid
capital city provides an ideal setting for a fruitful
meeting.
Our delegation has come to New Delhi eager to
listen, to learn, and to contribute what it can to
the deliberations of the conference. We know we
will be rewarded by this experience and that this
conference will produce concrete results.
It is further gratifying to be the guests of a
nation so historic, so rich in culture and noble
traditions. Our delegation is also aware of
India's bi'illiant accomplishments within the
framework of its Five- Year Plan, and its social re-
forms of the past 9 years have captivated the
imagination of the American people.
It is particularly fitting that the member states
chose New Delhi as the site for this General
Conference. Asia contains lialf the world's popu-
lation. The whole area is in the process of an
evolution with great significance for peoples
everywhere.
Asia has been called the cradle of civilization.
Here man first created and practiced the arts of
writing, arithmetic, and mapmaking. Here is the
origin of languages like Sanskrit, Hebrew, and
others which are the foundation of Western cul-
ture. Asians gave things their names, developed
the almanac and the calendar, invented the
wheel. No great religion on earth is foreign to
this area. From Asia, peoples and cultures trav-
eled west, leaving their imprint on the shores of
the Mediterranean and the Atlantic.
Sometimes there is a tendency to emphasize the
differences and misunderstandings between Asia
and the West, while overlooking the many essen-
tial values we possess in common. For example,
most of tlie new Asian governments have empha-
sized the democratic process, the equality of man
before the law, and the importance of individual
rights. These principles have long been the foun-
dation of most of the Western systems of govern-
ment, wliich liave not liesitated to defend these
principles when the need arose.
72
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Here then, rather than difference, is agreement
on essentials.
We both believe in constitutional representative
government and the democratic process. We be-
lieve in responsible legislatures; in judiciaries in-
dependent of political pressure; and we insist
that our Government officials be accountable to
the people.
Nevertheless, as Prime Minister Nehru has al-
ready pointed out so movingly, over our peaceful
assembly there is a shadow of political tension and
armed conflict. We fully associate ourselves with
the Prime Minister's concern that in the Middle
East and in Hungary the peace of the world is in
jeopardy. We share the hope of all that the cease-
fire in Egypt will lead to an enduring peace and
that the heroic revolt in Hungary will bring true
independence to that country.
Increasing Importance of UNESCO
The situation is grave, but it would be still more
serious if we were to abandon our task in the face
of these depressing events. To those who believe
in the goals of Unesco, the present crisis is another
proof of the continuing, if not indeed of the in-
creasing, importance of Unesco. Temporary fail-
ures and setbacks do not disprove the validity of
our objectives. They merely spotlight how much
more we need to do.
We should, of course, recognize that there will
always be differences of viewpoints and differ-
ences in methods of reaching similar objectives.
Unescx) offers a forum in which a frank exchange
of views can take place.
To a representative of the American community,
such a frank exchange is welcome. Within our
country we have a great diversity of cultural, so-
cial, and economic institutions and groups, all of
which enrich our lives. This diversity is a dis-
tinguishing characteristic of American society.
We welcome new ideas from every source, and it
is no more valid to place a single label on the
American society than it is to place a single label
on the different Asian cultures and ways of life.
The use of terms like capitalism, socialism, free
enterprise, and state ownership grossly oversim-
plifies the complex societies in which all of us live.
The American people have evolved a dynamic
economy which has supplied material things in
great abundance and at the same time has brought
a full flowering of human freedom. The sharing
of the national pi'oduct by investors and workers,
the cooperation of management and labor, the
partnership roles of public ownership and private
enterprise, the personal participation in the gov-
erning process by the individual citizens — all
these are part and parcel of the American society.
The basic conflict in the world today is not so-
cialism versus capitalism. It is the conflict of
freedom versus the lack of freedom. It is the
question of the freedom of men and of nations
to choose for themselves the kind of life — political,
social, cultm*al, religious, and economic — they
want to live. In this conflict the United States
stands for freedom and the dignity of man. It is
only those who would deny this freedom to others
who are the ideological opponents of democracies,
whether they be Asian or Western and regardless
of their economic systems.
UNESCO's role is to try to bring about a mutual
understanding of the great diversities which char-
acterize our respective societies. But it is not
its function to try to resolve political differ-
ences. These are the proper concern of other U.N.
organizations.
Our organization — Unesco — is now 10 years
old. The catalog of its accomplisliments is a long
one, but it is no cause for any relaxation of effort.
Let us say, rather, that it is a base for future
progress.
Problems Confronting UNESCO
The educational, scientific, and cultural prob-
lems which still confront us are tremendous. We
need only study Unesco's program to be impressed
with its magnitude.
We know that children in schools are outnum-
bered by children who have no schools. Illiteracy
is widespread. Despite the great strides of science
we have been able to do little about converting
arid and semiarid lands to productive purposes.
Social scientists have only begun their explora-
tions of the causes of international tension, of dis-
crimination of many kinds, and of the capacity of
societies to adapt to teclinological change.
In the days ahead we will take up the question
of an improved mutual understanding of Asian
and Western cultures. We will discover in this
area alone a truly massive array of unexplored
problems and possibilities. The Director General
[Luther Evans] has presented us with program
proposals that build solidly on past experience.
January 14, 1957
73
He and the secretariat deserve our full support.
In the view of tlie United States delegation the
Director General has made a sound recommenda-
tion in the selection of three vital areas of work
for the development of long-term projects. The
acceleration of teacher training in Latin America
will aid nearly a third of Unesco's membership.
The promotion of research on increasing the pro-
ductivity of arid regions grapples with a world-
encircling problem affecting more than 40 member
nations. The development of mutual apprecia-
tion of Asian and Western cultures is of interest
to all nations represented here.
The United States expects to participate fully in
these major projects and to derive benefit from
them. Americans have long been interested in
the history, the arts, the traditions, the philos-
ophies, and the peoples of Asia. This interest has
grown rapidly since 1945. Some of our great
foundations have imdertaken programs for the
exchange of scholars, for the development of re-
search on Asian cultures, for the training of lan-
guage specialists, and for a host of other activities.
More than 50 American universities have special
study programs dealing with one or more of the
cultural areas of Asia. Some 800 organizations
and institutions are carrying on activities related
to this area.
Last spring the United States National Com-
mission was host to a distinguished group of cul-
tural leaders from 10 countries of South and
Southeast Asia. I am delighted to see some of
them at this conference. They toured the United
States from San Francisco on our west coast to
Boston on our east coast, visited our universities
and cultural centers, lived in our cities, saw our
farms and our factories ; and they came to know
our people.
It is not for us to say what our Asian visitors
learned from this experience, but we can say that
the impact on American participants was signifi-
cant.
In a few months our National Commission will
publish a report of this conference which will be
made available to Unesco.
In 1957 our National Commission will hold a
nationwide conference, perhaps in San Francisco,
to discuss the development of mutual appreciation
of the cultures of Asia and the West as exemplified
by the major project on this subject.
74
Hope for the Future
We look forward to the next 2 years of Unesco's
work with hope and confidence. The growing in-
fluence of the organization should enhance the
prestige of Unesco and attract more active cooper-
ation on the part of the member states, a coopera-
tion indispensable to achieving our common
objectives.
We pledge to Unesco the continuing support of
our Government and National Commission.
We are committed to the principles expressed
in the constitution of Unesco, principles which
harmonize with those in our own Constitution and
Bill of Rights. In accordance with these prin-
ciples this conference must zealously guard the
continued integrity of the organization and its
program. There must be no attempt to distort
its resolutions or work plans for political or propa-
ganda purposes.
The support of my country for Unesco is linked
to our support of the United Nations itself. A few
days ago our President took occasion to review
the position of the United States Government
toward the United Nations, in view of the present
crisis in the Middle East and the dark events in
Eastern Europe. He said :
The processes of the United Nations . . . are not ex-
hausted. ... I am even more deeply convinced that the
processes of the United Nations need further to be de-
veloped and strengthened. . . . The passionate longing
for peace on the part of all peoples of the earth compels
us to speed our search for new and more effective instru-
ments of justice. ... To our principles guiding us in
this quest we must stand fast. In so doing we can honor
the hopes of all men for a world in which peace will truly
and justly reign.'
Neither are the processes of Unesco exhausted.
The potential of the organization has scarcely
been tapped. Despite the impressive achievements
of 10 years of effort we all know that we have only
begun.
But our task is not to seek the spectacular vic-
tory ; ours is the slow, methodical, and sometimes
thankless task of him who plants trees in the hope
that future generations will reap the fruit of his
labor.
As we carry on the work of this conference here
in New Delhi, we are deeply conscious of the
spirit of tlie father of the Indian nation, Mahatma
' Bulletin of Nov. 12, 195(5, p. 743.
Department of Stale Bulletin
Gandhi, who throughout his life proclaimed the
essential unity and dignity of man, the goals for
■which the whole Unesco program strives.
RETURN STATEMENT
I have just returned from New Delhi and the
Ninth General Conference of the U.N. Edu-
cational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
The conference met to determine the U.N. Edu-
cational, Scientific and Cultural Organization's
progi-am and budget for the next 2 yeai^s — 1957
and 1958. The conference met in the midst of
the crises in Hungary and the Middle East. Thus
what was supposed to be a nonpolitical meeting
was inevitably affected by the political reper-
cussions of events several thousand miles away.
These political overtones greatly complicated the
business of the meeting.
I have come away from the conference with a
number of impressions. I have no way of telling
the extent to which the good will shown the U.S.
delegation reflects the feelings of the people of
the various nations toward the United States.
But if it is in any way indicative of popular feel-
ing— for example, in South and Southeast Asia —
I would be optimistic about the prospect for the
American position in the region as well as for an
improvement in Asian-American relations.
It may not be generally realized here, but the
regard of the less developed nations for Unesco
is heartening. Their needs, particularly in the
field of education, are urgent. Unesco offers
them an opportunity to meet some of these edu-
cational and cultural needs without potentially
embarrassing commitments. They look to the
United States for vigorous and positive leader-
ship in Unesco.
Role of U.S. in UNESCO
Unesco liolds an immense potential for the
United States. If in our participation in Unesco
we offer the leadership and the constructive ap-
proach expected from us, we have an opportimity
to build warm and durable relations in areas that
are vital to us in many ways. Furthermore, we
have a chance to demonstrate that we can act as
an effective force for peace in line with one of our
basic foreign policy objectives. In my view
Unesco offers a unique instrument to help attain
this objective.
I would like also to underscore a secondary
American interest of a highly practical nature
that we may sometimes overlook, perhaps because
it is indirect. Unesco's most effective work is
done in education — helping establish formal
school systems where there are none, teacliing
adults, and providing fundamental education,
which is really down-to-earth instruction in better
living. The educational level of a country and
its standard of living are closely related. Wliere
you find widespread illiteracy, you find per capita
incomes of a hundred or two hundred dollars a
year. Raise the educational level, and the pro-
ducing and buying power of the country follows
it up. So, to put this on a business basis, the
Unesco program helps build production and mar-
kets by improving conditions of living. And we
all know that depressed economies are vulnerable
to Communist exploitation.
Soviet attempts in New Delhi to turn the confer-
ence into a sounding board for political propa-
ganda were promptly identified for what they
were and met with determined resistance from a
vast majority of the delegations, which deeply
resented such tactics. Hence, despite these inter-
ruptions, a good deal was accomplished.
Emergency educational aid to the damaged
school systems in Hungary and the Middle East
was approved by acclamation. The three so-called
major projects also were incorporated into the
program. This represents a step toward a much-
needed concentration of Unesco's energies and
resources.
Major Projects
In the light of what I have said, I don't think I
need comment on the first major project — the
program to extend primary education in Latin
America.
The second major project — arid-zone research —
is a question of much concern to many member
states, including this countiy. This effort has
been romantically described as ''making the desert
bloom." The description is an overstatement.
The initial efforts of the ecologists, meteorologists,
geologists, and other specialists attacking the
2)roblem of the desert will be directed at discover-
ing ways and means of checking its spread. In
January 14, 1957
75
addition, Unesco will facilitate a poolin": of
knowledge on matters relating to the productivity
of arid regions.
The third major project aims at improving cul-
tural I'elations between Asia and the West. Ob-
viously, in an effort of this sort much planning
and study is required. For the 2 years to come,
this project will be in the experimental or pilot
stage to discover effective methods of operation.
UNESCO, here, is tackling an extremely coinplex
and very important problem, and measurable, re-
sults may be some time in coming.
My connection with Unesco at New Delhi has
convinced me that the organization has under-
taken worthwhile work not being covered by any
other agency. Its efforts are not only for the gen-
eral good but are directly in this Nation's interest.
We need Unesco and Unesco needs us.
I have not gone into details of the New Delhi
conference, but I hope that our delegation's official
report, which will be available shortly, will be
read by many Americans.
TREATY INFORMATION
United States and Canada Sign
Salmon Conservation Agreement
Press release 637 dated December 28
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The United States and Canada signed at Ot-
tawa on December 28 a protocol to the Sockeye
Salmon Convention of 1930 ^ placing the pink
salmon of the Fraser River System under the
terms of the convention. Signing on behalf of the
United States were Ambassador Li\'ingston T.
Merchant and William C. Herrington, Special As-
sistant for Fisheries and Wildlife to the Under
Secretary of State. Minister of Fisheries James
Sinclair signed for Canada.
The protocol amends the 1930 convention in a
• Treaty Series 918.
number of ways. Its most important change is to
place the pink salmon of the Fraser River System
under the jurisdiction of the International Pacific
Salmon Fisheries Commission. The Commission,
which was established in 1937, consists of three
representatives each from the United States and
Canada. It has had since 1937 the responsibility
for the investigation and management of the
Fraser River sockeye salmon. Its success in the
sockeye fisheries has been outstanding.
The Commission will now have the same powers
of research and regulation over pink salmon as it
has over sockeye salmon. It is charged with so
regulating the pink-salmon fisheries as to achieve
maximum sustainable productivity of the pink-
salmon stocks. At the same time it must, as far
as is possible, divide the catch equally between the
United States and Canadian fishermen. The con-
vention area remains unchanged. It covers Juan
de Fuca Strait, part of Georgia Strait, the Fraser
River System, and an area of the high seas of the
Pacific Ocean. The Fraser River pink salmon,
which make their spawning runs every 2 years
through the straits, account for much of the $10
million pink-salmon catch made every other year
by the fishermen of Washington and British
Columbia.
Other modifications made by the protocol in
the convention include an increase in the size of
the Commission's Advisory Committee and a
greater flexibility in the Commission's power to
issue regulations in certain areas. The protocol
also provides for intensive investigation by the
Commission and by research agencies on both sides
of the border of all pink-salmon stocks which enter
convention waters. The protocol calls for a
United States-Canadian Government meeting in
its seventh year of operation for a review of re-
search findings and a consideration of further ar-
rangements for pink-salmon conservation.
The protocol is subject to the advice and consent
to ratification of the Senate. It will enter into
effect upon the exchange of ratifications by the
two Governments.
TEXT OF PROTOCOL
Protocol Between the United States of America and
Canada to the Convention for the Protection, Pres-
ervation AND Extension of the Sockeye Salmon
Fisheries in the Fraser River System, Signed at
Washington on the 2GTn Day of May-, 1930.
76
Department of State Bulletin
The Government of the United States of America and
the Government of Canada, desiring to coordinate the
programs for the conservation of the socl^eye and pink
salmon stocks of common concern by amendment of the
Convention between the United States of America and
Canada for the Protection, Preservation and Extension
of the Sockeye Salmon Fisheries in the Fraser River
System, signed at Washington on the 26th day of May,
1930, hereinafter referred to as the Convention,
Have agreed as follows :
ARTICLE I
The Convention as amended by the present Protocol
shall apply to pink salmon with the following exception :
The understanding stipulated in the Protocol of Ex-
change of Ratifications signed at Washington on the 2Sth
day of July, 1937, which provides that "the Commission
shall not promulgate or enforce regulations until the
scientific investigations provided for in the Convention
have been made, covering two cycles of sockeye salmon
runs, or eight years ;" shall not apply to pink salmon.
ARTICLE II
The following words shall be deleted from the first
sentence of Article IV of the Convention :
". . . that when any order is adopted by the Commis-
sion limiting or prohibiting taking sockeye salmon tn any
of the territorial waters or on the High Seas described
in paragraph numbered 1 of Article I, such order shall
extend to all such territorial waters and High Seas, and,
similarly, when in any of the waters of the United States
of America embraced in paragraph numbered 2 of Arti-
cle I, such order shall extend to all such waters of the
United States of America, and when in any of the Cana-
dian waters embraced in paragraphs numbered 2 and 3
of Article I, such order shall extend to all such Canadian
waters, and provided further. . . ."
ARTICLE III
The following paragraph shall be added to Article VI
of the Convention :
"All regulations made by the Commission shall be sub-
ject to approval of the two Governments with the excep-
tion of orders for the adjustment of closing or opening of
fishing periods and areas in any fishing season and of
emergency orders required to carry out the provisions of
the Convention."
ARTICLE IV
Article VII of the Convention shall be replaced by the
following Article :
"The Commission shall regulate the fisheries for sockeye
and for pink salmon with a view to allowing, as nearly
as practicable, an equal portion of such sockeye salmon
as may be caught each year and an equal portion of such
pink salmon as may be caught each year to be taken by
the fishermen of each Party."
ARTICLE V
Paragraph (3) of the understandings stipulated in the
Protocol of Exchange of Ratifications signed at Washing-
ton on the 28th day of July, 1937, shall be amended to
read as follows :
"That the Commission shall set up an Advisory Com-
mittee composed of six persons from each country who
shall be representatives of the various branches of the
industry including, but not limited to, purse seine, gill
net, troll, sport fishing and processing which Advisory
Committee shall be invited to all non-executive meetings
of the Commission and shall be given full opportunity to
examine and to be heard on all proposed orders, regula-
tions or recommendations."
ARTICLE VI
1. The Parties shall conduct a coordinated investigation
of pink salmon stocks which enter the waters described
in Article I of the Convention for the purpose of determin-
ing the migratory movements of such stocks. That part
of the investigation to be carried out in the waters de-
scribed in Article I of the Convention shall be carried out
by the Commission.
2. Except with regard to that part of the investigation
to be carried out by the Commission, the provisions of
Article III of the Convention with respect to the sharing
of cost shall not apply to the investigation referred to
in this Article.
3. The Parties shall meet in the seventh year after the
entry into force of this Protocol to examine the results
of the investigation referred to in this Article and to
determine what further arrangements for the conserva-
tion of pink salmon stocks of common concern may be
desirable.
ARTICLE VII
Nothing in the Convention or this Protocol shall pre-
clude the Commission from recording such information
on stocks of salmon other than sockeye or pink salmon as
it may acquire incidental to its activities with respect
to sockeye and pink salmon.
ARTICLE VIII
The present Protocol shall be ratified and the exchange
of the instruments of ratification shall take place in Ot-
tawa as soon as possible. It shall come into force on the
day of the exchange of the instruments of ratification.
In witness whereof the undersigned, duly authorized
by their respective Governments, have signed this Proto-
col and have aflixed thereto their seals.
Done in duplicate at Ottawa this 28th day of December
1956.
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA:
LiviNosTON T. Merchant
Wm. C. Hebrington
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF
CANADA :
James Sinclaib
January 74, 1957
77
status Lists
Charter of the United Nations and Statute of the International Court of Justice
Signed at San Francisco June 26, 1945. Entered into force October 24, 1945. 59 Stat. 1031
Party
Afghanistan . . .
Albania
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Bolivia
Brazil
Bulgaria
Burma
Byelorussian S. S. R
Cambodia ....
Canada
Cevlon
Chile
China
Colombia
Costa Rica ....
Cuba
Czechoslovakia . .
Denmark
Dominican Republic
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador ....
Ethiopia
Finland
France
Greece
Guatemala ....
Haiti
Honduras
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran
Iraq
Ireland
Israel
Effective date
Nov. 19
1946
Dec. 14
1955
Oct. 24
1945
Nov. 1
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Dec. 27
1945
Nov. 14
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Apr. 19
1948
Oct. 24
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Nov. 9
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Nov. 5
1945
Nov. 2
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Dec. 21
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Nov. 13
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Oct. 24
1945
Oct. 25
1945
Nov. 21
1945
Oct. 24
1945
Dec. 17
1945
Dec. 14
1955
Nov. 19
1946
Oct. 30
1945
Sept. 28
1950
Oct. 24
1945
Dec. 21
1945
Dec. 14
1955
May 11
1949
Party
Italy
Japan
Jordan
Laos ■
Lebanon
Liberia
Libya
Lu.xembourg
Mexico
Morocco
Nepal
Netherland.s
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Norway
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Rumania
Saudi Arabia
Spain
Sudan
Sweden
Syria
Thailand
Tunisia
Turkey
Ukrainian S. S. R
Union of South Africa
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
United Kingdom
United States
Uruguay
Venezuela
Yemen
Yugoslavia
EBective
Dec.
14,
Dec.
18,
Dec.
14,
Dec.
14,
Oct.
24,
Nov.
2,
Dec.
14,
Oct.
24,
Nov.
7,
Nov.
12,
Dec.
14,
Dec.
10,
Oct.
24,
Oct.
24,
Nov.
27,
Sept
30,
Nov.
13,
Oct.
24,
Oct.
31,
Oct.
24,
Oct.
24,
Dec.
14,
Dec.
14,
Oct.
24,
Dec.
14,
Nov.
12,
Nov.
19,
Oct.
24,
Dec.
16,
Nov.
12,
Oct.
24,
Oct.
24,
Nov.
7.
Oct.
24,
Oct.
24,
Oct.
24,
Dec.
18,
Nov
15,
Sept
30,
Oct.
24
1955
1956
1955
1955
1945
1945
1955
1945
1945
1956
1955
1945
1945
1945
1945
1947
1945
1945
1945
1945
1945
1955
1955
1945
1955
1956
1946
1945
1946
1956
1945
1945
1945
194,-1
1945
1945
1945
1945
1947
1945
Current Actions
BILATERAL
China
Agreement to facilitate construction of defense facilities
as provided in agreements of January 30 and February
9, 1951 (TIAS 2298), and October 23 and November 1,
1952 (TIAS 2712). Effected by exchange of notes at
Taipei November 21, 1956. Entered into force Novem-
ber 21, 1956.
Dominican Republic
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington June 15, 1956.
Entered into force: December 21, 1956 (day on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements) .
Germany
Agreement relating to the training of German Army per-
sonnel pursuant to the llutual Defense Assistance
Agreement of June 30, 1955 (TIAS 3443). Effected by
exchange of notes at Bonn December 12, 1956. Entered
into force December 12, 1956.
Agreement relating to the training of German Navy per-
sonnel iiursuaut to the Mutual Defense Assistance Agree-
ment of June 30, 19.55 (TIAS 3443). Effected by ex-
change of notes at Bonn December 12, 1956. Entered
into force December 12, 1956.
78
Department of State Bulletin
January 14, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 916
American Principles. American Principles and tlie
United Nations (Hoffman) 51
Canada. United States and Canada Sign Salmon
Conservation Agreement (Department announce-
ment, text of protocol) 76
China. Passports of Newsmen in Red China Valid
Only for Return to U.S 54
Communism. United States Responsibilities in
New Year (Dulles) 50
Congress, The
President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on
Groundfish Fillets 55
Question of Legislation on Loyalty of Ameri-
cans Employed by International Organizations
(Wilcox) 57
Department and Foreign Service. Question of
Legislation on Loyalty of Americans Employed by
International Organizations (Wilcox) .... 57
Disarmament. U.S. Determination To Seek Agree-
ment on Disarmament (Lodge) 71
Economic Affairs
Imports of Woolen Fabrics 54
President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on
Groundfish Fillets 55
United States and Canada Sign Salmon Conserva-
tion Agreement (Department announcement, text
of protocol) 76
Haiti. Recognition of Haitian Government ... 53
India. Visit of Prime Minister Nehru of India
(Eisenhower, Nixon, Nehru) 47
International Law. Proposed U.N. Conference on
Law of the Sea (Greenbaum, text of resolution) . 60
International Organizations and Meetings
Ninth Session of UNESCO General Conference
(Allyn) 72
Question of Legislation on Loyalty of Americans
Employed by International Organizations (Wil-
cox) 57
Libya. Letters of Credence (Jerbi) 54
Mexico. Membership of Mexican-U.S. Defense
Commission (text of Executive order) .... 59
Near East
Financing of United Nations Emergency Force
(Jones, text of resolution) 67
United States Responsibilities in New Tear
(Dulles) 50
U.S. Views on British Formula for Self-Government
for Cyprus (White) 54
Panama. Letters of Credence (Arias Espinosa) . 54
Paraguay. Letters of Credence (Chaves) ... 54
Presidential Documents
Membership of Mexican-U.S. Defense Commission . 59
President Decides Against Increase in Tariff on
Groundflsli Fillets 55
Visit of Prime Minister Nehru of India 47
Treaty Information
Current Actions 78
Status Lists 78
United States and Canada Sign Salmon Conserva-
tion Agreement (Department announcement, text
of protocol) 76
United Kingdom. U.S. Views on British Formula
for Self-Government for Cyprus (White) ... 54
United Nations
American Principles and the United Nations
(Hoffman) 51
Financing of United Nations Emergency Force
(Jones, text of resolution) 67
Ninth Session of UNESCO General Conference
(Allyn) 72
Proposed U.N. Conference on Lave of the Sea
(Greenbaum, text of resolution) (JO
Signatories of U.N. Charter and Statute of Inter-
national Court of Justice 78
U.S. Determination To Seek Agreement on Dis-
armament (Lodge) 71
Name Index
Allyn, Stanley C 72
Arias Espinosa, Ricardo M 54
Chaves, Osvaldo 54
Dulles, Secretary 50
Eisenhower, President 47, 48, 55, 59
Greenbaum, Edward S 60
Hoffman, Paul G 51
Jerbi, Suleiman 54
Jones, Richard Lee 67
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 71
Nehru, Jawaharial 47, 48
Nixon, Richard M 47
White, Lincoln 54
Wilcox, Francis O 57
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 24-30
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
No. Date
Subject
631 12/24
Recognition of new Haitian Govern-
ment.
632 12/26
Panama credentials (rewrite).
633 12/26
Imports of woolen fabrics.
634 12/26
Libya credentials (rewrite).
*635 12/28
Cornerstone laying ceremony.
636 12/28
Paraguay credentials (rewrite).
637 12/28
Pink salmon conservation agreement
with Canada.
638 12/28
Dulles : year-end statement.
639 12/28
U.S. newsmen in Communist China,
ed.
*Xot print
U. S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 15S7
the
« BOSTON 17, MASS
United STATts
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
OFFICIAL. BUSINESS
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOIL
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, 9300
(GPO)
The Search for Disarmament
Publication 6398
20 CenU
Department
of
State
TJie Search for Disarmwment, a 35-pag6 pamphlet, discusses
several aspects of the compelling problem of disarmament, "the
limitation, regulation, and control of arms." The pamphlet, based
on an address by Francis O. Wilcox, Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Organization Affairs, covers the following topics :
the nature and urgency of the problem;
disarmament as a safeguard of the national security;
disarmament as an integral part of national policy;
major periods of negotiations;
the present status of disarmament negotiations;
prospects for disarmament.
Copies of The Search for Disarmarnent may be purchased from '
the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C, at 20 cents each.
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents Please send me copies of The Search for Disarmament.
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Name:
Street Address ;
Enclosed And:
City, Zone, and State:
(cash, theck, or
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 917
January 21, 1957
PRESIDENT ASKS FOR AUTHORIZATION FOR U.S.
ECONOMIC PROGRAM AND FOR RESOLUTION
ON COMMUNIST AGGRESSION IN MIDDLE
EAST • Message of the President to the Congress .... 83
PROVIDING FOR THE NEEDS OF THE HUNGARIAN
REFUGEES • Report to President Eisenhower by Vice
President Nixon 94
CORRESPONDENCE OF PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
AND PREMIER BULGANIN CONCERNING RE-
DUCTION OF INTERNATIONAL TENSION AND
DISARMAMENT 89
CORNERSTONE CEREMONY FOR NEW DEPART-
MENT OF STATE BUILDING 116
ALLOWANCES FOR AMERICAN OVERSEAS PER-
SONNEL • by Joseph W. Lethco 110
KK
JTED STATES
REIGN POLICY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 917 • Publication 6436
January 21, 1957
For Bale by the Superintendent o( Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, [orelgn $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items coutalned herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bdlletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
Intive material in the fieUl of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
President Asks for Authorization for U.S. Economic Program
and for Resolution on Communist Aggression in IVIiddle East
MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS'
To THE Congress of the United States :
First may I express to you my deep apprecia-
tion of your courtesy in giving me, at some incon-
venience to yourselves, this early opportunity of
addressing you on a matter I deem to be of grave
importance to our country.
In my forthcoming State of the Union Message,
I shall review the international situation gener-
ally. There are worldwide hopes which we can
reasonably entertain, and there are worldwide
responsibilities which we must carry to make cer-
tain that freedom — including our own — may be
secure.
There is, however, a special situation in the
Middle East which I feel I should, even now, lay
before you.
Before doing so it is well to remind ourselves
that our basic national objective in international
affairs remains peace — a world peace based on
justice. Such a peace must include all areas, all
peoples of the world if it is to be enduring. There
is no nation, great or small, with which we would
refuse to negotiate, in mutual good faith, with
patience and in the determination to secure a bet-
ter understanding between us. Out of such under-
standings must, and eventually will, grow confi-
dence and trust, indispensable ingredients to a
program of peace and to plans for lifting from
us all the burdens of expensive armaments. To
promote these objectives our government works
tirelessly, day by day, month by month, year by
year. But until a degree of success crowns our
efforts that will assure to all nations peaceful ex-
' Delivered before a joint session of the Senate and the
House of Representatives on Jan. 5 (White House press
release) ; H. Doe. 46, 85th Cong., 1st sess.
istence, we must, in the interests of peace itself,
remain vigilant, alert and strong.
I.
The Middle East has abruptly reached a new
and critical stage in its long and important his-
tory. In past decades many of the coimtries in
that area were not fully self-governing. Other
nations exercised considerable authority in the
area and the security of the region was largely
built around their power. But since the First
World War there has been a steady evolution
toward self-government and independence. This
development the United States has welcomed and
has encouraged. Our country supports without
reservation the full sovereignty and independence
of each and every nation of the Middle East.
The evolution to independence has in the main
been a peaceful process. But the area has been
often troubled. Persistent cross-currents of dis-
trust and fear with raids back and forth across
national boundaries have brought about a high
degree of instability in much of the Mid East.
Just recently there have been hostilities
involving Western European nations that once
exercised much influence in the area. Also the
relatively large attack by Israel in October has
intensified the basic differences between that nation
and its Arab neighbors. All this instability has
been heightened and, at times, manipulated by
International Communism.
II.
Kussia's rulers have long sought to dominate the
Middle East. That was true of the Czars and
it is true of the Bolsheviks. The reasons are not
January 27, 1957
83
hard to find. They do not affect Russia's security,
for no one plans to use the Middle East as a base
for aggression against Russia. Never for a mo-
ment has the United States entertained such a
thought.
The Soviet Union has nothing whatsoever to
fear from the United States in the Middle East,
or anywhere else in the world, so long as its riders
do not themselves first resort to aggression.
That statement I make solemnly and
emphatically.
Neither does Russia's desire to dominate the
Middle East spring from its own economic interest
in the area. Russia does not appreciably use or
depend upon the Suez Canal. In 1955 Soviet
traffic through the Canal represented only about
three fourths of 1% of the total. The Soviets
have no need for, and could provide no market for,
the petroleum resources which constitute the prin-
cipal natural wealth of the area. Indeed, the
Soviet Union is a substantial exporter of petroleum
products.
The reason for Russia's interest in the Middle
East is solely that of power politics. Considering
her announced purpose of Communizing the world,
it is easy to understand her hope of dominating
the Middle East.
This region has always been the crossroads of the
continents of the Eastern Hemisphere. The Suez
Canal enables the nations of Asia and Europe to
carry on the commerce that is essential if these
countries are to maintain well-rounded and pros-
perous economies. The Middle East provides a
gateway between Eurasia and Africa.
It contains about two thirds of the presently
known oil deposits of the world and it normally
supplies the petroleum needs of many nations of
Europe, Asia and Africa. The nations of Europe
are peculiarly dependent upon this supply, and
this dependency relates to transportation as well
as to production. This has been vividly demon-
strated since the closing of the Suez Canal and
some of the pipelines. Alternate ways of trans-
portation and, indeed, alternate sources of power
can, if necessary, be developed. But these can-
not be considered as early prospects.
These things stress the immense importance of
the Middle East. If the nations of that area
should lose their independence, if they were domi-
nated by alien forces hostile to freedom, that
would be both a tragedy for the area and for many
other free nations whose economic life would be
subject to near strangulation. Western Europe
would be endangered just as though there had
been no Marshall Plan, no North Atlantic Treaty
Organization. The free nations of Asia and Af-
rica, too, would be placed in serious jeopardy.
And the countries of the Middle East would lose
the markets upon which their economies depend.
All this would have the most adverse, if not dis-
astrous, effect upon our own nation's economic
life and political prospects.
Then there are other factors, which transcend
the material. The Middle East is the birthplace of
three great religions — Moslem, Christian and
Hebrew. Mecca and Jerusalem are more than
places on the map. They symbolize religions
which teach that the spirit has supremacy over
matter and that the individual has a dignity and
rights of which no despotic government can right-
fully deprive him. It would be intolerable if the
holy places of the Middle East should be subjected
to a rule that glorifies atheistic materialism.
International Communism, of course, seeks to
mask its purposes of domination by expressions of
good will and by superficially attractive offers of
political, economic and military aid. But any free
nation, which is the subject of Soviet enticement,
ought, in elementary wisdom, to look behind the
mask.
Remember Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania. In
1939 the Soviet Union entered into mutual assist-
ance pacts with these then independent countries ;
and the Soviet Foreign Minister, addressing the
Extraordinary Fifth Session of the Supreme So-
viet in October 1939, solemnly and publicly de-
clared that "we stand for the scrupulous and
punctilious observance of the pacts on the basis
of complete reciprocity, and we declare that all
the nonsensical talk about the Sovietization of the
Baltic countries is only to the interest of our com-
mon enemies and of all anti-Soviet provocateurs."
Yet in 1940, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania were
forcibly incorporated into the Soviet Union.
Soviet control of the satellite nations of Eastern
Europe has been forcibly maintained in spite of
solemn promises of a contrary intent, made during
World War II.
Stalin's death brought hope that this pattern
would change. And we read the pledge of the
Warsaw Treaty of 1955 that the Soviet Union
would follow in satellite countries "the principles
of mutual respect for their independence and
84
Department of State Bulletin
sovereignty and non-interference in domestic af-
fairs." But we have just seen the subjugation of
Hungary by naked armed force. In tlie aftermath
of this Hungarian tragedy, world respect for and
belief in Soviet promises have sunk to a new low.
International Communism needs and seeks a
recognizable success.
Thus, we have these simple and indisputable
facts :
1. The Middle East, which has always been
coveted by Eussia, would today be prized more
tlian ever by International Communism.
2. The Soviet rulers continue to show that they
do not scruple to use any means to gain their ends.
3. The free nations of the Mid East need, and
for the most part want, added strength to assure
their continued independence.
III.
Our thoughts naturally turn to the United Na-
tions as a protector of small nations. Its charter
gives it primary responsibility for the maintenance
of international peace and security. Our country
has given the United Nations its full support in
relation to the hostilities in Hungary and in
Egypt. The United Nations was able to bring
about a cease-fire and withdrawal of hostile forces
from Egypt because it was dealing with govern-
ments and peoples who had a decent respect for
the opinions of mankind as reflected in the United
Nations General Assembly. But in the case of
Hungary, the situation was different. The Soviet
Union vetoed action by the Security Council to
require the withdrawal of Soviet armed forces
from Hungary. And it has shown callous indif-
ference to the recommendations, even the censure,
of the General Assembly. The United Nations
can always be helpful, but it caimot be a wholly
dependable protector of freedom when the am-
bitions of the Soviet Union are involved.
IV.
Under all the circumstances I have laid before
you, a greater responsibility now devolves upon
the United States. We have shown, so that none
can doubt, our dedication to the principle that
force shall not be used internationally for any ag-
gressive purpose and that the integrity and inde-
pendence of the nations of the Middle East should
be inviolate. Seldom in history has a nation's
dedication to principle been tested as severely as
ours during recent weeks.
There is general recognition in the Middle East,
as elsewhere, that the United States does not seek
either political or economic domination over any
other people. Om- desire is a world environment
of freedom, not servitude. On the other hand
many, if not all, of the nations of the Middle East
are aware of the danger that stems from Inter-
national Communism and welcome closer coopera-
tion with the United States to realize for them-
selves the United Nations goals of independence,
economic well-being and spiritual growth.
If the Middle East is to continue its geographic
role of uniting rather than separating East and
West; if its vast economic resources are to serve
the well-being of the peoples there, as well as that
of others; and if its cultures and religions and
their shrines are to be preserved for the uplifting
of the spirits of the peoples, then the United States
must make more evident its willingness to support
the independence of the freedom-loving nations of
the area.
V.
Under these circumstances I deem it necessary
to seek the cooperation of the Congress. Only
with that cooperation can we give the reassurance
needed to deter aggression, to give courage and
confidence to those who are dedicated to freedom
and thus prevent a chain of events which would
gravely endanger all of the free world.
There have been several Executive declarations
made by the United States in relation to the Mid-
dle East. There is the Tripartite Declaration of
May 25, 1950,= followed by the Presidential as-
surance of October 31, 1950, to the King of Saudi
Arabia.^ There is the Presidential declaration of
April 9, 1956, that the United States will within
constitutional means oppose any aggression in the
area.* There is our Declaration of November 29,
1956, that a threat to the territorial integrity or
political independence of Iran, Iraq, Pakistan or
Turkey would be viewed by the United States with
the utmost gravity.^
Nevertheless, weaknesses in the present situation
and the increased danger from International Com-
munism, convince me that basic United States
policy should now find expression in joint action
- Bulletin of June 5, 1950, p. 886.
'A letter expressing U.S. interest In the independence
of Saudi Arabia, delivered by U.S. Ambassador Raymond
A. Hare at tlie time he presented his credentials.
' Bulletin of Apr. 23, 1956, p. 668.
" Ibid., Dec. 10, 1956, p. 918.
January 2J, 1957
85
by the Congress and the Executive. Furtliermore,
our joint resolve should be so couched as to make
it apparent that if need be our words will be
backed by action.
VI.
It is nothing new for the President and the
Congress to join to recognize that the national
integrity of other free nations is directly related
to our own security.
We have joined to create and support the se-
curity system of the United Nations. We have
reinforced the collective security system of the
United Nations by a series of collective defense
arrangements. Today we have security treaties
with 42 other nations which recognize that their,
and our, peace and security are intertwined. We
have joined to take decisive action in relation to
Greece and Turkey and in relation to Taiwan.
Thus, the United States through the joint action
of the President and the Congress, or, in the case
of treaties, the Senate, has manifested in many
endangered areas its purpose to support free and
independent governments — and peace — against
external menace, notably the menace of Interna-
tional Communism. Thereby we have helped to
maintain peace and security during a period of
great danger. It is now essential that the United
States should manifest through joint action of the
President and the Congress our determination to
assist those nations of the Mid East area which
desire that assistance.
The action which I propose would have the
following features.
It would, first of all, authorize the United States
to cooperate with and assist any nation or group
of nations in the general area of the Middle East
in the development of economic strength dedicated
to the maintenance of national independence.
It would, in the second place, authorize the
Executive to undertake in the same region pro-
grams of military assistance and cooperation with
any nation or group of nations which desires such
aid.
It would, in the third place, authorize such as-
sistance and cooperation to include the employ-
ment of the armed forces of the United States to
secure and protect the territorial integrity and
political independence of such nations, requesting
sucli aid, against overt armed aggi-ession from any
nation controlled by International Communism.
These measures would have to be consonant with
the treaty obligations of the United States, includ-
ing the Charter of the United Nations and with
any action or reconomendations of the United Na-
tions. They would also, if armed attack occurs, be
subject to the overriding authority of the United
Nations Security Council in accordance with the
Charter.
The present proposal would, in the fourth place,
autliorize the President to employ, for economic
and defensive military purposes, sums available
under the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as
amended, without regard to existing limitations.
The legislation now requested should not include
the authorization or appropriation of funds be-
cause I believe that, under the conditions I suggest,
presently appropriated funds will be adequate for
the balance of the present fiscal year ending June
30. I shall, liowever, seek in subsequent legisla-
tion tlie authorization of $200,000,000 to be avail-
able during each of the fiscal years 1958 and 1959
for discretionary use in the area, in addition to the
other mutual security programs for the area here-
after provided for by the Congress.
VII.
This program will not solve all the problems of
the Middle East. Neither does it represent the
totality of our policies for the area. There are
the problems of Palestine and relations between
Israel and the Arab States, and the future of the
Arab refugees. There is the problem of the future
status of the Suez Canal. These difficulties are
aggravated by International Communism, but
they would exist quite apart from that threat. It
is not the j^urpose of the legislation I propose to
deal directly with these problems. The United
Nations is actively concerning itself with all these
matters, and we are supporting the United Na-
tions. The United States has made clear, notably
by Secretary Dulles' address of August 26, 1955,
that we are willing to do much to assist the United
Nations in solving the basic problems of Palestine.
The proposed legislation is primarily designed
to deal with the possibility of Communist aggres-
sion, direct and indirect. There is imperative
need that any lack of power in tlie area should be
made good, not by external or alien force, but by
the increased vigor and security of the independ-
ent nations of the area.
Experience shows that indirect aggression rarely
if ever succeeds where there is reasonable security
against direct aggression ; where the goverimient
86
Deparfmeni of Sfafe Bulletin
possesses loyal security forces, and where economic
conditions are such as not to make Communism
seem an attractive alternative. The program I
suggest deals with all three aspects of tliis matter
and thus with the problem of indirect aggression.
It is my hope and belief that if our purpose be
proclaimed, as proposed by the requested legisla-
tion, that very fact will serve to halt any con-
templated aggression. We shall have heartened
the patriots who are dedicated to the independence
of their nations. They will not feel that they
stand alone, imder the menace of great power.
And I should add that patriotism is, throughout
this area, a powerful sentiment. It is true that
fear sometimes perverts true patriotism into
fanaticism and to the acceptance of dangerous en-
ticements from without. But if that fear can be
allayed, then the climate will be more favorable
to the attainment of worthy national ambitions.
And as I have indicated, it will also be necessary
for us to contribute economically to strengthen
those countries, or groups of countries, which have
governments manifestly dedicated to the preser-
vation of independence and resistance to subver-
sion. Such measures will provide the greatest
insurance against Communist inroads. Words
alone are not enough.
VIII.
Let me refer again to the requested authority
to employ the armed forces of the United States
to assist to defend the territorial integrity and
the political independence of any nation in the
area against Communist armed aggression. Such
authority would not be exercised except at the de-
sire of the nation attacked. Beyond this it is my
profound hope that this authority would never
have to be exercised at all.
Nothing is more necessary to assure this than
that our policy with respect to the defense of the
area be promptly and clearly determined and de-
clared. Thus the United Nations and all friendly
governments, and indeed governments which are
not friendly, will know where we stand.
If, contrary to my hope and expectation, a sit-
uation arose which called for the military appli-
cation of the policy which I ask the Congress to
join me in proclaiming, I would of course main-
tain hour-by-hour contact with the Congress if it
were in session. And if the Congress were not in
session, and if the situation had grave implica-
tions, I would, of course, at once call the Congress
into special session.
In the situation now existing, the greatest risk,
as is often the case, is that ambitious despots may
miscalculate. If power-hungry Communists
should either falsely or correctly estimate that the
Middle East is inadequately defended, they might
be tempted to use open measures of armed attack.
If so, that would start a chain of circumstances
which would almost surely involve the United
States in military action. I am convinced that
the best insurance against this dangerous contin-
gency is to make clear now our readiness to coop-
erate fully and freely with our friends of the
Middle East in ways consonant with the purposes
and principles of the United Nations. I intend
promptly to send a special mission to the Middle
East to explain the cooperation we are prepared
to give.
IX.
The policy which I outline involves certain bur-
dens and indeed risks for the United States.
Those who covet the area will not like what is pro-
posed. Already, they are grossly distorting our
purpose. However, before this Americans have
seen our nation's vital interests and human free-
dom in jeopardy, and their fortitude and resolu-
tion have been equal to the crisis, regardless of
hostile distortion of our words, motives and
actions.
Indeed, the sacrifices of the American people
in the cause of freedom have, even since the close
of World War II, been measured in many billions
of dollars and in thousands of the precious lives
of our youth. These sacrifices, by which great
areas of the world have been preserved to free-
dom, must not be thrown away.
In those momentous periods of the past, the
President and the Congress have united, without
partisanship, to serve the vital interests of the
United States and of the free world.
The occasion has come for us to manifest again
our national unity in support of freedom and to
show our deep respect for the rights and independ-
ence of every nation — however great, however
small. We seek not violence, but peace. To this
purpose we must now devote our energies, our de-
termination, ourselves.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The WnrrE House
January 5, 1957
January 21, 1957
87
President's Bipartisan Conference
Witli Congressional Leaders
White House press release dated January 1
The President met on January 1 with the leaders
of both political parties in the Senate and the
House of Representatives for a bipartisan confer-
ence on foreign policy, mutual security, and na-
tional defense.
During the meeting the leaders also received
from the Vice President a review of his report
to the President on the Hungarian refugee
situation.
The President thanked the leaders for the bi-
partisan cooperation he had always received from
them in the field of foreign affaire.
The Secretary of State then reviewed world de-
velopments, particularly during the last 6 months.
He expressed the opinion that the position of inter-
national conununism liad deteriorated throughout
the world and that the United States at the same
time had moved into a position of great opportu-
nity for world leadership for peace and stability
as well as for world responsibility.
The President and the Secretary of State then
discussed in more detail the Middle East situation.
The President asserted that the Middle East was
a vitally important area to the entire world. To
help that area remain free the President rec-
ommended that the Congress join with him in
serving notice to the world that the United States
would resist any Communist aggression in that
area.
Specifically, he requested the leaders: (1) to
authorize an enlarged program of economic aid
to the nations in that area by authorizing addi-
tional monies for the President's Emergency Fund
which would be used for that purpose, and (2) to
support a congressional resolution which would
be designed to deter Communist armed aggi-ession
in the Middle East area.
A general discussion then followed. It was
agreed that the matter should be promptly dealt
with on the basis of an early Presidential message
to the Congress and hearings by the appropriate
congressional committees.
The Director of the International Cooperation
Administration then reviewed for the leaders the
program for the coming year in mutual assistance,
including mutual military support and economic
and technical assistance for our allies and friends.
The Secretary of Defense and the Chairman of
the Joint Chiefs of Staff next outlined the 1958
program of the Defense Establishment of the
United States and the measures which they deemed
necessary to protect the Nation against attack and
to insure peace in the world.
The Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion followed with a review of the United States'
participation in the President's atoms-for-peace
program through the international atomic pro-
gram of the United Nations.
The Director of the United States Information
Agency stressed the importance of the agency's
program to present to the peoples of the world
America's position in maintaining peace and work-
ing for cooperation with all fi-iendly nations.
The Secretary of Commerce urged congressional
approval for participation by the United States
in the Organization for Trade Cooperation
(Otc).
Walter F. George Appointed
Special Assistant to President
Tlie President on January 4 appointed AValter
F. George to be Special Assistant to the President
with the personal rank of Ambassador.
88
Department of State Bulletin
Correspondence of President Eisenhower and Premier Bulganin Concerning
Reduction of International Tension and Disarmament
THE PRESIDENT TO PREMIER BULGANIN
White House press release dated January 2
December 31, 1956
Dear Mr. Chairman : I have given careful con-
sideration to the declaration by the Soviet Gov-
ernment to which you had invited my attention in
your letter of November 17, 1956, but find myself
in basic disagreement with the analysis of your
government as it relates to the source of inter-
national tension.
The people of the United States cannot accept
the declaration's attempt to dismiss as "a slander-
ous campaign" the world's indignant reaction to
the Soviet armed actions against the people of
Hungary. While the Soviet Government has not
responded to the constructive recommendations of
the United Nations with respect to Himgary, the
parties at dispute in the Middle East have ac-
cepted the assistance of the United Nations. A
similar response by the Soviet Union to the reso-
lutions of the United Nations concerning Hungary
would constitute a significant step toward the re-
duction of the tensions to which the Soviet decla-
ration addresses itself.
Your government's statement suggests that the
strategic situation in Western Europe is now
advantageous to the armed forces of the Soviet
Union. This statement does not seem calculated
to relieve international tensions. Moreover, I am
convinced in the light of my long association with
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization that it is
fully capable of carrying out its mission of col-
lective defense.
You suggest further meetings of heads of gov-
ernment. I could agree to a meeting whenever
circumstances would make it seem likely to accom-
plish a significant result. But, in my opinion,
deliberations within the framework of the United
Nations seem most likely to produce a step forward
in the highly complicated matter of disarmament.
Accordingly the United States will make further
proposals there.
I take hope from your apparent willingness to
consider aerial inspection as a positive factor in
the problem of armaments. Much to my regret,
however, your government's declaration does not
signify willingness to seek agreement on the basic
element of my Geneva proposal of averting sur-
prise attack through aerial inspection of the cen-
ters of our military power.
The United States is giving this and your other
disarmament proposals careful study. We are
prepared to discuss them, as well as the further
United States proposals, in forthcoming meetings
of the Disarmament Subcommittee.
You may be sure that our government will
continue its efforts in behalf of effective control
and reduction of all armaments. It will be my
never-ending purpose to seek a stable foundation
for a just and durable peace in the mutual interest
of all nations.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
PREMIER BULGANIN TO THE PRESIDENT
The Kremlin
Moscow
November 17, 1956
Dear Mr. Pkesidext: The military attack on
Egypt has brought on a serious aggravation of the
international situation. In consideration of this
fact it is the duty of all states and especially those
countries which bear the basic responsibility for
the preservation of peace to find means for the
solution of questions in dispute through negotia-
tions.
In this dangerous moment for the cause of peace
ianvary 2?, 1957
89
the Soviet Government considers it essential to
appeal to the governments of all countries and in
the first instance to the governments of the great
powers to unite their efforts for their adoption of
urgent measures directed towards the prevention
of war, cessation of the arms race and the solution
of questions in dispute by peaceful means.
In sending to you the declaration of the Soviet
Government on the question of disarmament and
reduction of international tension my colleagues
and I express the hope that the U.S.A. and you
personally, Mr. President, will examine with all
attention the proposals of the Soviet Government
set forth in the declaration.
Btjlganin
Declaration of the Soviet Government Concerning
the Question of Disarmament and Reduction of
International Tension
November 17, 1956
The armed attack of England, France and Israel on
Egypt has created a situation dangerous for the cause of
peace and has placed before the peoples In all sharpness
the question of the threat of a third world war. It is
known that in the above-mentioned countries large scale
measures have been carried out for the mobilization of
ground, naval and air forces, for calling up reserves, for
mobilization of Industry, transportation, and lines of com-
munication for servicing military needs. Thus in these
countries in essence has been created a wartime situation,
especially if it is taken into consideration that in all
countries of the North Atlantic bloc (NATO) rabid mili-
tary propaganda has been unleashed. The aggressive
actions of England, France and Israel against Egypt, the
military measures undertaken by them, and the situation
of war hysteria have created a real danger of expansion
of the conflict with the utilization of the destructive means
of the latest military equipment.
The unprovoked aggression against Egypt naturally
mobilized the peoples of the East In rising to the defense
of Egypt, which is struggling for its vital national inter-
ests, for independent national existence, and thereby for
the defense also of its own national independence.
As a result of the heroic opposition of the Egyptian
people, and in the face of the growing indignation of the
entire world against the military venture in the Middle
East, which has been condemned by the United Nations,
the organizers of aggressive war have been forced to
cease military operations against Egypt. Nevertheless,
It is impossible to consider that the real military danger
has been removed and that a military fire will not flame
with still greater force. The basis for the concern of the
peoples is the fact that at the present time the armed
forces and military equipment of England and t'Yance are
being concentrated on Cyprus and also in Port Said, wliich
was occupied by Anglo-French forces even after the dec-
laration by England and France concerning the cease
fire, and consequently in violation of the obligations under-
taken by them before the entire world.
For the realization of their military plans for the Mid-
dle East, England and France have transferred to the
region of military actions large formations including
those which were on the territory of Western Germany.
The French Government in addition has transferred a
significant portion of its army to the region of North
Africa for the purpose of suppressing the national libera-
tion movement in Algeria.
As a result of military actions against Egypt, the Suez
Canal has been put out of operation for a long period;
oil pipelines passing across the territory of Arab coun-
tries have been destroyed; there have been disrupted
communications, which have vitally important signifi-
cance for England, France and other countries of P^urope,
particularly taking into account that all this has led to
the cessation of transportation of oil to Europe through
the Mediterranean Sea. Thus for England, France and
other Western European countries .serious difficulties have
been created in the receipt of liquid fuel, so essential for
industry of these countries and having decisive military
significance, insofar as without liquid fuel in contempo-
rary conditions military equipment is dead and armies
cannot fight.
Thus, the military adventure against Egypt has led to
a serious weakening not only of the political but also of
the military strategic positions of England, France and
Europe and to a serious weakening of all the military
forces of the North Atlantic bloc on the European con-
tinent. It is not without reason that, in official circles
and the press of the Western powers, it is noted with
alarm that a very delicate situation has been created for
the organizers of the aggression against Egypt in con-
nection with the fact that their principal armed forces
are concentrated in the region of the Near East and in
North Africa while those forces which are in Euroi)e re-
main without sufficient equipment.
There comes to attention the fact that those circles of
the Western powers who are responsible for the aggres-
sion against Egypt attempt at the present time, through
fabrications concerning the aggressive intention of the
Soviet Union in the Middle East and Europe, both to dis-
tract attention from the fact of the open aggression com-
mitted against Egypt and thereby to hide the collapse
which this adventure has suffered.
Attempts are being made to fan with regard to the
Soviet Union a slanderous campaign in connection with
the collapse of the counterrevolutionary military plot
against People's Hungary, which is, as has now become
completely clear, an integral part of the general plot of
the imperialists against the peace and security of the
peoples, both in the Middle East and in Europe. All sorts
of fabrications are being spread concerning an alleged
concentration of Soviet troops undertaken in various
countries of Eastern Europe, unusual movements of So-
viet forces to the western and southern borders of the
U.S.S.It., etc. All this is utilized by certain circles in
the West for a rebirth of the cold war, for an ever greater
increase of the arms race in the countries of N.\TO, this
basic aggressive grouping which has been openly used
90
Department of State Bulletin
in recent times for the preservation and reestablishment
of tlie shameful system of colonial repression.
The creation of this tense situation, including the in-
tensification of the arms race, is advantageous in the first
instance to tlie monopolists of the United States, England
and France, who are squeezing out fabulous profits from
military orders. Such a situation permits them also to
preserve at high levels the taxes on the working people
who are bearing on their shoulders the main burden of
expenditures for armament and for preparation for
ground, naval and air warfare.
Thus on the one hand it is recognized that the Anglo-
French-Israeli aggression against Egypt has created a
complicated situation for Western Europe and for NATO
as a whole. On the other hand, to the Soviet Union is
ascribed all sorts of clumsy schemes in regard to Western
Europe, the Middle East, etc., and war hysteria is inflated
by every means.
However, those who rush to such means have got them-
selves completely entangled.
If the Soviet Union were actually guided by any sort
of attendant considerations, the situation which has arisen
for it from the point of view of the relation of forces be-
tween the powers, and had the aggressive intentions which
are attributed to it, then it would seem that the Soviet
Union could utilize the situation which has been created
at the i)re.sent time for attack against the armed forces
of the Atlantic bloc and could have achieved the military
objectives ascribed to It in regard to Western Europe
even without the use of modern nuclear weapons and
rockets.
It can be stated directly that at the present time the
strategic situation in Western Europe is advantageous
to the Armed Forces of the Soviet Union to an even
greater degree than that obtaining at the end of the
Second World War, when the mobilized and armed Soviet
Army could have become consolidated in all of Western
Europe if the Soviet Union had pursued such an aim.
But, at the end of the Second World War as at the
present time, the U.S.S.R. did not and does not have any
other aims than the preservation and strengthening of
peace, which the i)eoples of all countries long for.
Only during the past year the Soviet Government has
unilaterally undertaken major reduction of its armed
forces by 1,840,000 men, has cut its military budget by
almost 10,000,000,000 rubles, and has liquidated its military
bases in Port Arthur and Porkkala Udd. Contrary to
the false propaganda of the Western powers, it is not
carrying out any kind of mobilization or movement of its
troops to its borders. Its troops are occupied with their
military tasks and are found at their customary bases.
The Soviet people are engaged in peaceful, creative labor
in the broad expanses of newly assimilated virgin lands,
on gigantic construction projects of the sixth five-year
plan, in the laboratories and the scientific institutes, in
the various fields of culture, art, and science.
The Soviet Government declares that the Soviet Union
has always been and remains an opponent of deciding
controversies and disagreements between states by means
of war. It has always been guided and is guided by the
Leninist policy of peaceful coexistence of states, regard-
less of the differences in their social and state systems.
In its relations with other states the Soviet Government
is guided by the decisions of the historic 20th Congress
of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, in which
there was openly stated to the whole world the negative
attitude of the U.S.S.R. toward war as a means of re-
solving international controversies and in which its clear
position on the principles of the coexistence of socialist
countries with capitalist countries was set forth.
The Soviet state has stood and henceforth will firmly
stand on the.se basic positions, since this proceeds from
the very nature of the socialist state, the basic task of
which is the raising of the living standard of Its people
and the development of the productive forces of society,
free from the fetters of capitalist productive relations.
It is possible to ensure this not under conditions of war
but under conditions of a peaceful development permitting
the utilization of the inexhaustible possibilities of raising
the socialist economy, culture, and science.
There are no social groups and classes in the Soviet
Union which would become rich by war and a military
situation and which would be interested in the arma-
ment race, in the seizure of foreign territory, and in the
unleashing of aggressive wars.
It is well known that Russia has been transformed in
a short historical period from a backward agrarian
country into a powerful industrial state, possessing all
the conditions and resources for a further rapid upsurge
of its economy, for the raising of the material welfare
and the cultural level of the Soviet people. The fact
that the volume of Industrial production of the U.S.S.R.
has increased by more than twenty times during the past
25 years while the volume of industrial productions of
all capitalist countries has increased less than twofold
during the same period bears witness to the unprece-
dented rate of growth of the economy of the Soviet Union.
The Soviet Union possesses an enormous territory,
colossal deposits of coal, petroleum, iron ore, and non-
ferrous metals ; inexhaustible reserves of power re-
sources, including the newest methods of producing elec-
tric energy through the use of atomic raw materials. The
planned economy of the Soviet Union guarantees a normal
market for manufactured goods, and therefore the
U.S.S.R. is not faced with the problem of conquering
markets for its goods. Its economic relations with other
states are built on the foundation of equal rights and
mutual advantage which provides the possibility for nor-
mal exchange of goods in the interest of the further rais-
ing of the national economy.
The peoples of the Soviet Union, having taken the path
of socialism and having achieved unprecedented successes
In the development of its national economy and culture,
could be convinced by this experience that the socialist
system is the most progressive and provides the possi-
bility of such development of national economy in the
U.S.S.R. as well as in the other socialist states as in-
evitably will guarantee the victory of socialism in peace-
ful economic competition with capitalism. The Soviet
people are engaged in the solution of the task of catching
up with and overtaking the most developed capitalist
January 21, 1957
91
countries according to the level of per capita production
of industrial goods. The Soviet jieople are confident that,
relying on a powerful technology and the great advantages
of the socialist economic system, they can in a short his-
torical period attain that many-sided development of the
material and spiritual forces of man, and that harmony
of social life which the building of communism will bring.
The Soviet Government is profoundly convinced that
the interests of the Soviet people in the preservation and
strengthening of peace completely coincide with interests
of all other peoples of both the West and East. They
need not atom bombs nor tanks and cannon but clothing,
food, housing, schools for children, and a quiet and secure
future. The peoples of the underdeveloped countries want
to put an end to age-old backwardness, poverty, and the
wretched heritage of colonial oppression.
The events of recent times in the Near East have
graphically shown how great are the forces interested in
the preservation of peace and ready to restrain aggressors
with all resolution. At the same time, these events have
shown that the aggressive circles of certain powers are
prepared in the name of their narrow interests to throw
peace into the abyss of a new world war, threatening the
peoples with new military conflicts fraught with serious
consequences for mankind.
This is why the Soviet Union at this moment of responsi-
bility is again raising its voice for the cessation of the
armaments race, for the prohibition of atomic and hydro-
gen weapons, and for the prohibition of tests of these
weapons.
For the purpose of the practical and speediest realiza-
tion of these demands, in which all peoples are vitally
Interested, the Soviet Government proposes :
(1) To reduce in the course of two years the armed
forces of the Soviet Union, the United States of America,
and China to 1-1.5 million men for each of these states,
the armed forces of England and France to 650,000 men
each, and those of each of the remaining states to 150,000-
200,000 men.
As a first step to this, to reduce in the course of the
first year, the armed forces of the Union of Soviet So-
cialist Republics, the United States of America, and China
to 2.5 million men and the armed forces of England and
France to 750 thousand men for each of these states.
The above-mentioned countries should reduce their
armaments accordingly.
(2) To effect in the course of the above-mentioned
period the ban of atomic and hydrogen weapons, with
the cessation of the production of nuclear weapons, the
ban on tlieir use, full destruction of stocks of these
weapons, and their elimination from the armaments of
states.
As a first step, to cease immediately the testing of
atomic and hydrogen bomb.s.
(3) To re<luee during 1957 by one-third the armed
forces of the United States of America, the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, England, and France stationed
on the territory of Geniiany, with establishment of appro-
priate control for this reduction.
(4) To carry out during 1957 the significant reduction
of the armed forces of the United States of America,
England, and Franc-e stationed on the territory of coun-
tries participants in NATO, and the armed forces of the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics stationed on the ter-
ritory of member-countries of the Warsaw Pact.
(5) To liquidate in the course of two years, foreign
army, naval, and air bases on the territories of other
states.
(6) To curtail the military expenditures of govern-
ments in the course of two years, corresponding to the
reduction of armed forces and annaments, banning of
atomic and hydrogen weapons, and the liquidation of for-
eign military bases on the territories of other states.
(7) For observation of the carrying out by the states
of the obligations undertaken by them concerning dis-
armament, to establish a strict and effective international
control, utilizing all necessary rights and functions for
this purpose.
For the purpose of preventing a sudden attack by one
state on another, to establish on the territory of states,
on a reciprocal basis, control posts in large port.s, rail-
road junctions, highways, and airports, which will see
that no dangerous concentration of armed forces and
armaments takes place.
The Soviet Government has already repeatedly ex-
pressed its attitude toward the proposal about the so-
called plan for aerial photography and declared that this
proposal does not decide either the problem of controlling
disarmament or preventing aggression.
Considering, however, that the proposal for aerial
photography is presented as a condition for reaching
agreement on disarmament questions, which creates seri-
ous obstacles for achieving such an agreement, the Soviet
Government for the purpose of facilitating the quickest
achievement of agreement is prepared to consider the
question of using aerial photography in the area in Europe
where basic military forces of the North Atlantic Pact are
located and in countries participating in the Warsaw
Pact to a depth of 800 kilometers to the East and West
from the line of demarcation of the above-mentioned mili-
tary forces, if there is agreement of the appropriate
states.
In proposing the realization of the above-mentioned
measures, the Soviet Government considers that after
their implementation it is necessary to raise the question
about the complete liquidation of armed forces and arma-
ments of all types with retention by states of only such
contingents of militia (police) which are necessary for
assuring internal security and the security of frontiers.
The Soviet Government, true to its policy of guarantee-
ing peace and desiring to create confidence among i>eoples
that armaments will never be used for deciding disputes
among states, again proposes to conclude a pact of non-
aggression among countries belonging to the North Atlan-
tic Alliance and the countries of the Warsaw Pact. Such
a pact, considering that among its members would be the
Soviet Union and the United States of America, that is,
the states having the most powerful armed forces, would
radically change the entire international situation, aiding
the reduction of international tension and the creation
of trust among states.
Since the examination in U.N. agencies of disarmament
questions has so far not led to any real results in deciding
the question of reducing armaments and prohibiting atomic
92
Department of State Bulletin
weapons, the Soviet Government considers it necessary,
along with the continuation of efforts in this direction in
agencies of the U.N., to seek more effective means for
settling these problems. Considering that the present
international situation dictates the necessity for taking
immediate measures for the purpose of preventing war and
stopping the armaments rate, the Soviet Government con-
siders it appropriate to convoke a conference of heads of
governments of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,
the United States of America, England, France, and India,
as was proposed by the President of the Swiss Confedera-
tion.' Such a conference could assist achievement of
agreements on questions dealing with the problem of
disarmament.
The successful conduct of a conference of heads of gov-
ernments of the five states could prepare for the convoca-
tion of a wider conference for examination of these ques-
tions, in which the heads of government of all countries
participating in NATO and in the Warsaw Pact could
take part. The Soviet Government considers it desirable
that such a conference should also be attended by the
heads of government of a series of other countries and,
first of all, the Chinese People's Republic, India, Yugosla-
via, Indonesia, and Burma, which are not either in the
Warsaw Pact or in such military groups as NATO, SEATO,
or the Baghdad Pact.
If difficulties are encountered in convoking a confer-
ence of the heads of government of the five powers, then
in the opinion of the Soviet Government the convocation of
the cited broader conference would meet the interests of
reducing international tension and improving the inter-
national situation.
The Soviet Government considers it necessary with all
seriousness to underscore the fact that before the world
at pre.sent are two paths : either the path of terminat-
ing the cold war, rejecting the policy of "positions of
strength," disarmament, and the creation of all condi-
tions for the peaceful coexistence of states with different
economic and social systems, or the continuation of the
armaments race, the continuation of the cold war — the
path leading to an unpreeedentedly burdensome and de-
structive war which would bring to the entire world inesti-
mable calamities and sufferings.
The Soviet Government has stood and stands for the
position that in the world there are no controversial prob-
lems which could not be settled peacefully taking into
account the legitimate interests of the appropriate states.
As for existing ideological disagreements, they cannot
be the basis for exacerbation of relations among states,
for propaganda of war, and even more for application of
force of one state against another state. Such disagree-
ments can and must be decided by means of a struggle of
ideas, in which the advantages of one ideology or other,
also of one economic system or other, will be proven by
the very course of historical development.
Submitting its proposals for disarmament, which are
dictated by the interests for preserving and strengthening
peace among peoples, the Soviet Government expresses
the confidence that they will be supi>orted by all who strive
not in words but in deeds for the liquidation of the danger
of a new war and for the strengthening of universal peace.
Total Visa Issuance Under
Refugee Relief Act
Press release 2 dated January 3
The issuance of visas under the Refugee Relief
Act of 1953 ended on December 31, 1956. Tenta-
tive statistics received by the Department of State
from posts abroad report a total visa issuance of
189,967. This figure reflects complete issuance of
all visas permitted in all categories of the law plus
worldwide orphan issuance where there were a
sufficient number of sponsored applicants to meet
the requirements. A breakdown of the tentative
final figures by category as established in the
Refugee Relief Act is as follows :
' Bulletin of Nov. 26, 1956, p. 839.
Sec. 4(a) (1) - German Ethnic Expel-
lees residing in Germany and
Austria
Sec. 4(a) (2) - Escapees from Behind
the Iron Curtain in Germany and
Austria
Sec. 4(a) (3) - Escapees from Behind
the Iron Curtain in NATO Coun-
tries, Turkey, Iran
Sec. 4(a) (4) - Anders Poles in British
Isles
Sec. 4(a) (5) and (6) - (Combined by'
the Graham Amendment) - Italian
Refugees and Preference Category
Relatives
Sec. 4(a) (7) and (8) - (Combined by'
the Graham Amendment) - Greek
Refugees and Preference Category
Sec. 4(a) (9) 'and '(10) - (Combi'ne'd by'
the Graham Amendment) - Dutch
Refugees and Preference Category
Relatives
Sec. 4(a) (11) - European Refugees
in the Far East
Sec. 4(a) (12) - Asian Refugees from'
Communism in the Far East . .
Sec. 4(a) (13) - Chinese Refugees with'
Chinese National Passports . . . .
Sec. 4(a) (14) - Palestine Refugees in
the Near East
Sec. 5(a) - Orphans Adopted by United
States Citizens
Authorized
65, 000
35, 000
10, 000
2,000
60, 000
17, 000
17, 000
2,000
3,000
2,000
2,000
4,000
Issued
38, 662
35, 000
10, 000
2,000
60, 000
17, 000
15, 403
902
3,000
2,000
2,000
4,000
January 21, 1957
93
Providing for tlie Needs of the Hungarian Refugees
REPORT TO PRESIDENT EISENHOWER BY VICE PRESIDENT NIXON, JANUARY 1, 1957
Introduction
This report deals only with a symptom, and not
with the basic problem. No matter how well we
care for the victims of oppression, the guilt of
those who drove them from their homes, who
killed their fellow-countrymen and who today
keep their nation in slavery must never be
forgotten.
The revolt of the courageous people of Hun-
gary against their oppressors is one of the most
significant events in the history of mankind.
Without plan or organization they rose up in final
revulsion against the subjugation and cruelty
which has been imposed upon them. What they
did and are doing was not in vain for, by their
deeds, they sounded the death knell of interna-
tional Communism for all the world to hear.
In a discussion confined as is this report to the
present plight of the Hungarian refugees, we
recognize that we are not dealing with the basic
question of how freedom is to be provided for
Hungary. Compliance by the U.S.S.R. with
the resolution of the United Nations ^ calling for
the removal of Soviet troops from Hungary is the
only adequate and permanent solution to that
problem, and to the problems which face the Hun-
garian people. Solutions short of this must be
considered temporary and basically not satis-
factory.
On the basis of a first-hand survey ^ of the
Hungarian refugees from the time they cross the
border into Austria until they leave the Camp Kil-
mer Reception Center, I submit the following
findings and recommendations :
' For text, see Bulletin of Nov. 19, 1956, p. 803.
Number and Character of Refugees
Approximately 155,000 refugees have crossed
the border between October 23, 1956 and January
1, 1957. An average of approximately 800 per
day are coming across the border at this time.
(See Appendix 1)
The quality of the people who fled Hungary is
of the highest order. For the most part they were
in the forefront of the fight for freedom and fled
only when the choice was death or deportation
at the hands of the foreign invaders or temporary
flight to a foreign land to await the inevitable
freedom for Hungary. The large majority are
young people — students, technicians, craftsmen
and professional people. There are many family
units, including a large number of children. (See
Appendix 2)
The majority of the refugees who have been
interviewed say that they left Hungary because
of fear of liquidation or of deportation. The
number of floaters and of those who left Himgary
purely for economic reasons is relatively small.
The majority of those who have been inter-
" Mr. Nixon left Washington for Vienna on Dec. 18 and
returned to Washington on Dec. 24. He visited the Camp
Kilmer Reception Center on Dec. 27. The Department of
State announced on Dec. 18 (press release 625) that the
Vice President's party included Representative Bob Wil-
son ; William P. Rogers, Deputy Attorney General ; John
B. Hollister, Director, International Cooperation Admin-
istration ; Robert L. King, Dwight S. Porter, and H. G.
Torbert, Jr., Department of State; and LiOie G. Gaunt,
Secretary to the Vice President. Lowell T. Coggeshall,
Special Assistant to the Secretary of Health, Education,
and Welfare, and George Katona, Professor of Psychology,
University of Michigan, traveled separately and joined
the party in Austria.
94
Department of State Bulletin
viewed to dcate have expressed a desire to return
to Hungary in the event of a change of government
which would make it safe for tliem to do so.
The problem of checking the security back-
grounds of the refugees is not as difficult as usual,
due to the fact that in addition to the usual docu-
mentary evidence available in such cases, direct
evidence is being volunteered by other refugees
who are well-informed as to the identity of spies
and agents in their communities.
I am convinced that if the screening process
which is presently in effect is continued the Hun-
garian refugees who are admitted to the United
States will present no significant risk of inter-
nal subversion in this country.
Talcing all the above factors into consideration,
I believe that the countries which accept these
refugees will find that, rather than having as-
sumed a liability, they have acquired a valuable
national asset. As Mr. Herbert Hoover said on
December 27, 1956, "The Hungarian refugees have
proved by their courage and sacrifice that they
are the traditional sort of persons who make
Americans."
Disposition of Refugees to Date
88,000 of the 155,000 refugees have been reset-
tled in countries other than Austria, as of Janu-
ary 1. Of this 88,000, 15,000 have gone to the
United States, and 73,000 have been accepted in
other countries.
Of the 67,000 who are in Austria at this time, the
Austrian Government had indicated that approxi-
mately 30,000 could be assimilated into the Aus-
trian economy, provided some assistance was given
to Austria for the construction of housing and
other facilities to provide for them during an ad-
justment period.
This leaves a minimum of 37,000 in Austria at
the present time for whom homes must be found
in other countries.
Estimate of Eventual Total Refugee Movement
How long the exodus of refugees from Hungary
into Austria will continue will depend upon what
happens in Hungary. If the character of the
Hungarian Government were to change so that a
degree of freedom were to be provided for the
Hungarian people, there is little question but that
the number of refugees leaving Hungary would
be substantially reduced, and there is also no ques-
tion but that many of those who have left Hun-
gary would return.
There is also the possibility that the Hungarian
Government might decide to step up its efforts to
close the border, and, in that event, the number of
refugees leaving Hungary probably would be sub-
stantially reduced.
Another factor which must be taken into account
in analyzing the total problem is that some of the
73,000 who have gone to other countries did so
with the understanding that they were going there
temporarily and would eventually have the oppor-
tunity to go to the United States.
The President has stated that the United States
would accept within this country those who went
to other countries with such an understanding.
"Wliile the total number of refugees in the above
categories can not be estimated with any degree
of certainty, there can be but one conclusion. The
United States and other free nations must take
substantially more refugees than they have agreed
to take up to this time.
Recommendations as to Future United States
Policy on Accepting Additional Refugees
It has been suggested that the United States
should announce at this time that it would take
a fixed additional nmnber of refugees.
Another suggestion that has been made is that
the United States should agree to take a certain
percentage of all Hungarian refugees who are
presently in Austria, and of those who may come
to Austria from Hungary in the future.
I have concluded that it would not be wise for
the United States to be tied down either to a fixed
percentage or a fixed number.
It should be our policy, along with other free
nations of the world, to take our full share of
these escapees from Communist tyranny.
We should not place a ceiling on what we will
do in fulfilling our traditional national mission
of providing a haven of refuge for victims of
oppression. In addition, because of the uncer-
tainty of the situation witliin Hungary, it is not
possible for us to make any accurate estimate of
what such a fixed number should be.
For us to agree to take a percentage of all ref-
ugees is also unrealistic. Conditions change
within the various countries which might provide
homes for refugees, and our policy should be flex-
ible enough to take such changes into accoimt.
January 21, 1957
95
Attorney General To Parole
Refugees Until Congress Acts
Statement hy President Eisenhower
White House press release dated January 1
The Attorney General will continue to parole
Hungarian refugees into the United States until
such time as the Congress acts. This action, in my
opinion, is clearly in the national interest. It will
prevent a stoppage of the flow of these refugees and
will permit the United States to continue, along
with the other free nations of the world, to do its
full share in providing a haven for these victims
of oppression.
Our policy should be based on the following
principles :
1. All free nations should share to the extent
of their capabilities in the responsibility for re-
settling refugees. Both through the United Na-
tions, and through noraial diplomatic channels,
the government of the United States should work
toward the realization of this objective. The U.S.
Escapee Program, the Intergovernmental Com-
mittee for European Migration, and the United
Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, all of
which are engaged in various phases of resettle-
ment activity, should receive support from us for
this purpose.
2. Until Congress passes appropriate legisla-
tion, admission of Hungarians to the United States
should be continued under the parole procedures
now in effect.^ Most of these admissions should
continue to apply to Hungarians in Austria to
relieve the pressure in that country. However,
some should be reserved for the Hungarians now
in temporary asylum in Western Europe outside
'Sec. 212 (d) (5) of the Immigration and Nationality
Act reads as follows : "The Attorney General may in his
discretion parole into the United States temporarily un-
der such conditions as he may prescribe for emergent
reasons or for reasons deemed strictly in the public in-
terest any alien applying for admission to the United
States, but such parole of such alien shall not be regarded
as an admission of the alien and when the purposes of
such parole shall, in the opinion of the Attorney General,
have been seiTed the alien shall forthwith return or be
returned to the custody from which he was paroled and
thereafter his case shall continue to be dealt with in the
same manner as that of any other applicant for admis-
sion to the United States."
of Austria, with the understanding that they
would eventually be admitted to the United States.
Preference within this latter group should be
given at this time primarily to those with rel-
atives in this country. To this end, we should
begin taking applications from the refugees out-
side of Austria. U.S. diplomatic representatives
in the countries who are now offering asylum
should wherever possible work out arrangements
whereby refugees from Austria could be received
in those countries to replace those we take for re-
settlement in the United States.
3. An amendment to the Inunigration and Na-
tionality Act should be presented to the Congress
for immediate consideration which would :
a. Regularize the status of Hungarian refugees
brought into the United States under the parole
procedure, and
b. Provide flexible authority to grant admission
to this country of additional numbers of Hmigar-
ian and other refugees from Communist persecu-
tion, through the use of non-quota visas within an
annual ceiling.
Such a provision should take into account the
escapees who left Hungary before October 23,
1956, and the meritorious cases of those from
other Eastern European countries who can not be
resettled in the United States because of the termi-
nation of the Refugee Relief Program and the
lack of any other legislative authority for their
admittance.
c. I strongly urge the enactment of the amend-
ments to the Immigration and Nationality Act
proposed by the President to the Eighty-fourth
Congress.* Such amendments would provide ade-
quate flexibility in our immigration policy to meet
more fully our world responsibilities. For ex-
ample, it would permit consideration for certain
escapees from Communism other than those in
Eastern Europe, including Chinese Nationalists
wlio have had to flee from the Communist Govern-
ment in their country.
4. It has been suggested that no change in the
law is needed and that the whole problem of
refugees from Communist countries can be
handled adequately under the parole provisions of
the present Act.
While the Attorney General has interpreted the
parole provisions so as to cover the 15,000 Hun-
garian refugees who have been admitted up to this
* Bulletin of Feb. 20, 1956, p. 275.
96
Department of State Bulletin
time, and while I believe that the applications of
additional Hungarian refugees should be proc-
essed under that provision between now and the
time the Congress has an opportunity to con-
sider amendments to the Act, tlie circumstances
and the limits under which this provision should
be applied in the future should be spelled out by
the Congress.
As the Attorney General has stated, neither he
nor any other administrative official should have
unlimited authority to admit aliens to the United
States on a parole basis. It is obvious that such
power, if arbitrarily used, could completely cir-
cumvent tlie basic purposes and objectives of the
Immigration Law.
Economic Assistance by the United States
Our govermiiental aid for care and maintenance
of Hungarian refugees has been partially directed
tlirough the United Nations. We should continue
our participation with the other free nations in
this United Nations effort in order to secure the
most effective combination of our resources. But
it will be necessary, also, to deal directly with the
Austrian government and relief agencies on vari-
ous aid matters, particularly those involving ex-
penditures afl'ecting the Austrian economy.
In connection with economic assistance to
Austria, it should be pointed out that the cost to
the Austrian government has been considerable
up to this time. Austria is a relatively small coun-
tr}' of approximately seven million people. It has
a housing shortage. Its economic recovery,
though remarkable, was impeded by the long occu-
pation of the country, ended only last year. Its
budgetary capabilities are already strained. A
substantial refugee program was present in
Austria prior to this new influx from Hungary
and most facilities were already overflowing. It
cost approximately one dollar a clay to feed each
refugee and in addition substantial amounts must
be found to improve or renovate existing build-
ings, to provide internal transportation, furniture,
medical care, and related costs.
The refugees arrive destitute with no posses-
sions but the clothes on their backs and they re-
quire some additional clothing and the basic
amenities needed for living. Although much
financial aid has come from the charitable or-
ganizations, particularly the Red Cross Societies,
and much more will be given through their help,
January 21, 1957
412770—57 3
the fact remains that the residual financial burden
falls on the Austrian government. This will in
turn require the help of other governments, includ-
ing our own.
The League of Red Cross Societies, of which the
American Red Cross is a member, has assumed re-
sponsibility for care and maintenance of 35,000
refugees in the larger camps in Austria. The
funds which we have transmitted to the United
Nations (five million dollars) have been divided
between the Austrian Government and the Lickoss
based on their respective needs and requirements.
.Vdditional financial assistance to Licross thi'ough
the United Nations will be required and should be
provided.
It is also recommended that the governmental
agencies concerned continue to explore the maxi-
mum use of surplus agricultural commodities both
for the food i"equirements of the refugees as well
as for the generation of counterpart funds which
might be used for some of the cash requirements
for the relief program.
Most of the cash contributions from our gov-
ernment have up to now been made from the
P^mergeiicies Fund provided in Section 401 of the
Mutual Security Act. Current estimates are that
presently appropi'iated funds will be adequate to
provide for foreseeable costs of the Hungarian Re-
lief Program for this fiscal year — until July 1,
1957.
The United States voluntary agencies may in
this emei-gency period need limited governmental
financial aid to assist them in the resettlement
program in this country. This assistance would
not ordinarily be required, but the sudden influx
of Hungarian refugees has in the case of certain
agencies placed particularly severe demands on
their financial resources which they are unable to
meet through the voluntary contributions avail-
able to them. To the extent that private contribu-
tions are not available there is no alternative but
to provide support through government funds.
Coordination of the activities of the voluntary
agencies and the Federal Government concerned
with refugee resettlement in the United States
sliould continue to be the responsibility of the
President's Committee on Hungarian Refugee Re-
lief. The Committee, under the able direction of
Mr. Tracy Voorhees, has done an admirable job.^
" For a list of the full committee, see ibid., Dec. 24-31,
1956, p. 980.
97
General Comments
This report is not intended to cover all phases
of the refugee problem. A more detailed report
has already been submitted orally to the President
and additional data on economic assistance will be
submitted by Mr. Hollister.
After a thorough examination of the placement
procedures at the Kilmer Reception Center, I am
convinced that there is no question but that the
American economy can easily and profitably as-
similate into our economy the refugees from Hun-
gary who are entering the United States. (See
Appendix 3)
This report would not be complete without pay-
ing tribute to the work of the voluntary agencies
who have provided an inspiring example in the
best American tradition of extra-governmental
charity in welfare work. They moved in quickly
when the refugees first began leaving Hungary.
They provided food, clothing and care in the first
chaotic days. They are processing the i-efugees
for their movement out of Austria and it is to
them that we look for the successful resettlement
of Hungarian as well as other Iron Curtain refu-
gees in the United States and other countries.
They deserve the continued generous financial
support of the American people.
I should also like to pay tribute to the American
governmental officials who have worked willingly
and ably night and day during these last two
months. Our Ambassador to Austria and his staff,
and the staffs of the Immigration and Naturaliza-
tion Service, the Public Health Service, and the
Department of Labor have all done a superb job.
The contribution of the United States Armed
Forces in instituting and running the air and sea
lifts has been in the best traditions of their re-
spective services. I saw no more striking example
of the generous spirit of America than the activi-
ties of the wives of Armed Forces personnel who
arranged to provide special care for refugees at
the various installations through which the refu-
gees passed on their way to the United States.
Another example is the soup kitchen run by the
wives of American governmental personnel in
Vienna where three to four thousand I'efugees are
fed daily. These are only examples of similar ac-
tivities at the various installations where Ameri-
can personnel are assigned to this problem.
In conclusion, it is essential that in our neces-
sary and understandable concern over the immedi-
ate problem of providing for the needs of refugees
we not lose sight of the historical significance of
this mass migi-ation of people from an area of
slavery to an area of freedom. The Communist
leaders thought they were building a new order
in Hungary. Instead they erected a monument
which will stand forever in history as proof of the
ultimate failure of International Communism.
Those people, both inside and outside of Hungary,
who had the courage to expose by their actions
this evil ideology for what it is deserve all the
gratitude and support which we in the Fi'ee World
are so willingly giving today.
Status Report op Hungarian Refugee Situation,
Austria
Appendix 1
Rep*
(as of 31 December 1956, 0700 Hours)
1. Total influx into Austria 28 October 1956 to
date 155, 085
2. Total number arrived in Austria last 24
hours 1 711
3. Total number residing in Austria as of 31
December 1956 . 67, 008
4. Movements:
Curmda-
Hve total
Country Quota moved
Total 87, 572
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
)8.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Switzerland . . .
Germany. . . .
Holland ....
France
Sweden ....
United Kingdom
Australia. . . .
Canada ....
U.S.A
Belgium ....
New Zealand . .
Ireland ....
Luxembourg . .
Italy
Spain
Denmark . . .
Brazil
Colombia . . .
Chile
South Africa . .
Norway ....
Argentina . . .
Iceland ....
Israel
2 10, 000
13, 552
3 5, 000
Unlimited
4,000
Unlimited
5,000
Unlimited
21, 500
3, 000
1, 000
1,000
200
4,000
10, 300
10, 934
2, 920
8,395
3,993
12, 866
1,055
7, 635
19, 668
3,019
66
530
189
3,451
1,000
3,000
1, 000
1,000
500
1,000
2,000
1,000
47
148
528
20
52
756
' Arrivals in Austria. Daily average by weeks for
December.
Number
per day
1st week 2, 532
2nd week 1, 724
3rd week 1, 185
4th week 866
Last 3 days 714
2 6,000 on a temporary basis.
> 2,000 on a temporary b.isis.
Unltod States Dopartmont of Justiop
ImmlfTOtlon and .Naturalization Service
98
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Appendix 2
Recent Hungarian Refugees and Parolees Admitted
TO THE United States by Major Occupation Group
(received and processed in Central OflSce through
December 28, 1956)
Occupation group
Total
Professional, technical, and kindred workers. .
Farmers and farm managers
Managers, officials, and proprietors, except farm
Clerical and kindred workers
Sales workers
Craftsmen, foremen, and kindred workers. . .
Operatives and kindred workers
Private household workers
Service workers, except private household. . .
Farm laborers
Laborers, except farm and mine
No occupation
Housewives
Retired
Students
Children under 14 years of age
Not reported
Number
9,253
1, OGO
112
121
557
100
1,963
1,538
65
244
99
435
2,959
746
6
602
1,565
40
Recent Hungarian Refugees and Parolees Admitted
BY Sex, Age, and Marital or Family Status
(received in Central Office through December 28, 1956)
United States Department of Justice
Immigration and Naturalization Service
Total
Age:
Under 5 years
5-9 years
10-14 years
15-19 years
20-29 years
30-39 years
40-49 years
50-59 years
60 years and over
Not reported
Marital status — refugees only:
Single
Married
Widowed
Divorced
Unknown
Family status — parolees only:
Principal applicant ....
Spouse
Child
Unknown
Total
Males
9,253
6,028
572
298
611
320
461
2.38
1, 309
955
3,310
2,354
1,762
1,099
865
561
281
170
71
28
11
5
3,205
2, 458
1,932
1,084
81
27
197
128
22
16
2,339
1, 859
629
24
847
432
1
. . . .
Females
3,225
274
291
223
354
956
663
304
111
43
747
848
54
69
6
480
605
415
1
Appendix 3
Kilmer Refugee Status Summary
(as of December 30, 1956)
Month
December
Date
1 Saturday .
2 Sunday. .
3 Monday .
4 Tuesday .
5 Wednesday
6 Thursday .
7 Friday . .
8 Saturday .
9 Sunday. .
10 Monday .
11 Tuesday .
12 Wednesday
13 Thursday.
14 Friday . .
15 Saturday .
16 Sunday. .
17 Mondav .
18 Tuesday .
19 Wednesday
20 Thursday.
21 Friday . .
22 Saturdav .
23 Sunday." .
24 Monday .
25 Tuesday .
26 Wednesday
27 Thursday.
28 Fridav . .
29 Saturday .
30 Sunday. .
#of
planes
arrived
0
2
3
3
4
4
3
o
4
5
8
7
15
7
12
5
17
o
6
5
11
12
8
22
9
13
9
8
7
#of
refugees
arrived
149
0
143
211
218
277
290
207
224
292
359
494
417
,025
466
694
330
, 101
124
416
313
709
740
517
, 406
597
870
596
473
491
#of
refugees
departed
90
90
57
108
1.56
62
97
223
144
384
161
163
239
55
202
117
256
365
400
519
341
229
169
282
186
316
823
575
542
445
Total
planes
arrived
13
13
15
18
21
25
29
32
35
39
44
52
69
74
81
93
98
115
117
123
128
139
151
159
181
190
203
212
220
227
Total
refugees
received
951
951
058
269
487
764
054
261
485
777
136
630
047
072
538
232
562
663
787
203
516
225
965
482
888
485
355
951
424
915
Total
refugees
departed
583
613
730
838
994
1, 056
1, 153
1, 376
1, 520
1,904
2, 065
2, 228
2,467
2, 522
2, 724
2, 841
3,097
3, 462
3,862
4, 381
4,722
4,951
4, 120
5, 402
5, 588
5, 904
6,727
7, 302
7,844
8,289
Total
refugees
on band
33
315
329
431
493
782
975
885
965
873
1,071
1, 402
580
2, 550
2,814
3, 391
3,465
4, 201
3, 925
3, 822
3, 794
4,274
4,845
5, 080
6, 300
6, 581
6,628
6,649
6,580
6,626
January 21, 1957
99
U.S.-lcelandic Defense Negotiations
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Department of State announced on Decem-
ber 6 (press release 610) that the Governments
of the United States and of Iceland have agreed
that recent developments in world affairs and the
continuing threat to the security of Iceland and
the North Atlantic community call for the pres-
ence of defense forces in Iceland under the United
States-Iceland Defense Agreement of May 5, 1951,
and therefore that the discussions requested by the
Government of Iceland concerning the revision of
the agreement and the withdrawal of the defense
force should be discontinued.^
It has also been decided to set up a group for
high-level consultation between the two Goveni-
ments on matters affecting defense aiTangements.
In this manner it is hoped that future problems
can be reviewed and disposed of as they develop
and that the need for formal negotiations under
article VII of the agreement can be avoided.
The North Atlantic Council has been informed
of the foregoing and has welcomed the arrange-
ments which have been reached.
These agreements are embodied in two ex-
changes of notes in Keykjavik on December 6 be-
tween U.S. Ambassador John J. Muccio and the
Icelandic Minister of Foreign Aifairs, Gund-
mundur I. Gundmundsson. The substantive parts
of the two exchanges read as follows.
AGREEMENT ON DEFENSE NEGOTIATIONS
Becognizing the traditional principles expressed by the
Government of Iceland upon its adherence to the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization relating to the stationing
of forces in Iceland and the fact that final decision as to
the presence of the defense forces in Iceland rests witli
the Govcrnnieut of Iceland, the Governments of Iceland
and the United States have held discussions concerning
the revision of the Defense Agreement and the with-
drawal of the defense force and have reached an under-
standing that the recent development of the world affairs
and the continuing threat to the security of Iceland and
the Nortli Atlantic community call for the presence of
defense forces in Iceland under the Defense Agreement
and therefore decided :
1. That discussions concerning the revision of the De-
fense Agreement for the purpose of the withdrawal of
' F(ir background, see Bulletin of July 30, 1956, p. 192 ;
Aug. 20, 1956, p. 306 ; and Oct. 15, 1956, p. 580.
the Defense Force will be discontinued until notice is
given according to paragraph 2 below.
2. That the six-month period of notice provided for in
Article VII of the Defense Agreement will start to run
when either Government gives notice.
3. That a Standing Group will study defense needs in
the light of the development of world conditions and
make recommendations to the Governments how to meet
these problems.
AGREEMENT SETTING UP ICELAND DEFENSE
STANDING GROUP
An Iceland Defense Standing Group consisting of not
more than three senior representatives of each Govern-
ment will be constituted for the following purposes :
I. to consult from time to time as to the defense needs
of Iceland and the North Atlantic area, to consider ar-
rangements appropriate to meeting such needs, and, tak-
ing into account the general political and military situa-
tion, to make recommendations to the two governments ;
II. to make preparations ccmsistent with military
readiness for a broader participation by Icelandic na-
tionals in the performance of functions connected with
defense in.sofar as fpialitied personnel are available, and to
assure the establishment of training programs appropriate
to this purpose ;
III. to endeavor to resolve general problems of policy
with regard to the relations between the Icelandic people
and the Defense Force.
United States Loan to Iceland
Will Finance Imports
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on December 28 the conclusion of a $4
million loan to the Iceland Bank of Development
to finance essential general imports into Iceland.
The loan, which was requested in order to continue
Iceland's economic development program, is guar-
anteed by the Government of Iceland.
The loan, to be administered by the Export-
Import Bank of Washing-ton, will include some
$000,000 in Danish kroner and Dutch guilder
owned by the United States, chiefly as a residt of
prior years' sales of surplus U.S. agricidtural com-
modities to Denmark and to the Netherlands for
local currencies. The balance of about $3.4 mil-
lion will be in dollars.
Tlie loan is repayable in doHars at 3 ])ercent
interest, or in either Danish kroner, Dutch guilder,
or Icelandic krona at 4 percent interest. The term
of the loan is for 22 years, including a 2-year
grace period on principal repaymenls but with no
grace for interest payments.
100
Department oi State Bulletin
Funds for the dollar part of the loan will be
drawn from the Special Presidential Fund author-
ized by Congress for such use as the President
determines is important to the security of the
United States.
People of Eniwetok and Bikini
Compensated for Leaving Homes
The Office of the High Commissioner of the
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands at Guam
announced on November 25 that the people of
Eniwetok and Bikini have been compensated for
moving from their home islands in order to facili-
tate the atomic experiments of the United States
in the Western Pacific.^ The announcement
stated that formal settlement had been made with
the former residents of Bikini and Eniwetok, now
living at Kill and Ujelang respectively, whereby
they are being provided with trust funds and cash
amounting in all to half a million dollars, and
other considerations in addition. The settlement
marks the satisfactory culmination of U.S. efforts
to provide adequate compensation for the people
who left their familiar habitat for new homes on
other islands, in order to provide a testing ground
for atomic power.
Terms of the trust agreement amount to $300,-
000 for the Bikinians now located at Kill and
$150,000 for the people of Eniwetok now living
at Ujelang. Also, both groups have been given
land-use rights to their present island homes, plus
an additional $25,000 already delivered in cash to
each group, and other considerations. In return,
the United States is given land- use rights to Bikini
and Eniwetok.
The additional considerations include land-use
rights to certain small islands adjacent to their
present home in the case of the Kilians, and also a
50-foot boat which they will use in transporting
passengers and copra, the dried meat of the coco-
nut, between Kili Island and nearby Jaluit Atoll.
The High Commissioner, Delmas H. Nucker,
reported that he had conferred personally with
both the former Bikinians and the people of Eni-
wetok and that, in compliance with the wishes of
' Tlie aniioimcement was transmitted to the U.N. Secre-
tary-General by the U.S. Representative to the United
Nations on Dec. 14 and was circulated on Dec. 26 (U.N.
doc. T/129.5).
each group, the Trust Territory Government has
agreed to establish the respective trust fmids,
make the additional payments in cash, and give
other considerations. Word that all contracts
carrying out the terms of these agreements had
been formally signed by the people of Ujelang and
Kili, and the initial cash payments delivered, was
received at the High Commissioner's office at
Guam by dispatch from the Marshall Islands,
where a representative of the Trust Territory
Government had signed the papers on behalf of the
Trust Territory Administration.
The Trust Territory Administration for almost
10 years has been assisting the former Bikini and
Eniwetok residents to become established in their
new islands. During this period a subsistence and
education progi'am has been carried on to insure
their welfare and well-being.
"It is gratifying to be able to report that the
people of Kili and Ujelang were in total accord
with the terms of settlement,"' the High Commis-
sioner stated following his return from discussions
with the relocated families. "Their satisfaction
was demonstrated to me during our recent con-
ferences, both of which closed on assurances of
complete satisfaction."
The payments for land use by the United States
were a subject of discussion at the annual U.N".
Trusteeship Council hearings on trust territory
affairs in June 1956. The amicable settlement of
these Bikini and Eniwetok claims by mutual as-
.sent of all parties gives material proof of the
United States' fulfillment of its obligations in con-
nection with the Marshall Islands experiments. It
also marks a step forward in trust territory ad-
ministration.
World Bank Loans for Steel
Production in Japan and India
LOAN TO JAPAN
The World Bank on December 19 announced a
loan of $20 million to finance part of the cost of
constructing a modern strip mill at the Kawasaki
Steel Corporation's plant near Tokyo. The loan
was made to the Japan Development Bank, a gov-
ernment agency which supplies long-term credit
for industrial development in Japan and acts as
January 2J, 1957
101
an instrument for governmental guaranty of pri-
vate borrowing abroad. The Development Bank
will I'elend the proceeds of the loan to the privately
owned Kawasaki Corporation.
The First National City Bank of New York is
participating in the loan, witliout the World
Bank's guaranty, to the extent of $1,252,000, rep-
resenting the first two maturities falling due in
May and November 1960.
The rapid industrial growth that Japan is now
exi>eriencing has created a shortage of iron and
steel, and increased output of tliese products is es-
sential to meet domestic demand. Furthermore,
tlie steel industry supplies materials for exported
products such as machinery and transportation
equipment, which are an important factor in
Japan's foreign excliange earnings.
Kawasaki, formerly a division of the Kawasaki
Dockyard Company, has been producing steel
since 1918. It is now one of tlie largest steel pro-
ducers in Japan. Until recently it had no blast
furnaces and its steel production was based almost
entirely on purchased scrap; its principal prod-
ucts were ship plate and steel sheet. In 1950 it
became a separate company and undertook iron-
making and the expansion of its steel works to en-
able it to become a fully integrated producer.
Space for such expansion was not available at its
main works in Kobe, and the company decided to
locate its new plant at Chiba on Tokyo Bay, where
it would have ready access to the country's prin-
cipal industrial area.
The first stage of construction at Chiba was
completed in 1954 ; it consisted of a blast furnace,
open hearth furnaces, and a high-capacity slab-
bing mill. The second stage, now to be undertaken
with the assistance of the bank loan, will be the
construction at Chiba of finisliing facilities, con-
sisting of semicontinuous hot and cold strip mills.
LOAN TO INDIA
The World Bank on December 20 announced a
loan equivalent to $20 million in various curren-
cies for the expansion of steel production in India.
The loan was made to the Indian Iron and Steel
Company, Ltd. (Iisco), a privately owned Indian
company whose steel works are situated at Burn-
pur in West Bengal. The loan will help to finance
additional rolling capacity so that Iisco will be
able to increase its output of semifinished and fin-
ished steel to 800,000 tons annually. Iisco is
India's second largest steel producer, and the out-
put of its plant accounts for about a third of
India's present steel production.
The emi^hasis in India's second Five- Year Plan
is on the expansion of industry and transport, and
tlie development of iron and steel production is
tlie outstanding feature of tlie industrial program.
India is in a particularly good position to produce
steel. An abundance of conveniently located raw
material — iron ore, coal, manganese, and lime-
stone— and a plentiful supply of labor enable it to
produce steel at costs as low as any in the world.
The bank has now lent a total equivalent to
$126.5 million to increase iron and steel produc-
tion in India. This is the second loan to Iisco;
the first, $31.5 million, was made in December
1952. The other steel loan, $75 million, was made
to the Tata Iron and Steel Company, Ltd., in June
1956. The loans are assisting in expansion pro-
grams which will enable the two private com-
panies to produce 2.3 million tons of finished steel
annually. In addition the Government is building
three plants which will have a total production of
2.2 million tons annually. The combined output
of the two companies and the Government plants
is the target for Indian steel production to be
achieved by 1961 under the second Five- Year
Plan.
Surplus Commodity Agreement
Signed With Brazil
Press release 640 dated December 31
The United States and Brazil on December 31
sifnied an aoreement authorizing the sale to Brazil
through private U.S. traders of wheat, edible oils,
lard, and dairy products to a total value of $138,-
700,000, including ocean freight. These sales are
being made under authority and provisions of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance
Act of 1954, as amended. The agreement was
signed in the office of Secretary of Agriculture
Ezra T. Benson by Ernani do Amaral Peixoto,
Brazilian Ambassador to the United States, and
by Acting Deputy Under Secretary of State for
Economic Affairs Thorsten V. Kalijarvi.
The agreement provides that payment for the
commodities under the sales program will be made
in Brazilian currency. A part of tlie currency
accruing will be earmarked for loans designed to
102
Department of State Bulletin
contribute to Brazil's economic development and
will be payable in dollars or Brazilian currency
under the terms of a supplemental loan agreement.
The balance will be reserved for the use of the
United States in Brazil.
Support for Bolivian Economic
Stabilization Program
ICA ANNOUNCEMENT
The International Cooperation Administration
annoimced on December 14 that, in its bilateral
program with Bolivia, Ica is making available $10
million to assist in the Bolivian Government's
stabilization program. Further support for this
program is being provided by means of a standby
arrangement of $7.5 million with the International
Monetary Fund and an exchange agreement for
$7.5 million with the United States Treasury.
Monetary stabilization is part of a long-range
program for bringing about a balance in Bolivia's
overall economic position. The program has been
prepared by the Bolivian National JNIonetary Sta-
bilization Council, headed by Bolivia's President,
Hernan Siles Zuazo, aided by three U.S. financial
advisers and in consultation with a recent Inter-
national Monetary Fund mission to Bolivia.
In view of the gravity of the present economic
situation, the Bolivian Government has under-
taken a comprehensive economic stabilization pro-
gram, including a fundamental reform of the ex-
change system as well as comprehensive internal
stabilization measures. Bolivia will institute
sources of new revenue through increased taxes
and will put into effect a tariff reform and a reduc-
tion of the expenditures of the Government and
autonomous agencies.
TREASURY DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Treasury Department announced on De-
cember 14 that Under Secretary of the Treasury
W. Efindolph Burgess, the Bolivian Ambassador.
Victor Andrade, and the President of the Central
Bank of Bolivia, Franklin Antezana Paz, have
signed an exchange agreement designed to sup-
port a comprehensive Bolivian program for abol-
ishing trade and exchange controls and attaining
increased economic stability.
The Bolivian Government proposes to introduce
a free exchange market in which the value of its
currency unit, the boliviano, will be determined by
basic supply and demand forces; it proposes to
discontinue all foreign-exchange and import con-
trols. The Bolivian authorities will operate a
stabilization fund to minimize exchange rate fluc-
tuations arising from temporary or erratic influ-
ences but not to resist fundamental changes dic-
tated by market forces.
The Bolivian Government has announced sup-
porting domestic measures including increased
taxes, strict control of bank credit, and reduction
of expenditures bj^ the Government and govern-
mental agencies.
In connection with these economic reforms the
Bolivian authorities have entered into a standby
arrangement with the International Monetary
Fund. Further important support for the Boli-
vian stabilization effort will be provided by the
International Cooperation Administration, which
has arranged to allocate a specific portion of U.S.
aid to Bolivia for direct support of the Bolivian
stabilization effort.
The Treasury Exchange Agreement supple-
ments these arrangements. It provides that the
Bolivian authorities may request the U.S. Ex-
change Stabilization Fund to purchase bolivianos
up to an amount equivalent to $7.5 million, should
the occasion for such purchase arise. Bolivia
would subsequently repurchase for dollars any
bolivianos so acquired by the Treasury.
MONETARY FUND ANNOUNCEMENT
The International Monetary Fund announced
on December 14 that the Government of Bolivia
has consulted the fund i-egarding a comprehensive
economic stabilization program which is being
put into effect on December 15, 1956.
It provides for a fundamental reform of the
exchange system and procedui-es for exchange
stabilization. Major adjustments will be made
in the fields of taxes, tariffs, Government expendi-
tures, wages, and social security. Price controls
will be I'emoved and measures will be adopted to
eliminate the deficits of the principal Govern-
ment-owned enterprises.
Bolivia's new exchange system will be based on
January 21, 1957
103
a unified, fluctuating excliange rate, in place of
the complex multiple rates that previously ex-
isted. Trade and exchange restrictions are being
removed. The Central Bank of Bolivia intends
to permit the boliviano to find an appropriate
level in a free market as quickly as possible. The
Bolivian authorities intend to intervene in the
market whenever necessary to avoid excessive
variations arising from temporary factore.
To support Bolivia's stabilization efforts the
fund has agreed to a 1-year standby arrangement
under which Bolivia may purchase foreign cur-
rencies from the fund equivalent to U.S.$7.5
million. The fund is informed that Bolivia has
also concluded an exchange agreement for $7.5
million with the United States Treasury and an
arrangement with the International Cooperation
Administration of the United States which makes
available $10 million for the same purpose.
The fmid expects to remain in close touch with
the Bolivian authorities during the period of its
standby agreement.
Eximbank Loan to Nicaragua
for I liter- American Highway
A loan of $2 million to assist Nicaragua in com-
pleting its section of the Inter- American Highway
in cooperation with the U.S. Bureau of Public
Roads was announced on December 27 by Lynn U.
Stambaugh, first vice president of the Export-Ira-
port Bank.
The loan will aid Nicaragua in building 107
miles of the Inter-American Highway across that
country from Honduras to Costa Eica. The high-
way will extend 1,.590 miles from the Texas border
through Central American countries to Panama
City. The Central American portion is being
built by U.S. grants for two-thirds of the cost, each
country paying one-third of the total.
Eximbank authorized a $9.,5 million loan to
Costa Rica in 1955 to complete the Inter- American
Highway across that country by 1958.^ The
Nicaraguan project will be completed about July
1959, barring contingencies.
At the jiresent time 135 miles of the highway
liave been built in Nicaragua, from Sebaco, 65
miles northeast of Managua, to Rivas, 70 miles
' Bulletin of Nov. 28, 1955, p. 898.
104
southeast of Managua. This section of the high-
way also was assisted by a $2 million Eximbank
loan, made in 1951, which has been repaid.
The new project calls for construction and com-
pletion of 85 miles of highway between Sebaco
and El Espino on the Honduran border and 22
miles of highway betAveen Rivas and Penas
Blancas on the Costa Rican border.
Improvement of the section of the highway from
Sebaco to El Espino is expected to stimulate the
marketing of high-altitude coffee and to some ex-
tent lumbering, as well as to encourage through
commercial traffic from Honduras. Improvement
at the southern end of the highway, between Rivas
and Penas Blancas, is expected to develop and
expedite traffic between the port of San Juan del
Sur and the Managua area, assist the development
of cattle ranching in this section of Nicaragua, and
facilitate tlirough traffic to Costa Rica.
For both these sections, permanent surfacing
of the road is expected to alleviate substantially
maintenance problems of the present gravel road,
which is badly damaged by the pounding taken
during the rainy season from November through
May.
Nicaragua's economy has achieved a satisfactory
position during the last 6 years. A combination
of favorable export prices for coft'ee and other
goods and of sounder economic policies has re-
sulted in substantial development of the country
accompanied by a relatively stable internal and ex-
ternal financial position. Increases in internal
investment have been mostly in the private sec-
tor of the economy, assisted bj' government credits
to enable expanded investment in agi'iculture.
Total cost of completing the Inter-American
Highway in Nicaragua is estimated at $8.5 million
and will be met as follows :
U.S. grant $5.7 million
Nicaragua's share 2.8 "
EXIMBANK loan 2.0
Provided by Nicaragua 8 "
Existing administrative arrangements provide
that the Government of Nicai-agua will disburse
loan funds under the supervision and fiscal con-
trol of the U.S. Bureau of Public Roads for con-
struction, engineering, and incidental expenses re-
quired for the project.
The loan will be repaid in semiannual install-
ments over a 15-year period, commencing not later
than August 1, 1959.
Deparimenf of Stale Bullelin
President Postpones Action
on Tariff on Cotton Velveteen
White House press release dated December 21
The President on December 21 informed the
chairmen of the Senate Finance and House Ways
and Means Committees that he was extendmg the
period of his consideration of the escape-clause
case relating to the tariff on imports of cotton
velveteen fabrics.
In its report on this case, dated October 24,
1956, the U.S. Tariff Commission recommended
an increase in the duty on such imports. In
identical letters to the chairmen of the two com-
mittees, the President said, "The Tariff Commis-
sion's report is imder intensive consideration in
the Executive Branch. Because of the nature
of the issues involved, however, it is now ap-
parent that these studies will require more
time than is usually necessary in these matters."
The President said he was extending the period
of his consideration "somewhat beyond the cus-
tomai-y sixty-day period which in this case expires
December 24, 1956."
President's Letter to Chairmen of Congressional
Committees '
December 21, 1956
Dear Mr. Chairman : On October 24, 1956, the
United States Tariff Commission, pursuant to Sec-
tion 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1951, as amended, submitted to me a report of its
findings and recommendations with respect to im-
ports of cotton velveteen fabrics.
The Tariff Commission's report is under inten-
sive consideration in the Executive Branch. Be-
cause of the nature of the issues involved, how-
ever, it is now apparent that these studies will
require more time than is usually necessary in
these matters.
I am, therefore, extending the period of my
consideration of the Tariff Commission's report
somewhat beyond the customaiy sixty-day period
■which in this case expires December 24, 1956.
This letter is to notify you, in conformance with
the provisions of the law, why I shall not take
action within that period.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
U.S. To Advance Funds
for Clearing Suez Canal
n.S./U.N. press release 2575 dated January 3
Following is the text of a note sent on January 2
hy the Representative of the United States of
America to the Secretary-General of the United
Nations dealing with the question of advancing
funds to defray the expenses of Suez Canal
clearance.
The Kepresentative of the United States of
America to the United Nations presents his compli-
ments to the Secretary General of the United Na-
tions and has the honor to refer to his note dated
December 25, 1956,^ regarding advances of funds to
defray the expense of initial work in clearing the
Suez Canal.
The Government of the United States is deeply
interested in the reopening of the Canal as a mat-
ter of urgency in order to contribute to the preser-
vation of peace, the strengthening of the economies
of Members of the United Nations, and the free
flow of international commerce.
The Government of the United States is pre-
pared to advance, in accordance with terms and
arrangements to be worked out with the Secretary
General, funds up to the amount of five million
dollars in response to the Secretary General's
appeal for advances to assure the payment of
expenses involved in the initial work of clearing
the Canal.^ It is the understanding of the Govern-
ment of the United States that the Secretary Gen-
eral is seeking to obtain a maximum of advances
on the same basis from the Governments of other
United Nations Members, and that the Govern-
ment of Egypt has given its assurance that the
United Nations will have the full cooperation of
that Government in the execution of its part in the
Canal clearing operations.
' Addressed to Harry Flood Byrd, chairman of the
Senate Committee on Finance, and Jere Cooper, chairman
of the House Ways and Means Committee.
' Not printed.
"On Jan. 8 the United States advanced $5 million for
this purpose, to be transferred to the International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development as fiscal agent of the
United Nations (U.S./U.N. press release 2578).
ianva^i 27, 1957
105
The Government of the United States has noted
the offer from the Secretary General to provide
further information concerning the matter of
advance of funds, and will wish to confer with the
Secretary General on the terms and arrangements
to be made regarding an advance by the United
States.
Treatment of Minorities in Egypt
Statement hy James J. Wadsworth
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
The United States has received information
concerning the treatment of certain nationals and
stateless persons in Egypt which occasions con-
cern. It has not yet been possible to evaluate this
information fully. Nor has it been possible to
obtain a clarification of some aspects of the situa-
tion wliich are still obscure.
The information which is presently available to
the United States indicates that an indeterminate
number of persons, including British and French
nationals and persons of Jewish origin in Egypt,
have been subjected to pressure and intimidation
and, in some instances, have been ordered de-
ported. While recognizing the right of any gov-
ernment to take measures which are necessary in
the interests of its security, the United States must
express its concern at any unwarranted pressures
exerted against a minority. The United States
Ambassador in Cairo has been requested to bring
to the attention of the Government of Egypt the
concern of the American people over these reports.
The United States hopes that everything pos-
sible will be done to insure that measures will not
be employed which will discriminate unjustly
against human beings merely because of racial or
religious grounds or on the basis of foreign na-
tionality.
Finally, Mr. President, may I suggest that the
matter we are now discussing is not one which is
likely to benefit from prolonged discussion here.
Certainly it will not benefit from any intemperate
discussion. That is why, without in any way
wanting to cut off the speakers that follow me, I
would suggest that we bring this phase of the dis-
cussion to an early end.
Assembly Approves Union of
British Togoland With Gold Coast
Following are texts of statements made by Frank
C. Nash, U.S. representative to the General Assem-
bly, during the debate in Committee lY (Trustee-
ship) and in plenary on the future of British Togo-
land, together with the Assembly's resolution on
the subject.
STATEMENT IN COMMITTEE IV
If the recommendation of the Trusteeship Coun-
cil is endorsed by the General Assembly, as we
earnestly hope it will be, the action will mark the
end of nearly half a century of international tute-
lage over the peoples of British Togoland. It will
be a heretofore unprecedented action, and we must
therefore be sure that the United Nations, for its
part, will be acting responsibly and in accord with
the principles, goals, and objectives of its charter.
We of this Committee are asked, in effect, to
agree with the Administering Authority and the
Trusteeship Council that it is the will and desire
of the people of British Togoland that the trust
agreement should be terminated in favor of inte-
gration with a soon to become independent Gold
Coast. We are assured that this is the desire of
the majority of the people of British Togoland by
the United Nations Plebiscite Commissioner, who
has informed us that the plebiscite was held in an
atmosphere of freedom, impartiality, and fairness.
We have followed with close attention the very
clear and effective presentations made by the vari-
ous oral petitioners for their respective pomts of
view. Let me say, first of all, that we were very
favorably impressed with the ability and talent as
well as the moderation and restraint shown by the
petitioners, all of which augurs well for the politi-
cal leadership of this part of West Africa.
After weighing the pros and cons, the United
States delegation feels that the recommendation
of the Trusteeship Council is the right one, and
we are pre^^ared to vote for any resolution which
invites the Administering Authority to take the
remaining steps necessary to give effect to the will
of the Togolese people. In doing so, we are fully
aware that some of the people of British Togoland
would have preferred some delay and that others
'Made in plenary session on Dec. 21 (U.S. delegation
press release 2572).
106
' Made on Nov. 28 (U. S. delegation press release 2530).
Department of State Bulletin
would have preferred a different coui'se of action.
But we believe that this minority, for many of
whose views we have sympathy and respect, will
understand that democratic processes require ac-
ceptance of majority decisions and that they will
yield graciously to this representative principle.
We are the more ready to support this view be-
cause we have full confidence that the Gold Coast
Government, under tlie able and distinguished
leadership of Prime Minister Nkrumah, will give
every consideration to the interests and welfare
of all the people of Togoland.
Mr. Chairman, in this action we are taking one
of the most significant steps in the history of the
United Nations. It is a step which fulfills the
promise of freedom and justice which was under-
taken in 1918 when the principle of international
tutelage was first enunciated. Before that time, it
was the practice that victors in war were en-
titled to annex the territorial spoils of war and
that colonies would pass from one rule to another
as if they were mere chattels or pawns on an in-
ternational chessboard. I am proud to say that
it was an American statesman. President Wood-
row Wilson, who strongly enunciated the novel
doctrine that, in adjusting colonial claims, "the
interests of the population concerned must have
equal weight with the equitable claims of the gov-
ernment whose title is to be determined." This
principle led to the foundation of the mandates
system, which later developed into the present
trusteeship system. Tlie effects of this principle
of international responsibility have had repercus-
sions far beyond the trust territories to which they
had immediate application. Never again will the
conscience of the free world permit the weaker
peoples and smaller nations to be treated as if
they were the mere tools and pawns of the more
powerful.
Mr. Chairman, our decision with respect to
British Togoland, taken at a time when the light
of freedom is once again being smothered in cer-
tain other parts of the world, is an occasion for
renewed confidence and dedication. Freedom,
dignity, and equality are inalienable rights which
all men are created to enjoy. The suppression of
these rights anywhere is an ignoble act which has
the inevitable effect of reducing, in some degree,
the freedom of all men everywhere.
First of all, we of the United States delegation
wish to congi-atulate the people of British Togo-
land, who have been freely granted the right to
choose their destiny and have cast their lot with
their independent neighbors and friends of the
Gold Coast.
Secondly, we wish to pay tribute to the Admin-
istering Authority, the United Kingdom, which
has proved once again that, wherever their influ-
ence and administration have extended, people
have been taught to respect the principles of
democratic or parliamentary government, free-
dom of speech and assembly, respect for minority
rights, judicial procedures, and other basic con-
cepts of self-government. The United Kingdom
has discharged its trust well and fully deserves
the approbation of the United Nations for a task
excellently accomplished.
Next, we would like to congratulate the Gov-
ernment and the people of the Gold Coast — soon
to be called Ghana — who have set an example of
right conduct between the stronger and the less
strong. Had they followed the unliappy example
of some nations, they might have attempted to
take coercive steps to assimilate these neighboring
people in British Togoland. But instead they
have fully respected the rights of their neighbors
and have trusted to persuasion and example to
bring about a freely chosen cooperative relation-
ship.
Finally, we wish to pay tribute to the United
Nations, without at the same time forgetting the
pioneering efforts of the League of Nations, for
having carried out faithfully and effectively the
difficult task of international supervision over this
territory for nearly half a century, for having
offered advice and assistance to the Administering
Authority, for having carefully examined any
grievances advanced by the inhabitants of Togo-
land, for having sent periodic visiting missions
to the territory, and, finally, for having set
up the heretofore imprecedented plebiscite super-
vision under the competent direction of Senor
Espinosa ^ and thus paved the way for the final
action which we are now about to take.
Mr. Chairman, there are many difficult prob-
lems before the United Nations, and we have grave
and sufficient reasons for anxiety and discourage-
ment. But in consummating these final steps to-
ward the freedom and independence of the people
of Togoland we have every reason to hope for the
future. We believe that this event will have
'Eduardo Espinosa y Prieto of Mexico.
January 27, 7957
107
salutary eifects throughout the whole non-self-
governing world, and we hope that it will serve
as an example of the orderly and peaceful way
by which a formerly colonial territorj' can attain
self-government or independence.
STATEMENT IN PLENARY SESSION 3
The vote which we are about to take is unique
in the annals of the United Nations. "We are for
the first time taking the final action by which a
trust territory will achieve the status of independ-
ence— in this case by a freely chosen integration
with a neighboring country which is about to
achieve its own independence. Although this As-
sembly is directly concerned only with the trust
territory of British Togoland, its indirect interest
and concern with the new forthcoming State of
Ghana is very great. Ghana, we hope, will be one
of the new members of the United Nations in the
near future.
This action, Mr. President, is significant in the
view of my delegation because it marks the first
termination of a trusteeship agreement, one which
in one form or another has existed for nearly half
a century. We are thus bringing to an end a trus-
teeship and replacing it by independence. The
role of the United Nations in this development
has, in our opinion, been most significant, and in
particular we wish to pay tribute to the expert
work and indefatigable energy of Senor Espinosa
as the agent of this United Nations in supervising
the plebiscite by which the people of British Togo-
land freely chose to join the new State of Ghana.
The United States, Mr. President, will vote in
favor of terminating the trusteeship agreement
and integrating British Togoland with the new
State of Ghana because this is the free choice of
the people of British Togoland. This body must,
in our opinion, affirm and reaffirm the right of the
people in any part of the world to make such a
free choice.
Unfortunately, another type of imperialism has
emerged in certain areas which has had the effect
of suppressing former independent societies and
peoples and subjugating them to a cruel and heart-
less form of alien rule. We have been struggling
with such a situation in these Assembly halls dur-
ing the past several weeks. It is one of the strik-
"Made on Dec. 13 (U. S. delegation press release 2555).
ing paradoxes of our time that, just as the old
colonialism is giving way, a new and worse form
of imperialism is being imposed upon people who
deserve a better way of life.
Mr. President, I cannot conclude these remarks
without saying a word about the opinion of my
delegation concerning the magnificent accom-
plishments of the Administering Authority, the
United Kingdom, with the supervision of the
trusteeship system. We have seen with our own
eyes how the Administering Authority has
brought a knowledge not only of modern medi-
cine, education, and government administration
but has instilled in the people under its charge
knowledge and experience in truly democratic gov-
ernment, honesty in administration, impartial
judicial procedures, respect for minority rights,
and many other principles and practices which
form the basis for trulj' self-governing institu-
tions. In fact, it is not too much to say that,
wherever the influence of the United Kingdom has
extended, whether in my own country or those in
Africa or elsewhere, they have through that in-
fluence reflected these principles which have be-
come enshrined as the rule of law and practice in
those countries.
And now in welcoming — as we hope the action
being taken today by this General Assembly will
welcome — Togoland and the new State of Ghana
in a day not too distant in the futui-e we hope,
my delegation would like to pay tribute to Prime
Minister Nkrumah and his colleagues for the way
in which they have facilitated the good relations
between the Togolese people and the present Gold
Coast. We would, however, Mr. President, also
like to utter one note of caution. It has been
evident, from the words of cei-tain of the oral
petitioners from this area of Africa to which I
have been listening during the past weeks in the
Fourth Committee, that there are some West Af-
ricans who are somewhat dissatisfied with the de-
cision of the General Assembly. One of these
dissident groups seeks a federal form of govern-
ment in Ghana; another seeks a form of inde-
pendence for both British and French Togoland.
We would strongly urge these groups to accept
the principle that political maturity seeks to
achieve political change by peaceful means and to
operate on the democratic premise that minorities
should yield to majorities as long as there is a
complete freedom for the minorities to seek to be-
come in the majority.
108
Department of State Bulletin
We. are confident, Mr. President, as I conclude
these remarks, that the soon to be independent
people of the new State of Ghana, including the
people of British Togoland, will prove themselves
to be responsible, progressive, and politically ma-
ture and thus play a major role as a strong, free,
and democratic state which can be an example for
the entire world.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION'
U.X. doc. A/Res/425
The General Assembly,
RecaUing that, by resolution {M4 (X) of 15 December
1955,' it recommended, in pursuance of Article 76 b of the
Cliarter of the United Nations, that a plebiscite be organ-
ized and conducted in the Trust Territory of Togoland
under British administration by the Administering Au-
thority in consultation with and under the supervision of
a United Nations Plebiscite Commissioner, in order to
ascertain the wishes of its inhabitants in regard to the
union of their Territory with an independent Gold Coast
or otherwise,
Having received the report of the United Nations Plebi-
scite Commissioner ' on the organization, conduct and re-
sults of the plebiscite and having noted, in particular, the
conclusion contained in the report that the plebiscite was
held in an atmosphere of freedom, impartiality and fair-
ness.
Having also received the report of the United Kingdom
Plebiscite Administrator,'
Xoting that the majority of the inhabitants of the Trust
Territory participating in the plebiscite have expressed
themselves in favour of the union of the Territory with
an independent Gold Coast,
Noting also the recommendation of the Trusteeship
Council in its resolution 1496 (XVIII) of 31 July 1956
that appropriate steps be taken, in consultation with the
Administering Authority, for the termination of the Trus-
teeship A.greement for the Territory to become effective
upon the attainment of independence by the Gold Coast,
Having been informed by the Administering Authority
that it is the intention of the United Kingdom Government
that the Gold Coast shall become independent on 6 March
1957,
1. Expresses its approval of the union of the Territory
of Togoland under British administration with an inde-
pendent Gold Coast and accordingly invites the Adminis-
* Adopted on Dec. 13 by a vote of 63 to 0, with 9 ab-
stentions.
' BtTLLETiN of Jan. 16. 1956, p. 102.
* A/3173 and Add.l.
' Official Records of the Trusteeship Council, Eight-
eenth Session, Annexes, agenda item 12, doc. T/1269
and Add.l.
tering Authority to take such steps as are necessary to
this end ;
2. Resolves, with the agreement of the Administering
Authority, that, on the date on which the Gold Coast
becomes independent and the union with it of the Territory
of Togoland under British administration takes place, the
Trusteeship Agreement approved by the General Assembly
in its resolution 63 (I) of 13 December 1946 shall cease to
be in force, the objectives of trusteeship having been
attained ;
3. Requests the Government of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland to notify the Secre-
tary-General as soon as the union of the Territory of
Togoland under British administration with an independ-
ent Gold Coast has been effected ;
4. Requests the Secretary-General to communicate to
all Jlembers of the United Nations and to the Trusteeship
Council at its nineteenth session the notification by the
Government of the United Kingdom referred to in para-
graph 3 above.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
ICEM Executive Committee
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 4 (press release 4) that Scott McLeod, Admin-
istrator of the Bureau of Security and Consular
Affairs, will represent the United States at a spe-
cial meeting of the Executive Committee of the
Intergovernmental Committee for European Mi-
gration (Icem) to be held at Geneva, Switzer-
land, beginning on January 14, 1957. The meet-
ing, called to consider the problems of moving
Himgarian refugees in 1957, will follow a meeting
of the five-nation working group of Australia,
Brazil, Italy, Netherlands, and the United States
which has been called for January 8 to consider
the financing of refugee movements.
With funds supplied by 27 member govern-
ments, Icem in 1956 organized the transportation
of over 89,000 Hungarian refugees from Austria
and will continue tliis service in 1957.
ISIr. McLeod will be accompanied by George L.
Warren, Adviser on Kefugees, Department of
State.
On the initiative of the United States, Icem was
established in 1951 to help relocate Europe's sur-
plus manpower and refugees. The principal
places of relocation providing new homelands and
jobs are in Australia, Canada, Latin America, and
the United States.
fanuary 2 J, 7957
109
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Allowances for American Overseas Personnel
hy Joseph W. Lethco ^
Each American company having personnel on
duty in foreign areas has its own personnel policy,
and any nonsalary benefits provided for those em-
ployees must fit the pattern established in the over-
all personnel operation. It would be presump-
tuous of me to expect that my remarks in this
meeting will provide, or lead to, solution of a
specific type of problem for all companies repre-
sented or a general solution to all allowance prob-
lems of one company.
"Wliat I should like to do is to discuss some of the
allowances available to employees of the Depart-
ment of State assigned to foreign areas and the
reasons why each allowance is necessary. Time is
too limited to permit any discussion of general
personnel policies or some of the fringe, nonallow-
ance benefits that may be available. The allow-
ances to be explained are available to employees
of other United States Government agencies, with
a few exceptions.
To understand the concept and administration
of the various allowances it is necessary to bear in
mind the group of employees eligible to receive
them. In addition to being an employee of the
United States Government, the recipient of an
allowance must be an American citizen and a
civilian, and must be stationed in a foreign area.
At present there are about 30,000 such employees.
Excluded are employees of American contractors
on Government jobs, alien employees, the Govern-
ment employees in United States territories and
possessions, and military personnel (who, of
course, have a separate allowance system) .
* Address made before the National Foreign Trade Con-
vention at New York, N.Y., on Nov. 26. Mr. Lethco is
Assistant Chief, Allowances Division, Office of Personnel.
Another fact fundamental to our allowance
system is that an employee's salary while on for-
eign duty is the same as in the United States.
There is no increase in salary provided for the
man going overseas and, conversely, no reduction
on return to the United States. Most of the allow-
ances provided are for the purpose of offsetting
costs incident to the overseas assignment.
Another important factor is the mobility of
Government service in foreign areas. The result
of frequent moving is additional expense to the
Government and to the employee.
For the purposes of this discussion. Govern-
ment allowances may be grouped into three
categories :
(1) those necessary to cover costs of moving
the employee and his family from one post of as-
signment to another ;
(2) those payments needed to cover job-con-
nected expenses; and
(3) allowances related to the post of assignment.
Costs of Changing Posts
The move from one post to another forces cer-
tain indirect costs on the employee, but the Govern-
ment assumes most of the direct expenses. The
transportation of the employee and his family are
paid, and in lieu of actual expenses for subsistence
a fixed rate of per diem is paid to the employee for
himself and each member of his family. Travel
per diem stops upon arrival at the post of assign-
ment.
The employee's effects are packed and shipped
at Government expense within certain weight
110
Department of State Bulletin
limits, the maximum varying from 4,000 pounds
gross for the low-paid employee having no family
to 18,000 pounds for the high-salaried employee
with family. If an employee cannot use his ef-
fects at the new post — for example, if he is to
occupy Government-owned and -furnished quar-
ters— the unused effects may be stored in lieu of
shipment. There is provision, also, for storing of
effects in an emergency, such as civil disturbances,
acts of nature, and so on, and for a maximum of 3
months at a new post while the employee is locat-
ing a place to live.
Some of the more or less indirect costs incurred
by an employee in the course of a transfer are not
offset by the transportation, shipping, and storage
provisions. In a change of residence there will
be the cost of changing certain pieces of furniture
that do not fit the new house or apartment, the
insurance on goods shipped (the Government does
not insure them against damage or loss) , and many
other minor expenses. If the old post and the
new are in different climates, a partial change of
wardrobe may be necessary. The Department off-
sets part of these indirect costs through payment
of a transfer allowance varying in amounts from
$100 paid to the single employee transferring be-
tween posts in the same climatic zone to $400 for
the employee with wife and children who moves
into a different climatic zone. The transfer al-
lowance is payable on transfer to Washington
from a foreign post. In all cases, it is a one-time,
lump-sum payment.
Job-Related Costs
There are two payments available to the em-
ployee for expenses directly related to his assign-
ment : the representation allowance and the official
residence allotment. I will touch very briefly on
those because they are not of primary interest to
this group. The representation allowance is to
defray costs of official entertaining, purchase of
suitable tokens for presentation on appropriate
occasions, et cetera. In short, it is to reimburse
employees for necessary expenses incurred in pro-
moting the interests of the United States and is
limited to funds appropriated specificallj' for rep-
iresentation purposes.
The chief of mission, his deputy, and occasion-
ally other high-ranking representatives of the
lUnited States at a foreign post must maintain res-
lidences suitable to their official stations and
thereby incur costs beyond what they would have
in another capacity at the post. The additional
costs may be repaid to them by the Department
from the Official Residence Expenses allotment.
Allowances Based on Post of Assignment
Let us now turn to the benefits needed for the
employee because of the post to which he is as-
signed. The first of these, known as the hurdship
differential, is not related to cost but to environ-
mental conditions and can be covered very briefly.
The hardship differential is additional salary
paid to employees assigned to posts involving
extraordinarily difficult living conditions, ex-
cessive physical hardship, or notably unhealthf ul
conditions. These payments are based upon liv-
ing conditions, not on living costs. Examples of
difficult living conditions might be a local popu-
lation that is extremely anti-American, or lack of
recreational facilities or places of interest. Phys-
ical hardship might result from wholly inadequate
housing, extremely hot or cold climate or excessive
humidity, limited variety of foods available, or no
running water and electricity. Notably unhealth-
ful conditions are self-explanatory.
Hardship must exist to a relatively liigli degree
at a post before a differential is payable; less than
one-third of the posts now established cari-y a dif-
ferential payment for the employee. Employees
are expected to overlook considerable hardship as
part of the self-sacrifice necessarily involved in
overseas service. The rates of additional payment
are 10, 15, 20, or 25 percent of base pay, the latter
being the legal limit. This compensation for serv-
ice at a hardship post may appear, at first glance,
to be added money in the bank. However, expe-
rience has shown that the additional money is
spent to help offset the conditions at the post or to
take frequent vacation trips to resort or rest
areas. The employee may buy air-conditioners if
the climate is very hot and humid. Following or
during a tour of duty at an unhealthful post
tliere may be large medical costs on behalf of
members of liis family. There are many uses for
the salary differential other than the savings bank.
Allowances and Post Cost Levels
Let us now focus attention on those allowances
that are directly related to the maintenance costs
for the employee and his family at a post. From
the standpoint of both the employee and the ex-
lanuary 21, 1957
111
penditure of Government funds the most impor-
tant of these is the quarters allowance.
Quarters Allowance. By law the Government is
required to furnisli the employee in foreign areas
free housing in the form of Government-owned
or -rented quarters, including heat, light, and fuel,
or pay him an allowance in lieu thereof. For
most employees, the quarters allowance represents
the only financial inducement for foreigii service.
All other allowances merely offset costs incurred
because of foreign assignments. With his housing
costs at the post being paid, he has, in effect, a
bonus equivalent to the amount he would spend
for housing while serving in Washington.
The maximum rates for a post are based on the
actual costs incurred by all employees at a post
and vary, for the individual, by grade and family
status. The employee receives only the amount
he actually spends for rent, heat, light, and fuel
up to the maximmn and pays from his own pocket
any amount by which his costs exceed the maxi-
mum for his grade and family status. The maxi-
mums are adjusted as cost reports for all per-
sonnel at a post indicate that an adjustment is
warranted but are seldom set high enough to give
complete coverage of all costs of all personnel
at the post. We believe that there may be a tend-
ency for the individual receiving the allowance
to be less careful with turning off lights, holding
heating costs down, and so on, than he would be if
he were paying the bills. Therefore, we consider
that reimbursement of 85 to 90 percent of expendi-
tures is adequate. As a general policy, the maxi-
mums are set at levels that will provide that per-
centage of reimbursement to a majority of person-
nel at the post.
Several American firms have obtained the quar-
ters classifications of posts on a continuing basis.
We hojoe that they have been useful. Anyone
utilizing our quarters classifications should check
with us as to the representativeness of the class.
In certain posts where the Government staff re-
porting costs is very small the level may not be
truly indicative of the average rent level. There
are also a number of posts where all United States
employees, or the majority of them, reside in
Government-owned or -leased quarters, and as a
result the quarters classification is either nominal
or not indicative of average costs.
Temporary Lodging. When the employee ar-
rives at a post, he spends some time locating and
renting a liouse or apartment, and his furniture
may not arrive untU later. During this time he
and his dependents, if any, usually live in a hotel,
with room costs that exceed what the quarters
allowance would be if he were paid that allow-
ance. During that time, instead of paying him a
quarters allowance, the Department of State and
several other agencies pay what is known as a tem-
porary lodgings allowance. Again it is a maxi-
mum rate, with reimbursement of actual costs for
room rent up to the maximum. It varies by num-
ber and ages of the employee's family and is based
on the hotel rates for rooms only, no food or other
costs are included. It terminates at the end of 3
months or upon occupation of residence quarters,
whichever is sooner. Even if the employee is un-
able to locate permanent quarters and continues
to live in a hotel, the regular quarters allowance
replaces the temporary at the end of the 3-month
period. Neither the temporary nor the regular
quarters allowance is paid concurrently with
travel per diem.
Post Allowance. As I have said, the quarters
allowance or its substitute, the temporary lodging,
is paid to all employees, regardless of their post
of assignment, except when free quarters are fur-
nished. However, the quarters allowance induce-
ment to serve abroad will not solve the problems
of the employee assigned to Moscow, whose wife
finds that a dozen eggs cost $i.80 at the kolkhoz
market, or the employee in Caracas, who must pay
$4.65 for a carton of regular cigarettes. The post
allowance is designed to serve as a balancing factor
to keep salaries worth what they would be at home.
The basic principle is that an employee at the post,
spending his salary and post allowance, will be
able to purchase goods and services equivalent to
those he could purchase in Washington with his
salary only. No post allowance is paid in most
areas of the world where costs ai'e at or below
Washington levels.
It is through the process of determining the com-
parative cost of living at the foreign post in rela-
tion to like costs in Washington that the Depart-
ment produces the figures that are believed to be
most useful to the American businessman. They
are the cost-of-living indexes (excluding quarters
costs) that are being furnished at regular inter-
vals to the National Foreign Trade Council for
distribution. To understand and use those in-
dexes it is necessaiy to understand something of
112
Department of Stale Bulletin
the basic information and procedures that go into
their production.
With the premise established that a comparison
of living costs is necessary, the first step is to ob-
tain information on the price levels. It is not
feasible to price all things for which the family
must spend ; so a sampling technique is necessary.
The list of articles or services to be priced has cer-
tain characteristics that are important : (1) each
article selected has a generic value in that it repre-
sents the cost level of a group of related articles —
for example, the price of bread represents the
relative level for all baked goods; (2) each article
selected must be available for pricing tliroughout
the world; (3) the final list must be a minimum
consistent with accurate measurement. The net
result is that we collect about 700 prices at each
foreign post and in Washington.
It is important that the prices collected repre-
sent the actual level at the post — neither bare sub-
sistence nor luxury. Because of the different
grades, sizes, and so forth on the market in differ-
ent parts of the world, it is not possible to select
articles exactly comparable; therefore, detailed
specifications are not used. We ask for prices of
beef — not for sirloin steak, New York style cut.
For each article priced we secure the highest, the
lowest, and a middle price at each outlet. Using
the example of beef, the three prices at a store
might be for tenderloin, stew beef, and a chuck
roast.
The selection of stores to be included in the
sample is on the same basis, that is, a high-priced,
a mediiun-priced, and the lowest level at which
an American can trade. We do not price the hole-
in-the-wall store in the slum area in which an
American cannot be expected to make purchases.
The same type of pricing, that is, three levels of
stores and three prices for each article in each
store, is done in Washington. All prices are re-
ported in the local currency and in local sizes or
weights.
The first step in computing the indexes in the
Washington office is to convert reported prices,
sizes, and weights to American units, using the ex-
change rate at which the Government employee
purchases local currency. For example, pesos per
kilogram become cents per pound. Then the
median of the prices for an article at the post is
compared with the Washington median for the
same article. Use of the median instead of the
arithmetic average prevents distortion by one ex-
treme price, either high or low.
Applying the Washington expenditure pattern
to these price ratios gives us a comparison of the
actual jarice level at the post with that of Wash-
ington. This comparison is published in the Na-
tional Foreign Trade Council's bulletins as the
'■'■local relative" ; that is, the relative level of prices.
However, we cannot stop here and call that local
relative a comparison of living costs. If a visit
to the doctor costs $5 in Washington and $5 at
the post, the price relative is 100. But if the em-
ployee must see the doctor twice as often at the
post, then the cost of doctors at the post is double
that of Washington, or $10. It is necessary to
take into account that added usage, or "use fac-
tor," by increasing the weight, or importance, of
medical care at certain posts.
The use factor adjustments vai-y by post for the
different segments of the budget. Most areas of
the world do not have the conveniences that are
common in the United States. A few of these
are the modern supermarket with its abundance
of all kinds of foods, including many that are
ready to serve, laundries and cleaning establish-
ments, good medium-priced restaurants, and the
many home appliances that cannot be used because
of inadequate electricity or wiring or gas, or be-
cause of the type of home constiiiction. The cli-
mate and health conditions vai-y, and not the least
important factor is the local customs to which
Americans must confonn in some degi'ee.
The weight for domestic help must be increased
to allow for the sei*vants necessary to do the work
of laundering and cleaning, marketing, and the
increased housework due to lack of modern con-
veniences. In certain areas, a caste system or
other local customs may require more servant help.
The servants' maintenance adds to the food bill
and the clothing budget. Lack of refrigeration
in a hot, humid climate increases food spoilage and
requires f urtlier added weight for the food budget.
That same climate causes rapid deterioration of
clothing and household textiles, or a very cold
climate may require more and heavier clothing.
Crude laimdry and cleaning methods will de-
crease further the life expectancy of textiles of all
kinds.
As we have previously mentioned, the health
and sanitation conditions at some posts require
more visits to the doctor, thereby increasing medi-
Januar/ 27, 1957
113
cal costs. For some posts, a weighting factor may
be decreased; for example, if no adequate restau-
rants are available a higher percentage of meals
are eaten at home. In that case the weight for
"food away from home" is decreased and, concur-
rently, the volume of food purchased for prepara-
tion at home is increased slightly. In short,
every effort is made to reflect conditions having a
bearing on living costs.
When all the use factors have been applied to
the price ratios for the post and the results com-
bined into an average figure, we have a cost-of-
living index for the post on the basis of Washing-
ton as 100. That index is shown in the Trade
Council's bulletin as the HoccU' index''' and repre-
sents the relative cost of following a typically
American expenditure pattern with all goods and
services, including imports, purchased on the local
market. It is the comparison most commonly
used by those American firms who are making any
use of our data.
For the Government employee it is necessary to
bring into the picture the effect of any special
facilities that may be available to him. These
include any commissary that may be at the post,
any free import privileges he may enjoy, and the
volume of goods purchased elsewhere and shipped
to the post, either by individual or group order or
brought with him at the time he is assigned to the
post. These facilities vary from post to post, just
as the use factors differ for the various areas.
The prices paid through each facility and the local
market are combined by the relative importance
of each and the resulting averages processed in the
same way as previously described for local prices
only. This produces the "effective relative" and
"effective index" for the Government employee,
comparable to the "local relative" and the "local
index." The "effective index" is the basis for any
post allowance for the Government employee.
As stated previously, the local index is the figure
most commonly used by private industry. For
most posts it shows higher costs than the effective
index. For a few posts, the effective may be
higher because certain goods used by Americans
are not available locally and the cost of im-
porting them has been included. The local in-
dex has omitted their cost if no substitutes are
available. Some firms utilize the higher of the
two indexes, on the basis that their employees will
have to import the same goods as the Government
man. However, the effective index may have been
reduced because of some special facility, with the
result that it is not as high as it would be for the
private citizen. You might wish to make some
upward adjustment to compensate for that condi-
tion. It would usually be small.
An element that is very important and must
always be considered is the exchange rate.
Obviously, the relatives and indexes are valid only
when an employee can obtain local currency for
his dollars at the same rate as that used in the
index computations. If a company uses a rate
different from that shown in the N.F.T.C. publi-
cation, the local index may be adjusted by applica-
tion of the ratio of the rates. That will not hold
true for the effective index, which may reflect some
purchases in dollars or with a different currency
in another country. In indexes furnished to the
Council or to a private company, the exchange
rates on which they are based are always included.
Spendable Income. We have noted that the ef-
fective index is the guide to a post allowance. If
costs at the post are 10 percent above Washington
levels, the employee needs 10 percent more money
to spend than he would have in Washington ; hence
we increase his "spendable income" by 10 percent
in the form of a post allowance. Spendable in-
come is that part of base salary remaining after
subtracting taxes and savings. The Government
employee pays United States income tax regard-
less of the post of assignment and is exempt from
foreign income taxes. His savings represent dol-
lars left in this country and include retirement
deductions and life insurance premiums, as well
as any other savings. The average by salary i
group is derived from a study of Federal employee
expenditures, which shows that, as base pay in-
creases, the proportion of it used for day-to-day
living expenses decreases. For example, the man
and wife with income of $4,250 use almost 85 per-
cent, or $3,600, for direct living costs ; but, if the
income is $12,000, only 60 percent, or $7,200, is
necessary for such expenses. The rest goes for sav-
ings and taxes unaffected by costs. The single man
spends about 25 percent less. As the post allow-
ance is an equalizing payment, it is based on that
which is to be equalized, that is, that part of his
salary that the employee needs to use for living
expenses at his post — the spendable income. There :
are small additional payments for children,
roughly appi'oximating the product of the post
114
Department of State Bulletin
index times the taxable income deduction for a
dependent.
The post allowance is a flat rate of payment;
that is, the employee does not have to account
for the use made of it. It is payable only at those
posts where costs are in excess of Washington.
It is effective the day the employee arrives at the
post. "We have recently added a small additional
amount, known as the supplementary post allow-
ance, to be paid on behalf of each member of the
family in excess of two, for the purpose of offset-
ting part of the cost of eating in the hotel or res-
taurants while the employee is locating permanent
quarters. The supplementary portion stops when
the employee and family move into housekeeping
quarters or at the end of 3 months after arrival
at the post, whichever is soonest.
Education Allowance
There are two other allowances to meet unusual
costs that must be borne by the employee. The
most important of these is the education allow-
ance. An employee stationed in the United States
has the American public school system available
for educating his children at little or no cost. He
is entitled to comparable education services while
on foreign duty. In many areas of the world the
cost of educating a child is a major expense, and
the Government assists in defraying those costs
for children in grades 1 through 12. Maximum
rates of allowances, by grades, are established for
each post for home study courses, the local school,
and, if the local school is inadequate, for attend-
ance at the nearest adequate school away from the
post. In the latter case, room, board, and round-
trip transportation are included. A school is con-
sidered adequate if a child finishing a specified
grade at that school can successfully pursue his
studies in the next higher grade in the American
public schools.
An employee is free to select any school and any
method of education for his child but will not re-
ceive an allowance in excess of costs incurred or
the maximum rate prescribed for his post for the
applicable method of education, whichever is less.
If the employee wishes to send his child to the
United States for secondary education, the Gov-
ernment will pay the cost of one round trip from
the post. In that case, no education allowance is
payable. The round-trip travel is payable also
for college education.
January 21, 1957
Separation Allowance
The other allowance related to living cost is
that paid when it is necessary for the employee to
maintain his wife and any minor children outside
the country of his assignment. It is paid only
when the Government determines that it is neces-
sary— never solely at the request of the employee.
Posts are not classified for this allowance. If the
Government refuses permission for the family to
accompany the employee to his post, as in an area
of civil strife where the danger is great, the allow-
ance will be paid automatically. Otherwise, each
request is handled individually and decision made
on its merits. The amount is based on the size of
the family and the employee's salary and offsets
part of the additional cost of maintaining separate
establishments. In addition to separate mainte-
nance for his family, the employee may receive
other allowances to which he is entitled as an em-
ployee without dependents at his post.
Conclusion
We have touched on various allowances in which
this gi-oup might be interested. I would like to
refer to certain elements that bear on the sub-
ject that were touched lightly or not at all.
(1) Each allowance is designed for a specific
purpose and is not payable across the board to all
employees. In the Government-owned residence,
no quarters allowance is payable. No post allow-
ance is paid in over half the foreign posts. Under
no circumstances is it possible for an employee to
receive concurrently all the allowances mentioned
here today.
(2) Salaries of Government employees are not
changed because of changes in posts of assignment.
The salaries are established by law. We make up
for special conditions through allowances. In the
low-cost areas the unchanged salary means a break
for the employee. Rotation of assignment pre-
vents any great windfall for anyone.
(3) The cost-of-living indexes are applicable
only for Americans. They cannot be used for
nationals of any other country, because expendi-
ture patterns and preferences would be different.
We pay a post allowance to employees in Paris, but
there is no doubt that a Frenchman would find
living in Washington far more expensive than in
Paris.
(4) The information I have given you on com-
115
putation of the indexes shows that all comparisons
are relative to Washington. That means that
post indexes cannot be used to show changes in
cost over a period of time unless they are adjusted
by changes in the Washington index over the same
period. Since Washington is always 100 in the
measurement process, it is necessary to use the
trend reported for Washington by the Bureau of
Labor Statistics in any adjustments of that nature.
Also, the measurement procedures do not produce
dollar-and-cent budgets for a post, either for the
total or for groups of items within the total. To
produce such data would require adjustment of the
Washington base budget from the data of the
expenditure survey and then application of the
post ratios.
(5) And, finally, let me say that we are ready to
assist American private industry in any way pos-
sible. As previously mentioned, we want the user
to be familiar with the data. We hesitate to fur-
nish data to anyone who we feel is not aware of its
limitations. As many of you already know, we
gladly answer correspondence or discuss problems
at our office or by telephone. Sitting down at the
table and going over problems in detail has proved
to be the best method of reaching an imder-
standing.
We are proud of what we believe to be the most
comprehensive collection of worldwide data on liv-
ing costs that can be found in this country or else-
where. The methodology used is considered by
experts, both Government and private, to be as
equitable as poasible for consistent worldwide ap-
plication. This is supported by a recent report of
a major research organization after detailed analy-
sis of the Department's methods and similar prac-
tices by several American firms. The report con-
tains the following statement:
Of all the methods studied, the more comprehensive,
thorough and refined is tliat employed by the State Depart-
ment. . . . The State Department local index is the liest
available measurement of overseas living costs applied to
an American expenditure pattern and weighted to allow
for local customs.
I would like to conclude with another quota-
tion. This is from the letter of a newspaper re-
porter to his liome oUice, which had just inaugu-
rated a new system of cost-of-living allowances.
I want to tell you, and you can tell Mr.
-, that
I am filled with admiration for the new living allowance
formula. The arbitrary nature of most living allowances
has upset me over and over in the past; it is good to get
these things definitely taped down.
This, of course, does not make me happy about having
my living allowance cut in half. However, I have no
doubt that if you keep track of the State Department index
you will very soon find that the allowance here should be
raised again.
He was right. The allowances at that post were
raised 30 days later.
Cornerstone Ceremony for New
Department of State Building
TRANSCRIPT OF CEREMONY
Press release 8 dated January 5
Invocation hy the Rt. Rev. Angus Dun:
Lord God of Hosts, Father of all nations, with-
out whom we build in vain, bless the work which
we here begin and all who will labor here to pre-
serve our liberties, to maintain the rightful in-
terests of our people and a righteous order among
the nations. Grant that with malice toward none,
with charity for all, with firmness in the right as
Thou dost give us to see the right, we may strive
to fulfill Thy purpose for us and to achieve a just
and lasting peace with all nations.
Deliver us from self-righteousness and from the
pretense of being moved by motives loftier than we
have yet been granted. Give us a better under-
standing of the heritage and hopes of other
peoples. Save us from seeking to impose our ways
of life upon them. We remember especially those
lands and peoples, heirs with us of common liber-
ties, who are now in bondage. Open to us the
ways in which we may set forward their deliver-
ance without bringing the devastation of war on
them and Thy world.
Give us a just understanding even of those we
count as our enemies. Keep us mindful that there
is that in us which C4Ui make us Thy enemies.
And as we need Thy forgiveness, teach us to for-
give. All of which we ask in the name of Him who
gave Himself to heal our broken hiunanity, Thy
Son, Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.
Secretary Dulles :
Mr. President, distinguished guests, and fellow
members of the Department of State: You, Mr.
116
Department of State Bulletin
President, are about to lay the cornerstone of the
new building of the Department of State and then
you will go to address the Congress of the United
States with reference to matters of the Middle
East. These two events are not without relation-
ship to each other. Your address will indicate
how gi'eatly have grown the interests and the re-
sponsibilities of the United States, and this new
building now to be begim will indicate the efforts
of the Department of State and of the Foreign
Service of the United States to be more fully re-
sponsive to those great and growing responsi-
bilities.
There has, indeed, been a growth. The first
Secretary of the United States for Foreign Affairs,
Robert Livingston, had his office in Philadelphia.
There was a total staff of four, including the
Secretary himself. The total salary of the four
was $6,000, and they were housed in a building 12
feet wide by 30 feet deep. The next Secretary of
State was Thomas Jefferson, and by that time the
staff had grown to six. And then there came the
first Secretary of State to be here in Washington,
John Marshall. By that time the staff had grown
to nine. Today the staff is about 7,500, and it is
scattered through 29 different buildings here in
the District of Columbia. That obviously is an
inefficient arrangement, and Congress has been
wise enough and foresighted enough to recognize
that fact and has appropriated the funds to enable
this new building to be begun and we hope quickly
carried to completion so that we shall all be housed
in the same building.
ilr. President, you will be laying this corner-
stone with the exact original trowel which was
used by George Washington to lay the cornerstone
of the National Capitol 164 years ago. And I
think that makes it appropriate that on this occa-
sion we should go back and reread what George
Washington said in his farewell address about the
pui-poses and objectives of the United States in
relation to foreign affairs. After recapitulating
some of our problems, he summarized in these
words :
It will be worthy of a free, enlightened, and at no distant
period a great nation to give to mankind the magnanimous
and too novel example of a people always guided by an
exalted justice and benevolence.
Mr. President, to that great ideal I, in the name
of the Department of State and all of its members
and of the Foreign Service of the United States,
rededicate ourselves. That, indeed, is a great
goal, and we for our part shall do all we can to
realize it.
A t this point the President of the United States
and the Secretary of State assisted in laying the
co7'nerstone.
Benediction by the Most Rev. Patrick A.
O'Boyle:
In the Name of the Father and of the Son and
of the Holy Ghost, Amen.
Almighty and eternal Father, we humbly in-
voke Thy blessing upon this historic ceremony.
In this critical hour of the world's history, so
fraught with danger to the very foundations of
civilization, we dedicate this building to Your
gi-eater honor and glory and to the cause of last-
ing peace and friendship among the nations and
the peoples of the world. We ask You, Lord, to
bless the efforts of our beloved nation toward this
long-awaited goal. Help us to be humble and
magnanimous in the use of our enormous wealth
and power; but help us, too, to have the courage
of our convictions and to stand firm for what is
right and just in the field of international rela-
tions. Help our representatives in the Depart-
ment of State and in the United Nations to strive
with manly fortitude toward the establislunent of
an international order founded on justice, inspired
by charity, and buttressed by a code of interna-
tional law and international etliics. In Thy infi-
nite mercy and goodness, hasten the day when the
suffering peoples of the world may enjoy economic
and political security together with that full meas-
ure of freedom to which every human being is
entitled and without which life is hardly worth
the living.
Conscious of our own unworthiness, we implore
Thy mercy on a sinful world in the Name of Thy
Divine Son, the Prince of Peace, Wlio Himself
has taught us the i^erfect prayer: Our Father,
Who art in Heaven, hallowed be Thy Name ; Thy
Kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth as it is
in Heaven. Give us this day our daily bread and
forgive us our trespasses as we forgive those who
trespass against us, and lead us not into tempta-
tion but deliver us from evil. Amen.
Tfie National Anthem was played hy the Ma-
rine Corps Band, and the President of the United
States and Secretary of State departed.
January 27, 7957
117
DEPOSIT OF DOCUMENTS
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 2 (press release 1) that Secretary Dulles that
day had placed documents of historical U.S. for-
eign-policy interest in a copper box in prepara-
tion for the laying of the new State Department
building cornerstone by President Eisenhower on
January 5. The box was to be placed in a niche
in the foundation and sealed in by the corner-
stone.
The documents contained in the box were
selected by the Department's Historical Division
with a view to giving to a future generation an
insight into the operations and policies of the
Department in the mid-20th century, and also into
the international setting and problems of the
times.^
HISTORIC TREASURES USED IN CEREMONY
Among the national treasures used by President
Eisenhower in laying the cornerstone of the new
Department of State building, according to a De-
partment announcement of January 4 (press re-
lease 5), was the silver trowel which George
Washington used to lay the cornerstone of the
U.S. Capitol building on September 18, 1793.
Another national treasure — the desk of Thomas
Jefferson, upon which he wrote the Declaration
of Independence — -was used as the resting place
for the trowel before it was handed to the Presi-
dent for the ceremony.
The trowel was loaned by the Alexandria-Wash-
ington Lodge No. 23, A. F. and A. M., of Alex-
andria, which maintains custody of it. It was
made by John Diiffey, a silversmith of Alexandria,
Va., specifically for the Capitol cornerstone cere-
mony. It has since been used on other historic
occasions, including the laying of the cornerstone
of the Thomas Jefferson Memorial by President
Roosevelt on November 15, 1939.
The Thomas Jefferson desk, loaned by the Na-
tional Museum, was designed by Mr. Jefferson and
' The issue of the Bulletin which was selected for in-
clusion was that for Nov. 19, 1956, containing among
other items the statute of the International Atomic En-
ergy Agency, letters exchanged by President Eisenhower
and Soviet Premier Bulganin and by the President and
Israeli Prime Minister Ben-Gurion, and General Assembly
statements and resolutions on the Middle Eastern and
Hungarian questions.
made for him by Benjamin Eandolph of Pliiladel-
phia. It was in the custody of the Department of
State for a number of years, was turned over to
the Library of Congress in 1921, and shortly there-
after was entrusted to the keeping of the National
Museum.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Property
Convention for the protection of industrial property.
Signed at London June 2, 1934. Entered into force
August 1, 1938. 53 Stat. 1748.
Adherence effective: Viet-Nam, December 8, 1956.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Accession deposited: Tunisia, December 14, 1956.
BILATERAL
Brazil
Agricultural commodities agreement pursuant to title I
of the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance
Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69 Stat. 44,
721). Signed at Washinston December 31, 1956. En-
tered into force December 31, 1956.
Canada
Protocol to the convention for the protection, preservation
and extension of the soclieye salmon fisheries in the
Eraser River system of May 26, 1930 (50 Stat. 1355).
Signed at Ottawa December 2S, 1956. Enters into force
on the date of exchange of instruments of ratification.
Luxembourg
Agreement providing for investment guaranties authorized
by sec. 413 (b) (4) of the Mutual Security Act of 1954,
as amended (68 Stat. 832, 846; 70 Stat. 558). Effected
by exchange of notes at Luxembourg November 26 and
December 7, 1956. Entered into force December 7, 1956.
Mexico
Agreement exteudiiicc the migratory labor agreement of
August 11, 1951 (TIAS 2331), as amended. Effected by
exchange of notes at Mexico December 20, 1956. En-
tered into force December 20, 1956.
Thailand
A,i;reemeut amending the surplus agricultural commodi-
ties agreement of June 21, 1955 (TIAS 3200) by pro-
viding for sale of dairy products to Thailand. Effected
by exchange of notes at Bantikol; December 14, 1956. ;
Entered into force December 14, 1956.
118
Department of State Bulletin
anuary 21, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 917
Urica. General Assembly Approves Union of British
ToKoIand Wltli Gold Coast (Nash, text of resolution) . 100
Vtomic Energy. People of Eniwetok and Biliini Compensa-
ted for Leaving Homes 101
Jolivia. Support for Bolivian Economic Stabilization
Program 103
3razil. Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed With Bra-
zil 102
Congress. The
president Aslts for Authorization for U.S. Economic Pro-
gram and for Resolution on Communist Aggression in
Middle East 83
President Postpones Action on Tariff on Cotton Velvet-
een 105
President's Bipartisan Conference With Congressional
Leaders 88
>epartment and Foreigrn Service
Allowances for American Overseas Personnel (Lethco) . 110
;;ornerstone Laying for New Department of State Build-
ing 116
)isarmament. Correspondence of President Eisenhower
and Premier Bulganin Concerning Reduction of Inter-
national Tension and Disarmament 89
Economic A£Fairs
Sximbanlv Loan to Nicaragua for Inter-American High-
way 104
'resident Postpones Action on Tariff on Cotton Velvet-
een 105
Support for Bolivian Economic Stabilization Program . 103
Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed With Brazil . . 102
Jnited States Loan to Iceland Will Finance Imports . . 100
World Bank Loans for Steel Production in Japan and
India 101
5gypt
Dreatment of Minorities in Egypt (Wadsworth) . . . 106
J.S. To Advance Funds for Clearing Suez Canal (text of
note) 105
lungary
attorney General To Parole Refugees Until Congress Acts
(Elsenhower) 96
'rovlding for the Needs of the Hungarian Refugees
(Nixon) 94
celand
J.S.-Icelandic Defense Negotiations 100
iJnited States Loan to Iceland Will Finance Imports . . 100
India. World Banl^ Loans for Steel Production In Japan
j and India 101
ntemational Organizations and Meetings. ICEM Execu-
I tive Committee (delegate) 109
apan. World Banl^ Loans for Steel Production in Japan
, and India 101
Intual Security
'resident Aslis for Authorization for U.S. Economic Pro-
gram and for Resolution on Communist Aggression in
Middle East 83
i.S.-Icelandlc Defense Negotiations 100
fear East. President Asks for Authorization for U.S. Eco-
nomic Program and for Resolution on Communist Ag-
gression in Middle East 83
Nicaragua. Eximbank Loan to Nicaragua for Inter-Ameri-
can Highway 104
"lon-Self-Governing Territories
Jeneral Assembly Approves Union of British Togoland
With Gold Coast (Nash, text of resolution) .... 106
'eople of Eniwetok and Bikini Compensated for Leaving
Homes 101
lorth Atlantic Treaty Organization
I.S.-Icelandic Defense Negotiations 100
Presidential Documents
Attorney General To Parole Refugees Until Congress
Acts 96
Correspondence of President Elsenhower and Premier Bul-
ganin Concerning Reduction of International Tension
and Disarmament 89
President Asks for Authorization for U.S. Economic Pro-
gram and for Resolution on Communist Aggression in
Middle East 83
Refugees and Displaced Persons
Attorney General To Parole Refugees Until Congress Acts
(Eisenhower) 98
ICEM Executive Committee (delegate) 109
Providing for the Needs of the Hungarian Refugees
(Nixon) 94
Total Visa Issuance Under Refugee Relief Act .... 93
Treaty Information
Current Actions 118
Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed With Brazil . . 102
U.S.-Icelandic Defense Negotiations 100
U.S.S.R.
Correspondence of President Elsenhower and Premier Bul-
ganin Concerning Reduction of International Tension
and Disarmament 89
President Asks for Authorization for U.S. Economic Pro-
gram and for Resolution on Communist Aggression in
Middle East 83
United Nations
Assembly Approves Union of British Togoland With Gold
Coast (Nash, text of resolution) 106
Treatment of Minorities in Egypt (Wadsworth) . . . 106
U.S. To Advance Funds for Clearing Suez Canal . . . 105
World Bank Loans for Steel Production in Japan and
India 101
Name Index
Bulganin, Nikolai 89
Dulles, Secretary 116
Dun, Angus 116
Eisenhower, President 83, 89, 96, 105
George. Walter F 88
Lethco, Joseph W 110
McLeod, Scott 109
Nash, Frank C 106
Nixon, Richard M 94
O'Boyle, Patrick A 116
Wadsworth, James J 106
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: December 31-January 6
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press releases issued prior to December 31 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 610 of
December 6 and 625 of December 18.
No.
640
Date
12/31
1/2
1/3
Subject
Surplus commodity agreement with
Brazil.
Cornerstone documents deposited (re-
write).
Visa issuance under Refugee Relief
Act.
Gerety resignation (rewrite).
McLeod to represent U.S. at ICEM
(rewrite).
President to use historic treasures in
cornerstone laying (rewrite).
McCollum appointment (rewrite).
Cornerstone ceremonies.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
t3
4
1/3
1/4
5
1/4
t6
S
1/5
1/5
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
DSB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
Government rrtiiNniNo <^.
the
Department
of
State
(cash, check, or
nwney order).
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
tGPO)
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The Quest for Peace
This 35-page album-style pamphlet presents quotations from
President Eisenhower and Secretary of State Dulles highlighting
the major steps in the search for peace through the security and
unity of the free world.
The quotations from the President and the Secretary of State
set forth problem and action on the following subjects :
Atoms for Peace
Austrian Treaty
Bipartisanship
Captive Peoples
Change of Soviet Policy
China
Deterrence of War
European Unity
Foreign Trade
Germany Enters Nato
Indochina
International Communism
Iran
Korea
Latin America
1. Communist Penetration in
Latin America
2. Economic Development in
Latin America
3. Organization of American
States
4. Strengthening Inter-
American Friendship
Less Developed Countries —
Target of Soviet Communism
Seato (Southeast Asia Treaty
Organization)
Spanish Bases
Trieste Settlement
Copies of The Quest for Peace may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, Goverimaent Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C, at 40 cents each.
Publication 6391
40 cents
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office Please send me copies of The Quest for Peace.
Washingrton 25, D,C.
Name:
Street Address:
Enclosed And;
City, Zone, and State:
RECORD
Vol. XXXVI, No. 918 January 28, 1957
THE STATE OF THE UNION • Message of the President
to the Congress ^Excerpts) 123
MIDDLE EAST PROPOSALS • Statement by Secretary
Dulles (with map) 126
A STEP TOWARD STABILITY IN THE MIDDLE EAST
• by Assistant Secretary Hill 131
GENERAL ASSEMBLY ESTABLISHES COMMITTEE
TO INVESTIGATE AND REPORT ON CONDITIONS
IN HUNGARY • Statement by Ambassador Henry Cabot
Lodge, Jr., Report by Secretary-General, and Text of
Resolution 138
THE KOREAN PROBLEM IN THE GENERAL ASSEM-
BLY • Statement by Edward S. Greenbaum and Text of
Resolution 141
U.S. POLICY AND PRACTICES IN THE FIELD OF
INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL • Report to the U.N. Sec-
retary-General 145
STATER
POLICY
For index see inside back cover
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Oovemmcnt Printing Office
Washington 26, D.O.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Hems contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
Vol. XXXVI, No. 918 • Publication 6441
January 28, 1957
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the irork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as icell as
special articles on various pluises of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
tchich the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
rhe State of the Union
MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS (EXCERPTS)i
fo THE Congress of the United States :
I appear before the Congress today to report on
he State of the Union and the relationships of
he Union to the other nations of the world. I
ome here, firmly convinced that at no time in the
listory of the Republic have circumstances more
mphatically underscored the need, in all echelons
pf government, for vision and wisdom and
esolution.
You meet in a season of stress that is testing
he fitness of political systems and the validity of
lolitical philosophies. Each stress stems in jDart
rom causes peculiar to itself. But every stress
5 a reflection of a universal phenomenon.
In the world today, the surging and under-
tandable tide of nationalism is marked by wide-
pread revulsion and revolt against tyranny,
njustice, inequality and poverty. As individuals,
oined in a common hunger for freedom, men and
mmen and even children pit their spirit against
;uns and tanks. On a larger scale, in an ever
lore persistent search for the self-respect of
uthentic sovereignty and the economic base on
i'liich national independence must rest, peoples
ever old ties; seek new alliances; experimenf^-
smetimes dangerously- — in their struggle to sat-
jfy these human aspirations.
Particularly, in the past year, this tide has
hanged the pattern of attitudes and thinking
tnong millions. The changes already accom-
lished foreshadow a world transformed by the
pirit of freedom. This is no faint and pious
ope. The forces now at work in the minds and
earts of men will not be spent through many
ears. In the main, today's expressions of
'Delivered on Jan. 10 (White House press release) ;
. Doc. 1, Soth Cong., 1st sess.
nationalism are, in spirit, echoes of our fore-
fathers' struggle for independence.
This Kepublic cannot be aloof to these events
heralding a new epoch in the affairs of mankind.
Our pledged word, our enlightened self-interest,
our character as a Nation commit us to a high role
in world affairs: a role of vigorous leadership,
ready strength, sympathetic understanding.
The State of the Union at the opening of the
8oth Congress continues to vindicate the wisdom
of the principles on which this Republic is
founded. Proclaimed in the Constitution of the
Nation and in many of our historic documents,
and founded in devout religious convictions, these
principles enunciate:
A vigilant regard for human liberty.
A wise concern for human welfare.
A ceaseless effort for human progress.
Fidelity to these principles, in our relations with
other peoples, has won us new friendships and has
increased our opportimity for service within the
family of nations. The appeal of these principles
is universal, lighting fires in the souls of men
everywhere. We shall continue to uphold them,
against those who deny them and in counselling
with our friends.
The existence of a strongly armed imperialistic
dictatorship poses a continuing threat to the free
world's and thus to our own Nation's security and
peace. There are certain truths to be remembered
here.
First, America alone and isolated cannot assure
even its own security. We must be joined by the
capability and resolution of nations that have
proved themselves dependable defenders of free-
dom. Isolation from them invites war. Our se-
^nuary 28, 1957
123
curity is also enhanced by the immeasurable inter-
est that joins us with all peoples who believe that
peace with justice must be preserved, that wars of
aggression are crimes against humanity.
Another truth is that our survival in today's
world requires modern, adequate, dependable mili-
tary strength. Our Nation has made great strides
in assuring a modern defense, so armed in new
weapons, so deployed, so equipped, that today our
security force is the most powerful in our peace-
time history. It can punish heavily any enemy
who undertakes to attack us. It is a major deter-
rent to war.
By our research and development more efficient
weapons- — some of amazing capabilities — are being
constantly created. These vital efforts we shall
continue. Yet we must not delude ourselves that
safety necessarily increases as expenditures for
military research or foi'ces in being go up. In-
deed, beyond a wise and reasonable level, which
is always changing and is under constant study,
money spent on arms may be money wasted on
sterile metal or inflated costs, thereby weakening
the very security and strength we seek.
National security requires far more than mili-
tary power. Economic and moral factors play
indispensable roles. Any program that endangers
our economy could defeat us. Any weakening of
our national will and resolution, any diminution
of the vigor and initiative of our individual citi-
zens, would strike a blow at the heart of our
defenses.
The finest military establishment we can pro-
duce must work closely in cooperation with the
forces of our friends. Our system of regional
pacts, developed within the Charter of the United
Nations, sei'ves to increase both our own security
and the security of other nations.
This system is still a recent introduction on the
world scene. Its problems are many and difficult,
because it insists on equality among its members
and brings into association some nations tradition-
ally divided. Kepeatedly in recent months, the
collapse of these I'egional alliances has been pre-
dicted. The strains upon them have been at times
indeed severe. Despite these strains our regional
alliances have proved durable and strong, and dire
predictions of their disintegration have proved
completely false.
With other free nations, we should vigorously
prosecute measures that will promote mutual
strength, prosperity and welfare within the free
world. Strength is essentially a product of eco-
nomic health and social well-being. Conse-
quently, even as we continue our programs of mili-
tary assistance, we must emphasize aid to oui
friends in building more productive economies
and in better satisfying the natural demands oi
their people for progress. Thereby we shall movf
a long way toward a peaceful world.
A sound and safeguarded agreement for oper
skies, unarmed aerial sentinels, and reduced arma-
ment would provide a valuable contribution to
ward a durable peace in the years ahead. Anc
we have been persistent in our effort to reach sucl
an agreement. We are prepared to make furthe:
proposals in the United Nations. We are willin<
to enter any reliable agreement which would re
verse the trend toward ever more devastating
nuclear weapons; reciprocally provide against th,
possibility of surprise attack ; mutually control thi
outer space missile and satellite development ; an(
make feasible a lower level of armaments am
armed forces and an easier burden of military ex
penditures. Our continuing negotiations in thii
field are a major part of our quest for a confiden.
peace in this atomic age.
This quest requires as well a constructive attil
tude among all the nations of the free world tc
ward expansion of trade and investment, that ca
give all of us opportunity to work out economi
betterment.
An essential step in this field is the provision c
an administrative agency to insure the orderl
and proper operation of existing arrangement
under which multilateral trade is now carried oi
To that end I urge Congressional authorizatio
for United States membership in the propose
Organization for Trade Cooperation, an actio
which will speed removal of discriminatio
against our export trade.
We welcome the efforts of a number of our Emx
pean friends to achieve an integrated communit
to develop a common market. We likewise we
come their cooperative effort in the field of atomi
energy.
To demonstrate once again our unalterable pui
pose to make of the atom a peaceful servant o
humanity, I shortly shall ask the Congress to ai
thorize full United States participation in tbi
International Atomic Energy Agency.
World events have magnified both the respop
sibilities and the opportunities of the Unite-
States Information Agency. Just as, in recen
124
Department of State Bu/fef/i
lonths, the voice of communism has become more
shaken and confused, the voice of truth must be
more clearly heard. To enable our Information
Agency to cope with these new responsibilities and
opportunities, I am asking the Congress to in-
crease appreciably the appropriations for this
program and for legislation establishing a career
service for the Agency's overseas foreign service
officers.
The recent historic events in Hungary demand
that all free nations share to the extent of their
capabilities in the responsibility of granting asy-
lum to victims of Communist persecution. I re-
quest the Congress promptly to enact legislation
to regularize the status in the United States of
Hungarian refugees brought here as parolees. I
shall shortly recommend to the Congress by special
message the changes in our immigration laws that
I deem necessary in the light of our world
responsibilities.
The cost of peace is something we must face
boldly, fearlessly. Beyond money, it involves
changes in attitudes, the renunciation of old preju-
dices, even the sacrifice of some seeming self-inter-
est.
Only five days ago I expressed to you the grave
concern of your government over the threat of
Soviet aggression in the Middle East.= I asked
for Congi'essional authorization to help counter
this threat. I say again that this matter is of vital
and immediate importance to the Nation's and
the free world's security and peace. By our pro-
posed programs in the Middle East, we hope to
assist in establishing a climate in wliich construc-
tive and long-term solutions to basic problems of
the area may be sought.
From time to time, there will be presented to
the Congress I'equests for other legislation in the
broad field of international affairs. All requests
will reflect the steadfast purpose of this Admin-
istration to pursue peace, based on justice. Al-
though in some cases details will be new, the under-
lying purpose and objectives will remain the same.
All proposals made by the Administration in
this field are based on the free world's unity. This
unity may not be immediately obvious unless we
examine link by link the chain of relationships
that binds us to evei'y area and to every nation.
In spirit the free world is one because its peoples
uphold the right of independent existence for all
= Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
nations. I have already alluded to their economic
interdependence. But their interdependence ex-
tends also into the field of security.
First of all, no reasonable man will question
the absolute need for our American neighbors to
be prosperous and secure. Their security and
prosperity are inextricably bound to our own.
And we are, of coui'se, already joined with these
neighbors by historic pledges.
Again, no reasonable man will deny that the
freedom and prosperity and security of Western
Europe are vital to our own prosperity and se-
curity. If the institutions, the skills, the man-
])ower of its peoples were to fall under the domina-
tion of an aggressive imperialism, the violent
change in the balance of world power and in the
pattern of world commerce could not be fully
compensated for by any American measures, mili-
tary or economic.
But these people, whose economic strength is
largely dependent on free and uninterrupted
movement of oil from the Middle East, cannot
prosper — indeed, their economies would be se-
verely impaired — should that area be controlled
by an enemy and the movement of oil be subject
to its decisions.
Next, to tlie Eastward, are Asiatic and Far
Eastern peoples, recently returned to independent
control of their own affairs or now emerging into
sovereign stateliood. Their potential strength
constitutes new assurance for stability and peace
in the world — if they can retain their independ-
ence. Should tliey lose freedom and be domi-
nated by an aggressor, the world-wide effects
would imperil the security of the free world.
In short, the world has so shrunk that all free
nations are our neighbors. Without cooperative
neighbors, the United States cannot maintain its
own security and welfare, because :
First, America's vital interests are world-wide,
embracing both hemispheres and every continent.
Second, we have community of interest with
every nation in the free world.
Third, interdependence of interests requires a
decent respect for the rights and peace of all
peoples.
These principles motivate our actions within
the United Nations. There, before all the world,
by our loyalty to them, by our practice of them,
let us strive to set a standard to which all who
seek justice and who hunger for peace can rally.
January 28, 7957
125
May we at home, here at the Seat of Govern-
ment, in all the cities and towns and f annlands of
America, support these principles in a personal
effort of dedication. Thereby each of us can help
establish a secure world order in which oppor-
tunity for freedom and justice will be more wide-
spread, and in which the resources now dissipated
on the armaments of war can be released for the
life and growth of all humanity.
When our forefathers prepared the immortal
document that proclaimed our independence, they
asserted that every individual is endowed by
his Creator with certain inalienable rights. As
we gaze back through history to that date, it is
clear that our nation has striven to live up to
this declaration, applying it to nations as well as
to individuals.
Today we proudly assert that the government
of the United States is still committed to this
concept, both in its activities at home and abroad.
The purpose is Divine; the implementation is
human.
Our country and its government have made mis-
takes— human mistakes. They have been of the
head — not of the heart. And it is still true that
the great concept of the dignity of all men, alike
created in the image of the Almighty, has been
the compass by which we have tried and are try-
ing to steer our course.
So long as we continue by its guidance, there
will be true progress in human affairs, both among
ourselves and among those with whom we deal.
To achieve a more perfect fidelity to it, I sub-
mit, is a worthy ambition as we meet together
in these first days of this, the first session of the
85th Congress.
DwiGHT D. ElSENHOWEK
The Whtpe House
January 10, 1957
Middle East Proposals
Statement by Secretary Dulles '
Since World War II, the United States has had
to meet a series of critical situations with strong
measures backed with national unity.
In 1947 the Congress adopted a major program
for military and economic aid to Greece and
Turkey, then menaced by Communist aggression.
In 1948 the Congi-ess adopted the European Ke-
covery Program (Marshall plan) in order to sus-
tain freedom and independence in Europe.
In 1949 we entered into the North Atlantic
Treaty alliance.
In 1950 the United States fought in Korea
against Communist armed aggression.
In 1953 we made a mutual defense treaty with
the Re]:)ub] ic of Korea.
In 1954 we endorsed the Caracas Declaration
calling for action in this hemisphere against in-
ternational communism.
' Made before tlie House Committee on Foreign Aflaira
on Jan. 7 (press release 7).
In 1954 we signed the Southeast Asia Collective
Defense Treaty.
In 1955 the Congress authorized the President
to employ the armed forces of the United States
for the protection of Taiwan and Penghu and re-
lated areas, and later that year we ratified a
mutual defense treaty with the Republic of Cliina,
These are a few of the momentous steps which
the United States has taken during the past dec-
ade, as one area after another was menaced by
the direct and indirect aggression of the forces of
international communism.
Basic U.S. Position
The dangers have been met in different ways,
as circumstances dictated. In some cases there
was economic aid alone. In some cases there was
both economic and military aid. In some cases
we dealt only with the military aspect of the
problem. Also in some cases there was action by
126
Department of State Bulletin
the Congress by legislation. In some cases there
was action by treaty processes. And in some
cases the Executive acted with the tacit acquies-
cence of the Congress.
But though the needs have been different and
the constitutional methods have been different,
there have been basic underlying similarities.
In each case we proceeded from the premise that,
as it was put by President Truman in his Greek-
Turkey message, "totalitarian regimes imposed
upon free peoples, by direct or indirect aggression,
undermine the foundations of international peace
and hence the security of the United States." ^
Also, all our treaty and legislative action has
been designed to promote peace by making clear
our position in advance and thus to deter aggres-
sion and to prevent dangerous miscalculations by
would-be aggressors.
Also, in each case our resolve has been impressive
because of the national unity which expressed it.
Also, in each case where we have so acted, we
have in fact preserved freedom.
The Threat to the Middle East
Today we concern ourselves with the Middle
East. Few if any of us doubt that it would be a
major disaster for the nations and peoples of the
JSIiddle East, and indeed for all the world, if that
area were to fall into the grip of international
communism.
It would be a political disaster for the nations
of the Middle East because then those nations,
like the European satellites, would lose the na-
tional independence which they so ardently desire
and which now they are beginning to exercise in
full measure.
It would be an economic disaster to them. The
principal economic asset of the area is petroleum,
and only the free nations offer an adequate market.
It would be a disaster for the peoples of the
Middle East because they are deeply religious
peoples and their spiritual suffering would be
grievous if they were subjected to the fate of
other religious peoples who have fallen under
the rule of atheistic, materialistic cominunism.
The disaster would spread far beyond the con-
fines of the Middle East itself. The economies
of many free-world countries depend directly up-
on natural products of the Middle East and on
transportation through the Middle East. And,
"Bulletin (supplement) of May 4, 1947, p. 829.
January 28, 1957
indirectly, the entire free-world economy is con-
cerned. Western Europe is particularly depend-
ent upon the Middle East. The vast sacrifices the
United States has made for the economic recovery
of Europe and military defense of Europe would
be virtually nullified if the Middle East fell under
the control of international communism.
Finally, a Communist breakthrough in the Mid-
dle East would encourage the Soviet rulers to
resort everywhere to more aggressive policies. It
would severely weaken the pressures within the
Soviet world for more liberal policies. It would
be a severe blow to the strugghng peoples of
Hungary and Poland who are so valiantly striv-
ing for more independence. It would undo,
throughout the world, much of the benefit of the
earlier actions I have recalled.
For all these reasons, the United States must do
whatever it properly can to assist the nations of
the Middle East to maintain their independence.
No Single Formula
The question of what to do is extraordinarily
difficult. The area is much divided among itself.
There is a high degree of disunity between the
Arab States and Israel, a disaccord which has
been heightened by the recent Israeli military
action in Egypt. There is much disunity as be-
tween Arab States themselves. There is suspicion
against any outside force lest it be a de-vice to re-
impose colonialism. That suspicion has been
heightened by recent events which impair what
have been mutual relations between the Middle
East and Europe. There is the problem of the
Suez Canal.
It is not feasible to find a simple answer to the
question of how the United States can help to keep
the area free. It is hard to help in one direction
without creating suspicion in another. No single
formula will solve all the problems of the Middle
East. They will have to be attacked in a variety
of ways, as we have steadily sought to do and will
continue to do. But the evolution of events now
requires us to add a new element to reinforce our
other actions in the area.
President Eisenhower's Recommendation
After the most thorough consideration. Presi-
dent Eisenhower has concluded, and has recom-
mended to the Congress, that action be taken which
will first of all make unmistakably clear that
127
Proposed Resolution on Economic and Military Cooperation in Middle East
JOINT RESOLUTION
To authorize the President to undertalte economic
and military cooperation with nations in the general
area of the Middle East in order to assist in the
strengthening and defense of their independence.
Whereas a primary purpose of the United States
in its relations with all other nations is to develop and
sustain a just and enduring peace for all, in accordance
with the Charter of the United Nations ; and
Whereas the peace of the world and the security of
the United States are endangered as long as interna-
tional communism and the nations it controls seek by
threat of military action, use of economic pressure,
internal subversion, or other means to attempt to bring
under their domination peoples now free and inde-
pendent ; and
Whereas such danger now exists in the general area
of the Middle East : Therefore be it
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of America in Congress assemhled.
That the President be and hereby is authorized to co-
operate with and assist any nation or group of nations
in the general area of the Middle East in the develop-
ment of economic strength dedicated to the mainte-
nance of national independence.
Sec. 2. The President is authorized to undertake.
In the general area of the Middle East, military as-
sistance programs with any nation or group of nations
of that area desiring such assistance. Furthermore, he
is authorized to employ the Armed Forces of the United
States as he deems necessary to secure and protect the
territorial integrity and political independence of any
such nation or group of nations requesting such aid
against overt armed aggression from any nation con-
it is the policy of the United States, declared by
the Congress and the President, to cooperate with
the nations of the Middle East to maintain their
independence.
It -would in the second place authorize the
President to assist any nation or group of na-
tions in that general area in the development of
economic strength dedicated to the maintenance
of national independence.
It would in the third place authorize the Presi-
dent to undertake military assistance programs
with any such nation or group of nations, if they
desire such assistance.
It would in the fourth place authorize the Presi-
dent to emi)loy the armed force of the United
States to secure and protect the territorial integ-
rity and political independence of any such nation
or group of nations requesting such aid against
trolled by international communism ; Provided, That
such employment shall be consonant with the treaty
obligations of the United States and with the Charter
of the United Nations and actions and recommenda-
tions of the United Nations; and, as specified in Article
51 of the United Nations Charter, measures pursuant
thereto shall be immediately reported to the Security
Council and shall not in any way affect the authority
and responsibility of the Security Council to take at
any time such action as it deems necessary in order
to maintain or restore international peace and security.
Sec. 3. The President is hereby authorized, when
he determines that such use is important to the se-
curity of the United States, to use for the purposes
of this joint resolution, without regard to the provi-
sions of any other law or regulation, not to exceed
$200,000,000 from any appropriations now available
for carrying out the provisions of the Mutual Security
Act of 1954, as amended. This authorization is in
addition to other existing authorizations with respect to
the use of such appropriations.
Sec. 4. The President shall within the month of Jan-
uary of each year rejjort to the Congress his action
hereunder.
Sec. 5. This Joint Resolution shall expire when the
President shall determine that the peace and security
of the nations in the general area of the Middle East
are reasonably assured by international conditions cre-
ated by action of the United Nations or otherwise.
' H.J. Res. 117, 85th Cong., 1st sess., introduced on
Jan. 5 by Representative Thomas S. Gordon, chairman
of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, and referred to
the committee.
overt armed aggression from any nation controlled
by international communism.
In order to enable the President tlie better to
carry out economic and military assistance pro-
grams, it is proposed that from funds already
appropriated by past mutual security legislation
up to $200 million may be used in the President's
discretion for the Middle East, this authority to
be supi^lementary to his present discretionary au-
thority under existing legislation. This does not
involve the authorizing or appropriating of any
additional money. We seek greater flexibility in
respect of funds already appropriated so tliat the
peace ammunition already provided by the Con-
gress can be more freely and effectively used in
what has, since last June, become an area of
greater need than was then anticipated. The
matter of funds for future fiscal vears will be
128
Department of Stale Bulletin
dealt with later, as outlined by the Presidential
message.
The authority to use the armed forces of the
United States is designed to apply to cases of
overt armed aggression coming from some nation
"controlled by international communism." That
phrase is taken from the Mutual Security Act.
Any employment of armed force would be con-
sonant with the United Nations Charter and the
other treaty obligations of the United States,
notably the provision found in the charter of the
United Nations and in our security treaties that
we shall refrain in our international relations
from a threat or use of force against the territorial
integrity or political independence of any state.
Furthermore, such use of force would be subject
to article 51 of the charter of the United Nations,
whicli recognizes the inherent right of collective
self-defense if an armed attack occurs but which
goes on to provide that the exercise of this right
of self-defense shall in no way affect the authority
and responsibility of the Security Council to take
such action as it deems necessary in order to main-
tain or restore international peace and security.
Coordination with the United Nations would be
further assured by a provision that any United
States use of force shall be consonant with the
actions and recommendations of the United
Nations.
The proposed legislation is in the judgment of
our President necessary to meet the danger.
The danger can take any one or more of several
forms. There is the possibility of open armed
attack. There is the possibility of subversion,
a danger which is increased if there be a sense
of insecurity. There is the danger that economic
conditions be such as to make communism seem
an attractive choice. Any program, to be ade-
quate, must be prepared to meet all three of these
dangers and any combination of them. Also,
those needs cannot be met under present con-
ditions unless we make clear now, in relation to
the Middle East, what we have already made clear
in relation to so many areas; namely, that armed
Communist attack would have to be met, if need
be, by the armed force of the United States.
Is there, in fact, doubt that the United States
would, sooner or later, react with force if Com-
munist-controlled governments used open force to
conquer the Middle East? "Would it not then
be obvious that the United States itself was in
process of being imperiled? Would not action
be the overwhelming will of the Congress and of
the Nation ? But if that be so, the time to make
clear our resolve is now. Only thus can we ade-
quately serve the cause of freedom and of peace.
You may feel — I do feel — that there is in fact no
doubt as to what the Congress would do if inter-
national communism set out on a piecemeal con-
quest of the world by war. But imtil the Con-
gress has actually spoken, there is doubt in the
Middle East and there may be doubt in the Soviet
Union. If those doubts persist, then the danger
persists and grows. If we elect to wait and see
and then decide, the waiting period will greatly
heighten vulnerability to both direct attack by
overwhelming force and to indirect aggression.
And we shall not have deterred the aggression.
Only if Congress quickly dispels doubts, only if
it puts the stamp of its approval upon a rounded
program of economic and military assistance and
reassurance for the Middle East, will it have
done the maximum it can do to preserve peace
and freedom.
The purpose of the proposed resolution is not
war. It is peace. The purpose, as in the other
cases where the President and the Congress have
acted together to oppose international com-
munism, is to stop world war III before it starts.
Secretary Dulles Comments
on "Short Form" Resolution
Press release 11 dated January 9
At the hearing held by the Foreign Affairs
Committee of the House of Representatives on
January 9 on the pending Middle East joint reso-
lution, Secretary Dulles was requested to comment
upon a suggested "short form" resolution which
had been reported in the press.^ The Secretary
said that the purposes of the author seemed to
coincide with those expressed in the proposed
joint resolution (H. J. Kes. 117) but that he had
doubts regarding the "short form" on the follow-
ing points:
1. It could be interpreted as designed to estab-
' "The United States refrards as vital to her Interest
the preservation of the independence and intesiity of the
states of the Middle East and, if necessary, will use her
armed forces to that end."
January 28, 1957
129
lish unilaterally a United States protectorate over
the area, irrespective of the desires or requests of
the countries themselves, and as such it might
well be resented in the area.
2. In dealing with the use of United States
armed forces to preserve the independence and
integrity of the states of the Middle East, the
"short form" would not limit such use to defense
against armed attack, which under article 51 of the
United Nations Charter is the basis for collective
self-defense.
3. It seems to call for United States armed
action to preserve the integrity of all the Middle
East states not merely against a Connnunist armed
attack but against any external attack, and thus
it might, for example, have required United States
military intervention in the fighting which oc-
curred last year.
4. It would seem to call for military action to
overthrow a regime brought into power from
without even though no violence were used. This
would raise a question of the conformity of such
action with our U.N. Charter obligations and the
interpretation of the charter which was adopted
by the United States at the United Nations emer-
gency Assembly last October and November.
5. It would not actually grant the President any
authority with respect to the use of armed forces
even to protect a state of the area, at its request,
against Commimist armed attack.
6. It does not touch at all upon the economic
phase of the problem, which is of extreme impor-
tance and urgency.
7. It entirely ignores the U.N. and the impor-
tance of coordinating any national action with
the authority conferred upon the U.N. by the
charter.
James P. Richards Appointed
Special Assistant to President
White House press release dated January 7
The President on January 7 appointed James
P. Richards of South Carolina, former chairman
of the House Committee on Foreign Affairs, as
Special Assistant to the President with personal
rank of Ambassador. Mr. Richards' duties will
be to advise and assist the President and the Sec-
retary of State on problems of the Middle Eastei-n
area.
In this capacity Mr. Richards will head a special
group of State Department, Defense Department,
and International Cooperation Administration of-
ficials to implement certain aspects of the Govern-
ment's policies in relation to the Middle East, par-
ticularly as they may develop pursuant to the Pres-
ident's request to the Congress for a joint declara-
tion of policy. In addition to advising on policy
problems, it is expected that Mr. Richards will
travel to the Middle Eastern area in order to assist
in the development of administration planning for
the area.
Resignation of Sir Anthony Eden
as British Prime Minister
statement by President Eisenhower
White House press release dated January 9
I have just been informed of the official an-
nouncement of the resignation of Sir Anthony
Eden as head of Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom.
Sir Anthony is an old and good friend. During
the days of World War II and since, there have
been few periods when he and I were not engaged
in the study of some problem common to our two
countries. Through the years I have developed
for him a great respect and admiration.
As Foreign Minister and then as Prime Minis-
ter, Sir Anthony has been a dedicated leader in
the cause of freedom. He is a staunch believer
in the need for unity among the conununity of
free nations, especially between his coiintry and
ours.
Mrs. Eisenhower and I extend to him and to
Lady Eden our hopes that Sir Anthony will soon
fully recover his health so that he may have
many useful years of happiness ahead.
Statement by Secretary Dulles
Press release 12 dated January 9
It is a matter of deep regret that Sir Anthony
Eden has felt compelled to lay down the arduous
duties of his office because of health. I have
myself known Sir Anthony for many years, and
we were closely associated during the period when
he was Foreign Minister and I was Secretary of
State. We attended together many international
conferences and always cooperated closely. Also
130
Department of Stale Bulletin
since he became Prime Minister I have had several
opportunities to see and work with him.
This friendly association has been a privilege to
me and through it I came to admire and respect
his ability and effective dedication to the cause
of freedom in the world and unity between the
free nations, particularly between the United
Kingdom and the United States. I hope that the
opportunity for a rest which will now come to Sir
Anthony will assure him many years of happiness
and the possibility of his continuing to contribute
to the common cause of freedom.
A Step Toward Stability in the IVIiddie East
by Robert C. HUl
Assistant Secretary for Congressional Relations ^
As you know, North Carolina has been humor-
ously termed a "valley of humility between two
mountains of conceit." It goes without saying
that this great State, with its booming and ever-
growing industry and its forward-looking atti-
tude, has no reason to be humble. Quite the con-
trary, it has every reason to be proud of its herit-
age and confident in its future.
Nevertheless, humility stands out as a true vir-
tue in this day and age, when dictators and proph-
ets of various "isms" strut with vain arrogance on
the world stage. Khrushchev and Bulganin have
now taken off the garb with which they sought to
fool what they believe to be Little Red Riding
Hoods of the free world into thinking they are
peace-loving characters. In Hungary they showed
that their teeth were as sharp and jagged as ever.
Set against the superegos who endanger world
peace or who play around the edges with com-
munism, humility is a heartening virtue. It is
certainly possessed by our beloved President,
Dwight D. Eisenhower. In recent decades, we
have witnessed Chief Executives who have acted
in the foreign field by decrees called Executive
orders. At times they have strained the Presiden-
tial powers and acted by fiat. President Eisen-
hower has, throughout his period of office, recog-
' Address made before the Chamber of Commerce at
Henderson ville, N. C, on Jan. 12 (press release 18 dated
Jan. 11).
nized that, under the Constitution, there are three
coequal branches of Govermnent — the executive,
judicial, and legislative. Rather than attempting
to infringe upon tlie rights of Congress, he has
sought to bring it into every important aspect of
our foreign policy.
That is why, in another of the world situations
with which he has dealt so skillfully, this time the
crisis in the Middle East, the President has turned
to Congress and asked it for the authority neces-
sary to keep out the Communist colonizers and
to assist in the just solution of the international
problems in the general area of the Middle East.
As Assistant Secretary of State for Congres-
sional Relations, it is my duty and my privilege
to work with the Congress on matters affecting our
foreign affairs. I have found in the Senate and
the House men and women who keenly are aware
of the beliefs of their constituents and earnestly
and sincerely try to carry out their wishes. I have
found that the Members of the Senate and the
House put our Nation's welfare above partisan
politics in matters of international relations.
There is no doubt that Americans admired the
leadership provided by President Eisenhower and
Secretary Dulles from the start of the Suez crisis.
They admired the President's refusal to be stam-
peded by any of the nations involved. They ad-
mired him for refusing to tolerate aggression in
any form. This stand won him worldwide support
January 28, 7957
131
in the United Nations. It convinced the nations
of the world and of the Middle East that the
United States did not intend to see their sover-
eignty destroyed. President Eisenhower thus
brought the prestige of the United States to a new
high.
The next phase with regard to the Middle East
logically begins.
The Communist Threat
Under United Nations insistence, Britain and
France have withdrawn their forces from Suez.
With the way thus cleared, we can assist in deal-
ing with many of the basic problems. The chief
of these, as the President and Secretary of State
have stressed time and time again to Congress,
is the Communist threat in this general area.
The Soviet Union has striven mightily for more
than two generations to get a foothold, and then
gain control, of the rich and strategic Middle East.
Eussian interest in the Persian Gulf area has
been a geopolitical factor since the days of the
Czars. The Soviet leaders have sought, with in-
creasing activity, to dominate this area, which is
not only a strategic crossroads of the world but
wherein lie two-thirds of the free world's oil
reserves.
In 1955 President Eisenhower asked for au-
thority to employ American armed forces to pro-
tect Formosa, then immediately threatened by at-
tack. There were those who predicted this would
lead at once to wai". Yet this stern warning de-
livered jointly by the President and the Congress
that the United States was prepared to meet force
with force proved effective and remains effective
in the Far Eastern area today.
The United States is equally determined not
to stand idly by and permit Communist colonial-
ism to absorb this vital area or its now independent
people of varying races. The problem of assuring
the free movement of the world's commerce
through Suez, and the many other challenging
problems in this fast-changing area, cannot be
solved unless the Communist threat is removed.
As in the case of Formosa, it is only fair to let
the would-be aggressor know the American peo-
ple's determination, as expressed by the President
and implemented by the Congress, not to permit
interference in the affairs of the free nations of the
Middle East.
President Eisenhower, in his address to the joint
session of Congress exactly one week ago today,^
pointed out that
The Soviet Union has nothing whatsoever to fear from
the United States in the Middle East, or anywhere else
in the world, so long as its rulers do not themselves first
resort to aggression. . . . Neither does Russia's desire
to dominate the Middle East spring from its own eco-
nomic interest in the area. Russia does not appreciably
use or depend upon the Suez Canal. . . . The Soviets have
no need for, and could provide no market for, the petro-
leum resources which constitute the principal natural
wealth of the area.
Then the President told the Congress the real
motivation for would-be Soviet aggression. He
stated :
The reason for Russia's interest in the Middle East is
solely that of power politics. Considerins her announced
purpose of Communizing the world, it is easy to under-
stand her hope of dominating the Middle East.
Later, on January 7, Secretary Dulles told the
House Committee on Foreign Affairs:^
... a Communist breakthrough in the Middle East
would encourage the Soviet leaders to resort everywhere
to more aggressive policies. It would severely weaken
the pressures within the Soviet world for more liberal
policies. It would be a severe blow to the struggling
peoples of Hungary and Poland who are so valiantly
striving for more independence.
The President informed the Congress that
Experience shows that indirect aggression rarely if
ever succeeds where there is reasonable security against
direct aggression.
As a matter of fact, the House Select Committee
on Soviet Aggression — after a careful study of
every satellite taken over by the Red bosses and
also the non-Russian parts of the Soviet Union
absorbed — reported tliat none was ever swallowed
up "without the use or threat of use of the Red
Army."
The President also informed the Congress that
safeguards against aggression included posses-
sion by local governments of loyal security forces
and '"economic conditions such as not to make
Communism seem an attractive alternative."
The actual resolution as introduced in Congress
bj' the new and distinguished chairman, Thomas
Gordon, of the House Foreign Affaii-s Committee
is so explicit that I propose to read its salient
parts. They are short and to the point, imple-
menting the policy the President requested.
■ Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
' See p. 126.
132
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives
of the United States of Ameriea in Connress assemUed,
That the President be and hereby is authorized to co-
operate with and assist any nation or group of nations
in the };eneral area of the Middle East in the develop-
ment of economic strength dedicated to the maintenance
of national independence.
Sec. 2. The President is authorized to undertake, in
the general area of the Middle East, military assistance
programs with any nation or group of nations of that
area desiring such assistance. Furthermore, he is au-
thorized to employ the Armed Forces of the United
States as he deems necessary to secure and protect the
territorial integrity and political independence of any
such nation or group of nations requesting such aid against
overt armed aggression from any nation controlled by
International communism: Provided, That such employ-
ment shall be consonant with the treaty obligations of
the I'nited States and with the Charter of the United
Nations and actions and recommendations of the United
Nations: and, as specified in article 51 of the United Na-
tions Charter, measures pursuant thereto shall be imme-
diately reported to the Security Council and shall not in
any way affect the authority and responsibility of the
Security Council to take at any time such action as it
deems necessary in order to maintain or restore inter-
national peace and security.
Sec. 3. The President is hereby authorized, when he
determines that such use is important to the security of
the United States, to use for the purposes of this joint
resolution, without regard to the provisions of any other
law or resulation, not to exceed $200,000,000 from any ap-
propriations now available for carrying out the provisions
of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended. This
authorization is in addition to other existing authoriza-
tions with respect to the use of such appropriations.
May I comment that our aims are, in the tra-
dition and spirit of the United States, sincere and
noble. That small gallery of critics who feed
upon sensationalism and misrepresentation can-
not distort these principles.
As many times in our history this is a moment
when we can be especially proud of our country
and of the institutions which have made us strong
and free and thus able to project into this world,
long ridden with ancient hates and prejudices, a
touch of something new and better for mankind.
For this reason I am certain that the Congress
of the United States will adopt the President's
program for the Middle East. For this reason I
am certain that the American people will give it
the same full and enthusiastic support they have
given the President himself.
Crumbling Facade of Soviet State
We see the contrast to our own system of free-
dom and free enterprise in the crumbling facade of
ianuaty 28, 1957
the Soviet slave state. This police state has posed
to the world as a leader of a "new idea." But
what, I ask, is new about tyranny, regimentation,
and a planned economy so rigid that it has proved
it can never work? This system is, in truth, long
outmoded. It goes back before the Dark Ages.
All that is different in the Soviet system is the
form of the sales technique— and even that is
not very new because deceit and lies have been
tried before with dismal failure. This technique
is to promise everything to everyone; then, if you
take over the people, you put them in chains.
The Communist system has begun to crack. The
Hungarian revolt proved that men hunger to be
free. It proved that this desire to be free is
stronger than the indoctrination by the Com-
munists driven home to them since their child-
hood. It is stronger than self-interest. It is
stronger than life itself. The Hungarian patriots
showed the world that they prefer to die for
freedom than to live under Communist tyranny.
If the Soviet troubles were limited to Hungary,
it might not be too difficult a task for the Kremlin's
uneasy masters. After all, one big country can
crush a smaller defenseless one. But the Kremlin
faces the fact there is a gradual stirring in all the
satellites, as well as in the U.S.S.R. itself. Let us
not forget that almost half the people of the Soviet
Union are not Russian. These non-Russians de-
test their Russian masters.
Anyone could have told the bosses of a so-called
new system that bureaucracy and a rigid economic
system always had uncorrectable faults. Louis
XVI and Marie Antoinette found that out on the
guillotine. Why have the Communists been
plundering rich Hungary of meat and wheat if
their collective farms are doing well? Wliy are
they plundering other satellites to the starvation
point? Obviously, the collective farm system is a
failure.
It may not be a quick process, but the Com-
munist police state is dying at its roots. Secre-
tary Dulles has repeatedly made clear that in-
ternal troubles which may well lead to greater
freedom are developing. They are developing far
beyond hopes and expectations. The trouble
within the Red orbit is serious. I am sure Con-
gress and the American people are aware of this.
History shows that police states with their rigid
patterns must expand to live. That is why it is
important to prevent such Soviet expansion in the
Middle East or anywhere else. That is another
133
reason why I am so confident that Congress will
act on the Middle East resolution with due de-
liberation and resolve.
In contrast to the failing Soviet system, let us
look at our own. The free expression of our di-
vergent views permits us under our traditions of
freedom to come up with something approaching
the right answer to problems — and to correct our
errors quickly after we have made them.
The United States is committed to constant
progress ; we are not afraid of change within the
flexibility of the wise system our forefathers con-
ceived. That is why we in the United States live
better today tlian any people at any time in all
history. I think we should take pride in our
accomplishments rather than analyzing ourselves
too much or concentrating upon the soft points
in our national life, which we constantly seek to
change.
We should be proud to be patriots even though
there has been a campaign for several decades to
make patriotism an evil word. We must all be
patriots these days. For a nation as strong as
ours, unified through pride in its heritage, beliefs,
and accomplishments, cannot be defeated. It will
play a new role in creating a better and a peaceful
world for all mankind.
One cannot deny that these Middle East prob-
lems are tremendously difficult, rooted in centuries
of hatred and misunderstanding. They will not
be solved overnight by any administration — Re-
publican or Democratic. But I say that, regard-
less of the painstaking, frustrating days ahead,
the President's request to Congi-ess is an essential
step toward the clierished goal of stability and
understanding in this vital region. As such it
deserves the firm support of all Americans —
Democrats and Republicans — for only by such
unity will our great Nation exert moral leader-
ship whicli is vital to the survival of Western
democracy and the welfare of all mankind.
Death of Austrian President
The White House on January 5 inade public the
following cablegram from President Eisenhower
to Chancellor Julius Raab of Austria.
I wish to express to the people of Austria and
to you personally my profound sympathy and that
of the people of the United States at the death of
President Koerner.'
DwiQHT D. Eisenhower
' President Theodor Koerner died on Jan. 4.
U.S. To Permit Licensing to Poland
of Surplus Farm Commodities
The Department of Commerce annoimced on
January 5 that it now will give consideration to
applications for licenses to export surplus agricul-
tural commodities to Poland for U.S. dollars at
world market prices. Apart from this action with
regard to Poland, the general policy prohibiting
exports of subsidized agricultural products has not
been changed for Soviet-bloc countries, although
at some future time consideration may be given to
applications for exports of such commodities to
certain other Eastern European countries. Public
announcement will be made if, and when, such a
decision is taken.
The policy change permits the licensing to Po-
land of surplus agricultural commodities subsi-
dized or sold by the Commodity Credit Corpora-
tion for export, for U.S. dollars at world market
prices. To the extent that Poland wishes to make
such purchases, this relaxation should permit that
country to utilize these commodities for the benefit
of the Polish people.
Hungary Lifts Import Duties
on Gift Parcels
The Bureau of Foreign Commerce of the De-
partment of Commerce reported on January 9
that the Hungarian Government has announced
that gift parcels sent to Hungary will be admitted
duty free. Hungarian authorities have advised
that until further notice gift parcels addressed to
individuals and organizations in that country will
not be subject to customs duties. Such parcels
may contain any mailable article needed by the
addressee and his family, such as clotliing, non-
perishable foods, and medicines. Items in com-
mercial quantities are not permitted.
U.S. export controls permit shipment of gift
packages up to $50 in value by mail to all foreign
countries except Communist China and North
Korea, without the necessity of applying for in-
dividual export licenses. The packages may con-
tain only those items normally sent as gifts, such
as food, toilet articles, and civilian clothing. Cer-
tain sulfonamide and antibiotic drug preparations
may be included in the parcel provided their value
does not exceed $25. All other drugs in dosage
form may be shipped up to the full $50 limitation.
134
Department of State Bulletin
Only one parcel a week may be sent by any one
donor to any one donee.
Mail service to Hungary, which was discon-
tinued on November 23, now has been resumed, the
U.S. Postmaster General has announced. Gift
packages should conform to Post Office regula-
tions as to size, weight, and permitted contents.
Alleged Overflight of Soviet Area
by American Planes
U.S. NOTE OF JANUARY 11
Press release 14 dated January 11
Following is the text of a note delivered on
January 11 to the Embassy of the Union of Soviet
Socialist Republics in Washington, D.C.
The Department of State informs the Embassy
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics that the
latter's unnumbered note dated December 15, 1956,
concerning an alleged overflight of the Vladivos-
tok area by three American planes on December
11, 1956, has been given careful attention.
With respect to the alleged violation of Soviet
air space, a thorough investigation has revealed
that the only authorized United States Air Force
flights in the general area of the Sea of Japan
were normal training activities.
If, however, the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics would offer information to enable positive
identification of aircraft allegedly involved, or
otherwise establish proof of the allegation, the
United States Government would be pleased to
conduct a further study of the matter.
Departscent of State,
Washington, D. C.
SOVIET NOTE OF DECEMBER 15
The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics considers it necessary to advise the Government of
the United States as follows :
According to precisely determined data, on December
11, 1956, between 13:07 and 13:21 o'clock, Vladivostok
time, three American jet planes, type B-57, coming from
the direction of the Sea of Japan, south of Vladivostok,
violated the national boundary of the U.S.S.R. by invad-
ing the air space of the Soviet Union. These planes pene-
trated the air space over the territory of the U.S.S.R. in
the Vladivostok area. Good weather prevailed in the area
violated, with good visibility, which precluded any possi-
bility of the loss of orientation by the fliers during their
flight.
This violation by American planes of the air space of
the Soviet Union cannot be regarded as other than a pre-
meditated act on the part of the military authorities of
the U.S.A. with the clear aim of reconnaissance, which
cannot help leading to the aggravation of the interna-
tional situation in the Far East.
The Government of the Soviet Union strongly protests
to the Government of the U.S.A. against this gross viola-
tion of the air space of the Soviet Union by American
planes and insists that the Government of the U.S.A. take
measures to punish the guilty parties and to prevent any
future violations of the national boundaries of the U.S.S.R.
by American planes.
The Soviet Government considers it necessary to state
that in case of any repetition in the future of violations
of the air space of the U.S.S.R. by American planes, the
Government of the United States of America will have to
bear the full responsibility for the consequences of such
violations.
King of Saudi Arabia
To Visit United States
White House press release dated January 7
The King of Saudi Arabia, His Majesty Saud
Ibn Abdul al-Aziz Al Saud, has accepted the Pres-
ident's invitation to visit the United States. The
King and his party will visit Washington Jan-
uary 30, 31, and February 1. ,.
This visit is the first state visit of 1957 and marks
the first time a reigning monarch of Saudi Arabia
has visited the United States. The visit has been
under consideration for several months. The
President and the King are expected to discuss the
problems of the Middle East area which are of
mutual interest to the two countries.
Crown Prince Abdul lllah of Iraq
To Visit United States
Press release 17 dated January 11
His Royal Highness Crown Prince Abdul lUah
of Iraq has indicated his interest in visiting the
United States and will pay an informal visit to
this country early in February. During the
course of the visit he will call on U.S. officials in
Washington for discussions of current Middle
Eastern problems.
January 28, J 957
135
This will be the Crown Prince's third visit to
the United States. As Regent of Iraq, he paid
a state visit in 1945 and accompanied King Faisal
of Iraq on his state visit in 1952.
World Bank Loan to Japan
for Land Reclamation
The World Bank announced on December 19
that documents had been signed that day for a
loan equivalent to $4.3 million in various cur-
rencies to assist in the execution of land reclama-
tion projects in Japan and to increase imports of
dairy cattle. Most of the loan will be used to im-
port equipment which will be operated on pilot
projects to test the feasibility of land reclamation
in Japan by the application of modern mechanical
methods.
The reclamation will be carried out in three dif-
ferent areas of northern Japan: Kamikita in
northern Honshu, the Konsen plain in eastern
Hokkaido, and the Ishipari River valley in west-
ern Hokkaido. The projects are expected to re-
duce the time and cost involved in transforming
an initial 54,000 acres of presently uncultivated
land into productive farm areas suitable for mixed
farming. If, as expected, mechanized land recla-
mation proves successful in the pilot areas, the
methods developed should be applicable on a
larger scale in many other areas of Japan.
The loan was made to the Agricultural Land
Development Machinery Public Corporation and
is guaranteed by the Government of Japan. The
corporation was established by the Japanese Gov-
ernment in 1955. While its initial operation will
be in the nature of pilot projects, ultimately its
activities will be extended to large-scale reclama-
tion. The loan is for a term of 15 years and bears
interest of 5 percent, including the 1 percent com-
mission charged by the bank. Amortization will
begin November 1, 1959.
Japan has a pressing need to open new lands to
cultivation so that the production of food can be
increased. Although its population of 90 million
numbers more than half that of the United States,
Japan's land area is only one-twentieth as large,
and, because of the mountainous terrain, much of
this land is unsuitable for cultivation. At present
Japan imports about one-fifth of its food require-
ments, and, with the population growing at the
rate of one million a year, output of food will need
to be increased by 15 percent within 10 years if the
present situation is not to worsen. Presently cul-
tivated land is already intensively used, and it is
mainly by developing unused lands for agriculture
that Japan can hope to avoid a growing food
deficit. This is well understood in Japan, and in
recent years the Government has been devoting
about 12 percent of its total expenditure to the
support and increase of agricultural production.
The projects which the bank's loan will assist are
part of this effort.
Japan has at least 2.5 million acres of potentially
arable land which for various reasons have not
been brought under cultivation. Recent efforts to
reclaim portions of this acreage have been con-
fined to settling farmers on the land and support-
ing tliem wliile they attempted to clear and pre-
pare areas for agriculture by their own hand labor.
Much of the land is covered with scrub growth or
hai'dwood trees so that clearance has been labor-
ious and slow. Following a visit by a bank agri-
cultural mission in 1954, Japan decided to estab-
lish pilot projects to test the feasibility of large-
scale and rapid reclamation of this type of land
by the use of modern clearing and earth-moving
equipment.
Neither the natural increase of domestic cattle
nor the numbers imported have been sufficient to
meet Japan's increasing demand for dairy prod-
ucts in the postwar years. To provide additional
stock for existing farms and for new farms to be
established on reclaimed lands, Japan needs to
import an additional 2,500 head of cattle annually
for several years. The bank loan will enable the
Government to import 5,000 head of dairy breed-
ing cattle over a period of about 2 years and thus
encourage the growth of mixed fanning in Japan.
The cattle will be imported from Australia.
U.S. Farm Surpluses Finance
Development Loan for Brazil
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on January 8 that tlie United States
has signed a loan agreement with Brazil wliich
will provide the equivalent of $117,895,000 in Bra-
zilian cruzeiros over the next 3 years to further
Brazil's economic development. Funds for this
loan will come from sales of U.S. wheat and other
farm products to Brazil under title I of the Agri-
cultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
of 1954, as amended (Public Law 480).
With proceeds from these sales a line of credit
136
Department of State Bulletin
is being established for the National Bank for
Economic Development, an agency of the Bra-
zilian Government, to be used for loans to govern-
mental, mixed, and private enterprises which are
within the scope of the development program of
Brazil. Through this loan capital will be pro-
vided to expand Brazil's hydroelectric energy out-
put, railroad transportation facilities, and iron
and steel production. Included will be loans for
such specific projects as construction of the Furnas
Dam and other work in the Kio Grande River
basin; expansion of power production and other
sites of the Siio Francisco River basin, including
the Tres Marias project ; and construction of a new
railway line between Passo Fundo and General
Luz in Rio Grande do Sul.
The Brazilian Government is undertaking a
wide range of development projects essential to
the country's economic growth. Much of the
planning and work now under way to increase
industrial and agricultural production and to im-
prove Brazil's transportation network is being
carried out along guidelines set forth by the Joint
Brazil-United States Economic Development
Commission some 3 years ago. The National
Bank for Economic Development, the Brazilian
Government lending agency which will channel
the loan funds to development enterprises in Bra-
zil, is itself an outgrowth of one of the Joint Com-
mission's recommendations.
This loan agreement supplements an agricul-
tural commodities agreement signed De<«mber
31, 1956,' which authorized the sale for local
currency of $138.7 million worth of U.S. surplus
farm products — mostly wheat — to Brazil.
Formal signing of the loan agreement took
place on January 7. It was signed for Brazil
by Ernani do Amaral Peixoto, Brazilian Am-
bassador to the United States, and for the United
States by Hawthorne Arey, a director of the
Export-Import Bank of Washington, which
executes and administers collection of Ica loans.
According to terms of the agreement, the total
• Bulletin of .Ian. 21, 1957, p. 102.
cruzeiro equivalent of $117,895,000 will be dis-
bursed in three annual installments — the first be-
ing $32,980,000. Other provisions call for repay-
ment of the loan by Bi'azil over a 40-year period,
with interest at 4 percent if repaid in cruzeiros
and 3 percent if repaid in U.S. dollars.
This is the largest economic development loan
thus far extended a Latin American Republic un-
der provisions of title I of the Agricultural Trade
Development and Assistance Act. A previous
transaction provided for extension of a $31.3 mil-
lion development loan to Brazil, and other loans
have been or are being negotiated with Argentina,
Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Paraguay, and Peru.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
United States Aid Operations in Iran. Hearings before
a subcommittee of the House Committee on Govern-
ment Operations. May 2-July 16, 1956. 1,268 pp.
Legislative History of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations. S. Doc. 150, July 26, 1956. 84 pp.
Development of the Upper Columbia River Basin, Canada
and the United States. S. Rept. 2831, December 10,
1956. 2 pp.
Foreign Policy and Mutual Security. Draft report sub-
mitted to the House Committee on Foreign Affairs pur-
suant to a committee resolution providing that the Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs shall examine and reappraise,
under the direction of the chairman, the objectives,
methods, and results of the foreign policies and pro-
grams of the United States involved in the Mutual Se-
curity Act and related legislation, together with hear-
ings held by the Committee on Foreign Affairs October
9-November 28, 1956. December 24, 1956. 367 pp.
[Committee print.]
85th Congress, 1st Session
Sixteenth Semiannual Report on Educational Exchange
Activities. Letter from chairman. United States Ad-
visory Commission on Educational Exchange, transmit-
ting the 16th semiannual report on the educational ex-
change activities conducted under the United States
Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948,
for the period January 1 through June 30, 1956, pur-
suant to Public Law 402, 80th Congress. H. Doc. 40,
January 3, 1957. 4 pp.
Middle East Situation. Address of the President of the
United States delivered before a joint session of the
Senate and the House of Representatives. H. Doc. 46,
.lanuary 5, 1957. 8 pp.
January 28, 1957
413691 — 57 3
137
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
General Assembly Establishes Committee To Investigate
and Report on Conditions in Hungary
Following are texts of a statement on the Hun-
garian question hy Henry Cahot Lodge, Jr.^ U.S.
Representative to the General Assembly; a report
hy U.N. Secretary-General Dag Hammarskjold ;
and a resolution adopted hy the Assembly on
January 10.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE'
More than 2 months have passed since the Soviet
Union attacked the Hungarian people with mas-
sive force. Since that time the General Assembly
has repeatedly turned its attention to the situa-
tion in that terror-stricken little country. It has
set forth its objectives, clearly and unequivocally,
in a series of resolutions — objectives which have
been totally and flagrantly disregarded by the
Soviet Government and by the existing Hun-
garian authorities. In a climactic action the
United Nations has even gone so far as to condemn
the Soviet oppression of Hungary and to do so by
an overwhelming vote.^
We now confront another aspect of this tragic
ease. On November 16 last, the Secretary-
General, pursuant to the resolution adopted by
the Assembly on November 4,' appointed a com-
mittee of three investigators to look into the
situation caused by the Soviet intervention in
Hungary.
There is now before us, in document A/3485,
a report by the Secretarj^-General on the in-
vestigation with which he has been charged
1 Made in plenary on Jan. 9 (TJ.'S. delegation press
release 2.582).
•U.N. doc. A/Re8/424 (Bulletin of Dec. 24-31, 1956,
p. 979).
•U.N. doc. A/Ke8/393 (Bulletin of Nov. 19, 1956, p.
803).
by the Assembly. The Secretary-General has
reached two major conclusions.
The first is :
So far there has heen no possibility for representatives
of the United Nations to malie direct observations in
Hungary, nor has the co-operation necessary for the
investigations been forthcoming from Governments di-
rectly concerned.
And here is a second quotation :
. . . the Assembly may now wish to establish a special
ad. hoc committee which would take over the activities
of the group of investigators established by the Secretary-
General, and follow them up under somewhat broader
terras of reference.
Now, Mr. President, the United States believes
that these observations of the Secretary-General
deserve serious and urgent consideration by the
Assembly. We believe that the members of the
United Nations must continue to focus attention
on the problem of Hungary. The valiant Hun-
garians must not think they have been forgotten.
Indeed, they must know that they will be always
remembered so long as men prize human liberty.
To this end, we should receive the fullest infor-
mation regarding the situation created by the
attack of the Soviet Union on the Hungarians and
on the developments which relate to the recom-
mendations of the General Assembly on this
subject.
We believe that this objective can best be ac-
complished by the creation of a committee of
governments to be charged with investigating and
with reporting on these matters to the present
session of the Assembly and thereafter as appro-
priate. Since we are convinced of the gi-eat im-
portance of direct observation in Hungary, we
think that this committee should be authorized
to establish such observation in Hungary and
138
Department of State Bulletin
elsewhere, as well as to collect evidence, testimony,
and information which will enable it to report
fuUy.
If the delegates will forgive a personal note,
but one which I think is pertinent, I would like
to say that earlier this week 1 visited the Hun-
garian refugee center at Kilmer, N. J., an hour
from here. My visit lx)tli touched and inspired me.
In the first place, these people were fine-looking
men and women. With them were many smaU
children who were truly beautiful. Here they
were 3,000 miles from their native land. And
why? Because they were citizens of a small
country, who wanted to five their lives in peace
and freedom and who were prevented from doing
so by their colossal neighbor to the east.
To say that these obviously God-fearmg, sim-
ple, industrious people were Fascists, counter-
revolutionaries, or Horthyists — ^to use the phrases
of the Soviet speakers — is as untrue and as fan-
tastic to anyone who takes the trouble to go and
see these people for himself as it is to supj)ose that
the Russian revolution was the last revolution
which will ever occur on this earth.
We must hope that the Soviet rulei's will see
that what they have done in Hungary is not only
morally indefensible but that it constitutes a total
failure even when looked at from the solely prac-
tical gi-oimds of Soviet strategy.
The plight of the Hungarian people is of vital
interest to us all, and particularly, if I may say
so, to that majority of the human race which lives
in small countries and which wants to be able to
live in peace and freedom without oppression from
more powerful neighbors, because what can hap-
pen to one can happen to another.
The United States, therefore, after considering
the issues arising from the Secretary-General's
report, has cosponsored with other delegations a
resolution which would entrust the mandate I
have described to a committee of five governments
and which would call upon all member states to
give every possible assistance to the committee in
the fulfillment of its task. Adoption of this reso-
lution will reaffirm the objectives which we have
previously endorsed and provide the Assembly
with a means of insuring a flow of information on
developments in Hungary.
The resolution is self-explanatory. We are
sure that this action will be supported by this As-
sembly. This action may not be spectacular, but
it will surely be useful because it will be a cease-
less vehicle for trutli and we know that the truth
is mighty and will prevail.
We therefore urge its speedy adoption so that
the committee which it establishes can turn
promptly to its important work.
REPORT BY SECRETARY-GENERAL
U.N. doc. A/3485 dated January B
In a report to the General Assembly (A/3403),
30 November 1956, the Secretary-General gave an
interim account of action taken by him on the
basis of various resolutions adopted by the Gen-
eral Assembly concerning the withdrawal of for-
eign troops from Hungarian territory and related
questions, including that of deportations, and con-
cerning investigations of the situation caused by
foreign intervention in Hungary. Humanitarian
activities, including assistance to refugees, have
been dealt with mainly in other reports.
In his report, 30 November, the Secretary-
General drew the attention of the General Assem-
bly specifically to the steps taken for investigation
and observation of the developments in Hungary.
As announced to the General Assembly, 16 Novem-
ber (A/3359), a group of three had been estab-
lished by the Secretary-General to assist him in
fulfilling the investigatory duties with which he
had been charged by the General Assembly. This
group consisted of Mr. O. Gundersen, Mr. A. Lall,
and Mr. A. Lleras. The Secretary-General
wishes to include in the present report an account
of the views expressed by this group concerning
the nature of and conditions for the investigations
with which it was charged.
The group presented to the Secretary-General,
15 December 1956, the following note :
Referring to our conversation with you yesterday when
we exchanged views regarding the task of investigation
which you asked us to undertake in pursuance of Assem-
bly resolution A/Res/393 dated 4 November 1956 and in
accordance with your Information to the General Assembly
(A/33-j9) of 16 November 1956, we would like briefly to
state our views at the present stage.
Already in the first conversation we had with you we
noted that the resolution of the General Assembly of 4 No-
vember 1956 appeared to envisage the process of investi-
i;ation, observation and reporting as a unified one. More-
over, that resolution, as also subsequent resolutions of the
General Assembly, called on the Governments concerned
to assist in the process of fact-finding and assessment of
the Hungarian situation. While we immediately set out
to examine the material made available to us in New York
we found that it did not contain sufficient evidence for a
January 28, 1957
139
broad-based investigation of the events that had taken
place in Hungary- We found ourselves, as it were, in
possession of a fringe of the material vfhich we would
have reijuired for the kind of assessment of the situation
which we felt that the General Assembly had had in view.
In short, what we have looked at is the available and
generally known material which does not put us In a posi-
tion to add anything signilicant to what is common knowl-
edge about the situation in Hungary. We have also taken
note of the fact that as a result of your approaches in
pursuance of General Assembly resolution A/Res/413 '
dated 4 December lOoG only one country of those requested
has found it possible to offer facilities for observation.
Until it is possible to open up further sources of reliable
material through observation on the spot in Hungary and
by the co-operation of the Governnjents directly concerned,
there would be little purpose in our attempting an assess-
ment of the present situation or of recent events. In
these circumstances the question arises as to whether it
is not best for the process of investigation to be suspended
for the present, and for the matter to be re-examined at
a later stage.
Serious consideration should be given to the
conchision of the group that short of access to
reliable material, provided through observation
on tlie spot in Hungary and by the co-operation
of the Governments directly concerned, there
would be little purpose in attempting an assess-
ment of the present situation or of recent events.
So far there has been no possibility for repre-
sentatives of the United Nations to make direct
observations in Hungary, nor has the co-operation
necessary for the investigations been forthcoming
from Governments directly concerned. The only
source of new and direct information, under these
circiunstances, possibly available might be hear-
ings with refugees from Hungary, conducted, in
the first place, in neighbouring coimtries.
The Government of Austria has declared itself
prepared to receive observers for such a purpose.
Offers to the United Nations to send observers for
hearings with refugees have been received from
the United States of America and Italy. Some
additional points of significance might be estab-
lished through hearings with refugees in these
countries, but, in order to yield results of value,
such hearings nuist be extensive and organized
in a juridically satisfactory form.
Tlie Secretary-General continues, on his part, to
try to further tlie aims of the General Assembly,
pursuant to paragraph 5 of the last resolution
on the Hungarian question.^ He has, under pres-
ent circimistances and pending also the result of
efforts along other lines, hesitated now to initiate,
himself, further investigatory activities, includ-
ing liearings with refugees.
The Secretary-General has felt that this might
be the proper time for a reconsideration of the
form to be given to the investigatory activities.
In view of the active and continued concern of
the General Assembly for the development, the
Assembly may now wish to establish a special ad
hoc committee which would take over the activities
of the group of investigators established by the
Secretary-General, and follow them up under
somewhat broader terms of reference.
Such a committee should obviously serve as an
organ of the General Assembly for a continued
observation of developments in relation to Hun-
gary in all those respects which may be of rele-
vance to the Assembly. The work of a committee
with such a mandate might facilitate for the
General Assembly the consideration of matters
relating to Hungary beyond what could be
achieved through an investigation of the kind with
which the Secretary-General has been charged.
The committee, if established, should report di-
rectly to the General Assembly. It would be en-
titled to all the assistance and facilities which the
►Secretariat might provide for it in the fulfilment
of its task.
RESOLUTION ADOPTED ON JANUARY 10 •
U.N. doc. A/Res/449
The General Assemblij,
Recalling its previous resolutions on the Hungarian
problem,
Reafflrming the objectives contained therein and the
continuing concern of the United Nations in this matter.
Having received the report of the Secretary-General of
5 January 1957 (A/3485),
Desiring to ensure that the General Assembly and all
Members of the United Nations shall be in pos.session of
the fullest ami best available information regarding the
situation created by the intervention of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Kepublics, through its use of armed force
and other means, in the internal affairs of Hungary, as
well as regarding devclopnietits relating to the recommen-
dations of the General Assembly on this subject,
' BtTLLETiN of Dec. 17, 1956, p. 963.
■• U.N. doc. A/Res/424.
' Si>ons()recl by Argentina, Relglum. Canada, Chile, Co-
lomliia, the Iioiiiinican Republic, El Salvador, France, Ire-
land, Italy, .lapan, Liberia, the Netherlands, New Zealand,
Norway, Pakistan, Peru, the rhilippincs, ypain, Sweden,
Thailand. Turkey, U.K., and U.S. ; adopted on Jan. 10 by
a vote of 59 to 8 (Soviet bloc), with 10 abstentions.
140
Department of State Bulletin
1. Estublishts, for the above-mentioned puriwses, a Spe-
cial Committee, composed of representatives of Australia,
Ceylon, Denmark, Tunisia, and Uruguay, to investigate,
and to establish and maintain direct observation in Hun-
gary and elsewhere, talcing testimony, collecting evidence
and receiving information, as appropriate, in order to re-
port its findings to the General Assembly at its present
session, and thereafter from time to time to prepare ad-
ditional reports for the information of Members of the
United Nations and of the General Assembly If it is in
session ;
2. Calls upon the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
and Hungary to co-opei-ate in every way with the Com-
mittee and, in particular, to permit the Committee and its
staff to enter the territory of Hungary and to travel
freely therein ;
3. Requests all Member States to assist the Committee
in any way appropriate in its task, making available to
it relevant information, including testimony and evidence,
which Members may possess, and assisting it in securing
such information ;
4. Invites the Secretary-General to render the Com-
mittee all appropriate assistance and facilities;
5. Calls upon all Member States promptly to give effect
to the present and previous resolutions of the General
Assembly on the Hungarian problem;
6. Reaffirms its request that the Secretary-General con-
tinue to take any initiative that he deems helpful in re-
lation to the Hungarian problem, in conformity with the
lirinciples of the Charter of the United Nations and the
resolutions of the General Assembly.
The Korean Problem in the General Assembly
Statement hy Edward S. Greenbaum
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
The United States believes that the increase in
world tensions arising from the situations in the
Middle East and Eastern Europe should not be
allowed to obscure the importance of the United
Nations responsibility in the Korean situation.
On the contrary, this increased tension makes it
more urgent to find solutions to these problems.
The United Nations has long been vitally con-
cerned with the Korean problem. Collective ac-
tion by the United Nations in meeting Commmiist
aggression in Korea was without precedent in the
history of this organization. We cannot forget
the suffering of the Korean people and the heavy
casualties of United Nations forces on behalf of
Korean peace, imity, and freedom.
However, for 10 years the efforts of the United
Nations to seek a settlement of the Korean prob-
lem have run head on against constant Communist
resistance. We all know this history. The in-
flexible and rigid Communist attitude has frus-
trated past efforts to reach a solution. The result
has been continued suffering in Korea. But we
'Made in Committee I (Political and Security) on Jan.
4 (U. S. delegation press release 2577).
hope and believe that United Nations efforts will
succeed. They must not fail.
Past discussions here have established clearly
that the primary problem in Korea is political
unification of the country. Military and political
tensions would cease to exist if unification was
effected. Conversely, until unification is achieved,
the Korean situation will remain a potential dan-
ger to world peace.
The Geneva conference of 1954 is the principal
term of reference in approaching the Korean
problem today. Fifteen nations which had par-
ticipated in the military action in response to the
appeal of the United Nations, in concert with the
Republic of Korea, enunciated at the Geneva con-
ference two fundamental principles which they
believed provided the basis of a Korean settlement
consistent with the objectives of the United Na-
tions. They are :
1. The United Nations, under its Charter, is fully and
rightfully empowered to take collective action to repel
aggression, to restore i)eace and security, and to extend
its good oflSces to seeking a peaceful settlement in Korea.
2. In order to establish a unified, independent and
January 28, 1957
141
democratic Korea, genuinely free elections should be held
under United Nations supervision, for representatives in
the National Assembly, in which representation shall be
in direct proportion to the indigenous population in
Korea.''
The Communist side rejected these principles.
It advanced instead various formulae for unifica-
tion that would have assured a North Korean re-
gime veto to the formation of any unified govern-
ment that was not established under Communist
domination. In particular, the Communists op-
posed any plan for United Nations supervision of
the elections and demanded withdrawal of foreign
forces as a first step toward unification.
Since the Geneva conference of 1954, this As-
sembly has twice overwhelmingly endorsed the
principles enunciated by the nations representing
the United Nations Command side as providing
an equitable basis for a Korean settlement. Nev-
ertheless the Chinese Communists and the North
Korean regime have not changed their position.
This is established in the opening portion of the
report of the United Nations Commission for the
Unification and Rehabilitation of Korea.^
Progress in Republic of Korea
Despite the failure to achieve peaceful unifica-
tion of the country, the Republic of Korea has
continued to develop the representative character
of its government. There has been the free ex-
pression of the popular will. A strong two-party
system is clearly emerging. We see this confirmed
in the Uncubk report. We are encouraged to note
in the Uncubk report that progressive evidence
of the deepening of democratic roots has con-
tinued.
1956 saw the pattern of progress maintained.
This is eloquently demonstrated by the 1956 elec-
tions for President and Vice President on May 15.
President Syngman Rhee was reelected by a sub-
stantial majority, but the opposition Democratic
Party, formed by a merger of various opposition
groups, secured the election of its candidate,
Chang Myon, as Vice President. Subsequentlj^,
the administration party, the Liberal Party, won
in the great majority of elections for provincial
and local positions. The Uncurk report gives
complete information as to how more than 7 mil-
lion free Koreans voted.
« Bulletin of June 28, 1954, p. 973.
" U.N. doc. A/3172.
Since this Assembly in 1947 first called for free
elections throughout Korea under United Nations
auspices as a basis for Korean unification, three
national legislative elections, as well as various
local and provincial and presidential elections,
have been held. All of these have been under the
observation of the United Nations Commission.
This wholesome demonstration of free elections
should be contrasted with what has taken place
in North Korea. There has never been any United
Nations observation in the north. There we
merely have the bald announcement by the North
Korean regime that local and provincial elections
were held on November 20 and 27, 1956. But we
have no means of confirming this. How does the
General Assembly know that these elections ac-
tually took place? Under what conditions and
with what results ? Were such elections in North
Korea only a repetition of the carefully staged
demonstrations which occurred in North Korea
before hostilities began in 1950? No elections
have been held for an assembly in North Korea
since 1948, when the Commimists excluded the
United Nations Commission and refused to par-
ticipate in free elections under United Nations ob-
servation throughout Korea. The delegates will
recall that it was on the basis of these staged elec-
tions in 1948 that the Communists pretended to
represent the whole of the Korean peoJDle. If the
Communists wish to demonstrate good faith, the
elections announced for North Korea this year
afford an excellent opportunity for them to do so.
Pending a political settlement of the Korean
problem, the military forces of the United Nations
Command remain in the field, facing those of
North Korea and the Chinese Communists. The
armistice of 1953 established an effective cease-fire.
During these 3 years no more than minor incidents
have disturbed that cease-fire.
The reinforcement provisions of the armistice,
however, which were designed to maintain a bal-
ance between the forces in the field, have not been
observed by the Communist side. They have vio-
lated these provisions cynically in many respects.
The most obvious and serious of tlie many viola-
tions relates to the introduction of combat aircraft.
It is a well-known fact, established bj' aerial
photographs in the closing hours of the Korean
hostilities, that the Communist side did not have
any combat aircraft in North Korea at the time
of the signing of the armistice agreement. Yet
142
Department of State Bulletin
the Communists now have a strong air force in
North Korea numbering approximately 750
planes; half of them are jets. They offer no ex-
planation of the entry of these aircraft. Not im-
til January 1956 did they present any report on
aircraft to the Neutral Nations Supervisory Com-
mission, and then they merely reported destruc-
tion of aircraft whose presence in North Korea
was previously denied by the Communist side.
They have still reported no entries or departures
of combat aircraft.
The United Nations Command, which itself con-
tinues carefully to observe the reinforcement pro-
visions of the armistice agreement, has repeatedly
called upon the Communist side in the Military
Armistice Commission to correct these obvious de-
faults with respect to the repoi'ting and reinforce-
ment provisions of the armistice agreement.
In May of this year the United Nations Com-
mand was impelled, after long negotiation and
consultation, to take action on the problem of the
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission, which
is closely related to the problem of Communist
violation of the reinforcement provisions of the
armistice agreement. The United States, in its
capacity as the Unified Command, reported on
August 15 in detail to the U.N. on this action.*
Prisoners of War
There is another armistice problem about which
I wish to speak briefly. It is the failure of the
Communist side to account for United Nations
Command prisoners of war and the continued
Communist detention of Korean and foreign ci-
vilians. At this time, when the Chinese Commu-
nists have recently annomiced adherence to the Ge-
neva conventions governing the treatment of
prisoners of war and of civilians, though with the
same qualifying reservations attached by the
U.S.S.K., it should be noted that in Korea they are
still defying both the letter and spirit of those con-
ventions and of the armistice agi-eement.
i\Iore than 3 years after the signing of the ar-
mistice agreement, the Communist side still has
not given a satisfactory accounting for United Na-
tions Command prisoners of war as required by the
armistice agreement. The United States is con-
tinuing to press for an accounting of some 450 per-
sonnel, of whose fate we have reason to believe the
Text of Resolution on Korea '
U.N. doc A/ReB/452(A)
The General Assembly,
Havinp noted the report of the United Nations
Commission for the UniUcation and Rehabilitation
of Korea (A/3172),
Recalling resolutions 811 (IX) and 910 (X) of
11 December 1954 and 29 November 1955 re-
spectively,
Noting that the Armistice Agreement of 27 July
1953 remains in effect,
1. Reaffirms that the objectives of the United Na-
tions are to bring about by peaceful means the es-
tablLshment of a unified, independent and demo-
cratic Korea under a representative form of govern-
ment, and the full restoration of international peace
and security in the area ;
2. Urges that continuing efforts be made to
achieve these objectives in accordance with the
fundamental principles for unification set forth by
the nations participating in the Korean Political
Conference, held at Geneva in 1954, on behalf of the
United Nations and reaffirmed by the General As-
sembly in resolutions 811 (IX) and 910 (X) ;
3. Calls upon the United Nations Commission for
the Unification and Rehabilitation of Korea to con-
tinue its work in accordance with existing resolu-
tions of the General Assembly and to observe and
report on elections throughout Korea, and calls upon
all States and authorities to facilitate this activity
on the part of the Commission ;
4. Requests the Secretary-General to place the
Korean question on the provisional agenda of the
twelfth session of the General AssemlJly.
' Sponsored by the U.S. (U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.158) ;
adopted by Committee I on Jan. 8 by a vote of 57
to 8 (Soviet bloc), with 13 abstentions; adopted by
the General Assembly on .Tan. 11 by a vote of 57-8-9.
* Bm-LETiN of Sept. 3, 1956, p. 390.
January 28, 7957
Communist side has knowledge. The United
States is not the only government suffering from
this situation. Other governments which contrib-
uted military forces to the United Nations Com-
mand also have personnel for whom no accounting
has been given. Most of the unaccounted person-
nel were in the military services of the Republic
of Korea. There is substantial evidence that a
great number are still being detained by the North
Korean regime.
Refugees escaping from the North Korean area
continue to bring eye-witness reports regarding
such personnel. Also held by the North Korean
regime are thousands of South Koreans who were
removed from South Korea during the hostilities.
This Communist detention of prisoners of war
143
and Korean and foreign civilians is a continuing
and cruel injustice. The suffering of the individ-
uals immediately affected and anguish of their
families and associates are of deep concern to my
Goverimient.
At its 10th session, the General Assembly re-
quested India to report to this session on the prog-
ress made toward the final settlement of the ex-
prisoners of war in neutral countries. It has done
so.° It reports that 88 ex-prisoners refused re-
patriation and chose settlement in neutral coun-
tries. These ex-prisoners were taken to India
pending their final disposition. The disposition
of these individuals is now near completion as a
result of ari'angements that have been made for
their settlement in neutral countries of their
choice. It is gratifying that most of the ex-
prisoners will be able to start a new life as free men
in their newly adopted covmtries.
Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina generously of-
fered to accept for permanent resettlement former
prisoners wlio desired to go to Latin America.
Most ex-prisoners who so opted have already emi-
grated to these countries or are waiting for final
arrangements to be completed. The United States
wishes to express its appreciation to the Govern-
ments of Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina for their
humanitarian and generous offers to accept these
ex-prisoners for settlement. It also desires to re-
cord its appreciation to the Government of India
and the Secretary -General for their efforts in mak-
ing the necessary arrangements for this resettle-
ment.
Question of U.N. Membership
Mr. Chairman, no review of developments in
Korea should ignore one other recent development.
I refer to the strong and increasingly widespread
expressions by many Koreans asking for the early
admission of the Republic of Korea to membership
■ U.N. doc. A/3203.
in the United Nations. Recently a representative
of the Republic of Korea presented to the Secre-
tary-General of the United Nations a petition con-
taining millions of signatures of Koreans who look
to the day when the Republic of Korea will be
represented here as a full member of this organiza-
tion. Although the Republic of Korea belongs to
various specialized agencies of the United Na-
tions, it has been excluded from membership in this
body by the arbitrary veto of the Soviet Union.
The United Nations approved the establishment
of the Republic of Korea as an independent gov-
ernment. The General Assembly on previous oc-
casions has reconunended the admission of the Re-
public of Korea to the United Nations. Morally
and legally it is entitled to membership. The
United States urges its early admission to the
United Nations.
In conclusion, Mr. Chairman, I should like to
make a few brief observations regarding the reso-
lution submitted by my delegation. The United
States is vitally concerned that the sacrifices which
were made by its troops and the troops of other
nations in Korea shall not be in vain. It knows
that all the nations who joined with it in the task
of turning back aggi'ession share this feeling. It
is for that reason that we have offered a draft reso-
lution which records our determination that the
United Nations will continue the task it started
and "establish a unified, independent, and demo-
cratic Korea."
We regard this resolution as an important one.
We hope that it can be adopted by this Committee
speedily and with wide support. By so doing this
Committee will enable the United Nations to re-
affirm unequivocally its objectives in Korea. Such
action will make clear that the objective of a free,
independent, unified Korea remains paramount
in our minds. Such action will also make clear
that this objective should be achieved in a way
consistent with the principles of the Geneva con-
ference. To do less would be to sliirk the re-spon-
sibility which is ours.
144
Department of State Bulletin
U.S. Policy and Practices in the Field of International Travel
Following is a report submitted by the United
States to the U.N. Secretary-General on action
taken by this country to facilitate international
travel.^
The following data is related to correspondingly
numbered paragraphs of resolution 563 XIX :
1. (a) The United States has examined and
found beneficial the effect of increased tourism on
its internal economy and on international trade,
and is continuously engaged in encouraging fur-
ther increases. As the proponent of numerous
declarations relative to the desirability of increas-
ing tourism, in various international forums, the
United States believes its strong endorsement of
the intent of this resolution is well known.
1. (b) The tourist facilities in the United
States are believed to be in an advanced state of
development. As of interest in support of this,
United States domestic travel has attained a
volume of $15 billion annually, encouraged by the
transportation, hotel and other facilities, and
stimulated by the numerous and varied attractions.
Eecent statistics show the expenditures by United
States citizens abroad to have reached a total of
$1.6 billion.
' Excerpt from annex II of a report by the Secretary-
General (U.N doc. E/2n33, dated Nov. 23, 1956) to the
23d session of the Economic and Social Council, made in
rosponse to a resolution passed during the 19th session of
ECOSOC (see box). The document contains five sec-
tions: I. Introduction; II. Summary of Comments of
Governments Concerning Measures Taken in Response to
ECOSOC Resolution 563 (XIX) ; III. Action by Interna-
tional Organizations; IV. International Tourist Statis-
ti s; and V. Conclusion; also, three annexes containing
the Secretary-General's note to the various countries re-
questing information, the texts of the replies of the Gov-
ernments, and information about the World Health Or-
ganization's activities relating to development of Inter-
national travel. The U.S. report is entitled: "Informa-
tion Concerning Action in the United States for Inclusion
in the Report of Secretary-General to the 23rd Session
of the Economic and Social Council, Pursuant to Resolu-
tion 563 XIX of 31 March 1955."
1. (c) Implementation of the suggestion that
adequate support be given official organizations
engaged in the development of tourism has taken
place. Commencing 1 July 1956 the International
Travel Division in the Department of Commerce
has been provided with funds by congressional
appropriation to promote international travel. In
this same framework a Travel Advisory Commit-
tee has been formed composed of 30 executives of
the principal tourism organizations in private in-
dustry. In addition there has been established an
Interdepartmental Committee on Foreign Travel
with membership from all the executive agencies
concerned with international travel or with border
crossing formalities. Full co-operation between
government and private agencies is thereby
attained.
1. (d) All United States embassies have been
instructed to negotiate with the Governments to
which they are accredited to work out broad agree-
ments which will facilitate travel on a reciprocal
basis and thereby assure to Americans the rights
and privileges which the United States is offering
to foreigners.
Among the changes are the following :
1. A non-immigrant visa may be valid for any
number of visits within a period of four years and
with no fee. Two years was the previous maxi-
mum validity. (A United States passport has a
maximum validity of four years.)
2. A non-immigrant visa may be revalidated
up to four years without a formal application.
The previous period was two years.
3. A non-immigrant visa may be revalidated
within a year, rather than three months as pre-
viously required. This is to facilitate the travel
of those who reside long distances from the United
States and could hardly be expected to pay another
visit to the United States within a short period of
time.
4. Consular officers have been instructed that
they may issue a non-immigrant visa valid for two
January 28, 1957
145
Development of International Travel
U.N. doc. E/Resolutlon 563 (XIX) '
The Economic and Social Council,
Baving considered the proposal made by the
United States of America concerning the develop-
ment of international travel, its present increas-
ing volume and future prospects (document
E/26S8),"
Recognizing the importance of international
travel in promoting International understanding and
cultural relationships, in fostering international
trade, in furthering economic development and in
contributing towards the improvement of balances
of payment,
Taking into account the useful work already per-
formed in this field by national, international and
regional organizations, including the United Na-
tions and its regional economic commissions,
1. Invites States Members of the United Nations
and of the specialized agencies :
(a) To examine the beneficial effect which in-
creased tourism could have on their internal
economy, and the part it plays in International
trade ;
(b) To survey their tourist facilities to determine
existing deficiencies, and to encourage the develop-
ment of transportation, hotel and other needed fa-
cilities, amenities and attractions;
(c) To give adequate support to the official or-
ganizations engaged in the development of tourism,
and to encourage their co-operation with private
agencies in this field;
entries in cases where this may be required when
an alien wishes to visit the United States, proceed
to a third country, and then return to the United
States on his way home. Heretofore, in some in-
stances an alien has been required to wait some
time in the third country before he could get the
visa to return to his home through the United
States. The new provision for a round-trip visa
will facilitate the travel of these people.
5. Wliere foreign countries require single entry
visas on a reciprocal basis, the Department pro-
poses a joint agreement to allow citizens of both
countries to buy at any one time as many such
visas, or entries, as he may desire. Now he must
go to the issuing office every time he wants to make
a trip.
6. Heretofore, one type of visa has been required
for a businessman and another type for a tourist
for pleasure. Tlie Department, after consultation
with the Immigration and Naturalization Service,
has instructed consuls to issue visas valid both for
(d) To simplify wherever practicable the entry
and exit procedures and formalities applicable to
tourists, and to co-operate in the development of
international travel arrangements designed to fa-
cilitate tourism ;
(e) To encourage the exchange of technical ad-
vice between countries possessing well-developed
tourist programmes and facilities and those with
less experience ;
2. Requests the organs of the United Nations and
the appropriate specialized agencies to give favour-
able consideration to constructive projects which
are within their competence and are designed to
increase tourist facilities and to promote travel ;
3. Requests the Secretary-General to study the
statistics available relating to tourist travel and to
report to the Statistical Commission as early as
possible with a view to the establishment of uni-
form definitions, standards and methods;
4. Further invites the non-governmental organiza-
tions concerned with tourism to continue and in-
crease their efforts to promote international travel ;
5. Further requests the Secretary-General to sub-
mit to the Council at its twenty-third session a re-
port on the measures taken in response to this
resolution.
^ For a statement on this resolution by the U.S.
representative in ECOSOC, see Bulletin of May 2,
1955, p. 741.
" Ibid., Mar. 21, 1955, p. 491.
business and for pleasure where no fees are re-
quired, or where the fees for the two different types
of visas are the same. If any other country
charges different fees for these two types of visas,
American consular officers may now issue a visa
valid both for business or for pleasure, if the alien
desires to pay the higher fee.
7. The Department has also provided that
aliens may have their names registered and main-
tained on quota waiting lists and still be issued
non-immigrant visas for bona fide visits, with the
proviso that any violation of non-immigrant status
will result in the removal of the name from the
quota waiting list. Further, the name may not be
reinstated as of the date of original priority.
8. In co-operation with other agencies of Gov-
ernment, the Department is adopting a new and
simplified application form for a non-immigrant
visa. Questionnaire forms and preliminary ap-
plication blanks wliich have been used in the past
and which have slowed up the issuance of non-
146
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin i
immigrant visas will now be used only when it is
necessary to mail them to persons living some dis-
tance from the Consulate.
9. A bill endorsed by the Department is pending
in Congress which would eliminate the issuance of
fee stamps and the Department has under con-
sideration a simplified system of recording fees
in an efl'ort to speed up the process of issuing a
visa.
The United States also participates actively in
numerous organizations interested in the develop-
ment of international tourism. Through the or-
ganizations and by other means the United States
actively seeks international arrangements to fa-
cilitate tourism. In 1956 the United States rati-
fied the United Nations Conventions on Customs
Facilities for tourists' personal effects and
automobiles.
1. (e) The United States has offered to Latin
American Governments tlirough the International
Cooperation Administration, advice and technical
assistance on the broad problems of expanding
tourism, and it is now in a position to provide tech-
nical assistance for other countries in the field of
tourism, if adequate justification therefore is
demonstrated. The International Cooperation
Administration is prepared to finance limited
amounts of technical assistance to countries par-
ticipating in the Mutual Security Program. It is
willing, for example, to undertake technical train-
ing of foreign nationals and the sending of Ameri-
can experts overseas to provide consultation and
training in technical aspects of tourism. These
are the types of activities which the U.S. Govern-
ment has already carried out to some extent in the
Mutual Security Program.
Eelation Between the Practices of the United
States and the Recommendations of the Meet-
ing OF Experts To Prepare for a World Con-
ference ON Passports and Frontier Formalities
(Geneva, 14-25 April 1947) ^
U.S. Status as of 1 July 1956
There follows a statement of the practices fol-
lowed by the United States Government as of 1
July 1956 and of the extent to which the United
States is willing to go to conform to the specific
' For an article on this meeting, see Bttlletin of June
22, 1947, p. 1201.
January 28, J 957
recommendations and conclusions agreed to by the
Meeting of Experts :
I. Documents'
A. Passports
(i) With regard to American citizens traveling
abroad there is no permanent provision of law
under which passports are required for such travel
either to depart from or enter into the United
States. As a war-time measure, however, regu-
lations were instituted requiring passports of all
United States nationals, with certain exceptions,
departing from or entering into the United States
after 15 January 1942. Shortly after the sur-
render of Japan these regulations were amended
to permit United States nationals to travel with-
out passports between the United States and for-
eign territories in the Western Hemisphere.
With regard to aliens entering the United
States, the Government of the United States had
concluded, prior to the Meeting of Experts at
Geneva, bilateral emergency arrangements with
respect to citizens of Canada and Mexico entering
the United States temporarily. It has been the
experience of this Government that bilateral agree-
ments abolishing the passport requirement for
travel between countries are appropriate between
countries having common frontiers. Under such
circumstances, the exclusion or deportation of an
alien to his country of nationality, whenever these
measures are necessary, is relatively easy to
accomplish.
However, with regard to aliens coming into the
United States from countries which do not have a
common boundary with the United States this
Government has not found it possible to conclude
satisfactory bilateral or multilateral agreements
for the reciprocal waiver of passport requirements
primarily because foreign governments have not
been willing to agree to receive back into their
territory all persons who may have entered the
United States from such territory regardless of
their nationality or citizenship status. Such a
provision would of necessity be part of any agree-
ment because aliens coming to the United States
from non-contiguous countries must be deported
when ( 1 ) upon arrival they are found not to be en-
' The headings and numbers correspond to the text of
the recommendations of the 1947 Meeting of Experts on
Passports and Frontier Formalities reproduced in the
Appendix to Annex I. [Footnote in the original.]
147
titled to admission as hona fde non-immigrants
under the laws and regulations of the United
States and (2) after arrival they become deport-
able either for overstaying their period of admis-
sion or because of objectionable activities in this
country. If such aliens were not in possession of
valid passports, the Government of the United
States would be subjected to considerable expense
and delay in arranging for their deportation.
The current United States practice of requiring
passports for aliens arriving in the United States
from non-contiguous territories provides this
country with a reasonable assurance that some
foreign country will receive the alien whenever
he becomes deportable. Any bilateral or multi-
lateral agreement abolishing the passport re-
quirements would have to provide the same assur-
ance to the United States Government.
For these reasons the Government of the United
States concurs in the conclusion of the Meeting of
Experts at Geneva that the abolition of the pass-
port requirements of aliens generally is not fea-
sible at present except upon basis of reciprocal
bilateral or multilateral agreement.
(ii) The "international-type" of passport
recommended by the Conferences of 1920 and 1926
in a somewhat simplified form is issued by the
United States.
( ill ) The present form of passport issued by the
United States was adopted many years ago as
being the simplest form of document for inter-
national travel. The non-immigrant card does
not simplify the passport regime because it sets
up two passport systems, non-immigrant and other
passports, and it complicates the issuance of a
passport by requiring the issuing authority to
determine tlie non-immigrant intent of the appli-
cant for such a passpoi't and officially warrant
the purpose of the holder. This is a much more
complex matter than the official establishment of
the identity and nationality required in connexion
with the current passport regime.
While the United States does not propose to
change its procedure relative to the use of the
passport indicated in (ii) above, it is prepared
to recognize a tourist card issued by a foreign
country (sncli as tluit recommended in Resolution
I of tiie Till 1(1 Inter-American Travel Congress
of Rarilociie, 1949), provided such card contains
all the information necessary for a document of
148
identity and nationality, and bears a valid visa
issued by a United States consular officer.
The United States has developed a simplified
border-crossing procedure for use by Mexicans,
Canadians, British subjects domiciled in Canada,
aliens permanently residing in the U.S., and
United States citizens in travel to and from Can-
ada and Mexico for short visits. This has been
possible due to the common borders between these
countries and the United States and the existence
of an understanding that any visitors from their
territory found to be inadmissible will be received
back.
(iv) The United States cannot under present
legislation issue a "collective passport". However,
it does issue a passport to include members of a
family group. The Government of the United
States also on occasion provides special facilities
for group movements into the United States.
(v) An American passport may be issued for
any period up to two years, thereafter the pass-
port may be renewed for a period or periods not
exceeding two years. Thus, it has a potential va-
lidity of four years from the date of issue. It is
the present practice of the United States to issue
passports valid for the full period of two years
and to renew them for a similar period in the
absence of good reason for limiting the documents
to a shorter period. The United States considers
it impracticable to issue a passport for so long a
period as five years since, under the Immigration ;
and Nationality Act, the nationality of the United
States may be lost by the performance of a num-
ber of acts or the fulfillment of certain conditions
and it is considered desirable that an American
citizen who is abroad or intends to travel abroad
present his case to an appropriate American ofli-
cial at least every two years to determine his na-
tionality status. After an American national has
been issued one passport, subsequent passports are
obtainable expeditiously and with much less
formality.
(vi) In time of peace, the United States issues
passports to nationals of this country valid for
travel in all foreign countries in the absence of
good reasons for restricting their validity for use
in certain countries or areas and subject, of course,
to compliance with the regulations of foreign!
countries.
(vii) The fee of $9.00 which is charged for the
Deporfmenf of Sfafe Bu//ef/ni
issuance of an American passport approximates
the cost of issuing such a document and the serv-
ices connected therewith in tlae United States and
on the part of diplomatic and consular officers of
the United States abroad.
(viii) The United States lias constantly sought
to make it possible for American nationals to
apply for passports with as little burden and in-
convenience as possible. Applications for pass-
ports may be made before passport agents in
Washington, D.C., New York, N.Y., San Fran-
cisco, Calif., Boston, Mass., New Orleans, La.,
Chicago, 111.,* and before clerks of all Federal
courts and clerks of all state courts having author-
ity to naturalize aliens. There are about 3800
such courts conveniently located througliout the
United States. Applications for passports by per-
sons residing in American Samoa, Guam, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, and the "Virgin Islands may be made
to the chief executive of these islands. Abroad,
American nationals may apply for passports in
all American diplomatic and consular offices.
Each applicant for a passport, whether in the
United States or abroad, is obliged under the law
to make initial formal applications to any of these
offices in person and under oath. Applications for
renewals may be made in writing. United States
passport application forms have been revised to
make the application procedure simpler and faster.
B. Visas
(i) The Government of the United States does
not normally require exit visas or departure per-
mits of aliens seeking to leave the United States.
However, as a preliminary formality at the point
of departure, a form of exit control is exercised to
insure payment of Federal income tax liabilities.
(ii) Although the Meeting of Experts at
Geneva declined to recognize a distinction between
countries which have, and those which do not have
a quota system for immigrants so far as the ques-
tion of abolishing non-immigrant visa require-
ments is concerned, the Delegation of the United
States did not agree that there should be no such
distinction. The Government of the United States
supports that view.
The United States has recommended that en-
trance and transit visas should be abolished by
countries having no quantitative immigration re-
strictions.
The United States has waived the visa require-
ment for non-immigrant travel by Canadians and
for certain Mexican citizens.
Pursuant to the President's Directive of 26 May
1954 to facilitate international travel," the valid-
ity period of most types of non-immigrant visas
has been extended by bilateral negotiation on a
reciprocal basis to forty-eight months for na-
tionals of fifty-seven countries.
However in general the waiver of visa require-
ments for many countries is impracticable for the
following reasons :
Inadmissible aliens and quota immigrants in ex-
cess of the immigration quotas are now stopped at
their foreign source. The demand for visas under
the quotas is increasing and many quotas are over-
subscribed. In such a situation experience shows
that many aliens attempt to evade quota restric-
tions by seeking to enter the United States in the
guise of non-immigrants. Except for the pres-
ent non-immigrant visa system many thousands
of immigrants would arrive at ports of entry in
the United States and seek entry in a non-immi-
grant status. Some would be admitted tempo-
rarily and would have to be apprehended and de-
ported for overstaying the period of their admis-
sion, while many others would have to be excluded
and returned to the countries whence they came,
at great cost to the Government of the United
States and the transportation companies.
Furthermore, unless aliens desirous of proceed-
ing to the United States are first examined by of-
* On Oct. 1, 1956, a new passport agency was opened
at Los Angeles, Calif. (Bulletin of Oct. 8, 1956, p. 565).
"The directive, in the form of a memorandum from the
President to the Departments of State, Commerce, Justice,
and the Treasury, reads as follows :
"In my message to the Congress on the subject of foreign
economic policy I emphasized the importance of inter-
national travel both for its cultural and social advan-
tages to the free world and for its great economic sig-
nificance. In my message I stated that I would instruct
the appropriate agencies and departments, at home and
abroad, to consider how they can facilitate international
travel. I made specific note that these agencies would
be requested to simplify procedures where practicable
relating to customs, visas, passports, exchange or mone-
tary restrictions, and other regulations that sometimes
harass the traveler. I request that you take appropri-
ate steps on these and related matters, consistent with
your responsibilities in this field, to encourage inter-
national travel consonant with the national interest."
January 28, J 957
149
ficers of this Government stationed abroad the
sole inspection will take place only after the aliens
shall have arrived at a port of entry in the United
States. Such inspection would impose a greater
burden than that now resting upon the immigra-
tion authorities at our ports, with the result that
many more aliens than at present under the exist-
ing system of visa requirements would be subjected
to protracted delays at a port of entry in the
United States.
(iii) The Government of the United States
takes the same position with respect to transit visa
requirements as it has taken regarding the visa
requirements in the cases of other classes of non-
immigrants and for the same reasons. Visas are
waived in the case of passengers directly transit-
ing the United States without stopover upon ap-
propriate bonding agreement concluded between
the air, ship, or rail transportation line concerned
and the Attorney General, as well as in certain
other cases.
(iv) Pui-suant to the President's Directive of
26 May 1954 to facilitate international travel, the
validity of most types of non-inmiigrant visas has
been extended by bilateral negotiation on a re-
ciprocal basis to a maximum validity period of
forty-eight months in the cases of nationals of
fifty-seven countries. The validity of one or more
types of non-immigrant visas for a period of
twenty-four months is in eifect in seven countries.
The validity of multiple-entry types of non-immi-
grant visas for a period of twelve months is in ef-
fect in nine countries and for six months in six
countries. United States law permits increase of
the validity period to forty-eight months through
negotiation, based upon reciprocity.
Multiple-entry visas are authorized for nation-
als of all except twenty-five countries and United
States law likewise permits extension of this type
to these countries through negotiation based upon
reciprocity.
As a further aid to travel, a system of revalida-
tion for the period allowed in the initial visa is in
effect. Permanent residents of the United States
who are aliens may obtain, prior to departure, a
re-entry permit for use in lieu of a visa.
(v) The Government of the United States fol-
lows completely this practice and has done so for
many years.
(vi) The Government of the United States
follows completely the practice of nondiscrimi-
nation with regard to fees for visas. By law the
fee for an immigrant visa is $25, while the fee for
non-immigrant visas is based upon reciprocity.
Through extensive renegotiation of mutual agree-
ments in the last year, the large majority of non-
immigrant visas are issued without any fee what-
soever. The United States is willing at all times
to enter into a reciprocal agreement with any of
the remaining countries for a waiver or reduction
of such visa fees. The schedule of all visa fees is
available together with the tariff of all consular
fees which is posted as required by law at each
United States consulate.
(vii) The Government of the United States is
quite willing to abolish all non-immigrant visa fees
on a bilateral or multilateral basis. On this basis
it has concluded a number of agreements with other
countries for the reciprocal waiver or reduction
of non-immigrant visa fees.
(viii) The Govermnent of the United States
has simplified its visa procedure as far as is com-
patible with the requirements of public health and
security. The visa application has been reduced
to a size comparable to an ordinary postcard.
All typewritten entries are made on one side of
the abbreviated application form. The number of
signatures has been reduced to a minimum. The
preparation of the application requires only a few
minutes.
There is never any discrimination against iona
fde visitors for legitimate commercial business.
(ix) Authority is delegated by law to consular
officers of the United States to issue entrance visas
and transit visas. Reference to "Washington is
made in certain specified cases wherein the Depart-
ment of State considers that an advisory opinion
is necessary prior to the issuance of a visa.
(x) This has invariably been the practice of
the United States.* A diplomatic or consular
officer of the United States has always had author-
ity to grant a visa to an alien who applies at liis
office but does not reside in his district. In the
case of an alien who is appl5'ing for a visa outside
of his home district in order to evade investigation,
or when facilities for investigating the applicant
are not available, a diplomatic or consular officer
of the United States may, in his discretion, decline
' The recommendation reads as follows :
"Diplomatic and consular authorities should be em-
powered in special circumstances to grant visas to persons
not domiciled in their area."
150
Department of State Bulletin
to accept jurisdiction of the case and refer the
alien to the diplomatic or consular officer in the
alien's home district.
(xi) The United States employs the device of
fingerprinting to secure a positive identification
record which directly contributes to the simplifi-
cation of travel formalities. It makes possible
the free movement of aliens admitted into the
United States from place to place without burden-
some police control over or notification of the
police autliorities regarding their movements.
Contrary to the practice followed in some coim-
tiies which do not require fingerprinting, the
United States maintains no system of internal
police registration.
(xii) The personal appearance of applicants
for visas for the United States is required. Expe-
rience has shown that many aliens attempt to
evade quota restrictions by seeking to enter in the
guise of non-immigrants. The personal appear-
ance of applicants for non-immigrant visas at the
diplomatic or consular office in such circiun-
stance is a step in the determination of the pur-
pose of the applicant. Applicants for visas must
also subscribe to their application under oath be-
fore the diplomatic or consular officer and must
be fingerprinted before visas are issued originally
to them. The Government of the United States
therefore cannot adopt the procedure recom-
mended in this respect by the Meeting of Experts.
However, in the revalidation of visas of persons
who were previously registered and fingerprinted
in connexion with the issuance to them of visas
which they have used to enter the United States,
neither personal appearance nor fingerprinting as
a general rule is required under the revalidation
plan.
(xiii) Non-immigrant travelers are required to
present a valid foreign passport. If the consul
deems it necessary they may be required to undergo
a physical examination or present a police certifi-
cate or present evidence that they are not likely
to become a public charge while in the United
States. The interrogation of the applicant is
as brief and the processing of applicants is as ex-
peditious as the circumstances and volume permit.
(xiv) The maximum period for which an alien
may be admitted to the United States in immedi-
ate and continuous transit is 29 days. The term
"immediate" contemplates a reasonably expedi-
tious departure of the alien in the normal course
of travel as the elements permit and assumes a
prearranged itinerary without any unreasonable
layover privileges. There is provision in certain
cases for a waiver of the usual requirements to
permit transit through the United States.
(xv) In some cases group visas may be granted
or the visa requirements may be waived on an
emergency basis. Collective or group visas usu-
ally may not be issued, as the individual registra-
tion and fingerprinting requirements cannot be
waived if a visa is granted. If the visa require-
ments are waived no registration or fingerprinting
is required except in the case of an alien who re-
mains in the United States for more than 29 days.
This seems to be a more practicable and satisfac-
tory arrangement for the United States than that
suggested by the Meeting of Experts.
(xvi) This has always been the practice in the
United States.' The immigration authorities at a
port of entry may obtain an emergency waiver of
the passport or visa requirements by telephoning
to the Secretary of State at the traveller's expense.
Such waivers are usually granted on an emergency
basis if there is a valid reason why the traveller
has no passport or visa and if the alien concerned
is otherwise admissible into the United States.
(xvii) While generally the visa regulations be-
come effective upon publication in the Federal
Register, the Government of the United States
consistently gives public knowledge through pub-
lication of all substantive and procedural rules
which it deems to be affected with the public in-
terest. This is required under the Federal Reg-
ister Act of 1935 and the Administrative Proce-
dure Act.
(xviii) The Government of the United States
never charges supplementary fees, official or un-
official, in connexion with the issuance of visas.
Persons desiring to have documents notarized by
diplomatic or consular officers of the United States
are required to pay a notarial fee, but this is not
a part of the visa service. It is usually performed
in cases where no visa services whatever are in-
volved.
C. Other Dociunents
(i) The United States Government is honour-
' The recommendation reads as follows :
"In exceptional cases where the traveller has arrived,
by any means of transport, without a visa, the frontier
authorities should be permitted to regularize the position
by appropriate means."
January 28, 1957
151
ing valid international certificates of inoculation
and vaccination in accordance with the interna-
tional conventions, when such certificates are
validated by the health authority of either the
country of issuance or sub-division thereof, or by
a physician designated by such health authority.
Presentation of these certificates expedites quar-
antine clearance when evidence of immunity is
required.
(ii) For a large majority of non-immigrants no
deposit whatever is required. A bond is required
only in those cases where there is some doubt as
to whether the alien visitor will be able to effect
his return to the country whence he came or there
is a question as to whether he is a bona fide visitor.
In this latter case, a bond is required to guarantee
departure. This procedure is not intended nor
does it in effect constitute a denial of facilities for
persons who are not well-to-do.
II. Frontier Formalities
(a) It is the policy of the United States Gov-
ernment to carry out frontier control activities
as expeditiously as possible. To this end the
United States has centralized all controls at each
point of entry.
Passport control on the land borders is carried
out by immigrant inspectors who board trains
prior to their arrival at the border for inspection
purposes. On arrivals at seaports, passport con-
trol is performed on board vessel at the time it
arrives at the dock.
With regard to the inspection of baggage, such
inspection is accomplished on board trains en
route from Canada and Mexico or at the point of
foreign origin wherever the traffic warrants the
assignment of officers for this purpose. Baggage
arriving by highways is inspected alongside the
vehicle or on premises adjacent to the highway.
Experience has shown that customs inspection of
passengers' baggage on board ships is not prac-
ticable. The United States is exploring the possi-
bility of establishing inspection staffs at certain air
traffic centres outside this country to perform
frontier formalities at points of departure for
the United States in order to expedite air traffic
when there are no intervening stops. Such in-
spection with respect to immigration has already
been instituted at Montreal and Toronto, Canada,
which precludes additional immigration examina-
tions at United States ports of arrival.
In the field of air transportation, frontier for-
malities at United States airports have been sim-
plified and expedited to a very high degree, due in
large part to the approval and implementation by
the United States Government of practically all
of the provisions of Annex 9 to the Convention on
International Civil Aviation. The value of this
Annex in the facilitation of international air
transportation is already reflected in the reduced
cost of operating United States airlines, through
savings in man-hours and reduction in the number
of forms used in connexion with international
flights. As member States in the International
Civil Aviation Organization implement to a
greater degree the provisions of Annex 9, further
savings to all carriers may be expected.
The United States has no frontier formalities
with regard to currency control since there are no
restrictions on the import or export of currency.
With regard to sanitary control, the United
States has concluded a bilateral agreement with
Canada whereby in the absence of quarantinable
diseases in cither country quarantine inspection is
waived. With regard to approved passenger ves-
sels arriving at the port of New York on regular
schedules a medical officer aboard (as a member of
the ship's staff) performs the quarantine inspec-
tion and certifies by radio as to the safety of per-
sons and things aboard the vessel from the stand-
point of health considerations. Arrangements
have been reached with Canada for the carrying
out of frontier formalities with regard to sanitary
control at single frontier ports where authorities
of both countries can-y out their duties, or where
authorities of one country carry out control
measures for both countries. In addition, the
United States Government has stationed medical
officers in foreign countries to examine applicants
for visas in order to expedite their entry into the
United States.
(b) In the United States the responsible author-
ities endeavour to provide adequate facilities and
staffing to handle international traffic, and con-
siderable effort is being put forth constantly to
effect improvements.
A. Police Control
(i) An alien entering the United States is not
subject to police and registration formalities sub-
sequent to his entrance. In so far as inunigration
inspection is concerned there is but one entry
made in an alien's passport and that is made by
a rubber stamp.
152
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
(ii) Passports of travellers entering or passing
through the United States are not taken from
them, retained, or impounded by this Government
except in unusual individual cases.
B. Currency Control and Facilities for Exchang-
ing Money
( i ) The United States has no restrictions on the
import or export of foreign exchange.
(ii) The United States Government has estab-
lished local committees composed of the local
representatives of Government agencies, transport
companies and businessmen who are actively en-
gaged in developing travel facilities at ports of
entry.
C. Customs Inspection of Luggage
(i) The United States Government has con-
stantly endeavoured to simplify customs and plant
quarantine inspection procedures, and is prepared
to participate in any international survey of exist-
ing practices with the view to achieving interna-
tional uniformity.
(ii) (See views under "II. Frontier Formali-
ties;', (a))
(iii) (a) Facilities are available in the United
States for examining incoming and, when exami-
nation is required, outgoing shipments of baggage
at interior points where customs facilities are
maintained, provided the shipments are trans-
ported from or to the border point in bond.
(b) The United States Government is exploring
the possibility of extending this practice.
(c) Baggage passing through the United States
I in bond is opened for inspection only under most
unusual circumstances.
(iv) The United States Government publishes
and distributes gratuitously pamphlets of customs
information for travellers. Placards containing
such information are also posted in customs offices
on the land frontiers.
D. Public Health Inspection
The United States Government levies no charge
for the medical examination of crew and passen-
gers with their baggage. United States Public
Health regulations place specific responsibilities
upon carriers coming into the United States with
regard to pre-embarkation precautions and meas-
ures en route which materially reduce the need
for inspection of clothes and baggage for disease
vectors and insects when crew or passengers have
embarked in or passed through endemic areas.
Wlien examination is required upon arrival, it is
conducted as rapidly as possible by or under the
supervision of the Public Health Authorities.
The United States is in accord with the views
expressed in the two paragraphs of the final rec-
ommendation.*
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
Commission for Climatology, World Meteorological
Organization
The Department of State announced on January
10 (press release 13) that the Commission for
Climatology of the World Meteorological Organi-
zation (Wmo) will hold its second session at Wash-
ington, D.C., January 14 to 26, 1957, at the invi-
tation of the U.S. Government.
The U.S. Government will be represented by
the following delegation :
Principal Delegate
Helmut E. Landsberg, chairman, Director, OflSce of Clima-
tology, U. S. Weather Bureau
Delegates
Woodrow C. Jacobs, Director of Climatology, Air Weather
Service, U.S. Air Force, Andrews Field
Herbert C. S. Thorn, Chief Climatologist, Office of Clima-
tology, U.S. Weather Bureau
Advisers
Joseph W. Berry, Climatologist for State of Colorado, U.S.
AA''eather Bureau, Denver, Colo.
William H. Haggard, Chief, Climatic Advisory Services
Branch, Office of Climatology, U.S. Weather Bureau
Harold B. Harshbarger, Chief, Climatic Field Services
Branch, Office of Climatology, U.S. Weather Bureau
Lt. Cmdr. Russell M. Jonson, USN, Assistant for Clima-
tology, Office of Chief of Naval Operations, Department
of the Navy
John J. Keyser, Technical Assistant for Climatology, Of-
fice of Chief of Naval Operations, Department of the
Navy
' The paragraphs read as follows :
"As a final recommendation, the meeting desires to sug-
gest that the Economic and Social Council should, after
a suitable interval, consider the desirability of a further
meeting of experts being convened to review the position
which has then been reached, and if possible to make rec-
ommendations which may lead to further progress.
"The meeting expresses the hope that in the event of
such a future meeting of experts being held, a still larger
number of governments may find it possible to be repre-
sented."
January 28, 1957
153
AVilliam L. Molo, Chief, Data Integration Branch, Data
Control Division, Directorate of Climatology, Air
Weather Service, U.S. Air Force, Andrews Field
Paul H. Putnins, Acting Chief, Foreign Areas Section,
Office of Climatology, U.S. Weather Bureau
Robert W. Schloemer, Assistant to Director, Office of
Climatology, U.S. Weather Bureau
William C. Spreen, Chief Technical Consultant, Climatic
Analysis Division, Directorate of Climatology, Air
Weather Service, U.S. Air Force, Andrews Field
The Commission for Climatology is one of eight
technical commissions established by the Wmo at
its first congress in 1951. A similar commission
had been in existence since 1929 as part of the In-
ternational Meteorological Organization, the
predecessor body founded in 1878 which Wmo
replaced. The Wmo is a specialized agency of the
United Nations with a membership that now em-
braces 69 states and 26 territories. Each Wmo
member is entitled to participate in the work of
the technical commissions and to be represented
at sessions of the commissions. C. Warren
Thornthwaite of the United States was elected
president of the Commission for Climatology at
the first Wmo congress and was reelected at the
first session of the Commission in 1953.
The Commission for Climatology studies mete-
orological observation and network requirements
for climatological investigation of surface and
upper-air conditions and the application of cli-
matic data to the activities and well-being of the
peoples of the world.
The agenda for the second session of the Com-
mission includes a review of technical regulations,
use of aircraft meteorological observations for
climatological purposes, earth-temperature in-
vestigations, development of an international
guide to climatological practices, reporting of
rainfall intensities for hydrology, and scientific
lectures and discussions.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
Cablegram Dated 10 December 1956 from the Minister for
Foreign Affairs of the Mongolian People's Republic
Addressed to the President of the Security Council.
S/3757, December 11, 1956. 1 p. mimeo.
Letter Dated 20 December 1956 from the Chairman of the
Disarmament Commission Addressed to the Secretary-
General. S/3760, December 20, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 2 January 1957 from the Minister for For-
eign Affairs of Pakistan Addressed to the President of
the Security Council. S/3767, January 2, 1957. 4 pp.
mimeo.
General Assembly
Regulation, Limitation and Balanced Reduction of AU
Armed Forces and All Armaments ; Conclusion of an
International Convention (Treaty) on the Reduction
of Armaments and the Prohibition of Atomic, Hydro-
gen and other Weapons of Mass Destruction. Letter
dated 17 November 1956 from the Secretary-General of
the delegation of the Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics to the eleventh session of the General Assembly,
addressed to the President of the General Assembly
[enclosing a statement by the Soviet Government on
disarmament and the lessening of international ten-
sion]. A/3.366, November 17, 1956. 10 pp. mimeo.
Report of the United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees. Statement made by the Deputy High Com-
missioner for Refugees at the 690th meeting [of the
Third Committee]. A/C.3/L.507, November 24, 1956.
13 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Aide memoire dated 21 November 1956 trans-
mitted to the Secretary-General from the Permanent
Mission of France to the United Nations.
A/3400/Add.l, November 27, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
19.56. Letter dated 27 November 1956 from the Minis-
ter for Foreign Affairs of Israel, addressed to the Pres-
ident of the General Assembly. A/3398, November 28,
1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 27 November 1956 from the Princi-
pal Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, ad-
dressed to the Secretary-General. A/3399, November
28, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 27 November 1956 to the Secretary-
General from the Chairman of the French delegation
to the eleventh session of the General Assembly.
A/3400, November 28, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special
Session of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 Novem-
ber 1956. Administrative and financial arrangements
for the United Nations Emergency Force. Twenty-
second report of the Advisory Committee on Adminis-
trative and Budgetary Questions to the eleventh session
of the (General Assembly. A/3402, November 30, 1956.
7 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the Second Emergency Special
Session of the General Assembly from 4 to 10 November
1956. Report of the Secretary-General. A/3403, No-
vember 30, 19.")6. 6 pp. mimeo.
Ueiiatriation of Greek Cliildren. Communication dated
14 November lOliO from the International Committee
of the Red Cross and the League of Red Cross Societies.
A/."422, l>ecember 4, 1956. 5 pp. mimeo.
System of Travel and Subsistence Allowances to Members
of Organs of the United Nations. Report of the Fifth
Committee. A/3426, December 5. 1956. 14 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by tlie First Emergency Special !
Session of the General Assembly frcmi 1 to 10 Novem- '
lier 1956. Letter dated 11 December 19."6 from the
Permanent Representative of the United Kingdom of '
Great Britain and Northern Ireland to the United
Nations, addressed to tlie President of the General
Assembly. A/344."i, December 12, 1956. 1 p. mimeo.
Question Considered by tlie First Emergency Special '.
Session of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 Novem-
154
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
ber 1956. Administrative and financial arrangements
for the United Nations Emersency Force : possible
claims in respect of death or disability attributable to
service with the Emergency Force. Thirty-fifth report
of the Advisory Committee on Admini.strative and
Budgetary Questions to the eleventh session of the
General Assembly. A/3456, December 14, 1956. 4 pp.
niimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special
Session of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 Novem-
ber I'.loli. I^etter dated 13 December 1056 from the
Chairman of the Delegation of Israel, addressed to the
President of the General Assembly. A/3457, December
14, 1!)."j6. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 14 December 1056 from the Chair-
men of the Missions of Egj'pt, Iraq, Jordan, Lebanon,
Libya, Morocco, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia
and Yemen to the eleventh session of the General As-
sembly addressed to the President of the General As-
sembly. A/3458, December 14, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
The Togoland Unification Problem and the Future of the
Trust Territory of Togoland under British administra-
tion. Special report of the Trusteeship Council. Ad-
dendum to part II : The future of Togoland under French
administration. A/3169/Add.l, December 19, 1956. 115
pp. mimeo.
Question of the Frontier Between the Trust Territory of
Somaliland under Italian administration and Ethiopia.
Report of the Italian Government on the progress of
direct Italo-Ethiopian negotiations for delimiting the
frontier between the Trust Territory of Somaliland
under Italian administration and Ethiopia. A/3463,
December 19, 1956. 19 pp. mimeo.
Regulation, Limitation and Balanced Reduction of All
Armed Forces and All Armaments. Conclusion of an
International Convention (Treaty) on the Reduction of
Armaments and the Prohibition of Atomic, Hydrogen
and other Weapons of Mass Destruction : Report of the
Disarmament Commission. Letter dated 20 December
1956 from the Chairman of the Disarmament Commis-
sion, addressed to the Secretarj'-General. A/3470, De-
cember 20, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 18 December 1056 from the Perma-
nent Representative of Israel to the United Nations,
addressed to the Secretary-General. A/3474, Decem-
ber 21, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 21 December 1956 from the Per-
manent Representative of Jordan to the United Nations,
addressed to the Secretary-General. A/3478, Decem-
ber 21, 1956. 1 p. mimeo.
Question Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. I-etter dated 31 December 1956 from the Per-
manent Representative of Israel to the United Nations,
addressed to the Secretary-General. A/3483, December
31, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Trusteeship Council
The Future of the Trust Territory of Togoland under
French Administration. Memorandum by the Adminis-
tering Authority. T/1290, December 6, 1956. 18 pp.
mimeo.
The Future of the Trust Territory of Togoland under
French Administration. Report of the Referendum
Administrator in Togoland on the popular consultation
of 28 October 1956. T/1292, December 8, 1950. 75 pp.
mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Note verbale dated 14 December 1956 from the Repre-
sentative of the United States of America to the Secre-
tary-General. T/1295, December 26, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Re-
port of the Railway Sub-Committee (fourth session) to
the Inland Transport Committee (sixth session).
E/CN.ll/Trans/120 (E/CN.ll/Trans/Sub.1/46), AprU
25, 1956. 59 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Com-
mittee on Industry and Trade. Report of the Second
Meeting of the Worliing Party of Senior Geologists on
the Preparation of a Regional Geological Map for Asia
and the Far East (5 to 9 June 1956, Tokyo, Japan).
E/CN.ll/IcS:T/126, August 22, 1956. 18 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Conference of Plenipotentiaries on a Sup-
plementary Convention on the Abolition of Slavery, the
Slave Trade, and Institutions and Practices Similar to
Slavery. Text of tlie Supplementary Convention on the
Abolition of Slavery, the Slave Trade, and Institutions
and Practices Similar to Slavery. E/Conf.24/20, Sep-
tember 4, 1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Final Act of the United Nations Conference of Plenipo-
tentiaries on a Supplementary Convention on the Aboli-
tion of Slavery, the Slave Trade, and Institutions and
Practices Similar to Slavery. B/Conf.24/22, Septem-
ber 4, 1956. 6 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Sub-Commission on Pre-
vention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities.
Study of Discrimination in Education. E/CN.4/Sub.2/
181, November 7, 1956. 248 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Sub-Commission on Pre-
vention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities.
Study of Discrimination in the Matter of Religious
Rights and Practices: Progress Report by the Special
Rapporteur. E/CN.4/Sub.2/lS2, November 12, 1956.
32 pp. mimeo.
Development of International Travel, its Present Increas-
ing Volume and Future Prospects. Note and Addendum
to the note by the Secretary-General. E/2933,
E/2933/Add.l, and E/2933/Add.2, November 23, De-
cember 20, 1056, and January 3, 1957. 168 pp. mimeo.
Population Commission. Tentative Programme of Work
on Population Studies for 1957-19.58 (Memorandum sub-
mitted by the Seceretary-General). E/CN.9/140, No-
vember 26, 1956. 9 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Human Rijihts. Sub-Commission on Pre-
vention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities.
Memorandum on the Principal Activities of UNESCO
in the Field of Prevention of Discrimination and Pro-
tection of Minorities since the Eighth Session of the
Sub-Commission. E/CN.4/Sub.2/183, November 28,
1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Population Commission. Regional Population Studies
(Memorandum submitted bv the Secretary-General).
E/CN.9/138, November 29, 1956. 11 pp. mimeo.
Technical Assistance. Report of the Technical Assist-
ance Committee. E/2938, December 5, 1956. 21 pp.
mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Freedom of Information.
Note by the Secretary-General. E/CN.4/732, Decem-
ber 7, 1056. 10 pp. mimeo.
Negotiation of an Agreement with the International Fi-
nance Corporation. E/2940, December 10, 1956. 2 pp.
mimeo.
Negotiation of an Agreement with the International Fi-
nance Corporation. Report by the President of the
Council. E/2043, December 17, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Population Commission. 1960 World Populaticm Census
Programme. Report on the results of regional meet-
ings held during the last quarter of 1956. (Prepared
by the Secretary-General) E/CN.9/135/Add.l, Decem-
ber 19, 1056. 30 pp. mimeo.
Provisional Agenda for the Twenty-third Session of the
Economic and Social Council. Note by the Secretary-
General. E/2946, January 4, 1957. 7 pp. mimeo.
January 28, 1957
155
TREATY INFORMATION
Educational Exchange Agreement
With Colombia
Press release 9 dated January 9
The Governments of Colombia and the United
States on January 9 signed an agreement putting
into operation a program of educational exchanges
authorized by the Fulbright Act. The signing
took place at Bogota, with Jose Manuel Rivas Sac-
coni, Foreign Minister of Colombia, representing
his Government and C. Montagu Pigott, Charge
d'Affaires of the United States in Colombia, rep-
resenting the Government of the United States.
The agreement provides for the expenditure of
Colombian currency up to an aggregate amount
of the peso equivalent of $500,000 received from
the sale of surplus agricultural products in Co-
lombia to finance exchanges of persons between
the two countries to study, do research, teach, or
engage in other educational activities. The pur-
pose of the program is to furtlier the mutual un-
derstanding between the peoples of Colombia and
the United States by means of these exchanges.
Under the terms of the agreement a Commis-
sion for Educational Exchange between the
United States and Colombia will be established
in the latter country to facilitate the administra-
tion of tlie program. The Commission's Board
of Directors will consist of six members with
equal representation as to Colombian and United
States citizens in addition to the United States
Ambassador, who will serve as honorary chair-
man. All recipients of awards under the pro-
gram authorized by the Fulbright Act are selected
by the Board of Foreign Scholarships, whose
members are appointed by the President of the
United States. The Board maintains a secre-
tariat in the Department of State.
Witli the signing of this agreement, Colombia
becomes the 34th country to participate in the
educational exchange program initiated 10 years
ago under authority of the Fulbright Act. Edu-
cational exchanges between Colombia and the
United States have been carried out for a number
of years under the Act for Cooperation between
the American Republics, the Smith-Mundt Act,
and other legislation. The new agreement will
considerably augment the present number of
exchanges.
After the members of the Commission have been
appointed and a program has been formulated,
information about specific opportunities to par-
ticipate in the exchange activities will be released.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Germany
Agreement amending the administrative agreement of De-
cember 1, 19.04 (TIAS 3233), concerning the Arbitral
Tribunal and the Mixed Commission under the agree-
ment on German external debts (TIAS 2792) by pro-
viding for the transfer of the seat of the Tribunal and
the Commission from Bremen to Koblenz. Signed at
Bonn November 30, 19156, by the Federal Republic of
Germany, the United States, the United Kingdom, and
France. Entered into force November 30, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Dated
at Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force No-
vember 20, 19.")5.'
Accession deposited: Turkey, December 8, 1956.
Fifth protocol of rectifications and moditications to texts
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade. Done at Geneva December 3, 1955.'
Sii/nature: Australia, December 20, 1956.
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 195G. TIAS
3,591.
Schedules of concessions entered into force: Sweden,
January 1, 1957.
Weather
Convention of the World Meteorological Organization.
Done at Washington October 11. 1947. Entered into
force March 23, 1950. TIAS 2052.
Accession deposited: Morocco, January 3, 1957.
BILATERAL
China
Agreement amending the surplus agricultural commodi-
ties agreement of August 14, 1956 (TIAS 3G6G). Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Taipei October 5 and 12,
1956. Entered into force October 12, 19,56.
Agreement amending the agreement of March 30, April
26, and October 14, 19.55 (TIAS 3493), for a United
States Navy Medical Research Unit in Taipei. Effected
by exchange of notes at Taipei December 27, 1956. En-
tered into force December 27, 1956.
Haiti
Agreement extending the Air Force Mission agreement of
January 4. 1949, as extended (TIAS 1SG3, 2S07). Ef-
fected by excliange of notes at Washington December
3, 19.56, and January 7, 1957. Entered into force Janu-
ary 7, 1957.
' Not in force for the United States.
' Not in force.
156
Department of State Bulletin
Iceland
Agreement to discontinue the discussions for revision of
the defense agreement of May 5, 1951 (TIAS 2266),
and to establish an Iceland Defense Standing Group.
Effected by exchanges of notes at Reykjavik December
6, 1006. Entered into force December 6, 1056.
Spain
Agreement amending article 17 of the memorandum of
understanding of July 30, 1954 (TIAS 3094), relating
to otTshore procurement by revising the effective date
of the no-profits provisions. Effected by exchange of
notes at Madrid December 21 and 27, 19.56. Entered
Into force December 27, 1956.
United Kingdom
Agreement amending the agreement of July 11 and 22,
1955 (TIAS 3379), providing for regular use by civil
aircraft of certain facilities in the Bahama Islands
long-range proving ground for guided missiles by ex-
tending the civil aircraft service to the Turks and
Caicos Islands. Effected by exchange of notes at Wash-
ington December 6, 1056, and January 4, 1957. Entered
into force January 4, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Resignations
Wlnthrop W. Aldrich as Ambassador to Great Britain.
For text of Mr. Aldrich's letter to the President and the
President's reply, see White House press release dated
December 27.
Pierce J. Gerety, as Deputy Administi-ator for the
Refugee Relief Act, effective February 1. For an ex-
change of correspondence between Secretary Dulles and
Mr. Gerety, see press release 3 dated January 3.
Delegation of Authority'
rublic Notice 149
By virtue of the authority vested in the Secretary of
State by section 4 of the act of May 26, 1949 (63 Stat. Ill ;
5 U. S. C. 151c) and in accordance with the provisions of
section 104 (b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(66 Stat. 174; 8 U. S. C. 1104), there is delegated to the
Administrator, Bureau of Security and Consular Affairs,
the authority to perform all the functions conferred upon
the Secretary of State by section 359 of the Immigration
and Nationality Act (66 Stat. 273; 8 U. S. C. 1502).
Dated : December 20, 1956.
For the Secretary of State.
Lot W. Hendf.bson,
Deputy Under Secretary for Administration
Consular Offices
The Saarland, formerly under the informal consular
jurisdiction of the Consulate at Strasbourg, France, was
placed under the consular jurisdiction of the Consulate
General at Frankfort, Germany, on January 1, 1957.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Wa.shington 25, D.C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
except in the case of free publications, which may be
obtained from the Department of State.
Participation of the United States Government in Inter-
national Conferences— July 1, 1954-June 30, 1955. Pub.
6335. International Organization and Conference Series
I, 31. X, 269 pp. 70^.
A volume designed to serve as a record of the official
participation of the United States Government in multi-
lateral international conferences and meetings of inter-
national organizations during the period July 1, 1954-
June 30, 1955.
New Opportunities in the U.S. Foreign Service. Pub.
6413. Department and Foreign Service Series 59. 20 pp.
15«!.
A revised publication containing information concerning
the opportunities which exist for persons interested in
becoming career officers in the Foreign Service of the
United States.
You and Your Passport.
eign Service Series 63.
Pub. 6426. Department and For-
10 pp. 5«S.
= 22 Fed. Reg. 228.
A leaflet containing information of interest to any person
who plans to go abroad.
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain. TIAS 3653.
87 pp. 30<f.
Convention, final protocol, and regulations of execution
between the United States of America and other govern-
ments— Signed at Bogotd November 9, 1955. Entered into
force March 1, 1956.
Parcel Post— Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.
TIAS 3654. 47 pp. 20^.
Agreement, final protocol, and regulations between the
United States of America and other governments — Signed
at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into force March 1,
1956.
Money Orders— Postal Union of the Americas and Spain.
TIAS 3655. 33 pp. l^if.
Agreement and final protocol between the United States
of America and other governments — Signed at Bogotd
November 9, 1955. Entered into force March 1, 1956.
January 28, 1957
157
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3666. 20
pp. 15^.
Agreement and exchange of notes between the United
States of America and China — Signed at Taipei August
14, 1956. Entered into force August 14, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3667. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Republic of Korea — Amending agreement of March 13,
1956, as amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul
October 10 and 15, 1956. Entered into force October 15,
1956 ; operative retroactively March 13, 1956.
Relocation of Roosevelt Bridge. TIAS 366S. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement lietween the United States of America and
Canada. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington Octo-
ber 24, 1956. Entered into force October 24, 1956.
Emergency Flood Relief Assistance. TIAS 3669. 2
pp. 50.
Agreement t>etween the United States of America and
India. Exchange of notes — Signed at New Delhi Septem-
ber 27, 1956. Entered into force September 27, 1956.
Parcel Post. TIAS 3670. 26 pp. 15(i).
Agreement and detailed regulations between the United
States of America and Ceylon — Signed at Colombo July
18, 1955, and at Washington November 25, 1955. Entered
into force July 1, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3671. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Chile — Amending agreement of March 13, 1956. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington October 22 and 23, 1956.
Entered into force October 23, 1956.
Establishment of an Oceanographic Research Station in
Barbados. TIAS 3672. 24 pp. 15<t.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland —
Signed at Washington November 1, 1956. Entered into
force November 1, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3673. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Finland — Supplementing agreement of May 6, 1955, as
amended and supplemented — Signed at Helsinki October
24, 1956. Entered Into force October 24, 1956.
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council. TIAS 3674. 7 pp. 10(f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Other Governments, as revised at the Sixth Session of
the Council, Tokyo, September 30-October 14, 1955. En-
tered into force October 31, 1955.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3675. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland —
Amending agreement of February 11, 1946, as amended.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington October 17
and 30, 1956. Entered into force October 30, 1956.
Defense — Loan of Vessels and Small Craft to China.
TIAS 3676. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
China, amending agreement of May 14, 1954, as amended.
Exchange of notes — Dated at Taipei October 16 and 20,
1956. Entered into force October 20, 1956.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. TIAS 3677.
34 pp. 150.
Protocol of rectification to the French text of agreement
of October 30, 1947, between the United States of America
and other governments — Dated at Geneva June 15, 1955.
Entered into force October 24, 1956, with respect to recti-
fications of Parts II and III of the general agreement.
Double Taxation — Taxes on Estates and Inheritances.
TIAS 3678. 21 pp. 150.
Convention between the United States of America and
Italy — Signed at Washington March 30, 1955. Entered
into force October 26, 1956.
TIAS 3679. 36 pp.
Double Taxation — ^Taxes on Income.
15(*.
Convention between the United States of America and
Italy — Signed at Washington March 30, 1955. Entered
into force October 26, 1956 ; operative retroactively
January 1, 1956.
Status of Tangier. TIAS 3680. 16 pp. 10(f.
Final declaration and annexed protocol between the
United States of America and other governments — Dated
at Tangier October 29, 1956. Entered into force October
29, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3684. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, amending agreement of March 5, 1956. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Madrid September 20 and 28, 1956.
Entered into force September 28, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3685.
100.
9 pp.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain — Signed at Madrid October 23, 1956. Entered into
force October 23, 1956.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 7-13
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press release is.sued prior to January 7 which
appears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 3 of
January 3.
No. Date Subject
7 1/7 Dulles : statement before House For-
eign Affairs Committee.
9 1/9 Educational exchange agi'eement with
Colombia.
*10 1/9 Educational exchange.
11 1/9 Dulles : comments on "short form" res-
olution on Middle East.
12 1/9 Dulles : Eden resignation.
13 1/10 Delegation to Climatology Commission
(rewrite).
14 1/11 Note to U.S.S.R. on alleged overflight of
American planes.
tl5 1/11 Buchanan appointment (rewrite).
tl6 1/11 Colombo Plan annual report.
17 1/11 Iraqi crown prince to visit U.S.
18 1/11 Hill : "A Step Toward Stability in the
Middle East."
*Not printed.
tlleld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
158
Deparfment of State Bulletin
January 28, 1957 I n d
Agriculture
U.S. Farm Surpluses Finance Development Loan
for Brazil 136
U.S. To Permit Licensing to Poland of Surplus
Farm Commodities 134
Austria. Death of Austrian President (Eisen-
hower) 134
Brazil. U.S. Farm Surpluses Finance Development
Loan for Brazil 136
I Colombia. Educational Exchange Agreement With
Colombia 156
< Communism
Middle East Proposals (Dulles, map) 126
A Step Toward Stability in the Middle East (HiU) . 131
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 137
Middle East Proposals (Dulles, map) 126
Proposed Resolution on Economic and Military
Cooperation in Middle East 128
Secretary Dulles Comments on "Short Form" Reso-
lution 129
The State of the Union (Eisenhower) 123
Department and Foreign Service
C'linsular Offices 157
Iit'legation of Authority 157
.lames P. Richards Appointed Special Assistant to
President 130
Rt'siiaiations (Aldrich, Gerety) 157
Economic Affairs
U.S. Farm Surpluses Finance Development Loan
for Brazil 136
U.S. Policy and Practices in the Field of Interna-
tional Travel (U.S. report to U.N. Secretary-
General) 145
U.S. To Permit Licensing to Poland of Surplus
Farm Commodities 134
World Bank Loan to Japan for Land Reclamation . 136
Educational Exchange. Educational Exchange
Agreement With Colombia 156
France. Consular Offices 157
Germany. Consular Offices 157
Hungary
General Assembly Establishes Committee To In-
vestigate and Report on Conditions in Hungary
(Lodge, Hammarskjold, text of resolution) . . 138
Hungai-y Lifts Import Duties on Gift Parcels . . 134
Immigration and Naturalization. Delegation of
Authority 157
International Organizations and Meetings. Com-
mi.'ision for Climatology, World Meteorological
Organization (delegation) 153
Iraq. Crown Prince Abdul Illah of Iraq To Visit
United States 135
Japan. World Bank Loan to Japan for Land
Reclamation 136
Korea. The Korean Problem in the General Assem-
bly (Greenbaum, text of resolution) 141
e X Vol. XXXVI, No. 918
Middle East
James P. Richards Appointed Special Assistant to
President 130
Middle East Proposals (Dulles, map) 126
I'roposed Resolution on Economic and Military
Cooperation in Middle East 128
Secretary Dulles Comments on "Short Form" Reso-
lution 129
A Step Toward Stability in the .Middle East ( HiU) . 131
Poland. U.S. To Permit Licensing to Poland of
Suri)lus Farm Commodities 134
Presidential Documents
Death of Austrian President 134
Resignation of Sir Anthony Eden as British Prime
Minister 130
The State of the Union 123
Publications. Recent Releases 157
Refugees and Displaced Persons. Resignations
(Gerety) 157
Saudi Arabia. King of Saudi Arabia To Visit
United States 135
Science. Commission for Climatology, World Mete-
orolotrical Organization (delegation) 153
Treaty Information
Current Actions 155
Educational Exchange Agreement With Colombia . 156
U.S.S.R.
Alleged Overflight of Soviet Area by American
Planes (texts of notes) 135
A Step Toward Stability in the Middle East (Hill) . 131
United Kingdom
Resignation of Sir Anthony Eden as British Prime
Minister (Eisenhower, Dulles) 130
Resignations (Aldrich) 157
United Nations
Commission for CUmatology, World Meteorological
Organization (delegation) 153
Current U.N. Documents 154
General Assembly Establishes Committee To In-
vestigate and Report on Conditions in Himgary
(Lodge, Hammarskjold, text of resolution) . . 138
The Korean Problem in the General Assembly
(Greenbaum, text of resolution) 141
U.S. Policy and Practices in the Field of Interna-
tional Travel (U.S. report to U.N. Secretary.
General) 145
World Bani Loan to Japan for Land Reclamation . 136
Name Index
Al Saud, Saud Ibn Abdul al-Aziz 135
Aldrich, Winthrop W 157
Dulles, Secretary 126, 129, 130
Eden, Anthony 130
Eisenhower, President 123, 130 134
Gerety, Pierce J 157
Greenbaum, Edward S 141
Hammarskjold, Dag 139
Hill, Robert C 131
Illah, Abdul 135
Koerner, Theodor 134
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 133
Richards, James P 130
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
D5B-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
a BOSTON 17, MASS
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. J300
(GPO)
OFFICIAU BUSINESS
The Quest for Peace
This 35-pjige album-style pamphlet presents quotations from
President Eisenhower and Secretary of State Dulles highlighting
the major steps in the search for peace through the security and
unity of the free world.
The quotations from the President and the Secretary of State
set forth problem and a.ction on the following subjects:
Atoms for Peace
Austrian Treaty
Bipartisanship
Captive Peoples
Change of Soviet Policy
China
Deterrence of War
European Unity
Foreign Trade
Germany Enters Nato
Indochina
International Communism
Iran
Korea
Latin America
1. Communist Penetration in
Latin America
2. Economic Development in
Latin America
3. Organization of American
States
4. Strengthening Inter-
American Friendship
Less Developed Countries —
Target of Soviet Communism
Sea TO (Southeast Asia Treaty
Organization)
Spanish Bases
Trieste Settlement
Copies of The Queat for Peace may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, Goverimient Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C, at 40 cents each.
Order Form
Publication 6391
40 cents
to: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing OfBce
Washing:ton 25, D.C. ..„.«,„
Please send me copies of The Quest for Peace.
i
I Name:
Encloaed find:
Street Address:
$ i
(cash, check, or City, Zone, and State:
money order).
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 919
February 4, 1957
RECORD
BUDGET MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT (Excerpts) . . 163
THE COMMUNIST THREAT TO THE MIDDLE EAST •
Statement by Secretary Dulles 170
THE MEANING OF BERLIN FOR THE FREE
WORLD • by Eleanor Dulles 175
AIR TRANSPORT AGREEMENT WITH IRAN
SIGNED • Department Announcement and Text of
Agreement 198
FIFTH PROGRESS REPORT ON THE AGRICUL-
TURAL TRADE DEVELOPINIENT AND ASSIST-
ANCE ACT 183
POLICf
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 919 • Publication 6444
Fd>ruary 4, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qoverament Printing Office
Washington 25, D.O.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1966).
Note: Contents ol this publication ar« not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by tlie
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and tlie Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as m>cH as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of tlie Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of tlie Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Budget Message of the President
EXCERPTS FROM MESSAGE
To the Congress of the United States:
I am presenting with this message my recom-
mended budget for the United States Government
for the fiscal year 1958, which begins next July 1.
This is the fourth budget which I have trans-
mitted to the Congress.
In my first budget message— that for the fiscal
year 1955 — I emphasized the administration's de-
termination to chart a course toward two impor-
tant fiscal goals — balanced budgets and tax reduc-
tions.
Seductions in spending evidenced in the 1955
budget made possible a large tax reduction and tax
reform program.
The 1956 budget was balanced.
The 1957 budget will be balanced.
A balanced budget is proposed for 1958.
I believe this policy of fiscal integrity has con-
tributed significantly to the soundness of our Na-
tion's economic growth and that it will continue
to do so during the coming fiscal year.
Budget Totals
[Fiscal years. In billions]
195fi
actual
1957
estimate
1968
estimate
Budget receipts
Budget expenditures ....
$68. 1
66. 5
$70. 6
68. 9
$73.6
71.8
Budget surplus . . .
1.6
1.7
1.8
This budget is for the first fiscal year of my sec-
ond term in office. In making plans for the com-
ing year, I have been guided by the following na-
tional objectives :
' H. Doc. 16, 85th Cong., 1st sess. ; transmitted on Jan.
IG. The message, together with summary budget state-
ment, is for sale by the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C. ;'
price $1.50.
february 4, 1957
1. Peace, justice, and freedom for our own and
other peoples ;
2. Powerful Armed Forces to deter and, if need
be, to defeat aggression ;
3. A healthy and growing economy with pros-
perity widely shared ;
4. Enhancement of individual opportunity and
the well-being of all our people ;
5. Wise conservation, development, and use of
our great natural resources ;
6. Fiscal integrity;
7. A well-balanced choice of programs at home
and abroad ; and
8. Increasing international trade and invest-
ment essential to the growth of the economies of
the United States and the rest of the free world.
We have made considerable progress toward
these goals. We will continue this progress in the
years ahead.
Budget Programs and Performance
By far the largest part of the budget for the
coming fiscal year, 63 percent, will be devoted to
maintaining and improving our own defenses and
to strengthening the defenses and economies of
other nations in the interest of collective security
and world peace. Civil benefits will account for
24 percent of budget expenditures ; interest, 10 per-
cent ; and all other operations, administration, and
contingencies, 3 percent.
Protection, including collective secttrity. — ^As
a simple matter of self-preservation, we must
maintain our own strength and promote world
stability by helping to build up the strength of
friendly nations. At the same time, we must ac-
tively advance our other efforts for lasting peace
and inform the world in aU appropriate ways of
our peaceful aims.
The new and more powerful weapons which are
being delivered to our Armed Forces in increasing
163
Budget Expenditures by Purpose
[Fiscal years. In blUions]
1956
actual
1957
estimate
1958
estimate
Protection, including collec-
tive security
Civil benefits
Interest
Civil operations and admin-
istration
$42. 4
15. 3
6.8
2.0
$42. 7
16. 5
7.3
2.3
.2
$45.3
16.9
7. 4
1.8
. 4
Total
66.5
68.9
71.8
quantities and varieties are much more costly to
produce, operate, and maintain than the weapons
they are replacing. Furthermore, we are now en-
gaged in the development of a whole new family
of even more advanced weapons for all the serv-
ices. Large expenditures will be required to bring
these weapons into use. During the transition,
we must continue to purchase enough of the cur-
rent types to preserve our readiness until the effec-
tiveness of the advanced weapons is demonstrated
in tests. Despite these upward pressures on ex-
penditures, future defense costs must be held to
Expenditures for Protection, Including Collective
Security
[Fiscal years.
In blUlons]
1966
actual
1957
estimate
1958
estimate
Major''national security pro-
grams:
Department of De-
fense— military func-
tions
Mutual security pro-
gram— military . . .
Atomic Energy Com-
mission
Stockpiling and defense
production expansion .
$35.8
2.6
1.7
.6
$36. 0
2.6
1.9
. 4
$38.0
2.6
2.3
.4
Subtotal
40.6
41.0
43.3
Related programs:
Mutual security pro-
g r a m — e c o n o m i c ,
technical, and other .
United States Informa-
tion Agency
Federal Civil Defense
Administration . . .
Selective Service Sys-
tem
1.6
. 1
. 1
(')
1.5
. 1
. 1
(■)
1.8
. 1
. 1
Subtotal
1.8
1.7
2.0
Total
42.4
42.7
45.3
' Loss than 60 million dollars.
164
tolerable levels. Effective action must be taken to
improve efficiency and to maintain a proper bal-
ance between expenditures for future military
strength and expenditures for current readiness.
The introduction of new equipment and weapons
with vastly greater combat capability is also hav-
ing a powerful impact on concepts of military
strategy, tactics, and organization. The combat
power of our divisions, wings, and warships has
increased to such an extent that it is no longer
valid to measure military power in terms of the
number of such units.
I have given careful consideration to the many
complex factors which enter into the development
of a well-balanced military structure. I am con-
vinced that the defense programs and funds for
their support as recommended in this budget pro-
vide a wise and reasonable degree of protection
for the Nation.
Our nuclear weapons and our ability to employ
them constitute the most effective deterrent to an
attack on the free nations. We shall continue
to expand our nuclear arsenal until an agreement
has been reached for reduction and regulation
of armaments under safeguarded inspection
guaranties.
At the same time, we are increasing the portion
of the production of fissionable materials allocated
to peaceful uses at home and abroad and we look
forward to the day when all production may be
used for peaceful purposes. This budget pro-
vides for increased effort on power reactor develop-
ment and on new uses of atomic energy in biology,
medicine, agriculture, and industry. It will also
make possible greater sharing of our peaceful
atomic energy developments with other nations
through the atoms-for-peace program.
World events continue to demonstrate the value
of our programs of mutual assistance. Continued
assistance, both military and economic, to friendly
nations will provide the essential margin beyond
their own resources needed to support anc
strengthen their defenses and their economies,
The intensified worldwide conflict of ideas also
requires a further increase in our programs ol
international information.
Legislative Program
As has already been indicated in the State of the
Union message, continuation of military and
Department of State Bulletin
economic assistance to the free nations of the world
is a keystone of the administration's efforts to
promote peace, collective security, and well-being
for all peoples. Essential complements of these
assistance programs are steps to increase interna-
tional trade and investment. Both can be ma-
terially advanced by taking the actions necessary
to avoid unfair tax duplications on business con-
ducted overseas and by the prompt enactment of
legislation approving United States membership
in the proposed Organization for Trade Coopera-
tion. This administrative agency will greatly aid
the orderly operation of existing arrangements
governing multilateral trade to help prevent dis-
crimination and restrictions against our foreign
commerce.
Although necessity forces us to keep ever in
mind the destructive power of nuclear weapons,
it is equally essential that we keep in mind the
firm determination of the United States to share
the fruits of its efforts to develop the peaceful uses
for atomic energy. Seventy-two nations have now
signed the charter of the International Atomic
Energy Agency, which was established under the
auspices of the United Nations. Prompt action
by the Congress is needed to authorize full partici-
pation by the United States in the work of this
Agency. The United States has offered for dis-
tribution through this Agency 5,000 kilograms of
fissionable uranium 235 out of the 20,000 kilograms
previously offered for atomic research and power
uses in other nations, as part of our atoms-for-
peace program.
The other proposals which are parts of the ad-
ministration's legislative program are discussed
in my analysis of the budget. The fact that they
are not included in this summary presentation in
no way detracts from their importance or the
strength of my recommendation that they be con-
sidered and enacted by the Congress in its present
session.
Analysis of the Budget
I am presenting my budgetary recommendations
in greater detail under nine major program head-
ings in the analysis of the budget which follows
this message. The Economic Report will contain a
further discussion of some of these proposals.
It is always difficult to make plans and forecast
expenditures a year or more in advance. This is
particularly true when historic events are taking
place in Eastern Europe, when United Nations
forces are deployed in the Middle East, when un-
certainties abound in other parts of the world, and
when in our own land economic change is contin-
uous. This budget has taken into account present
conditions and developments which today appear
most likely at home and abroad. It provides funds
for all necessary Government activities on a.
reasonable scale, and efforts will continue to be
made by every executive department and agency
to improve efficiency and to maintain expenditures
well within the budget estimates. It is a carefully
balanced budget — balanced in its receipts and ex-
penditures, balanced in its choice of programs. I
consider it well adapted to the needs of the present
and the future.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
January 16, 1957.
EXCERPTS FROM THE PRESIDENT'S ANALYSIS
OF THE BUDGET
Major National Security
Events in recent months have dramatized the
need for strong collective security. The military
strength of the United States is a bulwark for
world peace and freedom. A large share of the
budget must go to maintain the Nation's military
forces in their present high state of readiness and
to introduce new weapons. Also, effective sup-
port must be given to the defense forces of other
nations. Advances in nuclear technology must
be applied to improving national defense and, in
increasing degree, to peacetime uses in the United
States and the rest of the free world.
Development and control of atomic energy. —
Until an agreement for limitation of armaments
is negotiated and an effective inspection system is
functioning, this Nation will continue to inci'ease
the number and variety of nuclear weapons. In
the fiscal year 1958, emphasis will be placed on
weapons for tactical purposes and weapons with
reduced radioactive fallout. The substantial
present effort to develop military propulsion re-
actors will be continued.
Efforts to develop the peaceful uses of atomic
energy will be greatly increased, particularly the
febtvary 4, 1957
165
Major National Security
(Fiscal years. In millions]
Program or agency
New obllgatlonal authority
Expenditures
1956 actual
1967 estimate
1958 estimate
1956 actual
1957 estimate
1958 estimate
Gross budget expenditures:
Department of Defense — military functions:
Direction and coordination of defense .
$13
15,517
7,354
9,648
654
$15
17, 690
7,645
10, 200
637
200
$17
16, 481
8,539
10,517
688
2,258
$14
16, 749
8,702
9,745
582
$14
16, 890
8,581
9,732
637
150
$17
17, 472
9, 131
Navy defense
Other central defense activities ....
T*rono9pd for later transmission
10, 349
714
347
Total, Department of Defense. . . .
Development and control of atomic energy:
Present orotrram
33, 187
1,179
36, 387
1,961
38, 500
2,400
120
130
' i, 450'
35, 791
1,651
36, 005
1,940
38, 031
2,310
30
Stockpiling and defense production expan-
521
1,016
2,018
791
2,611
759
2,600
650
Mutual security program — military;
Present Droerram
2, 100
500
Total
Deduct applicable receipts:
DpDartment of Defense — militarv functions.
35, 903
40, 366
43, 600
40, 845
(')
203
41, 303
5
334
43, 621
31
255
Net buderet exDenditures
40, 641
40, 965
43, 335
' Less than one-half million dollars.
development of reactors to produce atomic power
at competitive prices.
This budget provides for increased effort by the
Atomic Energy Commission to explore new power
reactor concepts, to fabricate and operate reactor
experiments, and to develop the basic reactor
technology essential to the Nation's progress and
leadership in the field. Increased support will
also be given to the growing activities by private
industry and public power bodies in power reactor
development.
In the belief that basic responsibility for con-
struction of large-scale commercial power reactors
should not have to be assumed by the Federal
Government, no funds for construction of new
large-scale reactors are proposed in this budget.
A number of new proposals from non-Federal in-
terests are now being developed. However, if ac-
ceptable proposals for non-Federal construction of
promising reactor types do not materialize within
a reasonable time, a request will be made to the
Congress for funds for direct construction by the
Federal Government.
As a further and necessary step to facilitate in-
dustry's investment in atomic powerplants, legis-
lation will again be proposed to authorize the
Government to supplement commercially available
insurance against liability arising from possible
nuclear accidents.
More resources will be applied to the longer
term effort to develop thermonuclear power re-
actors. Increased research is planned for 1958 on
the problems arising from the numerous and ex-
tensive applications of atomic energy, such as re-
actor safety, radioactive waste disposal, and the
biological eflFects of radiation. At the same time,
support of research in nuclear physics and in new
uses of atomic energy in biology, medicine, agri-
culture, and industry will be strengthened. Also,
the budget provides for increases in equipment
grants and in teacher training to improve educa-
tion in nuclear technology and to help alleviate
the shortage of nuclear scientists and engineers.
In order to help other nations develop their
own atomic energy programs, the 1958 budget pro-
vides for training centers in the United States and
abroad, equipment grants, and other technical as-
sistance from appropriations for the Atomic
Energy Commission and the mutual security pro-
gram. Four nations have already accepted and
many others are expected to accept the United
States offer to share the costs of building research
reactors. A number of nations have indicated
interest in procuring power reactors in this coun-
166
Departmenf of Sfa/e Bulletin
try, and the Export- Import Bank will consider
applications for loans to finance such procurement.
The budget also includes funds for United States
participation in a second world conference on the
peaceful uses of atomic energy to be held in
calendar year 1958.
Stockpiling and defence production. — By the
end of the current fiscal year, the stockpile of
strategic and critical materials, such as rubber,
aluminum, copper, and nickel, will have reached
a value greater than 6 billion dollars. Further ac-
quisitions toward the stockpile objectives will be
limited in most instances to (1) materials for
which contracts have already been made; (2)
materials which can be procured at favorable
prices and which will serve to maintain the mobi-
lization base; and (3) materials obtained in ex-
change for surplus agricultural products.
Mutual security program, military. — The armed
forces of 38 countries receive military equipment
and training through the military assistance por-
tion of the mutual security program. This as-
sistance bolsters the military forces of coimtries
faced with a threat of external aggression or in-
ternal subversion.
Military assistance plans for the fiscal year 1958
have been related to the plans for this Nation's
military establishment. As in the case of United
States forces, a large part of the funds will be
used for new types of weapons for air defense.
In the fiscal years 1957 and 1958, an increasing
amount of military assistance equipment is to be
furnished on a reimbursable rather than a grant
basis. Changes in legislation will be recom-
mended to facilitate these sales.
The level of unexpended balances for military
assistance will have been reduced for 5 successive
years. The Department of Defense has made sig-
nificant improvements in tlie operation of this pro-
gram in this fiscal year, especially in the timing of
orders and the utilization of funds.
The new obligational authority of 2,450 million
dollars recommended in this budget for military
assistance has been included as an appropriation to
the President, as in previous years. Considera-
tion is being given as to what pattern of appropria-
tions will best serve the aims of the Government in
pi'oviding military assistance.
International Affairs and Finance
The United States can work toward its goal of
lasting peace by continuing to help its friends over-
MuTUAL Secubitt Peoqbam
[Fiscal years. In millions]
Budget eipendltures
Recom-
mended
1966
actual
1957
estimate
1958
estimate
new obli-
gational
authority
for 1958
Military: '
Present program .
Proposed legisla-
$2,611
$2, 600
$2, 100
500
1,150
600
$2, 450
1,950
Economic, technical,
and other: '
Present program .
Proposed legisla-
1,587
1,500
Total
4, 198
4, 100
4,350
' 4, 400
' Budget expenditures for military assistance do not
reflect proceeds from sale of military equipment previously
procured with military assistance funds, since these pro-
ceeds go directly into miscellaneous receipts of the Treas-
ury.
2 Discussed in the international affairs and finance sec-
tion of this analysis. Excludes investment guaranty
program.
' Compares with new obligational authority of 2,703
million dollars in 1956 and 3,767 million dollars in 1957,
excluding investment guaranty program.
seas protect their freedom from foreign domina-
tion and better their economic conditions. This
budget is designed to do that. It also provides
funds to promote international understanding
through a wider exchange of ideas and persons,
and to extend a helping hand to refugees from
tyranny and victims of famine.
In the conduct of our international affairs it is
necessary to allow for appropriate flexibility in
choosing the proper channel to meet each particu-
lar situation. In many instances the most effective
way to achieve United States objectives, particu-
larly in the political area, is to work through the
United Nations. In other instances it may be
more effective to utilize regional organizations
such as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization
and the Organization of American States. The
Government will, of course, continue to conduct a
major part of its economic and military assistance
bilaterally, by dealing directly with other govern-
ments through conventional channels, including
the Export-Import Bank. In addition, the Inter-
national Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment and the International Monetary Fund will
imdoubtedly continue their active and sound pro-
grams of lending for economic development and of
strengthening the exchange systems of their mem-
bers, relying in part on the capital subscriptions
and guaranties of the United States Government.
February 4, 1957
167
International Apfaibs and Finance
[Fiscal years. In millions]
Program or agency
Budget expenditures
1966 actual
1967 estimate
1958 estimate
Recommended
new obligatlonal
authority for 1968
Gross budget expenditures:
Economic and technical development:
Mutual security program — economic, technical, and
other:
Present program
Proposed legislation
Investment guaranty program
Export-Import Bank
Emergency commodity assistance (Department of
Agriculture)
Other
Foreign information and exchange activities:
United States Information Agency
Department of State
President's Special International Program
Conduct of foreign affairs (Department of State and other).
$1, 587
$1, 500
6
212
94
22
86
20
5
120
7
776
127
69
103
21
9
155
$1, 150
600
13
670
45
32
128
29
18
194
$1, 950
94
27
144
35
20
189
Total
Deduct applicable receipts:
Investment guaranty program .
Export-Import Bank
2,151
3
302
2,767
5
379
2,878
6
427
» 2, 460
Net budget expenditures
1,846
2,382
2,444
Compares with new obligatlonal authority of 2,123 million dollars in 1956 and 2,233 million dollars in 1957.
The United States Government will also work
through the many private welfare organizations
operating abroad.
The Government's varied overseas activities
have been, and are being, regularly reviewed.
For example, recommendations to improve our
mutual security operations are being developed
by the President's Citizen Advisers on the Mutual
Security Program. Special studies are also being
conducted by the Senate Foreign Relations and
House Foreign Affairs Committees. A special
message on the mutual security progi'am will be
sent to the Congi-ess after due consideration has
been given to the recoimnendations and studies
that have been completed.
Mutual security program, economic, technical,
and other. — In oi'der that the United States may
continue to help cooperating comitries to develop
their economies and to meet the burdens of main-
taining military strength, the budget provides for
an appropriation of 1,950 million dollars for the
fiscal year 1958 for the nonmilitary portion of the
mutual security program. The military assist-
ance portion of the mutual security program was
discussed in the major national security section of
this analysis. Total appropriations recommended
for the two portions together in 1958 are 4,400
million dollars, compared with 3,804 million
dollars enacted for 1957 and 4,860 million dollars
recommended for 1957 one year ago in the 1957
budget.
Expenditures for economic assistance are esti-
mated at a moderately higher level in the fiscal
year 1958 than in the current fiscal year, carrying
on our help in the development of the economic
potential of less developed countries. Many of
these countries have recently won their independ-
ence. Such development should add to the sta-
bility of their institutions, and tend to remove
long-run causes of international friction. A sig-
nificant part of the expenditures for economic de-
velopment will be in the form of loans.
When the special message on mutual security
is presented to the Congress, the mutual security
appropriations recommended in this budget will
be identified with specific activities, insofar as the
kinds and amounts of assistance can be reasonably
forecast. However, there are many changing :
situations in the world today and it is necessary '
to be able to meet these situations quickly and
flexibly. The amount recommended for the eco-
nomic portion of the Mutual Security Program
includes certain funds to be appropriated on this :
basis.
Middle East. — An important example of this
type of changing situation was discussed in the
168
Department of State Bulletin
recent message on the Middle East.- The message
emphasized the importance of that area of the
world and recommended policies designed to
strengthen the countries of that area. Currently
available funds can be used to meet 1957 require-
ments. The reconmiended 1958 appropriations of
4,400 million dollars for the total mutual security
program include 200 million dollars to be avail-
able for discretionary use in tlie Middle East, in
addition to the specific country programs for the
area. In order to make most effective use of these
funds, especially in relation to solving some of
the current problems, it is essential that adequate
flexibility be permitted in their use.
International investments aiid loans.- — Loans by
the Export-Import Bank for development projects
and for assisting the export of United States goods
are expected to continue at a high level in the
coming fiscal year.
The estimated increase since 1956 in expendi-
tures of the Bank results both from the current
rate of loans and from reduced estimates of pri-
vate participation in the Bank's loans because of
attractive alternative private investment oppor-
tunities in the United States. Despite rising col-
lections of the Export-Import Bank from loan
repayments, the increase in expenditures is esti-
mated to result in a change from net receipts of
90 million dollars in the fiscal year 1956 to net ex-
penditures of 243 nullion dollars in 1958. Wliile
this budget proposes no increase in the Bank's
presently available borrowing authority, it may
later become necessary to request some increase in
borrowing authority to meet future needs.
The International Monetary Fund will be the
major source of funds to strengthen the reserve
position of the United Kingdom at the present
time. The Fund is an international organization
to which the United States has made substantial
amounts of capital available in the past. There-
fore, a drawing on these funds does not appear as
an expenditure in the budget now.
The Export-Import Bank recently announced a
line of credit against securities to the United
Kingdom for the purchase of United States
products.
'■ Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
The Government of the United Kingdom has
also sought a waiver of the 81 million dollar inter-
est payment that was due last month under the
terms of the Anglo-American Financial Agree-
ment of 1945 and the related lend-lease and sur-
plus property settlement. The exact applicability
of the waiver provisions is now not clear. Since
there have been changes in the conditions en-
visaged at the time the agreement was signed,
recommendations will shortly be made to the Con-
gress for appropriate modification of the present
language of the Agreement so as to carry out the
spirit of the original intention. This interest
payment has been excluded from the estimates of
receipts for the fiscal year 1957.
Foreign information and exchange activities. —
The intensified worldwide ideological conflict em-
phasizes the importance of the role of both the
Government and private organizations in exchang-
ing information, persons, and ideas abroad. Over-
seas information services and cultural exchanges
are designed to facilitate sympathetic understand-
ing of Ajnerican life, culture, and institutions by
other peoples. Another major role of these pro-
grams is to demonstrate to the people of other na-
tions the way in which American policies and ob-
jectives are in keeping with their own aspirations.
This budget recommends that expenditures in
the fiscal year 1958 for the entire range of foreign
information and exchange activities — including
exchanges under the Fulbright and Smith-Mundt
legislation, and cultural and trade fair programs
abroad — be increased by 42 million dollars over
the 1957 estimate. This will permit extension of
this work within the free world, especially in Asia
and Africa, as well as providing more information
to those peoples not yet free. Emphasis will be
placed on person-to-person contacts on both official
and unofficial levels.
Conduct of foreign affairs. — The tasks of the
Department of State have been steadily extended,
both in Washington and in a growing number of
overseas posts. The budget recommendations con-
tinue to strengthen the staff and facilities of the
Department. Estimated expenditures in 1958 for
the conduct of foreign affairs, including buildings,
are 194 million dollars, 40 million dollars more
than in 1957.
febrwary 4, 7957
169
The Communist Threat to the Middle East
Statement by Secretary Dulles '
I appear before you in support of President
Eisenhower's urgent request that the Congress
and the President, acting in unison througli a
joint resolution, should promptly take certain
steps to prevent international communism taking
over the Middle East.^
The Danger
We all, I know, recognize that the Middle East
is a vital part of the free world. The people there
have aspirations for liberty such as have always
struck a responsive chord in the hearts of the
American people. Much of the world's livelihood
depends on the natural resources and avenues of
trade of the Middle East. And there are to be
found the holy places of three great religions.
It would be abhorrent and dangerous if that
area were ruled by international commimism.
Yet that is the present danger.
The Middle East has always been coveted by
the rulers of Russia. That was true in the days
of the Czars. It is more than ever true of Soviet
communism. Also today it seems to Communist
rulers that events have played into their hands
and that a great victory is almost within their
grasp. And indeed their confidence is not with-
out basis.
Military Aspects
Soviet ground, naval, and air forces are sta-
tioned in the areas adjacent to the Middle East—
' Made before a Joint session of the Foreign Relations
and Armed Services Committees of the Senate on Jan.
14 (press release 19).
'For text of the President's special message to Con-
gress on .Ian. 5 and of the proposed resolution on the
Middle East, see Bullctin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83, and
Jan. 28, 10.57, p. 128.
Bulgaria, the Black Sea, the Ukraine, the Cau-
casus, and Central Asia. These Soviet forces are
of a size, and are so located, that they could be
employed at any time with a minimum of warn-
ing. This fact is nothing new. But today it
takes on new implications.
There has been a change in the possible deter-
rent role of certain Western European nations.
Until recently they provided a serious deterrent
to Communist aggression against the Middle
East. But for a variety of reasons — psychologi-
cal, financial, and political — this no longer meets
the needs.
Another new factor is evidence that the Com-
munist rulers may now be thinking in terms of
possible "volunteer" operations in the Middle East,
such as the Chinese Communists perpetrated in
Korea.
No one can reliably predict whether, and if so,
when, there would be Communist armed aggres-
sion, but three things are known : ( 1 ) the Com-
munist capability, (2) the temptation, (3) the
lack of any moral restraints.
The existence of such a threat, unless it be effec-
tively deterred, creates fear, uncertainty, and
greater opportimity for subversion to succeed.
We saw open armed aggression against the Repub-
lic of Korea. We have recently seen it again
against Hungary. And in 1948 we saw the Com-
munists take over Czechoslovakia from within,
an operation aided by the presence of Red armies
without, against which there was no deterrent.
Such dangers reemerge today in relation to the
Middle East.
Economic Aspects
Superimposed on the latent military threat is
a new and dangerous economic blow to the Middle
East. The closing of the Suez Canal and of pipe-
170
Department of State Bulletin
lines deprives oil-producing and oil-transiting
countries of revenues upon which their govern-
ments depend. The impact of this loss is only
now beginning to be felt because tax and royalty
payments usually lag behind the actual produc-
tion and movement of oil. In addition, there are
important losses due to the sharp decline in travel
expenditures and dislocation of commerce. This
development is of a magnitude which could en-
danger orderly government and create conditions
ripe for the type of takeover at which interna-
tional communism is most adept.
Subversive Aspects
Communist propaganda is vigorously at work.
Its Arab-langiiage radio bombards the area. The
output has recently gone up by 50 percent. Com-
munist sentiments find their way into the Arab
press and radio of certain countries. The Soviet
Union is portrayed as the "savior" of the area
as against Western imperialism and as against
Israel's alleged expansionist ambitions. Nothing
is said about Hungary.
There is ample evidence of Communist infiltra-
tion into certain areas, particularly organized
labor; and there are plottings of assassinations
and sabotage to gain Communist ends. Local
Communists have recently obtained small arms,
where such arms were made available, for what it
was thought might be house-to-house fighting.
Arab refugees, nearly one million in number, are
a special target for Communist propaganda.
The Need
Thus the Middle East area is at once en-
dangered by potential military threats against
which there is now no adequate deterrent, by a
rapidly mounting financial and economic crisis,
and by subversive efl'orts which seek advantage
from exceptional opportunities arising out of re-
cent events. This adds up to a new and grave
danger.
It behooves us as a Nation to marshal all ap-
propriate assets to meet the danger.
I say "all" because halfway measures will not
suffice. We dare not risk doing less than all we
properly can.
I say "appropriate" because obviously the
measures we take must not recall colonialism or
imply any hostility to the aspirations of the
peoples of the area. They must be measures
which we take only as they are desired by the
nations of the Middle East to help them be free
and strong. Furthermore, our policies must ac-
cord with the principles and purposes of the
United Nations, and we should welcome and re-
inforce United Nations action wherever it can
suffice.
U.S. Basic Principles and Practice
President Truman, in his Greek-Turkey mes-
sage to the Congress on March 12, 1947, laid down
a basic proposition. He said "totalitarian re-
gimes imposed upon free peoples, by direct or
indirect aggression, undermine the foundations
of international peace and hence the security of
the United States." We have ever since pro-
ceeded on that premise.
The Vandenberg Resolution of June 11, 1948,
outlined, in general terms, acceptable procedures.
It called for the "progressive" development of
collective defense arrangements, the association
of the United States with them where its national
security was affected, and "making clear" United
States "determination to exercise the right of in-
dividual or collective self-defense imder article
51 [of the United Nations Charter] should any
armed attack occur affecting its national security."
The principle laid down by President Truman
and the procedure indicated by the Vandenberg
Resolution have in fact been used. Collective
defense arrangements have been "progressively"
applied, and our determination to act for collec-
tive self-defense has been "made clear" by joint
action of the President and the Congress in many
specific situations.
Thus in 1948 the President and the Senate
joined to make the North Atlantic Treaty. In
1951 we joined to extend the North Atlantic
Treaty area to include Greece and Turkey. In
1954 we joined to extend the treaty to the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany.
In 1955 we joined to make the Southeast Asia
Collective Defense Treaty to protect that part
of the world against Communist aggression.
In 1955, through a joint resolution passed by
the Congress and signed by the President, we
made clear our determination to exercise with the
Republic of China the right of collective self-
defense as regards Taiwan, Penghu, and related
areas.
Between 1951 and 1955 the Senate and the Pres-
ident made other multilateral and bilateral de-
fense arrangements covering the Philippines,
February 4, 1957
171
Australia and New Zealand, Japan, Korea, and
the Eepublic of China.
Thus, when danger from international com-
munism became acute, the President and the Con-
gress, or the Senate, have acted together to meet
the danger.
Also, it may be observed, when that has hap-
pened the danger has subsided and peace has
prevailed.
The time has now come when, in accordance
with past practice, the President and the Congress
should act together in relation to the Middle East.
President Eisenhower's Proposals
The President has asked the Congress of the
United States now to authorize the use of armed
forces of the United States to secure and protect
the territorial integrity and political independ-
ence of the nations of the Middle East which
request such aid. Thereby we will have taken
the first indispensable step to preserve the area,
both against such attack and also from the dire
consequences of the nations of the Middle East
feeling exposed to the danger of such an attack.
The President has, in the second place, asked
tlie Congress to reaffirm our willingness to assist
the nations of the area so desiring to build up
appropriate security forces of their own. Lim-
ited local forces, well-equipped and loyal, are an
essential ingredient of defense, particularly as
against subversion. This can be achieved with-
out an arms race between the Arab States and
Israel. We remain opposed to that, as declared
by the Tripartite Declaration of May 25, 1950.
By assisting where desired the maintenance of
security forces to maintain internal order and to
provide some initial resistance to attack from
without where that is a danger, the United States
will have taken the second indispensable step to
assist the nations of the area to maintain their
independence and to combat subversion.
Finally, the President has asked the Congress
for greater facilities to provide financial assist-
ance in the area. This is perhaps most important
of all. The assistance may have to be along lines
somewhat different than was contemplated when
the mutual security program was presented to the
Congress a year ago.'
We are not yet in a position to say just what
the new needs are. These will be ascertained by
a mission to be headed by Mr. Richards.' But
it can now be said with certainty that the needs
are far more urgent and probably will be quite
different from what was foreseen a year ago.
We do not ask the Congress for more money
for the current fiscal year. Let me emphasize
that fact, which seems not yet fully understood.
We do not now ask Congress for one dollar more
of authorization or appropriation. The problem
of funds for 1958 will be dealt with independently
of this pending legislation. But we do need more
flexibility in the use of what has already been
authorized and appropriated for 1957. If the
Congress agrees to that, it and the President will
have taken together the third indispensable step
to enable the United States to help the nations
of the Middle East maintain their freedom.
Problems Other Than of Communist Source
There are, of course, many important problems
of the area whicli are not dealt with by the pro-
posals which the President has laid before you.
There are problems relating to the Suez Canal,
and problems arising out of unstable and un-
friendly Arab-Israel relations.
All these matters are receiving urgent consid-
eration, but they do not seem to require legisla-
tive action at this time.
The United Nations has now assumed primary
responsibility for solving certain of these prob-
lems, and the able Secretary-General of the
United Nations is actively working on them. We
are giving these United Nations efforts our full
support. We are encouraged to believe that cer-
tain of the problems to which I have alluded will
thus be brought to a satisfactory conclusion. Al-
ready the orderly withdrawal of United Kingdom
and French forces has been effected, and Israeli
withdrawal from Egypt is under way. The Suez
Canal is being efficiently cleared. The Secretary-
General is seeking to bring about an early re-
sumption of talks about the future status of the
canal, in accordance with the six principles which
were unanimously adopted by the Security Coun-
cil last October and agreed to by Egypt.* He is
'Ibid., Apr. 2, 105C, p. S^.
' Former Representative James P. Richards. For the
announcement of his appointment as Special Assistant
to the President, see Bi'li.etin of Jan. 28, l!>o7, p. ISO.
° Ibid., Oct. 22, 1956, p. CKJ.
172
Department of Stale Bulletin
also well aware of the problems of transit through
the Gulf of Aqaba and the status of the Gaza
Strip.
Since last spring he has been working actively
on stabilizing the armistice lines, pursuant to a
United States-sponsored resolution.
There are also the more basic problems of Arab-
Israel relations. These include the establishment
of permanent boundaries, the settlement of refu-
gees, and the undertaking of major water and
irrigation developments. The United States has
made clear its willingness to make a large contribu-
tion to the settlement of these matters, preferably
through the United Nations. That United States
position was expressed in my address of August
26, 1955, and, as indicated by President Eisen-
hower in his special message of January 5, 1957,
the United States adheres to those proposals.
Wlien such a program becomes practical of ac-
complishment, that would require Senate treaty
action and congressional appropriations. But,
unhappily, the time for that is not yet here.
There is, of course, interconnection between
present unsettlements in the area and Communist
opportunities in the area. The Communists fo-
ment unsettlement, and so long as unsettlements
exist Communist opportunities exist. The United
States believes that no effort should be spared to
solve the problems of the area. But we do not
take the pessimistic view that, unless and until
these problems can be solved, nothing can use-
fully be done to prevent the area being taken over
by international communism.
On November 1, 1956, in introducing the United
States cease-fire resolution in the United Nations
General Assembly,* I recalled the problems and
the provocations of the area, and I said :
... All of us, I think, would hope that out of this
tragedy there should come something better than merely
a restoration of the conditions out of which this tragedy
came about. . . . Surely this organization has a duty to
strive to bring about that betterment.
I can say to you today that the United Nations
organization is indeed striving to bring about
that betterment — and so is the United States.
The proposals now before you in no way cut
across or replace these efforts being made by the
United Nations and by our own Government to
solve the problems of the Middle East. On the
" Ihid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 751.
February 4, 1957
contrary, these proposals, if adopted, will help to
eradicate malignant influences which are striving,
with some success, to make these problems in-
soluble.
The Role of the Congress
What the President has laid before the Congress
is the aspect of the situation with which the United
Nations cannot adequately deal, and with which
the President cannot adequately deal without help
from the Congress.
Experience indicates that a nation rarely, if
ever, loses its independence (1) if that nation is
not exposed to oj^jcn armed attack by overwhelm-
ing force; (2) if it has loyal and adequately
equipped forces for at least internal security;
and (3) if the economic situation does not seem
hopeless.
The United Nations cannot itself adequately in-
sure those conditions. For example, the Soviet
Union exercises veto power in the Security Council
and it defies General Assembly recommendations.
That is a gap that the United Nations itself cannot
close.
But just as the United Nations cannot depend-
ably create these conditions, so the President can-
not adequately do so without the concurrence of
the Congress.
'\Aliatever may be the correct constitutional view
of the authority of the President to use the Armed
Forces of the United States, the fact is that the
Soviet rulers feel more deterred if the Congress
has spoken. Also the fact is that the peoples who
are subjected to threat feel more secure if the
Congress or, in the case of treaties, the Senate
has spoken.
We are dealing here not with a theory but with
a fact. The fact is that, in a situation where we
need to use all the assets we possess, there is an
asset which the Congress of the United States
can contribute, if it will. That asset may prove
decisive in the result.
It is also the fact that the Mutual Security Act
and relative appropriation acts create a maze of
conditions which are no doubt useful and which
can be complied with in the ordinary case. But
we are not dealing with an ordinary case. We are
dealing with an emergency situation created by
a sudden stoppage of vital revenues upon which
orderly government depends. There needs to be
greater discretion in the President to get things
173
done. Here again Congress can make a contri-
bution which may be vital, and this without its
costing the American taxpayer a single cent more.
Finally, there is need that there be joint action
by the President and the Congress which will deal
as a rounded whole with the three vital aspects of
the situation, namely: (1) military deterrents
against armed aggression from without ; (2) mili-
tary assistance to maintain security within; and
(3) economic assistance to prevent the breakdown
of orderly government.
It has been said that the desired results can
partially be achieved without new legislation and
that the President's proposals involve some dupli-
cation. That may be so. But even so, there will
be immense practical gain if the Congress will
join with the President to express, in a new single
act, the purpose of our Nation in relation to the
new situation which has come about since the
Congress was last in session.
Conclusion
Let me repeat and reemphasize the gravity of
the present situation.
In many respects the last year has seen a
weakening of international communism on several
fronts. But this is a situation where he who wins
the last test wins all. I do not say that this is
the last test, although it could well be the decisive
test in the struggle between communism and free-
dom. Certainly, if the Middle East loses its free-
dom, the result will be to nullify a great part of
the efforts and sacrifices which have been made
by the free peoples in recent years and inter-
national communism will have gained a great
and perhaps decisive victory. On the other hand,
if the Middle East stays free, we can reasonably
look forward to gains for freedom throughout all
the world. And "all" includes the present Soviet
and Cliinese Communist part of the world.
I can assure you that the leaders of international
communism will take every risk that they dare to
take in order to win the Middle East. Already
they have made that clear.
When the stakes are so great, I do not believe
the Congress of tlie United States should play,
or wants to play, merely the role of an observer.
It possesses assets, perhaps decisive assets, to
throw into the struggle. That is what the Presi-
dent has pointed out in his special message to the
Congress, and I do not doubt that the Congress
will respond.
President Exchanges Greetings
With British Prime Minister
Following is an exchange of letters between
President Eisenhower and the new Prime Minister
of the United Kingdom, Harold Macmillan, made
public by the White House on January 15.
President Eisenhower to Prime Minister Macmillan
Dear Harold, I send my warmest congratula-
tions to you on becoming Prime Minister of the
United Kingdom. Your distinguished career is
well known on this side of the Atlantic, and has
earned our widespread respect. My own warm
admiration stems, as you know, from our associa-
tion in North Africa and through the succeeding
years. For me that association has been as agree-
able as it has been productive.
I feel confident you will bring to your new task
the same vision, determination and sympathetic
understanding you have shown in tiie past. For
myself, and for the people of the United States,
let me wish you every success in carrying out the
great responsibilities which now devolve upon you
as Prime Minister.
With warm regard,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Prime Minister Macmillan to President Eisenhower
My dear Friend, Thank you for your kind mes-
sage. I too have warm and vivid memories of the
time when we worked together in North Africa,
and of our association since then. You know how
much importance I attach to the friendship be-
tween tlie peoples of Britain and tlie United States,
not least because of my own personal links with
your country. I look forward to working with
you once again to further this friendship.
With all good wishes,
Harold Macmillan
174
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
The Meaning of Berlin for tlie Free World
hy Eleanor Dulles
Special Assistant to the Director, Office of German Affairs^
Never has the meaning of Berlin for the free
world been more apparent than since the Hun-
garian revolution. When one compares the situ-
ation in East Germany with that in Hungary, one
sees the main reasons why East Germany, though
persistently and strongly anti-Communist, has not
exploded into bloody revolt.
The primary reasons, which merit careful con-
sideration in any appraisal of the facts in the
East-West struggle in Germany, are all related to
Berlin. In Berlin the Western allies have given
political guaranties against abandonment of the
territory to Soviet aggression and have reinforced
this with various types of aid. This firm position
gives hope not only to the people of Berlin but
to all Germans, including those now under Com-
munist domination, that there is a future in free-
dom. There is in Berlin a door, an escape hatch,
through which refugees have been fleeing to the
West without cessation and with relatively little
interference or danger for more than 6 years.
Moreover, the East Berliners, in close contact
with West Berlin and envying them their collec-
tive bargaining and other civil rights, tried to
assert their demands in June 1953 and learned
through costly experience that revolt in Berlin and
in the provinces would be repressed brutally with
tanks and guns. This lesson of 3 years ago has
taught them the more difficult road to freedom
that is patient, unflagging endurance and the con-
servation of strength until the time of their de-
liverance comes.
Those living in the East, constantly aware of
' Address made before a combined meeting of the World
Affairs Council, the League of Women Voters, and the
Bryn Mawr Club at Albany, N. Y., on Jan. 17 (press
release 27).
the 22 divisions of the Soviet occupying force, con-
tinue to think of themselves as Germans, as anti-
Communists, and as free men. They rely on sup-
port from the West, maintaining their contacts
for flight, if necessity requires, and remember that
there can be no quick solution to their problems.
Their safety valve through Berlin serves to pre-
serve their leaders among the flow of refugees for
the day of reunification and reconstruction. They
learned their lesson in restraint in the revolt in
June 1953, which was touched oif in Berlin but was
carried on in more than 260 cities and towns.
Germans learned then the dangers of premature
revolt just as the rest of the world learned of
German determination to be free.
There is no one who can predict with certainty
whether or not the suppressed hatred of commu-
nism in the East Zone might now flare up into
open resistance if conditions worsened. There is
reason to think that the Soviets know and fear
this danger. They have made repeated promises
of improved economic conditions. In January
1957 they summoned the stooge Communist
leaders of the zone to Moscow and gave them new
assurances of "independence." They had earlier,
in July, offered to cut the cost of occupation by
50 percent in 1957, which slightly lessened the
heavy financial burdens on the economy of the
East Zone. They have recently announced that
food rationing would end soon. They liave indi-
cated the further development of heavy indus-
tries, partly as an aid to defense and partly to
increase national income. They have endeavored
to give an illusion of sovereignty to the area but
have followed each halfhearted gesture by new
and irksome restrictions on freedom of action.
The residents of the East will be hard to de.-
February 4, 1957
175
ceive. None of the Soviet offers to improve their
lot will be taken at face value unless they result
in some tangible improvements. They can not
onlyaneasure and assess with some degree of ac-
curacy what goes on in the East Zone but also
compare any slight change with the notable prog-
ress of "West Berlin.
An Island City
It is hard to realize the strangeness of the sit-
uation of this island city. There is no parallel
in the world for its isolated and significant lo-
cation. It lies 100 miles from the nearest Western
free territory. It can be reached from "Western
Germany and the outside world through long,
narrow corridors available for rail, road, airpaths,
and barge traffic. There are times when even
these agreed roads to Berlin are harassed by
Soviet obstructions and delays. Through subter-
fuge and on various pretexts freight, passengers,
and barges have from time to time been halted.
Air flight into Berlin is over three agreed air-
paths 10 miles wide. Many residents of Berlin,
lacking the money for air travel and afraid that
they may be kidnaped if they travel by surface,
are virtually prisoners in the city. Yet, in spite
of these difficulties, with the help of the "Western
allies and of the Federal Republic, the city has
begim to prosper. Thus in 1957, surrounded and
restricted, threatened and harassed, the workers
are earning more money, production is increasing,
exports from the city have steadily moimted, and
the facilities and cultural life of Berlin have in-
creased in a brilliant fashion.
The city serves as a place of comparison and for
exchange of information. Through Berlin,
knowledge of the outside world, including changes
in Hungary, Poland, and Yugoslavia, is widely
known. RIAS, the radio voice of Berlin, de-
scribes the world today for millions in the sur-
rounding territory.
The statistics tell part of the story, but it is more
evident in the bearing and attitude of the people.
Unemployment is still a serious problem, largely
because of the 50,000 white-collar workers
stranded when the city ceased to be the capital.
Nevertheless, imemployment is now about 10 per-
cent of the labor force, and the total number of
jobless, as compared with more than 30 percent
4 years ago, has been cut by two-thirds. Pro-
duction, which was reduced by war devastation.
removals of machinery, and by the blockade, fell
to less than a third of its prewar levels. It has
now quadrupled, bringing the standard of living
of most of the people to near prewar levels.
This striking economic improvement in "West
Berlin stands as an impressive contrast to the stark
conditions prevailing in East Berlin and even
worse conditions in the rest of the Soviet-occupied
territory. There clothing is shabby, the goods are
coarse, there are only thick, heavy working shoes,
tools are defective, food supplies are inadequate.
There are virtually no meat, butter, or eggs.
Sugar, potatoes, and cheese are hard to come by.
Fuel conditions are deplorable. Fuel is lacking
for homes and factories. The main buildings are
falling into dilapidation tlu'ough lack of repairs.
Such basic items as electric light bulbs, aspirin, and
textiles are in severe shortage. Passenger cars in
East Germany are rarely seen on the roads.
A Chance for Respite
Tlie comparison between East and "U^est in Ber-
lin affects general conditions and attitudes in East
Germany in various ways. Above all, it gives a
living example of the practical failure of com-
munism. It gives a chance for those who want to
buy an occasional article of luxury or necessity to
meet their needs in West Berlin, or by going
through Berlin in West Germany.
The visits to Berlin are of incalculable im-
portance for those from the East. Like men sub-
merged in darkness and despair, many hundreds of
thousands come to the city for a breath of fresh air.
The usual attendance of East Zone residents at the
industrial faire held every September in Berlin
has been well over 500,000. Since these visitors
are allowed certain special privileges when they
show their identification papers, the statistics are
relatively accurate.
Li addition to the industrial fair, there are the
cultural festival, the film festival, the agricultural
fair, and certain May Day events, the Green Week,
and other special events to which hundreds of
thousands are invited. Although some persons
cross directly into the Federal Republic, on the
whole the larger number go in and out of Berlin
because of the relative ease with which they can
cross both the zonal and sector border at tliat point.
These men, women, and children go back to their
homes with the feeling that the door to freedom
is not shut, that they can make contact with their
176
Department of State Bulletin
friends and relatives, and that they can from time
to time enjoy the advantages of Western economic
and cultural life.
It is certain that this chance to get a few days'
relief from the police-state and the oppressive con-
ditions in the Soviet-occupied zone is one of the
main functions wliich Berlin serves. It is signifi-
cant that no such relief was available in Budapest
or in Wai-saw — no period of restoration of mind or
spirit was available. Thus, as the pressure rose
among these brave anti-Communist people, the ex-
plosion was inevitable. Contrariwise, this is one
of the reasons why in East Germany there is an im-
flagging but guarded resistance to tyranny but no
recent tendency to violence or open revolt.
The Flight of the Refugees
Another reason here for the absence of revolu-
tion in East Gennany which relates to the open
door of Berlin is the flight of the refugees.
The world has been immeasiirably impressed and
stirred by the tragedy of the flight of the refugees
from Hungary. It is fitting that tliis tribute of
understanding and compassion should be paid to
the brave people who have left their homes and
taken the risks that come not only with crossing the
border but also with the struggle of starting a new
life on alien soil.
It is important also at this time, as questions
are raised as to the future of Germany, to under-
stand the meaning of the continued flow of ref-
ugees from the Soviet-occupied zone of Grermany to
the West. This large and continuing flight, now
reacliing more than 1,600,000 persons, is unprece-
dented in history. Most of the refugees go first
to Berlin. There they can enter easily; only oc-
casionally is one kidnaped or killed trying to
escape. If they come singly or in pairs, and if
they do not attempt to take possessions with them,
they can usually pass from East Zone to East
Sector and from East Sector to West Sector un-
noticed and unchallenged.
This large-scale and continuing movement of
people from East Germany has a meaning similar
to and not less significant than the flow of refugees
from Hungary. It indicates that conditions under
dictatoi-sliip are for most people intolerable and
that in general those who make a deliberate choice
to stay are of heroic proportions. Only a few
who are very young or very old can endure the
Communist-imposed regime. It is true, of course,
February 4, 1957
414388—57 3
that there are in the zone, as in every community,
some who are unaware or indifferent to all but
the simplest phj'sical aspects of life. Of this
minority, one need not speak. There is reason to
think their number in East Germany is a small
percent of the 17 million living there. The strik-
ing fact is that week in and week out, over a
period of more than 6 years, thousands of persons
have crossed from the Communist-dominated area
into Berlin to make their new and, they hope,
temporary homes in the West.
Many forget that, before the refugee flow began
in 1950, the West Germans were forced to accept
9 million persons expelled from the former Ger-
man territories, and they have given refuge to
more than a quarter of a million escapees from
other countries. It was not realized when these
arrangements were made some 6 or 7 years ago
that there would be an additional burden on the
German economy and an additional problem for
the social system of 1,600,000 refugees in vohmtary
flight from the zone.
Thus, the total of these refugees from dictator-
sliip, coming mostly through the city of Berlin, has
been in excess of any voluntary movement of
people from their homes at any time in recent
history.
Each person who crosses into Berlin testifies
in a dramatic fashion to the failure of communism.
He is wagering his future, the present welfare of
his family, and the fate of his children that the
freedom of the West is his best hope. Some are
only vaguely aware of the political meaning of
the choice they are making. Some flee from fear,
some from hunger, some in anger, and some in
defiance. All are making what is perhaps the
supreme decision of their lives and one which
cannot be reversed. Moreover, it is known that
few of these people wish to cross the ocean to the
Western Hemisphere because they intend to retm-n
to their homes in East Germany. Because of the
very regularity and familiarity of administrators
and newsmen with the crossing over of these thous-
ands, because the story of this imbroken stream
of refugees has been told before, the full impact
of the situation has been to some extent forgotten.
Only with the sudden explosion in Hungary has
the spotlight of world opinion again been turned
on the million and a half pitiful and courageous
people.
The questions which are being asked every-
177
where about the refugees are much the same. For
instance, the questions and answers in Vice Presi-
dent Nixon's report " are strikingly apt in con-
nection with tlie refugees from East Germany.
The quality of the people who fled Hungary Is of the
highest order. For the most part they were in the
forefront of the flght for freedom and fled only when
the choice was death or deportation at the hands of the
foreign invaders or temporary flight to a foreign land
to await the inevitable freedom for Hungary. The
large majority are young people — students, technicians,
craftsmen and professional people. There are many
family units, including a large number of children.
The majority of the refugees who have been inter-
viewed say that they left Hungary because of fear of
liquidation or of deportation. The number of floaters
and of those who left Hungary purely for economic
reasons is relatively small.
The majority of those who have been Interviewed to
date have expressed a desire to return to Hungary in
the event of a change of government which would make
it safe for them to do so.
The problem of checking the security backgrounds of
the refugees is not as difficult as usual, due to the fact
that in addition to the usual documentary evidence
available in such cases, direct evidence is being volun-
teered by other refugees who are well-informed as to
the identity of spies and agents in the communities. . . .
Taking all the above factors into consideration, I be-
lieve that the countries which accept these refugees will
find that, rather than having assumed a liability, they
have acquired a valuable national asset.
In Germany, as in the case of Hungary, the
types of people are in the majority young, healthy,
and able-bodied. They are good workmen, good
students, and competent professional men. "While
they have not engaged in active armed combat
against the Communists, they have left their
homes because they did not think they could live
a decent and free life. They are also in the fore-
front of the fight for freedom. They would like
to go back and reconstruct a liberated homeland.
They have left everything behind. They know
not what sacrifices they may have to endure before
a hoped-for return.
Berlin has served these people well. By the
accident of location, in spite of Soviet attempts
to isolate the city, they find safe haven and trans-
portation to what is a new and untried situation
in the outside world. If they could not slip into
the city and become safe in this slielter among
fellow Germans, when the longer zonal border was
closed, one can be relatively sure that some type
of rebellion would have broken out. Just before
' Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 94.
178
the breaking point of desperation they have a
choice wliich tliey consider consistent with the
long-run aims of their nation, which safeguards
at least the basic needs of their families, and
wliich offers an opportunity for constructive work
without the risks of a bloody revolt against over-
whelming military forces.
This opening in the Iron Curtain has served
as a place where the issues could be reviewed. It
has been a point where wise counsel could influence
the more rebellious and where information of
world events can be disseminated. It is thus one
of the main reasons why there has not been an up-
rising in East Germany this year. The early
manifestations of this uprising were stimulated
by miscalculations as to the extent to which
Stalin's death might permit a softening of Soviet
jjolicy. Thus tliei-e was a desperate hope among
the workers that they could win concessions.
There were after the announcement of the "new
course" some improvements in economic con-
ditions. Tlierefore the increased demands for
production and the setting of new norms with
lower wages sparked an explosion.
The Uprising of June 1953
The uprising of June 16 spread like a flash fire
through the zone on June 17. It started spon-
taneously when a group of stonemasons building
the walls of the huge apartment houses on what is
still called Stalin Allee began to talk over their
working conditions. Then approximately 100
men decided to go in a body and ask for better
worlring conditions and wages. They had been
refused once; they would try again. They
marched down the street in the workmen's smoclts.
They were rebuffed at the administration build-
ing in Leipziger Strasse, they were joined by
others, and in anger at the rejection of their plea,
began to tear down the Communist signs and burn
them. Soon there were thousands of demonstra-
tors and a few small buildings were set on fire.
Some young men at the Brandenburg Gate
managed to climb to the top and tear down the
Communist flag. They shouted, "We will not
be slaves." Then the tanks appeared and later
shooting began, followed by soldiei-s, and more
than 2,000 rioters, stunned and horrified, were
pushed from the street over the sector border.
News of the revolt spread by telephone, radio,
and by persons traveling from town to town. By
Department of Stale Bulletin
June 17 more than 260 towns and villages were
striking or resisting in various forms. Men
demonstrated by burning propaganda signs, by
striking, and by demanding civil rights, their
intense desire for personal independence and
decent living. The magnitude of the revolt and
its meaning has not been fully understood to this
day. In some towns the uprising lasted as long
as 3 weeks. Communication and information
with the West was cut off by the military.
The cry was heard for free votes, more food,
independence for the individual, freedom from
forced labor, and reunification with the rest of
Germany. It was heard in Jena, Weimar, Dres-
den, and Leipzig and in scores of other cities.
Political prisoners were set fi-ee by the demon-
strators. Soviet barracks were burned; work
stopped throughout the zone. Karl Marx City
was on strike.
Only the universal presence of the Kussian
Army forced men behind bai"s, into the mines and
workshops. Guns and tanks stopped the spread
of the revolution.
The scars remain to this day, but the heroism of
June 1953 is not forgotten. The Soviets learned
of the force of resistance to tyranny which had
been latent. They met this threat to their control
by bringing in food and supplies and meeting a
few of the demands, but also by shifting troops to
protect their positions in an alien land. The Ger-
mans demonstrated to the world their will for
freedom but also learned the bitter cost of revolt
against military might. They have had to recall
this lesson many times as they have faced the
months of waiting for reunification.
Focus for Western Support
All the influences on the East Zone radiating
from Berlin take on their meaning in the light of
the large Soviet forces which have shown no in-
clination to loosen their grasp, and the Allied
declarations in support of Berlin. Three times in
the last 4 years have the allies repeated their as-
surance that "the security and welfare of Berlin
and the maintenance of the position of the Three
Powers there are regarded by the Three Powers
as essential elements of the peace of the free
world in the present international situation. Ac-
cordingly they will maintain armed forces within
the territory of Berlin as long as their responsi-
bilities require it. They therefore reaffirm that
they will treat any attack against Berlin from any
quarter as an attack upon their forces and them-
selves." ^
Thus there is in East Germany more than else-
where a direct and face-to-face opposition of
forces. There is the armed might of communism,
and there is the sense that inevitably the forces of
democracy and the free world so visible and strong
in Berlin will eventually win freedom for those
who are willing to endure for their freedom long
years of waiting.
The words of the Western allies would have
little meaning unless they were backed vip by con-
crete evidence of the intention of assisting Berlin
and by the presence of Allied soldiers and the oc-
cupying commission in Berlin. Even the Nato
statement of December 16, 19.55,* would not neces-
sarily be understood in East Germany without the
presence in Berlin of our men, who have been both
symbols and representatives of the Allied forces,
before, during, and after the Berlin blockade.
The Allied military forces in Berlin are few in
number. There is no secret as to this fact. It is
not the numbers that count, however, as to their
significance and the fact that an attack on such
small forces is equivalent in the eyes of the powers
represented to an attack upon themselves in their
homelands. They have a meaning in Berlin simi-
lar to that of the U.N. forces in the Middle East.
They stand for justice and international coopera-
tion and the will to resist aggression.
Concern for the welfare of Berlin has been made
manifest abundantly by material help. This has
been seen during the years of the European re-
covery program and has been continued in the
form of moderate grants of aid every year down
to the present.
This aid has been employed to rebuild the basic
utilities during the first years of dire need and
then to reconstruct and equip the very considerable
plant of this manufacturing center. During all
the years since 1947 considerable fmids from the
United States and from the Federal Republic of
Germany have been put into low-cost housing and
buildings for which there is a general need. The
gap caused by bombing and wartime deterioration
' See the tripartite declarations of May 27, 1952 {ibid.,
June 9, 1952, p. 897), and Oct. 3, 1954 {ibid., Oct. 11, 1954,
p. 521), and the tripartite agreement of Oct. 23, 1954
{ibid., Nov. 15, 1954, p. 731).
* Ibid., Dec. 26, 1955, p. 1047.
February 4, 1957
179
has resulted in an acute shortage which has not
yet been fully overcome. Wlierever the U.S.
funds have got into a new or reconstructed build-
ing, there are found on the wall three symbols, the
Berlin Bear, the sliield of the Federal Kepublic,
and the U.S. colors, so that throughout the city the
extensive and continuing help of the United
States can be seen and recognized.
In addition to such basic help to the economic
and social life of the city, there have been at least
four notable projects which have been greeted
with special appreciation by the Berliners and
which are particularly spectacular from the point
of view of the visitor from the East.
The first of these is the Free University. It
was started when, during the blockade, the city
authorities refused to buckle under to Communist
threats and stayed with the West, moving their
headquarters to West Berlin. At that time a few
houses were taken as a nucleus for a f i-ee university.
Around these small original buildings has now
grown up an impressive university for more than
9,000 students. A fine libi-ary with various audi-
toriums has been given by Henry Ford II to the
university. Another striking example of aid has
been our assistance to the extent of 30 percent of
the cost to a $6 million fashion center for the gar-
ment industry, one of the principal sources of in-
come and employment in the city. And in addi-
tion we have given the city of Berlin a large and
modern library. Now a conference hall for free
assemblage and free speech is being built near the
old Eeiclistag by the Americans with German help.
Thus the meaning of Berlin for respite, escape,
and a focus of Western support is crucial to the
type of resistance which will be found in the East
Zone.
"The Flash Point of Revolt"
An examination of the situation as seen from
Berlin is that there is in every community a flash
point at which there will be an explosion, beyond
which revolt is inevitable. The explosion comes
under a given amount of pressure and after a de-
gree of desperation has been reached. Although
this critical point may not come at the very lowest
point of oppression, but when there is an expecta-
tion of change, it still comes sooner if hope of an
end to the indignities and privations of the regime
is gone. It comes later and only after extreme acts
of tyranny if there is a reasonable prospect of
gaining ultimate release.
In the case of East Germany the dangers are
compounded by the proximity of Poland and the
complex influences of conditions there. It is
widely thought that any disturbance occurring in
the Soviet-occupied zone would be such a threat
to a whole system of Communist relations that dire
results would follow a revolt. There is probably
no place behind the Iron Curtain where the con-
sequences would be so immediate and far-
reaching.
For the residents of the East Zone this point
of explosion is less likely to be reached and there
is less inclination to take the most desperate risks
as long as Berlin serves as a safety valve. As
long as the people who come and go can have res-
pite under conditions of mental and physical
ease, they can endure their lot and maintain their
inner sense of ultimate deliverance. As long as
several millions of the 17 million or more living
under Soviet control can travel to the West and
return, they are not likely to take desperate meas-
ures and sacrifice themselves in a defiant gesture.
If living conditions do not seriously deteriorate
below present levels, if food, fuel, and clothing
continue to support life even at the present drab
and cheerless level, they will continue their ap-
pearance of submission and only the more vulner-
able individuals will flee from their homes or at-
tempt to rebel openly. Thus, the low flash point
of a Hungary will not be reached in Germany if
the Communist rule does not become more op-
pressive and if Berlin remains an oasis to which
they can go in considerable numbers.
If, however, access to Berlin were seriously
hampered or if the restrictions and police meas-
ures should become markedly worse, the lower
flash point of revolt would be reached in East
Germany as in Hungary.
The potential of resistance is vital and strong in
the minds and hearts of the East Germans. They
have not, through inadvertence or as the result
of delusion, surrendered any essential right. The
churches are full. The desire for education is
manifest. The stories of the refugees are full of
e^jisodes of outspoken criticism and varied re-
quests for greater freedom, even to the point of in-
curring great risks.
Westerners, when they go into the zone, are
welcomed. Visitors from outside are told in no
uncertain terms of the views of the East Germans
toward the Soviet overlords. "N^Hien opportunity
offers, as when they journeyed vmder threat of re-
180
Department of Stale Bulletin
prisal to Berlin during the food-package program
in 1953, they show coiu'age and anticommunism
to an extent not widely realized.
It is the hope of everyone who knows these
people that Soviet harassment will not drive them
to this final point, that the repressed force will
not erupt, and that they can hold their present
attitude of endurance over the necessary period
of trial.
All of the peace-loving peoples who look to a re-
unified, strong, and democratic Germany hope
most earnestly that the pressure on East Germany
will be relaxed so that the danger of a revolt is
diminished. Similarly, it is to be hoped that
those who find themselves in acute danger can
continue to flee to the West to become the leaders
of the future. Every lessening of the human op-
pression, every increase in communication and
contacts between East Europe and the West, is in
the interest of a better world and a quicker restora-
tion of the basic human rights. We salute those
who remain and endure. We salute those who,
though they are forced to flee, continue their loyal
fight for those who are still in the homeland.
A summarization of the meaning of Berlin is
thus to keep the faith of the East Germans alive
and to make plain to the outside world that the
East Zone is in no sense absorbed into the Com-
munist bloc. The fact that there is restraint and a
surface calm is no indication of a reorientation
toward Russia. It does not take a second June 17
to prove this. The contacts in and through Berlin
give evidence that communism has made little
progress there.
The conclusion which must guide United States
policy, and which undoubtedly influences current
Soviet planning, is that there is a flash point and,
when this is reached, the explosion comes. If,
however, there are ways of relieving conditions,
if people, even though against the Communist
regime, see hope of gradual adjustment and better
conditions in the future, they will avoid the more
desperate bloody revolt. Let us hope the East
Berliners can be spared this costly ordeal.
Soviet Attache Declared
Persona Non Grata
Press release 23 dated January 15
Department Announcement
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 15 that it had declared Maj. Yuri P. Krylov,
Soviet Assistant Military Attache, persona non
grata and had informed the Soviet Charge
dAffaires ad interim that Major Krylov should
depart from the United States immediately. The
Soviet Charge was informed that Major Krylov
had engaged in activities incompatible with his
diplomatic status by improperly purchasing quan-
tities of electronic equipment. On various oc-
casions. Major Ki-ylov had purchased such ma-
terials through American intermediaries. In ad-
dition, Major Krylov had attempted to purchase
classified military information.
Text of U.S. Note
The Department of State informs the Embassy
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics that
the Government of the United States has ascer-
tained that Major Yuri P. Krylov, Assistant Mili-
tary Attache of the Embassy of the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics, has engaged in higloly
improper activities incompatible with his diplo-
matic status.
Major Krylov's continued presence in the
United States is no longer considered acceptable
and the Embassy is requested to arrange for his
immediate departure.
Letters of Credence
Honduras
The newly appointed Ambassador of Honduras,
Ramon Villeda Morales, presented his credentials
to President Eisenhower on January 18. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of
the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 29.
February 4, 1957
181
U.S. Views on European Common
Market and Free Trade Area
Press release 21 dated January 15
Belgium, France, the German Federal Kepiiblic,
Italy, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands have been
engaged in negotiations with a view to establish-
ing a common market among them. The common
market would involve the elimination of substan-
tiallj^ all of the barriers to trade among these six
countries and the establishment by them of a com-
mon external tariff toward outside countries. The
United Kingdom has expressed a desire to asso-
ciate itself with the envisaged six-country common
market in a free-trade-area relationship. Under
this arrangement barriers to trade between the
United Kingdom and the six coimtries of the com-
mon market would be eliminated on a wide range
of products. However, the United Kingdom
would continue to maintain its own tariff against
countries outside the fi'ee trade area, and the six
countries of the common market would do the same
with their unified tariff. Other Western Euro-
pean coimtries have indicated an interest in asso-
ciating themselves with these arrangements on a
basis similar to that of the United Kingdom.
Following is a statement of U.S. policy with re-
spect to the proposed European common market
and free trade area. This is a summary of views
which have been communicated to the governments
concerned.
The attitude of the United States with respect to
current Western European proposals for a com-
mon market and free trade area is determined by
two traditional policies of the U.S. Government:
our consistent support of moves to further the po-
litical and economic strength and cohesion of
Western Europe within an expanding Atlantic
community and our long-standing devotion to
progress toward freer nondiscriminatory multi-
lateral trade and convertibility of currencies.
It is in the light of these complementary objec-
tives that the United States welcomes the initia-
tives for a conmion market and free trade area in
Western Europe. The details of the common-mar-
ket treaty are being worked out in negotiations
now taking place in Brussels among Belgium,
France, the German Federal Kepublic, Italy, Lux-
embourg, and the Netherlands ; the governments of
these countries have indicated that it is their in-
tention that the common market which they envis-
age should result in the expansion of their trada
not only with each other but also with other
countries.
A European common market based on pro-
visions which hold the promise of attaining this
objective will have the support of the United
State-s. This would be consistent with U.S. sup-
port of such arrangements as the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade and the Articles of
Agreement of the International Monetary Fund,
both of which have as their objective the expan-
sion of nondiscriminatory multilateral trade.
Certain aspects of the common-market arrange-
ments will be of particular interest to the LT.S.
Government: those relating to agriculture, those
having a bearing on the liberalization of import
controls affecting dollar goods, and measures both
public and private which bear on international
trade. The European market for agricultural ex-
ports from the United States is important, and we
will wish therefore to study carefully the possible
impact of coimnon- market arrangements on it.
The progress which Western European countries
have made in recent years in liberalizing imports
from the dollar area has been encouraging; it is
hoped that this progress will be continued as
rapidly as the circumstances permit. Since the
six countries are also participants in the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, it is assumed
that such import restrictions as may be found
necessary to maintain will be consistent with the
standards of the general agreement.
The United Kingdom has made Imown its pre-
liminary decision to associate itself with the
common-market countries in a free-trade-area ar-
rangement. The association of the United King-
dom in such an arrangement would further
strengthen the unity of the Atlantic Community
and the free world. The United States hopes that
such free-trade-area arrangements as may be con-
cluded among the proposed common market, the
United Kingdom, and other Oeec countries would
also encourage the expansion of international
trade from which all of the free-world countries,
and not only those participating in the common
market and free trade area, would benefit.
In summary it is our hope and expectation that
the negotiations on the common market and free
trade area will be carried forward and concluded
in such a manner that from these European ini-
tiatives will come a new contribution to the unity
and prosperity of Europe and the Atlantic Com-
nuniity and to the welfare of the entire fx'ee world.
182
Department of State Bulletin
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
FIFTH SEMIANNUAL REPORT ON ACTIVITIES UNDER PUBLIC LAW 480, JULY 1-DECEMBER 31, 1956 <
President's Message of Transmittal
To the Congress of the United States:
I am transmitting herewith the fifth semi-annu-
al report on activities carried on under Public
Law 480, 83d Congress, as amended, outlining
operations under tlie act during the period July 1
through December 31, 1956.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House, January H, 1957.
Introduction
This report deals with activities under the sev-
eral Public Law 480 programs during the first 6
months of fiscal year 1957. During the period
covered by this report. Public Law 962 amended
title I of the act, increasing its authority from
$1,500 million to $3,000 million, exempting the
sales of fi*esh fruit and fruit products from the
cargo preference laws, and adding subsection (j)
to section 104 to provide assistance to activities and
projects authorized by section 203 of the United
States Information and Education Act of 1948,
as amended. In addition, the Mutual Security
Act of 195G amended title I by adding subsection
(i) to section 104 to finance the translation, pub-
lication, and distribution of books and periodicals,
including Government publications abroad. Pub-
lic Law 962 amended title II of the act permitting
the transfer of surplus agricultural commodities
abroad for "extraordinary" relief requirements in
addition to the transfers already authorized.
The authority under this act, as amended, ex-
pires June 30, 1957. Tlie conditions wliich
prompted this special legislation will exist
beyond that date. Accordingly, early in this ses-
sion of Congress a limited extension of the act will
be recommended.
Summary
During the period July-December 1956, pro-
graming of surplus agricultural commodities
under the three titles of the act totaled $1,657.2
million, bringing to $4,677.1 million the total
amount of programs since the beginning of oper-
ations imder the act.
Since the beginning of tlie program, agreements
for the sale of agricultural commodities for for-
eign currency under title I total $2,826.1 million
at an estimated Ccc cost ^ ($1,938.2 million at
export market value), of which $1,324.1 million
($894.2 million at export market value) represents
agreements signed during the period covered by
this report.
Shipments under title I since the beginning of
the program total about $850 million at export
market value, of which approximately $345
million represented shipments during the July-
December 1956 period.
Cumulative authorizations for famine relief
and other assistance abroad under title II of the
act totaled $280 million at Ccc cost, of which $62
million was authorized during this period. Cu-
' White Hou.se press release dated Jan. 14 ( H. Doc. 50,
85th Cong., 1st sess.). For texts of the first four semi-
annual reiwrts, see Bhi-letin of Jan. 31, 1955, p. 200 ; Aug.
1, 1955, p. 107 ; Jan. 23, 1956, p. 130 ; and Aug. 6, 1956,
p. 230.
^As used in this report, CCC cost represents the cost
of commodities to the Commodity Credit Corporation,
including investment, processing, handling, and other
costs. Export market value reflects the price at which
these commodities are sold to foreign buyers under the
program. The export market value figures are less than
the CCC cost for those commodities for which sijecial
export programs have been developed for dollar as well
as foreign currency sales to meet competition in inter-
national trade. [Footnote in original.]
February 4, 1957
183
mulative donations for foreign and domestic relief
through non-profit voluntary agencies and inter-
governmental organizations under title III of the
act amounted to $826 million at Ceo cost, of which
$123.7 million was donated during this period.
Cumulative barter contracts entered into under
title III amounted to $745 million at export
market value, of which $147.4 million represents
contracts entered into during this period. Al-
though the figures cited for the different programs
are not comparable, the amoimts shown give an
indication of the value of commodities being
moved or committed imder these programs.
Title I. Foreign Currency Sales
AGREEMENTS SIGNED
Nineteen agreements, or supplements to agree-
ments, involving a Ccc cost of approximately
$1,324.1 million, were entered into with 14 coun-
tries during the period July-December 1956. The
commodity composition, export market value, and
Ccc cost of these agreements are shown in Table I.
TABLE I
CoMMODiTT Composition op Agreements Signed
July-December 1956
TABLE II
Commodity Composition of all Agreements Signed
Through December 31, 1956
Commodity
Unit
Approximate
quantity
Export
market
value
CCC
cost
Wheat and wheat flour . .
Bushel ....
. . do . . . .
1270,031,000
Ml, 689, 000
8, 446, 000
873, 700
21, 629, 000
63,673,000
603, 405, 000
78,054,000
Million
dollars
439.2
17.6
51.4
12.5.0
16.8
11.4
92.7
18.9
Million
dollars
728.0
28 6
Rice
Cwt
Bales
Pound ....
. . do . . . .
109 8
Cotton
188 7
Tobacco
16 8
19 5
Fats and oils
. . do
92 7
. . do . . . .
18.9
773.0
121.2
1, 202. 9
Ocean transportation . . .
121 2
Total, including ocean
894.2
1,324.1
transportation.
1 Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
« Corn, 9,678,000 bushels; oats, 1,092,000 bushels; barley, 919,000 bushels.
Seventy-eight agreements, or supplements to
agreements, with a total Ccc cost of $2,826.1
million, have been entered into with 30 countries
since the inception of the program. The com-
modity composition, export market value, and
Ccc cost of these agreements are shown in Table
II.
SHIPMENTS
Title I shipments since the beginning of the pro-
gram totaled approximately $850 million at ex-
Commodity
Unit
Approximate
quantity
Export
market
value
CCC
cost
Wheat and wheat flour . .
Feed grains
Bushel ....
. . do . . . .
■431,90.5,000
! 6.5, 917, 000
19,012,000
2,566,000
15,400
148,734,000
142,828,000
130,044,000
1, 597, 977. 000
3, 000, 000
37, 000
80,940,000
55,000
Million
dollars
713.3
8.5.8
120.0
384.8
.3
40.3
98.0
31.4
248.5
1.2
.3
3.1
2.5
Million
dollars
1,2.54.9
130.9
Rice . . .
Cwt
Bales ....
. . do . . . .
236.9
Cotton
540.3
.3
Meat products
Pound . . .
. . do . . . .
40.3
98.0
Dairy products ...
. . do . . . .
51.6
. . do . . . .
257.2
Poultry
. . do . . . .
1.2
Dry edible beans
Fruits and vegetables . . .
Seeds
Cwt
Pound ....
Cwt
.3
3.1
2.5
Total commodities . .
1,729.5
208.7
2,617.4
Ocean transportation . . .
208.7
Total
1,938.2
2,826.1
' Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
2 Feed wheat, 2,234.000 bushels: com, 27,095,000 bushels; oats, 6,843,000
bushels; barley, 24,960,000 bushels; grain sorghums, 5,795,000 bushels.
port market value through December 31, 1956, of
which about $345 million represented shipments
made during the reporting period. The export
market value of commodities programed under all
agreements signed through December 31, 1956,
was approximately $1,729.5 million (excluding
ocean transportation costs).
Except for cotton, substantially all of the com-
modities programed through June 30, 1956, had
been exported by December 31, 1956. The large
carryover of cotton from fiscal year 1955 and 1956
agreements was reduced by heavy shipments dur-
ing the reporting period. This reduction resulted
principally from the Ccc cotton export program
to sell cotton at competitive prices.
Shipments since the beginning of the program
through December 31, 1956, totaled about 7.5 mil-
lion metric tons, of which about 3 million metric
tons were shipped during the reporting period.
Increases in Government export programs and
increased world trade resulted in a serious short-
age of privately owned U.S.-flag commercial ves-
sels. This situation was aggravated by the closing
of the Suez Canal. The Federal Maritime Board,
in November and December, authorized the release
of 70 Government-owned vessels for use by U.S.
operators in transporting agricultural commodi-
ties.
USUAL MARKETINGS
In accordance with the provisions of title I re-
quiring reasonable safeguards that sales of agri-
cultural commodities for foreign currencies shall
184
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
not displace our usual marketings or be unduly
disruptive of world market prices, appropriate
assurances have been obtained from governments
with ■which agreements have been negotiated.
Also, sales for foreign currencies under title I
have been made at the price level no lower than
that for commodities available for export sales for
dollars.
CURRENCY USES
Under agreements entered into during the July-
December 1956 period the dollar values of planned
foreign currency uses for the ten purposes speci-
fied in section 104 of the act are shown in Table
III.
TABLE III
Planned Uses of Foreign Curbenct Under Agree-
ments Signed During July-December 1956
Million
dollar
equiva-
lent
Percent
of total
Ap-lcultural market development (sec. 104 (a)) ' . . .
Purchases of strategic material (sec. 104 (b)) '
11.0
1.3
Common defense (sec. 104 (c))
65.3
6.6
54.0
182.1
571.9
2.0
1.7
4.6
6 2
Purchase of goods for other countries (sec. 104 (d))'. . .
Grants for balanced economic development and trade
among nations (sec. 104 (e)) . .
.6
6 1
Payment of United States obligations (sec. 104 (0) '. .
Loans for multilateral trade and economic development
(sec. 104 (g))
20.5
64 4
International educational exchange (sec. 104 (h)) '. . .
Translation, publication, and distribution of books
and periodicals (sec. 104 (i)) ■
.2
.2
Assistance to American-sponsored schools, libraries,
and community centers (sec. 104 (j))
.6
Total
2 888.2
100 0
• Inorder to provide flexibility in the use of funds, many agreements provide
that a specified amount of local currency proceeds may be used under sec.
104 (a), (b), (0, (h), and (i). In some instances, possible uses under sec.
104 (d) are also included in this category. Therefore, estimates based on the
best information now available are indicated above under subsections (a),
(b), (h), and (i). Balances not otherwise distributed are Included under
subsection (f). This distribution is subject to revision when allocations
have been completed.
' Includes ocean transportation financed by CCO except for estimated $6
million difTerential in the Indian agreement for which no rupee deposits
will be required.
Agricultural marJcet development. — Section 104
(a) : A part of the foreign currencies accruing
from title I sales is being used to assist the develop-
ment and expansion of foreign markets for United
States agricultural products.
Market development projects are initiated and
carried out in close cooperation with United States
and foreign trade groups in a manner designed to
be beneficial to both groups. In most cases, the
United States Government ftirnishes part of the
foreign currencies required for the projects and
supervises the activities. The United States trade
group carries out the project and provides for the
necessary dollar costs. The cooperating foreign
trade gi'oup meets part of the local costs.
This procedure gives private traders in the
United States and abroad the opportimity to work
together on the problems of expanding old and
developing new commercial mai'kets for United
States agricultural commodities on a continuing
basis. It ensures that projects are beneficial to
both the United States and the foreign country.
During the period July-December 1956, over 20
projects were approved providing for commitment
of about $2 million equivalent in foreign curren-
cies. This brings total commitments to about $4.1
million equivalent as of December 31, 1956. The
U.S. farm commodities to be promoted abroad un-
der these projects are cotton, wheat and flour, beef
cattle, dairy cattle, soybeans, tobacco, fruit, tallow,
dairy products, poultry and eggs.
Types of activities included in these projects are
visits by foreign trade representatives, consumer
preference surveys, advertising and public rela-
tions programs, market surveys, exhibitions and
demonstrations, merchandising and other special-
ized training in marketing. Arrangements were
made for these activities to take place in twenty
countries.
Three new types of projects undertaken during
the reporting period follow :
(1) A team of German food inspection experts
was brought to the U.S. to acquaint them with ac-
cepted American pure-food standards and meth-
ods of food preservation. A basis for a better un-
derstanding was sought so that more U.S. proc-
essed agricultural products may be admitted into
Germany ;
(2) A world-wide survey of prices of agricul-
tural commodities at producer, wholesale, and re-
tail levels was started. The study should permit
simultaneous price comparisons of specific com-
modities at particular stages of marketing. It is
expected to show where there are price advantages
to the U.S. in international trade for particular
commodities and to indicate the countries in which
market development activities would be most
fruitful. A private research firm with world-
wide branches has been employed to make the
study; and
(3) Arrangements were made whereby the U.S.
fruit export trade contributed pictorial material
for an illustrated catalog to be printed in Austria
for distribution there and in other countries. The
48-page booklet in color should serve to introduce
various U.S. fruit items to foreign importers.
February 4, 7957
185
Trade fairs: Market development projects are
also conducted through participation in interna-
tional trade and food fair's. During calendar year
1956, U.S. agricultural exhibits under Public Law
480 were shown at trade and food fairs with a total
attendance of nearly 7,500,000. Exhibits in pros-
pect for the early part of 1957 include Verona,
Italy ; Barcelona, Spain ; and Tokyo, Japan.
United States exhibits in these fairs are organ-
ized cooperatively with private agricultural trade
groups. In general, exhibit ideas, technical per-
sonnel, and display materials for the agricultural
exhibits are provided by the trade groups. The
Government organizes and manages the exhibits ;
rents the space ; provides for the design, construc-
tion, and operation of the exhibits ; ships necessary
materials and commodities; and provides travel
and per diem for industrial technicians and com-
modity specialists participating in the joint effort.
Trade fairs serve to acquaint large numbers of
people with the quality and availability of U.S.
agricultural products. It permits many prospec-
tive customers to see, taste, and feel these products
for the first time.
The largest agricultural exhibit during the
July-December 1956 period was at the British
Food Fair in London, August 28-September 15.
At this major fair, with a total attendance of more
than 500,000, the U.S. featured meat, lard, frozen
poultry, dairy products, grain products, rice, and
frozen foods. Samples distributed included f i-ank-
furters, cheese, milk solids, doughnuts, and orange
juice made from frozen concentrate. Five repre-
sentatives of U.S. agricultural trade associations
assisted with the exhibit and used the occasion to
establish contacts with British trade leaders.
Smaller agricultural displays held during the
period were in connection with Department of
Commerce exhibits at Vienna, Austria ; Salonica,
Greece ; Zagreb, Yugoslavia ; Bangkok, Thailand ;
and, for the second successive year, Bogota, Co-
lombia. The Bogota exhibit of wheat and flour
and the Bangkok exhibit of recombined milk were
arranged in direct support of the work of U.S.
market development teams operating in those
countries.
Purchase of strategic materials. — Section 104
(b) : No local currency was earmarked for this
purpose under title I agi'eements entered into
during the reporting period. The total amount of
local currency earmarked to date for the purchase
of strategic materials is $7.2 million.
Common defense. — Section 104 (c) : This section
of the act jirovides that local currency proceeds of
sales may be used to procure military equipment,
materials, facilities, and services for the common
defense. During the reporting period, $55.3 mil-
lion equivalent was earmarked for this purpose.
This brings the total amoimt planned for common
defense to $221.3 million for agreements signed
with Brazil, the Eepublic of China (Taiwan),
Iran, Korea, Pakistan, and Yugoslavia. The use
of $20.5 million equivalent has been authorized so
far, including about $14.5 million worth of rupees
to Pakistan and $6 million worth of hwan to Korea.
In Pakistan the funds provided are being used
primarily to meet military construction and Paki-
stani troop support costs. Currency available in
Korea is being used to bolster the military position
of the Eepublic of Korea.
Purchases of goods for other friendly coun-
tries.—Section 104 (d) : This section provides that
the U.S. may use local currency proceeds of siirplus
commodity sales to purchase goods and services for
other friendly countries. Sales agreements may
eannark specific amounts or may provide that un-
sjiecified portions of sales proceeds which will be
set aside for U.S. uses may be used for this purpose.
The act provides that, unless the requirement is
waived, dollar reimbursement must be made to
Ccc if local currency is used to procure goods or
services which will be furnished on a grant basis.
There is usually no advance commitment by the
U.S. to use these funds either to procure specific
goods or services or to authorize purchases for a
particular country. Certain standards conform-
ing closely with commercial practices have been
established for the use of these f mids. These are
designed to avoid undue disruption of normal
trade patterns and to assure that purchases are
made at competitive prices.
Use of about $12 million equivalent of these
funds has been authorized, including $3.3 million
worth of yen during the last six months. The
equivalent of $1.3 million of yen will be used to buy
Japanese cement needed in Taiwan. In addition,
$2 million of yen were used. to furnish some of the
immediate needs for civilian relief in the Ryukyu
Islands following typhoon "Emma".
Grants for economic development. — Section 104
(e) : About $60 million of local currency has been
earmarked for grants for economic development.
These are matle only in special circumstances and
186
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
comprise about 3 percent of the total sales proceeds
expected to accrue.
Payment of United States obligations. — Section
10-i (f) : Agreements signed during the period
July-December 1956 tentatively earmarked $182.1
million, or 20.5 percent of sales proceeds, for the
payment of United States obligations. Not all of
these funds will be used for the payment of U.S.
obligations because a number of agreements signed
during the period of this report include a com-
bined total for several U.S. purposes, such as
market development, purchases of goods for other
comitries, and international educational exchange,
as well as for the payment of U.S. obligations.
Since dollar reimbursement is required for nearly
all of the fimds used under section 104 (f) even-
tual dollar recovery may be considerably more than
the 10 percent minimum stipulated in the act.
All dollar payments for these foreign currencies
are credited to the Commodity Credit Corpora-
tion. Reimbureement to Ccc will be spread over a
number of years and is likely to be considerably
less than the total earmarked under this section.
This is because (1) re-payments for military fam-
ily housing will extend over many years; (2)
currencies available for Treasury sale accumulate
in some countries where U.S. agency expenditures
are low ; and (3) losses are sustained in some cases
due to exchange rate differentials.
The Treasury Department sells foreign cur-
rencies to Government agencies for appropriated
dollars at the rate of exchange at which they could
otherwise obtain the currencies. This is not nec-
essarily the same exchange rate as is applicable
to the commodity sales. The dollar return to Ccc
consequently is often less than the dollar market
value of the commodities sold.
In countries such as Turkey and Spain, most
sales are to defense agencies for use in meeting the
costs of military base construction. Substantial
purchases are also made by such agencies as the
Department of State and the United States In-
formation Agency, which have continuing needs
for funds to meet administrative and operating
expenses.
A small portion of these currencies has been
made available for con'gi-essional travel expenses,
a use exempted from the requirement for dollar
disbui-sement by section 502 (b) of Public Law
665, 83d Congress.
Military farmly housing. — Public Law 765, 83d
Congress, Public Law 161, and Public Law 968,
February 4, 1957
84th Congress, authorize the use of up to $250
million worth of foreign cm-rencies generated by
title I sales for construction, rent, or procurement
of United States military family housing and re-
lated community facilities in foreign countries.
This legislation further provides that Ccc shall be
reimbursed from appropriations available for the
payment of quarters allowances to the extent the
housing is occupied.
Tentative allocation of local currency for pur-
chase or construction of military family housing
amounted to a total of $98.4 million equivalent in
agreements with the following countries:
Million dollar
equivalent
Austria 6. 4
Finland 7. 0
Greece 2. 0
Italy 13.0
Japan -•>• 1
Portugal 1-5
Spain 16. 0
United Kingdom 27. 4
Total 98.4
During the reporting period, Greece and Portu-
gal were added to the list of countries in which
military family housing programs were being de-
veloped.
The amount allocated in Italy was raised from
$3.5 million in Italian lire to $13 million. The
program now provides for a total of 616 units in-
cluding 45 units for the Air Force, 415 for the
Army, and 156 for the Navy.
In the LTnited Kingdom, a substantial number
of units for the Air Force and the Navy has been
completed mider the 1955 agreement ($15.2 mil-
lion). Approximately 1,000 additional units, to-
gether with related community facilities, will be
constructed with the $12.2 million equivalent
available from the second sales agreement signed
in June 1956.
Loans for multilateral trade and economic de-
velopment.— Section 104 (g) : Over $1 billion of
local currencies — just over half of the total pro-
ceeds expected from sales made to date — will be
lent by the United States to purchasing countries
to promote economic development and inter-
national trade. Over half of these loan funds will
be available to countries in the Near East and
Asia. This includes the large loan components
of the multi-year programs for Indonesia and
India; funds which will accrue for loan purposes
as a result of sales to Japan; and substantial
amounts earmarked for seven other countries in
this area. Almost $300 million equivalent will be
set aside for loans to five Western European coun-
187
tries, including Italy, Spain, and Yugoslavia.
About $225 million in local currencies will be
available for loans to Brazil, Chile, and five other
Latin American countries to which U.S. surplus
farm products have been sold under this program.
Plans for the productive use of these funds are
gradually being developed by the foreign govern-
ments in cooperation with the United States.
Special emphasis is being placed upon appropri-
ate coordination of plans for the use of these sub-
stantial local currency resources with the overall
development programs of the coimtries. Foreign
governments are being encouraged to use some
of these funds for relending to private enterprise.
Loans will be made through established banking
facilities of the comitry concerned to locally-
owned companies, as well as to those financed by
U.S. investors and by investors from other
friendly foreign coimtries. Some of the funds may
also be used to cover a portion of the local costs of
development projects for which foreign exchange
financing is being furnished by the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development and
the Export-Import Bank. Loan funds may also
be used to supplement planned governmental ex-
penditures for roads, port, and storage facilities,
and other public improvements. Thus over the
next several years, these funds are expected to
make an important contribution to the economic
growth of many friendly foreign countries.
The agreements specify terms and conditions of
repayment which have been developed in cooper-
ation with the National Advisory Council on
International Monetary and Financial Problems.
Strategic materials, services, foreign currencies,
or dollars may be accepted in payment of the
loans.
During the last six months, loan agreements
have been concluded with six countries providing
for local currency loans of $131 million equiva-
lent. Since the beginning of the program, the
equivalent of $236 million in loans have been
negotiated with 11 countries. This includes (in
million dollar equivalents) : Austria, $16.0; Bra-
zil, $31.32; Chile, $4.0; Colombia, $10.0 ; Ecuador,
$3.1; Greece, $4.2; Israel, $31.29; Japan, $108.85;
Peru, $7.75 ; Spain, $10.5 ; and Yugoslavia, $9.0.
A further acceleration in the rate at which loan
agreements are concluded is expected. Negotia-
tions are progressing and some of the problems
which have occasioned delays in the past are near-
ing solution. In addition, it is anticipated that a
much shorter time should be required to negotiate
successive loan agreements with those countries
with wliich more than one sales agreement has
been entered into.
Most of the loan agreements concluded so far
provide only that the funds will be used for eco-
nomic development, without reference to specific
projects. Countries may then formulate their
plans for the use of these funds over a period
of time. In some instances, however, virtual
agreement on fund utilization is reached at the
same time that the loan is negotiated. Actual
disbursement of funds is authorized as local cur-
rency deposits become available and as funds are
needed for the projects.
By December 31, 1956, economic development
projects involving expenditures of up to $181 mil-
lion equivalent have been approved for 8 countries
including (in million dollar equivalents) : Aus-
tria, $1.5; Brazil, $31.32; Chile, $4.0; Ecuador,
$3.1 ; Israel, $15.4 ; Japan, $108.85 ; Peru, $7.75 ;
and Spain, $9.0. Of these amounts, expenditures
of up to $84 million equivalent were approved dur-
ing the last six months including (in million dollar
equivalents) : Peru, $3.35 ; Brazil, $31.32 ; and
Japan, $49.35. Most of the Peruvian soles will be
used in connection with the irrigation project ap-
proved some time ago. About $1.5 million
equivalent may be used in the drought area in the
southern part of the country for construction of
farm-to-market roads, agi'icultural credit, and
similar projects. Present plans contemplate the
use of a substantial portion of the Brazilian
cruzeiros for improvement of rail and river trans-
port facilities. Funds will also be used to finance
storage construction, expansion of electric power
and for other industrial purposes. Japanese yen
will also be used for electric power development,
as well as for reclamation of industrial land sites,
forestry, food processing, and similar projects.
About $13 million of these funds will be used to
finance irrigation, drainage, and reclamation of
agricultural land.
In general, the U.S. considers that it is unwise
to use these funds directly for projects which may
result in increased production of agricultural
commodities already in world surplus. However,
in countries like Japan, which even at their pres-
ent poj)u]ation levels must import a very large
percentage of their food requirements, any small
increases in production will readily be consumed
at home and will not enter into world markets.
188
Department of Stale Bulletin
International Educational Exchange. — Section
104 (h) : The educational exchange program is
authorized by Congress to help promote mutual
understanding between the people of the United
States and those of other countries.
Based upon the planned uses of foreign cur-
rency under agreements signed from the beginning
of the program through December 31, 1956, seven
educational exchange programs are expected to
be reactivated or extended (Public Law 584, 79th
Congress, the Fulbright Act) for which the
original souixes of foreign currency have been
exhausted.
In addition, the planned use for the foreign
currency is providing a base for initiating eleven
educational exchange programs under the Ful-
bright Act, including seven in Latin America.
Negotiations for new or extended agreements
to support educational exchange programs are
underway as follows (values in dollar equivalent) :
Argentina, $600,000; Brazil, $980,000; Chile,
$500,000; Colombia, $500,000; Ecuador, $300,000;
Finland, $250,000; Japan, $750,000; Korea,
$900,000; Pakistan, $1,050,000; Paraguay,
$150,000; Peru, $500,000; Portugal, $300,000;
Spain, $600,000; Thailand, $400,000; and Turkey,
$750,000.
Additional programs in active preparation in-
clude Indonesia, $600,000 ; Iran, $750,000 ; Repub-
lic of Chma (Taiwan), $750,000; and India,
$1,800,000.
Translation, publication., and distribution of
books and periodicals. — Section 104 (i) : As indi-
cated previously, subsection (i) was added to
section 104 of the act by the Mutual Security Act
of 1954. Not more than $5 million may be allo-
cated for this purpose during any fiscal year.
It is planned that American textbook exhibits
will be furnished to educators abroad for ultimate
use in schools of their countries.
To facilitate the program, local currencies will
be used to acquire rights to books, procure paper,
translate textbook material, and furnish printing
equipment.
Assistance to American-sponsored schools, li-
braries, and com/munity centers. — Section 104 (j) :
This subsection was added to section 104 of the
act by Public Law 962, 84th Congress. Through
December 31, 1956, the equivalent of $4.6 million
was planned for this currency use. The currency
will be used to aid American sponsored schools
abroad and binational organizations which pro-
mote U.S. interests and mutual understanding.
Agreements entered into with Brazil, Italy, Paki-
stan, Spain, and Turkey provide for section 104
(j) uses.
American sponsored schools will be aided
through the purchase of land, buildings, and
equipment. Buildings acquired will not only
make more classrooms available but will result
in more laboratories and dormitories. For ex-
ample, it is planned that the American School in
Rome will acquire a small tract of land for play-
ground and other school purposes; it is further
planned that the villa now used for classrooms will
be re-modeled to provide dormitory space not now
available. Local currencies will also be used to
offer scholarships (for children of the foreign
country), to augment teachers' salaries, and for
curriculum improvement.
Binational organizations will be aided through
the purchase and lease of buildings and through
furnishing books and other educational materials.
In addition to binational center projects, this au-
thority will be used to support such educational
facilities as the Institute of American Studies in
Rome.
Title II
Title II of the act provides a continuing means
by which the U.S. can use surplus farm products
held by Ccc to help friendly foreign people in
time of need. By Executive Order, the Interna-
tional Cooperation Administration is responsible
for administering this program. Under present
legislation, the program will end on June 30, 1957,
and expenditures are limited to $500 million, in-
cluding Ccc's investment in the conmiodities.
Cumulative obligations totaled $280 million on
December 31, 1956.
During the reporting period about $46 million
worth of dried milk, fats, wheat, rice, and other
grain products have been used for these purposes.
In addition, about $16 million was used to pay
some of the costs of ocean transportation of these
commodities, as well as those donated to U.S.
voluntary and intergovernmental agencies for
distribution abroad.
About $15 million of surplus commodities have
been authorized to help feed the Hungarian refu-
gees in Austria and for distribution in Hungary
by the International Conmiittee of Red Cross.
More will be authorized if and when needed.
Supplies of food readily available from stocks
fehtMoty/ 4, 1957
189
held mainly by U.S. voluntary agencies in Europe
were used during the initial emergency. These
will be replaced by direct shipments of dried
milk, cheese, wheat, flour, and other grains and
grain products from the United States.
About 40,000 tons of wheat will be furnished to
Afghanistan to alleviate a threatened bread short-
age resulting from floods in the southern part of
the country and drought in the northern area.
Shipment of 20,000 tons of wheat has been author-
ized to help victims of the floods which occurred
in Iran last July. About 45,000 tons of wheat will
go to Tunisia for free distribution to the needy
and for use as payment for work relief. Severe
drought and premature frosts in the mountainous
regions of Bolivia seriously reduced winter food
supplies. Shipment of 8,000 tons of rice and 5,000
tons of wheat, valued at $3.1 million, has been
authorized to meet the threat of famine there.
Over 200,000 bags of rice will be contributed for
relief in the Kyukyus Islands following severe
typhoon damage last summer. About 3,000 tons
of dried milk will be shipped to India to replace
stocks released by Unicef for emergency distribu-
tion to flood victims.
Italy will receive $13.5 million of foods to carry
on the expanded school lunch program under-
taken in fiscal year 1955. A similar program has
been started in Japan and $15 million of wheat
and dried milk has been furnished for this purpose.
Commitments made earlier for relief supplies to
Yugoslavia, British Honduras, and Mexico were
also fulfilled during the last six months.
Title III
Title III of the act covers donations for domes-
tic use and for distribution abroad by nonprofit
voluntary agencies and intergovernmental organi-
zations as well as Ccc barter activities.
Section 302, domestic donations.— Bnv'mg the
July-December 1956 period, the distribution of
surplus commodities to domestic outlets has been
made under authority of the act and under author-
ity of section 32 of the Agricultural Act of 1935,
as amended.
For the reporting period domestic donations
totaled approximately 518 million pounds of which
about 104 million pounds, valued at $5.6 million,
was distributed under title III. Domestic recipi-
ents of these commodities consisted of more than
11 million children in public and private schools,
1.4 million jiersons in charitable institutions and
about 3 million needy persons in family units.
Section 302, foreign donations. — Section 302 of
the act authorizes donations of surplus foods in
Ccc stocks to United States nonprofit voluntarj'
relief agencies and to intergovernmental organiza-
tions, such as the United Nations International
Children's Emergency Fund to assist needy per-
sons outside of the United States. Most of these
agencies have been making regiilar relief distribu-
tion around the world for many yeai-s. The avail-
ability of surplus food permits them to distribute
substantially lai'ger amounts of relief foods than
would be possible from their own private financing.
Processing, packaging, and other related costs
are paid under this authority. The Agricultural
Act of 1956, enacted May 28, 1956, permits the use
of title II funds to finance the ocean freight costs
of these shipments. In some instances, ocean
freight costs are paid in whole or in part by the
agencies or the government of the recipient coim-
try. The foreign governments accord duty-free
entrance to these shipments; either the foreign
government or the relief agencies pay the cost of
transportation within the foreign countries. The
commodities are clearly identified as a gift from
the people of the United States. The foods are
given free to needy persons who do not have the
means to buy them. Program requests and opera-
tions in each comitry are reviewed by a committee
consisting of representatives of United States
diplomatic missions, foreign govenmients, and the
voluntary agencies. Assurances are obtained that
the relief program does not conflict with normal
commercial trade or other United States surplus
food disposal operations.
Corn meal and wheat flour were added July 1,
1956, to the list of commodities available for
foreign donation. Butter and butter oil, which
were available during the fiscal year 1956, were
withdrawn on July 1, 1956, because Ccc inven-
tories of butt«r were depleted and anticipated
purchases were not expected to be sufHcient to cover
more than sales and domestic requirements. For
the same reason, dry beans were withdrawn from
the list on September 30, 1956, and rice was with-
drawn on December 31, 1956. Because of the de-
pletion of inventories, the quantity of non-fat dry
milk available for foreign donation will be reduced
substantially during the third quarter of the fiscal
year 1957. The quantity and value of commodi-
ties approved for foreign donation for the period
July-December 1956, are shown in Table IV.
190
Department of State Bulletin
TABLE IV
Commodities Approved for Donation for Foreign
Relief Through Nonprofit Voluntary Agencies
AND Intergovernmental Organizations, July-De-
cember 1956
Commodity
Potinds
Estimated
CCC cost
Millions
24.6
63.5
13.7
147.9
248.3
196.6
69.7
142.0
Million
dollars
2.3
28.0
.5
6.6
46.7
Rice
23.8
2.9
Wheat flour
8.3
Total
896.2
118.1
Section 303, Barter. — Tliis authoi-ity, one of six
successive legislative acts providing for barter,
reempliasized this progi-am by directing the Secre-
tary of Agriculture to expedite barter operations
and by directing other agencies to cooperate.
Subsequently, Public Law 968, previously noted,
authorized certain U.S. military housing acqui-
sition abroad with foreign currencies generated
by agricultural export programs, including barter.
Barter is effected through contracts between
Ccc and private United States business firms
under which the contracting firms use commercial
trade channels in fulfilling these contracts. Bar-
ter contracts provide for the delivery of specified
materials with payment to be received in Ccc-
owned agricultural commodities which must be
TABLE V
Comparison of Barter Contracts Entered Into in
Specified Periods '
Materials
1949-50
through
1953-64
1964-55
1955-56
July-De-
cember
1956
Million dollars
Strategic:
Minimum stockpile
71.8
5.7
152.8
100.9
4.9
189.7
109.9
bo! 1
112.6
Total strategic
71.8
269.4
304.5
132.7
'TcP^!
28.4
7.4
22.4
8.6
other
2.7
14.7
Total supply
36.8
22.4
11.3
14.7
Grand total
107.6
281.8
316.8
147.4
1 Years beginning July 1. December 1956 preliminary.
' Contracted for by CCC against the ODM supplemental stockpile procure-
ment directives to USD A for kinds, quantities^ and specifications. Materials
to be transferred to GSA as provided by section 206 of the Agricultural Act
of 1956.
' Materials, goods, and equipment for other Government agencies.
exported by the contractor. The origin of ma-
terials and the destination of agricultural com-
modities are limited to friendly countries but are
not required to be identical.
As a supporting export program, barter is de-
signed to permit purchase by U.S. firms of ma-
terials abroad for Government use conditional
upon the firms' ability to export an equivalent
value of agricultural commodities from Ccc in-
ventories in payment.
TABLE VI
Agricultural Commodities Exported Through Barter in Specified Periods '
Unit
1949-50
through
1963-54
1954-55
1955-56
July-December 1966 '
Commodities
Under all
contracts
1955-66
contracts
1956-57
contracts
Quantities in thousand units
Wheat
Bu
. . do
33,445
9,388
990
46, 261
4,381
4,725
5,244
2,835
217
19, 687
68,646
65, 148
22, 089
41,841
14, 906
3,912
15,044
61
36
61, 991
8,806
12, 137
10, 316
12, 306
4,254
40, 603
6,305
10. 436
9,766
9,312
3,327
21,388
2,600
Cwt
Bu
. . do
1,701
661
Oats . ...
2,994
. . do
927
Lb
Bale
M. T
4,630
56
20
Cotton 3
491
30
376
30
115
others *
6
Total quantity (metric tons)
1,227
1,759
5,544
3,431
2,518
913
Million doUars
107.6
124.6
300.4
228. 0
168.4
69.6
' Years beginning July 1.
2 Includes partial estimate for December.
s July-December 1956 represents sales with exportation to be made within 1 year under new cotton export sales program (aimouncement CN-EX-2, dated
April 17, 1956, as amended).
' Includes flaxseed, dried skim milk, linseed oil, cottonseed meal, soybeans, tobacco, peanuts, and beans.
februaty 4, 1957
191
Barter contracts negotiated during the July-
December 1956 period totaled $147.4 million.
Barter exports of agricultural commodities from
Ccc inventories against outstanding contracts,
largely contracts negotiated prior to July 1956,
had an export market value of $228 million in
July-December 1956 in comparison with barter
material deliveries to Ccc of $95.5 million in this
same period. Barter contractors are encouraged
to take agricultural commodities in advance of
material deliveries to effect storage savings, and
the excess in agricultural commodity exports is
covered by cash deposits or irrevocable letters
of credit in favor of Ccc.
Barter contracts negotiated in this reporting
period were at a much lower rate than for the pre-
vious reporting period when contracts totaled
$266.7 million, and slightly lower than the pre-
vious average 6-month rate of $149.4 million imder
the expanded barter program.
Agricultural commodity exports by contractors
in fulfillment of barter contracts with Ccc were
the highest for any 6-month period to date, total-
ing $228 million for the period covered by this re-
port ( Table VI ) . Exports under barter contracts
will fluctuate in accordance with activity in this
field.
TABLE VII
Value of AoRicnLTURAL Commoditt Exports Under
Barter bt Destination, July 1, 1954, Through De-
cember 31, 1956 »
[Thousand dollars]
Country
Value
Country
Value
Austria _ .
3,916
66,346
647
1,145
644
164
172
3,545
7,538
47
14
1,491
32, 662
66, 171
11, 160
142
653
96
17,650
6,848
6,452
91,040
Korea
3,069
9,922
90,858
Belgium
Mexico
BrazU
Netherlands
ChUe
Colombia
36
Costa Rica
Cuba
Portugal
2,624
33
Denmark . .
Saudi Arabia
Egypt
Spain
4,621
1 159
El Salvador
Sweden
Ecuador
Finland.- . -
Taiwan (Formosa)
Trieste
2,822
1,337
6, 816
118, 633
27
France
West Germany
Turkey
Greece
Guatemala
India
Iran
2,663
77,988
Ireland
Israel
Total
Italy..
653,036
Japan
A total of 41 coimtries has received agricultural
commodities exported under barter arrangements
since the expanded barter program beginning July
1, 1954, through December 31, 1956, as shown in
Table VII.
The rate of material deliveries to Ccc by con-
tractors against barter agreements in the report
period increased somewhat over that for past pe-
riods. Acquisitions of strategic materials to date
have been limited to materials within the Office of
Defense Mobilization procurement directives to
the Department of Agriculture for both the stra-
tegic and supplemental stockpiles. Materials de-
livered in the report period compared with past
deliveries are indicated in Table VIII.
TABLE VIII
Value of Materials Delivered by Barter Contrac-
tors IN Specified Periods '
1949-60
through
1953-54
1954-56
1955-66
July-December 1966 >
Material
Under
all con-
tracts
1955-56
con-
tracts
1966-67
con-
tracts
Million dollars
Strategic:
Minimum stockpile .
Long-term stockpile .
71.8
4.8
54.6
2.1
3.5
92.7
72.2
1.3
42.2
61.4
1.3
39.1
42.6
3 1
Supplemental stock-
pile 3
8 9
Total strategic . .
71.8
61.5
168.4
94.9
82.9
12.0
'?cfi'':'
28.4
7.4
21.1
9.0
.6
.6
Other
Total supply. . .
35.8
21.1
9.0
.6
.6
Grand total . . .
107.6
82.6
177.4
95.6
83.6
12.0
1 Commodity values at export market prices. Includes partial estimate
(or Di'iiliilirr 19.66.
" Iniiiiclrs Cyprus ($6,000) and other .shipments for which documents listing
couinrus of dostination have not been processed. Includes cotton valued at
$00.6 million for which contractors have one year from purchase to effect
export under special cotton export program.
■ Years beginning July 1.
' Includes partial estimate for December. 1956-56 also includes certain
deliveries against earlier contracts.
s Contracted for against the ODM supplemental stockpile procurement
directives to USDA for kinds, quantities, and specifications. Alaterials to
be transferred to GSA as provided by section 206 of the Agricultural Act of
1966.
' Materials, goods, and equipment for other Government agencies.
To date, virtually no materials acquired by Ccc
against long-term objectives have been transferred
to the strategic stockpile. Also, although no
materials have been transferred from Ccc inven-
tories to the supplemental stockpile as authorized
by the Agricultural xVct of 1956, it is expected
that such transfers will be act-omplislied soon.
As of November 30, 1956, Ccc inventories of stra-
tegic materials for transfer to the stockpile were
valued at $222 million of which $110.1 million
were procured against long-term objectives of the
192
Department of State Bulletin
strategic stockpile and $111.9 million against
0dm supplemental stockpile objectives.'
Dr. Fitzgerald Appointed Chairman
of Advisory Committee on the Arts
Press release 26 dated January 16
The United States Advisory Commission on
Educational Exchange annoimced on January 16
that it has designated Chairman Rufus H. Fitz-
' An appendix to this report contains the following ad-
ditional tables (not printed here) :
Table I : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed July 1, 1956,
through Dec. 31, 1906.
Table II : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed from beginning
of program through Dec. 31, 1956.
Table III : Approximate quantities of commodities
under title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed July 1,
1956, through Doc. 31, 1956.
Table IV : Approximate quantities of commodities
under title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed from
beginning of program through Dec. 31, 1956.
Table V : Planned uses of foreign currency under title
I, Public Law 480 agreements signed July 1, 1956, through
Dec. 31, 1956.
Table VI : Planned uses of foreign currency under title
I, Public Law 480 agreements signed from beginning of
program through Dec. 31, 1956.
Table VII : Transfer authorizations issued under title
II, Public Law 480, July 1, 1954, through Dec. 31, 1956.
gerald as chairman of the Advisory Committee on
the Arts. This committee was created by Public
Law 860, 84th Congress, to advise the President,
the Secretary of State, and the United States Ad-
visory Commission on Educational Exchange con-
cerning the promotion and strengthening of
international relations through cultural exchanges.
The provisions of the act call for a chairman to be
selected by the United States Advisory Commis-
sion on Educational Exchange from among its
membership and nine other members to be ap-
I^ointed by the Secretary of State.
Arthur H. Edens, vice chairman of the com-
mission and president of Duke University, stated
that the designation of Dr. Fitzgerald as chair-
man of this committee would assure strong leader-
ship of the committee because of his knowledge
and experience in this field. Chairman Fitz-
gerald, chancellor emeritus of the University of
Pittsburgh, was director and professor of the
School of Fine Arts and head of the Department
of History and Appreciation of Fine Arts at the
State University of Iowa from 1929 to 1938.
In addition to Chairman Fitzgerald and Vice
Chairman Edens, the presidentially appointed
Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange
is composed of : Mrs. Anna L. Rose Hawkes, presi-
dent of the American Association of University
Women and recently retired dean of Mills Col-
lege ; Arthur A. Hauck, president of the Univer-
sity of Maine ; and Laird Bell, Chicago attorney.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings^
Adjourned During January 1957
ICAO Special North Atlantic Fixed Services Meeting Montreal Jan. 3-21
FAO Statistical Subcommittee of the Cocoa Study Group: 1st Rome Jan. 7-9
Meeting.
U.N. ECE Working Party on Standard Conditions of Sale of Citrus Geneva Jan. 7-11
Fruits.
U.N. ECOSOC Transport and Communications Commission: 8th New Yorli Jan. 7-16
Session.
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Jan. 16, 1957. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: ICAO, International Civil Aviation Organization; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization;
U.N., United Nations; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; ICEM, Inter-
governmental Committee for European Migration; WMO, World Meteorological Organization; GATT, General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade; UNREF, United Nations Refugee Fund; UPU, Universal Postal Union; SEATO, Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; UNESCO, United Nations Edu-
cational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; ILO, International Labor Organization; UNICEF, United Nations
Children's Fund; ITU, International Telecommunication Union.
February 4, 1957
193
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Adjourned During January 1957 — Continued
ICAO Panel on Visual Aids to Approach and Landing London Jan. 7-19
ICE M Working Party Geneva Jan. 8-12
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: Working Party on Colombo, Ceylon Jan. 8-18
Coconut and Coconut Products.
WMO Working Group on Meteorological Telecommunications of Las Palmas, Canary Islands . . Jan. 10-19
Regional Association I (Africa): 3d Session.
ICEM Executive Committee: Special Session Geneva Jan. 14-18
U.N. ECE Agricultural Problems Committee: 8th Meeting . . . . Geneva Jan. 14-18
WMO Commission for Climatology: 2d Session Washington Jan. 14-25
GATT Contracting Parties: Intersessional Committee Geneva Jan. 15(1 day)
U.N. ECE Meeting on Data-Processing Electronic Machines . . . Geneva Jan. 21-24
FAO Special Committee on Observer Status Rome Jan. 21-25
Conference for Coordination of Very High Frequency Mobile Fre- The Hague Jan. 21-26
quencies in Certain High Traffic Areas of the North and Baltic
Seas.
UNREF Standing Program Subcommittee: 4th Session Geneva Jan. 23-28
Inter-American Committee of Presidential Representatives: 2d Washington Jan. 28-30*
Meeting.
International Sugar Council: Statistical Committee London Jan. 28 (1 day)
International Sugar Council: Executive Committee London Jan. 28 (1 day)
International Sugar Council: 11th Session London Jan. 29-31*
In Session as of January 31, 1957
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington Nov. 28, 1955-
U.N. General Assembly: 1 1th Session New York Nov. 12, 1956-
ICAO Panel on Future Requirements of Turbo-Jet Aircraft: 2d Montreal Jan. 21-
Meeting.
FAO/ECE International Consultation on Insulation Board, Hard- Geneva Jan. 21-
board, and Particle Board.
WMO Regional Association I (Africa) : 2d Session Las Palmas, Canary Islands . . Jan. 21-
UPU Executive and Liaison Committee: Airmail Subcommittee . . Luxor, Egypt Jan. 29-
UNREF Executive Committee: 4th Session Geneva Jan. 29-
Sclieduled February 1-Aprii 30, 1957
SEATO Study Group on Skilled Labor Shortage Bangkok Feb. 15-
U.N. ECAFE Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session Bangkok Feb. 15-
U.N. ECOSOC Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimination and New York Feb. 18-
Protectioii of Minorities: 9th Session.
UNESCO Intergovernmental Advisory Committee for the Major Habana Feb. 18-
Project on the Extension of Primary Education in Latin America.
U.N. ECE Working Party on Gas Problems: 2d Session Geneva Feb. 25-
FAO Consultative Committee on Desert Locust Control in the Addis Ababa Feb. 25-
Ethiopian Region.
ILO Governing Body: 134th Session (and Committees) Geneva Feb. 25-
U.N. ECOSOC Population Commission: 9th Session New York Feb. 25-
International Atomic Energy Agency: 2d Meeting of Preparatory New York February
Commission.
U.N. ECOSOC Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations . . . New York Mar. 4-
U.N. ECAFE Industry and Trade Committee: 9th Session Bangkok Mar. 7-
UNESCO E,\ecutive Committee: Preliminary Ad Hoc Meeting . . . Paris Mar. 10-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 19th Session New York Mar. 10-
ILO Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session Hamburg Mar. 11-
FAO Ad //oc Meeting on Grains Rome Mar. II-
9th Pakistan Science Conference Peshawar Mar. 11-
SEATO Council: 3d Meeting Canberra Mar. 11-
ICAO Aerodromes, Air Routes, and Ground Aids Division: 6th Montreal Mar. 12-
Session.
UNESCO Executive Board: 47th Session Paris Mar. 15-
U.N. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East: 13th Session . Bangkok Mar. 18-
U.N. ECE Coal Committee Geneva Mar. 18-
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 11th Session . . . New York Mar 18-
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 28th Ses.«iion Rome Mar. 18-
FAO Asia- Pacific Forestry Commission: 2d Session of Teak Sub- Bandung, Indonesia March
commission.
ICEM Council and Executive Committee 6th: Session Geneva Apr. 1-
ILO Committee of Salaried Employees and Professional Workers: Geneva Apr. 1-
4th Session.
UPU Executive and Liaison Committee ' Lausanne Apr. 1-
194 Deparfment of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled February 1-April 30, 1957 — Continued
FAO Special Committee on Observer Status
U.N. ECOSOC Human Rights Commission: 13th Session ....
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee
U.N. Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation: 3d
Meeting.
ILO Tripartite Working Party on Wages, Hours of Work, and
Manning on Board Ship.
United States World Trade Fair
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 23d Session
Inter-American Commission of Women: Technical Meeting on
Enforcement of Women's Labor Laws.
FAO International Poplar Commission: 9th Session
9th ILO International Conference of Labor Statisticians
ITU Administrative Council: 12th Session
U.N. Economic Commission for Europe: 12th Session
U.N. ECOSOC Narcotic Drugs Commission: 12th Session ....
U.N. Committee on Information from Non-Self-Governing Terri-
tories: 8th Session.
Rome Apr. 2-
Geneva Apr. 8-
New York Apr. 8-
Geneva Apr. 8-
Geneva Apr. 11-
New York Apr. 14-
New York Apr. 16-
Mexico City Apr. 20-
Paris Apr. 22-
Geneva Apr. 24-
Geneva Apr. 29-
Geneva Apr 29-
New York Apr. 29-
New York April
Conditions in Territory
of South-West Africa
STATEMENT BY WILLIAM F. KNOWLANDi
As a newcomer to this Committee, I liave fol-
lowed with particular interest the statements of
speakers who have preceded me. I will not fol-
low them into the details of the subject matter be-
fore the Committee but will confine myself to a few
brief general observations.
Let me say, first of all, that I agree with those
who have expressed appreciation for the work of
the Committee on South-West Africa. It has pre-
sented us with a valuable report,^ even though it
has had to work under considerable handicaps in
assembling tliis information. I have gone
througli the report, noting with particular atten-
tion the various recommendations. These recom-
mendations, of course, are based on a description of
conditions in tlie territory wliich, owing to the diffi-
culty in securing the information, may not be
wholly accurate or may, in some respects, be in-
complete.
And let me say at this point, Mr. Chairman, that
we appreciate the letter of November 30 from the
distinguished representative of the Union Govern-
ment, Mr. Sole, to the chairman of the Fourth
Committee, explaining that his absence from this
Committee was not due to any disrespect for this
'Made in Committee IV (Trusteeship) of the General
Assembly on Dec. 17 (U.S. delegation press release 2563).
' U.N. doc. A/3151 and Corr. 1.
Committee or its chairman but was due to other
reasons. I have no doubt that, if he had been here,
any inaccuracies or deficiencies in the report could
have been clarified.
Now, as to the recommendations and conclusions
contained in the report, we might in some cases
have preferred a different drafting. However, we
agree with the general tenor of the recommenda-
tions and will, therefore, vote in favor of draft
resolution 442 presented by the delegations of
Burma, Liberia, and Tunisia. This draft resolu-
tion, we think, would be improved if it did not par-
ticularize the subheadings in paragraph 4. These
subheadings do not add anything to the general
endorsement of the recommendations and, in fact,
may have the effect of singling out certain subjects
to the neglect of others. However, in a spirit of
compromise, we will not press for any change and
■will vote for the resolution in its present form in
the general sense I have indicated.
We will also support resolution 443, recommend-
ing again the view of the International Court of
Justice that the normal way of modifying the in-
ternational status of the territory would be to
place it under the International Trusteeship Sys-
tem. However, we have some doubt as to whether
it is necessary or even desirable to reiterate this
resolution every year, since the previous resolu-
tions on the matter remain in full force.'
Before I conclude my remarks, I would like
"This resolution, sponsored by Liberia, was adopted by
Committee IV on Dec. 20 by a vote of 30-0, with 12 absten-
tions.
February 4, 1957
195
to make one or two references of a more general
character. The territory of South-West Africa,
as the debate clearly shows, raises two issues,
namely, the problem of dependent people and the
interracial problem — either one of which alone
presents, as we know, formidable difficulties.
"VVlien the two occur together, the problem becomes
even greater and more complex.
I would not be so bold, Mr. Chairman, as to
offer proposals at this time for solution. We all
know that the roots of these questions lie deeply
imbedded in history and that we are all inheritors
of the past, which cannot be unmade. We must
not, for that reason, be fatalistic and conclude that
notliing can be done. If we cannot remake the
past, it is our duty to try to mold the future.
Certain aspects of these two problems exist in
many of our countries, and few of us are in a po-
sition to offer much gratuitous advice to others.
But, while encouraging progress on both the colo-
nial or dependency problem and the racial question
is being made, it is my belief and that of the
United States delegation that through education
and wise statesmanship more headway can and
must be made in the years immediately ahead.
As regards the particular problem of South-
West Africa, we fully agree that both the terri-
torial administration and the Union Government
as the responsible Administering Authority should
take further steps to overcome the difficulties and
to give effect to the objectives of the mandate
which the International Court of Justice holds to
be still in force.
The Union Government, I am informed, has re-
peatedly stated that it is administering the terri-
tory in the spirit of the mandate; the Court and
the General Assembly require that it be governed
in the terms of the mandate and that the admin-
istration of the territory be submitted to inter-
national supervision. Between the spirit and the
terms, there can be very little conflict. And, since
there is an abundance of able leadership in the
Union and also in the United Nations, there must
surely be a way of bringing the terms and the
spirit together.
We are, of course, aware that legislation and
administration within the Union is a domestic
question and wholly outside the scope of this Com-
mittee. On the other hand, the United Nations,
according to the Court's opinion, must be con-
cerned with administration and legislation in
South-West Africa since that territory has an in-
ternational status under the mandate. While we
recognize that there would be some difficulties in
having legislation and administration in the ter-
ritory differ in some respects from that which may
obtain in the Union, it should not be impossible,
we believe, for the territorial administration to
select and apply such laws and practices as will be
compatible with both the terms and the spirit of
the mandate.
RESOLUTION ON QUESTION OF SOUTH-WEST
AFRICA'
The General Assembly,
Having considered the third report and observations
submitted to it, in accordance with its resolutions 749 A
(VIII) of 28 November 1953 and 941 (X) of 3 December
1955, by the Committee on South West Africa concern-
ing conditions in the Territory,
1. Expresses its appreciation of the work of the Com-
mittee ;
2. Approves the report of the Committee concerning
conditions in the Territory ;
3. Notes icith concern that for the third year in suc-
cession the Committee has been unable to escape the con-
clusion that conditions in the Territory are for the most
part, and particularly for the "Native" majority, still far
from meeting in a reasonable way the standards implicit
in the purposes of the Mandates System ;
4. Approves and endorses accordingly, and without
prejudice to the solution of the broader issues raised by
the Committee concerning the situation of the Territory,
the coiichisions and recommendations of the Com-
mittee as to the action which should be taken by the
Government of the Union of South Africa as the Manda-
tory Power, and in particular draws the attention of the
Government of the Union of South Africa to those recom-
mendations in respect of :
(a) the progressive transfer of responsibility to rep-
resentative, executive and legislative institutions proper
to the Territory ;
(b) the revision of existing policies and practices of
"Native" administration in accordance with the spirit
of tile Mandates System ;
(c) the extension to all the inhabitants of representa-
tion in the existing territorial legislature ;
(d) the basing of public employment on qualifications
other than race and the progressive training of non-
Europeans for higher posts in the administration ;
(e) the review and revision of the land settlement
policy ;
(f ) the discontinuance of residential restrictions based
on a policy of racial separation, or apartheid, and the
repeal of racially discriminatory restrictions in the laws
of the Territory ;
* Sponsored by Burma, Liberia, Morocco, and Tunisia
(U.N. doc. A/C.4/L.442/Rev. 1) ; adopted by Committee
IV on Dec. 20 by a vote of 43 to 0, with 12 abstentions.
196
Department of State Bulletin
(g) the immediate elimination from tlie law and prac-
tice of the Territory of the existing discriminatory re-
strictions uiwn freedom of movement; and
(h) the elimination of racial discrimination from the
educational system and the establishment of a programme
for the progressive unification of the system ;
5. Invites the Government of the Union of South Africa
to submit to the United Nations information concerning
its consideration of these conclusions and recommenda-
tions and the action taken by it in each case in order
to ensure the fulfilment of its obligations and responsibili-
ties under the JIandate.
Developing Cooperation Through
the Specialized Agencies
iy Francis O. Wilcox ^
It gives me real pleasure to have this oppor-
timity to be with you this morning and to wel-
come you to Washington on behalf of the United
States Govermnent. I sincerely trust that your
stay with us will be pleasant and that your con-
ference will be a great success.
You may recall that one of our favorite Ameri-
can humorists, Mark Twain, once said that, while
everyone talked about the weather, no one ever
did very much about it. It is an unusual but
pleasant experience for me to be in the midst of
a group of people whose business it is to do some-
tliing about it.
I notice, for example, that two of the items
about which you will do something during the
course of this conference concern the relationship
between climate and health and climate and agri-
culture. Now, as a layman in the field of clima-
tology I am not going to attempt to make any pro-
found comments on these subjects. However, it is
apparent, even to a layman, that these subjects
are of vital interest to all of us. I am confident
that your discussions, and the results to which
they will lead, will benefit people in every country
of the world.
The type of work in which you are engaged is
the realization of some of the most important and
fundamental purposes and objectives of the United
' Remarks made before the Commission for Climatology
of the World Meteorological Organization at Washington,
D. O., on Jan. 14 (press release 20) . For an announcement
of the meeting of the Commission, see Bulletin of Jan.
28, 1957, p. 153. Mr. Wilcox is Assistant Secretary for
International Organization Affairs.
Nations Charter : to promote social progress and
better standards of life in larger freedom, and to
promote solutions of international economic,
social, health, and related problems.
These are fine words and objectives, but they
could mean very little without the labor and dedi-
cation of people like yom-selves to give them
reality and substance.
I often think that the work of the World
Meteorological Organization and the other special-
ized agencies is to the total United Nations struc-
ture like the unseen portion of a great iceberg.
It underlies and gives stability to the whole edifice.
But being unseen it often goes relatively unnoticed.
The beneficiaries of your work may therefore
often be unaware even of the existence of a clima-
tological commission, or a World Meteorological
Organization, or, for that matter, of any one of
the specialized agencies or commissions of the
United Nations. The work of scientists and tech-
nicians cannot compete for headlines with the po-
litical disputes with which the political organs of
the United Nations are constantly concerned. And
yet I am firmly convinced that it is in the work of
the specialized agencies and commissions that will
be found to the greatest degree the ideal of peace-
ful, constructive, and effective international coop-
eration.
By your efforts you are helping the governments
and peoples of the world to develop the habit of
working together toward common goals for mutual
benefit. There is no more important task than
this in an increasingly interdependent world.
We all know that the job of building a peaceful
world is slow and painful at best. There are still
many problems that must be met before mankind
can achieve this great objective. But in a nuclear
world there is no acceptable alternative and we
must push ahead with firm conviction and with
ceaseless energy.
Now some people will argue that the contribu-
tion of the specialized agencies toward this end is
relatively small. Wliat good will it do, they ask, if
the United Nations can rid the world of malaria
and increase the yield of basic food crops if it can't
prevent the outbreak of a nuclear war ?
I would not challenge the validity of this ques-
tion. But I would point out that the specialized
agencies are doing much to remove the curtains of
fear and suspicion that hang between the nations.
And they are doing a great deal to help build a
solid foundation of good will and mutual trust,
February 4, 1957
197
which is so essential to support the superstructure
of world peace.
As I pointed out earlier, the achievements of the
specialized agencies may be slow in winning the
recognition and support of world opinion. Even
so, they are solid achievements and they are hav-
ing a lasting impact upon people in many lands.
They are adding to the respect for the United Na-
tions and encouraging a cooperative spirit which
holds great promise for a better tomorrow.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
Jet Operations Requirements Panel (ICAO)
The Department of State announced on Jan-
uary 18 (press release 31) that the U.S. Govern-
ment will be represented by the following dele-
gation at the second meeting of the Jet Opera-
tions Requirements Panel of the International
Civil Aviation Organization (Icao) at Montreal,
Canada, January 21-February 1 :
Chairman and United States Member
Bartholomew S. Spano, Civil Aeronautics Administra-
tion, Department of Commerce
Alternate United States Member
Gilbert V. Tribbett, Civil Aeronautics Administration,
Department of Commerce
Advi.ters
Lyle H. Ditzler, Civil Aeronautics Administration, De-
partment of Commerce
Lt. Col. August C. Mahon, United States Air Force, De-
partment of Defense
Austin Nafrle, United States Weather Bureau, Depart-
ment of Commerce
Clarence N. Sayen, Air Line Pilots Association, Chicago,
111.
Jack Bowman, Air Transport Association, Washington
D. C.
Thomas M. Sullivan, Airport Operators Council, Wash
ington, D. C.
Donald A. Buck, Boeing Airplane Company, Kenton, Wash
Georse S. Prill, General Dynamics Corporation, Convair
San Diego, Calif.
Robert P. Fitzgerald, Pratt and Whitney, East Hartford,
Conn.
Warren T. Dickinson, Douglas Aircraft Company, Inc.,
Santa Monica, Calif.
The panel, consisting of experts nominated by
13 nations and two international organizations,
was established by the Icao Council at its post-
Assembly session at Caracas in July 1956 to pre-
dict the operational requirements of large turbo-
jet aircraft of the types expected to enter com-
mercial service by 1961. At its first meeting
(Montreal, October 1956), the panel formulated
tentative work study lists of operational require-
ments. Bartholomew S. Spano, the United States
member, was appointed chairman of the panel.
The agenda for the forthcoming meeting in-
cludes discussion of requirements with respect to
(a) airports and associated facilities, (b) meteoro-
logical services, (c) communications and naviga-
tional facilities, and (d) air traffic services.
It is expected that the panel will in due time
reach conclusions on predicted operational re-
quirements in these fields to provide guidance for
the international planning of facilities and serv-
ices during the next 5 years.
TREATY INFORMATION
Air Transport Agreement
Witli Iran Signed
Press release 24 dated January 16
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
An air transport agreement between the
Government of the United States and the Govern-
ment of Iran was signed on January 16 at Tehran.
Ambassador Selden Chapin signed the agreement
on behalf of the U.S. Government. Dr. Ali-Gholi
Ardalan, Minister of Foreign Ailairs, signed on
behalf of the Government of Iran.
The text of the agreement follows closely the
form negotiated by the United States with ap-
proximately 45 other countries and contains the
fundamental principles relating to air transport
operations which have been standard in such
agreements negotiated by the United States since
1946.
Under the terms of the agreement. United
States flag carriers are authorized to conduct
operations from the United States to Tehran
and/or Abadan and beyond via intermediate
points. An airline or airlines designated by the
Government of Iran will bo entitled to operate air
services to the United States on a route to be de-
198
Department of State Bulletin
termined at a later date. Pan American "World
Airways now serves Tehran on four weekly round
trip flights under provisional arrangements.
TEXT OF AGREEMENT
AIR TRANSPORT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOV-
ERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
AND THE IMPERIAL GOVERNMENT OF IRAN
The Imperial Government of Iran and the Government
OF THE United States of America
Being equally desirous to conclude an Agreement for
the purpose of establishing and operating commercial air
services between their respective territories have accord-
ingly appointed their plenipotentiaries for this purpose
as follows :
The Government of the United States of America
The Honorable Selden Chapin, Ambassador of the United
States of America,
The Imperial Government of Iran
His Excellency Dr. Ali-Gholi Ardalan, Minister of Foreign
Affairs
Who having exhibited and exchanged their full powers
and found them to be in due form have agreed upon the
following articles :
Article 1
For the purposes of the present Agreement:
(A) The term "aeronautical authorities" shall mean in
the case of the United States of America, the Civil Aero-
nautics Board and any person or agency authorized to
perform the functions exercised at the present time by the
Civil Aeronautics Board and, in the case of Iran, the
Department of Civil Aviation and any person or agency
authorized to perform the functions exercised at present
by the said Department of Civil Aviation.
(B) The term "designated airline" shall mean an air-
line that one contracting party has notified the other
contracting party, in writing, to be the airline which will
operate a specific route or routes listed in the Schedule
of this Agreement.
(C) The term "territory" in relation to a State shall
mean the land areas and territorial waters adjacent
thereto under the sovereignty, suzerainty, protection,
mandate or trusteeship of that State.
(D) The term "air service" shall mean any scheduled
air service performed by aircraft for the public transport
of passengers, mail or cargo.
(E) The term "international air service" shall mean
an air .service which passes through the air space over
the territory of more than one State.
(F) The term "stop for non-traffic purposes" shall
mean a landing for any purpose other than taking on or
discharging passengers, cargo or mail.
Abticle 2
(A) Each contracting party grants to the other con-
tracting party rights necessary for the conduct of air
services by the designated airlines, as follows : the rights
of transit, of stops for non-traffic purposes, and of com-
mercial entry and departure for international traffic in
passengers, cargo, and mail at the points in its territory
named on each of the routes specified In the appropriate
paragraph of the Schedule annexed to the present
Agreement.
(B) It is further provided that in areas of hostilities or
military occupation, or areas affected thereby, the opera-
tion of such services shall be subject to the approval of
the competent military authorities.
Abticle S
Air service on a specified route may be inaugurated by
an airline or airlines of one contracting party at any time
after that contracting party has designated such airline
or airlines for that route and the other contracting party
has given the appropriate operating permission. Such
other party shall, subject to Article 4, be bound to give
tni.= permission without undue delay provided that the
de.signated airline or airlines may be required to qualify
before the competent aeronautical authorities of that
party, under the laws and regulations normally applied
by these authorities, before being permitted to engage In
the operations contemplated by this Agreement.
Abticle 4
Each contracting party reserves the right to withhold or
to revoke the operating permission provided for in Article
S of this Agreement from an airline designated by the
other contracting party, or to impose such conditions as
it may deem necessary on the exercise of an airline or air-
lines of those rights, in the event that it is not satisfied
that substantial ownership and effective control of such
airline are vested in nationals of the other contracting
party, or in case of failure by such airline to comply with
the laws and regulations referred to in Article 5 hereof, or
Ln case of the failure of the airline or the (jovernment
designating it otherwise to perform its obligations here-
under, or to fulfill the conditions under which the rights
are granted in accordance with this Agreement, provided
that conditions shall not be imposed without prior con-
sultation with the other party.
Abticle 5
(A) The laws and regulations of one contracting party
relating to the admissions to or departure from its terri-
tory of passengers, crew, or cargo of aircraft, such as
or to the operation and navigation of such aircraft while
within its territory, shall be applied to the aircraft of the
airline or airlines designated by the other contracting
party, and shall be complied with by such aircraft upon
entering or departing from, and while within the territory
of the first contracting party.
(B) The laws and regulations of one contracting party
relating to he admissions o or departure from its terri-
tory of passengers, crew, or cargo of aircrtft, such as
regulations relating to entry, clearance, immigration, pass-
February 4, 1957
199
ports, customs, and quarantine shall be complied with by
or on behalf of such passengers, crew or cargo of the other
contracting party upon entrance into or departure from,
and while within the territory of the first contracting
party.
Abticlb 6
Nothing in the provisions of the present Agreement shall
be construed or regarded as conferring sole and exclusive
rights on the other contracting party or its airlines or as
excluding or discriminating against the airlines of any
other country.
Aeticxe 7
Nothing in the provisions of the present Agreement
shall be construed or regarded as conferring on the air-
lines designated by one of the contracting parties the right
to take up, in the territory of the other contracting party,
passengers, cargo or mail carried for hire or reward and
destined for another point in the same territory.
Aetiolb 8
There shall be fair and equal opportunity for the des-
ignated airline or airlines of both contracting parties to
operate the agreed services on the specified routes between
their respective territories.
Article 9
In the operation by the airlines of either contracting
party of the trunk services described in this Agreement,
the interest of the airlines of the other contracting party
shall be taken into consideration so as not to affect unduly
the services which the latter provides on all or part of
the same routes.
Artiole 10
Certificates of airworthiness, certificates of competency
and licenses issued or rendered valid by one contracting
party, and still in force, shall be recognized as valid by
the other contracting party for the purpose of operating
the routes and services provided for in this Agreement,
provided tiiat the requirements under which such certifi-
cates or licenses were issued or rendered valid are equal
to or above the minimum standards which may be es-
tablished pursuant to the Convention on International
Civil Aviation. Each contracting party reserves the right,
however, to refuse to recognize, for the purpose of flight
above its own territory, certificates of competency and
licenses granted to its own nationals by another State.
Abticle 11
In order to prevent discriminatory practices and to as-
sure equality of treatment, both contracting parties agree
that:
(a) Each of the contracting parties may impose or
permit to be imposed just and reasonable charges for the
use of public airports and other facilities under its con-
trol. Each of the contracting parties agrees, however,
that these charges shall not be hitiher than would be paid
for the use of such airports and facilities by its national
aircraft engaged in similar international services.
(b) Fuel, lubricating oils, consumable technical sup-
plies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores introduced
into the territory of one contracting party by the other
contracting party or its nationals, and intended solely for
use by aircraft of such contracting party shall be exempt
on a basis of reciprocity from customs duties, inspection
fees and other national duties or charges.
(c) Fuel, lubricating oils, other consumable technical
supplies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores re-
tained on board aircraft of the airlines of one contracting
party authorized to operate the routes and services pro-
vided for in this Agreement shall, upon arriving in or
leaving the territory of the other contracting party, be
exempt on a basis of reciprocity from customs duties, in-
spection fees and other national duties or charges, even
though such supplies be used or consumed by such air-
craft on flights in that territory.
(d) Fuel, lubricating oils, other consumable technical
supplies, spare parts, regular equipment, and stores taken
on board aircraft of the airlines of one contracting party
in the territory of the other and used in international serv-
ices shall be exempt on a basis of reciprocity from cus-
toms duties, excise taxes, inspection fees and other na-
tional duties or charges.
Aeticxb 12
The air services made available to the public by the
airlines opera tins under this Asreement shall bear a close
relationship to the requirements of the public for such
services.
It is the understanding of both contracting parties that
services provided by a designated airline under the pres-
ent Agreement shall retain as their primary objective the
provision of capacity adequate to the trafiic demands be-
tween the country of which such airline is a national and
the countries of ultimate destination of the traflBc. The
right to embark or disembark on such services interna-
tional traffic destined for and coming from third countries
at a point or points on the routes specified in this Agree-
ment shall be applied in accordance with the general prin-
ciples of orderly development to which both contracting
parties subscribe and shall be subject to the general prin-
ciple that capacity should be related :
(a) to traflSc requirements between the country of ori-
gin and the countries of ultimate destination of the
trafiic ;
(b) to the requirements of through airline operation;
and
(c) to the traffic requirements of the area through
which the airline passes after taking account of local and
regional services.
Aeticxe 13
Rates to be charged on the routes provided for in this
Agreement shall be reasonable, due regard being paid to
all relevant factors, such as cost of operation, reasonable
profit, and the rates charged by any other carriers, as well
'is the characteristics of each service, and shall be deter-
mined In accordance with the following paragraphs:
(A) The rates to be charged by the airlines of either
contracting party between points in the territory of the
United States and points in the territory of Iran referred
200
Department of State Bulletin
to in the annexed Schedule shall, consistent with the pro-
visions of the present Agreement, be subject to the ap-
proval of the aeronautical authorities of the contracting
parties, who shall act in accordance with their obliga-
tions under this Agreement, within the limits of their legal
powers.
( B ) Any rate proposed by an airline of either contract-
ing party shall be filed with the aeronautical authorities
of both contracting parties at least thirty (30) days before
the proposed date of introduction ; provided that this pe-
riod of thirty (30) days may be reduced in particular cases
if so agreed by the aeronautical authorities of each con-
tracting party.
(C) During any period for which the Civil Aeronautics
Board of the United States has approved the traffic con-
ference procedures of the International Air Transport
Association (hereinafter called lATA), any rate agree-
ments concluded through these procedures and involving
United States airlines will be subject to approval of the
Board. Rate agreements concluded through this machin-
ery may also be required to be subject to the approval of
the aeronautical authorities of the Government of Iran
pursuant to the principles enunciated in paragraph (A)
above.
(D) The contracting parties agree that the procedure
described in paragraphs (E), (F) and (G) of this Article
shall apply :
1. If, during the period of the approval by both con-
tracting parties of the lATA traffic conference procedure,
either, any specific rate agreement is not approved within
a reasonable time by either contracting party, or, a con-
ference of lATA is unable to agree on a rate, or
2. At any time no lATA procedure is applicable, or
3. If either contracting party at any time withdraws
or fails to renew its approval of that part of the lATA
traffic conference procedure relevant to this Article.
(E) In the event that power is conferred by law upon
the aeronautical authorities of the United States to fix
fair and economic rates for the transport of persons and
property by air on international services and to suspend
proposed rates in a manner comparable to that in wliich
the Civil Aeronautics Board at present is empowered to
act with respect to such rates for the transport of persons
and property by air within the United States, each of the
contracting parties shall thereafter exercise its authority
in such manner as to prevent any rate or rates proposed
by one of its airlines for services from the territory of
one contracting party to a point or points in the territory
of the other contracting party from becoming effective, if
in the judgment of the aeronautical authorities of the
contracting party whose airline or airlines is or are pro-
posing such rate, that rate is unfair or uneconomic. If
one of the contracting parties on receipt of the notifica-
tion referred to in paragraph (B) above is dissatisfied
with the rate proposed by the airline or airlines of the
other contracting party, it shall so notify the other con-
tracting party prior to the expiry of the first fifteen (15)
of the thirty (30) days referred to, and the contracting
parties shall endeavor to reach agreement on the appro-
priate rate.
In the event that such agreement is reached, each con-
tracting party will exercise its best efforts to put such
rate into effect as regards its airline or airlines.
If agreement has not been reached at the end of the
thirty (30) day period referred to in paragraph (B)
above, the proposed rate may, unless the aeronautical
authorities of the country of the air carrier concerned see
fit to suspend its application, go into effect provisionally
pending the settlement of any dispute in accordance with
the procedure outlined in paragraph (G) below.
(P) Prior to the time when such power may be con-
ferred upon the aeronautical authorities of the United
States, if one of the contracting parties is dissatisfied
with any rate proposed by the airline or airlines of either
contracting party for services from the territory of one
contracting party to a point or points in the territory
of the other contracting party, it shall so notify the other
prior to the expiry of the first fifteen (15) of the thirty
(30) day period referred to in paragraph (B) above,
and the contracting parties shall endeavor to reach agree-
ment on the appropriate rate.
In the event that such agreement is reached, each con-
tracting party wiU use its best efforts to cause such
agreed rate to be put into effect by its airline or airlines.
It is recognized that if no such agreement can be reached
prior to the expiry of such thirty (30) days, the contract-
ing party raising the objection to the rate may take such
steps as it may consider necessary to prevent the in-
auguration or continuation of the service in question
at the rate complained of.
(G) When in any case under paragraphs (E) or (F) of
this Article the aeronautical authorities of the two con-
tracting parties cannot agree within a reasonable time
upon the appropriate rate after consultation initiated by
the complaint of one contracting party concerning the
proposed rate or an existing rate of the airline or air-
lines of the other contracting party, upon the request of
either, the terms of Article 16 of this Agreement shall
apply.
Article 14
The aeronautical authorities of either contracting party
shall supply to the aeronautical authorities of the other
contracting party, at their request, such information and
statistics relating to traffic carried on the agreed services
by the designated airline or airlines of the first contracting
party to and from the territory of the other contracting
party as may normally be prepared and submitted by the
designated airline or airlines to their national aeronau-
tical authorities for publication. Any additional sta-
tistical traffic data which the aeronautical authorities of
one contracting party may desire from the aeronautical
authorities of the other contracting party, shall, upon
request, be a subject of mutual discussion and agreement
between the two contracting parties.
Article 15
(a) If either of the contracting parties considers it
desirable to modify the terms of this Agreement, it may re-
quest consultation between the competent authorities of
the two contracting parties, and such consultation shall
begin within a period of sixty days from the date of
the request. A similar procedure shall also be applicable
February 4, 1957
201
In the event either of the contracting parties desires to
consult concerning the application or interpretation of
the terms of the Agreement. When the aforesaid au-
thorities mutually agree to the modification of the present
Agreement, the said modification shall come into force
after it has been confirmed by an exchange of notes
through diplomatic channels and shall forthwith be com-
municated to the Council of the International Civil Avia-
tion Organization.
(b) Changes made by either contracting party in the
specified air routes, except the change of points served
by the designated airline or airlines in the territory of
the other contracting party, shall not be considered as
modifications of this Agreement. The aeronautical au-
thorities of either contracting party may therefore, pro-
ceed unilaterally to make such changes provided hovyever
that notice of any change shall be given without delay to
the aeronautical authorities of the other contracting party.
Aeticle 16
In the event of any dispute arising between the two
contracting parties relating to the Interpretation or appli-
cation of the present Agreement and its Schedule, the
contracting parties shall, In the first instance, endeavor
to settle it by direct negotiation between themselves.
If they fail to reach a settlement by negotiation, they
shall refer the dispute for an advisory report to some
other person or body designated by mutual agreement
between the contracting parties, or to a tribunal of three
arbitrators, one to be named by each contracting party,
and the third to be agreed upon by the two arbitrators
so chosen, provided that such third arbitrator shall not
be a national of either contracting party. Each of the
contracting parties shall designate an arbitrator within
two months of the date of delivery by either party to the
other party of a diplomatic note requesting arbitration
of a dispute; and the third arbitrator shall be agreed
upon within one month after such period of two months.
If either of the contracting parties fails to designate
its own arbitrator within two months, or if the third
arbitrator is not agreed upon within the time limit indi-
cated, either party may request the President of the In-
ternational Court of Justice to make the necessary ap-
pointment or appointments by choosing the arbitrator or
arbitrators.
The contracting parties will use their best efforts with-
in the limits of the constitutional powers available to
them to put into effect the opinion expressed In any such
advisory report. The expenses of the arbitral tribunal
shall be shared equally by the two contracting parties.
Abticu; 17
If a general multilateral convention or Agreement on
traffic rights for scheduled international air services comes
Into force in respect of both contracting parties, the
present Agreement shall be amended so as to conform with
the provisions of such Convention or Agreement.
Abticle 18
This Agreement, all amendments thereto, and contracts
connected therewith shall be registered with the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization.
Aeticle 19
Either of the contracting parties may at any time notify
the other of Its intention to terminate the present Agree-
ment. Such a notice shall be sent simultaneously to the
International Civil Aviation Organization. In the event
such communication is made, this Agreement shall ter-
minate one year after the date of its receipt, unless by
agreement between the contracting parties the notice of
Intention to terminate is withdrawn before the expiration
of that time. If the other contracting party fails to ac-
knowledge receipt, notice shall be deemed as having been
received fourteen days after its receipt by the Interna-
tional Civil Aviation Organization.
Abticle 20
This Agreement shall enter Into force on the date
of receipt by the Government of the United States of
America of a notification by the Government of Iran of its
ratification of this Agreement.
In witness whereof, the undersigned plenipotentiaries
being duly authorized by these respective Governments,
have signed the present Agreement and have affixed their
seals thereto.
Done at Tehran, in duplicate, this sixteenth day of
January, 1957, in Persian and English languages, both
texts being equally authentic.
For the Government of For the Government of Iran,
the United States of America Ardalan
Selden Chapin
SCHEDULE
1. An airline or airlines designated by the Govern-
ment of the United States of America shall be entitled
to operate air services on each of the air routes specified
via Intermediate points, in both directions, and to make
scheduled landings in Iran at the points specified In this
paragraph :
From the United States of America to Tehran and or
Abadan and points beyond, via intermediate points.
2. An airline or airlines designated by the Government
of Iran shall be entitled to operate air services via inter-
mediate points, in both directions, and to make scheduled
landings In the territory of the United States of America
on a route to be determined at a later date.
3. Points on the specified routes may, at the option of
the designated airline or airlines, be omitted on any or
all flights.
List of Treaties in Force
Press release 30 dated January IS
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force: A List
of Treaties and Other International Agreements
of the United States was released for publication
by the Department of State on January 18. The
publication lists treaties and other international
agreements which, according to the Department's
202
Department of State BuUetin
records, were in force between the United States
and other countries on October 31, 1956.
The list includes bilateral treaties and other
agreements, arranged by country or other political
entity, and multilateral treaties and other agree-
ments, arranged by subject with names of countries
which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and
citations to texts are furnished for each agreement.
Documents affecting international copyright re-
lations of the United States are listed in the ap-
pendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supple-
menting the information contained in Treaties in
Force, is published weekly in the Department of
State Bulletin.
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force (250 pp.)
is Department of State publication 6427. It is for
sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C.,
for $1.2:5.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at United Nations Headquarters, New York,
October 26, 1956.'
Signatures: Tunisia, January 8, 1957; Burma and
Morocco, January 9, 1957; Iraq, January 15, 1957.
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Finance Cor-
poration. Done at Washington May 25, 1955. Entered
into force July 20, 1956. TIAS 3620.
Signatures: Brazil, January 27, 1956; Iraq, November
9, 1956; Turkey, December 19, 1956; Belgium and
Italy, December 27, 1956 ; Indonesia, Iran, Lebanon,
Netherlands, and Venezuela, December 28, 1956.
Acceptances deposited: Turkey, December 19, 1956;
Belgium, Iraq, and Italy, December 27, 1956 ; Indo-
nesia, Iran, Lebanon, Netherlands, and Venezuela,
December 28, 1956; Brazil, December 31, 1956.
Fisheries
Protocol amending the international convention for the
Northwest Atlantic fisheries of February 8, 1949 (TIAS
2089), by providing that annual meetings of the Com-
mission may be held outside North America. Done at
Washington June 25, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Portugal, January 17, 1957.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratifications deposited: Iran, December 7, 1956; Saudi
Arabia, December 13, 1956.
'■ Not in force.
February 4, 1957
Trade and Commerce
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the
Gener;il Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956.
TIAS 3591.
Schedules of concessions entered into force: Norway,
January 1, 1957; Finland, January 15, 1957.
United Nations
Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. Done at London November
16, 1945. Entered into force November 4, 1946. TIAS
1580.
Signature: Sudan, November 26, 1956.
Acceptance deposited: Sudan, November 26, 1956.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and sick in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick, and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian
persons in time of war.
Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949. Entered into force
October 21, 1950; for the United States February 2,
1956. TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and 3365.
Ratification deposited: Afghanistan, September 26,
1956.
Accession deposited: Laos, October 29, 1956.
BILATERAL
Australia
Agreement concerning financial arrangements for the
furnishing of supplies and services to naval vessels.
Effected by exchange of notes at Canberra December
19 and 31, 1956. Entered into force January 26, 1957.
Brazil
Agreement for loan of two submarines to Brazil under
authority of Act of April 6, 1956 (70 Stat. 105). Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Washington January
12 and 16, 1957. Entered into force January 16, 1957.
Chile
Agreement for disposition of equipment and materials
furnished by the United States under the military as-
sistance agreement of April 9, 1952 (TIAS 2703), and
no longer required by Chile. Effected by exchange of
notes at Santiago November 30 and December 28, 1956.
Entered into force December 28, 1956.
France
Arrangement for certificates of airworthiness for imported
aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes at Paris Au-
gust 6 and December 14, 1056. Entered into force De-
cember 14, 1956.
Iran
Air transport agreement. Signed at Tehran January 16,
1957. Enters into force on the date of receipt of a
notification by Iran of its ratification of the agreement.
Korea
Agreement amending the surplus agricultural commodi-
ties agreement of March 13, 1956, as amended (TIAS
3516, 36.51, and 3667). Effected by exchange of notes
at Seoul January 7, 1957. Entered into force January
7, 1957.
203
United Kingdom
Agreement amending section III of the annex to the air
services agreement of February 11, 1946, as amended
(TIAS 1507, 1(540, 1714, 3338, and 3675), to provide an
additional route to Barbados. Effected by exchange
of notes at Washington December 2 and 28, 1956. En-
tered into force December 28, 1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Appointments
Robert S. McCollum, as Deputy Admluistrator for
Refugee Programs, Bureau of Security and Consular
Affairs, effective February 1. For biographic details,
see press release 6 dated January 5.
PUBLICATIONS
Portraits of Secretaries of State
Press release 28 dated January 17
A pamphlet entitled The Secretaries of State:
Portraits and Biographical Sketches, published
by the Department of State, was released on Jan-
uary 17. Compiled by Kichard S. Patterson of
the Department's Historical Division, this publi-
cation is based on a collection of portraits of the
former Secretaries of State which the Department
of State has been accumulating since 1861. The
present publication makes available for the first
time reproductions of the portraits in this collec-
tion. The reproductions, which are in black and
white, are arranged chronologically according to
the terms of service of the Secretaries of State.
Each reproduction is accompanied by a bio-
graphical sketch of the Secretary and by a note
regarding the artist and the portrait.
The collection of portraits includes a painting
of each Secretary of State from Thomas Jefferson,
who took office in 1790, to John Foster Dulles.
In addition, there is a portrait of John Jay, who
took office as Secretai-y for Foreign Affairs under
Iho Continental Congress in 1784 and continued
unofficially m office after the Constitution went
into effect until Jefferson entered upon his duties
as the first Secretary of State.
Secretary Dulles' portrait was painted by
Robert Brackman in 1954 for the Department's
collection. In accordance with custom, it will not
actually be hung in the Department of State until
after his retirement from office.
This publication includes also three appendixes,
the first relating to Secretaries of State ad interim,
the second consisting of notes regarding other por-
traits belonging to the Department of State, and
the third consisting of a chronological list of
Presidents of the United States, Secretaries of
State, and Secretaries of State ad interim.
A copy of this publication was among the items
enclosed in the sealed document box which was
placed beneath the cornerstone of the Department
of State building at the ceremony in which
President Eisenhower and Secretary Dulles par-
ticipated on January 5, 1957.^
This publication, which is Department of State
publication 6402 (viii, 124 pages), may be pur- I
chased from the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D. C, for $1.00.
Fifth Colombo Plan Report Released
Press release 16 dated January 11, for release January 13
The Department of State announced on Jan-
uary 13 the release of the Fifth Annual Report
of the Consultative Committee on Economic De-
velopment in South and Southeast Asia (often
referred to as the Colombo Plan).-
The report reviews the 1955-56 development
progress and problems in the region and finds that
"several significant advances were made in both
the planning and execution of economic develop-
ment programs during the period." Though
cautioning that precise measurement is not feas-
ible, the report states that "a review of economic
indicators suggests that national income continued
to rise at a rate slightly in excess of the rate of
population growth" and indicates that "much ef-
fort went into tliis achievement, modest though
'■ Bui.i.r.TiN of .Tan. 21, 1957, p. 118.
- For an extract from the report, together with a com-
munique issued on Dee. 8 at Wellington, at the conclusion
of the eighth meeting of the Committee, see Buixetin of
.Tiin. 7. T.l.", p. .■',().
204
Department of State Bulletin
it may appear in relation to the need for further
advance."
The annual report, consisting of 16 chapters on
development progress in the area as a ■whole and
in individual countries, was prepared and ap-
proved by representatives of 17 member govern-
ments at the eighth meeting of the Consultative
Committee held in Wellington, New Zealand,
December 4-8, 1956. The United States, which
has been a member of the Consultative Committee
since 1951, participated in the preparation of the
rejjort at the Wellington meeting. Other mem-
ber governments are Australia, Burma, Canada,
Cambodia, Ceylon, India, Indonesia, Japan, Laos,
Nepal, New Zealand, Pakistan, the Philippines,
Thailand, the United Kingdom, together with
Malaya and British Borneo, and Viet-Nam.
The Consultative Committee was established in
1950 to focus world attention on the development
problems of South and Southeast Asia and to pro-
vide a framework within which an international
cooperative effort could be encouraged to assist
the countries of the area to raise their hving
standards. The annual reports of the Committee
reflect the development efforts, progress, and
problems of countries of the area and assistance
extended bilaterally by members outside the region
such as Australia, Canada, Japan, New Zealand,
the United Kingdom, and the United States.
Bilateral economic assistance from the United
States to the countries of the area totaled about
$900 million in fiscal year 1956.
Tlie Department of State, in releasing the re-
port, emphasized that the discussion therein of
national development projects is the responsibility
of the governments concerned and does not imply
financial or other aid for such projects or pro-
grams beyond that which is being given currently
under existing bilateral programs.
Colombo Plan countries contributed to and
benefited from the continued expansion of world
industrial production and trade in 1955-56, the
report says. For the area as a whole, foreign
trade increased. Imports were on the rise, par-
ticularly as regards capital goods for development
projects.
The report finds that the achievements of 1955-
56 included a substantial increase in several
countries of the land area under irrigation, an
increase of about 12 percent in electric-power pro-
duction for the area as a whole, the start of opera-
tions in many new industrial establishments, and
significant advances in community development
and rural health programs. There was a slight
improvement, on balance, in agricultural produc-
tion, and an increase in mining output, particu-
larly in petroleum production. Significant prog-
ress was made in industrial production, owing
to greater utilization of existing equipment and to
expanded facilities resulting from new investment.
The report notes that the primary position of
agriculture and the very significant role of small-
scale and handicraft industries in the economies
of the area indicate the predominant contribution
of private resources to the total production of the
region. The report also indicates that countries
of the area have continued to take steps to stim-
ulate private investment of foreign capital and
have sought in numerous ways to establish a favor-
able climate for it.
Countries of South and Southeast Asia took a
variety of fiscal, monetary, and other measures to
preserve or restore internal stability and to pro-
mote development in 1955-56. Efforts were also
undertaken to raise revenue yields and to increase
and tap domestic savings, and in sopie instances a
marked measure of success was achieved. With
respect to governmental expenditures for develop-
ment, the report notes that "while there appears
to have been some increase in development activity
for the area as a whole in 1955-56, little change
occurred in a number of member countries and in
others a reduction occurred." For the area as a
whole in 1955-56, it is estimated that governmen-
tal expenditures for development purposes totaled
the equivalent of $2,215 million, or $295 million
more than 1954-55, and were expected to reach the
equivalent of $2,996 million in 1956-57.
External economic assistance continued to play
an important role in the development of the area,
supplementing the larger fund of resources gen-
erated by the countries of the region, according to
the annual report. It appears that the equivalent
of almost $1 billion of capital aid in the form of
intergovernmental grants and loans was made
available by nonarea members of the Committee to
countries of the region during 1955-56. In addi-
tion, the International Bank for Eeconstruction
and Development made loans totaling almost $125
million to members in the region in the year end-
ing June 30, 1956. Since the inception of the Co-
lombo Plan in 1950, external aid from members
February 4, 1957
205
outside the area has totaled approximately $2.4
billion. In this same period the International
Bank has lent $356 million.
The report, in addition to its summary and its
chapters on individual countries and on external
assistance, sets forth and discusses some of the
tasks that lie ahead in the development of the re-
gion, citing such problems as the need for coun-
tries to maintain flexibility in furthering their
development programs ; the need for creating ad-
ditional employment opportunities; the new op-
portunities that development experience will
provide for cooperation among countries of the
region ; and the need for taking account of the im-
pact of a country's development program upon its
external situation and the economic life of other
countries. It notes that increased opportunities
may develop for drawing on foreign private in-
vestment and on public and private loans as
sources of external capital.
The report concludes that past experience indi-
cates the value of the Consultative Committee as
a forum for an exchange of views. Its usefulness
increases rather than diminishes as development
progress is made in Soutli and Southeast Asia, for
the Committee clearly affords increasing opportu-
nities for an interchange of experiences on com-
mon problems. The report finds that there is re-
newed courage, confidence, and determination to
move ahead in the economic betterment of the area
and that "the record of achievement set forth in
this Report gives reason to believe that, however
great may be the difficulties ahead, they will be
overcome."
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Qov-
ernment Printing Office, Washint/ton 25, D.O. Address
requeists direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publioations, which may 6e
obtained from the Department of State.
Technical Cooperation — Employment Service Program.
TIAS 3686. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Peru, extending agreement of December 31, 1954 — Signed
at Lima October 29, 1956. Entered into force October 29,
1956.
Commission for Educational Exchange. TIAS 3687.
12 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Argentina — Signed at Buenos Aires November 5, 1956.
Entered into force Noveml)er 5, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS368S. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Yugoslavia — Signed at Belgrade November 3, 1956. En-
tered into force November 3, 1956.
Atomic Energy— Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3689.
20 pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States of America and
France — Signed at Washington June 19, 1956. Entered
into force November 20, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3690. 8 pp.
10«>.
Agreement between the United States of America and
France — Signed at Paris November 8, 1956. Entered into
force November 8, 1956.
Settlement of Claims of Icelandic Insurance Companies.
TIAS 3691. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Iceland — Signed at Washington November 23, 1956. En-
tered into force November 23, 1956.
Army Mission to Chile. TIAS 3692. 14 pp. 10(J.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Chile — Signed at Santiago November 15, 1956. Entered
into force January 1, 1957.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 14-20
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. 0.
Press releases issued prior to January 14 which
appear in this issue of the BuiiExiN are Nos. 6 of
J'auuary 5 and 11 of January 11.
No. Date Subject
19 1/14 Dulles : statement on Middle East.
20 1/14 Wilcox: remarks to climatology com-
mission.
21 1/15 European Common Market and Free
Trade Area.
*22 1/14 Dillon biography.
23 1/15 Soviet attach^ persona non grata.
24 1/16 Air transport agreement with Iran.
t25 1/16 Japanese textiles.
26 1/16 Chairman of Advisory Committee on
the Arts.
27 1/17 Eleanor Dulles : "The Meaning of Ber-
lin for the Free World."
28 1/17 Publication of The Secretaries of State.
29 1/18 Honduras credentials (rewrite).
30 1/18 New Treaties in Force published.
31 1/18 Delegation to ICAO Jet Oiierations
Requirements Panel (rewrite).
♦Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
206
DepartmenI of Slate Bulletin
February 4, 1957
Agriculture. Progress Report on the Agricultural
Trade Development and Assistance Act ....
Asia. Fifth Colombo Plan Report Released . . .
Atomic Energy. Budget Message of the Presi-
dent (excerpts)
Aviation
Air Transport Agreement With Iran Signed . . .
Jet Operations Requirements Panel (Icao) (dele-
gation)
Communism. The Communist Threat to the Middle
East (Dulles)
Congress, The
The Communist Threat to the Middle East
(Dulles)
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act
Department and Foreign Service
Appointments (McCollum)
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . . .
Dr. Fitzgerald Appointed Chairman of Advisory
Committee on the Arts
Portraits of Secretaries of State
Economic Affairs
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . .
Fifth Colombo Plan Report Released
U.S. Views on European Common Market and Free
Trade Area
Educational Exchange. Dr. Fitzgerald Appointed
Chairman of Advisory Committee on the Arts .
Europe. U.S. Views on European Common Market
and Free Trade Area
Germany. The Meaning of Berlin for the Free
World (Eleanor Dulles)
Honduras. Letters of Credence (Villeda Morales) .
International Information. Budget Message of the
President (excerpts)
International Organizations and Meetings
Calendar of Meetings
Jet Operations Requirements Panel (Icao) (dele-
gation)
Iran. Air Transport Agreement With Iran Signed .
Middle East. The Communist Threat to the Mid-
dle East (Dulles)
Military Affairs. Budget Message of the President
(excerpts)
Mutual Security
Budget Message of the President (excerpts) . . .
Index Vol. XXXVI, No. 919
The Communist Threat to the Middle Bast
183 (Dulles) 170
204 Non-Self-Governing Territories. Conditions in
Territory of South West Africa (Knowland, text
163 of resolution) 195
Presidential Documents
198 BudgetMessageof the President (excerpts) . . . 163
President Exchanges Greetings With British Prime
198 Minister 174
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade De-
170 velopment and Assistance Act 183
Publications
Fifth Colombo Plan Report Released 204
170 List of Treaties in Force 202
Portraits of Secretaries of State 204
183 Recent Releases 206
Refugees and Displaced Persons. The Meaning
204 of Berlin for the Free World (Eleanor Dulles) . 175
Treaty Information
Air Transport Agreement With Iran Signed . . . 198
oftj Current Actions 203
List of Treaties in Force 202
..„„ U.S.S.R. Soviet Attach^ Declared Persona Non
204 ^™'» 181
United Kingdom. President Exchanges Greetings
182 With British Prime Minister (Eisenhower, Mac-
millan) 174
193 United Nations
Conditions in Territory of South-West Africa
jg2 (Knowland, text of resolution) 195
Developing Cooperation Through the Specialized
..„ Agencies (Wilcox) 197
Jet Operations Requirements Panel (Icao) (dele-
l**! gation) 198
163 Name Index
Dulles, Eleanor 175
1^3 Dulles, Secretary 170
Eisenhower, President 163, 174, 183
198 Fitzgerald, Rufus H 193
198 Knowland, William F 195
Krylov, Yuri P 181
170 Macmillan, Harold 174
McCollum, Robert S 204
163 Spano, Bartholomew S 198
Villeda Morales, Ramon 181
163 Wilcox, Francis O 197
U. S. 0OVERHMEHT PRINTING OFFICE; 19B7
DSB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMEtn*
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
united states
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
Department
of
State
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. ^00
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements of the United States
was recently released. The publication lists treaties and other
international agreements which according to the Department's
records were in force between the United States and other
countries on October 31, 1956.
The list includes bilateral treaties and other agreements,
arranged by country or other political entity, multilateral
treaties, and other agreements, arranged by subject with names
of countries which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations
to texts are furnished for each agreement.
Documents affecting international copyright relations of
the United States are listed in the appendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supplementing the
information contained in Treaties in Force, is published weekly
in the Department of State Bulletin.
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force (250 pp.) is for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1.25 a copy.
Publication 6427
$1.25
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office Please send me copies of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and
Washington 25, D.C. ^^^^^ International Agreements of the United States.
Name:
Eneloied find:
J Street Address:
(eash, check, or
money order). City, Zone, and State:
TH
ARTMENT OF STATE
'^<^3b3. I f)3
^^jjjjj
Vol. XXXVI, No. 920
February 11, 1957
^
HE
FFiCIAL
fEEKLY RECORD
F
NITED STATES
OREIGN POLICY
THE PRICE OF PEACE • Second Inaugural Address of
President Eisenhower 211
THE INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC SITUATION •
Excerpts From Economic Report of the President 222
THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF TURKISH-AMERICAN
CULTURAL RELATIONS TO THE ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT OF TURKEY • by Ambassador
Fletcher Warren 214
GENERAL ASSEMBLY CONSIDERATION OF THE
PROBLEM OF DISARMAMENT • Statements by
Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., and Texts of Resolution
and U.S. Memorandum 225
THE QUESTION OF A WORLD FOOD RESERVE •
Statement by Senator Hubert H. Humphrey aiul Text of
Resolution • 233
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF UNDERDEVELOPED
COUNTRIES O Statement by Paul G. Hoffman 236
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
FEB 2 7 1957
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 920 • Publication 6448
February 11, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent o( Documents
U.S. Qovemment Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
C2 Issues, domestic $7.(0, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
0? State Bulletin as the source wUl be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various pliases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The Price of Peace
SECOND INAUGURAL ADDRESS OF PRESIDENT EISENHOWER, JANUARY 21, 1957
White House press release dated January 21
We meet again, as upon a like moment 4 years
ago, and again you have witnessed my solemn
oath of service to you.
I, too, am a witness today testifying in your
name to the principles and purposes to which we
as a people are pledged.
Before all else we seek, upon our common
labor as a nation, the favor of Almighty God.
And the hopes in our hearts fashion the deepest
prayers of our people.
May we pursue the right — w i t h o u t self-
righteousness.
May we know unity — without conformity.
May we gi-ow in strength — without pride of
self.
May we, in our dealings with all peoples of the
earth, ever speak truth and serve justice.
And so shall America — in the sight of all men
of good will — prove true to the honorable pur-
poses that bind and rule us as a people in all tliis
time of trial through which we pass.
n.
We live in a land of plenty, but rarely has this
earth known such peril as today.
In our Nation work and wealth abound. Our
population grows. Commerce crowds our rivers
and rails, our skies, harbors, and highways.
Our soil is fertile; our agriculture productive.
The air rings with the song of our industry — roll-
ing mills and blast furnaces, dynamos, dams, and
assembly lines — the chorus of America the bounti-
ful.
This is our home, yet this is not the whole of
our world. For our world is where our full des-
tiny lies — with men, of all peoples and all nations.
who are or would be free. And for them, and so
for us, this is no time of ease or rest.
In too much of the earth there is want, discord,
danger. New forces and new nations stir and
strive across the earth, with power to bring, by
their fate, gi-eat good or great evil to the free
world's future. From the deserts of North Africa
to the islands of the South Pacific, one-third of
all mankind has entered upon an historic strug-
gle for a new freedom: freedom from grinding
poverty. Across all continents nearly a billion
people seek, sometimes almost in desperation, for
the skills and knowledge and assistance by which
they may satisfy, from their own resources, the
material wants common to all mankind.
No nation, however old or great, escapes this
tempest of change and turmoil. Some, im-
poverished by the recent World War, seek to
restore their means of livelihood. In the heart
of Europe Germany still stands tragically divid-
ed. So is the whole continent divided. And so,
too, is all the world.
The divisive force is international communism
and the power that it controls.
The designs of tJiat power, dark in purpose,
are clear in practice. It strives to seal forever
the fate of those it has enslaved. It strives to
break the ties that unite the free. And it strives
to capture — to exploit for its own greater power —
all forces of change in the world, especially
the needs of the hungry and the hopes of the
oppressed.
Yet the world of international communism has
itself been shaken by a fierce and mighty force:
the readiness of men who love freedom to pledge
their lives to that love. Through the night of
their bondage the unconquerable will of heroes
February 7 7, 7957
211
has struck with the swift, sharp thrust of light-
ning. Budnpest is no longer merely the name of
a city ; henceforth it is a new and shining symbol of
man's yearning to be free.
Thus across all the globe there harshly blow the
winds of change. And we, though fortunate be
our lot, know that we can never turn our back to
them.
III.
We look upon this shaken earth, and we declare
our firm and fixed purpose — the building of a
peace with justice in a world where moral law
prevails.
The building of such a peace is a bold and
solemn purpose. To proclaim it is easy. To
serve it will be hard. And to attain it, we must
be aware of its full meaning and ready to pay its
full price.
We know clearly what we seek and why.
We seek peace, knowing, as all ages of man have
known, that peace is the climate of freedom. And
now, as in no other age, we seek it because we have
been warned by the power of modem weapons
that peace may be the only climate possible for
human life itself.
Yet this peace we seek cannot be born of fear
alone; it must be rooted in the lives of nations.
There must be justice, sensed and shared by all
peoples, for without justice the world can know
only a tense and unstable truce. There must be
law, steadily invoked and respected by all na-
tions, for without law the world promises only
such meager justice as the pity of the strong upon
the weak. But the law of which we speak, com-
prehending the values of freedom, affirms the
equality of all nations, great and small.
Splendid as can be the blessings of such a peace,
high will be its cost — in toil patiently sustained,
in help honorably given, in sacrifice calmly borne.
We are called to meet the price of this peace.
To counter the threat of those who seek to rule
by force, we must pay the costs of our own needed
military strength and help to build the security of
others.
We must use our skills and knowledge and, at
times, our substance to help others rise from mis-
ery, however far the scene of suffering may be
from our shores. For wherever in the world a peo-
ple knows desperate want, there must appear at
least the spark of hope — the hope of progress —
or there will surely rise at last the flames of con-
flict.
We recognize and accept our own deep involve-
ment in the destiny of men everywhere. We are
accordingly pledged to honor and to strive to for-
tify the authority of the United Nations. For in
that body rests the best hope of our age for the
assertion of that law by which all nations may live
in dignity.
And beyond this general resolve we are called
to act a responsible role in the world's great con-
cerns or conflicts — whether they touch upon the
affairs of a vast region, the fate of an island in the
Pacific, or the use of a canal in the Middle East.
Only in respecting the hopes and cultures of others
will we practice the equality of all nations. Only
as we show willingness and wisdom in giving
counsel, in receiving counsel, and in sharing bur-
dens will we wisely perform the work of peace.
For one truth must rule all we think and all we
do. No people can live to itself alone. The unity
of all who dwell in freedom is their only sure de-
fense. The economic need of all nations, in mu-
tual dependence, makes isolation an impossibility ;
not even America's prosperity could long survive
if other nations did not also prosper. No nation
can longer be a fortress, lone and strong and safe.
And any people seeking such shelter for them-
selves can now build only their prison.
IV.
Our pledge to these principles is constant be-
cause we believe in their rightness.
We do not fear this world of change. America
is no stranger to much of its spirit. Everywhere
we see the seeds of the same growth that America
itself has known. The American experiment has
for generations fired the passion and the courage
of millions elsewhere seeking freedom, equality,
and opportunity. And the American story of ma-
terial progress has helped excite the longing of all
needy peoples for some satisfaction of their hu-
man wants. These hopes that we have helped to
inspire we can help to fulfill.
In this confidence we speak plainly to all
peoples.
We cherish our friendship with all nations that
are or would be free. We respect, no less, their
independence. And when, in time of want or
peril, they ask our help, they may honorably re-
ceive it; for we no more seek to buy their sover-
eignty than we would sell our own. Sovereignty
is never bartered among free men.
We honor the aspirations of those nations
212
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
which, now captive, long for freedom. We seek
neither their military alliance nor any artificial
imitation of our society. And they can know the
warmth of the welcome that awaits them when, as
must be, they join again the ranks of freedom.
We honor, no less in this divided world than in
a less tormented time, the people of Russia. We
do not dread — rather do we welcome — their prog-
ress in education and industry. We wish them
success in their demands for more intellectual
freedom, greater security before their own laws,
fuller enjoyment of the rewards of their own toil.
For as such things may come to pass, the more
certain will be the coming of that clay when our
peoples may freely meet in friendship.
So we voice our hope and our belief that we can
help to heal this divided world. Thus may the
nations cease to live in trembling before the men-
ace of force. Thus may the weight of fear and
the weight of arms be taken from the burdened
shoulders of mankind.
This, nothing less, is the labor to which we are
called and our strength dedicated.
And so the prayer of our people cai-ries
far beyond our own frontiers to the wide world of
our duty and our destiny.
]\Iay the light of freedom coming to all dark-
ened lands flame brightly, until at last the dark-
ness is no more.
May the turbulence of our age yield to a true
time of peace, when men and nations shall share
a life that honors the dignity of each, the brother-
hood of all.
Rumanian Refusal To Admit
U.S. Election Observers
Press release 36 dated January 24
The Rumanian Government has refused to au-
tliorize a proposed visit to Rumania by three
American political scientists to observe Ruma-
nian national parliamentary elections scheduled
for February 3, 1957. Although it had previously
agreed to a reciprocal exchange of election ob-
servers and in accordance with this agreement had
sent three Rumanian political scientists and
publicists to the United States to witness the
American national elections, the Rumanian Min-
istry of Foreign Affairs has now informed the
American Minister in Bucharest, Robert H.
Thayer, that it does not consider a reciprocal visit
by American political scientists appropriate at
this time. The Rumanian refusal was made on
January 19 in reply to a notification to the Min-
istry in Bucharest on January 16, 1957, that the
American observers were prepared to depart.
An invitation to exchange election observers in
the interest of promoting greater mutual under-
standing had been extended to the Rumanian
Government in Bucharest on September 20, 1956.^
In a reply dated October 5, 1956, the Rumanian
Government accepted the invitation to send ob-
servers to the United States and said that it was
prepared to facilitate a similar visit to Rumania
by American observers on the occasion of elections
to the Rumanian parliament.^ Three Rumanian
observers subsequently visited the United States
and were accorded full opportunity to observe the
election procedures in this coimtry.^ The U.S.
Government regrets the decision of the Rumanian
Government not to honor its agreement to admit
U.S. election observei-s on a reciprocal basis.
The American political scientists who had
sought permission to proceed to Rumania were
Prof. James K. Pollack, President of the Inter-
national Political Science Association and Chair-
man of the Department of Political Science of
the University of Michigan; Richard M. Scam-
mon, Director of Elections Research, Govern-
mental Affairs Institute, Washington, D. C. ; and
Prof. Henry L. Roberts, Director, Program on
East Central Europe, Colimibia University.
' Bulletin of Oct. 8, 1956, p. 550.
' Ibid., Oct. 29, 1956, p. 665.
^ For an announcement on the proposed itinerary for the
Rumanian observers, see ibid., Nov. 5, 1956, p. 728.
February 11, 1957
213
The Contributions off Turi<isli-American Cultural Relations
to the Economic Development off Turkey
by Fletcher WaiTen
Ambassador to Turkey '
I have chosen a subject of rather wide and gen-
eral interest and one which has particular signif-
icance for a business group. All of us these days
are conscious of the splendid progress which Tur-
key has made in the economic field in the past 30
years. I should think, however, that not many of
us have stopped to think seriously about the part
that education plays in the economic growth of
this country. Probably few of us are conscious of
the part Turkish-American cooperation in the
field of education and general cultural relations
has played in recent economic development in Tur-
key.
Turkish-American cooperation in the educa-
tional field goes back a number of years, certainly
to the foundation of Robert College in the 1860's.
Many of you here today are not strangers to the
work of the American schools and colleges in Tur-
key. I think I need not dwell on this subject. I
understand that Dr. Ballantine ^ spoke earlier this
year on development plans of Eobert College.
Suffice to say, I have already noticed, as I learn
about Turkey and as I meet Turkish leaders in
many walks of life, that graduates of the Amer-
ican colleges in Turkey are playing a vital role in
the development of this country. We find them
everywhere, but particularly in the economic and
technical pursuits, both in government and in
private enterprise, which are so important to the
modernization of Turkey. We must not overlook
the contributions made to the development of
modern Turkey by graduates of the Istanbul
'Addiess made before the Istanbul Propellor Club at
Istanbul, Turkey, on Dec. 4.
' Duncan Smith Rallautine, president of Robert College.
American Girls College and other American
schools for women in Turkey. Alumnae of these
schools have been outstanding leaders in the
change in status of women in modern Turkey
which has been so admired by other countries.
Working Partnership in Education
Since the end of World War II, Turkish
national educational institutions have come into
close contact and working partnership with the
United States. Beginnmg with the inauguration
of the Fidbright program in 1951, American
teachers and professors have come to schools and
universities in Turkey in fairly large numbers to
teach many subjects important to the growth of
this country. Engineering, economics, business
administration, psychology, educational method-
ology, American literature and the English
language, atomic physics, sociology, and inter-
national law are just a few of the fields in which
American scholars have specialized at Turkish
educational institutions. TeacJiers and profes-
sors from Turkey, on the other hand, have done
graduate work and carried out research in similar
fields in tlie United States. Sigiiificantly, these
Turkish scholai-s have also lectured to Americans
about Turkey, contributing to a gi-owing knowl-
edge in the United States of modern Turkey.
This year the Fulbright program is being re-
activated by the Governments of our two coun-
tries. We look forward hopefully to continua-
tion of this splendid educational exchange.
With the inauguration of American economic
aid to Turkey in 1948, there was an added in-
centive for the U.S. Government to have an in-
214
Department of State Bulletin
terest in the development of education in Turkey.
Without a good, practical educational base no
country can grow rapidly, either economically or
militarily. It is for this reason that the Ameri-
can Government welcomed the suggestion of
President Celal Bayar that a land-grant type of
miiversity be founded in the eastern provinces
of Turkey. State universities of this type have
played a significant role in the development of
the United States, particularly in the western part
of our country. "We hope that the efforts now
being undertaken by the Turkish Government with
the assistance of Nebraska University and the
International Cooperation Administration's Spe-
cial Mission to Turkey will lead to similar results.
Even while organization of the new Ataturk
University for the East is going forward, repre-
sentatives of Nebraska University are already
working fi-uitfully with the Faculty of Agri-
culture of Ankara University. Everything that
can be done to improve Turkish agriculture
through scientific study and university extension
work must be done if Turkey is to progress as
rapidly as it is hoped.
Interest in Public Administration
The field of public administration has also
interested the Turkish and American Govern-
ments as they work together to strengthen the
Turkish economy. Turkey has a long and dis-
tinguished past as a leader in the public adminis-
tration field. The administrative system of the
Ottoman government was a marvel of its day.
The experience of Turkey can contribute much
to the study of administration as a science. On
the other hand, in the United States particular
thought has been given to Ihe role of organiza-
tion, administration, and management in modern
govemmental institutions. Today the interests
of our two countries in the science of administra-
tion have been brought together under a co-
operative Ankara University-New York Univer-
sity project in the Faculties of Law and Political
Science in Anlcara. The results of this scientific
approach to administration may indeed prove
significant in Turkey, where the leadership of
government has been so important to develop-
mental efforts.
The extensive activities in technical assistance
in many fields under the American economic-aid
progi'am to Turkey are too numerous to mention
here, nor can we give more than passing reference
to the importance of skills acquired in military
service by many Turks under the Turkish-
American program for modernizing the Turkish
Army, Navy, and Air Force. All over Turkey
technical skills learned in the Army are being put
to work in economic activities. The importance
of the Army as a school cannot be overemphasized.
Turkish Studies in the U.S.
Turkish-American cooperation in the cultural
field has not only been a one-way proposition.
An interesting aspect of the American educational
system has been the recent development of Turk-
ish studies in the United States. Outstanding
universities such as Princeton, Columbia, Michi-
gan, Johns Hopkins, and Stanford all have
coiu'ses on the development of modern Turkey.
The fact that private educational institutions in
America are playing a major role in educational
exchange between the two countries is a clear-cut
demonstration of the interest and faith of Ameri-
cans in the development of Turkey. The Ford
Foundation each year grants fellowships to a
number of American graduate students to study
some aspects of the development of Turkey. In
fact, we can say that there is worldwide scientific
interest in the efforts of tliis country to modernize.
In recognition of this fact, the Rockefeller Foun-
dation has made grants to Turkish scholai-s to
write about Turkey or to visit the United States
and other coimtries to lecture on such subjects as
Turkish music, drama, or art.
The American foundations have also played a
major part in educational projects in Turkey.
The Ford Foundation has given substantial as-
sistance for the creation of an Institute of Busi-
ness Administration at Istanbul University.
They have helped the American Academy for
Girls at Uskudar to introduce a domestic-science
program. Most significantly, the Ford Founda-
tion is helping the Turkish Government to attack
the basic problem of developing a curriculum for
its educational system which is in keeping with
the needs of an expanding economy and rapidly
developing country.
In connection with my trip to Istanbul to speak
to you today, I have visited several of the Turkish-
American educational projects that are found in
the city. I should like to single out two of these
for particular note.
February IJ, 1957
215
Yesterday morning I visited tlie Ataturk Girls
Lycee, which has introduced an experimental
secondary-school curriculum with the approval of
the Ministry of Education and the assistance of
the Ford Foundation and a representative of the
University of Illinois. This program permits the
student to choose certain subjects as electives in
addition to the basic courses which she must take.
The courses themselves are being remodeled to
suit the needs of young women going out into the
world of Turkey today. As part of this program,
the parents of the students in the experimental
project were invited to the school and were given
an explanation of what was being attempted. I
was told that this is perhaps tlie first time that
parents in Turkey have been asked to comment on
the school program which is offered their chil-
dren. The interest of the parents astounded the
teachers and the Ministry of Education officials
concerned. Wlien the Ministry's budget would
not cover the preparation of laboratories for the
teaching of scientific subjects, the parents volun-
tarily collected the money needed, had the base-
ment rooms of the school redecorated, and ar-
ranged for the installation of fluorescent lights
and gas and water for use in scientific experimen-
tation.
Specialized Education for Businessmen
Another project wliich I visited this morning
is the special training course which is being held
by the Institute of Business Administration of
Istanbul University for employees of business
firms. This type of specialized education for in-
service businessmen is completely new for this
country. The keen spirit of the 34 men attending
this program is proof in itself of the practicability
of the project.
I have cited these two instances of educational
development not merely to indicate how Turkish-
American cooperation has benefited this country
but to indicate to you businessmen possible chan-
nels of activity for yourselves. You, the business
and professional men of our two countries, have
a basic responsibility for helping the educators
to do their work well. They need community sup-
port as well as guidance. The success of the edu-
cational system of Turkey will contribute much to
your own business success. It will certainly con-
tribute much to the strength of this country in
which you have invested. It is not enough to wait
for government to produce the proper type of
practical education for the successful growth of
a country. Businessmen must work with govern-
ment to make sure that the best is attained. The
Turkish Government is vigorously attacking the
educational problems of this country. We on the
American Government's side, with our sincere in-
terest in Turkish development, can assure you that
we will help wherever we can. It is up to you,
however, to take the lead in supplying ideas and
direction for educational and cultural develop-
ment in accordance with the needs of this country
as you see them in your everyday affairs. The in-
vestment of your time and resources in this field
is an investment in the future and an expression
of faith in this country.
Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact
Consider Middle East Situation
Following is the text of a communique issued at
Ankara, Turkey, on January 21 hy the Prime Min-
isters of Iran, Iraq, Pakistan, and Turkey.
The Prime Ministers of the foiu- Moslem powers
of the Baghdad Fact met at Ankara the 19th and
20th of January 1957, in the presence of the Presi-
dent of the Republic of Turkey and His Royal
Highness the Crown Prince of Iraq. The For-
eign Ministers of Iran, Iraq and Turkey also at-
tended the meetings.
The conference reviewed the international situ-
ation, particularly the developments that have
taken place in the Middle East, since their last
meeting at Baghdad in November 1956.
They noted with satisfaction the complete with-
drawal of Anglo-French forces from Egyptian
territory in deference to United Nations resolu-
tions and the recommendations of tlie four Bagh-
dad Pact powers' conference at Tehran.
They welcomed the resolution of the United Na-
tions General Assembly calling upon Israel once
again to withdraw all her forces beliind the armi-
stice lines. They felt that the maintenance of
peace in this area should be the continuing re-
sponsibility of the United Nations. They called
for early settlement of the Palestine question
through the United Nations, which should take
into consideration the legitimate rights of the
Arabs. They expressed the hope that the ques-
tion of freedom of navigation in the Suez Canal,
216
Department of State Bulletin
consistent with Egyptian sovereignty, should be
insured in accordance with the Convention of 1888
and that the canal should be insulated from the
national politics of any one power. They con-
sidered statements made in certain quarters on
the subject of the Suez Canal as designed to con-
fuse the issue and prejudice settlement of the ques-
tion being reached.
After taking stock of the situation in the gen-
eral area of the Middle East since their last meet-
ing, the four powers came to the conclusion that
subversive activities aimed at the destruction of
established law and order continue unabated.
They agreed that vigorous steps should be taken
to meet the challenge of false and subversive
propaganda.
They noted with satisfaction that President
Eisenhower's plan for the Middle East recognizes
the threat posed by Communist aggression and
subversion to countries of the Middle East. They
fully support the measures outlined in the plan,
as it stands at present, as best designed to main-
tain peace in the area and advance the economic
well-being of the people. They note with gratifi-
cation that the plan is not designed to create
splieres of influence nor to enslave the peoples of
the Middle East. In that connection, they em-
phasized once again the importance and useful-
ness of the Baghdad Pact in the interests of the
entire region and world peace.
They deplored the destruction of the pipeline
in Syria which by interrupting the flow of oil has
disrupted the economies of the countries afl'ected
and consequently brought about grave hardship
and sufi'ering. They urged the early restoration
of the pipeline, and regret that such restoration
is being delayed.
World Bank Makes First Loan
to Iran
The World Bank announced on January 23 that
it has made a loan equivalent to $75 million to
Iran to provide short-term financing required for
Iran's second Seven- Year Development Plan. It
is the bank's first loan to Iran.
The Bank of America, Irving Trust Company,
and Manufacturers Trust Company are partici-
pating in the loan, without the World Bank's
guaranty, in the total amount of $3.5 million of
the first maturity, which falls due on September
15, 1959.
Iran's second Seven- Year Plan encompasses a
wide range of projects and programs for the de-
velopment of agriculture, transport, electric
power, industry, and social services. The plan
is being administered by the Plan Organization,
an independent government agency, and is being
financed mainly out of oil revenues.
Iran embarked on its first Seven- Year Develop-
ment Plan in 1948, but when oil production was
drastically curtailed in 1951 development activi-
ties had to be abandoned for about 4 years. After
oil revenues again became available late in 1954
following an agreement with a consortium of
foreign oil companies, it became possible to resume
development activities on a substantial scale and
a second Seven- Year Development Plan was
formulated.
The portion of Iran's oil revenues allocated to
the Plan Organization is expected to exceed the
equivalent of $1,000 million during the 7-year
period from September 1955 to September 1962.
These revenues should be sufficient to cover the
expenditure now programed over the 7-year
period. However, since oil production can only
gradually be restored, the revenues during the
early years of the Plan are expected to fall some-
what short of the expenditure to be undertaken
in those years; in the later years, on the other
hand, the revenues will be much more ample.
The World Bank loan is being made to enable
Iran to anticipate some of these future revenues
and thus to proceed with programs and projects
which would otherwise have to be delayed until
the later years of the Plan. The proceeds of the
loan will be made available to assist in financing
Plan expenditures during the period from August
21, 1956, to March 20, 1958, or such later date as
may subsequently be agreed upon.
The loan is for a term of less than 6 years ; semi-
annual amortization payments will commence
September 15, 1959, and are scheduled to retire
the loan by September 15, 1962. The rate of in-
terest will be 5 percent, including the 1 percent
commission charged by the bank. The loan is a
general obligation of Iran. In addition, arrange-
ments have been made for servicing the loan from
oil revenues allocated to the Plan Organization.
After having been approved by the bank's
Executive Directors, the loan agreement was
February 17, 7957
217
signed on January 22 by Dr. Ali Amini, Ambas-
sador of Iran to the United States, on behalf of
Iran, and by W. A. B. Iliff, vice president, on
behalf of the International Bank for Eeconstruc-
tion and Development.
Question of Cotton Textile Exports
to United States
JAPANESE PROGRAM FOR CONTROL OF COTTON
EXPORTS
PreBS release 25 dated January 16
The U.S. Government was informed on Jan-
uary 16 by the Government of Japan, in a note
from the Ambassador of Japan to the Secretary
of State,' concerning the details of the Japanese
program for the control of exports of cotton tex-
tiles to the United States.
This program, effective as of January 1, 1957,
has a 5-year duration. The details were developed
pursuant to a note submitted to the U.S. Govern-
ment by the Government of Japan on September
27, 1956.2
The new program places an annual overall ceil-
ing of 235 million square yards on the export of
all types of Japanese cotton cloth and cotton
manufactures to the United States, with specific
ceilings on many items.
The Departments of State, Commerce, and
Agriculture issued the following joint statement
commenting on the new Japanese program :
The action taken by Japan is a major step forward in
the development of orderly and mutually beneficial trade
between the United States and Japan. It is a constructive
measure aimed at forestalling possible future injury to
the United States cotton textile industry. It recognizes
the problem faced by various segments of the domestic
industry and meets this problem through the voluntary
exercise of restraint on exports of cotton textiles to the
American market.
The program demonstrates an understanding by Japan
of the importance of the orderly marketing of an item
as significant to the economies of both countries as cotton
textiles. It not only provides an overall limit on the
total volume of cotton textile exports to the United
States, but, perhaps even more important, it sets a pattern
for the diversification of these exports over the entire
area of cotton textile manufactures. Under this program,
it should be possible to avoid situations such as those
' Not printed.
' Bulletin of Oct. S, 1950, p. 554.
which developed during 1955 and 1956 in blouses, velve-
teens, and ginghams.
The Jajwnese action provides a basis for the expansion
of two-way trade between the United States and Japan
in an atmosphere of the friendliest cooperation between
the two nations, such as that which has characterized the
economic and political relations between the two countries
over the last decade.
For the United States cotton textile industry, the
Japanese program should provide a basis on which it can
look forward to the future with the confidence and the
knowledge that import competition from Japan wiU follow
an orderly pattern.
Officials of the several interested United States Govern-
ment departments had the opportunity to hold a series
of constructive discussions with representatives of the
Japanese Government. Such discussions may be held
from time to time, as needed, during the course of the
program.
The overall ceiling for the export of cotton
manufactures to the United States announced by
the Japanese Government is 235 million square
yards. Within this ceiling the limit for cotton
cloth is 113 million yards ; the limits for woven and
knit apparel total 83 million yards ; and the limits
for household goods and miscellaneous items total
39 million yards.
The cloth ceiling of 113 million square yards
compares with a ceiling of 150 million square yards
in 1956. Individual ceilings are specified for velve-
teens, ginghams, and high-grade (combed) cotton
fabrics. The export limit for velveteen is 2.5 mil-
lion square yards for each of the first 2 years.
The export limit for gingham is 35 million square
yards for each of the first 2 years. With respect
to the remaining 75.5 million yards for "all other
fabrics" a limit for high-grade (combed) cotton
fabrics of 26 million square yards is established.
In the other groups covering cotton made-up
goods, individual annual ceilings have been estab-
lished for pillowcases, dish towels, handkerchiefs,
table damask, blouses, sport shirts, dress and work
shirts, brassieres and other body supporting gar-
ments, men's and boys' T-shirts, and gloves and
mittens.
The program also provides for Japanese cotton
textile exports to the United States to be distrib-
uted equally by quarters as far as practicable and
as necessary to meet seasonal demands. The
Japanese Government will also take all feasible
steps to prevent transshipments to the United
States through third countries.
The Japanese program lias been developed in an
218
Departmenf of Stale Bvllelin
effort to meet the problems which arose in 1955
when exports of Japanese textiles to the United
States increased sharply. These exports were
heavily concentrated with respect to certain com-
modities such as blouses, velveteens, and ginghams.
Not only were the domestic producers of these
items affected, but the entire textile industry be-
came concerned because of the impact on the price
structure of the industry and the imcertainty as to
where other concentration of Japanese exports
might hit.
The concern of the textile industry was ex-
pressed in a number of "escape clause" petitions
filed with the Tariff Commission and in requests
to the Congress and to the executive branch for
action to establish quotas on imports of textiles.
More than a year ago, the executive branch of
the U.S. Government began an extensive study of
the problem with a view to finding a resolution
which would provide appropriate safeguards for
the domestic industry within the framework of
established U.S. foreign trade policy.
One phase of the executive branch action in-
volved factfinding and frequent consultation with
representative United States cotton textile and
apparel manufacturers. A second phase involved
a series of discussions with representatives of the
Japanese Government, aimed at exploring con-
structively measures which might alleviate the
situation and at conveying to the Japanese Govern-
ment a better appreciation of the nature of the
American market and the desirability of a pro-
gram of orderly marketing and sound merchandis-
ms-
On December 21 , 1955, the Government of Japan
announced a program for the voluntary control of
exports of cotton goods to the United States in
1956. On May 16, 1956, the Japanese Govern-
ment advised the United States officially of the de-
tails of the program and of its intention to exercise
similar controls for 1957.
On September 27, 1956, the Japanese Govern-
ment advised the United States as to the principles
on which Japan intended to base its control of
cotton textile exports to the United States for 1957
and subsequent years. This note set forth the
principles of diversification of exports and avoid-
ance of excessive concentration of exports in any
particular period or on any particular item. The
5-year program now established represents the
actual implementation of these principles.
U.S. DECISION NOT TO TAKE ESCAPE- CLAUSE
ACTION
White House press release dated January 22
The President on January 22 announced that, in
view of Japan's recent announcement of a broad
program for the control of its cotton textile ex-
ports to the United States, he has decided not to
take action on the recoromendations of the U.S.
Tariff' Commission in the cotton-velveteen fabrics
escape-clause case. In identical letters to the
chairmen of the Senate Finance and House Ways
and Means Committees, the President said that
the action by the Japanese Government, which in-
cludes a limitation on exports to the United States
of cotton-velveteen fabrics, will provide relief for
the domestic cotton-velveteen industry.
In its report dated October 24, 1956, the Tariff
Commission recommended escape-clause relief in
the form of a tariff increase on cotton-velveteen
fabrics.' On December 21, 1956, the President in-
formed the chairmen of the two committees that
he was extending somewhat the period of his con-
sideration of the cotton-velveteens case.^
President's Letter to Chairmen of Congressional
Committees ^
January 22, 1957
Dear Mr. Chairman : On December 21, 1956 I
informed you that I had found it necessary to ex-
tend somewhat the period of my consideration of
the United States Tariff Commission's report of
its findings and recommendations with respect to
imports of cotton velveteen fabrics.
As you know, the Government of Japan on
January 16, 1957 announced that it was under-
taking a broad program for the control of its cot-
ton textile exports, including cotton velveteen
fabrics, to the United States.
' Copies of the report may be obtained from the U.S.
Tariff Commission, Washington 25, D.C.
' Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 105.
' Addressed to Senator Harry Flood Byrd, chairman ol
the Senate Committee on Mnance, and Representative
Jere Coojjer, chairman of the House Ways and Means
Committee.
February 11, 1957
219
In view of this action by the Japanese Govern-
ment, which will provide relief for the domestic
industry, I have decided not to take action on the
recommendations of the Tariff Commission in this
matter.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
ANNOUNCEMENT CONCERNING ITALIAN EX-
PORT OF VELVETEENS
Press release 42 dated January 29
The Government of Italy informed the United
States Government on January 17, 1957, that Italy
intends to export no more than 1,375,000 square
yards of velveteens to this country during the year
1957.
This information is being made public now in
view of the number of inquiries received on this
question.
Korean Exchange Rate Discussions
Press release 35 dated January 23
In connection with recent discussions in Wash-
ington between representatives of the Republic of
Korea and of the United States on economic sub-
jects, the Republic of Korea has reaffirmed its
decision to maintain the rate of exchange between
the Korean hwan and the United States dollar at
500 hwan to one United States dollar. The
500-to-l rate, which has been in effect since Au-
gust 15, 1955, is applicable to all foreign exchange
transactions of the Republic of Korea. The two
Governments will observe closely economic de-
velopments in Korea and will continue to consult
on measures that may be necessary to achieve
greater economic stability.
United States Sends Food Grains
to Drouglit Area in Peru
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on January 14 that the United States
will send approximately 40,000 tons of food grains
to Peru to help relieve critical food shortages re-
sulting from 2 years of continuing drought.
Some 1.8 million people — most of them subsist-
ence farmers— live in the drought-affected area of
southern Peru. It is estimated that their crop
losses during the 1955-56 crop year averaged
nearly 75 percent of normal yields. Lack of
pasturage also has led to distress slaughter of
livestock, and it is estimated that about two-thirds
of the area's livestock may be lost.
The food grains, valued at $4.5 million, based
on Commodity Credit Corporation costs, will be
made available under title II of Public Law 480,
the Agricultural Trade Development and Assist-
ance Act, which authorizes Ica to grant U.S. agri-
cultural commodities to friendly peoples for
emergency or i-elief purposes.
Ica also is authorizing the use of up to $900,000
from title II funds to pay ocean freight costs for
transporting the foodstuffs to Peru. The Govern-
ment of Peru will pay all inland transportation
and distribution costs.
From the ports of Mollendo and Matarani, the
food grains will be moved by rail, truck, burro,
and llama over about 375 miles of some of the
roughest mountain terrain in the world. Peru's
problems are further complicated by the fact that
the communities where these grains are needed
are in a subsistence farming area with a primi-
tive barter economy where there are no estab-
lished commercial outlets capable of handling
such a large volume of foodstuffs.
In May 1956, 45,000 tons of wheat, barley, and
corn and 2,000 tons of dry milk were made avail-
able to Peru, also under title II, when drought
and unusually early frosts in the same area created
serious food shortages. The Govermnent of Peru
is devoting the proceeds from last year's sales to
public works projects in the drought area to pro-
vide work for the large numbers of people who
have left the farms, and will use local currencies
to be generated from the current program in the
same manner. Additional food distribution also
is being carried out through Peru's rural schools.
These emergency food relief programs supple-
ment the regular technical cooperation program
through which the United States and Peru are
working together in agriculture, health, educa-
tion, and rural-development projects. For the
current fiscal year, $2.8 million has been pro-
gramed for U.S. contributions toward these proj-
ects. It is estimated that the Peruvian Govern-
ment will contribute the equivalent of about $6.4
million during the same period.
220
Department of State Bulletin
Disappearance of U.S. Pilot
in Dominican Republic
Press release 37 dated January 25
Gerald Ivester Murphy, a 23-year-old airplane
pilot and a native of Eugene, Oreg., left his
apartment in Ciudad Trujillo on December 3,
1956, and has not been seen again.
Immediately upon learning of his disappear-
ance, the American Embassy in Ciudad Trujillo
communicated with the Dominican Government
and sought its cooperation in ascertaining Mur-
phy's ■whereabouts. It has since continued its
efforts to obtain from the Dominican autliorities
all available information relating to Murphy and
the circumstances surrounding his disappearance,
as well as to pursue its own inquiries through
such means as are available to it.
It is understood that, from some time in Febru-
ary until late November 1956, Murphy was em-
ployed as a copilot for the Compania Do7ninicana
de Aviacion. According to the Department's in-
formation, following Murphy's employment by
the Dominican airline (Cda) certain dissatisfac-
tion arose among some of the Cda pilots. Par-
ticularly, a Dominican citizen named Octavio de
la Maza was reported to have been especially re-
sentful of Murphy's presence in Cda. Dominican
authorities, informed of this report by our Em-
bassy, took De la Maza into custody for question-
ing on December 17, 1956.
On January 7 the American Charge d' Affaires
was informed that De la Maza had hanged him-
self in his cell at 4 a.m. that morning. The
charge was shown a suicide note alleged to have
been written by De la Maza, in which he said he
had met Murpliy the evening of December 3, that
they had gone to the site near the sea where Mur-
phy's automobile was later found, that during an
exchange of blows Murphy had fallen into the
sea, and that De la Maza had decided to kill him-
self out of remorse.
By a communication dated December 31, 1956,
the Embassy formally requested of the Domini-
can Government a written report on its police
search for Murphy. On January 16, 1957, the
Dominican Government was similarly requested
to provide the fullest possible report on the ac-
tivities of Murphy in the Dominican Republic
prior to his disappearance.
As of this date, the Department is still awaiting
the reports requested of the Dominican author-
ities. Meanwhile, investigations aimed at clari-
fying Murphy's disappearance are being pursued
vigorously.
Defense Agreement Negotiations
With Portugal Postponed
Press release 34 dated January 23
Owing to the illness of the Portuguese Foreign
Minister,^ the Portuguese-American negotiations
in connection with the defense agreement of 1951
have been temporarily postponed.
In the meantime all facilities granted under the
1951 agreement continue to be made available, and
it is hoped that the negotiations can be resumed
before long.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
The Foreign Service Act of 1946 (Public Law 724, 79th
Congress) as amended to December 1, 1956. December
18, 1956. 119 pp. [Committee print.]
Safety of Life at Sea Study. Report pursuant to H. Res.
653 (84th Congress). H. Rept. 2969, January 3, 1957.
13 pp.
85th Congress, 1st Session
The State of the Union. Address of the President
delivered before a joint session of the Senate and the
House of Representatives relative to the state of the
Union. H. Doc. 1, January 10, 1957. 9 pp.
Fifth Semiannual Report on Activities Carried on Under
Public Law 480, 83d Congress, as Amended, Outlining
Operations Under the Act During the Period Julv 1
Through December 31, 1956. H. Doc. 50, January' 14,
1957. 24 pp.
Study of Foreign Aid Program. Report to accompany
S. Res. 35. S. Rept. 2, January 14, 1957. 4 pp.
' For an announcement of the official visit to Washing-
ton of the Portuguese Foreign Minister, Dr. Paulo Cunha,
in November 1955, see Bulletin of Dee. 12, 1955, p. 966.
February 11, 1957
221
The International Economic Situation
EXCERPTS FROM THE ECONOMIC REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT
The following three excerpts are from chapter
2 {'■'■Economic Growth and Improvement, 1953-
56"), chapter 3 {^'■Economic Developments in
1956"), and chapter ^ {"Extending and Broad-
ening Economic Progress") of the Economic Re-
port of the President.'
GROWTH OF ECONOMIC ACTIVITY
The period [1953-56] has also been one of im-
provement in the economies of other nations of the
free world. Vigorous economic growth has char-
acterized the industrialized countries of Western
Europe and also Canada and Japan. In each of
these, the flow of goods and services to consumers
and the additions made to productive plant and
equipment have increased materially. Substan-
tial progress has also been made in many of the
nations that are economically less developed, al-
though the rate of growth has varied widely
among them.
A remarkable strengthening of international
trade and finance has taken place. Trade among
the nations of the free world rose from less than
$74 billion in 1952 to approximately $93 billion in
1956. liesponding to economic expansion at home
and abroad and to the gradual relaxation of trade
controls, our foreign trade and investment have
increased markedly; both exports and imports
were at record levels in 1956. Following a de-
cline for a short time after the termination of the
Korean conflict, nonmilitary exports of goods and
' H. Doc. 29, S.'Jth Cong., 1st sess. ; transmitted to tlie
Congress on .Jan. 23; for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing OflSce, Wasliing-
ton 25, D. 0. (65 cents).
services increased during 1954, thus helping to
sustain business activity in this country. The
expansion of tliese expoi-ts was extended in 1955
and 1956, in the latter year reaching about $23
billion, approximately 28 percent more than in
1952. Imports of goods and services followed
the trend of domestic business activity more
closely, falling in 1954 and rising in the next two
years. In 1956, they totaled almost $20 billion,
some 25 percent above their total four years
earlier.
Although Government grants and credits still
financed a sizable amount of our exports, increas-
ing reliance was placed on private trade and in-
vestment during the past four years. Net private
investment abroad of United States funds was at
a new high in 1956. While expanding their pur-
chases of goods and services from the United
States, other countries have added about $7 billion
to their gold and dollar reserves since 1952. The
increase in these reserves, which were severely de-
pleted during and after World War II, is trace-
able largely to our imports of goods and services
and to our military expenditures abroad. Fur-
ther expansion of nonmilitary exports will con-
tinue to depend, fundamentally, upon the volume
of our imports and the amount of private United
States investment in foreign countries.
The sharpest expansion in our exports has been
in shipments to industrialized countries with high
per capita incomes, which are often competitive
with us, and to certain less developed countries
in which the rate of economic expansion has re-
cently been high. This fact strongly suggests the
economic advantage to this country which can
accrue from economic development abroad.
When trade is conducted on a nondiscriminatoi^y,
multilateral basis, it is natural to expect tliat
222
Department of Slate Bulletin
prosperity elsewhere will be reflected in an in-
creased demand for the products of our farms,
mines, and factories. Such has been the case in
the last four years.
THE PATTERN OF THE EXPANSION
. • « • •
Growing foreign trade and investment was an-
other expansionary factor. Merchandise ship-
ments abroad (excluding military aid transfers),
which comprised approximately three-fourths of
our exports of goods and services, were nearly
$3 billion greater than in 1955 and at a record
high of $17 billion (Table 3). Almost three-
fourths of these shipments consisted of manu-
factured industrial goods, mostly finished goods.
Export activity was especially marked for a num-
ber of industries confronted by heavy domestic
demands ; machinery exports rose about 24 percent
and with iron and steel products and chemicals ac-
counted for about one-third of the $3 billion in-
crease. Expansion of bituminous coal exports
provided an important additional market for that
industry.
Merchandise shipped to this country, which com-
prised almost two-thirds of our imports of goods
and services, rose more than $1 billion, to a new
T.4BLE 3. — Untied States exports and imports of goods and
services, 1952-66
Excluding transfers under military grant programs
[Billions o( dollars)
Exports
Imports
Export
surplus
Year
of goods
Total
Goods
Serv-
ices 1
Total
Goods
Serv-
ices'
and serv-
ices»
1952
18. 1
13.3
4.7
15.7
10.8
4.9
2.4
1953
17. 1
12.3
4.8
16. 6
11.0
5.7
.4
1954
17.9
12.8
5. 1
16. 1
10.4
5.7
1.8
1955
19.9
14.3
5.7
17. 9
11.5
6.4
2.0
1956 3...
23. 1
17.0
6. 1
19. 7
12. 7
7.0
3.4
1 Includes income on Investments.
" Includes income on investments and United States military expenditures
abroad.
' Preliminary estimates by Council of Economic Advisers.
Note.— Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.
Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).
high of nearly $13 billion. Half of our merchan-
dise imports consisted of finished and semimanu-
factured industrial goods. Larger inflows of such
items as structural steel, machinery, nonferrous
metals and ferroalloys, and iron ore and concen-
trates reflected the high level of our industrial ac-
tivity. Notable increases also occurred in imports
of automobiles, paper, cotton and woolen textiles,
and, prior to the blocking of the Suez Canal, crude
petroleum.
The excess of exports over imports was made
possible in part by greater private capital invest-
ments abroad. These investments, which were al-
most $1.2 billion in 1955, more than doubled in
1956. Most of the increase consisted of investments
in foreign branches and subsidiaries of United
States corporations in Canada, "Western Europe,
and Latin America. The voliune of sales of Ca-
nadian securities to United States investors was
larger than in 1955. United States Government
loans to foreign countries, and investments of
foreigners in the United States, also increased.
The net result of all these transactions, with pri-
vate remittances and nonmilitary Government
grants virtually unchanged, was an addition of
almost $2 billion of net foreign investment to
gross national product.
STRENGTHENING ECONOMIC TIES WITH OTHER
COUNTRIES
A major objective of United States foreign eco-
nomic policy continues to be to facilitate and in-
crease the international flow of goods and capital
on a nondiscriminatory basis. Since the volume
of our imports and the amount of private funds
available for investment abroad depend mainly
on domestic prosperity, a stable and growing econ-
omy at home is an essential foundation for a sound
structure of world trade. But positive measures
are needed to help other nations participate in the
growth and prosperity of the free world. Con-
siderable progress has been made in this direction
in the last four j'ears, but important opportunities
remain.
By multilateral reductions of trade barriers, the
United States has promoted the nondiscrimina-
tory flow of goods, while reserving the right to
prevent serious injury to domestic industries. The
authority initially granted by the Reciprocal
Trade Agreements Act of 1934 was extended until
June 30, 1958, with some modifications, by the
Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1955. The
1955 legislation provided the President with cer-
tain new authority. Specifically, it permitted the
februory M, J957
223
reduction of tariffs on a reciprocal basis by as
much as 5 percent a year for three years, and made
possible the reduction, in annual stages, of rates
in excess of 50 percent ad valorem to the 50 per-
cent level. In accordance with this legislation, re-
ciprocal tariff concessions involving approxi-
mately $1 billion of United States exports and im-
ports were negotiated with 21 foreign countries in
1956 under the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade (Gatt). In 1955, prior to the passage of
the Trade Agreements Extension Act, the United
States and 16 other countries concluded substan-
tial tariff negotiations with Japan under the Gatt,
thereby bringing that country economically closer
to the rest of the free world. The "escape clause"
and "peril point" provisions of the Trade Agree-
ments Act, which are designed to protect domestic
industries against serious injury from tariff con-
cessions, continue to serve as safeguards for do-
mestic enterprise in a manner broadly consistent
with trade liberalization.
Multilateral negotiations imder the Gatt have
been more effective than bilateral negotiations in
reducing trade barriers and discriminatory re-
strictions against our exports. To make the Gatt
an even more effective instrument for removing
discrimination against our exports, an administra-
tive agency — the Organization for Trade Cooper-
ation— is required. In order to enhance the ad-
vantages that the Gatt now provides, Congress is
requested to enact legislation authorizing United
States membership in the Organization for Trade
Cooperation.
The United States has provided large sums to
assist the economic development of other countries
through Government grants and loans and private
investment. The last three Economic Reports
have emphasized the desirability of encouraging
private investment in countries seeking to expedite
their development. Private investment is gen-
erally accompanied by technical and managerial
services that are as necessary as capital funds but
are often more difficult to obtain. At present,
foreign tax inducements to attract capital are in
some situations nullified by not allowing credit in
determining United States tax liability for in-
come taxes waived by the country in which the
investment is made. The investment of private
funds abroad would be facilitated by tax treaties
which, subject to appropriate safeguards, recog-
nize the laws of other countries designed to attract
new investment.
The economic development of the free world
has been materially aided by grants and loans ex-
tended by our Government. For the current fiscal
year, $1.8 billion was appropriated for nonmili-
tary assistance under the Mutual Security Pro-
gram, including defense support, development
assistance, teclmical cooperation, and other pro-
grams. Recommendations will be presented to
the Congress to continue this assistance and to
provide the flexibility needed to help meet the
challenge of rapidly changing international
conditions.
The Export-Import Bank has loaned sub-
stantial amounts to finance our exports and to
assist economic development abroad. Private
capital has been associated with many of these
loans, thus augmenting the effectiveness of the
Bank's operations. The authority of the Export-
Import Bank to approve credits, which expires
June 30, 1958, should be extended.
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development and the International Monetary
Fund, which rely in large part on the capital sub-
scriptions and guarantees of the United States
Government, increased their dollar transactions
markedly in 1956. The lending activities of the
Bank aid in the sound economic development of its
member countries. The International ]\Ionetary
Fund helps member countries meet temporary
maladjustments in their balance of payments po-
sitions and pi'omotes sound international financial
policies and freer foreign exchange transactions.
Recently, it provided funds to strengthen the re-
serve position of the United Kingdom.^
United States customs procedures were simpli-
fied and inequities removed by legislation enacted
in 1953 and 1956. In accordance with the 1953
law, a series of administrative actions has liberal-
ized import invoice requirements. The Customs
Simplification Act of 1956 is intended to reduce
burdensome delays and uncertainties by modify-
ing the methods employed in the customs valuation
of imported merchandise. On the basis of other
legislation, the Tariff' Commission is investigating
ways to improve the present system of commodity
classification and the customs rate structure.
Two promising moves now under study would
further the economic integration of Western
Europe. One is the establishment of a conmion
' BmjJiTiN of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 28.
224
Department of State Bulletin
market, without internal trade barriers, among
the six continental nations comprising the Euro-
pean Coal and Steel Community. The second is
the association of the United Kingdom with these
countries and other continental nations in a free
trade area. These moves, if brought to a con-
structive conclusion, should add much to the grow-
ing economic strength and political unification of
the area, with substantial benefits to the United
States and the entire free world.
The continued industrialization of Western
Europe and of much of the rest of the world re-
quires the expansion of economical sources of
energy. Members of the European Steel and Coal
Community are planning cooperative efforts in
tlie field of atomic energy. Action should be
taken by the Congress to authorize full participa-
tion by the United States in the work of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency of the United
Nations, in order to extend our program of help-
ing free-world nations share in the benefits of
peaceful use of the atom.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
General Assembly Consideration of the Problem of Disarmament
Following are the texts of statements made in
Committee I {Political and Security) on Januai-y
H and 25 by Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., U.S. Repre-
sentative to the General Assembly, during debate
on disarmament; a resolution, cosponsored by the
United States, which the Committee adopted
unanimously on January 25; and a memorandum,
circulated on January 12, containing new U.S.
proposals on disarmament.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JAN-
UARY 14
U. S. delegation press release 2586
The report of the Disarmament Commission,'
including the proceedings of its Subcommittee, is
before us. Now is the time to review that work.
My statement today, however, will look more
to the future than to the past. It deals with the
steps and means by which a sound and safe-
guarded agreement might be reached in the new
year just beginning.
The President of the United States, Dwight D.
Eisenhower, will soon begin a new administration
in the Government of our country. He has been
elected for a second term by the people and will
1 U.N. doc. A/3470.
February 11, 1957
414848 — 6T 3
be inaugarated for that 4-year period. The mem-
bers of the United Nations may be confident of
his continued devotion to the quest for a just and
durable peace. He continues to lead our Nation
in a renewed effort to find the way to devote more
of the resources of mankind to abundant peace
and less to armaments and armed forces; to re-
duce tensions and increase confidence among
nations by establishing a reliably inspected and
lower level of armaments ; and to lessen the perils
of the outbreak of war by easmg the dangers of
great surprise attack.
Only recently, in his letter to Marshal Bulganin
of December 31, 1956,= President Eisenhower re-
affirmed his belief that "deliberations within the
framework of the United Nations seem most likely
to produce a step forward in the highly complica-
ted matter of disarmament."
President Eisenhower also declared the in-
tention of the United States to submit new pro-
posals in the United Nations.
These new proposals will center upon five prin-
cipal points. Before outlining these points, I
wish to emphasize that the United States is ready
and willing to take sound steps toward arms reduc-
= Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p.
225
tions, whether they are vei-y small or whether they
are large and extensive, provided, however, that
any such step must be subject to effective inspec-
tion. This insistence on adequate inspection is not
a whim. It arises from the deep conviction a,fter
a thorough study that only an inspected agreement
would serve the objective of a reliable peace.
An agi-eement without effective inspection
would immediately become the source of doubts
and suspicions, of distrust and invective, and of
charges and coimtercharges. Such an unsound
agreement would add to tensions and increase the
danger of war.
Deeply as we are convinced of the desirability
of a reliable agreement and of the dangers in the
absence of agreement, we have nonetheless con-
cluded that a bad agreement is worse for the cause
of peace than no agreement. An uninspected
agreement, or an inadequately controlled agree-
ment, or a one-sided agreement would be a bad
agreement. It would not serve the objective of
peace.
"We believe that renewed negotiations should
strive toward these objectives:
1. To reverse the trend toward larger stock-
piles of nuclear weapons and to reduce the future
nuclear threat.
2. To provide against great surprise attack and
thus reduce the danger of major war.
3. To lessen the burden of armaments and to
make possible improved standards of living.
4. To insure that research and development ac-
tivities concerning the propulsion of objects
through outer space be devoted exclusively to
scientific and peaceful purposes.
5. To ease tensions and to facilitate settlement
of difficult political issues.
To meet these objectives, the United States
makes the following proposals in broad outline.
Specific details will, of course, be developed in the
negotiations in the subcommittee.
First: The United States proposes that an
agreement be reached imder which at an early
date, under effective international inspection,
all future production of fissionable materials shall
be used or stockpiled exclusively for nonweapons
purposes under international supervision. The
members of the Assembly and scientists through-
out the world know that it is impossible to account
with essential certainty, or to discover through
any known scientific means of inspection, all of
the fissionable materials produced in the past or
all of the existing accumulation of nuclear wea-
pons. It is not possible to turn backward the
clock of nuclear discovery and development, nor
to repeal the nuclear age. One thing which can
be done and which, for the sake of humanity, the
United Stat&s proposes should be done is to es-
tablish effective international control of future
production of fissionable materials and to ex-
change firm commitments to use all future produc-
tion exclusively for nonweapons purposes.
Wlien such commitments are executed, it would
then be possible to move reliably toward the reduc-
tion of existing stockpiles. When future produc-
tion is controlled, it should be easier than it is with
the information now available to establish within a
reasonable range of accuracy the approximate
amount of fissionable materials previously pro-
duced, so that equitable and proportionate
amounts in successive increments could be trans-
ferred from past production to internationally su-
pervised national or international use for non-
weapons purposes.
The members of this Assembly will recognize
that this proposal is the logical projection and
followthi-ough of the concept emphasized by
President Eisenliower in his message to this body
on December 8, 1953, when he proposed the atoms-
for-peace program. It is inspired by the same
motives which led to the establishment of the In-
ternational Atomic Energy Agency through the
cooperation of nations of the world.
Under this program the United States, for its
part, would make generous, progressive transfers
of fissionable material to peaceful uses, just as it
has previously annoiuiced its intention to con-
tribute to the International Atomic EnergA'
Agency. It will continue to encourage nations to
make their full contributions to the constructive
iises of atomic energy.
Under such a program, the whole future may
be changed. The course of atomic development
will move in a benign direction rather than
toward some evil end.
Second: If such an arrangement to control the
future production of fissionable material can be
negotiated and put into effect, it would then be
possible, in a secure manner, to limit and ulti-
mately to eliminate all nuclear test explosions.
The United States proposes that this be done.
226
Department of State Bulletin
Pendinc: the negotiation of such an agreement, the
United States is also willing to work out promptly
methods for advance notice and registration of
all nuclear tests, as has been suggested by the
delegation of Norway, and to provide for limited
international observation of such tests. This
could be an effective forerunner of far-reaching
agreement, affecting both the nuclear threat itself
and testing in particular.
Third: The United States proposes that we
move ahead toward the realization of a first-stage
reduction, under adequate inspection, of conven-
tional armaments and armed forces, using as a
basis of measurement the figures of 2.5 million for
the Soviet Union and the United States, and
750,000 for France and the United Kingdom, up-
on which the countries represented on the Sub-
committee seem to agree. The United States pro-
poses that we achieve this forward step through
the progressive establishment of an effective in-
spection system concurrent with such reductions.
An effective inspection system would require an
appropriate aerial inspection component as well
as ground units. The United States accepts the
principle of establishing observers at key ground
locations, as generally proposed by Marshal Bul-
ganin, in addition to air inspection. The pro-
posed first stage of reduction can be fulfilled pro-
vided there is good faith on all sides in establish-
ing a system of inspection that can in fact verify
the commitments.
It would seem appropriate, also, for other na-
tions to begin to consider the relation between
their own armed forces and the projected first-
stage force levels, in the event the fulfillment of
such first-stage reductions can be assured in the
coming negotiations of the Subcommittee.
The United States does not believe that deeper
reductions than those agreed for the first stage
can be made unless some progress is made in settle-
ment of the major political issues now dividing
t\\& world. But the fulfillment of a first-stage
reduction would certainly improve the climate for
the negotiation of such political settlements.
Fourth: Scientists in many nations are now pro-
ceeding with efforts to propel objects through
outer space and to travel in the distant areas be-
yond the earth's atmospheric envelope. The scope
of these experiments is variously indicated in the
terms "earth satellites," "intercontinental mis-
siles," "long-range unmanned weapons," and
"space platforms." No one can now predict with
certainty what will develop from man's excursion
in this new field. But it is clear that, if this ad-
vance into the unknown is to be a blessing rather
than a curse, the efforts of all nations in this field
need to be brought witliin the purview of a reliable
armaments-control system. The United States
proposes that the first step toward the objective
of assuring that future developments in outer
space would be devoted exclusively to peaceful
and scientific purposes would be to bring the test-
ing of such objects under international inspection
and participation. The United States earth
satellite presently planned for the International
Geophysical Year is an example of an open proj-
ect devoted exclusively to scientific purposes and
developed with the knowledge and approbation
of the scientists of the nations represented in the
International Geophysical Year.^ In this matter,
as in other matters, we are ready to participate in
fair, balanced, reliable systems of control.
Fifth: The United States continues to empha-
size the importance of providing against the pos-
sibility of great surprise attack. This is not a
minor or an ancillary proposal. The nature of
modern weapons is such that, if all nations are
safeguarded against great surprise attack, there is
much less likelihood that a calculated major war
would be initiated in the nuclear age. Likewise,
such mutual assurances against great surprise at-
tack would do much to prevent miscalculation by
any nation regarding the intention of another.
The greater the speed of potential attack and the
more devastating the blows that could be struck,
the greater is the danger that anxious apprehen-
sion, feeding on ignorance of the dispositions and
intentions of others, would adversely and danger-
ously affect the decisions of nations.
It is in the interest of each nation not only that
it have sure knowledge that other nations are not
preparing a great surprise attack upon it but also
that these other nations should have sure knowl-
edge that it is not planning a great surprise at-
tack upon them. Today many nations have
knowledge of the location of key centers, of the
areas of strategic importance, and of the concen-
tration of military power of other nations. This
information would be adequate for the waging
- for background, see ibid., Aug. 13, 1956, p. 280, and
Dec. 3, 1056, p. 880.
february 11, 1957
227
of a devastating war. But unless a reliable in-
spection system is established with open skies,
open ports, open centers, each nation will possess
something less than the regular, dependable in-
formation necessary to form a stable basis for a
durable peace. The United States proposes there-
fore the progressive installation of inspection
systems which will provide against the possibility
of great surprise attack. The United States is
willing to execute, either as an opening step or a
later step, the complete proposal made in the smn-
mit conference at Geneva by President Eisen-
hower.*
It is clear that, whatever the first steps may be,
a method of control, an organization of super-
vision, and a mechanism for regulation will be
needed. The United States proposes that such
an international agency for the regulation of
armaments should be installed concurrently with
the beginning of the program. It can constitute
a nucleus of hope at the center of the grim impli-
cations which radiate from the destructive power
of modern armament.
In making these new proposals may I reempha-
size that the United States continues to stand back
of the proposals and suggestions made by it at
the summit conference at Geneva and in the meet-
ings of the Subcommittee since that time.
You will find in the Subcommittee report sug-
gestions submitted by the United States at London
in May 1956 for initial steps for demonstration
of inspection methods, for joint technical study,
and for first levels of reduced armaments. I will
not burden you with a review in detail. The rec-
ord is before you. We stand on this record, and
we present our new proposals in a spirit of en-
deavor to meet the views of other nations. We
are trying to move toward agreement, provided
only that such agreement is sound and secure.
We are fully aware of the extent of devastation
which would befall mankind if a third world war
should occur. We believe it to be in the interest
of all nations to take far-reaching steps to mini-
mize this danger. We are convinced that an
armaments-control agreement which is fair to
both sides and thoroughly inspected so that there
can be no reasonable doubt of its fulfillment is
both physically and theoretically possible. Such
an accord sliould be politically attainable if the
prompt, forthright, and thoughtful attention of
'/fciV/., Aug. 1, lOr.5, p. 173.
the governments of the world is given to this
I)roblem.
That is the spirit in which I speak on behalf
of the United States today.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JANU-
ARY 25
U.S. delegatlOQ press release 2600
The pending resolution is cosponsored by 12
nations of diverse points of view. All of the
members of the Subcommittee of the Disarmament
Commission are among the cosponsors. It is a
product of the conciliation and spirit of compro-
mise which, we hope, will accompany our future
eiforts. It is deliberately noncontroversial. It
refers a number of past and more recent proposals
to the Disarmament Commission and its Subcom-
mittee for study. We believe that these bodies,
expressly created for this purpose, are the best
place to continue the detailed and teclinical dis-
cussions which are necessary.
We believe that unanimous adoption of the res-
olution which we have cosponsored will help to
set the stage for successful negotiations. We be-
lieve also, Mr. Chairman, that in the negotiations
to come there is no substitute for hard work, for
mutual good will, and for patience. The un-
fortunate fact that 10 years of discussion have
not produced an agreement must not deter us. We
must continue to seek new ways to reach an
agreement.
We believe that progi'ess has been made in the
past years ; even though the progress has not been
as much as we would like, we welcome it, such as
it is.
We think that the proposals which the United
States presented to this Committee on January
14 can serve as a sound basis for progress. The
United States will continue its search for even
modest steps which can be agreed on and which
will help us reverse the trend toward greater and
greater stockpiles of armaments. We hope in this
search to make plain to the world our pei-sever-
ance and our realism.
Mr. Chairman, I should like to comment briefly
on four proposals which have been made during
the course of this debate. Two proposals are on
the question of nuclear testing. The two resolu-
tions which are before us, documents A/C.1/L.160
and \/C.i/lj.\(J2. will be referred to the Disarma-
228
Department of State Bulletin
ment Commission and its Subcommittee for con-
sideration.
Let me explain again the position of the United
States on the issues involved in these proposals.
The Soviet resolution, A/C.1/L.160, calls for
immediate and unconditional prohibition of nu-
clear-weapons testing. Our position on this gen-
eral matter has been put forward clearly in this
Committee. In short, the United States favors
the limitation and ultimate elimination of nuclear-
weapons testing as part of a safeguarded system
of disarmament. We oppose any prohibition of
weapons testing which does not at the same time
strike at the lieart of the problem, and that is the
continued production of nuclear weapons them-
selves.
The United States is prepared to give its full
endorsement to the proposal put forth by Canada,
Japan, and Norway in document A/C.1/L.162,
which is also being referred to the Disarmament
Commission for consideration. Although this
proposal is only a preliminary step, we find it to
be both realistic and constructive. We will give
this suggestion our support in the Subcommittee,
and we hope that it will be put into effect at an
early date. The United States is ready to par-
ticipate in any registration system agreed upon
among the states concerned.
Mr. Chairman, the contribution of Japan in
this field makes it particularly painful for us to
learn that a dispatch brings the news of the death
today of former Foreign Minister Mamoru Shige-
mitsu of Japan. Only a few weeks ago he was
here among us as Foreign Minister to be present
as Japan entered the United Nations. It was
dramatic and very moving for us, who remembered
his dignified and significant part in the ending of
hostilities almost 12 years ago, to see him stand-
ing outside of the Delegates' Entrance, raising his
hand as his country's flag was hoisted at the
United Nations. Let me express to my friend,
Ambassador Renzo Sawada, our personal expres-
sions of sympathy to Foreign Minister Shigemit-
su's family and the official condolences of the
United States on the passing of a patriot and a
statesman.
Mr. Chairman, the next matter raised by sev-
eral delegations relates to a special session of the
General Assembly to consider the question of dis-
armament. In this connection we can look with
profit upon the experience which we gained as a
result of the successful negotiations leading to
the adoption of the statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency. Wlien agreement
among a number of the principal nations involved
in the field of peaceful uses of atomic energy was
achieved, a general conference of states proved
to be both proper and highly useful.
The United States has long held that, after
agreement among the major armed powers was
achieved, the subject of disarmament should be
considered by a general conference with wide in-
ternational participation. We think that it would
be premature to decide upon the convening of
such a conference or a special session of the Gen-
eral Assembly now.
The progress which has been made so far in
disarmament unfortunately does not justify our
doing so. But we are willing to have the Dis-
armament Commission consider the advisability
of recommending the convening of either a special
session of the General Assembly or a general dis-
armament conference at an appropriate time.
Our present conviction is that such a conference
would serve no purpose now. It might, indeed,
simply increase the difficulties we face. The con-
vening of such a conference should await the time
when a large measure of agreement among those
states whose participation is essential to any
effective disarmament agreement is achieved.
Finally, Mr. Chairman, there is the issue of
expansion of the membership of the Disarmament
Commission and its Subcommittee. Document
A/C.1/L.164 deals with this question. We be-
lieve that any changes in the membership of the
Disarmament Commission should correspond to
and be conditional upon changes resulting from
the proposed enlargement of the Security Council.
Please note that the participation of other states
in the consideration of disarmament is assured
in two ways: first, in the debates of the General
Assembly; secondly, in the Disarmament Com-
mission, which often hears representatives of
states which are not Commission members.
With regard to the proposal for enlargement
of the Subcommittee, we believe that this would be
an unfortunate departure from the sound prin-
ciple that agi-eement in the first instance must be
achieved among the major armed powers. We
are convinced that efforts to achieve initial agree-
ment in the larger group would only complicate
the problem and make negotiations more difficult.
February 11, 1957
229
TEXT OF RESOLUTION »
U.N. doc. A/C.1/7S5
The Oencral Assembly,
1. iJeca;?(Hf7 its resolution 808 (IX) of 4 November 1954,
2. Recognizing that the achievement of an agreement
on the problem of disarmament would contribute to the
Strengthening of international peace and security,
3. Welcoviing the progress made on certain aspects of
the disarmament problem by the Disarmament Commis-
sion and its Sub-Committee since the tenth General As-
sembly,
4. Requests the Disarmament Commission to reconvene
its Sub-Committee at an early date ;
5. Recommends that the Disarmament Commission and
its Sub-Committee give prompt attention to the various
proposals that have been submitted to the United Na-
tions including the proposal of the Governments of Can-
ada, Japan and Norway of 18 January 1957 ; ' the Anglo-
French comprehensive proposals of 11 June 1954, 19
March 1956 and 3 May 1956 ; the proposals of the United
States made under date of 14 January 1957; the proposals
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics made under
date of 10 May 1955, 27 March 1956, 12 July 1956, 17 No-
vember 1956,' 14 January 1957 '* and 24 January 1957 ; "
the proposals of the Government of India made under date
of 25 July 1956 ; and the proposals of the Government of
Yugoslavia of 10 July 1956 ; and give continued considera-
tion to the plan of Mr. Eisenhower, President of the United
States of America, for exchanging military blueprints and
mutual aerial inspection, and the plan of Mr. Bulganin,
Prime Minister of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,
for establishing control posts at strategic centres ;
C. Recommends further that the Disarmament Commis-
sion request its Sub-Committee to prepare a progress
report for consideration by the Commission not later than
1 August 1957 ;
7. Transmits to the Disarmament Commission the rec-
ords of the meetings of the First Committee at which
the problem of disarmament was discussed with the re-
quest that the Commission and its Sub-Committee give
careful and early consideration to the views expressed in
those documents ;
8. Invites the Disarmament Commission to consider the
advisability of recommending that a special session of the
General Assembly or a general disarmament conference
be convened at the appropriate time.
TEXT OF U.S. MEMORANDUM
U.N. doc. A/C.1/783 dated January 12
The United States makes the following proposals, in
' Sponsored by Australia, Brazil, Canada, El Salvador,
France, India, Japan, Norway, U.S.S.R., U.K., U.S., and
Tugoslavia ; adopted by Committee I on Jan. 25 by a vote
of 77-0, with no abstentions.
' U.N. doc. A/C.l/i:i.l62.
' Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 89.
' U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.161.
° U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.104.
broad outline. Specific details will, of course, be de-
veloped in the negotiations in the Subcommittee.
First : The United States proposes that an agreement
be reached under which at an early date under effective
international inspection, all future production of fission-
able materials shall be used or stockpiled exclusively for
non-weapons purposes under international supervision.
The members of the Assembly and scientists throughout
the world know that it is impossible to account with
essential certainty, or to discover through any known
scientiHe means of insi>ection, all of the fissional)le ma-
terials produced in the past, or all of the existing ac-
cumulation of nuclear weapons. It is not possible to
turn backward the clock of nuclear discovery and de-
velopment, nor to repeal the Nuclear Age. One thing
which can be done and which, for the sake of humanity,
the United States proposes should be done, is to establish
effective international control of future production of
fissionable materials and to exchange firm commitments
to use all future production exclusively for non-weapons
purposes.
When such comniitnients are executed, it would then
be possible to move reliably toward the reduction of
existing stockpiles. Wlien future production is controlled
it should be easier than with information now available
to establish, within a reasonable range of accuracy, the
approximate amount of fissionable materials previously
produced, so that equitable and proportionate transfers
in successive increments could be made from past pro-
duction over to the internationally supervised national
or international non-weapons use of such material.
The members of this Assembly will recognize that this
proposal is the logical projection and follow-through of
the concept emphasized by President Eisenhower in his
message to this body on 8 December 1953 when lie pro-
posed the "Atoms-for-Peace" programme. It is insjjired
by the same motives which led to the establishment of
the International Atomic Energy Agency through the co-
operation of nations of the world.
Under this programme the United States, for its part,
would make generous, progressive transfers of fission-
able material to peaceful uses, just as it has previously
announced its intention to contribute to the International
Atomic Energy Ai;enoy. It will continue to encourage
nations to make their full contributions to the construc-
tive uses of atomic energy.
Under such a programme, the whole future trend may
be changed. The course of atomic development will
move in a benign direction rather than toward some evil
end.
Second : If such an arrangement to control the future
production of fissionable material can be negotiated and
put into effect it would then be possible, in a secure
manner, to limit, and ultimatel.v to eliminate, all nuclear
test explosions. The United States jjroposes that this
be done. Pending the negotiation of such an agreement,
the United States is al.so willing to work out promptly
methods for advance notice and registration of all nu-
clear tests and to provide for limited international
observation of such tests. This could be an effective
forerunner of far-reaching agreement affecting both the
nuclear tlireat itself and testing, in particular.
Third: The United States i>roposes that we move ahead
230
Deparfment of Slate Bulletin
toward the realization of a first stage reduction, under
adequate inspection, of conventional armaments and
armed forces, using as a basis of measurement the figures
of 2.5 million for the USSR and the United States, and
750,000 for France and the United Kingdom, upon which
the countries represented on the Subcommittee seem to
agree. The United States proposes that we achieve this
forward step through the progressive establishment of
an elTective inspection system concurrent with such re-
ductions. An effective inspection system would require
an appropriate aerial inspection component as well as
ground units. The United States accepts the principle of
establishing observers at key ground locations, as gener-
ally proposed by Chairman Bulganln, in addition to air
Inspection. The proposed first stage of reductions can
be fulfilled provided there Is good faith on all sides in
establLshinfr a system of Inspection that can In fact verify
the commitments.
It would seem appropriate, also, for other nations to
begin to consider the relation between their own armed
forces and the projected first stage force levels, in the
event the fulfilment of such first stage reductions can l)e
assured In tlie coming negotiations of the Subcommittee.
The United States does not believe that deeper re-
ductions than these agreed for the first stage can be made
unless some progress is made In settlement of the major
political Issues now dividing the world. But the ful-
filment of a first stage reduction would certainly improve
the climate for the negotiation of such political settle-
ments.
Fourth : Scientists in many nations are now proceeding
with efforts to propel objects through outer space and
to travel in the distant areas beyond the earth's atmos-
pheric envelope. The scope of these progranmies la
variously indicated in the terms : "earth satellites", "in-
tercontinental missiles", "long-range unmanned weapons"
and "space platforms". Xo one can now predict with
certainty what will develop from man's excursion in this
new field. But it Is clear that if this advance Into the
unknown is to be a blessing rather than a curse the ef-
forts of all nations in this field need to be brought
within the purview of a reliable armaments control sys-
tem. Tlie United States proposes that the first step
toward the objective of assuring that futui-e develop-
ments in outer space would be devoted exclusively to
peaceful and scientific purposes would be to bring the
testing of such objects under International inspection
and participation. In this matter, as in other matters,
we are ready to participate in fair, balanced, reliable
systems of control.
Fifth : The United States continues to emphasize the
importance of providing again.st the possibility of great
surprise attack. This is not a minor or peripheral pro-
posal. The nature of modem weapons Is such that If all
nations are safeguarded against great surprise attack
there is much less likelihood that a calculated major war
would be initiated In the nuclear age. Likewise, such
mutual assurances against great surprise attack would
do much to prevent miscalculation by any nation re-
garding the intention of another. The greater the speed
of potential attack and the more devastating the blows
that could be struck the greater is the danger that anxious
apprehension, feeding on ignorance of the dispositions
and intentions of others, would adversely and dangerously
affect the decisions of nations.
It is In the interest of each nation, not only that it have
sure knowledge that other nations are not preparing a
great surprise attack upon it, but, also, that these other
nations should have sure knowledge that it is not plan-
ning a great suri>rlse attack upon them. Today many
nations have knowledge of the location of key centres,
of the areas of strategic Importance, and of the concen-
tration of military power of other nations. This infor-
mation would be adequate for the waging of a devastat-
ing war. But unless a reliable inspection system is
established with open skies, open ports, open centres,
each nation will pos.sess something less than the regular,
dependable information necessary to form a stable basis
for a durable peace. The United States proposes, there-
fore, the progressive instalatlon of Inspection systems
which will provide against the possibility of great sur-
prise attack. The United States is willing to execute,
either as an opening step or a later step, the complete
proposal made in the Summit Conference at Geneva by
President Eisenhower.
It Is clear that whatever the first steps may be, a method
of control, an organization of supervision, and a mecha-
nism for regulation will be needed. The United States
proposes that such an international agency for the regu-
lation of armaments should be Installed concurrently
with the beginning of the programme. It can constitute
a nucleus of hope at the centre of the grim implications
which radiate from the destructive power of modern
armament.
In making these new proposals the United States con-
tinues to stand back of the proposals and suggestions
made by it at the Summit Conference at Geneva and in
the meetings of the Subcommittee since that time.
Security Council To Continue
Consideration of Kashmir Dispute
STATEMENT BY HENRY CABOT LODGE, JR.
U.S. REPRESENTATIVE TO THE U.N.i
In considering the India-Pakistan item, the
Security Council faces an unfortimate difference
of opinion between two nations whose friendship
and esteem is Mghly vahied by the United States.
We desire to help them to find a solution to this
problem, and we approach the question in that
spirit.
It is regrettable that this dispute has lasted
more than 9 years despite the earnest efforts of
the Security Council and of its representatives,
'Made In the Security Council on Jan. 24 (U.S./U.N.
press release 2598).
February 71, 1957
231
the individual efforts of certain members of the
Council, and the attempts of the parties concerned.
It is a tribute to the Council and to the parties
that a cease-fire was achieved on January 1, 1949,
as part of an agreement by India and Pakistan
for demilitarization and for a United Nations-
sponsored plebiscite. Unfortunately, however,
and despite the best efforts of the Council and its
representatives, the parties have failed to agree
on carrying out the next two steps.
It is understandable that strong emotions should
be involved on both sides of this problem. One
of the first concerns of the Council has always
been that nothing should be done which might
aggravate the situation. This was made clear
and explicit in the Council's first resolution on the
case, adopted on January 17, 1948. We trust that
both parties will do their utmost to continue to
approach this question with restraint and that
they will take such measures as are within their
power to assure the maintenance of a peaceful
atmosphere.
We appreciate the fact that the Eepresentative
of India [V. K. Krishna Menon] changed the ar-
rangement of his presentation so as to deal with
the Constituent Assembly yesterday afternoon in
order to suit the convenience of the Council. It
is to this point alone that I now refer and to which
the draft resolution is addressed. With respect
to the substance of the broad issue, we are studying
the remarks both of the Representative of India
and of Pakistan carefully, and we will express
ourselves on the issue at the proper time.
The Council will recall that on March 30, 1951,
it took note of the proposed convening of a Con-
stituent Assembly in Kashmir and affirmed that
any action that the Assembly might take to de-
termine the future affiliation of the state would
not constitute a disposition of the state in con-
formity with the agreed principle relating to a
free and impartial plebiscite.
The resolution we consider today is basically a
reaffirmation of that statement by the Council.
It has been occasioned by a complaint that the
Assembly, referred to in the March 1951 resolu-
tion, has not only convened but has drawn up and
promulgated a constitution and that this consti-
tutior does, among other things, relate to the affili-
ation of the state to India.
Differing interpretations have been put on the
meaning and effect of this and other actions relat-
ing to the connection between Kashmir and India,
extending back to the accession instrument by the
Maharaja of October 26, 1947. But one thing is
clear : The constitution approved by the Constit-
uent Assembly of Kashmir deals, among other
things, with the affiliation of the state. This rep-
resents an important new element in the situation,
and the Security Covmcil is bound, in view of its
previous stand, to take note of this. The position
taken by the Security Council in 1951, in our opin-
ion, remains valid, and we have adhered to it in
this new resolution.
Finally, the United States lays stress on the final
paragraph of the resolution before us. In the ab-
sence of a direct, mutually acceptable agreement
between the parties, the Council has an obligation
to continue its efforts, as it has in the past, to seek
and to support any fruitful suggestion in this diffi-
cult case.
TEXT OF SECURITY COUNCIL RESOLUTION >
D.N. doc. S/3779
The Security Council,
Saving heard statements from representatives of the
Governments of India and Paliistan concerning the dis-
pute over the State of Jammu and Kashmir,
Reminding the Governments and Authorities concerned
of the principle embodied in its resolutions of 21 April
liMS, 3 June 1948, 14 March 1950 and 30 March 1951, and
the United Nations Commission for India and Pakistan
resolutions of 13 August 1948 and 5 January 1949, that
the final disposition of the State of Jammu and Kashmir
will be made in accordance with the will of the people
expressed through the democratic method of a free and
impartial plebiscite conducted under the auspices of the
United Nations,
Reafflrms the aflBrmation in its resolution of 30 March
1951 and declares that the convening of a Constituent As-
sembly as recommended by the General Council of the
"All Jammu and Kashmir National Conference" and any
action that Assembly may have taken or might attempt
to take to determine the future shape and affiliation of
the entire State or any part thereof, or action by the
parties concerned in support of any such action by the
Assembly, would not constitute a disposition of the State
in accordance with the above principle.
Decides to continue its consideration of the dispute.
■ Sponsored by Australia, Colombia, Cuba, U.K., and
U.S. (U.N. doc. S/3778) ; adopted on Jan. 24 by a vote of
10-0, with the U.S.S.R. abstaining.
232
Department of State Bulletin
The Question of a World Food Reserve
Statement hy Hubert H. Humphrey
UJS. Representative to the General Assembly '
We are convinced tliat our first task here in the
United Nations is to be realistic.
If we aim at the possible, we will advance fur-
ther than if we get stuck halfway toward the best
of all worlds. It is not enough to want to do a
good thing; it is equally important to do it well
so that the highmindedness that we cherish does
not fall into disrepute with consequent damage
to the very purpose that we wish to advance.
It is in that spirit I want to discuss the item
on our agenda and oiler what we think is a prac-
tical and constructive suggestion. Before doing
so, I would like to review the present situation
and our attitude toward it.
Kesolution 621, passed by Ecosoc at its 22d ses-
sion last July, called upon the Secretary-General
to report on the general subject of food reserves
in order that the Council may once more consider
this subject and thereafter transmit its recom-
mendations to the General Assembly at its 12th
session. This resolution of the Council was in
the nature of an interim response to Resolution
827 (IX), in which the Assembly had asked that
Fag [Food and Agi'iculture Organization] be in-
vited to make a comprehensive report on past and
present explorations of the feasibility of a world
food reserve to contribute to relief emergencies
and, at the same time, to counteract excessive price
fluctuations. The Assembly desired that this
study furnish the factual basis for the Council
itself to report on the subject, with its conclusions,
to the Assembly.
I termed Council Resolution 621 an interim
response to this request by the Assembly because,
^ Made in Committee II (Economic and Financial) on
Jan. 11 (U.S. delegation press release 2583).
essentially, it calls for a further report and re-
serves the Coimcil's own recommendations for
transmittal to the General Assembly at its session
10 months from now.
The United States abstained from the vote on
tliis resolution of the Council last July because,
in our judgment, the subject of a world food re-
serve had already been adequately studied several
times, both by Fao and by independent experts.
Fao's comprehensive report to the Secretary-
General of November 26, 1955,' made it quite obvi-
ous that further study could not at this time shed
any additional or different light on the issue.
The United States delegate in the Council made
it plain, however, that the discussions had resulted
in useful agreements among delegations on several
important questions.
"We certainly agree that a world food reserve
could not at one and the same time help to relieve
emergencies when and where they arise and sys-
tematically counteract excessive price fluctuations.
"We also agree that rapid and balanced economic
development would cure many of the ills for which
we now seem to seek special treatment; and we
further agree that food surpluses can be used
partially to finance economic-development pro-
grams.
My colleague in the Council also emphasized,
and I wish to reemphasize it here before this As-
sembly, that we have the fullest sympathy with the
laudable objectives that the Assembly's initiative
in this matter contemplates.
In abstaining from voting in the Council, de-
spite so much agreement, our conviction that the
matter had been sufficiently studied was supported
- U. N. doe. E/2855.
februaty I J, ?957
233
by the belief that the time had come for some
basic decisions.
It was our belief that the time has come for
governments to decide whether all that seems pos-
sible, in the present state of our development of
international cooperation, is already being done
to relieve acute distress due to shortages of food.
Is it being done in such a way as to speed progress
toward economic and cultural growth and to
steady that progress? Could more be done?
And, if so, how could it best be done ? "Wliich are
the most practical means to an end that we all
desire?
These, Mr. Chairman, are the questions that we
must sooner or later answer. And this is the type
of answer that Assembly Eesolution 827 (IX)
contemplates.
Tliere are many programs and authorizations
now in existence that empower the United Nations
and tlie Fao to assure effective international co-
operation and action in the case of emergencies.
Tlie many programs under which the United
States has extended and still extends aid and as-
sistance to other peoples are too well known to be
mentioned here in detail.
As those of other countries, the Government and
people of the United States throughout their his-
tory have given proof of a genuine desire to help
other peoples in distress or misfortune. I feel
somewhat embarrassed in saying this, because I
know that most countries have generously ac-
knowledged this fact. I nevertheless mention it
because it sliows that our negative attitude toward
establislnnent of world food reserves has been con-
cerned witli means rather than end.
Fao's report lias shown conclusively that, in any
advance planning of international relief action,
"tiie main problem is not one of having to ensure
the physical availability of stocks by advance
storage." Establishment of a physical central re-
serve involves practical problems that remain un-
resolved.
True, there is also another concept, that of an
international financial relief fund— a pool of
money or credit for the purchase of relief supplies
anywhere in case of emergency (perhaps includ-
ing pledges for contributions in kind), which the
Fao studies found a more workable concept.
But there is no indication that governments and
parliaments in general (including my own) would
at tliis time be prepared to act and to pledge con-
tributions to such a fund.
As Fao said of the earlier proposals, "Because
of insufficient support [by govenmients] . . .
no action was taken." This is where the matter
still rests.
It is our honest view that the indicated tech-
niques of approaching the problem at issue are not
feasible at this time ; the fact that our doubts are
shared by other governments reinforces this belief.
Similarly, on the question of price stabilization,
my Government is wary of more or less radical
schemes of international regimentation, though
fully aware of the dilemma presented by the need
for flexibility to assure adjustments to long-rim
economic trends and the need for sufficient stabil-
ity to avoid unnecessary sliort-term economic
changes — both in the interest of economic growth.
My delegation had occasion to refer to the problem
of commodity price fluctuations in a statement
presented a few days ago with reference to econ-
omic development in underdeveloped countries : ^
I shall, therefore, not fully restate my Govern-
ment's position at this time.
As I said before, Eesolution 621 of the Eco-
nomic and Social Council, passed at its 22d ses-
sion last July, now stands as an interim response
to the Assembly request. We must therefore
await the final judgment and evaluation by tlie
Council at its 24th session.
However, in order to draw attention to ap-
proaches that might add realism to the further
studies and evaluations now in progress, I would
like to suggest a specific topic to be included in
the Secretary-General's report to the Council as
requested in Resolution 621. This suggestion, Mr.
Chairman, is being submitted by my delegation to
this Committee in the form of a draft resolution.
Feeling as we do about these matters of practi-
cal approach to a purpose on which there is no
disagreement, it is only natural that we would
want to explore a number of avenues that might, in
our view, contribute to a speedier and more ade-
quate attainment of our conunon objectives.
The establishment and maintenance of more
adequate national food reserves, especially in crop-
cycle and famine areas, would go a long way
toward accomplishing most, if not all, of the pur-
poses that some of us had hoped a world food
reserve or a world food capital fund could meet.
The construction of storage facilities and the ac-
I'umulation of reserve stocks in crop-cycle or
famine areas would seem to be an essential step
' See 11. 23(i.
234
Department of State Bulletin
Text of Resolution on World Food Reserve >
The General Assembly,
Having in mind the desirability of achieving the
objectives set forth in resolution 827 (IX),
Considering that one of these objectives is the pos-
sible use of food reserves for relieving famine and
other emergency situations,
Considering further that many countries may need
to establish or increase national reserves for this jmr-
pose, and recognizing that many countries which are
in the early stages of economic development are faced
with special difficulties in establishing adequate re-
serves, such as the fact that levels of consumption in
the less developed countries are generally relatively
low,
Nothing that resolution 621 (XXII) of the Economic
and Social Council requests the Secretary-General in
consultation with the Food and Agriculture Organiza-
tion of the United Nations to reiiort to the twenty-
fourth session of the Council inter alia on the feasi-
bility, and, if feasible, the manner of using food re-
serves for meeting unforeseeable food shortages.
Noting further that the Food and Agriculture Organ-
ization of the United Nations is engaged at the present
time in a special study of the question of establishment
of national reserves against emergencies,
1. Requests the Secretary-General in preparing his
report pursuant to resolution 621 (XXII) of the Eco-
nomic and Social Council to include, on the basis of
his consultations with the FAO, an analysis of the
possibilities and desirability of promoting, by way of
consultations between importing and exporting mem-
ber countries, the use of surplus foodstuffs in building
up national reserves to be used in accordance with in-
ternationally agreed principles :
( a ) to meet emergency situations ;
(b) to prevent excessive price increases arising as
a result of a failure in local food supplies;
(c) to prevent excessive price increases resulting
from increased demand due to economic development
programmes, thus facilitating the economic develop-
ment of less developed covmtries ;
2. Further requests the Secretary-General, in his
analysis of the possibilities and desirability of the use
of surplus foodstuffs for this purpose, to examine
whether such use of surplus foodstuffs may lead to
displacement of markets for those commodities and
what effects it may have on the economic and financial
position of those countries which depend primarily
on the exjjort of similar commodities ;
3. Requests the Economic and Social Council to con-
sider the possibility of postponing until its twenty-fifth
session its examination of the report of the Secretary-
General in order to be in a position to take fuUy into
account the discussions and the expert technical studies
being undertaken in the FAO concerning the establish-
ment of national food reserves ;
4. Invites both importing and exporting member
countries to continue to consult through the appropri-
ate bodies established by the FAO with a view to facil-
itating the establishment of national food reserves,
with due regard for the FAO principles of surplus dis-
posal, particularly the need to avoid harmful inter-
ference with normal patterns of production and inter-
national trade and to ensure that the use of surplus
reserves will result in genuine additional consumption
as defined in the FAO principles.
• Submitted by the U.S. (U.N. doc. A/C. 2/1;. 297/Rev.
2) ; adopted unanimously, as amended, by Committee
II on Jan. 25.
toward general economic development. Surplus
foods from abroad not only could in part finance
the cost of the construction of strategically situ-
ated storage space but could also make an im-
portant direct contribution to providing the stocks
that should be held as an emergency reserve.
Moreover, if storage space were available, tlie local
governments' task of dealing with domestic sur-
pluses in years of good crops would be vastly fa-
cilitated, and years of abundance would become
the blessing they should be, instead of the em-
barrassment they now are sometimes even in
countries normally plagued by sliortages.
Somehow it would seem only logical if some of
the world's surplus holdings were used to bolster
stocks in areas where the failure of a crop means
famine and where people live on the brink of disas-
ter from one harvest to the next. "Wliat an imped-
iment this condition is to progressive change in
production methods has been vividly described by
students of the problem. Farmers in these areas
are not after the highest but after the safest re-
turns, and they fear that any change in their pro-
duction methods may bring hunger and distress.
The elimination of this fear through the provision
of reserve stocks and the creation of facilities for
storing them would also have significance for eco-
nomic development.
Fag's report eloquently describes the desirabil-
ity of adequate national reserves in countries liv-
ing near the margin of subsistence. Such reserves
could be brought into action at an early stage of
February 11, 1957
235
an emergency, before panic and hoarding aggra-
vate the plight. They would also afford some el-
bow room for projects of economic development;
they could be drawn upon to help finance such
projects — mitigating inflationary pressures of in-
creased consumer demand resulting from intensi-
fied economic development. Unfortunately, the
need for such reserves is greatest in the countries
least able to afford diversion of output from cur-
rent consumption to the building of stocks.
It is in the light of considerations such as these
that my Government has authorized me to say that,
in accordance with our traditions, the United
States stands ready to make grants of agricultural
commodities to countries facing famine or other
emergencies. Furthermore, the United States is
prepared to make available to needy countries, un-
der existing legislation and subject to further con-
gressional authorizations, surplus agricultural
commodities for the establishment of reserve
stocks to meet extraordinary needs due to crop
failures or other emergencies or to mitigate exces-
sive price effects of increased demand due to eco-
nomic-development programs. Assistance of this
kind is predicated on the development by the coun-
tries concerned of reasonable and realistic pro-
grams and of safeguards that insure the observ-
ance of the Fag principle of avoiding "harmful
interferences with the normal patterns of produc-
tion and international trade." United States as-
sistance in the above sense would be fashioned
after previous arrangements entered into with sev-
eral individual countries under which large parts
of the local currencies received in payment for
agricultural conmiodities supplied for building up
national reserves were made available for financ-
ing economic development.
The United States Government is prepared to
consult with governments of both importing and
exporting countries through Fao's consultative
subcommittee on surplus disposal and its working
party on national reserves, with a view to facilitat-
ing realization of programs of this kind. The
United States will cooperate with other countries
in the further development of programs for the
establishment of national food reserves.
Mr. Chairman, it is in order to stimulate a more
rapid exploration of such possibilities for national
action, with international assistance for purposes
covered by Council Resolution 621, that we are sub-
mitting the draft resolution that is now being cir-
culated. We should be happy if it would contrib-
ute to uncover additional realistic possibilities for
action that serves the worthy purpose of improv-
ing the lot of the common man.
Economic Development of Underdeveloped Countries
Statement hy Paul G. Hojfman
ZJ. 8. Representative to the General Assembly '
In listening to and reading the enlightened
statements of my distinguished fellow delegates
on the subject of economic development, I am
struck by the widespread agreement on several
subjects:
Firsts it is clear that article 55 of the United
Nations Charter reflects the collective view of the
international community that all peoples should
have the opportunity to benefit from the wonders
of modern science and technology.
'Made in Committee II (Economic and Financial) on
Jan. 4 (U. S. delegation press release 2070).
Second, most speakers have stressed the fact that
the major responsibility for the development of a
given country rests with the people of that coun-
try— that unless they, the people, are determined
to help tliemselves and willing to dedicate them-
selves to that task, external assistance will not
make a lasting contribution.
Speaking from experience, I would like to vm-
derscore this point. In administering the Mar-
shall program we said repeatedly that "only the
Europeans can save Europe." And it was the
European people who did save Europe. Planning
236
Department of State Bulletin
and working together as Europeans had never
planned and worked together before, they accom-
plished miracles in increased agricultural and in-
dustrial production and productivity. American
aid was vital, but in no year did it represent more
than 3 percent of Europe's gross national product.
Third, all speakers, indirectly or by implication,
have made the point that the fight against hunger,
illiteracy, and human misery must become more of
a joint and several effort, with each country re-
alistically facing its problems and each trying in
good faith to make some contribution to the efforts
of others. We in the United States attach great
importance to this. The situation is not one in
which a few favored nations can help all the others
to raise their living standards. The problem
rather is how the people of every nation can, with-
out neglecting their own domestic responsibilities,
find some way to offer outside assistance. For the
burdens of none of us are so great, heavy though
they may be, that each of us cannot find some way
to demonstrate his sincere interest in the welfare
of others.
There has been considerable diversity in the
progress reports on economic development in the
underdeveloped countries. Some are most encour-
aging; others express imderstandable concern
about the distance these countries still have to
go before their people can be adequately housed,
clothed, and fed. Still others underscore the dis-
parity in the per-capita income between the devel-
oped and underdeveloped countries. "Without in
any way underestimating the difficulties which still
lie ahead, we are entitled, I believe, to rejoice in
the fact tliat during the last decade more people
have made more economic progress than in any
previous decade in the historj' of man. This has
been true in almost every country and in eveiy
area, and in some countries rather sharp eco-
nomic progress has followed after centuries of
stagnation.
Perhaps the most significant development in the
underdeveloped countries in the past decade is one
which was emphasized in the last world economic
report of the Secretary-General.^ As this report
points out, this development is to be found not
in the physical expansion of productive capacity,
important though that has been, but rather in the
gradual evolution of a climate favorable to eco-
nomic development. The effects of this evolution
can be seen not only in the marketplace but in
- \Vorl(i Economic Survey, 1955, V. N. doe. E/2864.
political and social institutions and, most strik-
ingly, in the spirit and determination of the people
and leaders of these countries to improve their
status.
This new spirH >■ ' ^ected in different countries
in many different V,ii>t> — in the new emphasis on
the need for basic education ; in the gradual mod-
ification of traditional social institutions which
have hampered economic progress; in the begin-
nings of reform of budgetary and fiscal systems
in order to encourage economic growth. "Wliile
none of these steps may result in immediate in-
creases in income and the standard of living, all
of them are essential prerequisites if economic
progress is to be accelerated.
The people of the United States have a deep
and abiding interest in the efforts of the under-
developed countries to improve the lot of their
peoples. Perhaps that is because we ourselves
were an underdeveloped country not too long ago.
This interest has been expressed in a program of
cooperation since "World "War II which has taken
many forms and has been carried on through a
variety of channels. The technical assistance pro-
grams of the United Nations and the specialized
agencies; the developmental lending of the Inter-
national Bank; the measures to encourage the
international flow of private capital; the grants,
loans, and technical assistance made available to
underdeveloped countries on a bilateral basis ; the
special economic aid in the form of agricultural
commodities to assist in carrying out development
programs; the regional programs of economic
development, such as the Colombo Plan ; the steps
being taken to make available the materials and
the technical knowledge of atomic energy to under-
developed ai'eas — merely to cite these examples
suggests the breadth and scope of this program
of cooperation, a program under which the United
States has made available to the less developed
countries over $8 billion for reconstruction and
development since 1945.
Consider some of the developments which have
taken place in this respect in the short space of the
past 12 months : the establishment and beginning
of operations of the International Finance Cor-
poration ; the negotiation and signing by 72 coun-
tries of the charter for an International Atomic
Energy Agency; the appropriation by our Con-
gress of $1.8 billion for economic assistance of
various kinds to the underdeveloped countries;
loans by our Export-Import Bank of more than
February 7 J, 1957
237
$650 million for economic development; and loans
by the International Bank for similar purposes
of over $340 million.
Today, the continuing and widespread interest
of the American people in the problems of the un-
derdeveloped countries is reflected in the extensive
series of studies now being carried on both in the
executive branch of our Government and in the
Congress for the purpose of throwing light on the
most appropriate ways in which the United States
can continue to assist these countries in grappling
witli their economic problems. Tliese studies are
concerned with such matters as the place of loans,
grants, and teclinical assistance in any program of
economic aid ; the question of achieving flexibility
and continuity in such programs; the use of sur-
plus agricultural commodities to assist the eco-
nomic development of underdeveloped countries;
■ the role of multilateral, bilateral, and regional pro-
grams; and the stimulation of international
private investment.
Role of Private Investment
Speaking of private investment, I believe that
all of us are well aware of the importance my Gov-
ernment places on the role of private investment
and initiative. This is partly because the United
States was the beneficiary of private foreign in-
vestment in the early days of its economic growth.
As a matter of fact, it still continues to be a major
recipient of foreign investment. We speak from
experience and appreciation when we emphasize
the benefits which a host coimti-y receives from the
inflow of teclmology and managerial skills that
usually accompany private investment.
Wortliy of particular note today is the fact that
foreign investment tends to concentrate on financ-
ing the production of newer products utilizing the
most advanced technology. An increasing pro-
portion of American foreign investment in manu-
facturing enterprise is in such fields as plastics and
electronics. It is these newer fields which attract
the most dynamic and aggressive management —
management which actively seeks new markets
abroad as well as at home through production
abroad as well as tiirough exports.
While I am on this subject, I wonder if in all the
discussion about encouraging private investment
we may not have tended to focus too nnich of our
attention on measures designed mainly to attract
foreign invoi;tors and to forget the local business-
man. Anytliing that discourages the local in-
vestors is also likely to discourage the investor from
abroad. Conditions that attract one will attract
the other. If the local businessman limits his in-
vestment to merchandise or real estate the foreign
investor will probably be reluctant to invest his
capital in that country. But if the domestic busi-
nessman demonstrates his own confidence by in-
vesting in productive enterjirises, then in order to
attract the foreign investor it is necessary to add
only two factors. The first is assurance of equal
treatment of domestic and foreign investors. The
second is reasonable assurance of an opportim^ity to
repatriate profits.
Unfortunately, we do not have any good statis-
tical measure of the contribution of private
investment to capital-importing countries. How-
ever, the United States Department of Conxmerce
concluded in November 1954, on the basis of rough
calculations made for Latin America, that "as
much as one-tenth of the value of goods and serv-
ices produced in the area may be accounted for by
United States-owned enterprises. The proportion
would be much higher for such industries as min-
ing or petroleum, but even in manufacturing the
ratio seems to be around 15 percent. Similarly,
the ratios would be higlier for a number of in-
dividual companies in the area.
"Some 25 percent of total exports to the United
States by foreign countries is produced by United
States direct investment companies abroad which
have developed and made possible this large trade
with the United States."
Moreover, in an attempt to obtain more reliable
information on this subject, our Department of
Commerce is at pi-esent conducting a statistical
study of the employment offered, taxes paid, ex-
ports produced, and imports saved as a result of
direct American investments in Latin America.
We are convinced that this study, which is the firet
of its kind, will yield information of importance to
our Government and to the governments of capital-
importing countries as well as those of other capi-
tal-exporting countries.
"When consideration is given to both the direct
and indirect benefits of private foreign investment,
the fallacy of overconcentration on the problem of
the short-term balance-of-payment effects of such
investment on the capital-importing countries be-
comes obvious. It is true, of course, that private
investors insist upon the right to have a substan-
tial part of their earnings transferred into foreign
exchange. This should not, however, create in-
238
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
superable problems. I am convinced that as a
result of the stimulation which comes from pri-
vate investment in the form of increasing pro-
ductivity there will be developed sources of ex-
change which will be many times the amount neces-
sary to cover the outflow of earnings on foreign
investments.
'Wlien we look at the experience of the under-
developed countries since 1945, we see that eco-
nomic progress has generally been most striking in
those countries which have set for themselves well-
defined and realistic economic and social goals.
These were goals established in the light of the re-
sources which could be mobilized at home and the
possibilities of investment and assistance from
abroad. They were concerned with such matters
as strengtliening public administration at various
levels of government and the formulation of
readily identifiable objectives in the field of agi'i-
cultural and industrial development. These latter
usually took tlie form of specific projects to be
completed over some defined period of time — say
3 or 4 years.
This experience throws valuable light on a very
important aspect of the problem of economic de-
velopment. This is the question of what invest-
ment can be effectively utilized by underdeveloped
countries to increase their productive capacity and
the availability of the capital necessary for this
investment. It emphasizes that the first task of
any underdeveloped country desiring to obtain
external assistance for its economic development —
whether as private investment or governmental
aid — must be to formuhite sound development
projects in which capital can be utilized profitably
and constructively. Regardless of how much
capital may be potentially available, they will con-
tribute nothing to economic progress imless it is
invested in sound projects. Clearly, the only con-
structive approach is to identify specific projects—
both those which contribute only indirectly to a
country's national product and those whicli make
direct and immediate additions to agricviltural or
industrial production — and then to seek the capital
needed to carry them out.
The way in which this problem arises in the case
of our own assistance programs is illustrated by
the operations of our Export-Import Bank.
Through the Export-Import Bank we hope to in-
sure that no sound development project fails for
lack of capital from other sources to cover dollar
needs. The only limit on the sound loans that the
bank is willing to make is the limit of the bank's
own lending capacity and the borrower's ability to
service dollar loans. Today the bank's lending
capacity still considerably exceeds the aggregate of
all applications pending before it. It is prepared
to receive and consider more applications than it
is currently receiving for sound development proj-
ects. Here is an important source of loan capital
which we feel can be even more important for
economic development but which is not being fully
utilized apparently because a sufficient number of
sound projects are not being planned for which
such capital could be used.
Problem of Price Fluctuations
In recent statements, both to the Economic and
Social Council and to the General Assembly, the
Secretary -General has emphasized the problem of
reducing fluctuations in commodity markets on
which many of the underdeveloped countries are
so heavily dependent. The problem of excessive
price instability in primary commodity markets
is one with which all governments must be greatly
concerned. As to the desirability of reducing this
instability, there can be no disagreement. The
problem is how this can be accomplished without
endangering other desirable economic objectives.
In this connection, we agree with the view of the
Secretary-General that no new international ma-
chinery is needed for this purpose.
Devices designed to reduce price fluctuations
must be judged in the light of their effect on
healthy economic growth. They may retard
rather than promote such growth if they interfere
with long-term price trends and introduce rigidi-
ties and restraints which make difficult the eco-
nomic adjustments which are so fundamental to
economic progress. In this connection, it is well
to recall the warning sounded some 3 years ago
by the United Nations experts in their report on
commodity trade and economic development when
they cautioned against excessive concern with
international measures and emphasized the need
for the pursuit by national governments of policies
which would contribute to stability in this field.
As far as the United States is concerned, we shall
continue to make our contribution to this objective
in every appropriate way. We are continuing to
work for the relaxation or removal of impediments
to international trade. In the period since 1934
February 7 7, 7957
239
the average rate of duty on all our dutiable im-
ports has been reduced by more than 50 percent.
In the conduct of our stockpiling programs we
recognize an obligation to avoid actions which
would have disruptive effects upon world prices.
In the disposal of our agricultural surpluses, we
shall continue to take precautions to safeguard
against the displacement of normal commercial
marketings. We are assisting the diversification
of underdeveloped countries — and this after all
must be the basic long-term solution of the prob-
lem— through our financial and technical assist-
ance programs and through our efforts to promote
conditions favorable to an increased flow of pri-
vate investment. Finally, we are resolved to
maintain high levels of economic activity in the
United States as a major contribution to world
economic stability, which is so important if serious
difficulties in world commodity markets are to be
avoided.
Mr. Chairman, the objective of the economic
policy of the United States in relation to the under-
developed countries is basically a very simple one.
It is to make the most constructive and effective
contribution that we can to the efforts of the
governments and the peoples of these countries to
create in their territories the strongest possible
national economies. For it is to the interest of the
United States no less than of the underdeveloped
countries themselves that weak and unstable
economies grow into economies that are self-
reliant and sturdy enough to make their full con-
tribution to the maintenance of peace and freedom.
If we achieve nothing more than this through our
programs of economic assistance, our own interests
will have been fully served. In the words of Presi-
dent Eisenhower himself, "TVe have no other in-
terest to advance."
To this end the United States will continue to
work with other countries to help develop societies
marked by human welfare and a rising standard of
living. We shall continue to help build up the
productive capacity of free nations through eco-
nomic assistance and private investment. We
shall continue to provide technical knowledge and
essential materials to speed the advance of other
nations in the peaceful uses of atomic energy. In
short, we shall continue to work with all like-
minded nations for the creation of conditions
under which men and women everywhere can look
forward to not only making a better living but also
better lives.
Committee To Negotiate Agreement
Between U.N., Atomic Energy Agency
The following resolution, sponsored hy Argen-
tina, Australia, Belgiu/m, Brazil, Canada, Czecho-
slovakia, Egypt, France, India, Indonesia, Japan,
Pakistan, Peru, Portugal, South Africa, the
V.S.S.R., the United Kingdom, and the United
States, loas adopted unanimously hy the General
Asseinhly on January 11.
U.N. doc. A/Res/450
The General Assembly,
Welcominff the unanimous adoption by representatives
of eighty-one States, on 23 October 1956, of the Statute
of the International Atomic Energy Agency,'
Noting that paragraph 7 of section C of annex I of
the Statute authorizes the Preparatory Commission of
the Agency to enter into negotiations with the United
Nations with a view to the preparation of a draft agree-
ment governing the relationship between the United
Nations and the Agency in accordance with article XVI
of the Statute,
Desiring to initiate negotiations with the Agency with
a view to bringing it into relationship with the United
Nations, as provided for in article XVI of the Statute,
1. Authorizes the Advisory Committee on the Peaceful
Uses of Atomic Energy, as established on the basis of
paragraph 5 of section B of General Assembly resolution
810 (IX) of 4 December 1954, to negotiate with the Pre-
paratory Commission of the International Atomic Energy
Agency a draft relationship agreement based on the
principles set forth in the study' prepared by the
Secretary-General in consultation with the Advisory Com-
mittee, pursuant to paragraph 5 of part II of General
Assembly resolution 912 (X) of 3 December 1955;
2. Requests the Advisory Committee to submit a report
on the negotiations, together with the draft agreement
resulting from these negotiations, to the General As-
sembly, at the twelfth session, for Its approval.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
UNREF Executive Committee
The Department of State announced on Jan-
uary 25 (press release 38) that Christopher H.
Phillips, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Inter-
national Organization Affairs, will be the U.S.
Representative on the United Nations Refugee
Fund Executive Committee, which will convene
its fourth session at Geneva, Switzerland, on
' Bt^LLETiN of Nov. 19, 1956, p. 820.
' U.N. doc. A/3122.
240
Department of State Bulletin
January 29. Mr. Phillips will be assisted by-
David H. Popper, Deputy U.S. Representative
for International Organizations at Geneva, who
will serve as Alternate U-S. Eepresentative, and
by two advisers: Henry F. Nichol, Conference
Officer, U.S. Consulate General, Geneva, and
Wolfgano; Lehmann, currently assigned to the
U.S. Embassy at Vienna.
The United Nations Eefugee Fund Executive
Committee was established, in accordance with
resolutions of the General Assembly and of the
Economic and Social Council, to enable the United
Nations High Commissioner for Refugees to un-
dertake a program designed to achieve permanent
solutions of certain refugee problems and to pro-
vide necessary guidance to the High Commissioner
in carrying out the program. The expiration
date for the Fund is December 31, 1958.
Tlie agenda for the forthcoming meeting in-
cludes discussion of the problems of the refugees
from Hungary and of the Chinese refugees in
Hong Kong. A revised plan of operations to be
undertaken by Unref in 1957 will be considered,
and a report will be made on the fourth session of
the Standing Program Subcommittee, which was
held prior to the meeting of the Executive Com-
mittee.
The members of the Executive Committee are
Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Colombia,
Denmark, Federal Republic of Germany, France,
Greece, Iran, Israel, Italy, Netherlands, Norway,
Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom, United
States, Venezuela, and the Vatican.
TREATY INFORMATION
Educational Exchange Agreement
With Thailand Extended
Press release 32 dated January 22
In an exchange of notes the United States and
Thailand have extended the agreement between
the two comi tries dated July 1, 1950, to provide
for a program of educational exchange imder the
Fulbright Act for an additional 2-year period.
The notes were exchanged in a brief ceremony in
Bangkok by Max Waldo Bishop, U.S. Ambassa-
dor to Thailand, and Maj. Rak Panyarachun,
Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs of Thailand.
The action extends the program for a 2-year
period with an additional expenditure of Thai
cun-ency equivalent to $400,000 in U.S. currency.
Since the original agreement entered into force
in 1950, more than 70 American citizens have gone
to Thailand and over 150 Thai nationals have
come to the United States for purposes of study,
teaching, lecturing, or advanced research. In ad-
dition, approximately 250 grants have been award-
ed to Thai nationals to enable them to attend
U.S. institutions abroad.
In presenting his note. Major Rak stated that
his country was gi-atified to see the progi'am con-
tinued and stressed its benefits not only to the
participants themselves but to the entire popula-
tion of the United States and Thailand. Ambas-
sador Bishop, in responding, expressed his per-
sonal pleasure in taking part in extension of the
Fulbright program and added: "There is little
of greater importance to the United States, and
to the world today, than the free exchange of
students and teachers which is such an effective
means of enlarging our common knowledge and
increasing our mutual luiderstanding."
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Aliens
Convention regarding the status of aliens. Signed at
Habana February 20, 1928. Entered into force Sep-
tember 3, 1929. 46 Stat. 2753.
Ratification deposited: Argentina, January 7, 1957.
Atomic Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Done at United Nations Headquarters, New York,
October 26, 1956.'
Signatures: Laos, January 17, 1957; Luxembourg,
January 18, 1957.
Austria
State treaty for the re-establishment of an independent
and democratic Austria. Signed at Vienna May 15,
1955. Entered into force July 27, 1955. TIAS 3298.
Accession deposited: Mexico, December 28, 1956.
International Court of Justice
Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
' Not in force.
February II, 1957
241
Declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction de-
posited: Norway, December 19, 1950 (effective October
3,1956).
Morocco
Final declaration of tbe international conference in
Tangier, and annexed protocol. Signed at Tangier
October 29, 1956. Entered into force October 29, 1956.
TIAS .3<580.
Adherence deposited: Sweden, December 5, 1956.
Postal Services
Convention of tbe Postal Union of tbe Americas and
Spain, final protocol, and regulations of execution.
Signed at BogotA November 9, 1955. Entered into
force Jlarch 1, 1956. TIAS 3653.
Ratification deposited; Spain, December 21, 1956.
Agreement relative to parcel post, final protocol, and
regulations of execution of the Postal Union of the
Americas and Spain. Signed at Bogota November 9,
1955. Entered into force March 1, 1956. TIAS 3654.
Ratification deposited: Spain, December 21, 1956.
Agreement relative to money orders and final protocol of
the Postal Union of tbe Americas and Spain. Signed
at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into force March
1, 19.-.6. TIAS 3655.
Ratification deposited: Spain, December 21, 1956.
Weather
Convention of the World Meteorological Organization.
Done at Washington October 11, 1947. Entered into
force March 23, 1950. TIAS 2052.
Accession deposited: Tunisia, January 22, 1957.
BILATERAL
Canada
Agre<'mpnt providing for use of the Haines eut-olf road
for winter maintenance of the Haines-Fairbanks pipe-
line. Effected by exchange of notes at Ottawa January
16 and 17, 1957. Entered into force January 17, 1957.
Chile
Agreement extending the Air Force Mission agreement of
February 15, 1951, as amended {TIAS 2201, 2929).
Effected by exchange of notes at Washington Decem-
ber 28, 1956, and January 17, 1957. Entered into force
January 17, 1957.
Turkey
Agreement amending the educational exchange agi"ee-
ment of December 27, 1949 (TIAS 2111), to provide for
use of certain funds accruing under the surplus agri-
cultural commodities agreement for the educational
exchange program. Effected by exchange of notes at
Ankara January 8, 1957. Entered into force January
8, 1957.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale hg the Superintendent of Documents, V. S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests to the Superintendent of Documents except in
the case of free puhlications, which may he obtained from
the Department of State.
Radio Communications Between Amateur Stations on
Belialf of Third Parties. TIAS 3694. 5 pp. 5(}.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Nicaragua. Exchange of notes — -Signed at Managua
October S and 16, 1956. Entered into force October 16,
1956.
Economic Cooperation — Informational Media Guaranty
Program. TIAS 3695. 3 pp. 5tf.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Burma. Exchange of notes — Signed at Rangoon October
8 and 23, 1956. Entered into force October 23, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3697. 5 pp. 5(J.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Turkey — Signed at Ankara November 12, 1956. Entered
into force November 12, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Purchase of Certain Military
Equipment, Materials, and Services. TIAS 3698. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Ceylon. Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington
October 25 and November 2, 1956. Entered into force
November 2, 1956.
Money Orders. TIAS 3700. 8 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the postal administrations of the
United States of America and the Vatican City — Signed
at the Vatican City November 24, 1955, and at Washing-
ton December 22, 1955. Entered into force November
1, 1956.
242
Department of State Bulletin
February 11, 1957
Ind
e X
Vol. XXXVI, No. 920
Agriculture. The Question of a World Food Re-
serve (Humphrey, text of resolution) .... 233
American Principles. The Price of Peace (Eisen-
hower) 211
Atomic Energy. Committee To Negotiate Agree-
ment Between U.N., Atomic Energy Agency (text
of resolution) 240
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign Pol-
icy 221
The Interiiatiumil Economic Situation (Eisenhower,
exct'ipts from e<^'oiiomic report) 222
Disarmament. General Assembly Consideration of
the I'rolilcm of Disarmament (Lodge, texts of
resolution and U.S. memorandum) 225
Dominican Hepublic. Disappearance of U.S. Pilot
in Dominican Kepublic 221
Economic Affairs
The Contributions of Turkish-American Cultural
Relations to the Economic Development of Tur-
key (Warren) 214
Economic Development of Underdeveloped Coun-
tries (Hoffman) 236
The International Economic Situation (Eisenhower,
excerpts from economic report) 222
Korean Exchange Rate Discussions 220
The Question of a World Food Reserve (Humphrey,
text of resolution) 233
Question of Cotton Textile Exports to United States
(Eisenhower) 218
United States Sends Food Grains to Drought Area
in Peru 220
World Bank Makes First Loan to Iran 217
Educational Exchange
The Contributions of Turkish-American Cultural
Relations to the Economic Development of Tur-
key (Warren) 214
Educational Exchange Agreement With Thailand
Extended 241
Rumanian Refusal To Admit U.S. Election Ob-
servers 213
India. Security Council To Continue Considera-
tion of Kashmir Dispute (Lodge, text of resolu-
tion) 231
International Organizations and Conferences.
UNREF Executive Committee (delegation) . . 240
Iran
Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact Consider Middle
East Situation (text of communique) .... 216
World Bank Makes First Loan to Iran 217
Iraq. Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact Consider
Middle East Situation (text of communique) . 216
Italy. Question of Cotton Textile Exports to
United States (Eisenhower) 218
Japan. Question of Cotton Textile Exports to
United States (Eisenhower) 218
Korea. Korean Exchange Rate Discussions . . . 220
Middle East. Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact
Consider Middle East Situation (text of com-
munique) 216
Mutual Security
The Contributions of Turkish-American Cultural
Relations to the Economic Development of Tur-
key (Warren) 214
Defense Agreement Negotiations With Portugal
Postponed 221
United States Sends Food Grains to Drought Area
in Peru 220
Pakistan
Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact Consider Middle
East Situation (text of communique) .... 210
Security Council To Continue Consideration of
Kashmir Dispute (Lodge, text of resolution) . . 231
Peru. United States Sends Food Grains to Drought
Area in Peru 220
Portugal. Defense Agreement Negotiations With
Portugal Postponed 221
Presidential Documents
The International Economic Situation (excerpts
from economic report ) 222
The Price of Peace 211
Question of Cotton Textile Exports to United
States 218
Publications. Recent Releases 242
Refugees and Displaced Persons. UNREF Execu-
tive Committee (delegation) 240
Rumania. Rumanian Refusal To Admit U.S. Elec-
tion Observers 213
Thailand. Educational Exchange Agreement With
Thailand Extended 241
Treaty Information
Current Actions 241
Defense Agreement Negotiations With Portugal
Postponed 221
Educational Exchange Agreement With Thailand
Extended 241
Turkey
The Contributions of Turkish-American Cultural
Relations to the Economic Development of Tur-
key (Warren) 214
Moslem Members of Baghdad Pact Consider Middle
East Situation (text of communique) 216
United Nations
Committee To Negotiate Agreement Between U.N.,
Atomic Energy Agency (text of resolution) . . 240
Economic Development of Underdeveloped Coun-
tries (Hoffman) 236
General Assembly Consideration of the Problem of
Disarmament (Lodge, texts of resolution and
U.S. memorandum) 225
The Question of a World Food Reserve (Humphrey,
text of resolution) 233
Security Council To Continue Consideration of
Kashmir Dispute (Lodge, text of resolution) . . 231
rXREF Executive Committee (delegation) . . . 240
World Bank Makes First Loan to Iran 217
Name Index
Eisenhower, President 211, 219, 222
Hoffman, Paul G 236
Humphrey, Hubert H 233
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 225,231
Murphy, Gerald 221
Warren, Fletcher 214
exchange
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 21-27
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release issued prior to January 21 which
appears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 25 of
January 16.
No. Date Subject
32 1/22 Extension of educational
agreement with Thailand.
*33 1/23 Dulles : death of Herbert Elliston.
34 1/23 Defense negotiations with Portugal
postponed.
35 1/23 Exchange rate discussions with Korea.
36 1/24 Rumanian refusal to admit election
observers.
37 1/25 Disappearance of Gerald Murphy.
38 1/25 Delegation to UNREF Executive Com-
mittee (rewrite).
t39 1/25 Program for King Sand's visit
(rewrite).
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Buixetin.
0. S. COVERNUENT PRINTrNG OFFICE: I9B7
I
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. S300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
partment
of
State
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements of the United States
was recently released. The publication lists treaties and other
international agreements which according to the Department's
records were in force between the United States and other
countries on October 31, 1956.
The list includes bilateral treaties and other agreements,
arranged by country or other political entity, multilateral
treaties, and other agreements, arranged by subject with names
of countries which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations
to texts are furnished for each agreement.
Documents affecting international copyright relations of
the United States are listed in the appendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supplementing the
information contained in Treaties in Force, is published weekly
in the Department of State Bulletin.
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force (250 pp.) is for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1.25 a copy.
Publication 6427
$1.25
Order Form
Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing OflSce Please send me copies of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and
Washington 25, D.C. q^^^^ International Agreements of the United States.
„ . , , . I Name:
Eneloaed find: \
I Street Address:
{cash, check, or
moneg order). City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
RECOMMENDED REVISION OF IMMIGRATION AND
NATIONALITY ACT • Message of the President to the
Congress 247
NATO— DETERRENT AND SHIELD • by General Lauris
Norstad 251
SOME CURRENT PROBLEMS IN FOREIGN RELA-
TIONS • by Ambassador Livingston T. Mercliant .... 256
AMERICA'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND OPPORTUNI-
TIES IN ASIA • by Howard P. Jones 263
QUESTION OF WITHDRAWAL OF ISRAELI FORCES
FROM EGYPT • Statements by Ambassador Henry Cabot
Lodge, Jr., Reports by U.N. Secretary-General Dag Hammar-
skjold, and Text of Resolution 269
GENERAL ASSEMBLY DECIDES TO SEND COM-
^^ssION TO study situation in french
TOGOLAND • Statements by Frank C. Nash and Text of
Resolution 282
ADMINISTRATIVE AND BUDGETARY PROBLEMS OF
THE UNITED NATIONS • by Ambassador Ricliard
Lee Jones 286
N POLICY
For index see inside back cover
Vol. XXXVI, No. 921 • Pubucation 6450
February 18, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Peics:
82 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
Tbe printing of this publication bas been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
tbe Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents ot this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contatoed herein may
b« reprinted. Citation of the Depaiitment
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various pluises of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral internatiotuil interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
ruitional relations are listed currently.
Recommended Revision of Immigration and Nationaiity Act
MESSAGE OF THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS'
To THE Congress of the United States :
The eyes of the free -world have been fixed on
Hungary over the past two and one-half months.
Thousands of men, women, and children have fled
their homes to escape communist oppression.
They seek asylum in countries that are free.
Their opposition to communist tyranny is evidence
of a growing resistance throughout the world.
Our position of world leadership demands that,
ui partnership with the other nations of the free
world, we be in a position to grant that asylum.
Moreover, in the four and one-half years that
have elapsed since the enactment of the Immigi-a-
tion and Nationality Act, the practical applica-
tion of that law has demonstrated certain pro-
visions which operate inequitably and others
wliich are outmoded in the world of today.
Promjit action by the Congress is needed look-
ing toward the revision and improvement of that
law.
Emergency Legislation
Last October the people of Hungary, spon-
taneously and against tremendous odds, rose in
revolt against communist domination. When it
became apparent that they would be faced with
ruthless deportation or extinction, a mass exodus
into Austria began. Fleeing for their lives, tens
of thousands crossed the border into Austria seek-
ing asylum. Austria, despite its own substantial
economic problems, unselfisloly and without hesi-
tation received these destitute refugees. More
than twenty nations have expressed their willing-
ness to accept large numbers of them.
On November 8, I directed that extraordinary
measures be taken to expedite the processing of
5,000 Hungarian visa applications under the pro-
visions of the Refugee Relief Act.^ On November
19, the first of this group departed from Vienna
for the United States. By November 29, it had
become clear that the flight of Hungarian men,
women, and children to gain freedom was assiun-
ing major proportions.
On December 1, I directed that above and be-
yond the available visas under the Refugee Re-
lief Act — approximately 6,500 in all — emergency
admission should be granted to 15,000 additional
Hungarians through the exercise by the Attorney
General of his discretionary authority under Sec-
tion 212 (d) (5) of the Immigration and National-
ity Act; and that when these niunbers had been
exhausted, the situation be reexamined.'
On December 12, 1 requested the Vice President
to go to Austria so that he might inspect, first-
hand, the tragic situation which faced the refu-
gees. I also appointed a President's Committee
for Hungarian Refugee Relief to assure full co-
ordination of the work of the voluntary agencies
with each other and with the various Government
agencies involved.*
On January 1, 1957, following Ms return to the
United States, the Vice President made a personal
inspection of our reception center at Camp Kilmer
and then reported to me liis findings and recom-
mendations.^ He reported that the people who
' White House press release dated Jan. 31 ; transmitted
on Jan. 31 (H. Doc. 85, 85th Cong., 1st sess.).
• Buu-ETIN of Nov. 19, 1956, p. 807.
' Ibid., Dec. 10, 1956, p. 913.
* Ibid., Dec. 24-31, 1956, p. 979.
5 Ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 94.
February 18, 1957
247
had fled from Hungary were largely those who
had been in the forefront of the fight for freedom.
He concluded that "the countries which accept
these refugees will find that, rather than having
assumed a liability, they have acquired a valuable
national asset."
Most of the refugees who have come to the
United States have been admitted only tempo-
rarily on an emergency basis. Some may ulti-
mately decide that they should settle abroad. But
many will wish to remain in the United States
permanently. Their admission to the United
States as parolees, however, does not permit per-
manent residence or the acquisition of citizenship.
I believe they should be given that opportunity
under a law which deals both with the current
escapee problem and with any other like emer-
gency which may hereafter face the free world.
First, I recommend that the Congress enact
legislation giving the President power to author-
ize the Attorney General to parole into the United
States temporarily under such conditions as he
may prescribe escapees, selected by the Secretary
of State, who have fled or in the future flee from
communist persecution and tyranny. The number
to whom such parole may be granted should not
exceed in any one year the average number of
aliens who, over the past eight years, have been
permitted to enter the United States by special
Acts of Congress outside the basic immigration
system.
Second, I urge the Congress promptly to enact
legislation giving the necessary discretionary
power to the Attorney General to permit aliens
paroled into the United States, who intend to stay
here, to remain as permanent residents. Con-
sistent with existing procedures, provision should
be made for submission of the cases to Congress
so that no alien will become a permanent resident
if it appears to the Congress that permanent resi-
dence in his case is inappropriate. Legislation
of this type would effectively solve the problem of
the Hungarian escapees who have already arrived,
and furthermore, would provide a means for cop-
ing with the cases of certain Korean orphans,
adopted children, and other aliens who have been
granted emergency admission to this country and
now remain here in an indefinite status. This
should be permanent legislation so that adminis-
trative authorities are in a position to act
promptly and with assurance in facing emergen-
cies wliich may arise in the future.
Quota System
The Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952,
essentially a codification of the existing law, re-
tained the national origins quota system estab-
lished in 1924. In the more than a quarter of a
century since that time experience has demon-
strated a need to reexamine the method laid down
in the law for the admission of aliens. I know
that Congi'ess will continue to make its own study
of the problems presented, taking into considera-
tion the needs and responsibilities of the United
States. There are, however, certain interim
measures which should be immediately taken
to remove obvious defects in the present quota
system.
First, the quota should be based on the 1950
census of population in place of the 1920 census.
An annual maximum of 154,857 quota immigrants
is now provided, using the 1920 census. I believe
that the economic growth over the past tlurty
years and present economic conditions justify an
increase of approximately 65,000 in quota numbers.
Second, an equitable distribution of the ad-
ditional quota numbers should be made. Under
the present system a number of countries have
large unused quota numbers while other countries
have quotas regularly oversubscribed. I recom-
mend that the additional quota numbers be dis-
tributed among the various countries in pro-
portion to the actual immigration into the United
States since the establisliment of the quota system
in 1924 and up to July 1, 1955.
Third, quota numbers unused in one year should
be available for use in the following year. Under
existing law if a quota niunber is not used during
the year it becomes void. In my view Congress
should pool the unused quota numbers for Europe,
Africa, Asia and the Pacific Oceanic area. Those
numbers should be distributed during a twelve-
month period on a first-come, first-serve basis
without regard to country of birth within the
area. However, I recommend that these imused
quota numbers be available only to aliens who
qualify for preference status under existing law —
persons having needed skills or close relatives in
the United States.
Fourth, the so-called mortgage on quotas result-
248
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
ing from the issuance of visas under the Displaced
Persons Act and other special Acts should be
eliminated. Visas issued under these Acts were
required to be charged against the regular im-
migration quota with the result that quotas in
some instances are mortgaged far into the future.
I recommend that the mortgages so created be
eliminated, consistent with the action of Congress
when it enacted the Refugee Relief Act of 1953,
which provided for special nonquota visas.
Fifth, the Congress should make provisions in
our basic immigration laws for the annual admis-
sion of orphans adopted or to be adopted by Amer-
ican citizens. Experience has demonstrated that
orphans admitted under earlier special legisla-
tion have successfully adjusted to American fam-
ily life. It also has revealed that there are many
Americans eager to adopt children from abroad.
Administrative Relief for Hardship Cases
The large and ever increasing mass of immi-
gration bills for the relief of aliens continues to
place an imnecessary burden upon the Congress
and the President. Private immigration laws in
recent years have accoimted for more than one-
third of all enactments, both public and private.
Like any other enactment, each case must be
separately examined and studied as to its merits
by the Congress and the President. Tlie problem
presented is usually a determination whether
hardships and other factors in the particular case
justify an exception from the ordinary provisions
of the immigration laws. These determinations
could be effected without resort to legislation if
the necessary administrative authority is pro-
vided. I recommend that the Attorney General
be granted authority, subject to such safeguards
as Congress may prescribe, to grant relief from
exclusion and expulsion to aliens having close rela-
tives in this coimtry, to veterans, and to function-
aries of religious organizations. Generally these
are the classes of cases which have been favorably
regarded by Congress because of the hardship
involved.
Technical Amendments
In addition to the quota revisions, experience
under existing immigration law has made it clear
that a number of changes should be made in the
Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952. Some
provisions create unnecessary restrictions and lim-
itations upon travel to the United States while
others inflict hardships upon aliens affected. I
have made a number of proposals for amend-
ments;^ with some minor modifications, I renew
those recommendations and call attention here to
certain of them.
One of the obstacles to travel, and a hindrance
to the free exchange of ideas and commerce, is
the requirement in the present law that every alien
who applies for a visa or who comes to the United
States without a visa but remains for as much as
thirty days be fingerprinted. In some foreign
countries fingerprinting is regarded with disfavor.
Lacking any significant contribution to our na-
tional safety and security, the law should be
amended to eliminate the requirement of finger-
printing for aliens coming to the United States
for temporary periods.
I further recommend an amendment to the law
to permit aliens traveling from one foreign coun-
try to another, passing merely in transit through
the United States, to go through this country
without undergoing inspection and examination,
and without complying with all the standards for
admission. This would eliminate hardships to
the traveler, loss of goodwill, and much expense
to the transportation companies.
The law should be amended to eliminate the
necessity for immigration officers to inspect and
apply all groimds of exclusion to aliens seeking
admission to the mainland of the United States
from Alaska and Hawaii. These Territories are
part of the United States and aliens who have
entered or are present in them are subject to all
the provisions of the law. If any were deportable
before arriving on the mainland their deportable
status continues.
I recommend the repeal of that provision in the
law which requires aliens to specify their race
and ethnic classification in -dsa applications.
A large number of refugees, possibly thousands,
misrepresented their identities when obtaining
visas some years ago in order to avoid forcible
repatriation behind the Iron Curtain. Such
falsification is a mandatory ground for deporta-
tion, and in respect to these unfortunate people,
some relief should be granted by the Congress.
' For recommendations transmitted to the Congress on
Feb. 8, 1956, see ibid., Feb. 20, 1956, p. 275.
February 18, 1957
249
Inequitable provisions relating to the status
under the immigration laws of Asian spouses, and
of adopted and other children, should be rectified.
Alien members and veterans of our Armed
Forces who have completed at least three years
of service are unable to apply for naturalization
without proof of admission for permanent resi-
dence. I recommend that this requirement be
eliminated in such cases, and that the naturaliza-
tion law applicable to such persons be completely
overhauled.
'Wliile the present law permits adjustment of
status to permanent residence in the cases of
certain aliens, it is unnecessarily restrictive as
to aliens married to United States citizens.
Adjustment is forbidden if the alien has been in
the United States less than one year prior to his
marriage. This results in the disruption of the
family and causes imnecessary expense to the alien
who is forced to go abroad to obtain a nonquota
visa. It is my recommendation that the require-
ment of one year's pi-esence in the United States
before marriage be repealed.
Judicial Review
I have previously called the attention of the
Congress to the necessity for a strengthening of
our laws in respect to the aliens who resort to re-
peated judicial reviews and appeals for the sole
purpose of delaying their justified expulsion from
this country. Whatever the ground for deporta-
tion, any alien has the right to challenge the gov-
ernment's findings of deportability through judi-
cial process. This is as it should be. But the
growing frequency of such cases brought for pur-
poses of delay, particularly those involving aliens
found to be criminals and traffickers in narcotics
and subversion, makes imperative the need for
legislation limiting and carefully defining the
judicial process.
I have asked the Attorney General to submit to
the Congi-ess legislative proposals which will carry
into effect these recommendations.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The Whtte House,
January 31, 1957.
Mr. Spaak To Visit Washington
Press release 48 dated February 1
Paul-Henri Spaak, Belgian Minister for
Foreign Affairs, will visit Washington on Febru-
ary 8 and 9. He will arrive in this country on
February 7. Wliile in Wasliington he will dis-
cuss with members of this Government matters of
common interest in the atomic energy field in the
light of EuRATOM developments.
Visit of Euratom Group
Press release 49 dated February 1
Franz Etzel, Louis Armand, and Francesco
Giordani will visit the United States beginning
February 3 at the invitation of the Secretary of
State and the Chairman of the Atomic Energy
Commission.^
These tlu-ee distinguished Europeans were ap-
pointed by the Governments of the six countries
(Belgium, France, the Federal Republic of Ger-
many, Italy, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands)
now in the final stages of negotiation for a treaty
establishing a European Atomic Energy Com-
munity (Euratom). They have been given the
task of determining the extent to which Europe's
growing energy deficit can be met by large-scale
installations of nuclear power stations. This
task is in pursuit of the same objectives which
motivated President Eisenhower's proposal made
to the U.N. in December 1953 on the development
of the peaceful uses of atomic energy.
During their visit to Washington the gi'oup will
have discussions with the Secretary of State, the
Chairman and members of the Atomic Energy
Commission, and other U.S. officials.
Following their discussions in Washington the
group will visit the site of the pressurized water
reactor now under construction at Shippingport,
Pa., and the atomic energy laboratories at Oak
Eidge, Tenn. They will also confer with in-
dustry leaders in this field at a meeting under the
auspices of the Atomic Industrial Forum in New
York on February 13. They leave on February
14 for Ottawa.
' For background, see Buixetin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 29.
250
Department of State Bulletin
NATO— Deterrent and Shield
hy General Lauris Norstad
Supreyne Allied Com/mander Europe^
I bring you greetings from the American
troops in Europe. Their greetings will help re-
mind you that they are there, together with their
comrades of other countries, on guard to preserve
the peace of the world. I specify "in Europe"
because Europe is the area of my responsibility.
Let me emphasize that mine is only one part of
the Nato command. Admiral Wright, as Su-
preme Allied Commander Atlantic, and Admiral
Creasy, Commander-in-Chief Channel, have par-
allel responsibilities. There are also national
commanders whose forces unite with ours to form
the vast reservoir of power that is the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization. Thus patrol boats
under the flag of Greece, a Norwegian ski platoon,
a French battalion of engineers, a Canadian jet
squadron — all are Nato, all are interlocked.
I repeat the word "interlocked." The alliance
is vital to each of its 15 members, and each mem-
ber is vital to the alliance. Whether a member
nation is as distant from the Soviet Union as the
United States or as close as Turkey, the threat
falls equally on each.
Man has often used military force to restore
peace, but Nato is the finest example of its use to
preserve peace. The spirit of this endeavor speaks
from the preamble to the North Atlantic Treaty,
signed April 4, 1949:
The Parties to this Treaty . . . are determined to safe-
guard the freedom, common heritage and civilization of
their peoples, founded on the principles of democracy,
individual liberty and the rule of law. . . .
They are resolved to unite their efforts for collective
defense and for the preservation of peace and security.
' Address made at a dinner given in General Norstad's
honor by the American Council on NATO at New York,
N.Y., on Jan. 29.
These purposes, clear and confident, are the
source of Nato's military authority. They sum
up the meaning of our alliance. Most important,
the purposes are being realized. The Nato idea
not only works but has already had unmistakable
effects. The Soviet reaction is proof. For fore-
most among Kussia's conspicuous objectives is the
dismantling of the alliance that confronts it across
the most sensitive, most sharply defined political
line between East and West.
One does not have to be a political expert or
a military strategist to gi-asp why the Soviets are
so bent on undermining Nato. One has only to
remember the climate of fear that characterized
the spring of 1951. A violent war was raging in
Korea. In Western Europe, which was just be-
ginning to recover from World War II, the ques-
tions were: which would be the next country to
fall under Soviet domination, and not whether
world war III would start, but when.
Then General Eisenhower was called back to
duty to set up in Paris the Supreme Headquar-
ters Allied Powers Europe — Shape, as we now
know it. His arrival, with his tremendous pres-
tige, gave Nato stimulus and impetus. Fears be-
gan to subside. Hope grew. Western Euro-
peans eagerly read into the most casual act a sig-
nificance out of all proportion to what it deserved.
For example, when I first reported for duty in
Wiesbaden, I could almost hear the sighs of relief,
almost feel the tensions relax. Wliy? Simply
because, so I was told, I had brought with me my
wife and young daughter — evidence, to the Ger-
mans, of official belief that the threat of war was
abating.
Then, as we began to organize our defense,
fefaruory 78, J957
251
Message From President Eisenhower to
American Council on NATO
With many of you, I am joined in an old com-
radeship, for we served together in the days when
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization took visible
form as a great and common venture for the se-
curity of the West. With all of you present to-
night, I am united in deep personal respect for
General Lauris Norstad and in heartfelt confidence
that he will discharge his mission as Supreme
Allied Commander Europe to the increase of amity
and understanding and cooperative strength among
the Atlantic nations.
He and all who are associated with him in NATO
stand for a unique development in international
affairs. Through it, the member nations recognize
their community of heritage and of security, above
all, their identity in a resolute determination that
they shall remain free. The soldiers and sailors
and airmen of the Allied Powers mightily contribute
to the stability and the peace of the world. They
exemplify, beyond a natural patriotism and a stout
loyalty to their individual flags, a new compre-
hension that freedom is indivisible and the de-
fenders of freedom must stand united.
But here is no mere military coalition.
A common and enduring allegiance to the great
objective of a world in which all can enjoy tran-
quility and prosperity, justice and peace, is the
bond that unites the members of NATO. Differ-
ences may arise. Disputes may occur. At times,
the future may be shadowed by doubt and uncer-
tainty. But, firm in this common allegiance, and
in mutual understanding, the Atlantic nations will
reconcile their differences, work out in friendly
settlement their disputes, dispel their doubts. The
North Atlantic Treaty Organization, that has sur-
vived so many fears and dire prophecies, will not
fail the many millions who hope and pray for its
success.
To that success, General Norstad will contribute
greatly in the years ahead.
DWIOHT D. B5ISENH0WEB
establish subordinate headquarters, bring in
equipment, and speed up training, the realization
grew that the West could be defended and would
be defended.
The menace seemed to pass for the moment.
But this apparent containment of the Soviet threat
of 1951-52 by no means ended the benefits that
flowed from the Nato reservoir. Out of a recov-
ered sense of common purpose, out of the experi-
ence of a partnership successfully assembled in
time of peril, welled up a spirit that transformed
Western Europe. A truly extraordinary eco-
nomic recovery followed. This could hardly
have proceeded so fast or gone so far without the
security that Nato provided.
Now the danger is seen again in bold outline.
The "charm offensive" laimched by Khrushchev
and Bulganin has evaporated. Once again we
hear from the East the familiar chorus of mis-
representation and abuse. The surge of Soviet
armor into Hungary supplied proof — if further
proof were needed — that the Kremlin's objectives
remain unchanged and that force remains its
favored instrument. And once again the impor-
tance of Nato's strength is emphasized for Ameri-
cans and, indeed, for all the nations of the free
world.
Only when we look back on the past do we
realize how much has been done. There have been
moments of doubt. There was one last fall, when
the events in Eastern Europe and the Mediter-
ranean foreshadowed to some the disarray and
even the collapse of our alliance. Such gloomy
predictions, like others before them and since,
failed to do justice to the strength of Nato. I
remain confident. I often think of the two men,
each with his glass of wine. The melancholy one
said, "My glass is half empty." The other said,
"Mine is half full." Compared to what the Nato
glass might hold, given the vast resources of the
Atlantic Community, it is indeed only half full.
But there exists the potential to raise the level
to the brim.
The Deterrent Strategy
At about the time that Nato was being planned,
more than 8 years ago, what was later known
as the deterrent strategy began to emerge. That
strategy — and some of the distinguished men in
this room were among its principal architects —
focused on the development of forces not so much
for winning a war as for preventing one from
starting. In short, its purpose was to deter. And
the deterrent, to be successful, had to consist of
several related elements.
There had to be within Nato military forces of
sufficient strength and versatility to insure that
no attack against them could succeed.
There liad to exist throughout Nato a will to
use these forces, should need arise.
Finally, there had to be generated in the minds
of potential aggressors a certain knowledge that
NATO possessed these forces and this will.
252
Deparfmenf of S/afe 6u//efin
Such were the basic ingredients of our deterrent
strategy. We recognized from the outset that
strength alone, however massive, might not daunt
a resolute enemy. It would daunt him only when
he had become convinced that his intended victim
stood ready, if challenged, to bring it into play.
Current Strength of NATO Forces
That strategy has worked. Now, as we turn
up our collars against the icy wind blowing afresh
from the East, we may all ask how stands Nato
for the tests of the future. The last few years
have witnessed many changes in military means
and the power relationships of nations. Are our
means sufficient? Is our will strong? And have
we made ourselves explicit to the relentless adver-
sary who insists that his aim is our destruction?
I am convinced that the Russians are under no
illusion as to the strength and determination of
the Nato community. I have said that the north-
south line, 4,000 miles long, between Nato and the
Soviet bloc, is the most sensitive political line
across the face of the earth. Never before in the
history of collective-security arrangements has a
combination of great powers ever drawn a line so
sharp. At no other line do the nation-partners
of the West have such firm, such unequivocal, com-
mitments. The Russians understand this. In
the last analysis, the existence of this line is what
has kept tliem out of Western Europe.
Wliat about the military means ? The hard core
of the West's military strength is its retaliatory
forces. Their most powerful single element is the
United States Strategic Air Command, controlled
by the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff. If
the Nato line were violated, if our alliance were
attacked, the great power of Sac, as well as the
British Bomber Command, would at once be
brought into play.
Then, directly under my control as Saceur, there
are forces drawn from member nations and as-
signed to Nato. They consist of ground forces
equipped with the newest weapons, including
rockets and guided missiles ; of naval forces — par-
ticularly the United States Sixth Fleet in the
Mediterranean; and of air forces, both defensive
and offensive. These forces are large and they
are strong — much stronger, I suspect, than is com-
monly realized. Numerically, they are four to five
times stronger than they were 5 years ago, and
they are infinitely more effective.
Tliey are becoming still more so. Shape has
an important atomic capability of its own.
Should it ever be necessary for us to defend our-
selves, this allied command can and will play its
full part in destroying the aggressor. Our opera-
tions would, of course, be coordinated with the
Strategic Air Command and the British Bomber
Command.
About our power to destroy, I have no doubt
whatever. The validity of the deterrent prin-
ciple is not affected by the size of the Soviets' air
or missile fleet. Whether their fleets are 80 per-
cent of ours, or 90 percent, or even 100 percent,
we will still have enough weapons, enough planes
to deliver the weapons, and enough bases for these
planes to annihilate the enemy, and the enemy
could not prevent it. Moreover, the likelihood
of any form of Soviet attack, atomic or otherwise,
at any time or any place, is diminished manyfold
by the presence of these Nato forces at their for-
ward European bases.
Need for Keeping NATO Spirit Strong
This destructive power we have, and this power
we can keep if we preserve the unity and strength
of Nato — which leads me to the second element in
our deterrent, that is, our will to use this force
should the need arise. The will exists today. It
is, however, the most perishable of our assets. It
cannot be produced and stockpiled like a weapon.
Rather, like a plant or any other living thing, it
needs continual refreshment. Nothing could be
more enfeebling to the spirit that so far has ani-
mated Nato than a suspicion, however faint, that
some of its partners were withdrawing behind
their own frontiers, counting upon their long-
range weapons to preserve the balance.
Alliances prosper by example and by the equita-
ble assumption of risks along with advantages.
Hence it is most important to the fostering of this
alliance that the United States, Canada, and
Britain maintain troops on the continent of
Europe in convincing numbers. Moreover, the
presence of these troops on European soil — their
physical, visible, tangible presence alongside the
ground and air forces of the European nations —
will be a steady reminder to the Russians that any
aggression will instantly bring down on them the
total power of the alliance.
In spite of the retaliatory forces, there remains
the possibility that war could start because the
February 18, 1957
253
enemy made an error in judgment or took some
reckless or ojiportimistic action. Because of this
chance — rather, mischance — we cannot omit or
skimp at any point along our eastern frontiers the
defensive strength which the Soviet threat dic-
tates. For if our line is not defended throughout,
the enemy might trump up a pretext for crossing
it. We would then face not only an accomplished
fact but also a dilemma : If we did not take immedi-
ate action, we would fail to meet the commitments
of the alliance ; if we did take it, we would start a
war.
On the other hand, if our line is being held in
reasonable strength and if the enemy knows this
beyond doubt, then any inclination on his part to
cross the line makes him face the terrible decision
of detonating world war III, with a sure prospect
of his own annihilation. The defensive forces
deployed on our eastern boundary thus become an
essential part of the deterrent.
Responsibilities of Shield Force
In essence, then, the Nato task is to deter, and
to continue to deter, in an endurance test of un-
known duration. But should we fail in this our
first objective, we must be prepared to defend our-
selves and to defeat the enemy. I use the two
terms "defend" and "defeat" because the force
required to defeat is not necessarily that required
to defend. Conceivably we could inflict defeat
from remote bases, though not before large areas
of Nato territory had been overrun. There
would be a lag between the enemy's attack and the
time when our retaliation would be effective.
During this lag much of the free world would be
in jeopardy. An adequate defensive force must
be maintained in Europe.
I do not refer to a symbolic force, in accordance
with the so-called "trip wire" or "plate glass win-
dow" concept, but to a "shield" force of size and
strength, charged with the vital mission of de-
fending all Nato territory and all Nato peoples.
Nothing less would meet the mutual obligation of
the North Atlantic Treaty. A defense that failed
to protect our European allies from invasion
would be no defense at all.
The shield force has a further responsibility:
It must hold the bases from which the retaliatory
force would operate. Were those bases lost, the
power of Nato's air attack would be dangerously
impaired.
So long as the Soviet threat remains, therefore,
so long will Nato need a stout shield. Indeed, the
shield is not yet stout enough. There still are
marked weaknesses in our air defense system.
Our ground forces are not yet what they should
be. These deficiencies are being corrected. For
example, I am happy to tell you the German Gov-
ernment has informed us that during the coming
year it will take a long step toward its eventual
contribution of naval forces, 12 divisions, and
1,300 aircraft.
I am an American, but it is my duty to think as
an international officer. There is something that
troubles me. It is the disparity between Ameri-
can weapons and those of our allies. I am speak-
ing specifically of our nuclear delivery systems.
That the United States can produce weapons
which multiply by many times the capacity of a
man on the battlefield adds to the total strength
of the alliance. Whatever strengthens one Nato
nation strengthens all. Still, we Americans
would be wise to remember that the alliance is al-
so a partnership of men who are equal. As such
it demands respect for the basic equities. The
troops who man the Nato line, whether they be
American, French, Turkish, German, or Danish,
have one all-important thing in common : each has
but one life to give in defense of freedom. Where
the European fighting man differs most conspic-
uously from the American is in the relative effec-
tiveness of the weapons in his hands. Still speak-
ing as an international officer, I am grateful to
the United States for the action it is taking to cor-
rect this disparity.
So far I have addressed myself solely to the mil-
itary aspects of the Nato alliance. But Nato has
come to mean a good deal more than just an order
of battle, a strategy, an emergency coalition of
powers who otherwise would be divided. Im-
plicit in the Nato idea was the conception of a
coming-together in novel and fruitful alliance of
many nations sharing much the same ideals, much
the same history, and much the same political and
economic interests.
In recent months, our hopes have been dealt
some rather hard blows. Doubts have been raised
about much that had been taken for granted.
The partnership has been strained, its collapse
predicted, its death announced.
This is not the first time that Nato has heard
its own funeral oration. Only a year and a half
254
Department of Slate Bulletin
ago, wlien tlie Kremlin seemed to be turning away
from Stalinism, many were questioning whether
our alliance was necessary any longer. The re-
cent days of doubt are passing, but I dare say that
in another year or two we shall again hear oui"-
selves being mourned.
The alliance lives. Nonetheless, we cannot
slirug away these periodic misgivings. The plain
fact is that the birth of Nato in 1949 was not a
natural one. It was not ordained for that time
by some higher law. It resulted from unnatural
pressures. It came into being because like-
minded nations agreed that it was the best way
in which to safeguard their lands, their cultures,
and their freedoms. But what the compulsion of
fear created has become, in 8 years, a community
within whose shelter live 450 million people,
united and directed by common purposes to an
extent never before exhibited in the relationship
of modern nations.
This condition is a product of the support which
Nato has received from its members. Its need
for that support has not diminished. In fact,
it needs sturdier support than ever. It needs even
repair. It must be patiently worked upon. And,
because the Nato idea is so important to us all,
Americans no less than Europeans, the task de-
serves our most enlightened and gifted efforts.
Out of Hungary's tragedy has come a finn con-
viction that our only dike is Nato. We must
stand together and stand fast. In an alliance of
truly free nations such as ours, unity — and the
will I have spoken of so often — can be acliieved
only by devoted citizens acting together. Al-
though our alliance is the basis of the foreign and
defense policies of all the members, ignorance
about its aims and progress is still widespread
among average Nato citizens. It is most im-
portant that they be informed. For this reason,
voIuntai*y organizations such as the American
Council on Nato can render immense service.
Mr. Chairman, I wish your Council all suc-
cess in its work. I wish you to know that we at
Shape are grateful for what you have done and
hopeful for what you will do. Our alliance has
already achieved much. With your help it can
achieve more. For we believe that the Nato idea,
steadily nourished and faithfully sustained, can
be a great influence for good in the era of challenge
stretching: before us.
Abraham Lincoln, speaking of another great
union at another critical time, said this :
"The world knows we know how to save it.
We — even we here — hold the power and bear the
responsibility. The way is plain, peaceful, gen-
erous, just — a way which, if followed, the world
will forever applaud, and God must forever bless."
U.S.-British Defense Talks
Following is the text of a joint coiwrnunique
issued simultaneoiisly at Washington and London
on Fehruary 2 at the conclusion of discussions be-
tween Secretary of Defense Charles E. Wilson
and British Minister of Defense Duncan Sandys.
1. The U.S. Secretary of Defense, the Honor-
able C. E. Wilson, and the British Minister of De-
fense, the Right Honorable Duncan Sandys, have
had a series of meetings in Washington this week.
Among those attending the meeting were, of the
U.S. side: Deputy Secretary of Defense Reuben
B. Robertson, Jr.; Secretary of the Air Force
Donald A. Quarles ; Admiral Arthur W. Radford,
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff ; Robert D.
Murphy, Deputy Under Secretary of State ; Gor-
don Gray, Assistant Secretary of Defense (Inter-
national Security Affairs) ; Dr. Clifford C. Fur-
nas, Assistant Secretary of Defense (Research
and Development) ; and E. V. Murphree, As-
sistant to the Secretary of Defense for Guided
Missiles ; and on the British side, His Excellency
Sir Harold Caccia, British Ambassador to the
United States; Sir Richard Powell, Permanent
Secretary, Ministry of Defense; Sir Frederick
Brundrett, Chairman, Defense Research Policy
Committee, Ministry of Defense ; Admiral Sir Mi-
chael Denny, Chairman British Joint Services
Mission; Mr. P. H. Dean, Deputy Under Secre-
tary, Foreign Office, and Dr. R. Cockburn, Con-
troller of Electronics, Ministry of Supply.
2. The two ministers reviewed the military as-
pects of the international situation. They reaf-
firmed the solidarity of their defense objectives
and the importance of Nato and the other regional
alliances as a vital means of safeguarding peace
and stability in the world.
3. They agreed that priority must be given to
maintaining effective military capacity in a high
febtuaty 18, J 957
255
state of readiness. This must include conven-
tional forces as well as nuclear power.
4. They recognized that financial and economic
stability is an essential foundation of military
strength and that due account must be taken of
this in considering what a country can contribute
to the common defense effort.
5. The ministers also reviewed the progress of
collaboration between the U.S. and Britain in re-
search and development. They noted with satis-
faction the mutually beneficial results already
achieved by cooperation and decided to continue
and extend their joint work in this field.
6. The possible adojition by Britain of certain
Ajnerican weapons was explored, and this matter
is being referred to the two Governments for
further consideration.
7. In addition to his talks with Mr. "Wilson and
the U.S. defense authorities, Mr. Sandys had a
meeting with Mr. Dulles, U.S. Secretary of State,
at which the international aspects of the military
program were discussed.
Some Current Problems in Foreign Relations
hy Livingston T. Merchant
Amhassador to Canada^
In the 8 months that I have been in Canada I
have, for my sins, made a number of speeches.
I have talked about Nato and the common re-
sponsibility of our two countries in that vitally
important alliance; I have talked frequently of
the threat wliich international communism poses
to Canada, to the United States, and to the entire
free world ; I have spoken of many aspects of the
relations between our two great countries.
And I have also talked on more controversial
subjects — on why the United States opposes the
admission of Communist China to the United
Nations and on United States policy in the dis-
posal of agricultural surpluses. Once I even took
my courage in my hands to say that, contrary to
much oratory, our two countries are in many not-
able respects different and distinct; that this is
as it should be and good, if we both accept it as
fact and act on it as premise. I have also upon
a few occasions given utterance to some bits and
pieces on United States investment in Canada,
which I think has been a good thing in the past and
with continued common sense and enlightened
management will be a good thing in the future for
both of us.
' Address uiade before the Canadian Club of Montreal
on Jan. 21.
256
The Problem in the Middle East
Today my title is "Some Current Problems in
Foreign Eelations," and I want to speak briefly
on two problems wliich I am sure are in the fore-
front of your minds. These are the Middle East
and Hungary.
It seems to me that there is a link between the
events of recent weeks in Egypt and in Hungary.
There is a temporal link, of course. There is also
a link which I think illustrates a deplorable
''double standard" of international morality. One
moral standard is reflected in the prompt response
of Britain and France to the expressed convic-
tions of the United Nations, the other by the con-
temptuous refusal of the Soviet Union_^to pay
the slightest heed to the aroused conscience of
the world. This unhappily was in Soviet char-
acter. In this latter response — or lack of one —
we can understand much of the threat which is
posed by the Soviet Union as the seat and citadel
of international conununism.
As I think is well known, we in the United
States quite generally thought that our oldest
friends and oldest allies. Great Britain and France,
made a mistake when they moved militarily into
the Suez Canal Zone last fall. We did not dis-
guise that feeling. Indeed, it led us to that most
Department of State Bulletin
painful decision to vote against them in the
United Nations.
It is not, however, my purpose to dwell on that
point. As Vice President Nixon indicated in a
speech last montli,'' liistory has not yet written
the final verdict and it may well find the United
States not blameless in the handling of events
leading up to the crisis. Certainly our friends
acted under extreme provocation and in the inti-
mate knowledge of the fact that their national
livelihood and very existence depended on the
oil of the Middle East delivered to Europe by the
short route through the canal. Apparently they
thought — wrongly, I believe — that the United
States was indifferent or at least imperfectly
aware of their situation. They had watched
Soviet shipments of arms into the area and noted,
as did we, the obstructive and dangerous part the
Soviets M-ere playing. But for anyone to accuse
the British and French of cynically seeking to
establish a new empire or colonial area in Egypt
or elsewhere in the Middle East is utter and com-
plete nonsense.
In any event, our allies acted, and much of the
rest of the world reacted with equal promptness —
the Soviets by ominous threats, the majority of
the United Nations with a call for a cease-fire and
the withdrawal of the French and British troops
at the very moment when they seemed to have
their limited objectives in sight.
It is to the everlasting credit of those two great
countries that they responded inmaediately to that
call. I may add that, by doing so, they placed
on tlie United Nations, and I think in particular
on the United States, a grave and inescapable
responsibility to press for the prompt clearance
of the canal and, even more important in the long
run, the establishment of a responsible and reliable
regime for the Suez Canal and a lasting solution
to the Arab-Israeli problem, which is at the seat
of so much of the unacceptable insecurity and
instability of the Middle East area. I think I
can assure you that the United States is fully
conscious of its responsibilities in all these matters.
I am sure that our friends will not find us derelict.
I am equally sure that Canada will continue to
fulfill the constructive and imaginative role which
it has played throughout this entire episode.
There are many things to be done, some at once
and some in sequence.
' Bulletin of Dec. 17, 1956, p. 943.
The first, of course, is to get the canal cleared
and working as soon as possible. Tlie news we
now read is encouraging. With the physical
progi-ess of clearance there has been similar prog-
ress in finding the funds for the salvage operation.
Before long we must solve the complicated prob-
lems which will arise when the canal is open and
congested shipping starts to move.
This leads, of course, to the major problem of
agi'eeing on an enduring regime for the canal.
The United States holds to the view that this must
be based on the six principles adopted unani-
mously by the Security Council of the Unit«d
Nations on October IS.'* Let me remind you what
those six principles comprehend, for they stand
up just as sensibly today as they did the day they
were approved in the Security Council, notwith-
standing fast-moving intervening events.
These six principles provide, in effect, that there
should be free and open transit through the canal
without discrimination; that the sovereignty of
Egypt should be respected ; that the operation of
the canal should be insulated from the politics of
any country ; that the manner of fixing tolls should
be decided by agreement between Egypt and the
users; that a fair proportion of the dues should
be devoted to development; and, finally, that
disputes between the Suez Canal Company and
the Egyptian Government should be settled by
arbitration.
Then there is the problem of making peace in
the Middle East. It does not seem to me that it
would be useful today to discuss when or how this
might be done. I would note, however, first, that
the responsibility rests primarily on the United
Nations, which accepted the original responsi-
bility of creating the State of Israel. The solu-
tion must obviously accept the fact that Israel
is a country here to stay; that a peace treaty must
replace the uneasy, frequently violated armistice
of the past 8 years; that the refugees be cared
for ; and that the frontiers of Israel with its neigh-
bors be delineated and accepted. In August 1955
Secretary Dulles stated that, given a solution of
the related problems of the plight of the refugees,
the pall of fear overhanging the area, and the lack
of fixed permanent boundaries between Israel and
its Arab neighbors, the President would be pre-
pared to recommend that the United States join
'lUd., Oct. 22, 1956, p. 616.
februaty 78, 1957
257
in formal treaty engagements to prevent or thwart
any effort by either side to alter by force the
boundaries between Israel and its Arab neighbors."
Last month Secretary Dulles pointed out that,
while the atmosphere at that time did not seem
conducive to an early settlement, the efforts of
the United States would continue to be made for
a settlement along the lines of his speech to which
I just referred/
There are other actions which need to be taken
promptly, as contrasted to this peacemaking,
which we must realize will take time. There is
the grave risk of a Soviet miscalculation as to
how the United States would react, either to
Soviet military aggression against a Middle East-
ern state or to the intrusion of organized
"volunteers."
President Eisenhower in his state-of-the-Union
message 10 days ago ^ referred to the request he
had made of Congress 5 days earlier ' for certain
declarations and actions with respect to the Mid-
dle East. President Eisenhower was referring
to the threat of Soviet aggression in the Middle
East when he said,
I say again that this matter is of vital and immediate
importance to the Nation's and the free world's security
and peace. By our proposed programs in the Middle East,
we hope to assist In establishing a climate in which con-
structive and long-term solutions to basic problems of
the area may be sought.
The President's special appeal to Congress was
designed to remove the slightest possible element
of doubt in the minds of the Soviet rulers as to
what the reaction of the United States would be,
were they to contemplate military intervention
in the Middle East. Such a clear and firm declara-
tion can be expected, I think, to have the added
virtue of reassuring and encouraging those peoples
and leaders in the Middle East who have no de-
sire to subject themselves to the tender mercies
of Soviet control.
Then, in addition, President Eisenhower sought
from Congress approval for certain programs of
assistance — economic, technical, and military
equipment — for the governments of such countries
' Ibid., Sept. 5, 1955, p. 378.
° Ihid., Jan. 7, 19.57, p. 3.
'Ibid., Jan. 28, 1057, p. 123.
' Ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
in the Middle Eastern area as are determined to
resist international communism and which might
ask us for such assistance. There is much that
must be done and much that can be done to create
an atmosphere of hope and an improved level of
life which will be resistant to the spurious but
siren appeals of the Communists. This aspect of
the President's policy, as you see, is directed
against the continuing threat of subversion and
indirect Soviet aggi-ession as opposed to armed
attack.
Finally, there is a matter of overriding impor-
tance requiring attention. No time can be lost
and, I believe, none has in dealing with it. It in-
volves a process, however, which must be continu-
ing and constantly in the forefront of all the
thoughts and policies and actions of all of us con-
cerned. This is the restoration — and not merely
the restoration but the strengthening — of an inti-
mate, close, and mutually understanding relation-
ship between ourselves and the British and the
French. The Ministers Meeting of Nato in Paris
last month showed good result in this as well as in
other directions.
There is no true friendship that cannot sur-
mount rough spots. Though it is hard to realize
when one is experiencing the process, it is, I think,
a fact that friendships are the stronger for past
misimderstandings and disagreements, provided
there is — as surely there is among those involved
today — the will and desire to learn from and to
build on those difficulties.
There has been, I think, some talk in this diffi-
cult period which has not been helpful. For ex-
ample, an impression got around that the United
States, immediately after the cease-fire in Egypt,
was "punishing" Great Britain and France and,
along with them, the rest of Western Europe, by
doing nothing to meet the desperate need for oil,
which under those circimistances could only come
from this hemisphere. To lay this ghost, let me
give some facts and figures on shipments of oil
from the United States to Europe.
Immediately after the closing of the canal, a
substantial effort was made by the oil companies
to find alternative oil for Europe. Throughout
1955 and 1956, up to the end of the first week in
November, the average of crude oil and oil prod-
ucts shipped to "Western Europe from the United
States Gulf ports was 44,000 barrels a day. In
the second week of November — after the canal
258
Department of Stale Bulletin
was blocked — the daily average shipments reached
212,000 barrels a day ; in other words, nearly five
times the usual figure. In the third week of
November the average reached 321,000 barrels a
day, and in the last week of November exports ran
at the daily rate of 944,000 barrels — nearly a mil-
lion barrels a day — 20 times the level of the first
week of that month. I should point out that the
latter figure was a peak achieved by a heavy draft
on stocks and an unusual bunching of tankers
loaded in the area. During the period of the short-
age, however, it is expected and planned that the
daily average of shipments to Western Europe
from the United States Gulf ports will run sub-
stantially in excess of 500,000 barrels a day.
So I say, in summary, we are moving into the
period when lasting solutions must be found for
the future of the canal, for the national existence
of Israel on supportable terms, and for the cre-
ation of a situation in the Middle East where peo-
ples and governments will be, by increased
strength and conscious choice, able and willing to
maintain their independent sovereign existence,
neither satellites of the Soviets nor puppets of the
West, but on terms of friendship with the West,
which has so much to offer them in fruitful rela-
tionships entirely compatible with their national
pride and independence.
But if I may reiterate what seems to me the
cardinal point : the United Nations made a judg-
ment; the British and the French accepted that
judgment. With loyalty and high morality they
responded promptly to it.
The Problem in Hungary
Now let us turn to the tragic case of Hungary,
to the savage brutality of the Eussians and the
operation of a "double standard" of international
morality where the Soviets and their cohorts are
concerned.
In October the incredibly brave Hungarian peo-
ple decided spontaneously and almost imanimously
that they had had enough of domestic terror and
oppression and of Kussian domination of their
national life. Unarmed, they rose. When hit
by force, they fought back with amazing courage.
And we should mark the fact that students, work-
ers, farmers, and intellectuals of Hungary all were
in the ranks of the freedom fighters. These were
the very people for whose allegiance the Com-
munists had devoted their greatest efforts.
For a time it seemed that the miracle had hap-
pened and that the Hungarian people had gained
by their sacrifices a very large measure of inde-
pendence for their national existence. Then, by
deceit, treachery, and overwhelming armored force
brought in from outside Hungary, the Ked Kus-
sion Army gained the upper hand.
Today the Soviet Union stands naked before
the world, stripped of all its peace-loving profes-
sions. The "new look" is gone. The Soviet lead-
ers have trampled on the "spirit of Geneva" which
they so sedulously sought to cultivate. They have
made a mockery of the phrase "peaceful coexist-
ence.
The Soviet leaders reverted to type. They re-
acted in Hungary as a challenged despotism based
on force and terror, uncontrolled by a parliament,
by domestic opinion, or by the restraints of re-
ligion.
All of us in the free world watched this tragedy
in horror and anguish. The weapon of moral con-
demnation was the only alternative to action which
might well bring on the third world war. The
United Nations instinctively responded to the out-
raged conscience of the free world. The United
Nations called on Russia to withdraw its troops
from Hungary. The Soviets refused. It sought
to get observers into Hungary. The Soviets and
the puppet regime they had installed in Budapest
blocked it. Speaker after speaker in the United
Nations denounced in horror Russian brutality
and shameless oppression in Himgary. On De-
cember 12 the General Assembly of the United Na-
tions formally condemned the Soviet Union for
violation of the United Nations Charter. And
there seemed little else the United Nations could
do, other than send in medical supplies and pro-
vide new homes abroad for the refugees who fled
the terror in Hungary.
This has been so far a dark and depressing
chapter. I submit, however, that its end has not
yet been written. I firmly believe that any gov-
ernment, however ruthless and authoritarian,
which aspires to a role of influence and leadership
in the world cannot long disregard the opinion of
mankind. It must show what Jefferson called
"a decent respect to the opinions of mankind." In
part, its adjustment to such pressures may be only
outward and slow in coming. "Hypocrisy is the
tribute paid by vice to virtue." In the long run,
I am satisfied, conform it must.
February 18, 1957
259
I am equally satisfied that, had not the United
Nations reacted promptly and vigorously, the ac-
tions of the Soviets would have been even more
brutal, if not in Hungary, then certainly in Po-
land and elsewhere in the rumbling Soviet satel-
lite empire.
And in the outside world, particularly among
those billion or more human beings who coimt
themselves "uncommitted," there has been a dread-
ful lesson learned. The Soviets have for a time
at least won the battle of Budapest. But I am as
sure as I am standing here today that the Soviets
have lost their campaign to dominate the world
by methods short of total war. And surely the
Russian military planners are now reassessing the
reliability of all the satellite armies.
There is another lesson, I think, drawn for free
men everywhere. This is that, when individual
freedom and national independence have once
been known, all the techniques of propaganda and
indoctrination and "corrective" thinking cannot
kill the flame of freedom in the breast of man
and, moreover, that flame does not die with one
generation. It can and is passed on to the next.
This lesson which the Hungarians, at such tragic
loss and suffering to themselves, have given to the
world should do much in the months and years
ahead to demolish the assumption that what the
Communists once gain by force they will hold
forever.
We have learned other lessons in the past from
the Soviets. Unhappily, it seems the world must
learn some lessons over and over again. I think
of the tragic fate of the Baltic peoples in Lithu-
ania, Latvia, and Estonia. They had a proud
history, and they put their trust in Soviet good
faith.
Let me read you a passage from a fascinating
speech which Mr. Molotov delivered on the foreign
policy of the Soviet Union before the fifth session
of the Supreme Soviet on October 31, 1939. This
passage relates to Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania.
As I read it, remember that this speech was de-
livered only one year before the Soviet Army
moved in to incorporate by force into the Soviet
Union these three independent states and to send
eastward in cattle cars to Siberia tens upon tens
of thousands of men, women, and children who
had done no wrong other than to want to live in
peace as citizens of independent sovereign states.
This is the passage :
Our recent diplomatic negotiations with Esthonia, Lat-
via and Lithuania have shown that we have suflBclent
confidence in each other and a proper understanding of
the need for these measures of military defence in the
interests both of the Soviet Union and of these states
themselves. The negotiations have fully revealed the
anxiety of the parties concerned to preserve peace and to
safeguard the security of our peoples who are engaged in
peaceful labour. All this ensured a successful issue to
the negotiations and the conclusion of pacts of mutual
assistance which are of great historical importance.
The special character of these mutual assistance pacts
in no way implies any interference on the part of the
Soviet Union in the affairs of Esthonia, Latvia or Lithu-
ania, as some foreign newspapers are trying to make out.
On the contrary, all these pacts of mutual assistance
strictly stipulate the inviolability of the sovereignty of the
signatory states and the principle of non-interference in
each other's affairs. These pacts are based on mutual
respect for the political, social and economic structure of
the contracting parties, and are designed to strengthen
the basis for peaceful and neighbourly cooperation be-
tween our peoples. We stand for the scrupulous and
punctilious observance of the pacts on the basis of com-
plete reciprocity, and we declare that all the nonsensical
talk about the Sovletization of the Baltic countries is only
to the interest of our common enemies and of aU anti-
Soviet provocateurs.
In view of the Improvement in our political relations
with Esthonia, Latvia and Lithuania, the Soviet Union
has gone a long way to meet the economic requirements
of these states and has concluded trade agreements v/ith
them for this purpose. Thanks to these economic agree-
ments, trade with the Baltic countries will increase fcv-
eralfold, and there are favourable prospects for its fur-
ther growth. At a time when all the European countries,
including the neutral states, are experiencing tremen-
dous trade diflBculties, these economic agreements con-
cluded by the U.S.S.R. with Esthonia, Latvia and Lith-
uania are of great and positive importance to them.
Thus the rapprochement between the U.S.S.R. on the
one hand, and Esthonia, Latvia and Lithuania, on the
other, will conduce to the more rapid progress of the
agriculture, industry, transport, and the national well-
being generally of our Baltic neighbours.
Twelve months later the cattle trains moved
east from these three little Baltic countries.
The Soviet leaders have been pinned under the
spotlight by the United Nations. The dilemma
the Russians now face is a cruel one for them.
The moral judgment of the world has been mo-
bilized against tliem. They must respond to it
in increasing degree or forfeit the influence which
they covet to exert in much of the world. Pos-
sibly some countries in the Middle East or else-
where had forgotten the tragic lesson of Lithu-
ania, Estonia, and Latvia. Surely, however, the
lesson of Budapest will give them pause before
they choose to sup with tlie devil.
260
Department of State Bulletin
I repeat, I believe in Hungary the Soviets have
won a temporary victory but at tlie cost of the
loss, in the long run, of their campaign for the
world.
Facing Our Responsibilities
As I close, I would like to recapitulate the ma-
jor points which I have tried to make.
First, I think that all of us in the United Na-
tions and, if I may say so, particularly Canada
and the United States, must seek and find lasting
solutions to the problems in the Middle East.
These problems include the need to eliminate the
risk that through miscalculation the Soviets might
resort to open aggression. President Eisen-
hower's proposal to the Congress of the United
States is addressed to this risk.
Then policies must be framed and actions taken
which will eliminate or substantially reduce the
risk that through despair or hopelessness peoples
in that area may fall under Communist domina-
tion by subversion or their own lack of will. To
this problem President Eisenhower has also
addressed his proposal.
The canal must be cleared and operated effec-
tively and fairly.
A lasting peace must be achieved between Israel
and its Arab neighbors.
These are all hard and difficult problems. It
will take straight thinking, courage, and patience
to find the answers. All of us in the United Na-
tions have a responsibility to contribute to that
process, and I thmk that we in Canada and the
United States bear a special responsibility. We
cannot afford to fail.
Secondly, there must be restored and strength-
ened comradeship and mutual trust within ths
Atlantic alliance. This we in the United States
are determined to achieve, as I know others
equally are. It would be tragic indeed were we
to fall apart, later to succumb one by one to the
adversary dedicated to our destruction, at the
very time when the historically inevitable cracks
in the Soviets' monolithic structure are just be-
ginning to be visible.
Then we must not permit the Soviets to twist
or Morm their way out of the spotlight imder
which they are now pilloried for all the world to
see. We must never let the subjugated peoples
of the world come to believe that we have for-
gotten them. We must never acquiesce in slavery,
February 18, 1957
415513—57 3
and we must lend every encouragement to the
peaceful liberation of those now enslaved.
Finally, we must refuse to accept as inevitable
or enduring a "double standard" of international
morality. History and time are on our side. Des-
potisms pass away, but this does not just happen.
It comes as the result of free men seeking and
finding courageous, timely, and constructive solu-
tions to the intractable problems which confront
all generations born, like ours, in a period of his-
toric crisis.
Failure of Chinese Communists
To Release Imprisoned Americans
Press release 43 dated January 29
Communist spokesmen and propaganda media
have intensified in recent weeks their efforts to
mislead the world concerning the continued im-
prisonment in Communist China of 10 American
civilians. These Americans are held in cynical
disregard for an unqualified Chinese Communist
pledge on September 10, 1955, to take measures
for their release "expeditiously."
After having used other excuses to explain
away or divert attention from their failure to
keep their word, the Chinese Communists have
now fallen back on the specious allegation that
the United States has failed to keep its own com-
mitment with respect to Chinese nationals in this
country.
Although this allegation has been made re-
peatedly by Communist officials at the highest
levels and by official Communist propaganda or-
gans, there is no truth in it. The facts are as
follows :
On September 10, 1955, the U.S. Government
and the Chinese Communists, on the basis of am-
bassadorial talks begun at Geneva on August 1,
1955, issued simultaneous announcements makiner
identical pledges concerning the respective na-
tionals of either side desiring to return home.^
They contain the unequivocal promise to take
"appropriate measures so that they [American
and Chinese nationals desiring to return] can ex-
peditiously exercise their right to return."
At the time of these declarations there were 19
American civilians known to be held in Commu-
^ For text of agreed announcement, see Bulletin of
Sept. 19, 1955, p. 456.
261
nist Cliina against their will. Today there still
are 10.=
On the other hand, there was at that time no
Chinese resident in the United States who had
evidenced a desire to go to Communist China and
who was being prevented from doing so. That
was the case before the beginning of the ambas-
sadorial talks and has continued to be the case
to the present time.
The United States, nevertheless, made the an-
nouncement cited above because the Communists
insisted that they would not make such a commit-
ment unless accompanied by a parallel statement
on the part of the United States. The United
States has, in fact, gone to great lengths to carry
out meticulously its commitment imder the agreed
announcement of September 10, 1955. We have
widely publicized by press, television, and radio
the right of any Chinese to return to Communist
China mihindered. "VVe placed in 35,000 post of-
fices throughout the coimtry notices containing
the text of the agreed announcement. On several
occasions we have publicly called on anyone to
come forward who knows of any Chinese who be-
lieves his departure is being obstructed. There
has not been a single response.
The Indian Embassy, as provided by the agreed
announcement, has been authorized to make rep-
resentation on behalf of any such Chinese and
has brought no case to our attention of any Chi-
nese being prevented by the United States from
returning to Conamunist China.
Wlien the agreed announcement was signed,
there had been no discussion whatever to suggest
that it was intended to apply to common crim-
inals, such as narcotic offenders. In fact, the
only prisoners ever discussed in the talks leading
to the annoimcement were Americans imprisoned
in Communist China. However, when the Chi-
nese Communists gave as a reason for noncompli-
ance with the agreed annomicement the fact that
certain Chinese citizens were in fact in American
prisons, we acted promptly to dispel any possible
question on that score.
Last May 31 the Department of State gave the
"The 10 Americans still held are as follows: John
Thomas Downey, Richard Fecteau, the Rev. Fnlgenee
Gross, the Uev. John Alexander Honle, Paul Mackiusen,
Robert MeCann, the Rev. Charles Joseph McCarthy, the
Rev. Joseph Patrick McCormack, H. F. Redmond, and
the Rev. John Paul Wagner.
Indian Embassy a complete list of all Chinese
convicts in Federal and State penitentiaries, a
total of 34, and invited the Embassy to interview
them to ascertain whether they desired to be re-
leased for the purpose of going either to Commu-
nist China or Taiwan. The Chinese Communists
refused to authorize the Indian Embassy to con-
duct these interviews, and they were carried out
instead by the American National Eed Cross. By
the time of the interviews the normal parole proc-
ess had reduced the number of prisoners from
34 to 24. The Red Cross found tliat, out of the
24, one prisoner desired to go to Conmnunist China
and two to Taiwan. All of the others preferred
to serve out their sentences in the United States.
The prisoner who expressed a desire to go to
Conmiunist China was deported to that destina-
tion on October 29, 1956. He had then served
214 years of a 7-to-20-year sentence for man-
slaughter. Dei:)ortation of the two prisoners de-
siring to go to Taiwan is being arranged.
The Department of State repeats that, if there
is any Chinese in the United States who desires
to return to Communist China and believes he
is being prevented from doing so, he should at
once communicate with the Department directly
or through the Indian Embassy and his departure
will be facilitated immediately.
Not only are all Chinese free to depart this
country, but since July 11, 1955, many hmidreds
have done so without being hindered in any way.
The U.S. Government has no means of knowing
the final destination of any of those who have
departed. Of the total who have left, 270 are
known to have returned direct to the China main-
land through Hong Kong by ship from the United
States in the period from the beginning of the
Geneva ambassadorial talks through December 31,
1956.
Failure to take measures for the release of the
10 Americans is not the only violation of the
agreed amiouncement of which the Chinese Com-
mmiists are guilty. They have also repeatedly
denied to these prisoners the right of commimiea-
tion with the British Embassy' in Peiping which
is explicitly guaranteed to them.
The United States, on the otlier hand, has of-
fered and continues to offer any Chinese in this
country, regardless of status, the imrestricted
262
Department of State Bulletin
right to communicate with the Indian Embassy at
any time if he believes his right to depart is being
obstructed.
The agreed announcement represents the first
and only parallel commitment ever made by the
United States and Communist China. The atti-
tude of the Chinese Communists toward per-
formance of their obligation cannot but affect the
weight to be given to future promises from the
same regime.
America's Responsibilities and Opportunities in Asia
hy Howard P. Jones
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Far Eastern Economic Affairs ^
Since the subject of my talk here was selected,
a great many things have happened. Israeli,
British, and French forces entered Egypt. Soviet
tanks smashed into Ilungaiy and massacred citi-
zens striving for freedom. The United States
took a position in the Suez crisis which aroused
criticism on the one hand and great acclaim on the
other. The President annomiced and presented
to Congress a new American policy in the Middle
East.
I have been to the Far East subsequent to most of
these events and have had, consequently, a special
opportunity to appraise Asian reaction to Ameri-
can policy. Hence, with your concurrence, I
should like to broaden the content of my remarks
to cover the implications of these developments,
particularly as they appear through the eyes of
the Asian.
I have just returned from attending the Colom-
bo Plan conference in Wellington, New Zealand.^
The Colombo Plan, as most of you know, is a Con-
sultative Committee representing 18 countries set
up to do something about the development prob-
lems of South and Southeast Asia. The United
^Address made before the Boise Valley World Affairs
Association at Boise, Idaho, on Jan. 19.
- For a statement made at the Wellington meeting by
Assistant Secretary Robertson, see Btjlletin of Dec. 17,
1956, p. 957 ; for the final communique and an extract
from the annual report, see ihhl., Jan. 7, 1957, p. 30;
for an announcement on the release of the annual report,
see ibid., Feb. 4, 1957, p. 204.
States has been a member of this group since
shortly after its establishment. Nations repre-
sented include Asian nations — from Japan on the
north to Pakistan on the west and Indonesia on
the south — the United Kingdom, the United
States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand.
The Committee provides the framework for an in-
ternational cooperative effort to assist the coun-
tries of the area in solving their economic prob-
lems and in raising their living standards.
This was a most interesting meeting. It pro-
vided an opportunity not only to study the eco-
nomics of the area and work out mutually accept-
able solutions to economic problems; at this j^ar-
ticular time, it presented also an unusual opportun-
ity to take a sort of Gallup poll of Asian thinking.
Stops in six Far Eastern countries en route home
provided a further check on these conclusions.
I can report that never before within my expe-
rience has American prestige in Asia been so high.
To understand why this was so, it is necessary to
cast a glance backward at recent events.
American Prestige in Asia
Three months ago our friends and allies by-
passed the United Nations and took direct mili-
tary action to settle their dispute despite the fact
that all members of the U.N. were pledged to settle
their differences peacefully. U.S. policy had been
firmly based upon this latter pi-inciple. What
would the U.S. do in this new situation?
February 18, 1957
263
The world watched and waited. "Would we
stand by our principles, or would we conveniently
look the other way, adopt some subterfuge to
avoid facing the issue?
Our stand was foursquare. We denounced the
use of force not sanctioned by self-defense or
United Nations mandate. Our friends used the
veto and prevented action by the Security Coun-
cil. We immediately took the issue to the Gen-
eral Assembly, not subject to veto. Here our po-
sition was endorsed by practically every nation in
the world.
President Eisenliower phrased our position as
follows :
First, we cannot and we will not condone armed ag-
gression— no matter who the attacker, and no matter
who the victim.
We cannot — in the world, any more than in our own
nation — subscribe to one law for the weak, another law
for the strong; one law for those opposing us, another
for those allied with us.
There can be only one law — or there will be no peace.
. . . We believe that integrity of purpose and act is the
fact that must, most surely, identify and fortify the free
world in its struggle against communism.
The United States had passed the supreme test.
To Asia the President's words meant even more
than they stated — they meant that we did not
have one standard for the West and another for
the East, one for the wliite man and another for
the brown man.
Another event, a tragic event, following swiftly
on the heels of the President's statement, gave
sudden dramatic confirmation to the Asian's newly
formed conviction about America. This was the
terrible Soviet oppression in Hungary. America,
the Asian concluded, might be right about com-
munism too.
And as the result of our earlier action in the
U.N., when the Soviets made their barbarous move
in Hungary the United States was in a position
of moral leadership to condemn and mobilize
world opinion against the monstrous crime against
humanity which the Soviet oppression repre-
sented.
Significant evidence of the changed viewpoint
of the so-called neutralist coimtries in Southeast
Asia may bo obtained from the recent vote in the
U.N. on the Hungarian issue. Originally, the
representatives of these nations abstained, but
the resolution on the Hungarian item which
would set up a committee of five to observe and
report was approved 59 in favor, 8 (Soviet bloc)
against, with 10 abstentions (Afghanistan, Cuba,
Egypt, Finland, India, Sudan, Saudi Arabia, Jor-
dan, Syria, and Yugoslavia). Yemen, South
Africa, and Hungary were absent. All the Far
Eastern states, including Indonesia and Burma,
voted with us.
It must be remembered that most of the new
nations of Asia were born after the Soviet occu-
pation of Eastern Europe. They opened their
eyes in infant sovereignty to find a Communist
Eastern Europe, and most of them never ques-
tioned how it came about. The Communist gov-
ernments of Hungary, Poland, Czechoslovakia,
Rumania, and the rest were simply facts of life.
That these governments had come into power by
terror and force and were holding their power
by the same means — that they were minority
governments not representative of the people —
were truths which apparently had not been im-
pressed upon them as something of which they
must take cognizance. By the action in Hun-
gary, the veil was swept away and the truth was
revealed.
These two developments — ^the Suez crisis and
the Hungarian affair — created a new situation in
Asia and in Asian-United States relations. In
one dramatic instant, the United States of
America became much more than one of the two
great power centers in the world to the Asian.
It became a moral force as well. We Americans
have always prided ourselves upon the essential
rightness of our thinking and our policies. But
in Asia, a part of the world which regarded the
West from the point of view of the exploited,
even America, which had demonstrated her prin-
ciples by giving the Philippines their independ-
ence, continued to be regarded with some sus-
picion. This latter gesture, Asians were inclined
to feel, had some hidden meaning. It was too
good to be true.
All this is, at least to some degree, now changed.
The United States has suddenly acquired an en-
hanced leadership in the free world as well as the
leadership inherent in its own strength. And we
are thus presented with a great opportunity and
a great responsibility. To both of these Presi-
dent Eisenhower's new program for the Middle
East was a ringing response.
264
Department of Stale Bulletin
President's Middle East Proposal
The President's proposal ^ represents at least in
part an extension to the Middle East of a prin-
ciple successfully applied in the Far East — in the
•words of President Eisenhower, to insure "the
full sovereignty and independence of each and
every nation of the Middle East."
This is no policy of aggression — it is a policy
of resistance to aggression. Again, in the Presi-
dent's -words, "The Soviet Union has nothing what-
soever to fear from the United States in the Mid-
dle East, or anywhere else in the world, so long
as its rulers do not themselves first resort to
aggression."
The President's proposal for the Middle East
may be summarized as follows : It would
. . . authorize tbe United States to cooperate with and
assist any nation or group of nations in the general area
of the Middle East in the development of economic
strength dedicated to the maintenance of national in-
dependence.
. . . authorize the Executive to undertake in the same
region programs of military assistance and cooperation
with any nation or group of nations which desires such
aid.
. . . authorize such assistance and cooperation to in-
clude the employment of the armed forces of the United
States to secure and protect the territorial integrity and
political independence of such nations, requesting such
aid, against overt armed aggression from any nation con-
trolled by International Communism.
To implement this proposal, the President has
asked Congress for authority to use, without re-
gard to existing limitations, up to $200 million of
funds already appropriated to carry out the
mutual security program this fiscal year. In ad-
dition he proposes to ask Congress in subsequent
legislation for an authorization of $200 million
to be available during each of the fiscal years
1958 and 1959 for discretionary use in the area, in
addition to the other mutual security programs.
Changing Situation in Far East Since 1950
Although this policy for the Middle East has
differing characteristics to meet somewhat differ-
ing problems, fundamentally it represents an ap-
plication of a principle, tried and proved in the
Far East, to the Middle East. It is appropriate,
therefore, to examine what has happened in the
Far East in recent years.
' For text of the President's message to Congress on
the Middle East, see ibid., Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
The dramatic turning point in our Far Eastern
policy came with the Korean war in June of 1950.
The Far East which faced us at that time was a
discouraging sight. The Communists had just
taken over the China mainland. Political and
economic turbulence characterized every country
in the Far East. Almost without exception, evei-y
nation in the area was struggling against a hos-
tile army within its borders and none was secure
from the Communist onslaught.
In Korea the United Nations, bolstered by the
full strength of American military forces, was
at war. In Malaya, from their jungle headquar-
ters. Communist forces were spreading terror.
The Huks in the Philippines were doing the
same. Both constituted a dangerous tlireat to
the free governments concerned. Indonesia had
just put down a military coup sponsored by the
Communists and was still fighting a guerrilla
war with Communist bandits. There was civil
war in Viet-Nam and in Burma. In Japan, Com-
mimist activists were organizing riots. Nowhere
was there security or stability.
Contrast the situation in the Far East as we
find it today, 6 years later.
There is peace in Korea. We found the situa-
tion in Korea stabilized, and great progress has
been made toward rehabilitating that war-torn
economy.
In Malaya the jungle Communists have been
eliminated as a threat and their leaders are call-
ing for peace on whatever terms they can get.
The Philippine people were no longer talking
about the Huk threat — President Magsaysay has
been successful in virtually wiping it out. We
found the Philippines enthusiastically working to
develop their economy with American assistance.
In Indonesia we found a completely different
atmosphere from that which prevailed only a year
ago. I served in Indonesia as the head of our
economic aid mission. At that time, practically
every newspaper in Indonesia was at best neu-
tralist or, more likely, leaning to the left. Last
month every newspaper in Djakarta, the capital,
except the Communist press, was attacking the
Communists for their action in Hungary and
several of them were criticizing the government
for its abstention on the U.N. resolution con-
demning the Soviet action in Hungary. Praise
for the U.S. position was heard on all sides.
The President's new policy for the Middle East
February 78, 7957
265
had not at that time been proposed. Let us not
delude oui-selves. Efforts will be made by the
Communists to misinterpret this new policy.
They will attempt to drive a further wedge be-
tween us and our allies by charging imperialist
America with taking the place of imperialist Brit-
ain and France. They will tell the Middle East
and the Asian-African bloc that this is an attempt
to substitute one colonial master for another. But
I believe this propaganda will, for the most part,
fall on deaf ears.
Indonesia is having her own internal troubles
today. But these revolve primarily around do-
mestic economic and political issues.
In Viet-Nam, even so recently as a year and
a half ago, the newly independent goverimient
was fighting against tremendous odds for its ex-
istence. It was faced with a military and sub-
versive threat from Communist forces north of
the I7th parallel; it was confronted by internal
strife. Today we find a firmly entrenched na-
tionalist government under the leadership of
President Diem. This government has proved
its capacity to survive in the face of Communist
external pressure and subversive efforts and at
the same time to assmne the responsibilities of in-
dependence and representative government.
Japan has been established as a member nation
of the free world. Japan, like Germany, has
staged a remarkable economic recovery, and its
growing self-defense capabilities are encouraging.
I have visited Tokyo five times since the war.
From a city which was almost totally destroyed, it
has reached a point where it is difficult to find any
trace of war damage.
Everywhere we look in the Far East today,
although the problems which face us are serious
and manifold, nevertheless we find situations
which can give us satisfaction when compared
with the past.
Objectives of International Communism
The general situation I have just described is
the result of a firm, strong policy — nonaggressive,
nonthreatening, but resolute and determined.
Every one of the countries listed has had its own
disillusioning experience with the Coimnunists.
Our network of mutual defense treaties and the
Seato [Southeast Asia Treaty Organization]
Pact in the Far East lias put a defensive shield
around that area. Our economic aid has helped
the governments to stabilize their political and
economic situation and concentrate on the vital
objective of improving their living standards.
Important as these accomplishments are, it is
necessary to remember that permanent solutions
are not yet at hand. After the recent events in
Himgary, it is hardly necessary to observe that
the Communists haven't changed, that their ob-
jectives remain just what they always have re-
mained— the conquest of the world. It is easy to
say this today and to be believed. Yesterday, it
was not always so easy.
You will all recall that last year much was
made of the new face which the international
Communists were presenting to the world. This
new face was exhibited on all sides, internally
and externally. Internally it was dramatically
displayed in the denigration of Stalin. Exter-
nally it was demonstrated in the openhanded
visits of Khrushchev and Bulganin to Rangoon
and Karachi, Djakarta and New Delhi, the appli-
cation of the baby-kissing, gift-bearing technique
to the world in general and Southeast Asia in par-
ticular. In tlie West, Soviet smiles were so con-
vincing that a new phrase was coined — "the Ge-
neva spirit." The Soviets made tremendous head-
way with this new approach because people had
forgotten, if they ever knew, the real motives
and objectives of the international Communists.
A few years ago in Berlin, Germany, I spent an
evening with a patriotic Russian who had defected
from the Soviet headquarters in Berlin. Some
of you may have read the book which he later
wrote. If not, I commend it to you. His name
is Klimov. The book he wrote was entitled Terror
Machine — The Inside Story of the Soviet Ad-
ministration in Germany.
Major Klimov was maintaining that the ma-
jority of the Russian people were against the
regime in the Kremlin.
"But that is impossible for me to believe,"' I
protested. "Thirty years have passed — a new
generation of Russians has grown up. They know
nothing of the outside world and they have been
fed propaganda continuously. How could their
minds challenge the all-powerful masters of the
Kremlin?"
Klimov M'as silent for several moments. Fi-
nally, he said, "Nevertheless, I am right. Per-
haps I can explain it to you this way. A human
being — any human being — reacts alike to certain
266
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
stimuli. He reacts alike to hunger, he reacts alike
to thirst, and he reacts alike to injustice. And
Russia is full of injustice!"
Today we all know that Klimov was right. Not
only Russia— the entire Communist world is full
of injustice, of "man's inhumanity to man." We
know, too, what villainy lies behind the false face
of last year.
There has been, I submit, no excuse for our not
knowing all along. Long ago Lenin prescribed
the formula that has been followed ever since.
"First," he said, "we will take Eastern Europe,
then the masses of Asia, and then we'll surround
Amei'ica, that last citadel of capitalism. We
won't have to attack ; it will fall into our lap like
an overripe fruit." But, if we had forgotten
Lenin, we might have read a speech by Mr.
Khrushchev, the number-one Soviet Communist,
at a state dinner in Moscow on September 17, 19.55 :
"Anyone who mistakes our smiles for withdrawal
from the teachings of Karl Marx and Lenin," he
said, "is making a mistake. Those who expect
this will have to wait until Easter Monday falls
on Tuesday."
No Political Settlement
So, while I think that we may fairly charac-
terize our Far Eastern policy as a success to date
when we look at the progress that has been made,
this is no time for relaxation of our guard. In-
deed, many of the same dangers still face us in
the Far East and will face us for many years to
come. There has been no political settlement- — ■
nor can there be with communism except on Com-
munist terms. This has been made abundantly
clear.
One of the first rules of a soldier is, "Know your
enemy." We know our enemy. But what is he
doing in the Far East?
In North Korea, across the demilitarized zone,
stands a Communist army, far more effective than
it was at the signing of the truce 314 years ago.
There the Communists have introduced 350 jet
planes and built new jet airports and strengthened
the firing power of their forces, all in violation
of the terms of the armistice.
In Viet-Nam the same story is repeated. Again,
since the 1954 talks in Geneva, the military forces
of the Viet Minh have been strengthened in vio-
lation of the terms of the armistice. Firepower
has been increased sixfold. Chinese Communist
arms and ammunition and training instructors
have been introduced.
And, finally, across the South China Sea lies
Formosa — more properly, Taiwan. Taiwan is a
small island some 200 miles in length and SO miles
in width. Insignificant as it appears on the map,
it has a population of 10 million, larger than that
of Australia. This island is an important link
in the free world's Pacific chain of defense that
runs from Japan through Korea, Okinawa, the
Philippines, and so on down the Pacific.
Across 75 miles of stormy straits stand power-
ful Communist military forces. Chou En-lai, the
Chinese Communist Premier, has said repeatedly,
"We intend to take Taiwan by peaceful means,
if possible; by force if necessary." Opposite
Taiwan, on the China mainland, 10 new jet air-
fields have been constructed in the past year.
These fields are being readied to launch and serv-
ice the warplanes of the Chinese Communist air
force, now boasting over 1,500 jet planes. In ad-
dition, a military railroad is being built from the
harbor of Amoy, opposite Taiwan, to connect with
the main north-south railroad fi-om Canton to
Shanghai, linking this coastal point to Mukden
in Manchuria and from there connecting it with
the great trans-Siberian railroad from Vladi-
vostok to Moscow and Leningrad.
Geneva Discussions With Chinese Communists
Discussions have been held for a year and a half
in Geneva between Ambassador U. Alexis John-
son, representing the United States, and Chinese
Communist Ambassador Wang Ping-nan on two
subjects: (1) the release of American prisoners
still held in Communist China; and (2) an at-
tempt to obtain a meaningful renunciation-of-
force agreement applicable to the Taiwan area.
As a matter of interest to every American, you
should know how the first matter stands. Six-
teen months ago, on September 10, 1955, the
Chinese Communist representatives in the dis-
cussions which have been going on in Geneva
said :
The People's Republic of China recognizes that Ameri-
cans in the People's Republic of China who desire to re-
turn to the United States are entitled to do so, and
declares that it has adopted and will further adopt ap-
propriate measures so that they can expeditiously exercise
their right to return.
As of today, only 9 of the 19 Americans have
February 18, 1957
267
been released. Ten are still in Communist Chinese
prisons.
But it is the second item that particularly con-
cerns us in relation to the subject before us. If
these Chinese Communists were sincere, it -would
be a simple matter to agree upon a statement in
which both countries renounce the use of force
to obtain their objectives.
During the many months when our Ambassador
has been endeavoring to gain acceptance of a state-
ment by the Communists, the declaration has gone
through many drafts. In essence there are only
two words that prevent us from getting together
on such a statement. These two words are sig-
nificant. They are these: "including Taiwan."
The Chinese Communists, in brief, are willing to
renounce the use of force in gaining their objec-
tives except as respects Taiwan, the only place
where it is meaningful.
But this — military action and pressure — is only
one of the weapons in the Communist arsenal.
Others are terror, subversion, economic programs
of aid or economic warfare, as the case may be,
and political action.
American policy in the Far East can be stated
very simply. It is to strengthen the countries of
the free world and to curb the power and prevent
the expansion of communism. To do this, it is
essential to help the people of free Asia in their
aspirations for independence and a better life in an
atmosphere of peace and prosperity. Again, to
do this, it is necessary to assist these countries to
build military strength adequate to resist aggres-
sion.
The mutual security program, through defense
support and technical and economic-development
assistance, is helping these free countries to achieve
their objectives. The military assistance part of
the program — in Seato and outside of Seato — is
assisting them in maintaining internal order and
security and in creating a first line of defense
against aggression while they build up internally.
The people of Asia must have hope that they
will be more secure and better off tomorrow than
they are today. So long as this hope exists, we
may assume that, barring aggression, these free
nations will remain free. There will be no reason
for them to succumb to the blandishments of
communism.
You have all heard so much about the mutual
security aspects of our foreign economic aid pro-
grams that the words may have lost their meaning.
The essence of the relationship, however, between
the U.S. Government and these governments is one
of partnership in achieving a mutually desired
goal. It is too bad that we have not found a bet-
ter phrase than "foreign aid" to describe this pol-
icy and program, for the program is in our own
interest as much as it is in the interest of the
nations that are assisted.
The aid programs are, in brief, designed to help
these coimtries improve the standard of living of
the millions of Asians who have lived in poverty
and economic stagnation for centuries. The pro-
ductivity of these countries — both in agriculture
and industry — must be increased in order to
eliminate poverty. The long road ahead may be
somewhat measured by the fact that per-capita
productivity in America is almost 25 times as
great as that in Asia.
In the Far East, every nation knows — even the
neutral nations know^ — that it is American
strength in the Pacific that keeps them free. It is
American military miglit that keeps the Commun-
ist aggression at bay behind existing boundaries.
It is American economic aid that is strengthening
these nations behind the barricade thus erected.
This aid, contrary to Soviet propaganda, has no
strings; it is designed solely to assist these nations
in preserving their own freedom and independ-
ence— in brief, to keep free nations free.
This fundamental policy, successful in the Far
East, faces a new test in the Middle East, but faces
it at a time when U.S. motives are better under-
stood than ever before. The risk may be great,
but the prize is great — for the prize is peace in a
free world.
Correction
Bulletin of
November
19, 1956,
p.
79S,
second
column — The I
1st word 1q the fourth
line
should
read "humble."
268
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From Egypt
Following are the texts of two statements made
by U.S. Representative Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.,
in the plenary session of the U.N. General As-
sembly during debate on the Middle East ques-
tion, together tcith two reports to the Assembly
by Secretary-General Dag Hammarskjold and a
note from the Secretary -General transmitting an
aide memoire from the Israeli Government.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JAN-
UARY 17
U.S. delegation press release 2593
The General Assembly has placed emphasis and
high priority on achieving a cease-fire and on the
prompt withdrawal of all foreign forces from
Egyptian territory. A cease-fire has been
achieved and is being maintained. The with-
drawal of United Kingdom and French forces
lias been completed.^
Israeli forces, however, have not yet been com-
pletely withdrawn in full compliance with Gen-
eral Assembly resolutions. In his latest com-
munication the Secretary-General reports that
the Israeli Government intends to evacuate its
forces from the Sinai by January 22, with the ex-
ception of the Sharm al-Shaykh area. The Sec-
retary-General also reports that the intentions of
the Government of Israel regarding withdrawal
of its forces from the Gaza Strip have not yet
been made known to him. He assiunes that
Israel wishes to make further observations on this
question. This assumption is based on the oral
statement of the representative of Israel that his
Government is prepared at an early stage to dis-
^ For a report by the Secretary-General on British and
French withdrawal, see Bulletin of Dec. 17, 1956, p. 952.
cuss with the Secretary-General proposals for ar-
rangements for the Gaza Strip.
The United States has spoken clearly and un-
equivocally in favor of prompt withdrawal of
all foreign forces behind the armistice lines. We
have supported prompt and complete withdrawal.
We have supported each of the resolutions of the
General Assembly giving effect to this essential
principle. We continue to hold this view and will
vote for the resolution now before the Assembly.
In taking this position we recognize the need for
further consultations with General Burns' and
the Secretary-General in preparation for the
withdrawal of the Israeli forces from the positions
they now occupy beyond the armistice lines.
The resolution before us is a reiteration of the
position already taken by the Assembly. In the
circumstances it is a reasonable and moderate reso-
lution. It avoids condemnation and recrimina-
tions. It focuses on the immediate problem. As
the Secretary-General has stated in his report,
"withdrawal is a preliminary and essential phase
in a development through which a stable basis
may be laid for peaceful conditions in the area."
We agree with the Secretary-General that com-
pliance with the General Assembly resolutions will
enable all of us to turn to the many constructive
tasks which must be completed if conditions in
the area are to improve.
The United States is, of course, concerned with
the bearing of withdrawal on the maintenance of
the cease-fire. We feel it is important that the
United Nations Emergency Force move in imme-
diately behind the withdrawing Israeli forces in
order to assure the maintenance of the cease-fire
and to safeguard the Armistice Agreement. This
'Maj. Gen. E. L. M. Burns, Commander of the U. N.
Emergency Force.
februaTY J 8, J 957
269
is particularly important at this final stage of the
withdrawal because the areas in question have been
major sources of tension and the sites of many
hostile actions in the past. We believe that the
United Nations Emergency Force should be so de-
ployed as to be in a position to prevent a recur-
rence of such hostile activities.
We are encouraged to note from the report of
the Secretai-y-General dated January 15 that con-
siderable progress has been achieved in the with-
drawal of Israeli forces from Egyptian territory.
We hope that the Secretary-General will be in a
position promptly to announce further definite
plans for the deployment of the United Nations
Emergency Force along the Egyptian-Israeli
armistice line and in the area of the Straits of
Tiran.
Finally the United States considers it essential
that both Egypt and Israel undertake scrupu-
lously to observe the provisions of the Armistice
Agreement. No matter how effectively the
United Nations Emergency Force discharges its
responsibilities or regardless where it may be de-
ployed, the maintenance of the cease-fire will in
the end depend on full observance by both sides of
the provisions of the Armistice Agreement.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JAN-
UARY 28
U.S. delegation press release 2601
As we have said before, the United States thinks
that Israel must withdraw its forces without fur-
ther delay. Immediately thereafter, the United
Nations Emergency Force should move in behind
the withdrawing Israeli forces in order to assure
the maintenance of the cease-fire and to safeguard
the Armistice Agreement. This is the essential
basis for creating peaceful conditions.
We have studied the Secretary-General's report
with great care and we have concluded that the
measures which he suggests are fair and practi-
cable. They are, in fact, essential. The report is
positive and constructive. It fully justifies our
trust and confidence in the Secretary-General.
The carrying out of his suggestions will mark a
turning point in the unhappy histoi-y of this
problem.
Without necessarily endorsing all the legal
points contained in his report, the United States
Resolution on Withdrawal
of Israeli Forces '
U.N. doc. A/Re8/453
The General Assembly,
Itecalling its resolutions 997 (ES-I) of 2 No-
vember 1956, 998 (ES-I) and 909 (ES-I) of 4 No-
vember 19.o6, 1002 (ES-I) of 7 November 1956 and
A/RES/410 of 24 November 1956,
'Noting tbe report of tlie Secretary-General of 15
January 1957,
1. Notes with regret and coneern the failure of
Israel to comply with the terms of the above-men-
tioned resolutions ;
2. Rc<iuests the Secretary-General to continue
his efforts for securing the complete withdrawal
of Israel in pursuance of the above-mentioned reso-
lutions, and to report on such completion to the
General Assembly, within five days.
^ Adopted by the General Assembly on Jan. 19
by a vote of 74 to 2 (France, Israel), with 2
abstentions (Costa Rica, Cuba).
does endorse the basic premise upon which the
Secretary-General bases his recommendations.
We believe that the United Nations Emergency
Force should cooperate with the Untso [United
Nations Truce Supervision Organization]. We
agree that strict observance by both Egypt and
Israel of the provisions of the Armistice Agree-
ment and the fullest respect for the resolutions of
the Security Council and the General Assembly
are the kej's to the restoration of peace and sta-
bility. Under the agi-eement and pursuant to the
Security Council's decisions, neither side may as-
sert any belligerent rights, much less engage in
hostile action.
Under the Armistice Agreement also there is a
clear legal basis for a separation of the armed
forces of the two sides. The deployment of the
United Nations Emergency Force must, as the
Secretary-General recommends, be such as to as-
sure that this separation is achieved. That is
why the United States strongly supports the Sec-
retary-General's recommendations concerning the
deployment of the United Nations Emergency
Force on both sides of the armistice lines, particu-
larly with regard to the sensitive positions in the
Gaza and El Auja sectore.
We believe that it is essential that units of the
United Nations Emergency Force be stationed at
the Straits of Tiran in order to achieve there the
separation of Egyptian and Israeli land and sea
270
Department of Slate Bulletin
forces. Tliis separation is essential until it is
clear that the nonexercise of any claimed bellig-
erent rights has established in practice the iieace-
ful conditions which must govern navigation in
waters having such an international interest. All
of this would, of course, be without prejudice to
any ultimate determination which may be made
of any legal questions concerning the Gulf of
Aqaba.
The United States hopes that this General As-
sembly will give decisive support to these and
other recommendations set forth in the report.
We believe the Secretary-General should be au-
thorized to carry out these measures immediately
upon the withdrawal of Israeli forces.
I cannot emphasize too strongly, Mr. President,
one point which seems paramount to the United
States Government. Surely this Assembly would
not be satisfied with the return to the unsatisfac-
tory conditions which helped to bring about the
recent hostilities. But it must be clear to all that
the sort of assurances that are sought in this con-
nection can be given effect — and they must be
given effect — only after Israel completes the with-
drawal of its forces behind the armistice lines.
Let me conclude by appealing to the parties
directly concerned to recognize that the success of
United Nations action rests upon compliance by
each of them with the resolutions of the General
Assembly, the provisions of the Armistice Agree-
ment, and the decisions of the Security Council.
The United Nations Emergency Force is cari-y-
ing out its important mission for the benefit of
both Israel and Egypt with the full authority of
the General Assembly, to which it is responsible.
Under the circumstances, neither side should seek
unilaterally to impede the operations of the
United Nations Emergencj' Force.
REPORT BY U.N. SECRETARY-GENERAL,
JANUARY 15
U.N. doc. A/3500 and Add. 1
1. A report on compliance with the General Assembly
resolutions of 2 and 7 November 1956, with particular
reference to the withdrawal of forces, was submitted
to the General Assembly by the Secretary-General on 21
November 19.50, as document A/3384. At that time only
limited withdrawals had taken place. On 22 December
1956, however, the withdrawal of the Anglo-French forces
was completed, thus achievinj; full compliance with one
aspect of the requirement defined in the four resolutions
of the General Assembly relating to withdrawal of forces
(resolution 997 (ES-I) of 2 November 1956, re-solution
999 (ES-I) of 4 November 1956, resolution 1002 (ES-I)
of 7 November 1956 and resolution A/RES/410 of 24
November 1950).' Thereafter, those aspects of com-
pliance concerning withdrawal of forces have involved
only Israel troops.
2. An oral report on the extent of the withdrawal of
Israel forces at that time and the further withdrawal in
prospect, was presented by the Secretary-General at the
(>32nd meeting of the General Assembly on 21 December
1956.
3. On the basis of the several relevant resolutions, the
Secretary-General has held extensive discussions with
representatives of the Government of Israel, aiming
at full compliance with the withdrawal requirements by
the earliest possible date. In the course of these dis-
cussions, which have taken place since the letter of the
Representative of Israel of 24 November 1956 reported
the first Israel withdrawal (A/3389 and A/3389/Ad(l.l),
the Israel representatives have announced further with-
drawals of Israel troops, which have occurred in phases
as follows :
(a) On 3 December 1956, withdrawal from the Suez
Canal area, along the length of the Canal, to a distance
of some 50 kilometres.
(b) On 7-8 January 1957, withdrawal to a line roughly
following Meridian 33 degrees 44 minutes, leaving no
Israel forces west of El Arish.
(c) On 15 January, withdrawal eastward another 25
to 30 kilometres, except in the area of Sharm al-Shaikh.
This phase involved the entry into El Arish and the St.
Cathrine Monastery of UNEF forces, which have closely
followed the Israel withdrawals.
4. On 14 January, the Representative of Israel, on
behalf of his Government, conveyed to the Secretary-
General tlie following communication concerning an in-
tended further withdrawal :
"By 22 January the Sinai Desert will be entirely
evacuated by Israel forces with the exception of the
Sharm al-Shaikh area, that is, the strip on the western
coast of the Gulf of Aqaba which at present ensures free-
dom of navigation through the Straits of Tiran and in
the Gulf.
In connexion with the evacuation of this strip the
Government of Israel is prepared to enter forthwith
into conversations with the Secretary-General."
The Commander of UNEF is to meet with the Com-
mander of the Israel forces to make arrangements for
carrying out this latest phase of the withdrawal. At
this meeting, the Israel Commander will be requested to
define the precise meaning of "the Sharm al-Shaikli area"
and "the strip on the western coast of the Gulf of Aqaba".
5. The intentions of the Government of Israel concfim-
Ing compliance with the resolutions by withdrawal of
Israel forces from the Gaza Strip have not yet been made
known to the Secretary-General.
' For texts, see Bulletin of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 754 ; Nov.
19, 1956, pp. 793 and 794 ; and Dec. 10, 19.56, p. 917.
february 18, 1957
271
II
6. The basic resolution of the General Assembly on
the Middle East crisis (2 November 1950) urged a prompt
withdrawal of the forces of all parties to the armistice
agreements behind the armistice lines and requested the
Secretary-General "to observe and report promptly on
the compliance" vrith the resolution, for such further
action as may be deemed appropriate in accordance with
the Charter. The resolution also covered other points
of significance to progress toward improved conditions
in the region. Thus, in the same operative paragraph
in which the request was made for a withdrawal of
forces behind the armistice lines, the parties were urged
"to desist from raids across the armistice lines into
neighbouring territory and to observe scrupulously the
provisions of the armistice agreements". The three
points in this operative paragraph, while existing simul-
taneously within the terms of the paragraph, were not
linked together conditionally.
7. The request in the resolution of 2 November that the
Secretary-General observe and report on compliance was
later added to in the resolution of 4 November (resolu-
tion 999 (ES-1) ) wherein the Secretary-General, with the
assistance of the Chief of Staff and the members of the
United Nations Truce Supervision Organization, is asked
"to obtain compliance of the withdrawal of all forces be-
hind the armistice lines". The discussions with represent-
atives of the Government of Israel, the results of which
have been noted above, have been conducted on the basis
of this mandate to the Secretary-General for taking
action to achieve full implementation of the request for
withdrawal. The resolution of 4 November (resolution
999 (ES-I)), asking the Secretary-General to undertake
specific executive responsibilities, covered also the imple-
mentation of the cease-fire and the halting of the move-
ment of military forces and arms into the area, but was
not extended to the other points in the resolution of 2
November.
8. In consequence of the intended withdrawal an-
nounced in the latest communication to the Secretary-
General from the Government of Israel on 14 January
1957, the United Nations Emergency Force on 22 January
will reach the armistice demarcation line wherever it
follows the north-eastern boundary of the "Sinai Desert".
At that stage the last two points in operative paragraph
2 of the resolution of 2 November will assume added im-
portance.
9. One of these points is the request for full observance
of the provisions of the armistice agreements. This re-
quest makes it clear that the withdrawal of Israel forces
must be behind the armistice line as it has been estab-
lished in the Egypt-Israel agreement. In this context it
Is to be noted, therefore, that the Israel communication is
silent about withdrawal from the Gaza Strip which,
according to this armistice agreement, falls on the
Egyptian side of the armistice demarcation line. Further
discussions with the representatives of Israel are required
on this point. It is assumed that the Government of
Israel wishes to make further observations on the ques-
tion. Thus, when presenting the aforementioned com-
munication on 14 January 1957, the Representative of
Israel stated orally that his Government is prepared "at
an early stage" to discuss with the Secretary-General
"proposals for arrangements for the Gaza Strip".
10. The other point which is mentioned together with
the request for withdrawal refers to raids across the
armistice demarcation lines into neighbouring territory.
Such raids are prohibited also in the armistice agree-
ments. The call for general observance of these agree-
ments reinforces the specific request to the parties to
desist from raids. The cease-fire assurances given to the
Secretary-General by the parties in April and May 1956
lent further legal solemnity to the relevant articles in the
armistice agreements.
11. The Truce Supervision Organization established
under the armistice agreements, as one of its main duties,
assists in the prevention of incursions and raids. It is in
accord with the call for scrupulous observance of the
armistice agreements for the parties to take all appro-
priate mea.sures to give UNTSO the support necessary to
render it fully effective. It is a primary duty of the
United Nations Emergency Force to supervise and enforce
the cease-fire to which the parties committed themselves
in response to the request of the General Assembly in the
resolution of 2 November. Appropriate liaison should be
established between these two United Nations auxiliary
organizations. Further consideration may have to be
given to the question of the extent to which the Force
might assume responsibilities so far carried by the Truce
Supervision Organization.
12. The Secretary-General considers that, in view of
the serious developments which have taken place. It
would assist the two United Nations organs and facilitate
compliance with this specific point in the resolution of
2 November, if the parties were formally to reconfirm their
undertakings to desist from raids and to take active
steps to prevent incursions. When full implementation of
the request for withdrawal of forces behind the armistice
line is ensured, such reaffirmations should, therefore, in
the Secretary-General's view, be solicited from all the
parties.
13. The communication of 14 January from the Govern-
ment of Israel, in making an exception for the Sharm
al-Shaikh area as "the strip on the western coast of
the Gulf of Aqaba which at present ensures freedom of
navigation in the Straits of Tiran and in the Gulf", indi-
cates that the evacuation of the strip is anticipated, al-
though further conversations with the Secretary-General
are suggested in connexion with this evacuation. The
area referred to and the islands opposite Sharm al-Shaikh
are Egyptian territory, or territory under Egyptian Juris-
diction on the basis of an agreement with Saudi Arabia.
Under the terms of the General Assembly resolution, the
forces should be withdrawn from these territories. The
Israel declaration of 8 November stated that Israel would
be willing to "withdraw its forces from Egypt" (A/3320).
14. The international significance of the Gulf of Aqaba
may be considered to justify the right of innocent passage
through the Straits of Tiran and the Gulf in accordance
with recognized rules of international law. The Secretary-
General has not considered that a discussion of the
various aspects of this matter, and its possible relation
272
Department of Stale Bulletin
to the action requested in the General Assembly resolu-
tions on the Middle East crisis, falls within the mandate
established for him in the resolution of 4 November.
15. Liiie the cease-fire, withdrawal is a preliminary and
essential phase in a development through which a stable
basis may be laid for peaceful conditions in the area.
When the General Assembly, in its various resolutions con-
cerning the recent crisis in the Middle East, gave high
priority to the cease-fire and the withdrawal, the posi-
tion of the Assembly reflected both basic principles of
the Charter and essential political considerations.
16. The Assembly, in talking this position, in no way
disregarded all the other aims which must be achieved in
order to create more satisfactory conditions than those
prevailing during the period preceding the crisis. Some
of these aims were mentioned by the Assembly. Others
are to be found in previous decisions of the United Na-
tions. All of them call for urgent attention. The basic
function of the United Nations Emergency Force, "to
help maintain quiet", gives the Force great value as a
bacliground for efforts toward resolving such pending
problems, although it is not in itself a means to that end.
17. It is essential that, through prompt conclusion of
the first phases of implementation of the General Assem-
bly resolutions. Member Governments should now be en-
abled to turn to the constructive tasljs to which the estab-
lishment and the maintenance of the cease-fire, a full with-
drawal of forces behind the armistice lines, a desisting
from raids and scrupulous observance of the armistice
agreements, should open the way.
NOTE BY SECRETARY-GENERAL TRANS-
MITTING ISRAELI PROPOSALS
OF JANUARY 23
tJ.N. doc. A/3511 dated January 24
The Secretary-General has the honour to transmit here-
with to the Members of the General Assembly the text
of an aide-mdmoire on the Israel position on the Sharm
el-Sheil5h Area and the Gaza Strip, which has been trans-
mitted to him by the Permanent Representative of Israel
to the United Nations.
Aide-m&moire on the Israel position on the Sharm
el-Sheikh Area and the Gaza Strip
A. Background
1. In conversations between the Secretary-General and
the Israel delegation during December 1956 and January
1957 it was agreed that the discussion of the problems of
Sharm el-Sheilih and the Gaza Strip belonged to the final
stage of the withdrawal process. There is an interna-
tional interest involved in the former ; and the problems
inherent in the latter are especially complex.
2. Israel's approach to these, as to other problems, is
influenced primarily by the policy of belligerency main-
tained by Egypt for several years. This policy finds ex-
pression in the Egyptian doctrine of a "state of war" ; in
Egypt's refusal to recognize Israel's Charter rights of
sovereignty, independence and integrity ; and in the or-
ganization by Egypt of hostile acts including raids ; armed
February 18, 1957
attacks ; and blockade activities in the Suez Canal and
the Gulf of Aqaba.
It is clear that Israel's policy towards Egypt must be
influenced by Egypt's policy towards Israel, since the
duties of Member States towards each other under the
Charter are governed by the principle of reciprocity. For
this reason the Government of Israel has attempted to
elicit a definition of Egypt's basic policy towards Israel.
On 4 November 19.56 and thereafter Israel attempted to
clarify whether Egypt intends to maintain a state of war
against Israel; whether she agrees to recall fedayeen
gangs under her control in other territories ; whether
she will suspend the economic boycott and blockade of
Israel-bound shipping in the Suez Canal ; and whether
she will agree to enter into negotiations with Israel with
a view to the establishment of peace. Egypt's lack of re-
sponse to these questions can only be interpreted as sig-
nifying that Egypt intends to maintain her belligerent
policy towards Israel on land, sea and in the air.
3. This consideration strengthens Israel's concern to
ensure that the withdrawal of her forces from Egypt
.should not be undertaken in such manner as to strengthen
the serious likelihood of warlilce acts against her.
4. The position would be radically different if Egypt
would agree to a policy of simultaneous liquidation of
belligerent acts. Israel is willing at any time to sign a
protocol or other instrument for the mutual and simulta-
neous liquidation of belligerency ; or a non-aggression pact.
B. The Sharm el-Sheikh Area
1. The aim is the simultaneous reconciliation of two
objectives — the withdrawal of Israel forces, and the
guaranteeing of permanent freedom of navigation, by
the prevention of belligerent acts against shipping in the
Straits of Tiran and the Gulf of Aqaba, which have the
character of international waterways in which the right
of innocent passage exists.
2. The need for accompanying any withdrawal of Israel
forces by related measures for ensuring free navigation
and the prevention of belligerency is dictated by the fol-
lowing considerations :
(a) For six years Egypt imposed illegal restrictions on
the passage of shipping to Elath by the use and threat of
force, through the establishment of gun positions at Sharm
el-Sheikh.
(b) If Egypt were able to re-establish her gun positions
and to exercise forcible restrictions on Israel-bound ship-
ping a grave danger would arise to peace and security.
It is axiomatic that the General Assembly cannot intend
its resolutions to lead, in the course of their implementa-
tion, to the restoration of an illegal situation with a con-
sequent eruption of conflict.
(c) Egypt has not taken any steps to comply with the
basic decision against belligerency and maritime restric-
tions adopted by the Security Council on 1 September
1951.* This fact has a direct effect on the nature of
Israel's obligations towards Egypt and on the need for
Israel to be safeguarded against maritime blockade in
other waterways.
' For text, see ibid., Sept. 17, 1951, p. 479.
273
(d) Many natiODs have a leKitiuuite interest in tlie
freedom of navigation in the Gulf of Aqaba ; and in the
recent discussion of the General Assembly a wide con-
sensus of opinion was heard in favour of establishing
suitable measures forthwith for ensuring freedom of
navigation.
(e) The deprivations suffered in the past, and still being
suffered by many nations, including Israel, through
Egypt's refusal to coni|ily with her international obliga-
tions in the Suez Canal make it imperative to ensure that
the blockade is never restored to the Gulf of Aqaba.
3. Egyptian compliance with the decision of the Secu-
rity Council of 1 September 1051 has legal and chronologi-
cal priority over Israel's duty to fultil recommendations
in which Egypt has an interest. Accordingly, Israel
formally requests the Secretary-General to ascertain
Egypt's intentions with respect to the 1951 resolution of
the Security Council.
4. Many delegations which spoke in the General As-
sembly during the recent debate raised the possibility that
the United Nations Emergency Force might be so deployed
as to contribute to a solution of this problem. Some dele-
gations invited the Secretary-General to make proposals in
this connexion.
5. The Government of Israel considers that the United
Nations Emergency Force could be a factor in the solu-
tion of this problem if the following arrangements were
confirmed and implemented :
(i) On the withdrawal of Israel forces, the positions
evacuated along the western coast of the Gulf of Aqaba
would be held by the United Nations Emergency Force,
as had been the case with other areas from which Israel
forces have withdrawn.
(ii) It would be the function of the United Nations
Emergency Force to see to it that freedom of navigation
was maintained and belligerent acts avoided in the Gulf
of Aqaba and the Straits of Tiran. The prevention of
acts of belligerency is definitely within the mandate of
the United Nations Emergency Force.
(iii) The United Nations Emergency Force would re-
main in the area under discussion so long as it has its
function to prevent any renewal of hostilities.
(iv) In view of the above considerations the United
Nations Emergency Force would maintain its position
along the western shore of the Gulf of Aqaba until another
effective means was agreed upon between the parties
concerned for ensuring permanent freedom of navigation
and the absence of belligerent acts in the Straits of Tiran
and the Gulf of Aqaba.
(v) Such effective means would be deemed to have been
found when a peace settlement was achieved ; or when
secure freedom of navigation was guaranteed by other
international instruments to which Israel was a party.
C. The function of the United Nations Emergency Force
1. All the elements in the above proposals (the with-
drawal of forces ; the need to guarantee free navigation ;
the assignment of the United Nations Emergency Force
with the function of preventing belligerency; and the
need to secure compliance with the Security Council's
resolution of 1 September 19.")!) were advocated by many
delegations in the course of the recent General Assembly
debate.
2. It is evident that, if the United Nations Emergency
Force is to develop its capacity to help solve this problem,
more clarity and precision are needed in defining its
character, its functions and, above all, the duration of
its tenure and conditions for the terminations of its
assignments. The need for such precision is the more
urgent in view of the fact that many delegations, in-
cluding those whose troops compose the Force, have ex-
pressed conflicting views on the functions and nature of
the Force.
D. The Gaza Strip
Israel's approach to this question comprises the follow-
ing coiisiileriition.s :
( 1 ) The Egyptian occupation of Gaza arose out of acta
of force committed in 1948 during an attempt to over-
throw a recommendation of the General Assembly, and
in defiance of successive cease-fire resolutions by the
Securit.v Council.
(2) The area has never been part of Egypt and its
inhabitants are not Egyptian citizens.
(3) During eight years of occupation Egypt used the
Gaza Strip solely as a spring-board for assaults against
Israel. The notorious fedayeen movement had its main
centres and recruiting grounds in Gaza. As a result of
this fact, Gaza was the source of con.stant threats to
peace and tranquillity over a large proportion of Israel's
territory.
(4) During the occupation Egypt made no attempt to
rehabilitate any of Gaza's refugee population or to de-
velop the political freedom or economic welfare of the
permanent residents of the zone.
(5) At the present time law and order prevail in
Gaza. Its municipal institutions and public utilities are
soundly established. Autonomous local government is
being developed ; and numerous economic advantages
accrue to the zone from the association of its economic
life with that of Israel. A report by a representative
of the Secretary-General (document A/3491) makes it
clear that hardship and disorder would result from the
disruption of this pattern of growing stability.
(G) Israel does not seek to annex Gaza or to maintain
its military forces there. On the other hand, Israel is
the only State which has a direct interest in a peaceful,
orderly and prosperous Gaza Strip.
In the light of these considerations Israel offers the
following programme for study and comment :
(a) No Israel military forces will remain in the area
of the Gaza Strip.
(b) Israel will continue to supply administrative serv-
ices including agriculture, education, health, industry,
labour, welfare.
(c) Law and order will be maintained by the Israel
Police (including local police).
(d) Israel will continue to make available and to de-
velop the public utilities such as electricity and water.
(e) Israel will continue to develop local administra-
tion in towns and villages.
274
Department of State Bulletin
(f) Israel will support the development of means of
livelihood for the local population of about 80,000, two-
thirds of whom were unemployed under Egyptian Ad-
ministration.
(g) The necessary functions of security and admin-
istration are all covered by the above proposals. An
international military force would not be able effectively
to undertake the police duties necessar.v to prevent a
recrudescence of fedayeen activities. Nor would such
a force be in a position to carry out measures of admin-
istration and of economic development for the civilian
population. For these reasons the entry of UNEF into
the Gnza area is not envisaged under this plan.
(h) Israel will continue to co-operate with the United
Nations lielief and Works Agency in connexion with the
care and maintenance of the refugees.
(i) Israel will make its full contribution towards any
United Nations plan for the permanent settlement of the
refugees, includin.ir those in Gaza. Israel urges that
such plans be fornniluted and implemented as soon as
possible.
(j) In connexion with the above matters, Israel is
ready to work out with the United Nations a suitable
relationship with respect to the Gaza Strip.
REPORT BY SECRETARY-GENERAL, JAN-
UARY 24
U.N. doc. A/3512
PART ONE
1. In the resolution adopted on 19 January 1957, the
General Assembly, after recalling its resolutions of 2, 4,
7 and 24 November 1956, requested the Secretary-General
"to continue his efforts for securing the complete with-
drawal of Israel in pursuance of the above-mentioned
resolutions, and to report on such completion to the
General Assembly, within five days".
2. In pursuance of the resolution of 19 January, the
Secretary-General held further discussions on with-
drawal with the representative of the Government of
Israel on 20 and 23 January. On 23 January, the Govern-
ment of Israel presented its views in an "aide-memoire on
the Israel position on the Sharm el-Sheikh Area and the
Gaza Strip". This aide-memoire is circulated as a sepa-
rate document (A/3.jll).
3. At the expiration of the time-limit set by the reso-
lution for the Secretary-General to report to the General
Assembly, Israel has not fully complied with the requests
of the General Assembly for withdrawal. The present
situation, following the latest phase in the withdrawal
of Israel forces on 22 January 1957, is shown on the map
in the attached annex.
4. The views of the Secretary-General on the urgency
of the prompt conclusion of the first phases of implemen-
tation of the General Assembly resolutions, as expressed
in the previous report (A/SoOO), remain firm. The fur-
ther comments he considers it desirable to make are pre-
sented independently in Part Two of the present report.
PART TWO
5. In its efforts to help toward solutions of the pending
problems in the area. United Nations actions must be
governed by principle and mu.st be in accordance with
international law and valid international agreements.
For his part, the Secretary-General, in carrying out the
iwlicies of the United Nations, must act with scrupulous
regard for the decisions of the General Assembly, the Se-
curity Council and the other principal organs. It may be
useful to note the implications of the foregoing for the ac-
tions of the United Nations and of the Secretary-General
in the present situation. In this regard, it would seem
that the following points are generally recognized as non-
controversial in the determination of the limits within
which the activities of the United Nations can be properly
developed. Within their scope, positive United Nations
measures in the present issue, rendered possible by full
compliance with the General Assembly resolutions, can be
and have to be developed which would represent effective
progress toward the creation of peaceful conditions in the
region.
(a) The United Nations cannot condone a change of
the status juris resulting from military action contrary
to the provisions of the Charter. The Organization
must, therefore, maintain that the status juris existing
prior to such military action be re-established by a with-
drawal of troops, and by the relinquishment or nullifica-
tion of rights asserted in territories covered by the mili-
tary action and depending upon it.
(b) The use of military force by the United Nations
other than that under Chapter VII of the Charter re-
quires the consent of the States in which the Force is to
operate. Moreover, such use must be undertaken and
developed in a manner consistent with the principles
mentioned under (a) above. It must, furthermore, he
impartial, in the sense that it does not serve as a means
to force settlement, in the interest of one party, of politi-
cal contlicts or legal issues recognized as controversial.
(c) United Nations actions must respect fully the
rights of Member Governments recognized in the Charter,
and international agreements not contrary to the aims
of the Charter, which are concluded in exercise of those
rights.
6. Point (a) above, in general terms, is clearly reflec-
ted in the various decisions of the General Assembly on
withdrawal of troops behind the armistice lines. Its
further consequences with respect to rfe facto situations
of a non-military nature in various territories will re-
quire consideration in later parts of this report in con-
nexion specifically with the bearing of point (c) above
on the cases at issue.
7. Point (b) above finds expression in the second and
final report on the United Nations Emergency Force
(A/3302, paras. S and 12) from which the following
passages may be quoted. "It follows from its (UNEF's)
terms of reference that there is no intent in the establish-
ment of the Force to influence the military balance in
the present conflict and thereby the political balance
February Ifi, 7957
275
affecting efforts to settle the conflict". Further "nor,
moreover, should the Force have military functions ex-
ceeding those necessary to secure peaceful conditions on
the assumption that the parties to the conflict take aU
necessary steps for compliance with the recommendations
of the General Assembly".
8. Point (c) is reflected in the resolution of the Gen-
eral Assembly of 2 November 1956, wherein the parties
are urged to observe scrupulously the Armistice Agree-
ments.
II.
9. In considering the situation in Gaza the following
should be talcen into account.
10. Article V of the Egyptian-Israeli Armistice Agree-
ment provides that the armistice line established in
article VI "is not to be construed in any sense as a
political or territorial boundary, and is delineated without
prejudice to rights, claims and positions of either party
to the Armistice as regards ultimate settlement of the
Palestine question". It goes on to say that "The basic
purpose of the Armistice Demarcation Line is to delineate
the line beyond which the armed forces of the respective
Parties shall not move . . .".
11. Although the armistice line thus does not create
any new rights for the parties on either side, it resulted
in a de facto situation by leaving the "control" (see article
VII) of the territory in the hands of the Government,
the military forces of which were there in accordance
with the stipulations of the Armistice. Control in this
case obviously must be considered as including adminis-
tration and security.
12. In article IV It is recognized that rights, claims or
interests of a non-military character in the area of Pales-
tine covered by the agreement may be asserted by either
party and that these, by mutual agreement being excluded
from the armistice negotiations, shall be, at the discretion
of the parties, the subject of later settlement. It follows
that the de facto administrative situation created under
the Armistice may be challenged as contrary to the rights,
claims or interests of one of the parties, but that it can
be legally changed only through settlement between the
parties.
13. The Armistice Agreement was signed by both parties
and, according to article XII, remains in force until a
peaceful settlement between them is achieved. It was
approved by the Security Council. Whatever arrange-
ments the United Nations may now wish to make in order
to further progress toward peaceful conditions, the
Agreement must be fully respected by it. Thus, the
United Nations cannot recognize a change of the de facto
situation created under article VI of the Agreement unless
the change is brought about through settlement between
the parties; nor, of course, can it lend its assistance to
the maintenance of a de facto situation contrary to the
one created by the Armistice Agreement. These con-
siderations exclude the United Nations from accepting
Israel control over the area, even if it were of a non-
military character. They would also exclude the de-
ployment of the UNEF necessary, in the absence of Israel
troops, if such arrangements as those proposed by the
Government of Israel were to be implemented.
14. Deployment of UNEF in Gaza, under the resolu-
tions of the General Assembly, would have to be on the
same basis as its deployment along the armistice line in
the Sinai Peninsula. Any broader function for it in that
area, in view of the terms of the Armistice Agreement
and a recognized principle of international law, would
require the consent of Egypt. A widening of the United
Nations administrative responsibilities in the area, be-
yond its responsibilities for the refugees, would likewise
have to be based on agreement with Egypt. It follows,
therefore, that although the United Nations General As-
sembly would be entitled to recommend the establishment
of a United Nations administration and to request ne-
gotiations in order to implement such an arrangement, it
would lack authority in that recommendation, uni-
laterally, to require compliance.
III.
15. In its first article, the Armistice Agreement between
Egypt and Israel provides that no aggressive action by
the armed forces — land, sea, or air — of either party shall
be undertaken, planned or threatened against the people
or the armed forces of the other. The same article estab-
lishes the right of each party to its security and freedom
from fear of attack by the armed forces of the other.
This article assimilates the Armistice Agreement to a non-
aggression pact, providing for mutual and full abstention
from belligerent acts. A restoration of relations be-
tween the parties, more stable than those now prevailing,
can therefore be based on a reaffirmation of this article
of the Armistice Agreement. It is natural to envisage
that such a reaffirmation should extend also to other
clauses of the Armistice Agreement, especially to those
in which the substance has an immediate bearing on the
state of tension prevailing at the outbreak of the crisis.
The Secretary-General, in this context, wishes to draw
attention specifically to articles VII and VIII, which
provide for restrictions on the deployment of the military
forces of the parties along both sides of the Armistice
Demarcation Line. The provisions of articles VII and
VIII have been undermined progressively by the develop-
ments in recent years, and, at the beginning of the crisis,
were not being fulfilled. There is universal recognition
that the condition of affairs, of which this deterioration
formed part, should not be permitted to return. Renewed
full implementation of the clauses of the Armistice Agree-
ment obviously presumes such an attitude on the part of
the Governments concerned, and such supporting measures
as would guarantee a return to the state of affairs en-
visaged in the Armistice Agreement, and avoidance of
the state of afllairs into which conditions, due to a lack
of compliance with the Agreement progressively
deteriorated.
16. Whatever the state of non-compliance with the Armi-
stice Agreement in general before the crisis, it would
.seem apparent that a by-passing of that Agreement now
would seriously impede efforts to lay the foundation for
progres.s toward solutions of pending problems. A re-
turn to full implementation of articles VII and VIII
would be a valuable step toward rwlucticm of tension and
the establishment of peaceful conditions in the region.
The provisions In these articles were the result of care-
276
Deparfment of State Bulletin
ful analysis of the military situation, and the objectives
defined in the course of the armistice negotiations should
still have validity as steps in the desired direction. If
the military clauses of the Armistice Agreement were
again to be fully Implemented, this would have impor-
tant positive bearing on other problems in the region.
17. According to article VII, Egyptian "defensive
forces" only may be maintained in the area of the western
front under Egyptian control. All other Egyptian forces
shall be withdrawn from this area to a point or points no
further east than El Arish-Abou Aoueigila. According
to the same article, Israel "defensive forces" only, which
shall be based on the settlements, may be malntaineil in
the area of the western front under Israel control. All
other Israel forces shall be withdrawn from this area to
a point or points north of the line delineated in the spe-
cial memorandum of 13 November 1948 on the implemen-
tation of the resolution of the Security Council of 4
November 1948. The definition of "defensive forces" is
given in an annex to the Agreement.
18. Article VIII of the Agreement provides that an area
comprising the village of El Aiija and vicinity, as defined
in the article, shall be demilitarized, and that both Egyp-
tian and Israel armed forces shall be totally excluded
therefrom. The article further provides that on the
Egyptian side of the frontier, facing the El Auja area,
no Egyptian defensive positions shall be closer to El Auja
than El Qouselma and Abou Aoueigila. It also states
that the road Taba-Qouselma-Auja shall not be employed
by any military forces whatsoever "for the purpose of
entering Palestine".
19. The Agreement provides that the execution of its
provisions shall be supervised by the Mixed Armistice
Commission, established under it, and that the headquar-
ters of the Commission shall be maintained in El Auja.
20. The United Nations Emergency Force is deployed
at the dividing line between the forces of Israel and Egypt.
The General Assembly concurred in paragraph 12 of the
Secretary-General's "Second and Final Report" (A/3302)
which specifically referred to the deployment of the Force
on only one side of the armistice line. On this basis,
the Force would have units in the Gaza area as well as
opposite El Auja. With demilitarization of the El Auja
zone in accordance with the Armistice Agreement, it might
be indicated that the Force should have units stationed
also on the Israel side of the Armistice Demarcation
Line, at least, in that zone. Such deployment, which
would require a new decision by the General Assembly,
would have the advantage of the Force being in a position
to assume the supervisory duties of the Truce Supervision
Organization in all the territory where that Organiza-
tion now functions under the Armistice Agreement be-
tween Egypt and Israel. In both Gaza and El Auja,
the functions of the Truce Supervision Organization and
the Force would somewhat overlap if such an arrange-
ment were not to be made. As an arrangement of this
kind was not foreseen by the Armistice Agreement, it
obviously would require the consent of the two parties to
that Agreement. Such mutual consent might be given
to the United Nations directly, especially since the ar-
rangement woiild be on an ad hoc basis.
21. The implementation of articles VII and VIII of
the Agreement would at present be facilitated by the fact
that there are no Egyptian military positions in the area
under consideration and that, therefore, implementation
by Israel does not require a simultaneous withdrawal of
military units on the Egyptian side. The condition which
must be fulfilled in order to establish reciprocity, vrould
be Egyptian assurance that Egyptian forces will not take
up positions in the area In contravention of articles VII
and VIII. Up to now Egypt has moved into Sinai only
small police units which have been considere<l necessary
in support of the re-estabUshed local civil administrations.
22. As indicated in the previous report (A/3o00), the
United Nations Emergency Force and the Truce Super-
vision Organization, with their respective responsibilities
for the ceaso-fire, should co-operate in the prevention of
incursions and raids across the Armistice Demarcation
Lines. It was further indicated in the same report that,
once the withdrawal is ensured, in implementation of the
General Assembly resolution of 2 November 1956, formal
assurance should be solicited from the parties to desist
from raids and to take active measures to prevent in-
cursions. In the course of the discussions which have
taken place since the circulation of his last report, the
Secretary-General has been informed of the desire of the
Government of Egypt that all raids and Incursions across
the armistice line, in both directions, be brought to an
end, and that United Nations auxiliary organs afford
effective assistance to that effect.
IV.
23. In connexion with the question of Israel withdrawal
from the Sharm-al-Shaikh area, attention has been
directed to the situation in the Gulf of Aqaba and the
Straits of Tiran. This matter is of longer duration and
not directly related to the present crisis. The concern
now evinced in it, however, calls for consideration of the
legal aspects of the matter as a problem in its own right.
It follows from principles guiding the United Nations that
the Lsrael military action and its consequences should not
be elements influencing the solution.
24. As stated in the previous report (A/3500), the
international significance of the Gulf of Aqaba may be
considered to justify the right of innocent passage through
the Straits of Tiran and the Gulf in accordance with
recognized rules of international law. However, in its
Commentary to article 17 of the Articles of the Law of the
Sea (A/3159, page 20), the International Law Commis-
sion reserved consideration of the question "what would
be the legal position of straits forming part of the terri-
torial sea of one or more States and constituting the sole
means of access to the port of another State". This de-
scription applies to the Gulf of Aqaba and the Straits of
Tiran. A legal controversy exists as to the extent of the
right of innocent passage through these waters.
25. Under these circumstances, it is indicated that
whatever rights there may be in relation to the Gulf and
the Straits, such rights be exercised with restraint on all
sides. Any possible claims of belligerent rights should
take into account the international interests involved and,
therefore, if asserted, should be limited to clearly non-
controversial situations.
February J 8, 7957
277
26. The Security Council, in its resolution of 1 Sep-
tember 1051 concerning passage of international commer-
cial shipping and goods through the Suez Canal, con-
sidered "that since the Armistice regime, which has been
in existence for nearly two and a half years, is of a per-
manent character, neither party can reasonably assert
that it actively is a belligerent or requires to exercise the
right of visit, search and seizure for any legitimate pur-
pose of self defence", a basis on which the Council called
upon Egypt to terminate the restrictions on the passage
of international commercial shipping and goods through
the Suez Canal. This general finding of the Security
Council has a direct bearing on the question here under
consideration. It remains valid and warrants corre-
sponding conclusions as long as the assumptions defined
by the Council remain correct. However in later years,
an ever-widening non-compliance with the Armistice
Agreement has developed, ending in the Israel military
action of 29 October 1956, as a result of which Israel still
has military forces on Egyptian territory contrary to the
Armistice Agreement. It may be further noted that
Israel, in its communication of 23 January 1957, makes
proposals concerning the Gaza Strip which cannot be
reconciled with maintaining the validity of the Armistice
Agreement.
27. The Armistice regime may be considered as oper-
ative, at least in part, provided forces are withdrawn
behind the armistice lines, even if non-compliance were
to continue in relation to other substantive clauses of the
Armistice Agreement. It follows from the finding of the
Security Council in 1951 that under such circumstances
the parties to the Armistice Agreement may be considered
as not entitled to claim any belligerent rights. Were the
substantive clauses of the Armistice Agreement, especially
articles VII and VIII, again to be implemented, the case
against all acts of belligerency, which is based on the
existence of the Armistice regime, would gain full cogency.
With such a broader implementation of the Armistice
Agreement, the parties should be asked to give assurances
that, on the basis established, they will not assert any
belligerent rights (including, of course, such rights in the
Gulf of Aqaba and the Straits of Tlran).
28. As a conclusion from paragraphs 24-27, it may be
held that, in a situation where the Armistice regime is
partly operative by observance of the provisions of the
Armistice Agreement concerning the armistice lines, pos-
sible claims to rights of belligerency would be at least so
much in doubt that, having regard for the general inter-
national interest at stake, no such claim should be exer-
cised in the Gulf of Aqaba and the Straits of Tiran.
Such a de facto iwsition, if taken, obviously would be
part of efforts to re-establish as complete an Armistice
regime as possible and, as such, would be detached from
the policy of implementation of the unconditional Gen-
eral Assembly request for withdrawal behind the armis-
tice lines. The situation resulting from such a position
should be stabilized when the Armistice Agreement is
more fully Implemented.
29. Israel troops, on their withdrawal from the
Sharm-al-Shaikh area, would be followed by the United
Nations Emergency Force in the same way as in other
parts of Sinai. The duties of the Force in respect of
the cease-fire and the withdrawal will determine its
movements. However, if it is recognized that there is
a need for such an arrangement, it may be agreed that
units of the Force (or special representatives in the
nature of observers) would assist in maintaining quiet
in the area beyond what follows from this general prin-
ciple. In accordance with the general legal principles,
recognized as decisive for the deployment of the United
Nations Emergency Force, the Force should not be used
so as to prejudge the solution of the controversial ques-
tions involved. The UNEF, thus, is not to be deployed
in such a way as to protect any special position on these
questions, although, at least transitionally, it may func-
tion in support of mutual restraint in accordance with
the foregoing.
30. In the last report (A/3500), it was stated as es-
sential that through prompt conclusion of the first phases
of implementation of the General Assembly resolutions,
Member Governments should now be enabled to turn to
the constructive tasks to which the establishment and
the maintenance of the cease-fire, a full withdrawal of
forces behind the armistice lines, a desisting from raids
and scrupulous observance of the Armistice Agreements,
should open the way.
31. The report paid special attention to the problem
of raids. In the debate following its presentation con-
cern was expressed about the problems which might
arise in connexion with the withdrawal of Israel forces
from the residual areas held at Gaza and at Sharm-al-
Shaikh. These latter issues, and the Israel views on the
manner in which they might be met, have been the sub-
ject of the communication of 23 January from the Gov-
ernment of Israel (A/3511).
32. In the present report to the General Assembly on
the situation now prevailing, the Secretary-General has .
endeavoured to clarify both the limits on United Nations I
action set by considerations of principle and law, and
the directions in which such action might be usefully
developed in the case of the two last mentioned problems J
and related questions. The basis for doing so has been \
primarily the Armistice Agreement between Egypt and
Israel, scrupulous observance of which was requested
by the General Assembly in its resolution of 2 November
1956. The Secretary-General believes that the concern
expressed in the General Assembly debate in connexion
with the final withdrawal can be met in a satisfactory
manner within the obligation resting on the United Na-
tions to base its action on principle, on international law
and international agreements. A development of United
Nations action, as indicated, would represent a significant
step in preparation of further constructive measures.
33. Among the further problems which require the
attention of the General Assembly it is natural in this
context to draw attention specifically to the refugee
question. In this connexion, the development of the
situation in Gaza may require special attention and may
impose added responsibilities on the United Nations.
34. It is essential that forthcoming efforts, aimed at
continued progress, should concentrate on concrete
278
Department of State Bulletin
ANNEX
MAP NO 909
JANUARY 1957
UNITED NATIONS
issues. They should maintain the momentum gained
during the preceding phase, as illustrated by the rapid
development both of the United Nations Emergency
Force and of the Canal clearing operation. This will
require from the parties a willingness to co-operate with
the United Nations toward objectives transcending the
immediate issues at stake. Practically all of these Is-
sues are complicated and delicate. They might develop
Into serious stumbling-blocks if they are not approached
in a constructive spirit seeking essentials. Progress will
not be iwssible if temporary complications of narrow
scope are permitted to divert attention from solutions of
wide significance.
Question of Expansion
of Security Council Membersliip
Statement iy Hubert H. Hwmphrey
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
I intend to be brief and to the point. We have
before us a matter of singular importance — the
expansion of the membership of the Security
Council. The Security Council is endowed with
particularly important responsibilities. The mem-
ber states of the United Nations have conferred
on it "primary responsibility for the main-
tenance of international peace and security."
Furthermore, the member states have agreed that
in carrying out this responsibility the Security
Council acts on behalf of all of us. Any proposal
to alter the structure of this crucial organ of the
United Nations should, therefore, be approached
with considerable care.
The countries of Latin America, in proposing
the discussion of this item and in putting forward
a resolution ^ calling for an increase of two non-
permanent seats, have taken a commendable ini-
tiative. This should facilitate our discussions and
help us reach a quick decision which will augment
the prestige and moral authority of the Security
Council, taking into account the increase in mem-
bership in the United Nations since tlie San Fran-
cisco conference.
The problems facing us in increasing the non-
permanent seats on the Council revolve around two
questions: first, the size of the Council; second,
the question of equitable geographical distribu-
' Made in plenary session of the U.N. General Assembly
on Dec. 18 (U.S. delegation press release 2565).
' U.N. doc. A/3446.
tion. These questions cannot, of course, be com-
pletely separated from one another. One has a
bearing on the other, just as other factors have an
important bearing in our consideration of the
structure of the Security Council as a whole.
However, for purposes of discussion these ques-
tions can be considered separately.
Size of Security Council
Let us take first the question of size. Since
this time last year, the United Nations has ad-
mitted 20 new states, many of them from the
areas of Africa and Asia and others from Europe.
Both of these areas have been imderrepresented
in the United Nations. Furthermore, even be-
fore these new countries were admitted, the
United States believed, and acted upon this be-
lief, that the Far East had not been given its
proper opportunity to share in the deliberations
of the Security Council. The growing strength
and vigor of the Asian world makes it imperative
that this situation be corrected.
The United States was, therefore, already well
disposed to an enlargement of the Security Coun-
cil when so many new members were admitted.
We feel that it is proper and just, and in the in-
terests of the maintenance of international peace
and security, that such an increase should take
place. We hope the General Assembly will ap-
prove the increase now. The members can then
proceed with the processes of ratification, and the
additional members can be promptly elected to the
new positions on the Security Council.
The size of the increase has been carefully con-
sidered by the United States Government. We
have consulted widely with delegations from all
parts of the world. We have considered the ques-
tion in relation to the increase of the United Na- j
tions membership and to the responsibility which '
the Security Council bears — a great responsibility
given to this relatively small and vital organ by the
member states "in order to ensure prompt and
eifective action by the United Nations."
We have weighed the advantages of associating
a larger number of nations with the work of the
Council against the advantages of a smaller struc-
ture which can act quickly and decisively, when
not paralyzed by abuse of the veto. We have con-
cluded that an increase of two seats — one for the
countries of Asia and one for the countries of
Western and Southern Europe — would best con-
280
Deparfment of State Bulletin
tribute to the organization of the Security Coun-
cil in the pursuit of its functions. We will there-
fore support the resolution put forward by the
countries of Latin America.
AVliile membership on the Security Council is
an honor with grave responsibility, all members
of the United Nations Organization play an im-
portant role in the preservation of international
peace and security tlirough their participation
in the United Nations itself, and especially
through the General Assembly. The delibera-
tions of the General Assembly on the situations in
the Near East and in Hungary over the past 2
months have demonstrated how much larger is the
role of the General Assembly now on questions
of international peace and security than had orig-
inally been intended at the time the United Na-
tions was founded.
Geographical Distribution
The question of equitable geographical distribu-
tion, which is closely tied to the size of the in-
crease, has also aroused considerable interest. So
much so, perhaps, that we are in danger of for-
getting that article 23 of the charter states that
in electing members of the Security Council due
regard should be especially paid "in the first in-
stance to the contribution of Members ... to
the maintenance of international peace and secur-
ity and to the other purposes of the Organiza-
tion." It is because the members of the United
Nations have been mindful of tlais important pro-
vision of the charter that some states have failed
to be elected to the Security Council in recent
years.
Second only to this provision, the charter also
provides for special attention to equitable geo-
graphical distribution. I have already indicated
that one of the reasons we support an enlarge-
ment of the Security Coimcil is to provide for
more equitable geographical representation from
the Afro-Asian area and from Wastern and
Southern Europe.
The distinguished representative of the U.S.S.R.
has indicated his interest in an allocation of a seat
in an expanded council to the countries of Eastern
Europe. We do not find this concern unnatural.
The eastern part of Europe covers a sizeable
amount of territory from the area of the Baltic
to that of the Mediterranean. With the proposed
increase in the membership of nonpermanent mem-
bers of the Security Council, it would be possible
to provide for representation to Eastern Europe
without denying equitable representation to other
geographic areas.
It is ratlier ironical that the representative of
the Soviet Union should accuse the United States
and a majority of members of the United Na-
tions— two-thirds of them, in fact — with gross
violations of the charter. It ill behooves the rep-
resentative of a state which is systematically de-
priving the Hungarian people of their rights and
brazenly flouting the overwhelming recommenda-
tions of this Assembly to accuse others of viola-
tions of the charter.
His charges were made, furthermore, at a time
when he was already aware that, if the Security
Council is expanded, appropriate arrangements
might well be agreed upon for an allocation to
the eastern part of Europe. The delegate of the
U.S.S.R. surely knows that, if enlargement of the
Security Council is defeated by his efforts or by
failure of members to ratify, not only is a seat
for Eastern Europe in jeopardy but the many
new member states of Africa, Asia, and Europe
may well be denied equitable and effective repre-
sentation on the Security Council. If the Secu-
rity Council is not expanded, surely the dis-
tinguished delegate of the Soviet Union realizes,
on the other hand, that the coimtries of Asia may
well exercise a continuing claim for an existing
seat, both on the basis of equitable geographical
distribution and of contributions to international
peace and security.
The Soviet representative also raised the totally
extraneous question of the representation of
Cliina in the United Nations. We are all aware
that the U.S.S.R. and some other members do
not share the frequently and consistently stated
opinions of the majority of the General Assembly
on tliis question. But, as the distinguished repre-
sentative of the United Kingdom pointed out
earlier in the debate, this issue is not germane to
the question before us. We must not allow this
issue to be used as a pretext to deprive the new
members of the United Nations of their right,
under the charter, fully to participate in the work
of the organization. The question relating to the
representation of China has already been decided
at this session. To reargue this highly con-
troversial issue will not provide fair and equitable
representation for the new member states nor as-
February 78, 1957
281
sist in expanding the membership of the non-
permanent seats.
The United States supports an increase in the
nonpermanent members of the Security Council
in order to encourage broader representation of
states and to increase its effectiveness, not to en-
gage in a cold- war exercise.
Customary Allocation of Seats
With respect to the customary allocation of the
other seats on the Council — two to Latin Amer-
ica, one to Western Europe, one to the Common-
wealth, and one to Afi-ica and the Middle East —
we are in agreement that the pattern should be
retained. As indicated in these comments, the
United States delegation would support an ap-
propriate allocation of all the nonpermanent
seats in an expanded covmcil, either by a con-
sensus statement by the President, or by resolu-
tion, or by some other means acceptable to the
members.
Finally, Mr. President, we have also considered
the point of view that we should not try to reach
a decision at this session. May I say, however,
that we sense a widespread feeling that a decision
should be taken now. This is a feeling that we
share. We are not convinced that further delay
or study would materially add to the facts now
available or produce any proposals more gener-
ally acceptable than the draft resolution spon-
sored by the Latin American countries. The
process of amending the chaiter is at best a slow
one, and we believe it would be wise to act now
so that we might give appropriate recognition as
soon as possible to the new members of the United
Nations.
General Assembly Decides To Send Commission
To Study Situation in French Togoland
Following are texts of statements made in
Committee IV {Tmsteeship) and in plenary by
Frank C. Nash, U.S. representative to the Gen-
eral Assembly, during debate on the future of
Togoland under French administration, together
with the resolution adopted by the Assembly on
January 23.
STATEMENT IN COMMITTEE IV <
It is always a matter of great satisfaction to
see the people of a trust territory assuming in-
creasing responsibilities for their own govern-
ment and thus realizing the objectives set out
for them under the United Nations Charter. The
people of Togoland under French administration
are now being governed under a new statute
which accords tliem a very large measui-e of self-
government.
Tlie objectives of the trusteeship system, as we
all know, are defined in article 76 (b) : "to pro-
mote the . . . progressive development [of the in-
'M;i(le on .Jan. 8 (U.S. delegation press release 2579).
282
habitants of the trust territories] towards self-
government or independence . . . ." The essen-
tial question, therefore, which has been laid be-
fore this Committee is to ascertain the extent to
which the objective of self-government has been
realized in practice under the new statute, and
how the governmental institutions established
under it are operating in realizing the charter
objectives.
The Administering Authority — the French
Republic — has laid before us a large body of docu-
mentation and has fully answered our questions
as to the meaning of the new statute and its pos-
sibilities for the future. The French Govern-
ment is to be commended for the able manner in
which it has discharged its responsibilities, both
toward the people of Frencli Togoland and to-
ward the United Nations under the trusteeship
agreement.
We have also had the great advantage of having
seven petitioners who have, from several points
of view, given us a frank and clear expression of
their attitudes witli respect to the new govern-
ment and statute of Togoland.
Department of Sfafe Bullefin
With all this information, however, the Gen-
ei'al Assembly, mindful of its own serious respon-
sibilities, would be wise in not coming to a defini-
tive conclusion at this session. The problem is
in many respects too complex and there are still
too many unanswered questions to enable us to
express our final views as to the future of French
Togoland. The Administering Authority has ex-
pressed the view, both on its own behalf and that
of the principal leaders of Togoland, that the
self-government now enjoyed by the trust terri-
tory would justify the United Nations in agreeing
to terminate the trusteeship agreement. Some of
the petitioners supported this view, while several
consider that it would be premature at this ses-
sion to act on termination.
It is clear from the discussion, however, that no
one wishes to prevent the people of Togoland from
enjoying self-government in the largest degree.
We can all appreciate that, like all other countries,
they naturally desire to be allowed to govern them-
selves as fully as possible within their political
and economic capacity. The United States dele-
gation fully respects this natural desire and would
be unwilling to see the Togolese people remain in
a state of dependency longer than the people them-
selves, by free election and decision, feel necessary.
Mr. Chairman, we now have two draft resolu-
tions before the Fourth Committee which are
striking because of their essential similarity.
Both assume that the trusteeship agreement will
continue until there is more information avail-
able. On this point we wish to felicitate the Ad-
ministering Authority, which, despite its own
judgment on the matter, has conceded that the
trusteeship should continue, pending further ac-
tion by the General Assembly.
Both resolutions envisage that some studies
should take place and a report be made by the
Trusteeship Council to the next General Assembly.
The joint resolution,^ however, of which the
United States is glad to be a cosponsor, adds one
additional element which we believe is essential in
order that the General Assembly next year may
be in a better position to evaluate this question.
The joint resolution accordingly proposes that the
President of the General Assembly should appoint
a committee of, say, five members who would
examine in Togoland and in Paris how the statute
' U.N. doe. A/C.4/L.453.
February 18, 1957
is being applied and how the governmental insti-
tutions under it are fmictioning. We believe that
the majority of the General Assembly will agi'ee
that in the light of past experience in such matters
it is of the highest importance that the Assembly
and the other competent organ of the United Na-
tions, namely the Trusteeship Council, should have
every bit of information and knowledge of the
situation acquired in the most objective, direct,
and impartial manner, in order that such a serious
decision as the Assembly in future will be called
upon to take can be taken with assurance of its
soundness.
It is this latter point which is omitted in the
Indian resolution,^ which would refer the whole
question back to the Trusteeship Council. It is
true, of course, that such an investigation com-
mittee is not excluded by the Indian resolution,
and we feel, therefore, that there should be no
reason why the Indian delegation could not sup-
port or cosponsor the joint resolution.
There is perhaps one other noticeable difference
between the two resolutions. The joint resolution
does express satisfaction with the degree of au-
tonomy already granted and enjoyed by the people
of Togoland. We believe that this is not only a
matter of courtesy, both to the French and the
Togolese people, but that it would be extremely
ungenerous and, in fact, would be quite under-
standably resented by the Togolese people if we
failed to express our satisfaction and even con-
gratulation for the significant advances which the
Togolese people have made and which they merit
in the highest degree.
Thus, Mr. Chairman, there is, as we see it, no
basic conflict between the two resolutions. Both
would have the effect of keeping the trusteeship
system in operation; both call for further study
of the question ; both bring the Trusteeship Coun-
cil to the aid of the General Assembly in helping
it to form any conclusions at its next general ses-
sion ; and both require that a report be laid before
the Twelfth General Assembly.
Happily, therefore, the differences which sub-
sist within the Fourth Committee seem to us to be
susceptible of agreement. One way might be to
combine the main elements of both resolutions,
which are not, as we see it, in essential conflict.
Another would be for the more comprehensive
•U.N. doc. A/C.4/L.452.
283
resolution to be allowed to replace the more re-
stricted one. And we would hope that such a
solution could be adopted which would not only
facilitate our task here but, we feel, would pave
the way for that large support in the plenai-y
which the joint proposal merits. We accordingly
invite the Indian delegation to join with the sev-
eral sponsors of the joint resolution.
In reality, Mr. Chairman, the Indian resolu-
tion adds nothing to and detracts nothing from
the existing situation. If it were not adopted, the
situation, we believe, would be exactly the same —
that is, the trusteeship agreement continues in
force, the Trusteeship Council would continue to
have the same responsibilities for receiving and
examining a report on Togoland under French
administration, and it would receive petitions
and be capable of sending a mission, either special
or regular, to the territory as the situation may
call for. Without the Indian resolution, there-
fore, all this would be a part of the normal func-
tions of the Trusteeship Council.
I may add that in a sense the Indian resolution
now takes up the position which was favored by
France only 3 weeks ago in the Trusteeship Coun-
cil. At that time the French delegation wished
to continue the debate there, and India and several
other delegations favored sending the question,
without debate, to the General Assembly. Now
India proposes sending it back. The United
States, I may say, is not now and never has been
opposed to debating the question in the Trustee-
ship Council. The Indian resolution, of course,
omits the sending of a commission to the spot,
which is a feature of the joint resolution. But,
as we all know, France, and in particular the
Togolese leaders, were not favorable to the send-
ing of such a mission and only accepted it as a con-
cession. Now the Indian resolution would seem
to take up the earlier French position and pro-
poses a resolution without the special commission
feature. The United States agrees with other
sponsors of the joint resolution that there would
be a real advantage in sending such a commission.
Sir. Chairman, we do not wish to conclude
these remarks without expressing our great ad-
miration for the spirit of conciliation which was
shown in our debate, not only by the Administer-
ing Authority, from whom we have come to expect
such a high-minded attitude, but also by the
several petitioners who have opposed the termi-
nation of trusteeship now. Our delegation was
particularly struck with the words of apprecia-
tion expressed by Messrs. Olympio, Santos, and
Akakpo * for the new statute. We were also en-
couraged by the words expressed on behalf of the
opposition for their willingness to participate in
a freely conducted election to the Territorial As-
sembly. This we regard as a statesmanlike atti-
tude and one wliich would pave the way, through
a newly elected Territorial Assembly, to reflect
beyond any doubt the true wishes of the Togolese
people as a whole. We are confident that, if these
intervening steps could take place during this
coming year, the task of the General Assembly,
at its next session, would be greatly facilitated.
And what we have heard from the pro-govern-
ment petitioners — Messrs. Atakpamey, Ayassou,
Gbegbeni, and Mateyendou ' — makes us believe,
in view of their measured and clear-cut answers
to the many questions put to them, that the basis
exists for efficient and stable government in their
important and beautiful country. We are also
pleased to congratulate Messrs. Ajavon and
Apedo-Amah " as the representatives of the new
Government of Togoland for the valuable contri-
bution which they have made to our deliberations.
Mr. Chairman, I would add just one more word
in concluding these remarks. We believe that
in a question of this kind, where the United Na-
tions is exercising a supervisory function, it is
highly desirable that we set an example by sink-
ing our minor differences and try to reach wide
agreement on the essentials. It is our earnest
hope that the result of our deliberations will re-
flect this attitude and that the people of Togoland
under French administration will continue to
respect our objective advice and assistance.
' Sylvauus Olympio (All-Ewe Conference), A. I. Santos
(iloiivcment de la jcinirssc iogolaisc), and Andr^ Akak-
po (Mouvcmcnt popuhtire toi/olais).
"Victor Atakpamey {Parti toyohiia dii progrts) Michel
Ayassou (Traditional Chiefs of the South), Nanamale
Gbegbeni (Union des chrfs ct dcs populations du Xord-
Togo), and Sambiani Mateycudou (Traditional Chiefs
of the North).
°l)r. Robert Ajavon (President of the Lefjislatlve As-
sembly of Togoland) and Georges Apedo-Amah (Minister
of Finance of the Government of Togoland).
284
Department of State BuUetin
STATEMENT IN PLENARY'
As many members of the General Assembly
are aware, this resolution on French Togoland^
is the result of long and laborious discussion in
the Fourth Conmiittee. It is one of those reso-
lutions representing a large measure of compro-
mise and detailed negotiation which therefore re-
quired a spirit of accommodation on the part of
many delegations.
The principal concession was made by the
French delegation, which, in a highly commend-
able spirit of deference to views widely held in
the General Assembly, agreed to withdraw its
original request for terminating the trusteeship
agreement. They felt their original request was
justified on the ground that the territory had al-
ready attained a sufficient degree of self-govern-
ment to warrant such a request. This view, how-
ever, was not shared by many members of the
Fourtli Committee, who instead wished to have a
special committee go to French Togoland to in-
vestigate the extent of the transfer of powers
from the French Government to the Togolese
people. The French Government therefore with-
drew its original request and agreed to the pro-
posed visit of such a conmiission, which would
be able to see for itself how the new statute is
operating and the degree of autonomy now en-
joyed by the inhabitants of Togoland.
The United States delegation appreciates this
spirit of cooperation and believes that the results
which have been attained by it make it altogether
unnecessary for this plenary meeting of the As-
sembly to plow tlirough the details of the com-
promise finally worked out in the Fourth Com-
mittee. We believe that, in its present form, the
resolution represents the consensus of the Fourth
Committee as to the essential elements of the sit-
uation, and we believe it would not be useful for
the General Assembly in plenary session to open
up the whole subject afresh. An examination of
the summary record of the protracted discussions
in the Fourth Committee will show that prac-
tically every speaker agreed (and certainly none
denied) that some progress in the direction of self-
government has already been achieved by the peo-
ple of French Togoland and that accordingly it
would be worth while for a special commission of
the General Assembly to go to French Togoland
to ascertain by firsthand observation just how far
this progress extends. That is the objective of
tlie present resolution which the General Assem-
bly in tliis plenary session is being asked to ap-
prove and, with a minor qualification which I will
mention directly, my delegation feels that it would
be a waste of this body's time to burden itself with
any further manipulation of phraseology.
The minor qualification which I have just men-
tioned relates to the suggestion made by the dele-
gation of Yugoslavia to the effect that in the first
operative paragraph of the present resolution the
words "reforms introduced" should be substituted
by the words "extent of the powers transferred
to the territory," and further suggesting two
minor word changes in the fifth paragraph of the
preamble. The United States delegation believes
that these changes do not substantially alter the
meaning and intent of the resolution, and there-
fore, in a spirit of fui-ther compromise, my dele-
gation is willing to accept these suggestions in the
hope that the resolution with these changes could
be adopted without any further alteration and
could be voted on as a whole.
We appeal, therefore, to all delegations to ac-
cept the resolution with these changes, and we
urge that the resolution be voted on without fur-
ther amendment.
TEXT OF RESOLUTION'
U.N. doc. A/Ke8/455
The General Assembly,
Recalling section II of its resolution 944 (X) of 15 De-
cember 1955,
Having received the special report of the Trusteeship
Council,"'
Noting that the Trasteeship Council has forwarded the
memorandum by the Administering Authority," with De-
cree No. 5e-847 of 24 August 1956, requesting termination
of the Trusteeship Agreement,
Having received the document entitled "Memorandum
by the Government of the Autonomous Republic of Togo-
'Made on Jan. 23 (U.S. delegation press release 2599,
dated Jan. 25).
» U.N. doe. A/3449/Add.l.
" Adopted by the General Assembly on Jan. 23 by a vote
of 53-16, with 7 abstentions.
" U.N. doc. A/3169 and Add.l.
" U.N. doc. T/1290.
February 18, 1957
285
land"," which memorandum was transmitted by the Ad-
ministering Authority to the United Nations,
Having taken note that the report of the Referendum
Administrator in Togoland " sets forth as a fact that the
population of Togoland under French administration,
consulted by referendum on 28 October 1956, expressed
itself, by a substantial majority, in favour of the reforms
introduced by Decree No. 56-847 setting forth the Statute
of Togoland,
Noting further the statements In the Fourth Committee
of the delegation of France, which included representa-
tives of the Government of Togoland,
Taking note also of the views expressed by the peti-
tioners before the Fourth Committee,
Being of the opinion that the reforms introduced by De-
cree No. 56-847 and their application require further
study by the Trusteeship Council,
Taking note of the invitation by the Administering
Authority to send a commission to Togoland under French
administration to study on the spot the conditions under
which the provisions of the Statute of 24 August 1956 are
being applied.
Taking note also that the invitation by the Administer-
ing Authority was initiated by the Government of Togo-
land which was set up in consequence of the Statute
of 24 August 1956,
' U.N. doc. A/O.4/341.
' U.N. doc. A/3169/Add.l, annex II.
1. Considers with satisfaction that the extent of powers
transferred to tlie Territory of Togoland under French
administration by the Administering Authority in conse-
quence of the new political Statute of the TerritoiT repre-
sents a very significant step in the achievement of the
objectives of Article 76 of the Charter and of the Trustee-
sliip Agreement ;
2. Congratulates the population of Togoland under
French administration on the progress it has made in the
political, economic, social and cultural fields ;
3. Resolves to dispatch to Togoland under French ad-
ministration a Commission of six members, to be appointed
on the basis of equitable geographical distribution by the
President of the General Assembly, in order to examine,
in the light of the discussions in the Fourth Committee,
the entire situation in the Territory resulting from the
practical application of the new Statute, and the condi-
tions under which the Statute is being applied, and to
submit a report thereon, with its observations and sug-
gestions, to the Trusteeship Council for its consideration;
4. Recommends that, in addition to such further reforms
as the authorities concerned may deem appropriate, the
Legislative Assembly of the Territory should be consti-
tuted, as soon as possible, by election on the basis of
universal adult suffrage;
5. Requests the Trusteeship Council to study the ques-
tion, taliing into account the report of the Commission,
and to transmit the results of its study to the General
Assembly at its twelfth session.
Administrative and Budgetary Problems of the United Nations
by Ambassador Richard Lee Jones
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
I ■would like to talk with you about the work
of the Fifth Committee, that is, the Administra-
tive and Budgetary Committee, on which I have
been serving as the United States representative.
As a businessman I have always been interested
in administrative and budgetary problems. I
must say that, even as a businessman, I have found
the administrative and budgetary problems of
the United Nations not only of extraordinary
complexity but also of unusual interest.
Normally the main function of the Fifth Com-
' Address made at the Harlem Branch of the New York
Y.M.C.A. on Jan. 16 (U.S. delegation press release 2590).
Mr. Jones Is Ambassador to Liberia.
mittee is to approve the budget of the United Na-
tions Organization. We have completed this,
subject to the financial implications of decisions
still to be taken at this second part of the session.
It now appears that the regular budget figure will
be about the same as that of last year, that is, about
$48.5 million. This means that the United States
assessment for the regular budget for 1957 will
again be slightly more than $16 million.
In addition to the budget we have also com-
pleted action on a number of other items which,
while important in themselves, are probably of
little interest to you. These include, for example,
reports by the Board of Auditors concerning the
main United Nations activities. We have held
286
Department of State Bulletin
over for the second part of the session the report
of the Salary Review Committee, which has ex-
amined and made recommendations concerning
the entire pay and personnel system of the United
Nations and most of the specialized agencies, and
it is likely that consideration of this report will
engage our attention for most of this second part
of the session.
There is one further report, which we will take
up tomorrow, which should interest all Ameri-
cans. This is the report of the Negotiating Com-
mittee for Extra-Budgetary Funds. That is the
committee which is charged with responsibility
for attempting to raise funds for the voluntary
programs of the United Nations. The commit-
tee has reported that several of the programs, par-
ticularly the Relief and Works Agency for Pales-
tine Refugees and the United Nations Refugee
Fund, have fallen far short of their fund-raising
goals, and the committee has recommended that a
new procedure be adopted to attempt to improve
the situation.
The Negotiating Committee believes that the
Assembly should take a greater responsibility for
attempting to raise the funds for the programs
for which it has voted and that higher level gov-
ernmental attention to the problems of these pro-
grams should be secured. Accordingly, the Ne-
gotiating Committee has recommended that, at
the beginning of each Assembly session, there be
held as an integral part of the Assembly a Joint
Pledging Conference chaired by the President
of the Assembly, at which pledges would be made
for all four of the voluntary programs. It is our
opinion that, while we cannot guarantee in ad-
vance that such a procedure will have the desired
results, it is worth while trying out, and we will
support this recommendation of the Negotiating
Committee.
We recognize, of course, that the Executive
Board of the Children's Fund has indicated its
belief that such a Joint Pledging Conference
would not serve its best interests. As the largest
contributor to the Children's Fund, we obviously
have no desire that the financial status of the Chil-
dren's Fund should be hurt. We do not share.
' Committee V on Jan. 24 approved a resolution estab-
lishing the new pledging mechanism for two voluntary
programs (the U.N. Refugee Fund and the U.N. Relief and
Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near East)
but retaining the present method for the Children's Fund
and the Expanded Program of Technical Assistance.
however, the fears of the Executive Board of the
Children's Fund and believe that the interests of
all the programs taken as a whole warrant our try-
ing out the Joint Pledging Conference idea.^
One of the items which has engaged a large
measure of our attention thus far and still is not
completed is the matter of the scale of assessments
for contributions by governments to the United
Nations. A special problem arose this year be-
cause of the admission of 16 new members at the
last session. The Contributions Committee,
which makes recommendations to the Assembly
on this subject, proposed that the benefit from
these new contributions be divided among only a
part of the membership, that is, among those
members other than the United States, which pays
a maximum percentage of 33.33 percent, and those
25 nations which pay .08 percent and below.^
We believe that this recommendation is inequita-
ble and that the United States should have shared
in the benefit of the contributions of new members.
However, it has been clear that most other na-
tions disagreed with us and felt that the United
States should not share. They considered that
the United States percentage contribution was an
artificial maximum and that, on the basis of
capacity to pay, the United States should pay
more than 40 percent of the regular budget.
Our opposition to the report of the Contribu-
tions Committee has been based not upon the
amount of money involved but rather upon what
we considered to be the principle of equity. We
have never agreed that capacity to pay should be
the sole criterion in determining the contributions
of sovereign states to the regular United Nations
budget. Rather, from the beginning our position
has been that stated by Senator Vandenberg in
the Fifth Committee in 1946, namely, that "We
can afford to pay anything in material values to
achieve the goals of the United Nations. This is,
with us, solely a question of what is right and wise
and just as between partners in this common enter-
prise."
In an attempt to reach a compromise solution,
we have withdrawn our objections to the recom-
mendations of the Contributions Committee so far
as assessments for 1956 and 1957 are concerned.
° For statements on this subject by Ambassador Jones
and Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., see Buixetiw
of Dee. 24-31, 1956, p. 997.
February 18, 1957
287
There still remain for consideration by the Com-
mittee both the question of the scale of assessments
for 1958 and the question of what should be done
with the contributions of the four new members
admitted at this session of the Assembly.
I have reserved until last an item which was
not on tile regular agenda of the Fifth Committee
but which came to the Committee as a result of
the creation of the United Nations Emergency
Forces which have been sent to Egypt. This
item became the major one in the first part of the
session and brought into the Fifth Committee for
the first time a matter of the greatest political
importance.
In my opinion, not sufficient significance has
been attached as yet to the decision reached in the
Fifth Committee on this matter of financing the
Emergency Force. The problem faced by the
Fifth Committee involved the question of whether
member governments really believe in common ac-
tion to preserve the peace. It involved the ques-
tion of whether member governments would as-
sume the burden of decisions taken by the General
Assembly. Accordingly, it involved the entire
future of the organization as an instrument of
collective security.
Wlien the Emergency Force was created, the
United States and a number of other countries in-
dicated their willingness to make large voluntary
contributions toward the financing of the Force.
Over and above these voluntary contributions
there remained certain common costs attributable
to the Emergency Force which the Secretary-
General and many member governments, includ-
ing the United States, considered to be the obliga-
tion of the entire membership of the organization.
The Assembly authorized the Secretary-General
to spend $10 million on these common costs, and
the problem then came to the Fifth Committee as
to how the $10 million was to be raised.
In the Committee there was initially a very
strong sentiment that the so-called aggressors
should pay or that the $10 million should be raised
by voluntary contributions. We opposed these
positions and indicated our belief that, while we
would make every effort to increase our voluntary
contributions, the common costs of the operation,
at least to the extent of $10 million, should be con-
sidered the responsibility of the entire member-
ship.
We were finally able to carry our position by a
very large majority, with only the Soviet bloc
voting against and stating it would refuse to pay
its assessment. We were able to convince the
smaller countries that action by the United Na-
tions, such as occurred in Egypt, was in their par-
ticular interest. We were able to convince them
that, if they wished to have a voice in decisions
of this kind which could bring or which could
avoid another world conflict, they must be pre-
pared to pay their share of the cost of an action
on which they had had an opportunity to speak
and vote. We were able to convince them that, if
they declined to pay their fair share, they could not
long expect the great powers would choose United
Nations action — in which they had but one vote —
as against unilateral action which they could hope
to control.
The vote on this item was, as I have said, one
of the most significant ever taken in this organi-
zation. I am very happy that I had the opportu-
nity to represent the United States on this issue,
which I believe has large implications for the
future of the organization.*
TREATY INFORMATION
United States and Mexico Sign
Broadcasting Agreement
Press release 45 dated January 30
After several conferences in Washington, D.C.,
and Mexico City at which the delegations of both
the United States and Mexico have earnestly en-
deavored to fijid a basis for agreement on the use
of standard-band broadcasting channels (535-1605
kc), an agreement has now been reached by the
two delegations and was signed in Mexico City
on January 29, 1957.
The agreement is for 5 years and will require
ratification by tlie constitutional procedures of
each Government. The Federal Communications
Commission has recommended to the Department
of State that the agreement be formalized as soon
as practicable.
Under the terms of the agreement, each country
* For statements on this subject by Ambassador Jonea
and text of resolution, see ihiil., Jan. 14, 1957, p. 67.
288
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
retains the same class 1-A (clear) channels pro-
vided in the North American Kegional Broadcast-
ing Agi-eement (Narba) of 1937, with second-
ary use at night permitted by each country on a
very limited number of the other's clear channels.
In addition, priorities are recognized as to the
use of certain additional channel assignments.
Both countries can increase tlie daytime power of
their secondary stations on certain clear channels
of the other. At specified distances from the
border, the power of local stations can be increased
from 250 to 500 watts. Many outstanding objec-
tions of long standing regarding proposed station
assignments of both countries have been resolved
by compromise, agreement, or deletion.
The signed agreement will be submitted to the
U.S. Senate in the near future for its advice and
consent to ratification as a formal treaty.
Agricultural Surplus Commodity
Agreement With Korea
Press release 46 dated January 30
Korean Minister of Keconstruction Kim Hyon-
chol, on behalf of the Kepublic of Korea, and
Acting Deputy Under Secretary of State for
Economic Affairs Thorsten V. Kalijarvi, on be-
half of the United States, met on January 30 to
conclude an agreement in Washington, through
an exchange of notes, for the sale to Korea of
American agricultural commodities under title
I of the Agricultural Trade Development and As-
sistance Act (Public Law 480, 83d Congress).
The commodities included in the agreement will
have a total export market value of $18.9 million,
including certain ocean transportation costs to be
financed by the United States. This sum will
permit the purchase of approximately 70,000
metric tons of rice, 35,000 metric tons of wheat,
and 75,000 metric tons of barley. These quan-
tities of grain, together with grain provided under
U.S. economic aid programs and Korean grain
production, are expected to meet the Korean food
gi-ain requirements tlirough September 1957 and
thus have an important stabilizing effect on the
Korean grain market and the entire Korean price
structure.
The major portion of the hwan proceeds of the
sales will be used to procure equipment, materials,
facilities, and services for the Korean defense
forces for common defense.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Aviation
Protocol amending articles 48(a), 49(e), and 61 of tlie
convention on international civil aviation (TIAS 1591)
by providing that sessions of the Assembly of the Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization shall be held not
less than once in 3 years instead of annually. Done at
Montreal June 14, 1954. Entered into force December
12, 1956.
Proclaimed by the President: February 1, 1957.
Cultural Property
Convention for protection of cultural property in event
of armed conflict, and regulations of execution. Done
at The Hague May 14, 1954. Entered into force August
7, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics, January 4, 1957.
Protocol for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict. Done at The Hague May 14, 1954.
Entered into force August 7, 1956."
Ratification deposited: Union of Soviet Socialist Repub-
lics, January 4, 1957.
International Court of Justice
Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
Declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction de-
posited: Denmark, December 10, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956. TIAS
3591.
Schedules of concessions entered into force: United
Kingdom, December 22, 1956 ; Japan, January 21, 1957.
Whaling
Amendments to paragraphs 8(a) and 8(c) of the sched-
ule of the International Whaling Convention signed at
Washington December 2, 1946 (TIAS 1849). Adopted
at the eighth meeting of the International Whaling
Commission held at London in 1956. TIAS 3739.
Entered into force: November 1, 1956.
BILATERAL
Belgium
Agreement amending the power reactor agreement for
cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic energy of
June 15, 1955 (TIAS 3301). Signed at Washington
July 12, 1956.
Entered into force: January 18, 1957 (date on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
Brazil
Agreement for establishment of guided missiles facility
on Island of Fernando de Noronha. Effected by ex-
change of notes at Rio de Janeiro January 21, 1957.
Entered into force January 21, 1957.
Ceylon
Agreement providing for the reciprocal reduction of non-
' Not in force for the United States.
February 18, 7957
289
Immigrant visa fees and issuance of multiple-entry
nonimmigrant visas. Effected by exchange of notes
at Colombo August 25 and September 7, 1950. Entered
into force September 15, 1956.
Greece
Agreement supplementing the surplus agricultural com-
modities agreement of August 8, 1950 (TIAS 3633),
by providing for the purcliase of additional wheat.
Signed at Athens January 21, 1957. Entered into force
January 21, 1957.
Italy
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of October 30, 1956 (TIAS 3702), by increasing the
allotment for tobacco. Effected by exchange of notes at
Rome January 7, 1957. Entered into force January
7, 1957.
Japan
Agreement supplementing the understandings to the sur-
plus agricultural commodities agreement of February
10, 1950 (TIAS 3580), by providing loan funds for
construction of facilities for the promotion of the rav?
silk industry. EfCected by exchange of notes at Tokyo
January 18, 1957. Entered into force January 18, 1957.
Mexico
Agreement on the use of standard band broadcasting
channels. Signed at Mexico January 29, 1957. Enters
into force upon exchange of instruments of ratification.
Switzerland
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington June 21, 1956.
Entered into force: January 29, 1957 (day on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it had complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
Thailand
Agreement amending the educational exchange agreement
of July 1, 1950, as amended (TIAS 2095, 2809, 3277), to
provide for use of certain funds accruing under the sur-
plus agricultural commodities agreement for the edu-
cational exchange program. Effected by exchange of
notes at Bangkok January 21, 1957. Entered into force
January 21, 1957.
Yugoslavia
Agreement amending the surplus agricultural commodi-
ties agreement of November 3, 1956 (TIAS 36S8), by
decreasing the allotment for wheat and increasing the
allotment for ocean transportation. Effected by ox-
change of notes at Washington January 23 and 24, 1957.
Entered into force January 24, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Resignations
James B. Conant as Ambassador to the Federal Re-
public of Germany. For text of Mr. Conant's letter to
the President and the President's reply, see White House
press release dated January 28; for biographic details,
see press release 41 dated January 28.
Confirmations
The Senate on January 29 confirmed Raymond A. Hare
to be Ambassador to Egypt.
The Senate on January 29 confirmed Douglas Mac-
Arthur II to be Ambassador to Japan.
The Senate on January 29 confirmed Carl W. Strom
to be Ambassador to Cambodia.
The Senate on January 30 confirmed James David
Zellerbach to be Ambassador to Italy.
THE CONGRESS
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
World Economic Growth and Competition. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on Foreign Economic Policy
of the Joint Economic Committee pursuant to sec. 5(a)
of Public Law 304, 79th Congress. December 10-13,
1956. 175 pp.
85th Congress, 1st Session
Economic and Military Cooperation With Nations in the
General Area of the Middle East. Hearings before
the House Committee on Foreign Affairs on H. J. Res.
117. January 7-22, 1957. 493 pp.
I'ifth Semiannual Report on Activities Carried on Under
Public Law 480, 83d Congress, as Amended, Outlining
Operations Under the Act During the Period July 1
Through December 31, 1956. H. Doc. 50, January 14,
1957. 24 pp.
Convention Between the United States of America and
the Republic of Austria for the Avoidance of Double
Taxation With Respect to Taxes on Income, Si^ed at
Washington on October 25, 1956. S. Exec. A, January
17, 1957. 13 pp.
Convention Between the United States of America and
Canada, Signed at Ottawa on August 8, 1956, Further
Modifying and Supplementing the Income-Tax Con-
vention and Protocol of March 4, 1942, as Modified by
the Supplementary Convention of June 12, 1950. S.
Exec. B, January 17, 1957. 10 pp.
Report of the National Advisory Council on International
Monetary and Financial Problems. Fifth special re-
port on the operations and policies of the International
Monetary Fund and the International Bank for Re-
construction and Development for the 2-year period
April 1, 1954, to March 31, 19.%, pursuant to section
4 (b) (6) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act. H.
Doc. 55, January 17, 1957. 21 pp.
F'oreign-Aid Program. Report to accompany S. Res. 35.
S. Rept. 17, January 25. 1957. 2 pp.
Study of the Trading With the Enemy and War Claims
Acts. R(>port to accompany S. Res. 50. S. Rept. 24,
January 25, 1057. 3 pp.
Authorizing the President To Undertake Economic and
Jlilitary Cooperation With Nations in the General
Area of the Middle Fast. Report of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs on II. J. Res. 117. H. Rept.
2, January 25, 1957. 23 iip.
290
Department of State Bulletin
February 18, 1957
Ind
ex
Vol. XXXVI, No. 921
Agriculture. Agricultural Surplus Commodity
Agreement Witli Korea 289
Asia. America's Responsibilities and Opportuni-
ties in Asia (Howard P. Jones) 263
Atomic Energy
Mr. Spaalc To Visit Wasliington 250
Visit of EURATOM Group 250
Belgium. Mr. Spaalc To Visit Washington . . . 250
Cambodia. Strom Confirmed as Ambassador . . 290
Canada. Some Current Problems in Foreign Rela-
tions (Mercliaut) 250
China, Communist. Failure of Chinese Commu-
ni.sts To Release Imprisoned Americans .... 261
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 290
Recommended Revision of Immigration and Nation-
ality Act (Eisenhower) 247
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Hare, MacArthur, Strom, Zeller-
bach) 290
Resignations (Conant) 290
Egypt
Hare Confirmed as Ambassador 290
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egypt (Lodge, Hammarslijold, test of resolu-
tion) 269
Europe
Message From President Eisenhower to American
Council on NATO 252
NATO— Deterrent and Shield (Norstad) .... 251
Visit of EUBATOM Group 250
Germany. Resignations (Conant) 290
Hungary. Some Current Problems in Foreign Re-
lations (Merchiint) 256
Immigration and Naturalization. Recommended
Revision of Immigration and Nationality Act
(Eisenhower) 247
Israel. Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces
From Egypt (Lodge, Hammarskjold, text of res-
olution) 269
Italy. Zellerbach Confirmed as Ambassador . . 290
Japan. MacArthur Confirmed as Ambassador . . 290
Korea. Agricultural Surplus Commodity Agree-
ment With Korea 289
Mexico. United States and Mexico Sign Broad-
casting Agreement 288
Middle East
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Efrypt (Lodge, Hammarskjold, text of resolu-
tion 269
Some Current Problems in Foreign Relations (Mer-
chant) 256
Military Affairs. NATO— Deterrent and Shield
(Norstad) i 251
Mutual Security
NATO— Deterrent and Shield (Norstad) .... 251
U.S.-British Defense Talks (text of communi-
que) 255
Non-Self-Governing Territories. General Assem-
bly Decides To Send Commission To Study Sit-
uation in French Togoland (Nash, text of resolu-
tion) 282
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Message From President Eisenhower to American
Council on NATO 252
NATO— Deterrent and Shield (Norstad) .... 251
Presidential Documents
Message From President Eisenhower to American
Council on NATO 252
Recommended Revision of Immigration and Na-
tionality Act 247
Protection of Nationals. Failure of Chinese Com-
munists To Release Imprisoned Americans . . 261
Refugees and Displaced Persons. Recommended
Revision of Immigration and Nationality Act
(Eisenhower) 247
Treaty Information
Agricultural Surplus Commodity Agreement With
Korea 289
Current Actions 289
United States and Mexico Sign Broadcasting Agree-
ment 288
United Kingdom. U.S.-British Defense Talks
(text of communique) 255
United Nations
Administrative and Budgetary Problems of the
United Nations (Richard Lee Jones) 286
General Assembly Decides To Send Commission To
Study Situation in French Togoland (Nash, text
of resolution) 282
Question of Expansion of Security Council Mem-
bership (Humphrey) 280
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egypt (Lodge, Hammarskjold, text of resolu-
tion) 269
Name Index
Conant, James B 290
Eisenhower, President 247, 252
Hammarskjold, Dag 271, 273, 275
Hare, Raymond A 290
Humphrey, Hubert H 280
Jones, Howard P 263
Jones, Richard Lee 286
Ijodge. Henry Cabot, Jr 269, 270
MacArthur, Douglas II 290
Merchant, Livingston T 256
Nash, Frank C 282
Norstad, Lauris 251
Spaak, Paul Henri 250
Strom. Carl W 290
Zellerbach, James David 290
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: January 28-February 3
Releases may l)e obtained from the News Di-
vision, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
No. Date Subject
*40 1/28 Educational exchange.
*41 1/28 Resignation of Ambassador Conant
(biographic details).
42 1/29 Italian limit on velveteen exports
(printed in Bulletin of Feb. 11).
43 1/29 Communist failure to release Ameri-
cans.
•44 1/30 Allison nomination.
45 1/30 U.S.-Mexicau broadcasting agreement.
46 1/30 Korean surplus commodity agreement.
t47 1/31 Rubottom : "Mexico : Cooperation and
Progress."
48 2/1 Spaak to visit Washington.
49 2/1 Visit of EURATOM group.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
DSB-OEC
PUBHC LIBRARY ^^^^^_
STATISTICAL DEPARTMEm"
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
Department
of
State
UNliED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
THE SECRETARIES OF STATE . . .
Portraits and Biographical Sketches
This publication is based on a collection of portraits of Secre-
taries of State which the Department of State has been accumulat-
ing since 1861. It makes available for the first time reproduc-
tions of the poi-traits in tliis collection. The reproductions —
which are in black and white — are arranged clironologically ac-
cording to the terms of service of the Secretaries of State. Each
reproduction is accompanied by a biographical sketch of the
Secretary and by a note regarding the artist and the portrait.
The publication includes also three appendixes — the first relat-
ing to Secretaries of State ad interim, the second consisting of
notes regarding other portraits belonging to the Department of
State, and the third consisting of a chronological list of Presidents
of the United States, Secretaries of State, and Secretaries of
State ad interim.
The Secretaries of State: Portraits and Biographical Sketches
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1 a copy.
Publication 6402
$1
Order Form
o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Please send me . . - copies of The Secretaries of State: Portraits and
Biographical Sketches.
Enclosed find:
(cash, checic, or
money order).
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT
Vol. XXXVI, No. 922
February 25, 1957
Y RECORD
MEETING THE THREAT OF COMMUNISM IN THE
FAR EAST • by Assistant Secretary Robertson .... 295
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
FEBRUARY 5 300
VISIT OF KING SAUD OF SAUDI ARABIA 308
MEXICO: COOPERATION AND PROGRESS •
by Assistant Secretary Rubottom 310
GENERAL ASSEMBLY ADOPTS TWO RESOLUTIONS
ON MIDDLE EAST QUESTION e Statements by
Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., and Texts oj Resolutions . 325
THE 1956 INTERNATIONAL WHEAT AGREEMENT •
Article by L. I. Highby 318
IN PaLiCY
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 922 • Publication 6454
February 25, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qovemment Printing Office
Washington 26, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Bhigle copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 1». 1986).
Note: Contents o( this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained her«ln may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bdlletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in tlie field of foreign
relations and on the uork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as tcell as
special articles on various plmses of
international affairs and the func-
tions of tJie Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Meeting the Threat of Communism in the Far East
hy Walter S. Robertson
Assistant Secretary for Far Eastern Affairs ^
"WHien I first accepted your invitation, the Mid-
dle Eastern crisis and the tremendous explosion
of Hungary were just developing. A great deal
has happened sine© with profound significance
for our time. I should like to discuss with you
tonight the relation of these events to our position
in the Far East, which involves discussion of our
China policy, and to give you my idea of your
stake in international affairs.
Before I do so, however, I would like to ask
you to bring to mind two significant historical
facts of the era in wliich we are living.
The first of these facts, necessary to an under-
standing of our position in the Far East today,
is the tremendous change which has occurred in
American outlook.
One of the things that we Americans discovered
when we were rudely awakened in 1941 from our
dream of isolationism was that global peace and
our own national security are indivisible. Re-
luctantly we came to accept the fact that aggres-
sion anywhere is a threat, however disguised or
apparently remote, to our own freedom. We
learned that events in one part of the world af-
fect every other part. We learned that, no mat-
ter how remote the fire may be, we must help to
put it out, lest it consume us all. We learned
another uncomfortable lesson, too — that Ameri-
can wealth and productive capacity hag given us
power and with that power has come world leader-
ship, unsought and unwanted. These are the les-
sons that we must now apply.
The second historical fact which I ask you to
remember as we explore the international scene
^ Address made before the Bloomington Association of
Commerce, Bloomington, 111., on Feb. 6 (press release
52 dated Feb. 5).
of today this emergence of international commu-
nism as the one great, aggressive threat to the lib-
erties of mankind. This threat is an integral part
of the equation which we must solve.
Wlien Lenin plotted his plans for world domi-
nation, he did not conti-ol a square inch of the
world's territory. His possessions consisted of an
economic and political philosophy — an idea— to
which he gave passionate allegiance, a band of de-
voted fanatical disciples, and a fertile bed com-
pounded of man's injustice to man in which to
plant his seed. His plans were comprehensive
and explicit. He brooked no permanent compro-
mise. Coexistence, he wrote, for any length of
time is unthinkable. He likened the Communist
Party to a man ascending a steep, unexplored
mountain who comes to an obstacle making fur-
ther progress impossible. The man then, said
Lenin, must descend, seek another path — longer,
perhaps, but one which would enable him to reach
the summit. He defined his summit in exact
terms. "First," he said, "we will take Eastern
Europe, then the masses of Asia, then we will sur-
round America, the last citadel of capitalism. We
won't have to attack; she will fall into our lap
like an overripe fruit."
His blueprint has been followed with clocklike
precision by his disciples. After the revolution in
Russia had been consolidated, the Communists be-
gan one by one to pluck off every country of East-
ern Europe — Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Czech-
oslovakia, Poland, Bulgaria, Hungary, Rumania,
East Germany, Albania. At Yalta in 1945 the
Soviets were awarded the de facto control of Man-
churia, the most strategic base in all Asia for the
furtherance of Lenin's designs. The Soviets well
February 25, 1957
295
knew that they had within Cliina a hard core of
philosophical Marxists with a fanatical dedica-
tion matching their own. They well knew that
Stalin had no more devoted disciple in the world
than the leader of the Chinese Communists, Mao
Tse-tung. When some American and other apolo-
gists were portraying Mao as spearheading a
democratic revolution for agrarian reform, Mao
was writing of himself, "I am a Marxist, dedicated
to communizing China and the world under the
leadership of Moscow." Within 4 years the Chi-
nese Communists, in collusion with the Russians
and armed and equipped with Japanese weapons
turned over to them by the Russians, had taken
possession of the mainland of China.
There followed in quick succession the invasion
of Korea, the occupation of Tibet, and the war in
Indochina. The Asian score? The mainland of
China, North Korea, Tibet, North Viet-Nam, two
provinces of Laos — Lenin's masses, plus strategic
positions for future operations.
Starting from zero in our generation, the inter-
national Communists now hold in a grip of ruth-
less power 16 nations, 900 million people — a cir-
cumstance recently described by the Secretary of
State as "the most frightening fact history re-
cords." This is a hard, uncompromising truth
which is being constantly swept under the rug by
the erstwhile and present-day wishful thinkers.
U.S. Response to Challenge
Thus we see that the leadership we have acquired
as a gift of history is thrust into our hands at a
moment when the world is confronted with a new
problem to be solved. Our response to this chal-
lenge has been rapid and resolute. It has taken
two principal forms. Broadly speaking, we led
the free world in resisting aggression in any form
and at the same time have tried to help others gain
the strength to assist in making aggression
unprofitable.
With other United Nations forces we resisted
and cliecked the Commimist challenge in Korea.
We have also made clear our determination to aid
in resisting further open aggression. Specifically,
we have signed a security treaty with Japan and
bilateral security treaties with the Republics of
the Philippines, Korea, and China. The Anzus
treaty links Australia, New Zealand, and the
United States in a defensive alliance. Australia
and New Zealand also joined with the United
States, Pakistan, Thailand, the Philippines, Grea1
Britain, and France in the Seato treaty of alli-
ance against aggression in Southeast Asia.
The second way in which we have met th(
Communist threat in the Far East has been tt
offer military, economic, and teclinical assistance
to those nations desiring it and willing to use il
to maintain their own independence.
Now, at a critical time, tliese same principles ar(
being applied in a new area of the world when
the threat of Communist expansion has again be-
come acute. President Eisenhower has proposec
a course of action to insure "the full sovereignty
and independence of each and every nation of tht
Middle East."
The application of this policy will mean closing
an obvious gap in the free world's chain of de
fenses beginning with Nato to the West and run
ning through the Far East, where our defensive
strength already has been heavily engaged. W'
thereby reduce the genuine risk of a breakthrougl
by the forces dedicated to the destruction of th
free world. In doing this we of course accept ne^v
risks, but we do so with calculation, knowing tha
without some risk there can be no safety.
The President's decision to place a shield ove
the vulnerable Middle East had not yet bee'
known before I concluded my most recent visit t
the Far East in November-December last. Yet
found the peoples of that area engaged in reassesfi
ing their estimate of what generally many of theri
have heretofore regarded as some kind of powei
struggle between two great nations which the;
hoped would become none of their affair.
The forthright, unequivocal stand of the Unitei
States against aggression by anyone in the Middl
East regardless of any considerations of exped:
ency created a profound effect, resulting in a ne^
prestige for the United States in Asia. This ha
been accompanied by a proportionate reduction i
the suspicion of our motives which has charactei
ized our relationships in some quarters in receri
years. Since we are the close associate of colonia
powers in Europe, the newly independent nation
of Asia have not always been ready to accept ou
own statement of our intentions.
The words of President Eisenhower in announc
ing our steadfast American doctrine have had
welcome ring in the new nations of Asia.
... we cannot and we will not condone armed a{
Rrcssion — no matter who tlie attacker, and no matte
who the victim.
296
Department of Slate Bulletl
We cannot — in the world, any more than in our own
nation — suliscribe to one law for the weak, another law
for the strong; one law for those opposing us, another
for those allied with us.
There can be only one law — or there will be no peace.
Those were words that Asia longed to hear.
They have at a stroke, and by the actions which
followed in the United Nations, given a new glow
of Asian confidence in American objectives in
the Far East. Yet we must remember that tliis
new feeling of trust which these words and ac-
tions have created is as fragile as a new seedling,
find we must constantly be on our guard against
any act which would even faintly hint that Amer-
ica would compromise the principle behind them.
The Soviet aggression in Hungary was also a
profound revelation to many an Asian who had
heretofore clung to the words rather than the
ieeds of communism for comforting reassurance,
[n a single blinding flash the facade has come
iown and the stark structure of Soviet imperial-
sm has been exposed in all its horror. There re-
nain some apologists and some of faint heart, but
;heir words are largely lost in the upsurge of in-
iignation that has swept informed Asians in the
ivake of this Communist outrage.
Now I should be the last to tell you that as a
•esult of our policies the threat of communism
las been met in the Far East. On the contrary,
;he menacing shadow of the international Com-
nunists still lies heavily over the area. Yet I
hink there can be no question but that the course
TO have pursued has had a deterrent effect and
las bought some of the time needed for the free
lations of Asia to build the strength which they
vill require to retain their independence.
Of one thing I am confident: Simply because
ve have made a few gains, this is no time to talk
>f relaxing or softening the policies that we have
pursued. Now is the time to press even more
•esolutely along the path we have chosen. Let
oe illustrate.
For some months prior to November 6 last, it
ras widely whispered at home and abroad that,
>nce the elections were over, a change could be
(xpected in America's policy with respect to non-
■ecognition and opposition to U.N. membership
OT Communist China. The negotiations which
lave been carried on at Geneva since August 1,
.955, between American Ambassador Alexis John-
on and a representative of the Ked Chinese re-
gime, Wang Ping-nan, were cited as evidence that
the United States was negotiating a political ac-
commodation with the Reds. As has been repeat-
edly stated, these negotiations were undertaken
by the United States in an effort to obtain the re-
lease of our illegally imprisoned nationals and to
obtain from the Red Chinese a meaningful aeree-
ment for the renunciation of force in the Taiwan
area. Despite these clear statements and despite
the fact that the Kelly resolution ^ opposing rec-
ognition and U.N. membership for the Peiping
regime was passed by an overwhelming and unani-
mous vote of Congress — 391 to 0 in the House and
86 to 0 in the Senate — and that the presidential
candidates of both parties ran on platforms con-
taining almost identical planks against such rec-
ognition and U.N. membership, these rumors
were once more revived after the elections. Well,
the elections are over and we have not changed
our minds. I see no reason to expect that we will.
Bases of Policy Toward China
Our opposition to the Red regime in Peiping is
not, as some have said, based upon the disapproval
of an ideology or an economic system, much as we
abhor both. We recognize many totalitarian
governments and those with many economic sys-
tems, and we have not been unwilling to meet
with them in the world forum of the United Na-
tions. Nor is our policy, as our critics would have
it, based on an "emotional reaction" to the Korean
war. Our policy is a realistic one, rooted in prin-
ciple as well as in the self-interest of the free
world. It is based on three basic considerations.
The first of these considerations is the security
interests of the United States and the free world's
collective security, which is part and parcel of
our own.
It is often forgotten by some critics that rec-
ognition of Communist China would, as a prac-
tical matter, mean the liquidation of the Republic
of China on Formosa, with all that implies to our
strategic, moral, and psychological position in op-
position to Communist expansion in the Far East.
Wlien that is recalled, it is much easier to under-
stand why we have established diplomatic rela-
tions with Soviet Russia, the homeland of com-
munism, but not with Communist China.
Formosa is a vital link in the free world's island
chain of defenses in the Pacific, all now covered
by mutual defense treaties. The army on Formosa
'For text, see BmxETiN of Aug. 20, 1956, p. 311.
ebruary 25, 1957
297
of some 400,000 men, trained and equipped by the
United States, is a powerful deterrent to Com-
munist overt aggression in Korea and elsewhere
in Asia. If Formosa should fall to the Com-
mmiists, Japan, the Pliilippines, and all of South-
east Asia would be seriously threatened.
The second main consideration on which our
policy is based is the interest of Asian countries
in escaping Communist enslavement. If the
United States were to abandon the Republic of
China in order to placate the insatiable Red
Chinese, no country in Asia could feel that they
could longer rely on the protection of the United
States against the Communist threat. These com-
paratively weak nations would have no other re-
course than to come to terms, the best they could
get, with the Peiping colossus.
Not only could we then expect the rapid expan-
sion of communism throughout Asia, but the
moral position of the United States, upon which
we must inevitably rely for much of our strength,
would suffer serious damage.
Tlie third major consideration for our policy is
the long-range interest of the Chmese people
themselves.
The National Government is a symbol, the only
rallying point in the world for non-Communist
Chinese — the only alternative to communism for
millions of Chinese on the mainland and through-
out Southeast Asia. If the National Government
should be liquidated, some 12 million overseas
Chinese would automatically become citizens of
Red China and potential cells of infiltration and
subversion against the governments of the coun-
tries where they reside. Such an eventuality
would become a matter of the gravest concern to
the free countries of Asia.
Let no one say that we are denying representa-
tion to 600 million Chinese. The defiant Marxist
imposters in Peiping come no closer to represent-
ing the true interests, aspirations, and will of the
Chinese people than William Z. Foster comes to
representing the will and aspirations of the
American people. They are part and parcel of
the apparatus of the international Communist
conspiracy. Their regime was imposed by force
with the volition of only an infinitesimal fraction
of tlie Chinese people. It has been kept in power
by bloody purges and the liquidation of some 18
millions of mainland Chinese in 7 years. Our
Government is opposed to any action which would
create international prestige for this regime or toj
increase its capacity for advancing its plan for
the communization of Asia or which would betray
the hopes of those having the will to resist it.
Even if we were to consider the question of
recognition from a purely legalistic point of view,
there is no basis to be found either for recognition
of Communist China by the United States or for
admission of that regime to the United Nations.
By every standard of national and international
conduct. Red China under its present regime is
an outlaw nation. Recognition of a government
involves not only de facto control of territory but
also the ability and willingness to live up to inter-
national obligations. What has been the record
of the Peiping regime? Seizing power in 1949
it promptly repudiated all the internationa'
obligations of the Government of China. It con-
fiscated without compensation properties of othei
nationals valued in the hundreds of millions ol
dollars. It demanded and received as blackmai
hundreds of thousands of dollars additional foi
granting exit visas to foreign nationals owning
and/or operating these properties. It threw for
eign citizens into prison without trial.
In 1950, having been in power less than a year
Red China invaded Korea and was promptly
branded an aggressor against the peace of tb
world by U.N. resolution. That resolution is stil
outstanding. If Red China was an aggressor ii
1950, it is an aggressor in 1957. Its armies ap
still in military occupation of North Korea. I:
has shown complete disregard for internationa
commitments made on its own account. Signing
an armistice in Korea in July 1953 calling for th
exchange of all war prisoners, it held back group
of our prisoners and later bargained for their re
lease. It brought into North Korea hundreds o
modern airplanes and other combat equipmen
prohibited by the Armistice Agreement.
A similar pattern was followed in Indochinn
The Geneva agreement in 1954 governing th
cease-fire in Viet-Nam was negotiated with th
French by Chou En-lai, Red Cliina's Foreign Min
ister, and Molotov, with the Viet Minli represent
ative playing only a minor part. In flagran
violation of this agreement, the Connnunist pup
pet Vict Minh armies have been built up by th
Red Cliinese from 7 to 20 divisions and their ar
tillery firepower increased some sixfold. Fur
thermore, on September 10, 1955, after long week
298
DeparfmenI of Stale Bulletii
of negotiation, Red China made an unconditional
public commitment to release all Americans de-
tained in China against their will. There were 19
known Americans in jail on that date. Only 9
have lieen released, and the remaining 10 are now
being held as political hostages in an effoi't to ob-
tain political concessions.
Can this i-ecord qualify any regime for accept-
ance as a responsible representative government?
I leave the answer in your hands.
Individual's Stalte in World Affairs
That brings me to the question I would like to
leave with you tonight. What is your stake in
these iiiternational problems?
I think I can sum up the answer in one word —
Bloomington, the Bloomington you know tonight,
the Bloomington you plan for the morrow.
"Wlien you picked up your morning paper and
read the imcensored news of the world, you prob-
ably gave no thought to the fact that you were
exercising a privilege denied to hundreds of mil-
lions of people with whom you share this globe.
Freedom of the press exists only in the free world.
^Vlien you go to a lecture or a political meeting
and there find a speaker lambasting the national
government, or the state government, or the city
government, or anything else that might have
aroused his ire, you do not need to be reminded
that lie is indulging a right purchased for you by
the blood of your forefathers, the right to criticize
— freedom of speech.
And on a Sunday morning, glorious with sun-
shine, when the call of the golf course is so strong
that you find little difficulty in persuading your-
self that on such a day and after such a hard week
what you need most in all the world is exercise,
pause long enough to remember that there is a
precious privilege also available to you on this
day, the right to go into the cliurch or synagogue
of your choice and worship God as you please.
Freedom of worship is a foundation stone of
American life.
And, when in tlie middle of the night there
comes a sharp rap on the door, you go sleepily and
grumpily expecting to receive a telegram or a
special delivery letter, not in shrinking fear of be-
ing whisked away by dreaded secret police, with-
out charge or warrant, to a fate unknown.
These simple things — priceless blessings which
we so casually take for granted; all the rights.
privileges, freedoms, dignities guaranteed to us
by a Bill of Rights wrought out of long, tortuous
years of struggle and sacrifice; everything that
goes to make up the warp and woof of your lives
— all tliese represent your stake in international
affairs.
"Wliatever international affairs may have in-
volved in the past, the primary objective today
is to save what we call our way of life from
destruction. We are grievously threatened. We
are threatened by an implacable enemy already
holding more than one-third of the world's popu-
lation in its grip, an enemy fired by an evil
ideology fanatically dedicated to the communiza-
tion of the world, an enemy which philosophically
would make society better by destroying every-
thing in society which makes it good.
Wliat can we do to save ourselves? I believe
that our ability to prevent the Communists from,
laimching an all-out war of conquest at some time
of their choosing depends on our strength and the
strength of our allies. Our international pro-
grams are dedicated to making the free world
strong, to holding and winning allies to the cause
of freedom, to arousing the masses of the world to
its peril.
We continue to seek peace with all men. Yet
we do not believe that peace is attainable through
giving the aggressor what he seeks. On the con-
trary, the firmer we stand, the cooler our nerve,
the more imited we are, the more likely we are to
come through the tensions of this time without
resort to war and with our freedom intact.
United States and Poland To Hold
Economic Talks
Press release 55 dated February 7
The United States has invited the Polish Gov-
ernment to hold economic talks in Washington in
order to explore certain questions involved in ex-
panding economic relations between the two coun-
tries. The Polish Government has already indi-
cated a readiness to send financial and commercial
experts to Washington for this purpose. The
talks are expected to include, in particular, con-
sideration of Poland's interest in obtaining U.S.
agricultural commodities in surplus supply. It is
expected that the discussions will take place in the
near future.
February 25, 7957
299
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 5
Press release 53 dated February 5
Secretary Dulles: I am sorry that I was not
able to meet with you during the month of Janu-
ary. I planned it once or twice, but I had other
engagements that turned out to be more pressing.
I am glad to be here today and will answer any
questions that you ask, if I can.
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you favor use of sanc-
tions against Israel if it refused to withdraw from,
Gaza and the Gulf of Aqaha?
A. Well, that is a question we could only answer
within the context of a United Nations resolu-
tion. We would not take any action in the way
of sanctions unilaterally. If there was action by
United Nations calling for sanctions, we would of
course have to give them very serious consider-
ation.
Q. Does the United States favor certain sanc-
tions?
A. Well, that is a hypothetical question which
I would prefer not to answer because our think-
ing certainly is in terms of compliance by Israel
with the terms of this resolution, and we have good
ground to hope, at least, that this resolution will
be complied with and we have not gone on to think
what would happen if it did not. Ambassador
Lodge made the statement if it was not complied
with, it could not be predicted what would
happen.^ I would prefer myself not to make that
prediction.
Q. Mr. Secretary, we have been committed, as
I understand it, through the United Nations, and
through the Tn^artite Agreement of 1950 and
various other statcTnents that this administration
has made, to support what might he called the ex-
istence of Israel. Would ice go to the protection
of that existence of Israel to the extent, as our pol-
' See p. 327.
icy now stands, of risking war with the Soviet
Union?
A. I don't think we would be deterred from
taking any course we thought right because of fear
of what the Soviet Union might do. That would
put the Soviet Union in the position of being able
to dictate our policy and swerve us from what we
thought the right course. I cannot imagine that
we would be influenced from what we thought
right because of fear of what the Soviet Union
might do. We have repeatedly faced up to situa-
tions where the Soviet Union made serious threats
if we did something, and we went ahead and did
it, and I think that is the proper course to pursue.
Congressional Review of Middle East Policy
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us xohat the situ-
ation is regarding State Department activity in
connection ivith the Senate request for docwyients
and material relating to Middle East policy?
A. We started the work going, I think, in the
Historical Division. It is a task of very great
magnitude which will involve reviewing several
hundred thousand, I suppose, of documents, and
it covers a span of 11 years, but the work is al-
ready started actively. I cannot yet give the time
forecast as to when it will be completed, and one
matter we want to discuss, I think, with the com-
mittee is whether they want to get it on a year-by-
year basis or wait and get it all at one time. We
will presumably start our work going back to
1946, which is the year beginning, and we could
prepare this perhaps on a year-by-year basis or
wait until it is all available.
Q. Mr. Seeretai'y, do you anticipate hearings to
follow after you have collected this information
and passed it on to the committee?
A. Well, we have no reason to anticipate that.
Of course, that is up to the Senate to decide, but
300
Department of State Bulletin
the original suggestion at the hearings has been
modified in favor of the written report and I sup-
pose the Senate will then consider, in the light of
the written report, whether it will be important to
have hearings or not. But we have no reason to
anticipate that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what did you have in mind
when testifying on the Hill that the lohite paper
would adversely affect our relations with Britain
and France?
A. I said, if it involved disclosure of confi-
dential information. Of course, a great deal of
what transpired is reflected in exchanges of com-
munications which, in accordance with accepted
international practice, should not be made public
without the consent of the other governments con-
cerned. Any effort to force the publication with-
out that would have an adverse effect upon our re-
lations. I think also the content of some of this
would have a serious effect upon relations. Some-
times the story of these events cannot be fully told
until some time after, when they are of interest
to historians rather than politicians.
Q. Then for the time being you feel that this
story cannot he fully told?
A. I do not think it can now be fully told.
Policy Toward Red China
Q. Mr. Secretary, in recent weeks there has been
a feeling the United States might be considering
a change in its policy toward Red China. There
have been reports the United States is actively
worhing for increasing trade restrictions with the
Chinese Coinmunists. I wonder if you could
clarify what our position is and will be with re-
gard to Red China?
A. I am not aware of any change whatsoever
hi our position. I don't know of any change with
reference to trade other than the normal meetings
of Chincom, which is a committee which deals
currently with these matters and meets from time
to time. But nothing has been brought personally
to my attention in that situation to suggest any-
thing that is abnormal and involving any change
in policy.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on one aspect of that question,
tvould you give u^ your philosophy aboiit the
policy of denying access to reporters in China,
particularly the apparent failure to draw these
distinctions between a reporter going there to do
his job and, say, a businessman going there to sell
a product?
A. Well, my philosophy is, I think, in that re-
spect the same as the President expressed at a
recent press conference, that we don't like to have
American citizens used as a means of coercion as
against the United States Government. As you
know, of course, the Chinese Communist Govern-
ment has for some time been ti-ying to get re-
porters— preferably those it picked — to come into
Communist China, and it has repeatedly tried to
use the illegal detention of Americans in Com-
munist China as a means of pressure to accom-
plish its ends in that respect.^ We do not think
that it is sound philosophy to permit other gov-
ernments— other regimes — to feel that it is profit-
able business for them to withhold and detain il-
legally and throw into jail American citizens so
they can put a price on their release. If we allow
that to happen in one case, then I think the safety
of all Americans throughout the world is lowered
by several degrees for a long time in the future.
It is a fact that the Chinese Communists are try-
ing to use Americans to accomplish that end,
which makes us reluctant to do it. If the Ameri-
cans were released, then we would, of course, give
a new look at the situation.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the negotiations for the
Dhahran air base has any attempt been made to
get an agreement from. King Saud to discontinue
discrimination against American personnel there?
A. The talks with King Sand's counselors are
going on, and I jjrefer not to comment on the
progress of those talks while they are in progress.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you shed any light on
who the mystery patient in the Kremlin is?
A. No, I am sorry to say that our intelligence
people have not been able to identify him. We
think we know quite a few people who he is not,
but just who he is is much more difficult to say.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to get back to the reporters
in China for a moment, do you believe that any
reports coming out of there from bona fide Ameri-
can correspondents will be inevitably beneficial to
the Chinese Com/mvnists?
• For a statement on the failure of Communist China to
release iinprisoned Americans, see Bulletin of Feb. 18,
1057, p. 2G1.
February 25, 7957
301
A. No, sir. Our policy is in no sense at all dic-
tated by a desire to witliliold from the American
people any information about Communist China.
It is solely dictated by the fact that we do not want
to see the Chinese Communists gain their ends by
the means of holding Americans in jail.
Q. Sir, that being so, and your statement that
you do not think that reports hy hona fide Ameri-
can correspondents, if they were to operate from
China, would he beneficial necessarily to the re-
gime— against that hackground what is the con-
nection then between the State Departmenfs or
the administration'' s policy of banning American
correspondents going to China, — to Communist
China — and the position of the American prison-
ers? I don''t get the bridge between the two.
A. The bridge is one that was built by the Chi-
nese Communists, not by us. There is no neces-
sary connection whatsoever. The Chinese Com-
munists have made the connection. They have
said, in effect, that they want to have certain
American correspondents come to Communist
China and will hold Americans in jail until we
allow them to come. Now that is the situation
we are faced with.
Q. But, Mr. Secretary, surely it is true that this
was the policy before they were holding these
prisoners. We were denied the right to send a
correspondent to China even before the present
situation existed.
A. I am not aware that any correspondents
tried to go to China before that time. It didn't
come to my knowledge. But the connection you
refer to is the connection, not made by us but
made by the Chinese Communists.
Q. Just to pursue it a little further, Mr. Secre-
tary, in that case is it correct, then, to say if some
bona fide American correspondent whom the Chi-
nese have not said that they wanted xcas able to
get permission from Peiping that this would not
necessarily be a contradiction of yovr policy if the
State Department gave him a passport?
A. Well, it is very difficult for me to conceive of
any American correspondent going to Communist
China against the wishes of the Chinese Com-
munist Government.
Q. I am simply raising the point because I am
confiised about your definition of what that cate-
302
gory is of sending certain correspondents that
they would like to have.
A. I thought you put the case of somebody that
they didn't like to have going.
Q. I did, but I —
A. I say that is a case which cannot exist.
Q. I realize that, sir, but I am simply trying to
get at what you think is their definition of cor-
respondents they would like to have come.
A. I don't know how they define whom they
would like to have come. All I do Imow is that
they first tried to use the American fliers that they
held illegally under the armistice as a means of
getting Americans — particularly the families of
the fliers — in. And the first talks that took place
with reference to that matter indicated that they
were prepared to make a deal and that they would
release these fliers if we would drop the ban upon
the families and, for that matter, upon the Ameri-
can correspondents going in. We declined to
make that deal. Finally we got the fliers out.'
They have proposed to make the same deal in es-
sence with reference to the American civilians.
We have so far refused to make that deal. We
have got all of the civilians out except 10. I don't
believe that the bodies of American citizens ought
to be made a subject for that kind of barter. So
long as the Chinese Communists make the connec-
tion, we cannot escape the consequences of that
connection or escape the fact that, if we give in
to it, it puts a premium for all time and at all
places upon seizing and imprisoning Americans
illegally and then bargaining as to the terms upon
which they will be allowed to get out. That kind
of blackmail I don't propose to satisfy.
Q. Mr. Secretary, have they made any recent
representations at Geneva along the lines you pist
mentioned, swapping the 10 American civilians in
prison?
A. No, not directly.
Q. Sir, does this passport apply to correspond-
ents of other nationalities to go to Red China?
Woidd those correspondents be allowed to come
to the United States after they go to China?
A. We are not trying to nm other governments.
'Ibid., June 13, 1955, p. 953, and Aug. 15, 1955, p. 262.
Department of Slate Bulletin
They decide for themselves whether they let their
people go to China.
Q. No, but suppose they then want to come to
the U.S. Is there any objection?
A. None at all.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does the United States plan
any further action against the three correspond-
ents who did go into Red China; I believe they
are all out, although they may not be in this
country.
A. I believe that matter is being studied.
Oil Shipments to Europe
Q. Mr. Secretary, there is a very serious oil
shortage in Europe and this administration has ap-
pealed to the oil industry here, but so far without
success. Some high personages in the adm.inistra-
tion believe that the only thing left is for tJie Pres-
ident to make an appeal. I was xoondering whether
you have been considering to ask the President
to do that.
A. I do not think that the situation is one which,
perhaps, calls for such measures as a Presidential
appeal. It might assume those proportions. On
the whole, the oil has been moving to Europe in
one way or another in quantities which are not as
good as we had hoped but still are pretty substan-
tial. There has been a very considerable increase
in shipment from this coimtry, although not as
much as we had hoped for, largely due to the re-
luctance of the Texas Kailroad Commission to
cooperate. But there has also been a diversion
from the Middle East of oil which normally comes
to the eastern seaboard and an appreciable increase
of shipments from Venezuela. So, from those
combined sources, there has been a very consider-
able measure of absorption of the loss which other-
wise would have occurred. Now the detailed fig-
ures I don't have at my fingertips. You can get
them. I think, from Mr. Flemming's office [Office
of Defense Mobilization]. As I say, they fall
somewhat below what they had hoped for, but not
to a large degree.
Q. Sixty percent of what was expected?
A. That would not check with my figures, if
you take into account the diversions from the Mid-
dle East and Venezuela.
Q. Mr. Secretary, under the administration'' s
proposed resolutions for the Middle East, is it the
administration'' s intention that some of the funds
be used to promote the development of democratic
institutions in the Arab States, and, if so, how can
that be accomplished?
A. Well, the promotion of democratic processes
in other countries is a matter which must always
be primarily the concern to the country itself. It
is not possible for one country to export to another
its particular political and social processes. We
can, largely through example, lead to the spread
of our processes. That was the original concept,
indeed, of the founders of this Government, who
said, as I recall, in the opening paragraph of The
Federalist papers, "It seems to have been reserved
for the American people by their conduct and ex-
ample" to show that free societies can function for
the benefit of mankind. Primarily you have got
to do these things by conduct and example and by
bringing home to the people of other countries
knowledge of what we do and what the results of
it are. It is primarily an educational process. It
is not a result which can be bought or coerced in
any way.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Congressman Lanham and a
score of other Congressmen have asked for a full-
scale investigation of the Japanese cotton-textile
exporting program,^ calling it a nameless arrange-
ment outside the law. Do you have any comment
on this?
A. Well, I take it that it is always competent for
a foreign country, such as Japan, to voluntarily
limit its exports to another comitry. That has
been done repeatedly, and I don't know just what
it means to say it is "outside the law." Of course
it is outside our law, because Japan is outside our
law.
Q. Sir, the Congressmen indicated that the
State Department by cooperating with the Japa-
nese to arrive at this export quota program loas in
effect trying to encroach upon the responsibility of
Congress to set legislation or import quotas —
that it was a loay to get arotind Congress setting
import quotas and the State Department taking
over Congresses prerogatives.
A. We couldn't take over Congress' preroga-
*Ibid., Feb. 11. 1957, p. 218.
February 25, 1957
303
tives. There is no way I know of where the State
Department can stop the Congress from acting.
Middle East
Q. Mr. Secretary, I Relieve it was said that it
was hoped that the Congress will have the Middle
East resolution hy February 1. It will he some
titne after that before the action is taken finally.
I wonder if you think this delay has any weaken-
ing psychological effect.
A. Well, somewhat, but I don't think that it is
at this point serious. I think that there is a recog-
nition everywhere that the matter is being given
active consideration by the Congress, that it is
not practicing dilatory tactics, and I think, as
long as the world has the impression that Con-
gress is moving ahead in an orderly and expedi-
tious way, that it will not have a grave effect. I
think, if it should be felt that there was any fili-
bustering or dilatory tactics being practiced, then
it could seriously affect the situation.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in a final vote Saturday night
in the General Assembly on the Gasa-Aqaia ques-
tion, all the Arab delegations and the Communist
delegations ended 2ip in one camp and we in
another. Do you expect a different result at the
conclusion of the debate on Algeria?
A. Of course, your diagnosis is largely true but
not quite true because also in that same camp were
France, Israel, and the Netherlands, if you are
speaking about the abstentions on the second
resolution ?
Q. Yes., sir.
A. I think and certainly I hope that the debate
on Algeria primarily will be an exchange of views.
I think an exchange of views in these cases is often
very valuable, and one of the roles of the General
Assembly is to be an arena for discussion and de-
bate and exchange of views. I do not laiow
whether it is possible or would be an advantage
to try to arrive at any substantive resolution
which would be voted upon, and perhaps it would
be better and perhaps would help the whole situa-
tion if that was not attempted. These issues are
very complicated, and it is not very easy to put
them in the framework of a resolution.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what is the status of the 1950
Tripartite Agreement? Has it been made invalid
by recent events., or docs it still involve commit-
304
m£nt of the United States, for example, imder
certain circumstances to Britain and France?
A. Well, the United States abides by the policy
declaration that was expressed in the Tripartite
Agreement. I am not sure that the other parties
feel equally bound by it, but it still constitutes an
expression of the United States policy.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do we still consider it a valid
agreement?
A. We still consider it an outstanding state-
ment of United States policy.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the long-projected state visit
of Marshal Tito has been '■'■on again, off again'''' for
the past few weeks. Com you tell us whether there
has been any nexo development and how it stands
at the moment?
A. Well, it has never been "on" in tlie sense
that perhaps that word would be normally under-
stood, in the sense tliat there was an agreed date
for a visit. As I said, I think, in my last press
conference here with you — tliat is, last December,
I think ° — the United States Government does
think that it would be useful if there were an ex-
change of views between President Eisenhower
and President Tito, and there have been conversa-
tions which were looking toward a firming up of
that viewpoint and the fixing of a definite date.
No date has been fixed, but the general point of
view continues as I expressed it.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I donH think you have pub-
licly expressed your view on the latest version of\
the Bricker amendment. Can you tell us tchether
it is any more acceptable to the administration?
A. It is being studied, I know, by the Attorney
General, and the views of the State Department
have been sought. As far as I am aware, therei
has been no final conclusion reached, but my gen-
eral impression is that it is not a resolution which
conforms with what the President lias said as to
the conditions that lie would attach to supporting
an amendment. As I recall, he said that he would
not do so if it did more than clarify what he
understood the law now to be and did not subtract
from the traditional powers of the President in
relation to the conduct of foreign affairs. Now
my impression is that this does not fit into the
framework of the President's statement in that
' Ihid., Jan. 7, 1957, p. 3.
Deparlmenf of Sfate Bulletin
respect, but, as I say, I have not yet seen the final
study made by the Department of Justice.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you consider India in
violation of the United Nations for its stand on
the Kashmir?
A. No, I would not say that there is yet viola-
tion, and we hope that there will not be.
Q. Mr. Secretary., the President and various
other individuals have commented on the very hit-
ter and personal attacks made against you in Con-
gress. What is your comment on these comments,
sir, that you were to ilame for the Middle East
crisis?
A. Well, let me say, first, that I don't think that
there have been any "bitter" attacks on me.
There have been some speeches that were remi-
niscent of the recent campaign, but even those
were not any more bitter than is traditional in
American politics. I feel that the position which
the United States took in this matter has been an
honorable position and a sound position and one
that will be justified by the verdict of history.
We complied with what we believed to be a very
basic and fundamental principle if there is to be
world order — namely, that force should not be
used against the territorial integrity or political
independence of any state other than as is author-
ized by the charter of the United Nations. That
authorizes the use of armed forces only in defense
against an armed attack.
Now, it is not easy to apply these principles
where they seem to be broken by your friends. It
is very easy to apply them as against those who
are hostile. It is much harder to apply them
where the breach seems to be committed by those
who are your friends. But if you are going to
have a world where law and order and justice
prevail, there must, as President Eisenhower said,
be one rule which applies to all.
I think the decision which the United States
took last November was perhaps the most difficult
decision that we ever had to take, but I think it
may also prove to be in the long nui the most
historically important decision that we have had
to take in recent times.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I am, a Utile confused about
what you said about neiosmen in Red China. A
couple of years ago, Doris Fleeson and I [May
Craig] asked permission to go. Mr. Suydam,
after a lapse of 2 weeks, said, that the State De-
partment position was that no American corre-
spondent should go becaiise we do not have rela-
tions with them and our Goveininent could not
protect us. He said that only one other corre-
spondent, Joe A /sop, had asked, and that it had
been denied on that ground. Well, now, with or
without the release of prisoners, the ground would
still be that you couldn't protect v,s there unless
you recognized them?
A. Well, thei'e is a problem which would al-
ways exist about the issuance of a passport valid
for Communist China, and I do not think under
any circumstances that so long as the present state
of at least semiwar prevails, and we do not recog-
nize that regime, that we would issue a passport
valid for Communist China. Now, then, you get
into all sorts of refinements, however, as to
whether or not a correspondent wishes to go with-
out claiming any protection from the United
States Government. Now, I don't know whether
that was involved in your case or not. But the
issuance of passports to a regime which is not
recognized is something whicli is never done.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what prospect is there for a
meeting in the predictable future atrwng the lead-
ers of the United States, Britain, and France,
either on a tripartite basis or bilaterally?
A. There has been no discussion, as far as I
am aware, of any tripartite meeting. It would
be normal that in due course there would be bi-
lateral meetings between the head of the British
Government and President Eisenhower and also
between the head of the French Government and
President Eisenhower. Nothing definite in those
respects has been fixed at the present time, but it
would be normal if that came about sometime or
other in the not-too-distant future.
Q. Would you expect them to be held in Wash-
ington, these meetings?
A. Well, it is not advanced far enough yet so
that I could say where they would be held.
Compliance With U.N. Resolutions
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said earlier that you had
good ground to hope that Israel would comply
with the resolution. Could you elaborate on this,
as to why you had these hopes?
A. Well, I have those hopes because Israel is a
country which, like most of the free nations of the
February 25, T957
305
world, has what we call in our Declaration of
Independence "a decent respect to the opinions of
mankind," and I would think that a country like
Israel, which naturally has that respect and which
also depends very largely for its continued exist-
ence upon the good will of many other nations,
would pay a respect to the overwhelming verdict
of the world community as expressed in the United
Nations General Assembly. After all, you had a
vote there with only two negatives — that of Israel
itself and of France — and that is a pretty impres-
sive thing. I am not basing myself on any special
inside information as to what Israel would do
but merely on the fact that I would think a coun-
try which has the traditions of Israel, the demo-
cratic instincts of Israel, which is itself the cre-
ation of the United Nations, would have a decent
respect for such an overwhelming verdict of the
United Nations as was expressed last Saturday
night.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on that point, would you ap-
ply the same reasoning to Egypt in the light of
Egypt defying the United Nations on the free
passage of Israeli ships through the Sv£z Canal?
A. I would think that Egypt could also be ex-
pected to respect the verdict or the voice of the
United Nations General Assembly. Of course,
that matter has never been in any concrete form
before the General Assembly. There was this
verdict or decision by the Security Council in 1951,
but no efforts were made at that time to put any
strong moral support behind that decision of the
Security Council, and it was allowed more or less
to go by default. But I think that tliere is a
greater recognition now, perhaps, than there was
then, of the necessity of a general compliance with
the armistice and a hope that there will come a
period of tranquillity, if not formalized peace, to
that area. I would expect that the strong present
desire, which I sense in the nations of the world,
to see that come about would also have an influence
on Egypt.
Q. Mr. Secretary, referring to your question or
to your answer on Kashmir, do you feel that fur-
ther action could be taken by the U.N. General
Assembly toward the carrying cut of a plebiscite
there?
A. Well, we continue to believe that, unless the
parties are able to agree upon some other solution,
the solution which was recommended by the Se-
curity Council should prevail, which is that there
should be a plebiscite.
Q. Mr. Secretary, from your answer to an ear-
lier question, can we assume that you have no pres-
ent plana now to resign or retire?
A. I have no present plans now to resign or
retire.
Q. Mr. Secretary, xuhile you were under the con-
gressional barrage last week, the President told
us that you had a wisdom and knowledge perhaps
unmatched in the world today. Would you like
to tell us how that made you feel at a time like
that?
A. Well, it makes you feel pretty good when a
person with the wisdom and experience of Presi-
dent Eisenliower says a thing like that about you.
It makes your heart warm.
Euratom Committee Proposes
Fuel Program for Europe
Following is the text of a statement issu£d by
the White House on February 6 following a con-
ference between President Eisenhower and Louis
Armand, Franz Etzel, and Francesco Giordani,
representing the countries negotiating a treaty
establishing a European atomic energy commu-
nity, together with a communique issued on Febru-
ary 8 at the conclusion of the committee''s visit to
Washington.^
WHITE HOUSE STATEMENT >
The group reviewed the main items of their
proposal for the construction of nuclear power
plants. They stressed that a large-scale program
for the industrial application of nuclear power
carried out within an integrated European com-
munity would provide new opportunities for sig-
nificant cooperation between the United States
and Europe in the spirit of the President's atoms-
for-peace program.
The President reiterated liis strong and con-
tinuing support for European integration. He
' For background, see Bulletin of .Tan. 7, 1057, p. 29,
and Feb. IS, ^!1.^7, p. 250.
' Read to correspondents on Feb. 6 by Acting Press Sec-
retary lilurray Snyder.
306
Department of State Bulletin
expressed his hope that the creation of a European
atomic ener<i;y community would pemiit the de-
velopment of a fruitful partnei'ship with the
United States, to the benefit of the entire free
world.
TEXT OF COMMUNIQUE 3
1. A Committee appointed by the Governments
of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxem-
bourg, and the Netherlands which are negotiating
at Brussels the treaty for a European atomic en-
ergy community (Euratom) concluded today its
official visit in Washington. The Committee,
composed of Mr. Louis Armand, Mr. Franz Etzel
and Professor Francesco Giordani, called on
President Eisenhower, the Secretary of State, and
the Chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission, and held discussions with officials of the
Department of State and the Commission.
2. The Committee's task is to determine the ex-
tent to wliich atomic power can meet Europe's
growing energy needs. The availability and cost
of energy has become a limiting factor on the
growth of Europe's economic strength and wel-
fare. The Committee's review of the needs and
possibilities has led it to adopt as an objective the
stabilization of fuel imports early in the 19G0's.
To meet this target would require that nuclear
power plants with a total generating capacity of
15,000,000 KW be installed within the next ten
years.
3. Examination of the Committee's program in-
dicates that its objective is feasible. Under
present circumstances, the availability of nuclear
fuels is not considered to be a limiting factor. A
joint group of experts to be designated by the
Committee and the Atomic Energy Commission
will continue to examine the teclinical problems
posed by the Committee's objective.
4. The Committee pointed out that the Atomic
Energy Community (Eukatom) which will result
from the present Brussels negotiations provides
the framework and the stimulus required to real-
ize the Committee's objective. It would mobilize
in Europe the technical and industrial resources
required and would provide a political entity com-
petent to aiford adequate safeguards and to enter
into comprehensive and i)ractical engagements
with the U.S. Government.
5. The U.S. Government welcomes the initiative
taken in the Committee's proposal for a bold and
imaginative application of nuclear energy. On
February 22, 1956, President Eisenhower in an-
nouncing the allocation of 20,000 kilograms of
U-235 for sale or lease outside the U.S. for peace-
ful purposes (principally power and research re-
actors) stated, "Significant actions are imder way
to create an international agency and an inte-
grated community for Western Europe to develop
peaceful uses of atomic energy. The United
States welcomes this progress and will cooperate
with such agencies when they come into ex-
istence." * The United States anticipates active
association in the achievement of the Committee's
objective, and foresees a fruitful two-way ex-
change of experience and technical development,
opening a new area for mutually beneficial action
on both the governmental and the industrial level
and reinforcing solidarity within Europe and
across the Atlantic.
Soviet Expulsion of U.S. Attaches
Statement iy Lincoln White
Acting Chief, News Division ^
The Department has just been notified that the
Soviet Government has ordered the expulsion of
two American Assistant Naval Attaches, Capt.
Paul E. Uffelman, USMC, and Lt. William S.
Lewis, USN. These officers have been falsely ac-
cused by the Soviet Government of engaging in
spying activities. This expulsion order closely
follows an elaborately staged "press conference"
in Moscow yesterday by the Soviet Ministry of
Foreign Affairs, at which four Soviet citizens were
falsely presented as U.S. spies and a whole series
of earlier charges of so-called U.S. spying activi-
ties going back over the whole postwar period were
again brought forth.
Only 8 days have passed since the Soviet Gov-
ernment ordered the expulsion of two U.S. As-
sistant Military Attaches on equally spurious es-
'^ Issued on Feb. 8 (press release 58) by the Depart-
ment of State, the Chairman of the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission, and the EURATOJI Committee.
* BtjLLETiN of Mar. 19, 195G, p. 469.
' Made to correspondents on Feb. 7.
February 25, 1957
307
pionage charges. This, you will recall, was Jan-
uary 30 and the attaches were Maj. Hubert E.
Tansey and Capt. Charles W. Stockell.
The revival of old propaganda charges and the
fabrication of new incidents by the Soviet Govern-
ment apparently is timed to provide material in
an effort to support the Soviets' false claims of
U.S. interference in the internal affairs of the
countries of Eastern Europe. These charges,
moreover, derive from the understandably ex-
treme sensitivity of the Soviet Government to the
overwhelming U.N. condemnation of Soviet ag-
gression in Hungary.
The expulsion of the four American military
officers on false charges can be presumed to be in
retaliation against revelations of actual Soviet
espionage activities in the United States. During
the past year, a number of Soviet officials have been
expelled from the United States for improper ac-
tivities. As you all recall, recently three U.S.
citizens were indicted in New York for participa-
tion in Soviet espionage activities.
Now, as regards the two American Assistant
Naval Attaches, namely Lieutenant Lewis and
Captain Uffelman. They were physically as-
saulted on a Ijcningrad street recently (January
26) by a group of persons dressed in civilian
clothes. A Soviet militiaman stood by during the
assault. Only when these persons had seized
Lieutenant Lewis' camera did the militiaman in-
tervene, taking the camera from the civilians.
Notwithstanding the fact that the American offi-
cers presented their diplomatic cards, the militia-
man refused to return Lieutenant Lewis' camera,
which he had been carrying in an open area as
permitted by Soviet law.
The American officers were oi'dered to enter a
police station imder threat of force after they had
fully identified themselves and informed the mili-
tia that they considered themselves to have been
arrested. After statements were taken from "wit-
nesses," the American officers were permitted to
depart.
Incidentally, I am told that, of the four alleged
spies produced in Moscow yesterday, three have
been previously produced on previous occasions
making virtually the same allegations.
Visit of King Saud of Saudi Arabia
Follotmng is the text of a joint comTnunique is-
sued on February 8 following the discussions held
hy King Saud and President Eisenhower during
the former's state visit to Washington, together
with greetings exchanged on King Saud''s arrival
on January 30 and a list of his official party.
TEXT OF COMMUNIQUE
White House press release dated February 8
His Majesty Saud ibn Abd al-Aziz Al-Saud,
King of Saudi Arabia, and President Eisenhower
today concluded the series of discussions which
they have held during King Saud's state visit.
His Majesty and the President met previously on
January 30 and February 1. Their discussions
have been supplemented during the past week by
further meetings between His Majesty and his ad-
visers with the Secretary of State and other
American officials.
These meetings provided the opportunity to re-
affirm the close friendship which has so long ex-
isted between Saudi Arabia and the United States.
In an atmosphere of cordiality, the King and the
President exchanged views on how the two nations
might work together to strengthen the peace of the
Middle East.
The two Heads of State reached full agreement
on the following :
1. Saudi Arabia, by virtue of its spiritual, geo-
graphical, and economic position, is of vital im-
portance in the Middle East. It is in the interests
of world peace that this Kingdom be strengthened
for the maintenance of its own stability and the
safeguarding and progressive development of its
institutions.
2. The two Governments will exert efforts to
settle justly problems of the Middle East area by
peaceful and legitimate means within the frame-
work of the United Nations Charter. They assert
308
Department of State Bulletin
their firm opposition to the use of force from any
source as a means of settling international
disputes.
;5. The aim of the peoples of the area is to main-
tain their full independence, live in peace, and en-
joy economic freedom and prosperity. Any ag-
gression against the political independence or ter-
ritorial integrity of these nations and the interven-
tion from any source in the affairs of the states of
the area would be considered endangering peace
and stability. Such actions should be opposed in
accordance with the purposes and principles of the
United Nations.
4. His Majesty indicated his purpose to con-
tinue close cooperation with the United States and
carried the expressed wishes of other Arab leaders
to unprove their relations with the United States.
President Eisenhower explained the purposes of
his proposals to Congress in relation to the INIiddle
East, pointing out that they. were designed to sup-
plement the univereal non-aggression principles
expressed in the Charter of the United Nations
and to promote the independence and proper as-
pirations of the Arab peoples. King Saud re-
ceived with satisfaction this exposition and as-
sured President Eisenhower that he welcomed
every step that promotes the United Nations prin-
ciples respecting independence and sovereignty of
states and self-determination of peoples.
5. With respect to the military defense of Saudi
Arabia, including the Dhahran Airfield, President
Eisenhower assured His Majesty King Saud of
the willingness of the United States to provide
assistance for the strengthening of the Saudi
Arabian armed forces within the constitutional
processes of the United States. To this end, plans
are being made by representatives of both coun-
tries for the supply of military equipment, serv-
ices and training, for the purposes of defense and
the maintenance of internal security in the King-
dom. In the same spirit. His Majesty King Saud
assured President Eisenhower of His Majesty's
intention that the United States continue for an-
other five years to use the facilities accorded to it
at the Dhahran Airfield under conditions provided
for in the Agreement concluded between the two
countries on June 18, 1951. The United States
agreed to consider the provision of economic fa-
cilities that would serve to augment the combined
aims and interests of the two countries.
6. The two Chiefs of State exchanged views on
a nimiber of other matters of common interest.
February 25, 1957
416423—57 3
EXCHANGE OF GREETINGS AT AIRPORT
White House press release dated January 30
The President:
Your Majesty, on behalf of the American people,
I welcome you to this country. "We recognize in
you both a leader of the Arabian people and a
custodian of those cities most sacred to Islam. It
is an honor to have you here.
We were fortunate, in the United States, in
calling your late father. His Majesty King Saud,
our friend.
We are equally fortunate in calling you our
friend. And I look forward with great expecta-
tion to the conversations we shall have here of
problems important to both our countries because
we value your friendship and we believe out of
these conversations should come results to
strengthen and reaffirm the friendships that we
have with your country.
King Saud: (through Interpreter)
I have the great pleasure to extend to Your
Excellency and to the American people my deep
gratitude and appreciation of this warm welcome.
I am indeed happy to respond to Your Excel-
lency's call to renew and to consolidate the tra-
ditional friendship between our peoples, the foun-
dations of which were laid down by my late
father.
On behalf of my people, I wish to assure Your
Excellency of our desire to establish our relation-
ship with the American people on the basis of
amity and mutual interest. I look forward to
tliis opportunity provided to me by my visit to
undertake with Your Excellency and your Gov-
ernment a discussion characterized by the same
degree of complete frankness as indicated by
Your Excellency.
May God the Almighty bestow upon us wisdom
and sagacity and guide us all toward universal
peace and goodwill.
MEMBERS OF OFFICIAL PARTY
The Department of State announced on Janu-
ary 25 (press release 39) the members of the offi-
cial party accompanying King Saud on his visit
to Washington. They are as follows:
309
Prince Muhammad ibn Saud Al-Kabir, cousin of the King
Prince Musaad ibn Abd al-Rahman, Chief of Royal Diwan
of Complaints
Prince Fahd ibn Saud, Minister of Defense
Prince Muhammad ibn Saud, son of the King
Prince Mashhur ibn Saud, son of the King
Prince Muhammad ibn Turki, cousin of the King
Shaikh Abdullah Al-Khayyal, Ambassador of Saudi
Arabia to the United States
Shaikh Tusuf Yasin, Royal Counselor and Deputy Foreign
Minister
Khalid Bey Abu Al-Walid, Royal Counselor
Shaikh Muhammad Surur, Royal Counselor and Minister
of Finance
Jamal Bey Al-Hussaini, Royal Counselor
Abd al-Rahman Azzam, Legal Adviser
Shaikh Abdullah Al-Sadun, Tribal Leader of Mutair
Maj. Gen. Ibrahim Al-Tassan, Acting Chief of Staff and
Director General of Civil Aviation
Abd al-Munim Mustafa, Legal Adviser
Shaikh Muhammad Ibn Dughaither, Chief of Royal
Diwan (Telegraphic Bureau)
Abdullah Balkhair, Director General of Press, Broadcast-
ing, and Publications
George Wadsworth, American Ambassador to Saudi
Arabia
Victor Purse, Acting Chief of Protocol, Department of
State
Brig. Gen. Dale O. Smith, USAF, American Aide to the
King
Clement E. Conger, Assistant Chief of Protocol, Depart-
ment of State
Joseph W. Reap, Press OfiBcer, Department of State
Mexico: Cooperation and Progress
hy Roy R. Rubottom, Jr.
Assistant Secretary for Inter- American Affairs'^
One look at the map will tell you why Mexico
will always be of prime importance to us and why
the United States will always be of prime im-
portance to Mexico. The facts of geography are
inescapable ; and here the compelling fact is 1,935
miles of common frontier. There has to be con-
tinuous community of interest where there is
such a long line of permanent contact. That
border has helped shape the history of our two
coimtries and the psychology of our peoples.
However, history as well as geography makes
Mexico and the Unitad States continuously im-
portant to each other. This is due in part to the
historic circumstance of our parallel development
as nations. First, in both cases, was the European
settlement in a new world of colonies wliich were
to achieve their independence and choose their
own destinies as constitutional democracies.
Along with our mutual growth as republics, our
economic, diplomatic, and cultural relations with
each other have been progressively extended and
intensified. Increasing cooperation along and
across the border has been symbolized in recent
years by the interchange of visits between our
' Address made at Michigan State University, East Lan-
sing, Mich., on Feb. 2 (press release 47 dated Jan. 31).
Chiefs of State : Presidents Roosevelt and Avila
Camacho ; Presidents Truman and Aleman ; more
recently, Presidents Eisenhower and Euiz Corti-
nes.
Mexico is the second largest Spanish-speaking
country in the world and is the fourth largest of
the American Republics, exceeded in area only by
Brazil, Argentina, and the United States. With
a population of around 31 million, it is also the
third American Republic in population.
Size, strategic location, progressiveness, and a
wealth of resources, both material and cultural,
have given Mexico international stature and sig-
nificance. In the Organization of American
States, composed of the 21 Republics of this hem-
isphere, and in the United Nations, the voice of
Mexico is heard often and eloquently in behalf of
the free world. In this connection, let me recall
that the Mexican flag mider wliich the Mexican
aviators fought in the South Pacific in World
War II now stands in the Court of Heroic Flags
in the liistoric Castle of Chapultepec. In keeping
with this tradition of supporting the free world,
more than 200,000 Mexican workers on December
13, 1956, the day of the Virgin of Guadalupe,
prayed for the liberation of Hungary.
310
Department of State Bulletin
I should like to recall also a story — which is
not told nearly often enough — about successfid
Mexican-United States cooperation in repelling
aggression against the hemisphere. It happened
almost a century ago. The course of history, not
only our history and Mexico's but that of the
world, might have been changed if Mexican states-
manship and United States statesmanship had
not then imited to keep the hemisphere free.
The year was 1864, the season early spring,
and freedom was tlu-eatened on many fronts. In
our own country, terribly torn by civil war, Gen-
eral Grant was hurriedly reorganizing his armies.
In Paris, Napoleon III was making no secret of
his project of a Mexican empire for Maximilian.
In London, Maximilian was being received incog-
nito by Queen Victoria. In Mexico, the young
nation was confronted by European determination
to end its independence.
Our Secretary of State was William H. Seward.
He was faced by this threat of European mo-
narchial aggression against Mexico while we our-
selves were tragically involved in fratricidal war
at home. The Secretary carried out his officially
neutral role as between Mexico and France, even
while Napoleon III was telling the world about
the potentialities of Maxunilian's forthcoming
empire. It was an hour of crisis when Mexico
and the United States had to plan and to act
together. To frustrate that last attempt by a
European power at establisliing an empire in this
hemisphere was the joint objective of Seward and
the youthful Mexican Mmister to the United
States, Matias Romero. In this they had the
tremendous support of public opinion. At a din-
ner at Delmonico's in New York held by influen-
tial private citizens in support of the Mexican posi-
tion, William E. Dodge, Jr., declared that "when
our own civil war shall be over, there will not be
a city, nor a town, nor a village which will not
immediately arm a company of soldiers to fly to
the aid of our sister republic, now making so
glorious a fight."
Eomero responded with deep emotion that
while, true enough, Mexicans had once believed
the United States was chiefly concerned with en-
larging its own territorial areas, now a new era
had dawned. "Our common interest, political as
well as commercial," he said, "will give us a com-
mon continental policy which no European nation
would dare disregard." The relation of how Ro-
mero and Seward worked tirelessly and effectively
together is a fundamental hemisphere document.
Seward described their success as "creation of
mutual moral alliance to the end that all external
aggression may be prevented throughout the whole
continent."
Suggestions have been made from time to time
that in the Wstorical series of United States
postage stamps one group should be devoted to
Latin American and United States citizens who
have worked together in close inter-American
solidarity. When such a series is designed, I hope
that, along with the collaboration of Bolivar and
Henry Clay, the mutual contributions to educa-
tional progress of Sarmiento and Horace Mann,
the association in New York of Marti and Dana,
there will be a portrayal also of this memorable,
fundamental defense of hemisphere freedom by
the brilliant young Mexican diplomat and our
farseeing, hard-pressed Secretary of State.
Of course, in referring to United States-Mexi-
can relations, we in all honesty should consider
the totality of our relationships. If we could
draw up a balance sheet, the credit side of the
ledger would show a tremendous advantage over
the debit side. However, the very existence of
a debit side, of a negative aspect of our relations,
of problems unsolved, if you please, constitutes
the greatest challenge to wholehearted coopera-
tion which our two countries can have. We both
need to work unceasingly to solve those problems
that still confront us, to add to that enormous
depository of good will which already has made
a model of our neighborly relationships.
Economic Relations
To examine in some detail the economic side of
our relations with Mexico, I might go back to the
early days of World War II. In 1941 the United
States agreed to lend Mexico $40 million for high-
way construction, including completion of the
Mexican section of the Inter- American Highway,
as well as for building and expanding factories
for steel. A later loan was for other strategic ma-
terials needed in the war effort. As one of the
Allied forces in World War II, Mexico made in-
valuable contributions of such materials.
The Mexican-American Commission for Eco-
nomic Cooperation was established in 1943. It
strengthened our cooperation in World War II
and was a strong factor in the hemisphere's suc-
cessful resistance to aggression.
In recent years constructive economic coopera-
February 25, J 957
311
tion with Mexico has increased progi'essively.
For instance, there are the series of loans made by
the Export-Import Bank for a wide variety of
purposes, incUiding railroad rehabilitation and
construction ; development and expansion of steel,
sugar, sulphur, and mining industries; and elec-
trification. During the past 7 years these Export-
Import Bank loans to Mexico total $231,766,000.
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development has also granted loans to Mexico of
$141 million during the same period "for power
development and railroad rehabilitation." These
figures attest to Mexico's excellent credit standing.
Foreign investment in Mexico advanced stead-
ily last year over the 1955 total of $112 million.
United States investors made up more than 70
percent of the total. Among new United States
industrial enterprises in 1956 were the Ealston
Premium factory for cattle feed in Queretaro and
the John Deere plant in Nuevo Leon for manu-
facturing and assembling ti-actors and farm
implements.
Comer CIO Intemacional^ official organ of the
National Association of Importers and Exporters
of Mexico, recently published a summary of
United States business enterprises now operating
in that country. One interesting fact brought to
light is that, out of 46 such enterprises, half were
owned jointly by Mexican and United States citi-
zens, the Mexicans in several cases holding the
controlling interest. Furthermore, 22 of the com-
panies consistently reinvest 100 percent of their
net profits in Mexico, and an additional 9 reinvest
in Mexico more than half the net profits. The
survey concluded that the average Mexican citizen
receives the following benefits from United States
private investment in Mexico :
1. Employment opportunities. Of the 53,000
workers in the 46 enterprises, 52,200 are Mexicans.
2. Opportunities for high-level executive ex-
perience. Of the 978 executive and managerial
positions in these companies, 746 are occupied by
Mexicans. In some, Mexicans hold all the top
jobs.
3. Good wages.
4. Excellent technical training. The survey re-
ports that through these companies "there is
evolving in Mexico a skilled labor force which is
already the equal of any other in Latin America
and superior to most."
5. Availability of up-to-date United States
technology, along with discoveries and improve-
ments worked out in research laboratories of in-
dustries with Mexican plants.
At the present time, direct United States in-
vestments in Mexico exceed $600 million. After
Governor G. Mennen Williams' recent visit to
Latin America, he pointed out that "some United
States businessmen are serving as ambassadors of
good will while making a good profit. They are
providing much-needed technical know-how and
helping to build solid and democratic States."
As regards our total trade, Mexico is both one
of our indispensable sources of supply and one of
our best customers — our largest customer in Latin
America, in fact, and our third largest in the
world. In 1956 Mexico bought approximately
$804 million of United States products, 15 percent
more than in 1955.
Fifty percent of Mexican exports are sent to
the United States ; 80 percent of Mexican imports
come from the United States. Imports — largely
investment goods for industrial and agricultural
development projects — were somewhat in excess
of exports during 1956. (The figures, from Jan-
uary through September, were : exports, $620 mil-
lion; imports, $789 million.) However, this
deficit was more than oifset by a number of fac-
tors: increased private investment, both domestic
and foreign ; large tourist receipts ; gold and silver
production; and remittances from short-term
agricultural laborers in the United States. As re-
gards the last categoi-y, the agricultural laborers,
it is my information that at the peak period last
August, right here in Michigan, which is a long
way from the Mexican border, you had some
10,500 of these Mexican workers helping to har-
vest your sugar beets and raw crops and to pick
your cherries.
At the end of December 1955, Mexican gold and
dollar reserves amounted to $410 million. At the
end of 1956, Mexico's foreign-exchange reserves
were around $460 million, according to the Mexi-
can Finance Minister.
In his recent end-of-the-year message to the
nation, President Ruiz Cortines provided an ac-
celerated program for Mexico in 1957.
"We can see what 25 years of internal peace
have achieved," he said, and forecast a great pub-
lic works program for (he current year: intensifi-
cation of road building; irrigation in agricultural
zones; construction of schools, hospitals, and
312
Department of State Bulletin
grain elevators — these last to expand production
by airordintj mucli-needed storage facilities.
The country's present economic condition justi-
fies the Mexican Government's optimistic fore-
casts for the pi-esent year. There have been 3 suc-
cessive years of good harvests, in spite of drought
in some areas. Mineral, agricultural, and in-
dustrial production has been rising steadily.
Mexico's gross national production in 1956 reached
approximately 100 billion pesos ($8 billion), an
increase of 10 percent over the 1955 gross of 84
billion pesos ($6.7 billion).
The Mexican Government's optimism is re-
flected in the generally buoyant attitude of the
Mexican people regarding their economic future.
Both Government and people have contributed
to the imjiroved status by exercising intelligence
and self -discipline. For example, Mexico is not
sitting back to enjoy present prosperity but using
the gains to increase national productive capacity.
Inflationary tendencies, not long since a serious
menace, appear to be under control.
There are some long-range problems, such as the
shortage of new arable lands that can be brought
into production by irrigation. However, the
Mexican Govermnent and people have proved
their ability to cope successfully with such diffi-
culties.
"People to People" Contacts
It may suqjrise you to hear that some 35,000
United States citizens make their home in Mexico.
Similarly, thousands of Mexican citizens reside
in this country. Nor should we forget that many
families, especially in California, Florida, Loui-
siana, and the States along the Eio Grande are of
Mexican ancesti'y and keep in touch with their
Mexican relatives. Valuable "people to people"
contacts are maintained also through the half-mil-
lion or more United States citizens who visit
Mexico annually, crossing the border every month
of the year in friendly multitudes. They come
home with increased understanding and admira-
tion for that hospitable land and its people, to
whose economy they add by spending there some
$250 million a year.
No less important is a parallel flow of Mexican
citizens to the United States. In fact, their niun-
ber is even greater, since, in addition to the
thousands of Mexicans who come to this country
as tourists and for professional and business rea-
sons, numerous agricultural laborers arrive to
work under temporary contracts. In this group
of workers alone, more than 400,000 came during
1956. Let me say in this connection that the dif-
ficult problems arising from illegal entry of many
such workers are being satisfactorily resolved by
both Governments.
An extremely important category in this large-
scale exchange of persons, to employ awkward but
useful official terminology, is that of imiversity
students. Hundreds of young Mexicans are
studying in United States colleges and imi-
versities — many of them, as you are well aware,
have come to East Lansing and Ann Arbor — and
hundreds of our own young people, especially
under the GI Bill of Rights, have been enrolled
in Mexican institutions of learning. As a matter
of record, an exchange of notes between our two
Governments in 1949 established the United
States-Mexican Cultural Commission. In the
words of our Ambassador, the primary purpose
is "to create even better understanding between
the United States and Mexico . . . through the
free interchanges of ideas, knowledge, and infor-
mation about each other's way of living and
thinking."
That cultural agreement with Mexico was the
first which the United States had ever signed
with any comitry. There was an especial fitness
that it should have been with our neighbor,
Mexico. The firet printing press in this hemi-
sphere was at Mexico City, which published the
first book in 1537. A school with more than a
thousand students had been established 15 years
earlier; and in 1553 the University of Mexico —
now housed in one of the most modem and beau-
tiful physical plants in the world — was officially
opened. In his scholarly and delightful work
titled Books of the Brave, Dr. Irving A. Leonard, a
distinguished member of the faculty of the Uni-
versity of Michigan, tells us that by 1605, when
the first edition of Don Quixote appeared, Span-
ish books were arriving regularly at Mexico in
considerable quantities and there were several
sizable private libraries. One of these included,
in addition to a wide assortment of literary,
theological, and scientific works, numerous maps,
woodcuts, drawings, and astrolabes and other
scientific instruments.
Our own unofficial cultural relations with Mex-
ico began in colonial times. Benjamin Franklin
February 25, 1957
313
took a special interest in encouraging inter-
American scientific contacts, and Latin American
scientists showed responsive enthusiasm. In 1789
and 1790 the Mexican astronomer Jose Alzate
wrote extensive commentaries on Franklin's ex-
periments with electricity and translated material
by Franklin on optics, rays, and waves. An early
New York scientist. Dr. Samuel Latham Mitchill,
who worked cooperatively with Mexicans in his
field, said of Mexico that its public spirit had
been "manifested in the endowments of learned
institutions and in the encouragement of scientific
man to an extent of which no parallel exists in
our state of society." In keeping with this cordial
recognition, Mexican friends of science made var-
ious important contributions of books and min-
eral specimens to the American Philosopliical
Society, which Benjamin Franklin had founded
and zealously cherished.
Ever since, as I have indicated already, United
States-Mexican cooperation has been operating at
many levels and through innumerable media, both
public and private. Take, for example, the diver-
sified agricultural program inaugurated in Mexico
in 1943 by the Rockefeller Foundation. It in-
cludes research into the production of wheat,
beans, potatoes, truck crops, sorghum, soy beans,
grasses, poultry, and, most important of all, that
basic Mexican crop — corn. Under this program
corn production has been increasing steadily for
the past decade. The main food crop in Mexico
since the time of the Aztecs has been corn, and
that country is now able to meet the needs of her
own increasing population.
The story of the Mexican-American Commission
for the Eradication of Foot-and-Mouth Disease
demonstrates the great, even tragic, difficulties
which cooperation sometimes involves. The Com-
mission in 1947 undertook the vital task of elimi-
nating all cattle with foot-and-mouth disease in
Mexican ranchlands, and of vaccinating the rest.
The project met with opposition — sometimes ex-
tremely violent — from country people who re-
garded its personnel merely as hostile "cow-
killers."
On most small Mexican farms in a large part of
the infected area, farm draft power was furnished
by oxen. Killing the cattle, including the oxen,
on these farms paralyzed virtually all farm pro-
duction. Furthermore, cattle provide the princi-
pal source of income from large areas of rough,
mountainous farmland in Mexico. Finally, the
Joint Commission was forced to develop a method
of eradication of foot-and-mouth disease by in-
oculating susceptible animals — cattle, sheep, goats,
and hogs — every 4 or 5 months until no
further infection appeared. But no more ex-
posed animals were slaughtered. In some areas
efforts to carry out the campaign had met with
armed resistance, which made the final success all
the more remarkable. That success was achieved
by the joint labor of both Governments, and, in
particular, by the devotion of the Commission
personnel, Mexican and United States, during 5
years of working shoulder to shoulder under try-
ing and difficult conditions.
Falcon Dam
A unique and enduring monument to Mexican-
United States cooperation and friendship is the
mighty Falcon Dam. Planned, constructed, and
built by the two Governments on the Rio Grande,
75 miles downstream from Laredo, there has been
no other intergovernmental project in history
quite like it. As President Eisenhower said in
his dedicatory address October 19, 1953:
More thau a mute monument to the ingenuity of engi-
neers, this FalcOn Dam is living testimony to the under-
standing and the cooperation liinding our two peo-
ples. . . .
This work is one of the most dramatic achievements of
the International Boundary and Water Commission,
which conceived and executed its construction. ... It
has given the world a lesson in the way neighbor na-
tions . . . should live : in peace, in mutual respect, in
common prosi)erity.^
And President Ruiz Cortines said in response :
Thousands of families on these lands scorched by the
droughts of centuries will see the fruit of their labors
multiplied. Electric power will replace mu.sele power.
The lifegiving and indispensable waters, now under con-
trol, will make the sown lipids fertile. Falc6n Dam sym-
bolizes in a most special way the desire of our two coun-
tries to unite their efforts in this sphere of cooperation
which their neighborhood makes imperative : to facili-
tate— and, if possible, to accelerate — the forward march
of social and economic progress.
Mexico is opening many new cliannels of com-
munication through its great roadbuilding pro-
gram. I have already referred to the Inter-
American Highway, wliicli, as you know, will be
■'BuLijjTiN of Nov. 2, 1!).">."?, p. .">79.
314
Department of State Bulletin
completed soon. The Mexican section, 1,601 miles
long, extending from Texas to Guatemala, effi-
ciently built, paid for, and maintained by Mexico,
was inaugurated in 1950. Present road construc-
tion responds to the rapid increase in population.
The Mexican rate, between 2i/2 and 3 percent an-
nually, is one of the highest in the world and
makes necessary a corresponding increase in means
of communication. Among the more important
of these is the new north-south route from Piedra
Negras, just across the river from Eagle Pass,
Texas, to Mexico City, which is due for completion
this year.
Last September Mexico inaugurated a multi-
million dollar, 5-year campaign to wipe out ma-
laria, which in some regions of the country has
been practically endemic for generations. While
some 700,000 dwellings receive residual spraying
against mosquitoes, victims of the disease will be
treated, with results surveyed and evaluated.
Since malaria is a global problem, made more so
in the air age, the results of this campaign are of
international interest. It is accordingly fitting
that it should be, as it is, an international co-
operative project. Mexico makes what is by far
the chief financial contribution, aided by the
United Nations Children's Fund and tlie "World
Health Organization; while our own Ica, the
United States International Cooperation Admin-
istration, gives some consultative assistance.
Another example of the way in which we are
cooperating successfully in working things out
is the radio broadcasting agreement between the
United States and Mexico signed just a few days
ago, on January 29. During the past 8 years
concerted efforts had been made to settle the com-
plex broadcasting problems between our coun-
tries. Technical representatives of our two
Governments held numerous conferences on the
subject. Representatives of both Mexican and
United States broadcasting industries also took
part in these conferences. The mutual desire of
these industrial representatives for rules which
would regulate and control the industry was
instrumental in bringing about the final agree-
ment.
Both Mexico and the United States are consti-
tutional democracies, whose peoples find in a re-
publican form of government the greatest safe-
guard of their freedoms and the greatest promise
for their future. Mutuality of interests no less
than geographical propinquity will undoubtedly
increase the methods and objectives of coopera-
tion for our common benefit.
As both our nations continue to grow, Mexico
and the United States will undoubtedly extend
existing cooperation through our regional group-
ing in the Organization of American States, our
global association in the United Nations, and our
bilateral agreements with each other.
For both countries, increasing population, ex-
panding development of natural resources, and
enlarging industrial potential will afford myriad
new opportunities for cooperation — economically,
politically, and culturally. I have no doubt that
our Governments and our peoples alike will wel-
come these opportunities and will make the most
of them in benefit of our two nations and of
mankind.
Just over a half century ago, in 1906, Elihu
Root told the Pan American Conference at Rio
de Janeiro :
We wish to increase our prosperity, to expand our
trade, to grow in wealth, in wisdom, and in spirit; but
one conception of the true way to accomplish this is not
to pull down others and profit by their ruin but to help
all friends to a common prosperity and a common growth,
that we may all become greater and stronger together.
That expression of our own country's attitude
was enhanced and reaffirmed for the 21 American
Republics on ilarch 6, 1945, at Chapultepec, with
the declaration that "the inter-American com-
munity is dedicated to the ideals of peaceful co-
operation." I should like to close — and look
forward — with that affirmation.
Eximbank Loan to Honduras
for Inter- American Highway
A loan of $1,650,000 to Honduras to assist in
completion of the Inter-American Highway
across that country between the borders of Nica-
ragua and El Salvador was announced on Febru-
ary 5 by the Export-Import Bank of Washington.
This is the third recent loan by the Export-Im-
port Bank to a Central American Republic to ac-
celerate progress on the Inter- American Highway.
Eximbank loaned $9,540,000 to Costa Rica for this
purpose in 1955 and $2,000,000 to Nicaragua in
1956.
Existing administrative arrangements provide
that the Government of Honduras will disburse
February 25, 1957
315
loan funds under the supervision and fiscal con-
trol of the U.S. Bureau of Public Roads for con-
struction, engineering, and incidental costs on
three sections of higliway totaling 94 miles.
Work to be done consists largely of grading, con-
structing bridges, and providing asphalt surfac-
ing.
The U.S. Bureau of Public Eoads is supervising
construction programs along the highway in other
Central American Republics under similar ar-
rangements.
In Honduras the liighway runs along the south
coast beginning, at its westerly point, at El Ama-
tillo on the El Salvador border and extending to
El Espino on the Nicaraguan border. The high-
way passes through Jicaro Galan, junction for
Tegucigalpa, capital of Honduras, located 117
kilometers or 73 miles to the north, tlien through
San Lorenzo, Chohulteca, Chinchayote, San Ma-
rios, and to El Espino.
Major trafEc movement expected to be developed
by completion of the highway will be through
traffic from El Salvador and Nicaragua. Im-
provement of this higliway is expected to stimu-
late increased agricultural production, especially
such foodstuffs as corn and beans. The move-
ment of products over the section from Jicaro
Galan to El Amatillo is expected to result in an
increased exchange of goods between Honduras
and El Salvador. Products, in addition to food-
stuffs, will be general merchandise.
Passenger traffic is also expected to increase as
a consequence of the improvements being made
in the southern highway that connects Teguci-
galpa with the Inter- American Highway.
Terms provide that the loan shall be repaid in
30 approximately equal semiannual installments
commencing not later than February 1, 1960.
Tax Convention With Honduras
Enters Into Force
Press release 59 dated February 8
On February (i, 1957, the income tax convention
between the United States and Honduras signed
at Washington on June 25, 1956,^ was brought into
force by tlie exchange of instruments of ratifica-
tion. The exchange took place at Tegucigaljja.
'Bulletin of July 9, lUOo, p. us. For text, see S. Exec.
K, 84th C;ong., 2d sess.
The convention for the avoidance of double tax-
ation and tlie prevention of fiscal evasion with
respect to taxes on income is effective retroactively
beginning January 1, 1957. It is the first such
convention to be concluded with any of the Ameri-
can Republics. Its provisions follow, in general,
the pattern of income tax conventions in force
between the United States and numerous other
countries.
The convention is designed, by eliminating as
far as possible double taxation on the same income,
to remove an undesirable impediment to inter-
national trade, investment, and economic develop-
ment. It applies, so far as U.S. taxes are con-
cerned, only to the Federal income taxes, includ-
ing surtaxes. It does not apply to the imposition
or collection of taxes by tlie several States, the
District of Columbia, or the territories or posses-
sions of the United States, except that it contains
a broad national-treatment provision similar to a
provision customarily found in treaties of friend-
ship, commerce, and navigation.
Agreement With Brazil Concerning
Guided Missiles Facility
The United States and Brazil on January 21
concl'uded an agreement for the estailishm^nt of a
guided missiles facility on the Island of Fernando
de Noronha. The agreement was effected by an
exchange of notes at Rio de Janeiro between U^.
Ambassador Ellis C. Briggs and Jose Carlos de
Macedo Soares, Brazilian Minister for Foreign
Affairs. Following is the text of the UjS. note.
Eio DE Jakeieo,
No. 146 Januai'y 21, 1957
Excellency :
I have the honor to acknowledge Your Ex-
cellency's Note No. DPo/11/520.5 of today's date,
the text of which in English is as follows :
The Government of the United States of Brazil, con-
scious of the obligations which devolve upon it and which ,
extend equally to the Government of the United States I
of America, with reference to the common defense of the
two countries and the defense of the Continent, by reason
of diplomatic undertakings previously concluded, espe-
cially the Inter-American Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance
signed in Rio de Janeiro on September 2, 1947, as re-
affirmed by the Military Assistance Agreement concluded
in this capital by the two Governments on March 15, 1952, I
both duly approved by the Legislative I'ower of Brazil, '
is prepared to conclude the following Agreement which
316
Deparlmenf of State Bulletin
follows in particular Article I, Paragraph 1, i» fine, of the
Agreement mentioned :
(1) The Governments of Brazil and of the United
States of America, with a view to the defense of Brazilian
territory and of the American Continent, have agreed
to the construction on the Island of Fernando de Noronha
of installations particularly of an electronic character
connected with the tracking of guided missiles.
(2) These installations shall be constructed by United
States specialists and technicians assisted by Brazilian
specialists and technicians.
(3) The said installations shall be under the command
of a Brazilian officer and the Brazilian national flag
exclusively shall continue to fly over the Island of Fer-
nando de Noronha.
(4) The operation of the said technical Installations
shall be under the responsibility of United States techni-
cians assisted by Brazilian technicians and military.
(5) The Governments of Brazil and of the United
States of America agree that United States technicians
shall be gradually replaced by Brazilian technicians in
accordance with conditions to be determined by common
agreement.
(6) The Government of the United States of America,
in view of the fact that the Government of Brazil con-
siders its responsibilities increased by the establishment
of the guided missile tracking station on the island of
Fernando de Noronha, agrees to undertake immediately
with the Brazilian Government an examination of the
extent of the responsibilities that may be involved.
(7) The construction and fixed improvements made on
the Island of Fernando de Noronha in connection with
the technical installations to which this Agreement re-
fers shall become the property of Brazil without any
indemnification, upon termination of this Agreement or
upon termination of any extension.
(8) It is understood that this Note and Your Excel-
lency's reply thereto shall constitute an Agreement be-
tween our two Governments which shall remain in force
for a period of five years from this date and may be ex-
tended only under the conditions and for the length of
time to be determined by common agreement. In the
event of an extension, the Agreement may be denounced
by either of the two Governments with prior notice of
one year.
I have the honor to inform Your Excellency
that the Government of the United States of
America conlirms tliis Agreement.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
Elus O. Briggs,
ATTierican Ambassador
License Regulations Eased
On Exports of Technical Data
Simplification of regulations covering scientific,
educational, and other types of unclassified tech-
nical data exportable under general license to all
foreign destinations, without the necessity of ap-
plying for an individual license, were announced
on January 31 by the Bureau of Foreign Com-
merce, Department of Commerce. Exporters of
certain technical data need no longer indicate on
the letter or parcel the general license authoriza-
tion under which the export is made, if the ship-
ment is noncommercial and is being exported via
first-class mail.
This amendment of the regulations applies only
to noncommercial shipments such as those made
by a private person not engaged in business, by a
philanthropic organization, or by a nonprofit sci-
entific society, and only to those shipments au-
thorized under general license GTDS (scientific
or educational data) or GTDP (published tech-
nical data). Previously, exporters of such data
were required to place the applicable general
license symbol and the phrase "Export License
Not Required" on the wrapper of the parcel.
The Bureau of Foreign Commerce has also re-
\'ised its regulations to permit U.S. Government
agencies to export technical data under general
license GTDS without placing the required au-
thorization on the package. Previously this re-
quirement had been eliminated for Government
agencies only for shipments under GTDP.
The amendments are designed to facilitate ex-
change of unclassified scientific and technical in-
formation. The previous requirement had been
misunderstood by many persons to mean that the
Government exercised censorsliip over such com-
munications. This is not the case, the Bureau
said, and the change in regulations should serve
to give emphasis to this fact.^
' These revisions are published in detail in Current
Export Bulletin 779, dated Jan. 31. The bulletin may
be obtained from the Department of Commerce, Washing-
ton 25, D. C, or from any of the Department's field offices
at 10 cents a copy.
fefaroory 25, J 957
317
The 1956 International Wheat Agreement
l)y L. I. Highhy
The International Wheat Agreement of 1956,
whicli was negotiated by the United Nations
Wlieat Conference in sessions held in late 1955
and early 1956 at Geneva and London, entered in-
to force in direct succession to the similar 1953
agreement, which expired July 31, 1956. Forty-
five coimtries, including the United States, have
now formally accepted the new agreement.
The message of the President to the Senate of
June 12, 1956,^ requesting the advice and consent
of that body to ratification set forth the circum-
stances of the negotiation and the character and
extent of the rights and obligations of member
coimtries. It also contained a summary of the
principal provisions of the new agi-eement, indi-
cating the most important changes from the pred-
ecessor agreement. The present article is in-
tended to account for subsequent developments in
connection with formal acceptance of the agree-
ment and the organization of the new Interna-
tional "VVlieat Council. It also shows the role
played in international trade in wheat by the 1949
and 1953 International Wheat Agreements, which
were in operation in the 7 years preceding entry
into force of the present agreement.^
Senate Hearings on Wheat Agreement
At a hearing held on the wlieat agreement be-
fore the Committee on Foreign Relations of the
Senate on July 3, 1956, testimony was given by
representatives of the Departments of Agricul-
ture and State. The Department of Agriculture,
• Mr. Highhy is an international econo-
?imf, Office of International Trade and Re-
sources.
in a fonnal statement presented for the record,
brought out the fact that, in view of the high level
of world wheat stocks and the imwillingness of
the exporting countries to make any important
concessions on price as from the 1953 agreement,
"the ultimate success of the Wlieat Agi-eement
negotiation would seem to represent a signal man-
ifestation of the widespread belief among na-
tions in the principle, and value, of international
cooperation in the world marketing of wheat."
Consultation held by the Department of Agricul-
ture with agricultural groups advisory to the
Government, vrith farm organizations, with wheat
growers, and with wheat and flour export trade
associations in the United States had also indi-
cated widespread support for tlie continuation
under present conditions of world supply of tliis
type of cooperation. It was explained that the
relatively modest quantity of 303 million bushels,
as compared with 396 million covered in the 1953
agreement and a still larger quantity in the 1949
agreement, was due to the continued nonpartici-
pation of the United Kingdom and the reluctance
of other importing countries to commit sizable
quantities under the terms of the agreement in
view of the current abundance of supplies of
wheat. The share of the United States as entered
in the new agreement thus became about 132 mil-
lion bushels as compared with 196 million imder
the previous agreement. The statement by the
Department of Agriculture pointed out, however,
that this was "more in line with actual United
States sales under tlie agreement, which in 1954-
1955 were 130 million bushels, and which are esti-
mated for 1955-1956 at 132 million."
' BUI.IJ3TIN of July 2, 1956, p. 26.
" For an article on the 1940 agreement, see ihid., Apr.
24, li)-19, p. 007.
318
Department of State Bulletin
The Department of Agriculture testimony also
brouglit out that, while the projected membership
of importing comitries was almost the same as in
the 1953 agreement, the prospect that Argentina
and Sweden miglit be added to the exporter mem-
bers "goes a long way toward compensating for
the smaller quantities in the agreement, for al-
though the agreement total represents only about
31 percent of world trade in wheat, yet the 6
exporting member countries export inside and
outside the agreement 90 percent of all wheat mov-
ing in world trade. It is not unreasonable to
suppose that these exporting countries may co-
ordinate their selling policies outside the agree-
ment with those under the agreement to a degree
which would exert considerable influence on the
entire 90 percent of world wheat trade." It was
also brought out that the Argentine representative
at the conference had given reason to expect that
his Government would effect changes in its trade
policy which would result in bringing additional
quantities under the wheat agreement.
In accounting to the committee for the cost
of the 1953 wheat agreement which was about
to terminate, the statement of the Department of
Agriculture included the following :
In September 1953 — the second month of the current
3-year agreement — world prices of wheat outside the
agreement fell below the agreement maximum price.
Naturally prices under the agreement declined likewise,
since trade is obtained by competition within the agree-
ment price range just as it would be obtained competi-
tively outside the agreement. Since the agreement maxi-
mum price ceased to operate as a ceiling for selling prices
and the IWA selling prices and other world prices were
at the same level, one viewpoint might be that the imple-
mentation of membership in the Wheat Agreement Insofar
as export payments themselves are concerned resulted in
no additional cost to the United States. This is not to
say that the funds appropriated by the Congress to defray
the payment of 66% cents per bushel do not represent
very real costs to the Government, but the point here is
that there would have been involved a similar cost in
accomplishing the exportation of the same quantity of
wheat in the absence of a wheat agreement — prevailing
domestic market prices and prices in world competition
being what they were. There is considerable justifica-
tion for the further viewpoint that, in the absence of
price stability afforded by the agreement, the selling
prices of wheat in world markets might well have gone
much lower with corresponding increase in the cost of
United States export payment necessary to sustain
exports.
Agriculture's testimony also referred to the new
provision in the 1956 agreement (paragraph 7 (a),
article XIII) which made it permissive for the
Wheat Council to study any aspect of the world
wheat situation and to sponsor exchanges of infor-
mation and intergovernmental consultations relat-
ing thereto. In discussion at the hearing it was
clearly brought out that this provision did not
open any possibility of interference or dictation by
the Wheat Council concerning the domestic poli-
cies of member countries, since it is immediately
followed in the agi-eement itself by a statement
of reservation by the member countries of "com-
plete liberty of action in the determination and
administration of their internal agricultural and
price policies."
The Department of Agriculture's statement
sununarized reasons for commending the agree-
ment for Senate approval as follows :
1. The prospect that the agreement may for the first
time include all the major world exporters of wheat
except Turkey and Uruguay.
2. The degree of stability afforded by the price range,
and the psychological effect thereof on the prices of all
wheat in world trade.
3. The agreement provides a useful point of contact
between the United States and importing countries which
are potential buyers of United States wheat.
4. The agreement provides a natural and continuing
point of contact between the United States and other
major exporting countries, which is of particular value
in view of other United States disposal programs and
their effect upon international relations, and the need
for maintaining understanding and equilibrium.
5. Tlie agreement affords an internationally accepted
structure within which the United States may operate its
export subsidy program on wheat and flour.
G. Continuation of the agreement has strong support
in farm organizations and industry and other agricul-
tural advisory groups.
The testimonial statement presented by the
Department of State contained the following:
It is clear that our interests are best served by work-
ing with friendly countries in this matter. It is also
clear that such cooperation is most effective and most
acceptable if pursued on a multilateral basis with par-
ticipation of both exporting and importing countries. . . .
The Department of State considers the agreement in the
best interest of the United States since it offers a
guaranty of an important export outlet for wheat at
a given price and can serve to stabilize wheat prices
generally in international trade, thus avoiding unneces-
sary hazards in the field of our foreign economic
relations.
U.S. Ratification
The Committee on Foreign Relations reported
the agreement favorably on July 5, unanimously
recommending tliat the Senate give its advice and
February 25, 1957
319
consent to ratification. On Jnly 10 the Senate
agreed to ratification with only one dissenting
vote. A formal instrument of ratification was
thereupon signed by the President and deposited
on July 13 with the Department of State, which
acts as depositary for the agreement.
Membership and Guaranteed Quantities Listed In
the Agreement as Negotiated
The importer membership and the guaranteed
purchases for each crop year as projected in the
negotiated agreement (annex A to article III)
were as follows:
ANNEX A TO ARTICLE III
Guaranteed Purchases for Each Crop- Year
Eqiiiv. in
Metric tons bushels
Austria 100,000 3,674,371
Belgium 450, 000 16, 534, 669
Bolivia 110,000 4,041,808
Brazil 200, 000 7, 348, 742
Ceylon 175, 000 6, 430, 149
Colombia 70, 000 2, 572, 060
Costa Riea 40, 000 1, 469, 748
Cuba 202, 000 7, 422, 229
Denmark 50,000 1,837,185
Dominican Republic 30,000 1,102,311
Ecuador 50, 000 1, 837, 185
Egypt 300,000 11,023,113
El Salvador 25, 000 918, 593
Germany 1,500,000 55,115,565
Greece 300,000 11,023,113
Guatemala 40, 000 1, 469, 748
Haiti 60, 000 2, 204, 623
Honduras 25, 000 918, 593
India 200, 000 7, 348, 742
Indonesia 140, 000 5, 144, 119
Ireland 150,000 5,511,557
Israel 225, 000 8, 267, 335
Italy 100, 000 3, 674, 371
Japan 1, 000, 000 36, 743, 710
Jordan 10, 000 367, 437
Korea 60, 000 2, 204, 623
Lebanon 75, 000 2, 755, 778
Liberia 2, 000 73, 487
Mexico 100, 000 3, 674, 371
Netherlands 700, 000 25, 720, 597
New Zealand 160, 000 5, 878, 994
Nicaragua 10, 000 367, 437
Norway 180, 000 6, 613, 868
Panama 30,000 1,102,311
Peru 200, 000 7, 348, 742
Philippines 165, 000 6, 062, 712
Portugal 160, 000 5, 878, 994
Saudi Arabia 100, 000 3, 674, 371
Spain 125, 000 4, 592, 964
Switzerland 190, 000 6, 981, 305
Union of South Africa .... 150,000 5,511,557
Vatican Citv 15, 000 551, 156
Venezuela 170, 000 6, 246, 431
Yugoslavia 100, 000 3, 674, 371
Totals 8, 244, 000 302, 915, 145
The exporter membership and the guaranteed
sales as projected in the agreement (annex 15 to
article III) were as follows:
320
ANNEX B TO ARTICLE III
Guaranteed Sales for Each Crop- Year
Equiv. in
Metric tons bushels
Argentina 400, 000 14, 697, 484
Australia 823,471 30,257,380
Canada 2, 800, 395 102, 896, 902
France 450, 000 16, 534, 669
Sweden 175,000 6,430,149
United States 3, 595, 134 1, 132, 098, 561
Totals 8, 244, 000 302, 915, 145
In the above list the shares of the three main
exporting countries — Australia, Canada, and the
United States — are in the same proportion to each
other as in the 1953 agi'eement. The shares of
the new participants — Argentina and Sweden —
and of France, which had only a nominal quan-
tity in the 1953 agreement, are related to quantities
importing countries were prepared to cover by
increases in their guaranteed purchases over and
above what they were prepared to commit in an
agreement with exporter membership limited to
Australia, Canada, and the United States.
Entry Into Force
As was stated in the President's message to the
Senate, article XX, paragraph 2, of the agreement
provided that instruments of acceptance should
be deposited by signatory governments with the
Government of the United States not later than
July 16, provided, however, that a notification
by a signatory government by that date of its in-
tention to accept the agreement, followed by the
deposit of an instrument of acceptance not later
than December 1, 1956, in fulfillment of that in-
tention, should be deemed to constitute acceptance
on July 16. Article XX, paragraph 3, required
that such acceptances by countries listed in the
agreement (annexes to article III) by July 16
should account for two-thirds of the guaranteed
sales and two-thirds of the guaranteed purchases
entered in the agreement in order to bring it into
force as of that date with respect to its adminis-
trative .sections (parts 1, 3, 4, and 5) and by August
1 with respect to its rights and obligations
(part 2).
Ten of the imi)orting countries listed in the
document (Ceylon, Colombia, Cuba, Haiti, Hon-
duras, Indonesia, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Spain,
and Venezuela) had not signed the document in
the jx-riod when it was open for signature up to
May 18. Thesie countries were not qualilietl to
Department of Stale Bulletin
accept the agreement under article XX but would
be able to apply for accession under article XXI.
Review of the status of acceptances as reported
by the Department of State showed that all six
exporting countries had accepted under the terms
of article XX, thus accounting for 100 percent
of the guaranteed sales listed in the agreement
(8,244,000 metric tons) . Thirty-two of the thirty-
four signatory importers had likewise accepted;
they accounted for 6,857,000 tons, or over 83 per-
cent of the total of guaranteed purchases. Most
of the countries which accepted, lacking time in
the short period which had elapsed since the sign-
ing to complete procedures for formal acceptance,
accepted, as provided in the agi'eement, by sub-
mission to the Department of State of notes indi-
cating intention to accept, to be followed by an
instrument of acceptance by December 1.
The conference thereupon announced that the
agreement entered into force as to the organiza-
tional and administrative sections (parts 1, 3, 4,
and 5) on July 16 and as to rights and obligations
(part 2) on August 1. Thereupon, the meeting
constituted itself the 20th session of the Inter-
national Wlieat Council in accordance with para-
graph 1 of article XIII of the agreement, which
provides :
The International Wheat Council established by the In-
ternational Wheat Agreement, which was opened for sig-
nature in Washington on 23 March 1&49, shall continue
in being for the purpose of administering the present
Agreement.
The assets of the Wheat Council which operated
under the 1953 agreement had been conveyed by
action of that body in its final session on July 16
to the Council which would operate under the
new agreement.
The Council, acting under paragraph 5 of ar-
ticle XX, extended the time for deposit of instru-
ments of acceptance until December 1 for two of
the signatory importing countries, Ireland and
New Zealand, which had not taken action to ac-
cept the agreement as provided in paragraph 2
of article XX.
The application for accession of two of the
ten importing countries listed in the agreement
which had not become signatories, namely, Indo-
nesia and Saudi Arabia, were accepted under ar-
ticle XXI subject to deposit of an instrument of
accession by December 1. It was agreed that the
other eight which had failed to sign might apply
and be accepted on the basis in each case of the
quantity listed for it in the agreement and sub-
ject to deposit of an instrument of accession by
December 1. The Council further accepted un-
der article XXI — subject to deposit of an instru-
ment of accession by December 1 — the application
for accession of Iceland, which had not been
included in the agreement document, with a quan-
tity of 2,000 tons.
Application of provisions in the agreement (ar-
ticle IX) to adjust the guaranteed sales of export-
ing countries to the total of the guaranteed pur-
chases of importing countries was postponed until
the next meeting of the Council, to be held in
early December.
Organization of the Council
Membership of the Executive Committee for
the 1950-57 agreement year was constituted as
follows:
4 exporting countries: Argentina, Australia, Canada,
the United States.
8 importing countries : Benelux, Brazil, Germany, In-
dia, Italy, Japan, Portugal, Union
of South Africa.
Delegation of powers to the Executive Com-
mittee and adoption of rules of procedure fol-
lowed closely the pattern established mider the
previous agreement.
F. Sheed Anderson of the United Kingdom
was continued as chairman of the Council with
authority of chief executive officer, and Sir Ed-
win McCarthy as vice chairman. They were also
again elected as chairman and vice chairman, re-
spectively, of the Executive Coimnittee.
The seat of the Council continues to be London
but is subject to change, according to the agree-
ment, if the Council so decides by concurrent
majority vote of exporting and importing coun-
tries.
Status of Acceptances as of December 1, 1956
At its 21st session, convened on December 4,
1956, the Wheat Council reviewed the status of
instruments of formal acceptance deposited with
the United States Government by December 1.'
The six signatory exporting comitries had depos-
ited instruments of acceptance, thus accounting
for the total of guaranteed sales (8,244,000 metric
tons) listed in the agreement. Thirty of the
' For a Department announcement concerning the status
of acceptances, see ibid., Jan. 7, 1957, p. 41.
February 25, J 957
321
thirty-four signatory' importing countries had de-
posited instruments of acceptance accounting for
over 75 percent (6,162,000 metric tons) of the
guaranteed purchases under the agreement. In
addition, seven of the 10 importing coimtries
listed in the agreement which failed to sign in
the prescribed period had applied to accede, had
been accepted, and had deposited instruments of
accession. These accomited together for an addi-
tional quantity of 822,000 metric tons. Thus, im-
porting coimtries listed in the agreement which
had fully accepted accounted for nearly 85 per-
cent of the guaranteed pm-chases entered therein.
In addition, an importing country not listed in
the agreement, Iceland, had deposited an instru-
ment of acceptance with a quantity of 2,000 tons.
The four signatory importing countries which
had not deposited instruments of acceptance by
December 1 indicated intention to complete pro-
cedures for depositing instruments of acceptance
and were granted an extension of time mitil March
31 for this purpose. Since this group of coun-
tries accounts for 1,005,000 metric tons, the total
of guaranteed purchases is prospectively 7,991,000
metric tons or about 97 percent of the total listed
in the agreement. The countries and their quan-
tities are listed at the right.
Since guaranteed sales exceeded guaranteed pur-
chases, the "VVlieat Council, acting under article
IX, reduced pro rata the quantities of the export-
ing countries in order to effect a balance. The
resulting distribution was as follows :
Metric tons
Argentina 387,725,000
Australia 798,200,000
Canada 2,714,453,000
France 436,190,000
Sweden 109,630,000
United States 3, 484, 802, 000
7, 991, 000
Shortly after the 21st session of the Wheat
Council, Panama deposited its instrument of ac-
ceptance. This brings present membership of
importing countries to 39 and total membership
to 45. The expected formal acceptance of the
three remaining signatories will bring member-
ship to 48 as compared with 50 listed in the ne-
gotiated document.
Similarities to 1949 and 1953 Agreements
The International Wheat Agreement of 1956 is
in direct descent from the agi-eements negotiated
Importing Countries Listed in the Agreement Which Had
Deposited Instruments of Acceptance or Accession by
December 1
Metric tons
Austria
Belgium
. . 100,000
. . 450, 000
Bolivia
. . 110,000
Costa Rica
Cuba
. . 40,000
202 000
Denmark
Dominican Republic . . .
Ecuador
Egypt
El Salvador
Germany
Greece
Guatemala
Haiti
. . 50,000
. . 30,000
. . 50, 000
. . 300,000
. . 25,000
. . 1,500,000
. . 300,000
. . 40,000
. . 60, 000
Honduras
India
. . 25,000
. . 200, 000
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
. . 140,000
. . 150,000
. . 225, 000
Italy
Japan
. . 100,000
. . 1,000,000
60 000
Liberia
Mexico
New Zealand
Nicaragua
. . 2,000
. . 100,000
. . 160,000
. . 10, 000
Norway
180, 000
Peru
Philippines
Portugal
Saudi Arabia
. . 200,000
. . 165,000
. . 160,000
100, 000
Spain
125, 000
Switzerland
Union of South Africa . .
Vatican City
Venezuela
. . 190,000
. . 150,000
. . 15,000
. . 170,000
Yugoslavia .
. . 100,000
6, 984, 000
Countries Listed in the Agreement Which Have Been
Granted an Extension of Time for the Deposit of Their
Instruments
Metric tons
Brazil 200,000
Lebanon 75,000
Netherlands 700,000
Panama 30,000
1, 005, 000
Additional Acceding Country
Iceland 2,000
Total 7,991,000
and put into force in 1949 and 1953, as to both its
general form and the character of the rights and
obligations of members. It is a so-called multi-
lateral contract, with importing countries required
to take their guaranteed quantities from the ex-
porting countries when called upon to do so at
the specified minimiun price, and exporting coun-
tries required to make wlieat available up to the
amount of their guaranteed quantity upon demand
at tlie specified maximum price. Rights and obli-
gations do not come into play when wheat is sold
322
Department of State Bulletin
within the range of the specified minimum and
maximum prices, although provision is made for
transactions to be recorded progressively with the
Council secretariat against the contingent
obligations.
This type of agreement was evolved in the wheat
discussions sponsored by the old International
Wheat Council in the late forties. It was negoti-
ated at a time wlien importmg countries were just
emerging from the supply stringencies following
World War II and when exporting countries were
concerned about changes in the supply situation
which would follow upon recovery of production
in the importing countries. Thus protection for
the importing countries against high prices in
times of relative shortage could be bargained in
return for protection of the exporting countries
against undue reduction in prices when supplies
became more plentiful. Furthermore, long ex-
perience in international efforts to deal with the
wheat problem had demonstrated the difficulties
of successful negotiation of the traditional quota
type of commodity agreement, which sought to
divide the whole world market among the ex-
porters and to bind directly or indirectly both
exporting and importing countries in various
ways in regard to the conduct of national policies.
The new type of agreement recommended itself
as workable short of universal participation by
all countries important in wheat trade or of regu-
lation under its terms of all wheat exported or im-
ported by its member countries. The negotiations
which led up to the renewal of this type of agi'ee-
ment in 1956 have again demonstrated conclusively
that participating governments, virtually all of
which conduct some type of government price sup-
port or marketing operation in wheat, are not pre-
pared to include, in a commodity agreement on
wheat, commitments regarding the conduct of na-
tional policies or to delegate to an international
body any authority to direct such policies.
Trade Under 1949 and 1953 Agreements
The Wlieat Agreement has since its genesis in
1949 functioned through wheat-supply conditions
ranging from recent emergence from a world
deficit following World War II to a world sur-
plus at the present time. Thus under the first
agreement in the 4-year period 1949-53 wheat was
sold under the agreement at the specified maximum
price ($1.80 for No. 1 Manitoba Northern in posi-
tion at Fort William/Port Arthur, Canada) and
for a considerable part of the period with imposi-
tion also of a carrying charge of 6 cents. Wheat
was sold materially higher outside the agi'eement
during this period.
In the first agreement year (1949-50) about 81.6
percent of the quotas of exporting countries was
sold under the agreement; virtually the entire
quantity was covered by the agreement in the 3
years which followed. The coverage of the 1949
agreement gi-ew from 12,418,000 metric tons
(456.2 million bushels) originally negotiated to
15,810,000 metric tons (580.9 million bushels) in
the final year of the agreement (1952-53). This
growth resulted from accessions of additional im-
porting countries and from increases in quantities
authorized under terms of the agreement to the
extent exporting countries were prepared to match
increases in guaranteed purchases by correspond-
ingly increasing their guaranteed sales. The
world emergency brought on by the Korean con-
flict had its effect on demand and prices during
much of this period. The "guaranteed sales" in
the 1949 agreement and the actual sales of the
exporter members for each of the 4 years are listed
on the following page.
The prices negotiated in the renewal of the
agreement in 1953 reflected the fact that the 1949
price range (maximum $1.80 and minimum reced-
mg from $1.50 by 10 cents a year to $1.20 the last
year) had resulted in sales under the agreement
at materially lower prices than the world market
outside of the agreement. The prices were re-
vised to a maximum of $2.05 and a uniform mini-
mum of $1.55 over the 3-year life of the agree-
ment. However, the largest importer, the United
Kingdom, which had a guaranteed quantity of
177 million bushels in the 1949 agreement, refused
to accept the 1953 agreement on the grounds that
the maximum price was set too high. This agree-
ment came to cover a quantity after adjustments
of 10,749,000 metric tons (394.9 million bushels).
In the fall of 1953, shortly after the new agree-
ment came into force, increased supplies of wheat
and a falling off of exj^orts brought the price be-
low the maximum provided in the agreement. It
remained during the rest of the 3-year life of the
agreement, as far as Canada and the United States
are concerned, in the range between the maximum
and minimum and on a par with selling prices
outside the agreement. At the lowest the price
for the base quality (No. 1 Manitoba Northern in
February 25, J 957
323
EXPORTER QUOTAS AND SALES IN 1949 AGREEMENT >
(Metric tons, in wlieat equivalent)
Exporting country
Australia . .
Canada . . .
France . . .
United States
Total 14,291,000
Exporting country
Australia . .
Canada . . .
France . . .
United States
1949
Quota
2, 199, 000
5, 582, 000
91, 000
6, 419, 000
'-t
W
Sales
2, 199, 173
5, 047, 048
90, 000
4, 424, 170
1950-51
Quota Sales
2,414,019 2,375,520.33
6, 030, 757 5, 195, 004. 64
111,283 105,737.99
6, 755, 904 6, 794, 502. 44
14, 291, 000
1061
Quota
1,959,519
6, 575, 653
111,283
6, 544, 008
11, 760,391
-52
Sales
1, 939, 166. 38
6, 574, 897. 36
111,200. 00
6, 947, 571. 78
15, 309, 963 14, 450, 765. 40
1952-53
Quota Sales
2,414,019 2,358,854.14
6, 395, 653 6, 288, 920. 62
111,283 92,000.00
6, 889, 008 6, 834, 882. 08
Total 15, 590, 463
' Annual Report of International Wheat Council for 1952-53.
15, 572, 835. 52 15, 809, 963 15, 574, 606. 84
position at Fort William/Port Arthur, Canada)
stood about two-thirds of the way down from the
maximiun to the minimum ($1.72) but later firmed
at a somewhat higher level ($1.75). However,
discounts in the determination of price equivalents
for other types, grades, and qualities, resulting
from competition and the character of demand,
in many cases brought the price for these ma-
terially lower in relation to the base price than
formerly. During the latter part of the 3-year
period Australia sold wheat nearer the minimum
than did Canada and the United States.
With prices in the range where quota obligations
did not directly enter into play and with wheat
being sold by agi'eement exporting countries at the
same price level outside the agreement and under
the agreement, the ■ full guaranteed quantities
were not recorded during the years of the 1953
agreement. Sales so recorded averaged about 66
percent of the total covered by the agreement in
each of the 3 years. The quotas and sales recorded
against them for each of the 3 years of the agree-
ment are shown at the right.
Figures of the Wheat Council on sales and pur-
chases recorded under the 1953 agreement taken
together with general wheat export statistics
make it possible to show the relation to the total
trade in wheat of the trade which was directly
covered by the wheat agreement operation. The
figures show that during the 3 years of the 1953
agreement (1953-54 — 1955-56) sales made by the
four member exporting countries — Australia,
Canada, France, and the United States — to mem-
ber importing countries and recorded under the
agreement constituted about 58 percent of the
total trade in wheat between these two groups.
The wlieat thus sold under the agreement consti-
tuted about 45 percent of the total imported from
all sources by the member importing countries.
It accounted for 40 percent of the total exported
by member exporting countries to all destinations.
However, analyzing the exports of each member
individually, one finds that the proportion of
agreement sales to global exports of each varied
greatly. For Australia and the United States,
it made up about 45 percent; for Canada, 33 per-
cent; and for France, which had only a token
quantity in the agreement and had become a rel-
atively heavy exporter, half of one percent. Per-
EXPORTER QUOTAS AND SALES IN 1953 WHEAT
AGREEMENT "
(In metric tons, to nearest ton)
Exporting country
Australia
Canada
France
United States
195S-54
Quota Sales
1,207,170 755,987
4, 105, 247 2, 473, 731
9,215 10,000
5, 270, 368 2, 888, 007
Total 10, 592, 000 6, 128, 725
Exporting country
Australia
Canada
France
United States
1954-S5
Quota Sales
1, 219, 137 1, 129, 792
4, 145, 943 2, 972, 012
9, 307 10, 220
5, 322, 613 3, 796, 866
Total 10, 697, 000 7, 908, 890
1965-56
Exporting country
Australia . .
Canada . .
France . . .
United States
Quota
1, 225, 0G4
4, 166, 097
9,352
5, 348, 487
Sales
1,222,441
2, 063, 493
9,878
3, 649, 000
Total 10,749,000 6,944,812
' Figures from International Wheat Council Annua'
Reports.
324
Department of State Bulletin
6,994,000 metric tons.
tineiit totals for the period from 1953-54 through
1955-56 follow :
Average annual total of trans-
actions recorded under agree-
ment.
Average annual total exports of
member exporting countries
to member importing coun-
tries.
12,090,000
tons.*
metric
Average annual total imports of
member importing countries
from all sources.
Average annual total of exports of
member exporting countries
to all destinations.
15,374,000 metric
tons.*
17,622,000 metric
tons.*
♦Approximate figures, since 1955-56 component is pre-
liminary.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
General Assembly Adopts Two Resolutions on Middle East Question
Following are the texts of two statements on
the Middle East question made in the plenary ses-
sion of the U.N. General Assembly on February 3
by U.S. Representative Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.,
together with two resolutions adopted by the As-
sembly on the same date.
FIRST STATEMENT ON FEBRUARY 2
U.S. delegation press release 2607
The United States has participated in extensive
consultations in the last few days in order to reach
a just and constructive solution of the difficult
problems which confront us. These consultations
have revealed clearly that a very large number
of members of this Assembly are convinced of
two things:
First, Israel must withdraw behind the armi-
stice line without further delay in accordance with
the resolutions of the General Assembly.
Second, there must be positive action which as-
sures progress toward the creation of peaceful con-
ditions in the region.
The two resolutions now before the Assembly
reflect these sentiments. We believe their adop-
tion will go far to assure achievement of these
two objectives.
The first resolution represents the position con-
sistently taken by the United States and almost
unanimously by the Assembly that the withdrawal
of all remaining Israeli forces must be completed
without further delay. We appreciate the neces-
sity of avoiding the return to the conditions that
prevailed prior to the recent hostilities. But we
are convinced that the measures to restore peace-
ful conditions in the area, as required by the
Armistice Agreement and the relevant decisions
of the Security Council and the General Assembly,
should be taken upon the withdrawal of all Israeli
forces behind the armistice line. We do not be-
lieve that any member is entitled to exact a price
for his compliance with the elementary principle
of this Organization, that all members shall re-
frain from use of force against the territorial in-
tegrity of any state or in any other manner incon-
sistent with the purposes of the United Nations.
The United States again urges Israel to heed the
call of the General Assembly and promptly com-
plete the withdrawal of its forces.
We recognize, however, that such withdrawal
will not assure tranquillity in troubled areas where
there are conflicting claims. So we join in pro-
posing the second resolution. This deals with the
measures set forth in the Secretary-General's re-
port (A/3512).^ It also accords with the position
consistently taken by the United States and ex-
pressed by a majority of the General Assembly.
Upon the withdrawal of Israeli forces, the United
' Bulletin of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 275.
¥ebruaTy 25, 7957
325
Nations Emergency Force should continue to move
into the areas being evacuated by Israeli forces, in
order to assure the implementation of the Novem-
ber 2 resolution of the General Assembly. This
was the case when previous withdrawals were ef-
fected. It worked well then ; it should work well
now. Wliat we suggest today, therefore, is not
new. It is a continuation of a procedure which has
been highly satisfactory.
I stated on January 28 that the United States
believes that "strict observance by both Egypt and
Israel of the provisions of the Armistice Agree-
ment and the fullest respect for the resolutions of
the Security Council and the General Assembly
are the keys to the restoration of peace and sta-
bility." To be effective, the United Nations Emer-
gency Force must serve as a restraint against any
attempt to exercise belligerent rights or to engage
in hostile actions contrary to the Armistice Agree-
ment, the decisions of the Security Council, and
the resolutions of the General Assembly.
The United Nations Emergency Force can best
fulfill its mission and exercise such restraining in-
fluence if, as proposed in the Secretary-General's
report, it is deployed on both sides of the armistice
line, particularly in the sensitive Gaza and El
Auja sectors. This will enable it to cooperate
most effectively in the supervisory duties of the
Truce Supervision Organization in those areas
where the Organization is authorized to fmiction
under the Armistice Agreement and the relevant
resolution of the Security Council.
Again, with regard to Gaza, the United States
supports the Secretary-General's recommendation.
The Secretary-General should, through a mission
of his selection, supervise the withdrawal of the
present civil administration in the Gaza strip
and take steps to assure that incursions or raids
across the armistice line in the Gaza area will not
take place. The second resolution would provide
for carrying out these measures.
As I also stated on January 28, the United
States believes that "it is essential that units of
the United Nations Emergency Force be stationed
at the Straits of Tiran in order to achieve there the
separation of Egyptian and Israeli land and sea
forces. This separation is essential until it is clear
that the nonexercise of any claimed belligerent
rights has established in practice the peaceful con-
ditions which must govern navigation in waters
having such an international interest. All of this
would, of course, be without prejudice to any ulti-
mate determination which may be made of any
legal questions concerning the Gulf of Aqaba."
The second resolution reflects this position taken
by the United States in my statement of Jan-
uary 28.
The adoption of the second resolution now be-
fore the Assembly would place the authority of the
(leneral Assembly behind the speedy implementa-
tion of the measures proposed in the report of the
Secretary-General. The United States strongly
supports this resolution. It deserves the largest
possible support from the General Assembly. I
Mr. President, the United States requests that
the two resolutions be considered together, that
the second resolution be put to the vote immedi-
ately after the first, and understands that this will
be done. The adoption of either one without the
other would jeopardize the achievement of the ob-
jectives set forth in the resolution of November 2
and would not promote peace and stability in the
region.
Mr. President, before I take my seat, let me say
this very frankly to the members of the Assembly.
There is no doubt that these are not perfect docu-
ments. For one thing, they are the work of human
beings — which, of course, is guaranty enough
against perfection. For another thing, they are
the product of compromise. But they do contain
the words which will make possible the events of
which I have just spoken. Thej' do, therefore, con-
tain the words which can lead away from hostili-
ties and toward an era of peace in this part of the
world, if the parties desire to abide by these words.
Of course this is a crucial "if" in anything that
we contemplate here in the General Assembly on
any subject. We are not engaged here in running
a world government or a superstate which passes
resolutions having the force of law. "\A'e are a
forum engaged in passing resolutions which can
have great influence. MHiat we do is hortatory
and recommendatory. And the final result is up
to the parties.
We hope they will fall in with this plan which
can mean so nnich to them and to the world. We
see encouraging signs. Passage of these resolu-
tions represents our effort to persuade them to do
so. It is an effort which all of us who are members
of the General Assembly are — so it seems to the
United States — bound to make.
326
Department of State Bulletin
SECOND STATEMENT ON FEBRUARY 2
U.S. delegation press release 2608
The United States has a few added observa-
tions to make regarding its position on the matter
before us arising out of questions which have been
raised in the debate as well as questions which
have been addressed to me during the recess.
Some of these points have been discussed and I
think very ably discussed by the representative of
India and in a manner with which I find myself
in substantial agreement. But I think it may be
useful if I touch upon certain ones again.
First, the United States has time and again
urged the withdrawal of Israeli forces behind the
armistice demarcation line. We believe this with-
drawal should take place forthwith, and by forth-
with we mean that the withdrawal should take
place in only the few days necessary physically to
move the forces behind the demarcation line.
As a matter of fact, it seems to me that this
withdrawal should take less time than was taken
by the British and French withdrawals since those
withdrawals were delayed by the time necessary
to set up and create the United Nations Emer-
gency Force. Now, on the other hand, the United
Nations Emergency Force is a going concern; so
there need be no delay on that account.
"While I am on this subject of withdrawals,
which of course is the sole object of the first reso-
lution and which is the governing, overriding con-
sideration of the second resolution, let me also say
this in all seriousness and solemnity : that I can-
not predict the consequences which can ensue if
Israel fails to comply with the will of the General
Assembly as expressed in the pending resolutions.
Let me make clear another point which appears
to have caused some concern. The measures con-
tained in the Secretary-General's report, which
are referred to in the second resolution before us,
would not go into effect until Israel's withdrawals
have been completed. We have previously taken
note and endorsed the Secretary-General's view
that "withdrawal is a preliminary and essential
phase in a development through which a stable
basis may be laid for peaceful conditions in the
area." We believe withdrawal is the first essen-
tial step. None of the constructive measures in-
cluded in the second resolution are intended to go
into effect until Israel has completed its with-
drawal. Nor, let me add once again, will any of
them be undertaken without the agreement of the
affected party. It is for this reason that para-
graph 4 asks the Secretary-General to consult
with the affected party.
I would like to express the hope before I take
my seat that delegates will take a broad and
understanding view of this. There are no hidden
meanings in it. It is not a perfect docimient, but
it represents the best that a lot of very serious
members here have been able to produce to lead
us out of a very difficult and dangerous situation.
RESOLUTION l>
The General Assembly,
Recalling its resolutions 907 (ES-I) of 2 November
1956, 908 (ES-I) and 999 (ES-I) of 4 November 1956,
1002 (ES-I) of 7 November 1956, A/BES/410 of 24 No-
vember 1956 and A/RES/453 of 10 January 1957,
1. Deplores the non-compliance of Israel to complete
its withdrawal behind the armistice demarcation line
despite the repeated requests of the General Assembly ;
2. Calls upon Israel to complete its withdrawal behind
the armistice demarcation line without further delay.
RESOLUTION IV
The General Assembly,
Having received the report of the Secretary-General of
24 January 1957,'
Recognizing that withdrawal by Israel must be followed
by action which would assure progress towards the cre-
ation of peaceful conditions,
1. Notes with appreciation the Secretary-General's re-
port and the measures therein to be carried out upon
Israel's complete withdrawal ;
2. Calls upon the Governments of Egypt and Israel
scrupulously to observe the provisions of the General
Armistice Agreement between Egypt and Israel of 24
February 1949 ; "
3. Considers that, after fuU withdrawal of Israel from
the Sharm el-Sheikh and Gaza areas, the scrupulous main-
"U.N. doc. A/Res/460; adopted by the General As-
sembly on Feb. 2 by a vote of 74 to 2 (F'rance, Israel),
with 2 abstentions (Luxembourg, Netherlands).
" U.N. doc. A/Res/461 ; adopted by the General Assembly
on Feb. 2 by a vote of 56 to 0, with 22 abstentions (Albania,
Bulgaria, Byelorussia, Czechoslovakia, Egypt, France,
Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Nether-
lands, Poland, Rumania, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tu-
nisia, Ukrainian S.S.R., U.S.S.R., Yemen).
* U.N. doc. Ay3512.
° Official Records of the Security Council, Fourth Year,
Special Supplement No. 3.
February 25, 7957
327
tenance of the Armistice Agreement requires the placing
of the United Nations Emergency Force on the Egyptian-
Israel armistice demarcation line and the implementation
of other measures as proposed in the Secretary-General's
report, with due regard to the considerations set out
therein with a view to assist in achieving situations con-
ducive to the maintenance of peaceful conditions in the
area ;
4. Requests the Secretary-General, in consultation with
the parties concerned, to take steps to carry out these
measures and to report, as appropriate, to the General
Assembly.
Industrialization of Underdeveloped Countries
Statement by Paul G. Ho-ffman
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
I believe we are all agreed that, if standards of
living throughout the world are to be substantially
improved, it is essential that there be a continual
expansion of manufacturing facilities — particu-
larly in the underdeveloped countries.
Clearly, the industrially advanced countries
could not, even with their great industrial poten-
tial and under conditions of continued full em-
ployment, supply all the manufactures which the
world needs. That is why there must be an ex-
pansion of industrialization in the less developed
areas. Consequently the underdeveloped countries
are eager, and rightly so, to obtain the means by
which they themselves can produce sorely needed
materials and manufactured goods in local fac-
tories with local labor. To help them along this
road is one of the great opportunities of the United
Nations — an opportunity that should be welcomed
by all the members of this organization.
It has sometimes been suggested that there
exists a basic conflict of interest between countries
which are already largely industrialized and the
aspirations for greater industrialization of the
less developed countries. We do not accept this
argument. On the contrary, I am confident that
I reflect the view of the majority of American
businessmen when I say that we are convinced that
greater industrialization of the underdeveloped
countries, with its accompanying diversification
of their economies and increase of their national
income, is in the interest of all countries — the de-
veloped countries as well as those in the early
stages of economic development. The fact that
'Made in Committee II (Economic and Financial) on
Jan. 23 (U.S. delegation press release 2596).
the largest proportion of the assistance we made
available under the Marshall plan was to recon-
struct and increase the productivity of industry in
Western Europe reflects the attitude of the United
States toward industrialization of other comitries.
I shall be speaking later of ways in which we are
currently assisting underdeveloped countries in
this same field.
As has been pointed out by various speakers
during our previous discussion of problems of
economic development, the best customers of in-
dustrialized countries are other industrialized
countries. This proposition is clearly demon-
strated by the fact that a major portion of the
world's exports of manufactured goods moves, not
to the less developed, but between industrialized
countries.
We in the United States also appreciate the
magnitude of the job that confronts a country
taking the first steps toward industrialization of
its economy. During our own relatively brief
history as a developing country, we have had to
deal with many of the same problems which now
confront the less developed countries. At the
same time, the American people are among the
first to recognize the benefits to be obtained from
diversification and industrialization. For these
reasons they welcome the opportunity of contrib-
uting to the process of industrialization in under-
developed countries.
The United States has been able to assist in
this process both through private enterprise and
through our foreign aid programs. The supply
of industrial know-how, the construction of man-
ufacturing enterprises, the provision of capital
328
Departmeni of Sfafe Bu//ef/n
resources — these are some of the ways in which
we have been able to help. All of you are, of
course, familiar with the support we are also giv-
ing to similar efforts through such multilateral
programs as United Nations teclmical assistance,
the International Bank, the International Finance
Corporation, and other specialized agencies work-
ing in the field of industrial development.
The members of this Committee may be inter-
ested in specific illustrations of ways in which
American business enterprises and our Govern-
ment have participated in bringing the seeds of
industrialization to underdeveloped countries
around the world.
Contribution of U.S. Business
All students of the problems of industrializa-
tion have long recognized the key importance of
an expanded pool of labor and technical skills.
Our automobile industry is engaged in manufac-
turing or assembly operations in many foreign
coimtries, both developed and underdeveloped.
An important part of its relationships with its
overseas establislmients consists of sending tech-
nicians and engineers abroad to transmit their
knowledge and experience to the overseas fac-
tories and of bringing people from overseas to
the United States for similar training. Many
of these overseas factories carry on training pro-
grams, not only for workers employed directly
by the companies but also for others engaged in
related activities, such as automobile service sta-
tions— thus adding to the local reservoir of me-
chanics and skilled workers.
For example, hundreds of young men have
passed througli the technical training courses
given at one of these company plants located in
Sao Paulo, Brazil, spreading their knowledge to
the four corners of the country. The plant is
constantly visited by students from vocational
schools, and a large number of engineers have
been trained thei-e in order to become acquainted
with the most modern methods of industrial pro-
duction. Others have been sent abroad with all
expenses paid by the company. In this and many
other ways the company's long- accumulated ex-
perience of manufacturing cars, trucks, parts, and
accessories is being passed on to the Brazilian
people, opening new technical horizons for Bra-
zil's younger generation and new opportunities
for careers that will contribute directly to Bra-
zil's economic strength.
Atul Products, Limited, located in India, is an
example of how American private industry stands
ready to work with a locally controlled and man-
aged enterprise. The company was established
in 1952 to manufacture dyestuffs and pharma-
ceuticals. Ninety percent of its capital was lo-
cally subscribed ; 10 percent was provided by the
American Cyanamid Company. The American
firm has no share in the actual management of
the plant, but it has provided much of the nec-
essary technical assistance. The dyes produced
by this enterprise now fill a substantial part of
the demands of the textile and other industries
in India. Its production of sulfa drugs and anti-
biotics makes possible more effective implementa-
tion of the country's health program.
This interest in foreign operations is by no
means limited to our large business enterprises.
Hundreds of relatively small concerns are also
eager to use their know-how and experience in
other countries. One example of how such rel-
atively small enterprises are assisting the crea-
tion of industry in underdeveloped countries is
provided by the Anchor Precision Corporation,
which, since 1948, has set up factories in 15 coun-
tries for the manufacture of zippers. In addi-
tion to building the factories, the company
supplies the know-how and machinery and trains
the nationals of each country in its opera-
tion. Thus far the company has built plants in
Burma, India, and Korea, as well as in South
America and Europe. The corporation undertakes
surveys to determine the size of the local market;
its engineering staff advises on the size of the plant
required and provides the necessary blueprints;
the company makes available the required ma-
chinei-y, which is installed with the assistance of
company engineers, who also select and train the
necessary supervisory staff from among local
nationals.
Government Programs
Governmental efforts are increasingly supple-
menting the achievements of private enterprise.
Over the past 2 or 3 years, there has been a steady
gi-owth in the industrial component of our bi-
lateral technical assistance program, now admin-
istered by the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration. Today about 55 percent of our aid
programs in underdeveloped countries relates to
industrial development. We expect that this
growth will continue, and we are ready to con-
February 25, 7957
329
sider requests for this kind of assistance to the
extent that funds and tlie necessary technical
personnel are available.
A typical example of the activities carried on
under this program is the visit to the United States
early last year of a group of management, tech-
nical, and labor representatives of the Mexican
shoe industry to study the factors that contribute
to the high productivity of the American shoe
industry. The objective of this visit w&s to as-
sist Mexico in increasing the efficiency of its own
shoe industry and thus to lower the cost of its
products to the Mexican consumer.
At about tlie same time a team of 11 represent-
atives of government, industry, and labor ar-
rived from Uruguay for an intensive 6-week
study, with the assistance of the International
Cooperation Administration, of the basic factors
underlying the high productivity of labor in the
United States. During its study tour the group
gave special attention to such matters as indus-
trial engineering, production planning, market
research, and personnel administration in their
overall application to industrial development.
Our Export-Import Bank for years has been
making credits available not only to help finance
basic development in fields such as transportation,
power, commiuiications, and public health but also
for a wide variety of manufacturing projects. In
recent months, the bank has financed exports of
steel-mill equipment for Brazil ; cotton textile ma-
chinery for Colombia; sugar-mill machinery for
Ecuador ; machinery and equipment for industrial
development in the Philippines; rayon-spinning
machines for India; and thermopower equipment
for Iran.
U.N. Aid to Industrialization
Our immediate problem in this Committee is to
consider what contribution the United Nations
can most usefully make to the efforts of the under-
developed countries through research and study
in this field. Because of the widespread interest
in rapid industrialization and the expectations of
economic progress based on such development, it
is extremely important that industrial planning
be soundly conceived. At the same time, every
means must be explored for shortening the time
necessary to achieve an adequate level of efficient
industrialization in underdeveloped areas and to
initiate development programs which will in turn
stimulate the creation of further industrial ca-
pacity.
The United States delegation in the [22d session
of the] Economic and Social Council participated
in the detailed consideration of the Secretary-
General's proposed program of work in this field
and supported its endorsement by the Council.
At that time the United States delegation also
indicated a number of points wliich we feel the
Secretai-y-General will wish to keep in mind when
carrying out his proposed work progi-am.
I shall not repeat these at this time. I do wish,
however, to emphasize a point which has also been
made by other delegations — that studies by the
Secretariat will be helpful to imderdeveloped
countries in direct proi^ortion to the extent to
which they address themselves to concrete prob-
lems facing these countries and are presented in
such ways as to be utilized by persons in the under-
developed countries concerned with practical
problems of economic development. The United
States representative in Ecosoc also pointed out
that national agencies such as our own Inter-
national Cooperation Administration have al-
ready made extensive studies in the field of in-
dustrialization. As he indicated at that time, the
United States is ready to make available to the
Secretary-General the results of our work and
experience.
During the period of my association with the
Economic Cooperation Administration, where we
were also working on projects of industrialization
in underdeveloped areas encompassed by the
Marshall plan, I was able to observe some of the
difficulties which had to be overcome in getting
such programs under way. I came to appreciate
what steps had to be taken first if effective prog-
ress in spreading industry in such areas was to be
achieved without wasting resources.
I was particularly impressed with the need for
first clearly determining the basic requirements
of the population in the way of manufactured
goods — the things they needed and desired to ob-
tain, the goods they would buy if they became
available. Only with this information could the
necessary choices be rationally made regarding
the priorities to be assigned a series of desirable
projects in the field of industrial development.
Our experience in this field also sti-ongly indicated
the desirability of building, where possible, on
wliat already existed in the area by way of capac-
330
Department of State Bulletin
ity and skills in the particular industries selected
for expansion. This might take the form of ex-
panding existing small enterprises, or introduc-
ing new tools or techniques into existing handi-
craft or cottage industries, or introducing altera-
tions of product design to make it more acceptable
to potential markets and thus provide a basis for
the expansion of industrial activity. Here is an
area whei'e technical assistance and advisory serv-
ices by the United Nations could be extremely
helpful.
I think that the wisdom of this line of approach
has been demonstrated in a number of instances
where countries in the early stages of industriali-
zation have invested in plants constructed on a
relatively excessive scale and having no particular
relationship to the bulk of already existing in-
dustry. ^Miile the objectives of such investment
may have been desirable — such as low cost, quan-
tity production, or most modern design — in many
cases they were not attained because of the great
difficulty in constructing and successfully manag-
ing large establishments.
The resulting delays in obtaining efficient levels
of production have meant excessive costs. Against
these risks and the lack of flexibility of large in-
stallations, the advantages of a large number of
smaller factories have often been strikingly dem-
onstrated. The trend to large installations has
fallen off and even been reversed in man}' indus-
tries in the developed countries. Competing side
by side with large factories are medium and small
firms which utilize the same modern design and
techniques and operate at comparable low pro-
duction costs. Investments in such smaller plants,
which, as I have said, might simply be an exten-
sion of already existing facilities, by countries
starting out on the road of industrial develop-
ment may often mean that production and man-
agement objectives will be much more rapidly
attained.
Another point which emerges from a close anal-
ysis of a number of imderdeveloped countries
which in recent years have attained a notable rate
of industrial growth is the importance of private
investment in such development. It is evident
that, in any democratic society, governmental re-
sources for new industrial investment are limited.
If desired rates of development are to be obtained,
substantial amounts of private investment fmids
must be attracted. This is particularly true in
view of the extensive requirements for govern-
mental financing in the public and social services
sectors of the economy.
In recent years many underdeveloped countries
have become familiar with the ways in which
engineering and construction firms operate in
carrying out economic development projects. A
similar familiarity with world capital markets
and investment firms is required. Many observers
are convinced that considerably greater amounts of
investment funds could be obtained from foreign
capital markets for underdeveloped areas if the
underdeveloped countries were better acquainted
with the institutional operation of this important
source of capital.
Need for Exploring Resources
The pattern of industrialized and under-
developed countries which exists today is ob-
viously not a permanent pattern. The world is
still young in the exploration of the resources
with which nature has endowed it and in the ways
in which these resources can be utilized. Many
a country which thinks it is poor in resources may
find, by taking careful stock of what it has, that
it has possibilities for economic development now
unknown. Even more, as technology continues
to develop, apparently useless resources may be-
come of great value. The fact of the matter is
that we never Imow how rich a country is in re-
sources imtil it starts to industrialize and to de-
velop a large class of scientifically trained citizens
who know how to locate resources and to recognize
them when they see them.
This is not to imply, of course, that industrial-
ization in the narrow sense of manufacturing is
the only road to economic development. Eco-
nomic development means progress in many
fields — in agriculture, mining, transpoi-tation,
communications, and power and in the skills and
capacities of the people. All of these are mu-
tually reinforcing elements in the process. And
they are all competing claimants for the resources
available, particularly capital. The wise ap-
portionment of scarce resources among these ele-
ments must necessarily vary in time and cir-
cumstances. In the field of manufacturing itself,
countries can obtain the largest return from in-
vestment if they emphasize enterprises most
suited to their resources and skills.
During our discussion of general problems of
February 25, J 957
331
economic development, we heard from at least two
of the countries present of the costly consequences
of forced-draft industrialization which neglected
other sectors of the economy. A recent state-
ment by a leading Hungarian official in the news-
paper Nepakarat also gives some serious food for
thought in this respect. He stated on January
4 that-
Wrong economic leadership, unrealistic plans, and in-
dustrial development which ignored our economic pe-
culiarities and possibilities, as well as the neglect of
agricultural production and the suppression of incen-
tives stimulating production, caused a grave crisis in the
Hungarian economy even before October 23rd.
Mr. Chairman, in some areas the industrializa-
tion of underdeveloped countries is only begin-
ning. In others, it has already made encouraging
strides. I have indicated some of the ways in
which the people of the United States are con-
tributing to this tremendous world revolution of
our times. In the American tradition, we shall
continue to work with the peoples of the under-
developed countries both through the United
Nations and directly to the best of our abilities
in the years ahead.
U.N. Special Political Committee Recommends Admission
of Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam
Statements by Edward S. Greenbaum
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly^
STATEMENT OF JANUARY 23
U.S. delegation press release 2597
It is with genuine pleasure that I speak on be-
half of my Government in support of the resolu-
tions for the early admission of the Republics of
Korea and Viet-Nam.'
Last year the General Assembly and the Se-
curity Council broke the longstanding deadlock
on new members. The Security Council continued
throughout the year to consider and approve other
applicants for membership in the United Nations
on their merits. Twenty new states were admitted.
But the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam were
not. In spite of having been found fully qualified
for membership in the United Nations on separate
occasions and individually by the General Assem-
bly, both these countries were again prevented
from securing United Nations membership by the
abuse of the veto on the part of the U.S.S.R.
In the new and more hopeful situation created
by the admission of new members to the United
Nations, the exclusion of these two fully qualified
a])]>li('ants from our midst has become an even
' Made in the Special Political Committee.
"U.N. docs. A/SPC/L.7 and Add. 1 and
and Corr. 1 and Add. 1.
A/SPC/I..8
more glaring injustice. In the practical interests
of making it possible for other applicants to be
received, the General Assembly refrained last year
from pressing for consideration of these applica-
tions. These restraints are no longer pertinent.
The time has again come for the General Assem-
bly to reaffirm its findings and request the Security
Council to act. This is what the draft resolutions
seek to do, and we hoj^e that they will be given
wide support.
Korea
In considering Korean membership, I am sure
we all have in mind the special and unique place
that the Republic of Korea has in relation to the
United Nations. In 1947 the United Nations rec-
ommended that Korea be unified through demo-
cratic elections to be held throughout the peninsula
under the observation of a United Nations com-
mission. When the U.S.S.R. refused to permit
the 1947 resolution of the United Nations General
Assembly to be carried out in its zone of occupa-
tion and refused to permit the United Nations
Commission to enter that zone, the resolution was
nonetheless carried out in the southern zone of
Korea where the great majority of the Korean peo-
332
Department of State Bulletin
jle reside. These democratic elections resultpd
n the estnblisliinciit of the Republic of Korea.
The United Nations Commission reported on
Jiese activities to the third session of the General
Assembly. In its resolution 195 (III) of 12 De-
cember 1948 tlie Assembly declared that "there
las been established a lawful government (the
jrovernment of the Republic of Korea) having
jffective control and jurisdiction over that part of
Korea where the Temporary Commission was able
;o observe and consult and in which the great ma-
jority of the people of all Korea reside." Tlie res-
olution continued with the statement "that this
jrovernment is based on elections which were a
?alid expression of the free will of the electorate
)f that part of Korea and which were observed by
he Temporary Commission ; and that this is the
mly such Government in Korea."
Since then the United Nations has reflected its
recognition of the Republic of Korea as tlie only
awful government in Korea by seating its delega-
;ion for discussion of the Korean problem while
-efusing to seat representatives of the puppet re-
gime in North Korea. The Republic of Korea has
Darticipated actively in the work of many of the
specialized agencies of the United Nations. This
Assembly has on several occasions previously rec-
jmmended the Republic of Korea for membership
m tlie United Nations. It has been excluded from
nembership only by the negative vote of the
[J.S.S.R.
Although thus kept from membership in the
United Nations by an arbitrary Soviet vote, the
Republic of Korea has nonetheless played an ac-
iive role in the community of nations, in connec-
;ion with the United Nations and otherwise.
More than 30 states have extended formal recog-
nition to the Republic of Korea. The Communist
regime in North Korea, on the other hand, has
been recognized only by the Communist bloc.
The Republic of Korea is unique in its relation-
ship to the United Nations. This country has be-
come the symbol of the first great effort of the
free world to take collective action against aggres-
sion. Members of the United Nations contributed
forces and material to repel the North Korean and
Chinese Communist aggressions. The Republic
of Korea shared fully in this struggle. Korean
soldiers fought side by side with men from the
countries under the United Nations Command.
The aspirations of the Government of the Re-
public of Korea and the Korean people to mem-
bership in the United Nations have been strong
for many years. The Republic of Korea has ex-
isted as a state for more than 8 years. It has con-
tinued to welcome the activities of the United Na-
tions Commissions, which include observation of
the development of representative government
within the Republic of Korea. The Government
of the Republic of Korea has repeatedly indicated
its interest in and strong desire for United Na-
tions membership. In recent months the Korean
people themselves have demonstrated this in a
truly remarkable way. Almost 10 million of them
have signed petitions which have been delivered
to the United Nations Secretary-General.
The Government of the United States considers
the Republic of Korea fully qualified for member-
sliip in the United Nations and urges that this
General Assembly so recommend in the proposed
resolution.
Viet-Nam
The Government of the United States also
warmly supports the application of Viet-Nam.
Successor to the ancient Empire of Annam, the
Republic of Viet-Nam, although young in terms
of regaining its juridical independence, is old in
terms of culture and tradition.
After many years of war its people are resum-
ing peaceful pursuits and its countryside is gen-
erally orderly and calm. It has absorbed more
than three-fourths of a million refugees who pre-
ferred to leave their ancestral lands and homes
rather than suffer life under Communist tyranny.
In the past 2 years this country has made an al-
most miraculous recovery from the disrupted and
tormented condition that caused many to doubt its
prospects for survival.
There is no doubt that Viet-Nam fulfills the
conditions laid down in article 4 of the charter,
as the Assembly has already determined. It has
declared itself willing to accept the obligations
arising out of the charter and has demonstrated
ability to do so by its efforts in the political, eco-
nomic, and administrative spheres. As exempli-
fied in the successful holding of free elections in
March 1956, Viet-Nam has proved the vitality of
its democratic institutions.
Viet-Nam has clearly shown its acceptance of
the obligations contained in the charter and its
desire to make constructive contributions to the
ebruary 25, 1957
333
United Nations and to the principles of the
charter. It has done so by its membership in the
various specialized organizations, the World
Meteorological Organization, the International
Telecommunication Union, the Universal Postal
Union, the World Health Organization, the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization (Unesco), the International
Civil Aviation Organization, the International
Monetary Fund, the Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization, the International Bank, and the In-
ternational Labor Organization, as well as in the
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East
(Ecafe).
The fact that the Eepublic of Viet-Nam has
already been recognized by more than 47 countries
as a sovereign and independent state is eloquent
testimony to its qualifications.
The Government of the United States considers
the Eepublic of Viet-Nam fully qualified for
membership in the United Nations and urges that
this General Assembly so recommend in the pro-
posed resolution.
For these reasons my Government has joined
with other governments in sponsoring the draft
resolutions now before us. These resolutions seek
to have the General Assembly reaffirm its deter-
mination that these two countries are fully quali-
fied for admission to membership in the United
Nations and request the Security Council to re-
consider their applications in the light of this
determination.
STATEMENT OF JANUARY 30
U.S. delegation press release 2604
On the important question of the admission of
new members to the United Nations, the United
States has consistently adhered to these principles :
first, that all qualified states which apply should
be admitted; second, that, in determining the
qualifications of applicants for membership, strict
regard must be paid to the provisions of the
charter.
We believe that these principles are basic to
the United Nations Charter. Membership in this
body is a solemn matter; it involves rights, duties,
and obligations vital to world peace and security.
It must not be the subject of bargains or deals.
Tiie draft resolution tabled by the Soviet
Union ^ is in clear violation of these principles.
The resolution lists four applicants for achnission
and requests the Security Council to recommend
the "simultaneous admission" of all of them. The
words "simultaneous admission"' are not mine.
They are in the resolution. Tlie implication is
that, if we do not accept this "all or nothing" de-
mand, the Soviet Union is ready to use the veto
again in the Security Council. It would thus
again be abusing the voting privilege given to five
nations in the expectation that it would be used
only in exceptional circumstances.
The draft resolution submitted by the Soviet
Union not only flouts the spirit of the charter. It
is also in clear violation of the advisory opinion
of the International Court of Justice of May 28,
1948.*
"Wliat is the practical effect of the proposal of
the Soviet Union ? It arbitrarily Imnps together
two states which, by every test, meet the charter
specifications with two other political entities
which, it is generally conceded, do not meet the
standards of the charter. It couples the Republics
of Korea and Viet-Nam, which on numerous oc-
casions have been endorsed for admission by heavy
majorities in the General Assembly and the Se-
curity Council, with North Korea and North Viet-
Nam, which have never been found qualified either
by the Assembly or by the Security Council.
In my earlier intervention, ^Ir. Chairman, I
pointed out why, in the opinion of my Govern-
ment, the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam are
fully qualified for membership in the United
Nations. Many other delegates have clearly set
forth the reasons why their governments have
arrived at a like conclusion. The Soviet proposal
makes it necessary to examine the claims put for-
ward on behalf of North Korea and North Viet-
" U.N. doc. A/SPC/L.!). Under the Soviet proposal the
General Assembly would request the Security Council,
"having regard to the general opinion that the comjiosi-
tiou of the United Nations should be as universal as
possible, to reconsider the apiili(ati(Mis of the Democratic
People's Republic of Korea, the Kepublic of Korea, the
Democratic Republic of Viet-Nam and South Viet-Nam
with a view to recommending the simnltaneous admission
of all these states to membership in the United Nations."
* In its advisory opinion the Court said, in effect, that
a member of the United Nations called up<m to express it-
self on the admission of an applicant state was not
juridically entitled to make its consent deiK'ndent on con-
ditions not expressly provided by the membership article
of the charter.
334
Deparfment of S/afe Bulletin
Nam. It is true that we know very little about
these areas because the familiar Communist bar-
riers to information seal them off from contact
with the free world. But what we do know is
certainly not reassuring. In fact, there is every
reason to consider them not as states in the juridi-
cal sense of the term, but as some sort of Com-
mmiist political entity standing in a subordinate
relationship to Moscow or Peiping, or both.
How do they meet the requirements of article 4
of the charter?
Communist Regimes in North Korea and North
Viet-Nam
Ijct us first consider North Korea. Since the
nature and policies of the North Korean regime
have frequently been discussed in this Assembly
and in other bodies of the United Nations, I will
merely touch upon the following important and
well-established facts. First, the U.S.S.R., wliich
occupied the northern zone of Korea in 1945, never
permitted the unification of Korea through
nationwide democratic elections under United
Nations observation, as called for in the General
Assembly resolution of November 1947. Second,
the Soviet authorities excluded tlie United Na-
tions Temporary Commission on Korea from the
nortliern zone. Tliirdly, the structure of this re-
gime has differed hardly at all from the Soviet
occupation regime. Many of the leaders of the
regime, as has often been pointed out in discus-
sions in the United Nations, are Soviet citizens.
Fourthly, the North Korean regime was set up in
defiance of the United Nations ; it has been guilty
of aggression which had to be repelled by United
Nations military action. Fifthly, since the ces-
sation of those hostilities, it has engaged in an
ominous military buildup in violation of the pro-
visions of the Annistice Agreement.
The regime in North Viet-Nam likewise had its
origins in subversion and violence. Ever since
it came into being, its activities, overt and covert,
have constituted a serious threat to the security
and happiness of its neighbors to the south and
west. Clearly it is not a peace-loving state.
This Communist regime fails to fulfill the re-
quirements of article 4 of the charter.
First, in 1953 and 1954 the Communist Viet
Minh forces invaded Laos and in 1954 menaced its
capital city, Ijuang Prabang.
Second, the North Vietnamese Communists
have flagrantly interfered in the internal affairs
of Laos. This provoked the Prime Minister of
Laos on June 20, 1956, to complain about such
acts of interference as the presence of Viet Minh
cadres and the supply of arms and ammunition
to those units.
Third, the Vietnamese Communists have im-
ported voluminous quantities of arms across the
Chinese frontier. This was vividly stated by the
British Government in a diplomatic note sent
to Moscow and released to the press in April of
last year. It said, "The Viet Minh Army has
been so greatly strengthened by the embodiment
and the re-equipment of irregular forces that,
instead of the seven divisions in existence in July
1954, there are now not less than twenty." This
striking contrast of military expansion in the
North and the withdrawal and reduction of mili-
tary forces in the South speaks for itself.
Fourth, the Vietnamese Communists still show
utter disregard for human rights. For example,
only 2 months ago, according to the Hanoi radio
itself, uprisings took place in North Viet-Nam.
Villagers protested against the so-called "land
reform" decrees imposed by the Communist re-
gime and tried to seek refuge in South Viet-Nam.
Several thousand troops with armored cars and
heavy weapons moved into the area, crushing these
gatherings of unarmed men and women. Yet the
United Nations is asked to admit this northern
puppet regime as a peace-loving state!
In neither North Viet-Nam nor North Ko^ea
has there been anything that could by any stretch
of the imagination be called free elections. Yet
we do have a striking demonstration of how the
people of North Viet-Nam and North Korea feel
about their Communist masters. That is shown
by the action of the refugees, now numbering into
the millions, who have fled from their homes to
areas of the free world. This mass flight of des-
perate human beings, braving enormous dangers,
is a clear repudiation of their regimes.
It is significant, Mr. Chairman, that even those
delegates who spoke in favor of the Soviet pro-
posal have not submitted any facts which warrant
this committee in holding that either North Viet-
Nam or North Korea are peace-loving states or
accept the obligations contained in the charter.
Nor have they submitted any facts which would
February 25, 1957
335
warrant the United Nations in judging that these
states are either able or willing to carry out the
obligations of the charter. We submit that they
failed to do so because there are no such facts.
Their complete silence on this point gives eloquent
evidence of their inability to muster any facts in
support of the eligibility of these two puppet
states. Neither North Viet-Nam nor North Korea
has the necessary qualifications for membership
in the United Nations.
The delegate from the Soviet Union tries to
make it appear that we contend that the test is
whether or not the economic or social character of
the applicant is to our liking. We, of course, make
no such contention. "What we do contend is that
the applicant must have the qualifications specified
in article 4 of the charter.
Question of Unification
In the course of his speech the Soviet delegate
declared that the problem to be solved is the unifi-
cation of Korea and Viet-Nam. He then said that
the only solution to this problem lies in the ac-
ceptance of the proposal contained in his draft
resolution. I submit that such action would have
precisely the opposite effect from what the Soviet
delegate would have us believe. The United Na-
tions would by its action not only sacrifice the
fundamental principles of the charter, it would
also perpetuate and give its blessing to the tragic
division of these two nations. We must not forget
that this division was caused by, and has been
maintained by. Communist defiance and contempt
for the United Nations. Only in the encourage-
ment of peace-loving and democratic forms of gov-
ernment lies the way toward the eventual solution
of the problem of unification.
Were the Soviet argument to prevail, it would
enable the U.S.S.R. to prevent the United Nations
from admitting to membership any state that it
had succeeded in splintering. The argument is
that the mere existence of the puppet regime which
it has created— even though totally lacking in
qualifications for membership — prevents the ad-
mission of the peace-loving, qualified state. "VVlio
can honestly claim that the denial of membership
to these qualified states that we are now consider-
ing will hasten unification? The fact is, we be-
lieve, that denial of such membership will perpet-
uate existing conditions and that granting admis-
sion to them in accordance with the principles
of the United Nations will hasten unification.
Mr. Chairman, in the light of all these facts, it
is no wonder that virtually no state outside the
Communist orbit has seen fit to extend recognition
to the regimes of North Korea and North Viet-
Nam. By the same token, it appears to us un-
thinkable that these two countries should be pro-
posed for membership in the United Nations. For
this reason my delegation has opposed, and will
continue to oppose, their applications. My dele-
gation will vote against their admission.
The argimients which I have advanced above
are also pertinent to the draft resolution tabled
yesterday by India and Syria." This resolution,
which recalls the Tenth General Assembly's reso-
lution 918 of December 8, 1955,® would have this
Committee and the General Assembly take no
stand on the membership question this year but
would leave the matter entirely in the hands of
the Security Council. This is more than a proce-
dural resolution. In effect, this proposal reduces
all the applicants, regardless of their past his-
tory and present qualifications, to the same foot-
ing. This is substantive, not procedural.
I submit that such an action would do grave in-
justice to the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam.
These two countries — and only these two of all
the applicants mentioned here — have repeatedly
been found qualified for membership in the United
Nations by the General Assembly and the Security
Council. In 1955, because of then existing con-
siderations involving the admission of other quali-
fied applicants, the Tenth General Assembly de-
cided to refrain from pressing the applications
of the Republics of Viet-Nam and Korea at that
time. That was resolution 918 of the Tenth Gen-
eral Assembly adopted on December 8, 1955. I
am not ignoring it. On the contrary, I am spe-
cifically referring to it. As the representative of
the U.S.S.R. said, the General Assembly then felt
that it was "untimely" to act on these two appli-
cations at that time. But the circumstances which
caused this restraint do not exist today. They
certainly did not wipe out the past endorsements
of the Assembly nor raise to respectability coun-
tries which have never been found qualified for
membership. In all fairness to the two small and
courageous Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam we
should reaffirm our previous findings in their cases
' U.N. (lot-. A/SPC/L.12.
° Bulletin of Dec. 20, 1055, p. 1069.
336
Department of Slate Bulletin
and should thereby let them and the world know
that we have not abandoned them.
Mr. Chairman, representatives of the Soviet
Union and of India and Syria have indicated that
they will ask that their respective resolutions be
given priority over the resolutions previously sub-
mitted by the 13 powers on the subject of member-
ship for the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam.
For the reasons which I have set forth earlier, we
firmly oppose the admission of the North Korean
and North Viet-Nam regimes. Likewise, we op-
pose giving priority to the Soviet draft resolu-
tion. For the reasons which we and other co-
sponsors of the 13-power draft resolution have
stated, we believe that the General Assembly
should be given the opportunity of reaffirming its
belief that the Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam
should be admitted to membership. For that rea-
son we oppose giving priority to the draft resolu-
tion proposed by India. Instead, we ask that the
normal order be followed and a vote be held first
on the two resolutions submitted by the 13
powers.^
U.S. Makes Final 1956 Payment
to U.N. Refugee Fund
tl.S./U.N. press release 2606
The U.S. Representative to the United Nations,
Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., on February 1 trans-
mitted to tlie Secretary-General a check for $259,-
486, which is the final contribution toward the U.S.
pledge of $1,300,000 to the United Nations Ref-
ugee Fund for the calendar year 1956. The U.S.
pledge to this fund was subject to the limitation
that the U.S. contribution would be at the rate of
one-third of all goverimient contributions.
In addition the United States has given a total
of $5 million to the Secretary-General of the
United Nations for emergency assistance to Hun-
garian refugees. Of this amount $1 million was
presented on November 13 and $4 million on De-
cember 17, 1956.
TREATY INFORMATION
'On Jan. 30 the Special Political Committee approved
the two 13-power draft resolutions supporting admission
of the Repuljlics of Korea and Viet-Nam and rejected the
Soviet-sponsored draft resolution. A motion to give
priority to the India-Syria proposal was rejected at the
start of the voting, and the sponsors did not press for
a vote on the resolution.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Finance
Agreement relating to the disposition of certain German
assets in Thailand. Signed at Hangkok January 31,
1957. Kntered into force January 31, 1957.
Siynatures: France, Thailand, United Kingdom, United
States.
Fur Seals
Interim convention on conservation of North Pacific fur
seals. Signed at Washington February 9, 1957. Enters
into force on date of deposit of the fourth instrument
of ratification, and thereupon article IX, paragraphs
1 and 2, shall lie deemed operative from June 1, 19.06,
provided the parties have fulfilled certain conditions
specified in the convention.
Signatures: Canada, Jai>an, Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics, United States.
BILATERAL
Germany
Agreement relating to offshore procurement. Signed at
Bonn April 4, 1955.
Entered into force: February 7, 1957 (date of deposit
of instrument of ratification by the Federal Re-
public).
Greece
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of August 8, 1956 (TIAS 8633), liy providing for
purchase of evaporated milk and cheese. Effected by
exchange of notes at Athens January 8 and 25, 1957.
Entered into force January 25, 1957.
Agreement concerning financial arrangements for the fur-
nishing (if supplies and services to naval vessels. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Athens January 18 and
19, 1957. Enters into force April 19, 1957.
Haiti
Agreement for emergency drought assistance under title
II, Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance
Act of 19.54 (68 Stat. 454, 457). EITected by exchange
of notes at Port-au-Prince December 26 and 28, 1956.
Entered into force December 28, 1956.
Honduras
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and pre-
vention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on in-
come. Signed at Washington June 25, 1956.
Ratifications exchanged : February 6. 1957.
Entered into force: February fi, 1957, with effect on and
after January 1, 1957 ( the first day of the year in
which exchange of ratifications took place).
Iran
Agreement amending the surplus agricultural commodi-
ties agreement of February 20, 1956 (TIAS 3506). Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Washington January 29
and 30, 1957. Entered into force January 30, 1957.
February 25, 1957
337
Korea
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act, as
amended (68 Stat. 454, 455 ; 69 Stat. 44, 721). Efeected
by exchange of notes at Washington January 30, 1957.
Entered into force January 30, 1957.
Liberia
Agreement for transfer of certain property located at
Roberts Field to Liberia. Effected by exchange of notes
at Washington April 19, 1955, August 21 and Septem-
ber 22, 1956. Entered into force January 4, 1957.
Philippines
Agreement providing for duty-free entry into the Philip-
pines and exemption from internal taxation of relief
supplies and packages. Effected by exchange of notes
at Manila April 29, 1954, and October 18, 1956. Entered
into force October 18, 1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGNISERVICE
Appointments
Wiley T. Buchanan as Chief of Protocol, effective Feb-
ruary 4. For biographic details, see press release 15
dated January 11.
Consular Agencies
A consular agency was established at Las PaUnas-
Santa Cruz de Tenerife in the Canary Islands on October
12, 1956.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale 6j/ the Superintendent of Documents, V.8. Oov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. 0. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of State.
The Secretaries of State— Portraits and Biographical
Sketches. Pub. 6402. Department and Foreign Service
Series r^S. 124 pp. $1.
A publication making available for the first time repro-
ductions of the portraits of the Secretaries of State from
Thomas Jefferson through John Foster Dulles. The re-
productions are arranged chronologically according to the
terms of service of the Secretaries, and each reproduction
is accompanied by a biographical sketch of the Secretary
and a brief statement regarding the artist and the por-
trait.
Educational Exchange Grants. Pub. 6419. International
Information and Cultural Series 52. 25 pp. 15^.
A pamphlet containing information concerning the Inter-
national Educational Exchange Program, a program
which enables citizens of the United States to visit other
countries and foreign nationals to come to this country
for purposes of study, teaching, conducting research, etc.
Educational exchanges are awarded annually to about
6,000 persons from more than 70 countries.
The American Ambassador. Pub. 6420. Department and
Foreign Service Series 60. 22 pp. 10«(.
A pamphlet containing information about our highest
ranking diplomatic official, the American Ambassador.
The U.S. Department of State Offers Career Opportuni-
ties. Pub. 6424. Department and Foreign Service Series
62. 20 pp. Limited distribution.
A pamphlet containing outlines of the requirements for
employment in the Department of State and the Foreign
Service and the manner in which appointments are made.
Treaties in Force — A List of Treaties and Other Inter-
national Agreements of the United States. Pub. 6427.
250 pp. $1.25.
A list of treaties and other International agreements of
the United States on record in the Department of State
on October 31, 1956, which had not expired by their terms
or which had not been denounced by the parties, replaced
or superseded by other agreements, or otherwise defi-
nitely terminated.
Middle East Proposals. Pub. 6440. Near and Middle
Eastern Series 22. 28 pp. 150.
Message to Congress by President Eisenhower, January
5, 1957 ; and statement by Secretary of State Dulles be-
fore the House Committee on Foreign Affairs, January 7,
1957.
Defense— Loan of Vessels to Portugal. TIAS 3681.
5 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Portugal. Exchange of notes — Signed at Lisbon Novem-
ber 7, 1956. Entered into force November 7, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3682. 4 pp. 5#.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, supplementing agreement of March 5, 1956, as
supplemented — Signed at La Toja September 15, 1956.
Entered into force September 15, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3683. 4 pp. 5#.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, supplementing agreement of March 5, 195G, as sup-
plemented—Signed at La Toja September 15, 1956. En-
tered into force September 15, 1050.
Mutual Defense Assistance in Indochina. TIAS 3693.
15 pp. 10«t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Cambodia, France, Laos, and Viet-Nam, amending annex
A to agreement of Deceml)er 28, 1950, as amended. Ex-
change of notes — Dated at Saigon June 5 and 20, 1953 ;
Vientiane June 5 and July 16, 1953 ; I'hnom Penh June 5
and July 30, 1953; Saigon June 5 and September 7, 1953.
Entered into force September 7, 1953 ; operative retroac-
tively July 1. 1953.
338
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
February 25, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 922
Asia. Meeting the Threat of Communism in the
Far East (Robertson) 295
Atomic Energy. Euratom Committee Proposes
Fuel Program for Europe (White House an-
nouncement, text of communique) 306
Brazil. Agreement With Brazil Concerning Guided
Missiles Facility (text of U.S. note) .... 316
China
Meeting the Threat of Communism in the Far East
(Hobertsou) 295
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 5 . 300
Communism. Meeting the Threat of Communism
in the Far East (Robertson) 295
Department and Foreign Service
Appointments (Buchanan) 33S
Consular Agencies 338
Economic Affairs
Exiiiiliank Loan to Honduras for Inter-American
Higliway 315
Industrialization of Underdeveloped Countries
(Hoffman) 328
License Regulations Eased on Exports of Tech-
nical Data 317
The 1956 International Wheat Agreement
(Highby) 318
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 5 . 300
Tax Convention With Honduras Enters Into Force . 316
United States and Poland To Hold Ek:onomic
Talks 299
Europe. Euratom Committee Proposes Fuel Pro-
gram for Europe (White House announcement,
text of communique) 306
Honduras
Eximbank Loan to Honduras for Inter-American
Highway 315
Tax Convention With Honduras Enters Into Force . 316
Israel
General Assembly Adopts Two Resolutions on Mid-
dle East Question (Lodge, texts of resolutions) . 325
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 5 . 300
Japan. Secretarv Dulles' News Conference of
February 5 300
Korea. U.N. Special Political Committee Recom-
mends Admission of Republics of Korea and Viet-
Nam (Greenbaum) 332
Mexico. Mexico : Cooperation and Progress
(Rubottom) 310
Middle East
General Assembly Adopts Two Resolutions on Mid-
dle East Question (Lodge, texts of resolutions) . 325
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 5 . 300
Military Affairs. Agreement With Brazil Concern-
ing Guided Missiles Facility (text of U.S. note) . 316
Mutual Security. Agreement With Brazil Concern-
ing Guided Missiles Facility (text of U.S. note) . 316
Poland. United States and Poland To Hold Eco-
nomic Talks 299
Publications. Recent Releases 338
Refugees. U.S. Makes Final 1956 Payment to U.N.
Refugee Fund 337
Saudi Arabia. Visit of King Saud of Saudi Arabia
(text of communique, Eisenhower, Al-Saud) . 308
Spain. Consular Agency in Canary Islands . . . 338
Treaty Information
Agreement With Brazil Concerning Guided Missiles
Facility (text of U.S. note) 316
Current Actions 337
The 1056 International Wheat Agreement
(Highby) 318
Tax Convention With Honduras Enters Into
Force 316
U.S.S.R. Soviet Expulsion of U.S. Attaches
(White) 307
United Nations
General Assembly Adopts Two Resolutions on
Middle East Question (Lodge, texts of resolu-
tions) 325
Industrialization of Underdeveloped Countries
(Hoffman) 328
U.N. Special Political Committee Recommends Ad-
mission of Republics of Korea and Viet-Nam
(Greenbaum) 332
U.S. Makes Final 1956 Payment to U.N. Refugee
Fimd 337
Viet-Nam. U.N. Special Political Committee Rec-
ommends Admission of Republics of Korea and
Viet-Nam (Greenbaum) 332
Name Index
Al-Saud, Saud ibn Abd al-Aziz 308
Briggs, Ellis O 316
Buchanan, Wiley T 338
Dulles, Secretary 300
Eisenhower, President 308
Greenbaum, Edward S 332
Highby, L. I 318
Hoffman, Paul G 328
Lewis, William S 307
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 325
Robertson, Walter S 295
Rubottom, Roy R., Jr 310
Uffelman, Paul R 307
White, Lincoln 307
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 4-10
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to February 4 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 39 of
January 25 and 47 of January 31.
No. Date Subject
*n0 2/4 Buchanan sworn in as Chief of Protocol.
}51 2/4 Renegotiation of Canadian tariff conces-
sion on potatoes.
52 2/5 Robertson : "Meeting the Communist
Threat in the Far East."
53 2/5 Dulles : news conference.
*54 2/6 McCollum sworn in as Deputy Adminis-
trator of SCA.
55 2/7 Economic talks with Poland.
*56 2/7 Reinhardt nominated Counselor.
t57 2/8 Reply to Swiss request concerning Inter-
handel.
58 2/8 Communique on EURATOM.
59 2/8 Tax convention with Honduras.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
v. 5. GOVERNHENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9E7
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
THE SECRETARIES OF STATE . . .
Portraits and Biographical Sketches
This publication is based on a collection of poi'traits of Secre-
taries of State which the Department of State has been accumulat-
ing since 1861. It makes available for the tirst time reproduc-
tions of the portraits in this collection. The reproductions —
which are in black and white — are arranged chronologically ac-
cording to the terms of service of the Secretaries of State. Each
reproduction is accompanied by a biographical sketch of the
Secretary and by a note regarding the artist and the portrait.
The publication includes also three appendixes — the first relat-
ing to Secretaries of State ad interim, the second consisting of
notes regarding other portraits belongin<j to the Department of
State, and the third consisting of a chronological list of Presidents
of the United States, Secretaries of State, and Secretaries of
State ad interim.
The Secretaries of State: Portraits and Biographical Sketches
may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1 a copy.
Publication 6402
$1
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Please send me . . . copies of The Secretaries of State: Portraits and
Biographical Sketches.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 923
March 4, 1957
^gjrg
FIRST ANNUAL REPORT ON OPERATION OF TRADE
AGREEIVIENTS PROGRAM • Message of the Pres.
ident to the Congress 363
UNITED STATES FOREIGN POLICY AND THE SITU-
ATION IN EUROPE • by Julius C. Holmes 343
KEEPING THE PEACE • Remarks by Walter F. George . . 347
U.S. REPLIES TO SWISS REQUEST TO ARBITRATE
INTERHANDEL ISSUE • Exchange of Correspondence
and Text of U.S. Memorandum 350
U.S., CANADA, JAPAN, AND U.S.S.R. SIGN FUR
SEAL CONVENTION • Conference Announcement and
Text of Convention 376
MEMBERSHIP IN REGIONAL AND U. N. ORGANI-
ZATIONS—EUROPE, SOUTH ASIA, FAR EAST,
AND PACIFIC (Charts) 374
*ib'r''
6 ^
. P
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 923 • Pubucation 6456
March 4, 1957
Tor sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. aoveramcut Printing Ollice
Washington 26, U.O.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depaetmknt
OF State Bulletin as the source will bo
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
tlie Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the icork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by tlie White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Jnited States Foreign Policy and tlie Situation in Europe
hy Julius 0. Holmes
Special Assistant to the Secretary *
I am grateful for the opportunity to speak to
ou this evening on "United States Foreign Pol-
Bj and the Situation in Europe." May I say that
his is a large order. It is large because all or
irtually all of American foreign policy is influ-
nced in some way by what happens in Europe.
Ve cannot escape the fact that the Soviet Union is
, European as well as an Asiatic power and that
he actions of the Soviet Union have a major in-
luence on nearly all of our policies. I want to
onfine my remarks tonight, however, to the de-
elopments directly connected with the European
cene.
I like to compare the situation in Europe since
he end of World War II with the two sides of a
lalance scale. I see one side filled by the efforts of
he Soviet Union to spread its domination wher-
ver it can — particularly Western Europe — and
he other side holding the progi-ams and policies
if the free nations aimed at preventing this spread
nd securing a peace that will endure. To keep
he world scale tipped in favor of freedom and
ustice is the unceasing job of our foreign policy
[uided by our President, carried out by our Secre-
ary of State, guarded by you — our military —
md administered by our career Foreign Service.
In order to understand this postwar world it is
lecessary to see how these two forces developed in
•pposition to each other ; so I want to review this
levelopment with you tonight. We who deal
laily with foreign affairs are always in danger of
he occupational disease of the specialist — that is,
aking too much for granted the broad principles
'Address made before midshipmen of tlie first class,
LS. Naval Academy, Annapolis, Md., on Feb. 6.
upon which our work is based. We often tend to
talk only about the current problems or the spe-
cialized issues, giving forth a kind of verbal short-
hand about Weu, Oeec, Oas, Unesco, Sgua, Ica,
UsiA, CiA, and Rias, to the point where even a
well-informed listener is depressed, if not con-
fused.
So tonight, as I review before the USN the
foreign problems of the U.S.A., I shall endeavor to
take things step by step and to use unabbreviated
English wherever possible.
Europe at the End of World War II
With the Europe of today a relatively prosper-
ous and stable area of the globe, it is difficult to
recall conditions of barely more than a decade ago.
The end of World War II was accompanied by a
deep Soviet penetration into the heart of Europe.
In considerable measure as a result of our support
of its war effort, the Soviet Union was in a position
to move forces into Eastern Europe following the
defeat of the German Army. The vacuum was
filled with troops and guns and with political
regunes under Soviet control.
A control of that area had long been a Russian
ambition. What formerly served as "buffer
states" were now helpless satellites in Soviet hands.
Russian control of the Black Sea was complete,
with tlie exception of the Turkish coast and the
Dardanelles. Through its domination of Eastern
Europe, Russia also gained the rich uranium mines
of Hungary, Czechoslovakia, and Eastern Ger-
many, and the steel and coal resources of Poland.
With the Soviet Union now in control of the
land mass from Vladivostok to the middle of
^orch 4, 1957
343
Germany, Western Europe was meanwhile in the
grip of the poverty and tlie economic ruin which
followed the end of the war. Tlais gave an oppor-
tunity for the Communist parties in those coun-
tries to make extravagant promises of a better way
of life. The power of commimism was bolstered
greatly by the fact that, by suppressing the Com-
munist movement, the Nazis had forced it into
resistance, mto the undergroimd, and had there-
fore put it into position where it was able to
assume a role of leadersliip in the emerging post-
war world. Tliis was pai-ticularly true in France
and in Italy, and to a lesser extent in some of the
other countries of Western Europe. It must have
looked from the Kremlin in 1945 as though the
empire of the Soviets would soon extend from the
Pacific to the Atlantic.
There was only one means by which further
Soviet aggression could be prevented: by the
power of the United States. We can be proud
that we recognized that challenge and met it.
Meeting the Challenge of Soviet Aggression
Let me recall to your minds events as they
occurred.
There was first our aid to Greece and Turkey.
With our help, Turkey's hold on the Dardanelles
remained secure and the Communist rebellion in
Greece, domestically led but inspired and sup-
ported from outside, was ended.
Next was the Marshall plan. By helping West-
ern Europe to help itself, we shared in the restora-
tion of morale and self-confidence there and thus
helped eradicate the conditions in which com-
munism could flourish.
The Organization for European Economic Co-
operation was proposed as an adjunct to the Mar-
shall plan. It has provided continuity for Euro-
pean economic cooperation. Other forms of
European integration followed. The result of
all this was economic stability, which by its very
nature created a climate for political stability.
It was at this point that the Communists began
to see that the political and economic conquest of
Western Europe might not materialize. So the
Russians began to use military threat. This was
in gi-eat measure responsible for the success of the
coup in Czechoslovakia. Next came the blockade
which directly challenged the presence of the
Western powers in Berlin. The airlift was one
344
of the highest accomplishments of our military,
because through it we were able to meet poUtical
challenge without actual warfare.
The possibility of Soviet military attack pre-
sented a new danger to the peoples of Westerr
Europe. Although they were still weary from tht
war, they nevertheless faced the new danger. Fivt
European countries joined in an alliance which be
came known as Western Union. It bound togethei
Britain, France, and the Benelux coimtries, witl
the pledge to come to each other's defense shoulc
any of them be attacked.
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
In 1948 the Soviet tlireat against Western Ev
rope was so steady and strong that opinion in tb
United States began to recognize the ultimat
tlireat to our own security and the need for Amer
can aid. The United States Senate, which ha
rejected any involvement of the United States i
the League of Nations in 1919, now passed by ove
whelming vote the Vandenberg Resolution urgir
the President to negotiate regional arrangemen
for collective self-defense.
A military alliance in peacetime was somethu
m which the United States had never before pa
ticipated outside the Western Hemisphere. As
result of the negotiations that followed, the Nor
Atlantic Treaty was signed, a treaty which go
as far as we can constitutionally go in promisii
the support of our armed forces in the event of i
attack on our allies. This was a most signifiea
tm'ning point in American history. The Amei
can people had accepted the challenge of wor
leadership. They had agreed to fight, if necessai ,
to defend the free world against those determini
to destroy it. The North Atlantic Treaty Orga
ization — Nato — is the final step which separal
us from our past, when we were secured by t\
oceans, and leads us into the atomic age, when
nation, alone, can assure its survival.
In 1949, when the Nato treaty was signed, it ■?
merely a pledge, a pledge which would not resi
in action except in the case of attack. But aga
communism challenged, and again the West i
sponded. With the attack in Korea it becai
obvious that Nato needed Iwne and sinew, thai
defense organization in being was needed in We
em Europe. Such an organization was crea<
tlu'ough the establishment of the Supreme Alii
Commands and through the progiiim of armi
DeparfmenI of Sfafe BullefT
I
in which we have since been engaged with our
^ATO partners.
By their attack on Korea the Soviets indirectly
iharpened a reappraisal of policy toward
jermany.
learming of Germany
By the time of the Korean war, Germany was
igain playing a particularly important role in
Europe. Any analysis of the European situation
aust deal with Germany in some detail. In 1945,
ifter Germany had been defeated, the "Western
)owers were determined that Germany would
lever again rearm. We meant it, altliough there
rere even then those who predicted that the time
rould come when we would change our minds,
n 1950, when Soviet-trained Commimists attacked
jouth Korea, the parallel with Germany was too
lose for comfort. In Korea there had been a well-
rained Communist army in the north attacking
,n undefended country in the south ; in Germany a
yommunist police force, backed by overwhelming
lussian forces, stood poised on the borders of a
i'ederal Republic which had no forces of its own
?ith which to defend itself.
It might be argued that we could have avoided
he decision to rearm Germany by one of two
lethods: the occupying powers themselves could
lave taken on the defense for an indefinite period,
r we could have left Germany undefended.
Neither alternative was or is feasible. It would
e unthinkable that Americans, Frenchmen, and
Dnglislimen might die on German soil while Ger-
lans were prevented from the defense of their
lOmeland. Similarly, it must be clear from the
loint of view of elementary strategy that a country
f 50 million people, nearly 200 miles in width and
dth tremendous industrial and natural resources,
iresented a prize wliose possession would mate-
ially alter the balance of power and whose loss
ould not be permitted by default.
You will recall that German rearmament was to
e brought about within the European Defense
Community, imder which Germany would have
o army of its own ; there would only be a Euro-
pean Army, in whicli the French and German
oldiers would wear the same uniform. But time
ad not yet healed the wounds that the wars had
nflicted; France could not accept such an ar-
angement, and Germany had to be rearmed with-
out the concept of a European Army. Germany
was brought directly into Nato as a full member
and as a f idl participant in the defensive structure
of the West. By 1960, according to present plans,
Germany will be contributing 500,000 men to Nato
defense forces. The people of West Germany
threw their lot with the free nations of the West,
and these countries wished to help the Germans
build up their own strength.
U.S. Proposal for European Security System
Before we could give effect to this decision,
however, it was necessary to convince ourselves,
to convince the Germans, and to convince the
French that there was no other way of meeting
the Soviet challenge.
In January 1954, for the first time in over 5
years, we decided that we should sit down with
the Russians and see whether the situation had
changed. There was some reason to hope that it
might have changed. Stalin had died, and some
relaxation of positions had taken place. There
was a chance that, with a new approach from here,
there might be a new approach from there. In
order to test the possibility of a new approach, we
submitted a proposal for a European security
system under which the Soviet Union would be
protected against the possibility of a German at-
tack, which it claimed to fear so much. In re-
turn for this we asked that free elections be held
in all four zones of Germany so that the country
might be united and given the opportunity to
choose its own foreign policy and its own alli-
ances. We believed that a repetition of the "dic-
tated peace" of Versailles, which limited Ger-
many's freedom to conduct its own foreign policy,
would tend to stimulate revisionism and therefore
be contrary to the interests of all concerned, in-
cluding the Soviet Union.
Tlie Soviets refused to agree to any such plan.
They rejected our plans out of hand at Berlin;
they rejected them again at Geneva. If this was
not clear at the so-called "summit conference" in
July 1955, it became strikingly clear at the second
Geneva conference in October of that year. It
became obvious that the Soviet position had not
changed. The peaceful smile did make its short
appearance, but even the outward smile vanished
with the Hungarian tragedy this fall.
Soviet tactics can and do change from time to
time, but Soviet armed might and ultimate
objectives have remained unchanged. Recent
larch 4, 1957
345
events in Eastern Europe, particularly the events
in Hungary, show that the Soviet Union will not
hesitate to use force or the threat of force as it
has in the past. This fact makes it essential that
the effective military shield of the North Atlantic
alliance be maintained and its capabilities con-
stantly adapted to changing circumstances.
The Soviet Union has been challenged — chal-
lenged in its further expansion and challenged in
its efforts at political control through the Com-
munist parties in the West. In its sphere of in-
fluence, which it thought forever secure, it has been
challenged by the independence of Yugoslavia
and the moves in that direction on the part of the
new Polish regime. But below these surface oc-
currences, tensions in the Eastern European satel-
lites have been mounting — tensions of which the
rebellion in Hungary was the most violent ex-
ample.
We in the West have strengthened our econ-
omies, stabilized our international political sys-
tem, and built a defensive shield of visible
strength, and plans are now maturing toward the
greater unity and strength of Western Europe
through the formation of Euratom and a common
market. The countries of the Western alliance
have determined to maintain and safeguard their
democratic institutions and have recognized that
to do so they must achieve close cooperation in
every field. I do not think that a few years ago
many would have agreed to a paragraph in the
report of the Nato "Three Wise Men" ^ recently
issued which reads as follows :
The fundamental historical fact ... is that the nation
state, by itself and relying exclusively on national policy
and national power, is iuadequate for progress or even
for survival in the nuclear age.
That recognition shapes American policy. It
has caused this country to join the North Atlantic
alliance. It has caused us to strengthen our allies
in Western Europe both economically and mili-
tarily at great cost to ourselves.
Let me say also that we have had our own
tensions. The recent crisis in the Eastern Medi-
terranean caused a great many people to say that
our alliance was falling apart. It did not. We
had become accustomed to work together in the
common interest every day in the North Atlantic
Council, and during the Suez crisis we continued
to do that.
J
Need for More Effective Consultation in NATO
One of the lessons tliat we have learned recent!;
is the need for much more effective and continuing
consultation in Nato on foreign policies. I dc
not suggest that effective consultation of this kind
will rule out all possibility of divergent policies
any more than it rules out the necessity of anj
government acting on its own quickly and ef
fectively in a genuine emergency. There wil]
always be some differences of national approacl
to particular problems in a coalition such as Nato
and there will always be domestic consideration;
impinging on the requirements for considtatioi
with allies. But if we are to preserve freedom, i
we are to preserve the North Atlantic alliance, wi
cannot afford to let such differences of approacl
lead to deep divisions of policy on important mat
ters affecting the Atlantic Community. The proc
ess of acquiring the habit of consultation is a slov
one, a gradual one at best, probably slower thai
we might wish. We can be well satisfied, how
ever, if it is steady and sure.
I should like to say just one more thing on thi
subject. A sound foreign policy depends mor
than anything else on our vigilance — not onl
vigilance against the possibility of a more activ
threat but also constructive vigilance for the pos
sibility of any advance toward a more peacefr
world. We must be willing to analyze every op
portunity, be willing to test and test again, to se
if we cannot arrive at a situation where the scale
might permanently tip the balance in favor o
peace and freedom, not only for ourselves but fo
all men.
The spirit in which we approach this task wa
most eloquently expressed by President Eiseii
hower in his second inaugural address:^ "Ou
world," he said, "is where our full destiny lies-
with men, of all peoples and all nations, who at
or would be free."
"We voice our hope and our belief," the Presi
dent went on, "that we can help to heal this di
vided world. Thus may the nations cease to liv
in trembling before the menace of force. Thu
)uay the weight of fear and the weight of arm
be taken from the burdened shouldei-s of man
kind."
"This, nothing less," he concluded, "is the labo
to which we are called and our strength dedi
cated."
• Bulletin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 18.
346
'Jhid.. Feb. 11, 15)57, p. 211.
Department of State Bulletl
Anniversary of Independence
of Baltic Republics
Statement hij Secretary Dulles
Press release 69 dated February 16
Thirty-nine years ago the peoples of Lithuania,
Latvia, and Estonia dedared their independence
from Russia. The Soviet Union recognized their
independence and established diplomatic relations
with them. In the years that followed, the Baltic
peoples demonstrated their capacity for self-gov-
ernment and their will to maintain their national
independence.
Though the Soviet Government forcibly incor-
porated these three states — all independent mem-
bers of the League of Nations — into the Soviet
Union in 1940, there is ample evidence that the
peoples of the Baltic Republics still desire their
freedom from foreign rule. The strenuous efforts
of the Soviet regime to seal off the peoples of the
Baltic states from contact with the free world have
not succeeded in hiding this fact.
On the anniversaries of their national inde-
pendence, we honor their continuing courageous
determination to regain the national rights of
which they have been so cruelly and unjustly
deprived.
Keeping the Peace
Remarks hy Walter F. George
Special Assistant to the President ^
Now and again scholars debate whether events
are the creations of men or men the creatures of
events. I do not know the answer to the question,
and I, therefore, do not undertake to answer it.
I merely wish to say that I am moved to suggest
on this occasion that perhaps it is the times that
you honor rather than the man. Those who are
fortunate enough to come for a brief moment to-
ward the light of history certainly are aware that
they cannot control events or shape them ; at best,
they are conscious of the fact that, by the help of
God, events can be controlled only by the good
men and women of all free lands. I am duly ap-
' Made before the Veterans of Foreign Wars at Wash-
ington, D.C., on Feb. 6, on the occasion of Mr. George's
acceptance of the organization's Gold Medal Citizenship
Award.
March 4, 1957
preciative of this high honor, but again I suggest
that it is perhaps the events of the time in which
we live that you should emphasize rather than the
poor contribution of individuals who happen for
the moment to occupy the scenes of activity.
If honor is due any man in the great effort to
preserve peace, it is due to many men — many men,
not only in our land but in all free lands. Cer-
tainly, if there is any one man who in our time has
endeavored to fortify the uiterests of peace — to
preserve it — I am sure that all members of this
great organization and your guests of this evening
will agree that that man is our own President,
Dwight D. Eisenhower. By his side has stood,
with tireless energy, liis Secretary of State, John
Foster Dulles, who has the complete confidence of
the President himself.
The Larger Freedom
The problem of keeping peace in the world is
certainly one of the most difficult of human arts.
That is evidenced by the fact that the historians
say that for some 36 centuries of recorded time
the world has known only 300 years of uninter-
rupted peace. That fact is evidenced, again and
again, due undoubtedly to the basic and underly-
ing fact that, after all, peace is not the dearest
possession of men. There are things that are
stronger than life itself ; and from the first in our
Nation, we early learned from one of our own
American voices that life was not so dear, that
peace was not so sweet, as to be purchased at the
price of chains and slavery. And so it is that men
have rejected the passive peace which brought
some sense of security for the larger freedom for
which men strive.
In the most effective and significant inaugural
address of the President in this good year, we
were reminded that Budapest has ceased to be the
name of a city — it has become the symbol for that
freedom for which men and women strive and
which in every free land is above the price of what
men call success, or competency, or mere security.
The job of keeping peace is made doubly hard be-
cause so much of the world is in the hands of a
relatively few men — and those relatively few men
at the head of the government are men who do
not practice the faith of free men in moral law.
But they are dominated by a kind of pagan phi-
losophy which we in the modern world know as
communism. And so it is that the job of keeping
347
the peace of the world is the most difficult job
committed to men ; that is, if one recognizes peace
as the peace of justice which Edmund Burke con-
ceived as the standing policy of all civilized states,
and if one believes that moral law is yet a force
in the affairs of mankind.
If we are to keep the peace, we must preserve
and strengthen the defenses that guard it. The
vital link in these defenses is the Nato organiza-
tion, which has come to be the shield of free men
in Western Europe and also, may I say with deep
conviction, the sliield of the tjnited States of
America as well.
Another essential for the guarding of the peace
is, in my judgment, the approval by the Congress
of the President's Middle Eastern proposal.
Wliatever may be the powers of the President un-
der the Constitution, certain it is that the Con-
gress' and the President's standing together would
present a greater deterrent to Soviet aggression
and would assuredly give a higher degi'ee of con-
fidence to those who are about to become the vic-
tims of aggression all around the world.
Making Our Policy Clear
In maintaining our previous defenses against
aggression, in creating new ones, it is imperative
that we make clear to all that, while we cherish
our friendship with nations that have freedom or
now seek it, we would, as the President has said,
no more seek to buy their sovereignty than we
would to sell our own. We must also make it
plain that, while we honor the aspirations of those
captive nations which hunger to be free, we do
not seek military alliances with them nor to re-
make their society in the shape of our society.
We must make it clear, I think, to the world that
we do not reject the proffered hand of sincere
friendship — of honorable friendship — merely be-
cause the nation offering such friendship is not
itself in strict conformity with our own ideals and
our own declarations as a people. We must also
make it plain that, while we honor the aspirations
of these captive nations who are no longer free,
we do not propose to make them over in the image
of anyone. We must, finally, make it unmistak-
ably evident that, so long as the Soviets do not
first resort to aggression, the Soviet Union and
the Russian people have nothing whatsoever to
fear from the United States in any part of the
world.
On this occasion, and touched as I am by the
gi-eat honor which you have bestowed upon me, I
might speak of many things which have brought
us thus far to the point where we are as a nation
tonight. But no one can tell you what the future
is to bring forth. I have the fervent belief which
has been traveling with me toward a higher and
higher degree of certainty that, if in our time we
can meet the duties and responsibilities which are
presented to us, then that Power which is in men,
but not of men, but which is definitely above men,
and which shapes matters having to do with the
destinies of men and women, will see that all will be
well with us. Certain it is that in no other way
can we of this present day and of this present time
pay our obligation to those who have sacrificed
for us on the fields of battle around this earth;
and certain it is that by meeting our obligations
and our duties alone can we keep faith with the
living men and women who earnestly desire
peace — just, honorable peace.
And so again, thanking you for your special
award tonight, I bid you Godspeed, back in your
respective homes and communities — whether they
be great cities or crossroads in our country — to
give support to those enduring principles which
have brought us thus far on the road that we have
traveled as a people. Assuredly, there will be
nothing to fear if we rise to that high responsibil-
ity which inspired a public servant from my own
State many years ago to boldly declare that "He
who saves his country, saves all things; and all
things saved, will bless him. He who lets his
country die, lets all things die, dies himself
ignobly, and all things dying curse him."
U.S. Delegation to Ghana
Independence Ceremonies
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 14 (press release 68) the appointment of the
U.S. delegation to accompany Vice President Nix-
on to the ceremonies marking the independence of
Ghana (now the Gold Coast). The Vice Presi-
dent, who will head the delegation, will be ac-
companied by Mrs. Nixon. The independence
ceremonies will take place at Accra from March 3
to 10, 1957.
Members of the U.S. delegation are as follows:
348
Department of State Bulletin
Frances P. Bolton, House of Representatives
Charles C. Diggs, House of Representatives
Walter A. Gordon, Governor of the Virgin Islands
Mason Sears, U.S. Representative on the U.N. Trusteeship
Council
Donald W. Lamm, U.S. Consul General at
Accra, will serve as adviser to the official
delegation.
Dominican Republic Documents
on Disappearance of U.S. Citizen
Press release 66 dated February 14
On December 31, 1956, and January 16, 1957,
the Ajnerican Embassy at Ciudad Trujillo re-
quested of the Dominican Government the evi-
dence developed by the Dominican authorities in
the investigation of the disappearance of Gerald
Lester Murphy, a U.S. citizen, on December 3,
1956, in the Dominican Republic.^
The State Department has now received from
our Embassy evidence gathered by the Dominican
Government. The U.S. Government is studying
this evidence with a view to determining what
further steps will be taken in connection with the
disappearance of Mr. Murphy.
Hampton Roads has been planned as part of the
anniversary celebration.
The Virginia 350th Anniversary Commission
has chosen as a theme for this review "Freedom of
the Seas," because the founding of the James-
town Colony marked the beginning of the flow of
people and their culture across the Atlantic.
The Commander in Cliief of the U.S. Atlantic
Fleet has been designated the U.S. Navy repre-
sentative to this International Review and as such
will be responsible for all arrangements in this
connection. Invitations to participate in the
International Naval Review have been extended to
those European countries having fleets which par-
ticipated in the development of the Western
Hemisphere; to all countries in the Western
Hemisphei'e maintaining fleets; and to those
countries in the North Atlantic Treaty Organiza-
tion that have fleets.
Dui-ing the period June 8-17, 1957, the Com-
mittee for the International Naval Review has
planned commemorative ceremonies and entertain-
ment to be held in the Hampton Roads area. In-
cluded in the planned entertainment will be trips
for the participating naval personnel in the James-
town-Williamsburg-Yorktown areas, interna-
tional athletic events, and cultural and social
activities.
Twenty-seven Countries Invited
to International Naval Review
Press release 64 dated February 12
The Department of State annoimced on Febru-
ary 12 that it had forwarded on behalf of the
U.S. Navy, the Virginia 350th Anniversary Com-
mission, and the port communities of Hampton,
Newport News, Norfolk, Portsmouth, Virginia
Beach, and Warwick invitations to 27 countries to
attend an International Naval Review at Hamp-
ton Roads, Va., June 8-17, 1957.
In 1957 the Federal Government and the Com-
monwealth of Virginia will join in an 8-month
celebration of the 350th anniversary of the be-
ginning of the American Colonies from which
this Nation grew. This celebration will be known
as the Jamestown Festival of 1957. It will begin
on April 1 at Jamestown, the site of the original
settlement. The International Naval Review at
Vice Admiral Richmond Heads
Committee on Oil Pollution of Seas
Press release 61 dated February 11
Vice Adm. Alfred C. Riclimond, Comman-
dant of the U. S. Coast Guard, has been selected
chairman of the National Committee for Pre-
vention of Pollution of the Seas by Oil at the
second meeting of that organization, held Febm-
ary 8 at the Department of State.^
The National Committee is charged with re-
sponsibility for the study and review of the oil
pollution problem as it affects the United States.
It plans and disseminates proposals designed to
alleviate the oil pollution problem, including re-
search and educational measures, means for in-
ternational cooperation, and the study of technical
problems.
' For background, see Bulletin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 221.
^ For an announcement of the first meeting, see BuiXEi-
TiN of Oct. 1, 1956, p. 521.
March 4, 1957
349
Business at the February 8 meeting included
the installation of Vice Admiral Kichmond as
chairman of the committee and the delegation of
responsibility to the Coast Guard for a technical
evaluation of the International Convention for
the Prevention of Pollution of the Sea by Oil,
1954, which would facilitate the committee's study
of that convention. Other matters relating to
the committee's terms of reference and future
plans were discussed.
The National Committee was established in
compliance with the recommendation of the In-
ternational Conference on Pollution of the Seas
and Coasts by Oil held at London in 1954 ^ to the
effect that such committees in each nation be es-
tablished to study and propose remedies for this
longstanding international problem. The com-
mittee consists of representatives of governmental
agencies. The various departments, however, are
represented in more than one capacity and also
may reflect the views of various nongovernmental
interests and organizations concerned with oil
pollution problems.
Represented at the meeting were the Depart-
ments of Commerce, Defense, Interior, State, and
Treasury.
" For an article on the London conference by Rear Adm.
H. C. Shepheard ami John W. Mann, see xbii., Aug. 30,
1954, p. 311.
U.S. Replies to Swiss Request To Arbitrate Interhandel Issue
U.S. NOTE OF JANUARY 11, 1957
Press release 57 dated February 8
On January 11, 1957, the Department of State
informed the Government of Switzerland in a
note liaTided to the Minister of Stoitzerlaind that
the Government of the United States ivas unable
to comply with the Swiss request for arbitration
or conciliation of the Swiss claim for a release of
the large shareholding in General Aniline and
Fihn Corporation. These shares had been seized
in 1942 by the United States as enemy property
under the Trading With the Enemy Act. This
note was accompanied by a memorandum which
explained in detail the reasons for the position of
this Government. Following is the text of the
Departmenfs note together with the accompany-
ing memorandum.
The Secretary of State presents his compli-
ments to the Honorable the Minister of Switzer-
land and has the honor to refer to the Legation's
note dated August 9, 1956, concerning certain
shares in General Aniline and Film Corporation,
an American corporation, held and owned by the
United States under the Trading With the Enemy
Act, and claimed by a corporation incorporated
under the laws of Switzerland, Societe Interna-
tionale pour Participations Industrielles et Com-
merciales S. A., hereinafter called Interhandel,
and the Swiss claim to the right to a release of
this property because of the provisions of the
Swiss Allied Accord of May 25, 1946.^ Tlie Swiss
Government has requested arbitration or concilia-
tion of the claim with respect to the property in
question.
In the note under reference, the Government of
Switzerland further requested that the status quo
be maintained in respect of those shares pending
arbitration or conciliation proceedings.
The United States Government deeply regrets
that the Interhandel case and the interpreta-
tion of the provisions of the Swiss- Allied Accord
have so long represented sources of disagreement
between the United States and Switzerland. Over
a period of many years the two Governments have
on repeated occasions expressed their views on
these subjects.
Mindful of the traditionally fruitful and
friendly relations between the United States and
Switzerland, the United States Government has
given most serious consideration to the views ex-
pressed in the aforementioned note. This has
involved a thorough and lengthy reexamination by
' For text, see Bulletin of June 30, 1946, p. 1121.
350
DepartmenI of State Bulletin'
this Government of the varied and complicated
issues connected with the proposals of the Swiss
Government. This reexamination has resulted
in confirming the views on this matter heretofore
communicated to the Swiss Government on re-
peated occasions since 1947.
The United States Government regrets there-
fore to inform the Government of Switzerland
that, for reasons set forth in detail in the enclosed
memorandum, it cannot agree to the suggestion
of the Government of Switzerland that the said
matter be referred to arbitration, on the ground
that the matter does not involve a dispute falling
within the scope of the obligation to have recourse
to arbitration. Likewise as to the suggestion of
conciliation, the United States Government regrets
that it cannot accede to this suggestion for the
reasons set forth in said memorandum. In view
of this conclusion, the United States Government
also regrets to state that it cannot agree to the
request of the Government of Switzerland that the
status quo be maintained in respect to the assets
of Interhandel located in the United States.
The United States Government recalls its notes
of May 27, 1953 ^ and June 7, 1955 ^ to the Govern-
ment of Switzerland, in which the Attorney Gen-
eral of the United States expressed the willing-
ness to negotiate with the parties a settlement of
the case in the United States courts. The Attor-
ney General remains willing to enter into direct
negotiations with the parties to the suit or their
duly authorized representatives, in the light of
the status of the suit, for a settlement of the case
which will protect the legitimate interests of all
parties concerned.
Enclosure :
Memorandum
Department of State,
Washington
The Government of Switzerland has requested arbitra-
tion or conciliation, pursuant to the Treaty of February
16, 1931 or the Swiss-Allied Accord of May 25, 1946, of
the questidn of its right, under the Accord of 1946, to
the release of certain shares in General Aniline and Film
Corporation, an American corporation, held and owned
by the United States under the Trading with the Enemy
Act and claimed by a Swiss corporation, Societe Interna-
tionale pour Participations Industrlelles et Commerciales
S. A., hereinafter called Interhandel.
■ Not printed.
I. The Treatment of the Case in the United States Courts.
The matter of the ownership of the shares In question
has been the subject of proceedings, now concluded after
a full and fair hearing, in the competent courts of the
United States.
The shares were vested by this Government In 1942,
under the Trading with the Enemy Act, as the property of
I. G. Farben of Germany. In 1948, Interhandel, a Swiss
holding company, brought a suit for the return of the
shares again.st the Attorney General as successor to the
Allen Property Custodian. The Issues were whether
Interhandel was an enemy or was enemy-tainted under
United States law, whether Interhandel owned the prop-
erty, and whether Interhandel had participated In a con-
spiracy with the Sturzenegger banking firm In Basle and
I. G. Farben to cloak properties around the world, in the
interest of I. G. Farben, a German concern, and to allow
Farben to control such properties.
In the course of proceedings in intervention, begun by
minority stockholders of Interhandel and carried to the
Supreme Court of the United States, It has been held that
any dismissal of the complaint of Interhandel would
leave unaffected the rights of minority, non-enemy
stockholders.
In 1949, the District Court of the United States for the
District of Columbia, in which the suit was pending,
ordered that the Department of Justice exhibit to Inter-
handel all its records, and that Interhandel reciprocally
exhibit to the Department of Justice the Interhandel
records and the Sturzenegger records controlled by Inter-
handel. These Interhandel and Sturzenegger records had
been examined by tlie Swiss Compensation OfBce In an
investigation of the German character of Interhandel.
Interhandel thereupon examined and photostated all the
records of the Department of Justice, consisting of over
20,000 documents. When, however, the time came for
exhibition of the Interhandel and Sturzenegger records,
the Sturzenegger records were seized, by order of the
Swiss Government, under the Swiss bank secrecy and
economic espionage laws.
Thereafter, many individual papers were ordered to be
released, but others of an unknown number, as well as
the books of account ordered produced, were continued
under order of seizure. This order, now withdrawn be-
cause the litigation in the United States has ended, was
many times reaffirmed by the ministries Involved and by
the Swiss Federal Council, the last instance having oc-
curred on September .5, 19.'J6.
The papers of Interhandel itself were purported to be
exhibited to the Department of Justice, but it developed
thereafter that several thousand had been withheld and
that the books of account exhibited to the United States
Department of Justice were a different set from the
original books examined by the Swiss Compensation
Office. The Basler Nachrichten of March 29, 19."i6, re-
ports an admission by the management of Interhandel
that the books of the company were kept in a preliminary
version and that, while this version was available to the
Swiss Government, the American Department of Justice
was shown only a final version of the books, which omitted
certain Items, though the United States Court had ordered
March 4, J 957
351
Interhandel to produce the documents and books which
had been examined by the Swiss Government.
The eventual dismissal of Interhandel's complaint was
based on the failure to produce the Sturzenegger papers.
The Court originally set the time for production of the
papers as July 1949. When after lengthy proceedings it
finally appeared that the papers would not be produced,
the Court ruled, in 1953, that the suit by Interhandel
must be dismissed with prejudice for the failure of the
claimant to produce the required papers. Ill Fed. Sup.
435. The Court held that Interhandel had shown itself
unable to comply with the fundamental rules of the
American judicial system under which the facts must be
fully developed and revealed in order that justice be
done. It was held irrelevant that Interhandel was pre-
vented by the orders of its Government from producing
the papers. The Court noted that it was not sitting in
judgment on the secrecy laws of Switzerland ; that neu-
trals as well as citizens, governments as well as indi-
viduals, were required to comply with the rules of pro-
cedure of United States courts, which are designed to
give full discovery of the facts to the adverse party in
the interest of fair and just settlement of disputes.
To adopt any other course, the Court held, "would per-
mit a foreign government to release only the documents
favorable to one party and to retain or destroy the rest"
and "might defeat the purposes of the Trading with the
Enemy Act by permitting a foreign national to bring suit
in tills country to recover property seized under the Act
and then seelv shelter under the protective cloal£ of its
government when discovery is sought". The Court con-
cluded that "due process would be denied if a foreign
government were to be allowed to frustrate the proce-
dures established in the Courts of the United States".
The United States Court of Appeals for the District
of Columbia unanimously affirmed this decision and the
Supreme Court of the United States has refused to re-
view the case further. 385 F. 2d 532, 350 U.S. 937.
In June 1955, when the Court of Appeals affirmed the
decision of the District Court, it granted Interhandel
still another extension of time of six months to produce
the records, and this extension was prolonged during the
Supreme Court's consideration of the matter. The last
extension of time expired in August ]95(i, and the case
now stands dismissed without any qualification.
United States courts are known for their independence
and readiness to do justice at the suit of all, regardless
of whether the suitor is an alien or whether the United
States Government is the party against whom complaint
is brought. These courts have a continuing preoccupa-
tion to maintain the principles both of American consti-
tutional law and of international law that property may
not be taken from citizen or alien without due process of
law and that for every taking claimed to be illegal tliere
must be a full remedy.
The course of the proceedings in this case has shown
the solicitude of the laws and of the courts of the United
States for the rights of Interhandel. By Sections 9 (a)
and 32 of the Trading with the Enemy Act, Congress has
given two remedies to any person claiming that he is the
owner of vested property and that he Is not enemy-tainted.
One is the right to file a claim with the administrative
authorities. The second remedy, heard de novo by the
courts without any prejudice by a failure in the first rem-
edy, is the right to litigate in court. Interhandel has had
the benefits of both remedies. Both its claim and suit
have been dismissed.
Tlie remedy thus provided by Congress in the Trading
with the Enemy Act has been held by the Supreme Court
of the United States to be full and adequate and in com-
pliance with the principles of the Constitution mentioned
above. Stoehr v. Wallace, 255 U. S. 239. The rules of
procedure in the United States courts regarding dis-
closure of information are an integral part of the judicial
remedy afforded by the United States, and are in com-
pliance with the standards of international law for a fair
hearing. Interhandel has received due process of law.
The claim of Interhandel to the shares in question has
thus been defeated.
II. The Claim of the Swiss Oovemment.
The claim which is being made by the Swiss Govern-
ment is stated to be based upon the Allied-Swiss Accord,
signed at Washington on May 25, 1946, and known as the
Washington Accord. Arbitration or conciliation is re-
quested under that Accord or under the Treaty of Feb-
ruary 16, 1931.
A. The Claim Under the Washington Accord.
In respect to the Washington Accord, it has been as-
serted by the Swiss Government that a decision by the
Swiss Compensation Office in 1947, affirmed by the Swiss
Authority of Keview in 1948, to the effect that Interhandel
is a Swiss concern and not German owned or controlled,
was a decision pursuant to its authority under the Wasli-
ington Accord of May 25, 1946, and therefore binding on
the United States to release Interhandel assets located
in the United States, under Article IV of the Accord.
Article IV provides that "the Government of the United
States will unblock Swiss assets in the United States".
The United States Government cannot accept this argu-
ment. The decisions adverted to were not under the
Accord but were rather decisions by Swiss tribunals under
a Swiss decree of February 16, 1945. Moreover, even
had the decisions been made under the Accord, they would
necessarily have had to be limited in application to Inter-
handel's assets in Switzerland and would have had no
effect on the General Aniline and Film shares since these
shares are proiierty in the United States, not in Switzer-
land. The authority of the Swiss Compensation Office and
of the Authority of Review under the Accord did not en-
compass German assets located outside Switzerland, be-;
ing limited to such assets located in Switzerland. Lastly,!
the obligation to unblock in Article IV refers to the lift-
ing of United States Treasury controls on admittedly
Swiss assets and not to the divesting of property vested
by the Alien rroix>rty Custodian as German enemy prop-
erty, which has always been fully understood to be a
wholly dififerent matter.
1. The proceedings before the Swiss Compensationi
Office and tlie Authority of Review were not proceedings
under the Accord and thus could not be binding on the
Joint Commission established pursuant to Uiat Accord
or on the Allies. The proceedings were purely Swiss,
352
Deparfmeni of State Bulletin
befdir a Swiss tribunal on a Swiss matter — a blocking
of Inlerliandel by Swiss authorities under a Swiss decree.
The decisions of the Swiss Compensation Office and of
the Authority of Review were based on Intcrhandel's
complaint. This complaint, which was instituted even
before the Washington Accord was signed, was awiinst a
domestic, Swiss blocking of the a.ssets of Iiitorhandel, in
October and November 1945, under a Swiss decree of
February 16, 1945. It has been claimed that the decision
of the Swiss Authority of Review, when it affirmed the
decision of the lesser body, was one under the Washington
Accord, and in support of this it has been claimed that
the sole purpose of the Authority of Review is to hear
disputes arising under the Accord. However, by the
Swiss decree of December 27, 1946, the Authority was
given jurisdiction over purely Swiss matters, including
appellate jurisdiction over the decisions of the Swiss Com-
pensation Office in respect of blockings under the Swiss
decree of February 16, 1945. Thus, when the Authority
of Review on January 5, 1948, affirmed the decision of
the Swiss Compensation Office, it was not acting under
the Accord but rather as an entirely Swiss body exer-
cising jurisdiction granted by Swiss law to affirm a
decision by another Swiss body under a Swiss law — the
1945 blocking decree.
The decision makes this clear. The title of the decision
states that the matter involved is Interhandel's appeal
against the 1945 blockings. In the opinion, the Authority
concerns itself only with whether the facts warrant
the blocking of Interhandel under the 1945 blocking
decree. Furthermore, the judgment is only that the Swiss
blocking is rescinded retroactive to the date it was
imposed, October 30, 1945. This date was long before
tlie Washington Accord was negotiated.
The fact that the .Joint Commission under the Wash-
ington Accord was invited to join in the proceeding and
refused to do so did not convert the decision into a de-
cision under the Accord. The Joint Commission made
it clear that the Interhandel case before it under the
Accord was a separate matter, still on its agenda and
that the decision of the Authority could have no effect
on the case under the Accord. In its letter of December
19, 1947, declining the invitation as inappropriate under
the Accord, the Joint Commission said :
"The case in question is still under consideration by
the Joint Commission under the terms of the Washington
Accord and as yet the Commission has not disagreed with
any decision of the Swiss Compensation Office and thus
there seems no basis for the Joint Commission to appear
before the Commission de Recours at this time as provided
in Article III of the Annex to the Washington Accord.
"A majority of the Joint Commission would prefer that
the case of I.G. Chemie [Interhandel] be postponed by
the Commission de Recours until consideration of the
matter by the Joint Commission has been concluded. If,
however, this wish cannot be granted, a majority of the
Joint Commission states that the appeal presented by the
aforementioned firm can, naturally, have no effect on any
proceedings, undertaken pursuant to the Washington Ac-
cord, on the matter by the Joint Commission."
The Authority of Review in its opinion recited the con-
tents of this letter from the Joint Commission. While
the Authority could not agree to the postponement of its
decision, it did not suggest that its decision would affect
the issue under the Accord. It rather went on to write
a detailed opinion devoted only to the 1945 Swiss blocking
and the decree of Februai-y 16, 1945. The Authority by
this opinion recognized that it was maldng a decision on a
Swiss blocking case and not one under the Washington
Accord. The decision, therefore, cannot be considered to
bind anyone under the Washington Accord.
2. Moreover, a decision of the Authority of Review
under the Accord could have no effect on any property
in the United States such as these shares, for the Accord
(except for Article IV thereof) relates only to German
property in Switzerland and the authority of the Swiss
Authority of Review is as a consequence limited to Ger-
man property "in Switzerland". This is borne out by
the words of the Accord, its purpose, the record of the
negotiations and its construction by the parties.
In the entire history of the negotiations of the Wash-
ington Accord there was never a suggestion by anybody
that the Swiss Compensation Office, which the Accord
provided would deal with German assets in Switzerland,
or the Swiss Authority of Review should have any juris-
diction regarding assets, German or otherwise, not located
in Switzerland. Neither was there any suggestion that
either of these bodies should have any jurisdiction in
matters arising under Article IV of the Accord.
The negotiations were between representatives of the
United States, United Kingdom, and France on the one
hand, representing Allied countries entitled to seek rep-
arations from German assets in Switzerland, and repre-
sentatives of Switzerland on the other. The concern of
all, as is about to be demonstrated, was only German
assets in Switzerland. It was in this connection that pro-
vision was made in Article I of the Accord for the func-
tions of the Swiss Compensation Office with respect to
German assets in Switzerland. Article IV, though in-
cluded in the Accord, dealt with a purely bilateral matter
between the United States and Switzerland, namely the
unblocking of Swiss assets in the United States. It was
not germane to the scheme represented by the rest of the
Accord, but related to an entirely separate matter, and is
discussed separately below.
That only German assets located in Switzerland were the
concern of the negotiators and their Governments is clear.
The first two articles demonstrate this limitation. By
Article I, paragraph 1, the Swiss Compensation Office was
to investigate and liquidate "property of every description
in 'Switzerland owned or controlled by Germans in Ger-
many", and by paragraph 2 the German owners were to
be indemnified "for the property which has been liquidated
in Switzerland pursuant to this Accord". The "proceeds
of the liquidation of property in Switzerland of Germans
in Germany" were to be divided equally between the Allies
and Switzerland. Art. II (1).
The Accord did not deal with the title to German prop-
erty in the United States, although in Article IV it pro-
vided for the unblocking of Swiss assets in the United
States. Its subject matter as to title was confined to
German property in Switzerland.
In the xVccord, in the Annex dealing with procedures
and in the letters simultaneously exchanged, there are
repeated and numerous references confirming that the
March 4, 1957
353
property which is the subject of the Accord is German
property in Switzerland. E. g., pages 42, 57, 59, 66 of the
plenary sessions of the negotiators. The chief Swiss
negotiator stated, "You aslj the German assets in Switzer-
land for reparations and we aslj the German assets in
Switzerland for covering at least partially our claims
against Germany" (pages 64-05 of the plenary sessions).
The preamble, illuminating the entire purpose and scope
of the Accord, opens with words confirming that the
outer limits of the Accord are German property in Swit-
zerland. It is said that the Allies have "claimed title to
German property in Switzerland by reason of the capitu-
lation of Germany and the exercise of supreme authority
within Germany", that the Swiss Government was unable
to recognize this claim but desired to contribute to the
reconstruction of Europe and that in these circumstances
the parties had arrived at the Accord.
The Swiss Government has itself acted on the basis
that German property not within Switzerland is not wdth-
in tlie Accord, by freeing from restrictions under the Ac-
cord such German assets as were administered from
Switzerland but were not actually located there, on the
ground that "the Washington Accord covers only assets in
Switzerland". (Feuille FM^rale, 1949, p. 774-5.)
It must be recognized, too, that the American negotia-
tors of the Accord were not authorized to make an Accord
which would affect rights to property in the United States,
either vested or subject to vesting as enemy property.
Vested property is not only subject to the power of Con-
gress as such but is also subject under the Constitution
to Congressional control because it is property of the
United States. The disposition of such property was and
is solely for Congress, which had then by statutes, since
repeated and confirmed, expressed its will as to the release
of property deemed enemy property under the standards
of United States law. There have been set out above, in
Part I, the methods permitted by Congress for the release
of property vested as enemy under the Trading with the
Enemy Act. These methods were exclusive and could not
be varied by negotiators in the Executive Branch, who as
to vested property, were bound by the Constitutional pro-
vision that only Congress and not the Executive may dis-
pose of property of the United States. The negotiators
were thus not authorized to make, and did not make, any
agreement in the Accord affecting property vested in the
United States.
Other materials, which need not now be specified in
detail, confirm that the Accord was in terms and in its
construction limited to German assets in Switzerland.
In its origin it was intended to be so limited. The genesis
of the Accord lies in the Inter-Allied Declaration of Janu-
ary 5, 1943, and in Kesolution VI of the Bretton Woods
Conference of July 1944. By these declarations the Allies
stated their intention to undo acts of looting by the enemy
and to take possession of enemy assets in neutral coun-
tries. In the Potsdam Protocol of August 2, 1945, It was
agreed that the Allies other than the U.S.S.R. were in part
to satisfy their reparations claims from German external
assets in neutral countries. The Allied Control Council
for Germany was directed to take control and power of
disposition of German external assets "not already under
the control of the United Nations" (Part II (B) (18)).
Accordingly, the Control Council enacted its Law Xo. 5,
claiming title to German external assets. The effectua-
tion of this law was the stated purpose of the negotiations,
requested by the Allies, which culminated in the signing
of the Accord. The Allies already had taken control over
German property within their own borders and there was
no need for any negotiations or for any Accord with
Switzerland with respect to such property. There was,
however, need for an Accord which would recognize the
Allied rights to the German property in Switzerland.
The Paris Reparation Agreement of January 14, 1946,
was the final step in the chain of international events pre-
ceding the Washington Accord. By Article 6A of the
Agreement the signatory powers agreed to retain the
German assets within their borders. Further, they au-
thorized France, the United Kingdom and the United
States to negotiate with Switzerland for the disposition
of German assets in Switzerland, and with the other neu-
trals for the disposition of German assets in those other
countries. Article 6C provides :
"German assets in those countries which remained neu-
tral in the war against Germany shall be removed from
German ownership or control and liquidated or disposed
of in accordance with the authority of France, the United
Kingdom and the United States of America, pursuant to
arrangements to be negotiated with the neutrals by these
countries. The net proceeds of liquidation or disposition
shall be made available to the Inter-Allied Reparation
Agency. . . ."
It was pursuant to this authorization that the three .
named powers negotiated the Washington Accord with
Switzerland and in Article V of the Accord the negotiating
powers noted that they signed on behalf of the govern-
ments signatory to the Paris Reparation Agreement. The
limitation on their authority of the three powers bound
them to seek only to gain control of German assets in the
neutral countries, on behalf of the United Nations who
are members of the Inter-Allied Reparation Agency. The
three powers had no authority to negotiate with respect to
assets outside Switzerland.
Accordingly, the powers represented in the Inter-Allied
Reparation Agency have declined to accept the Swiss
Government's position on the Washington Accord. On
January 21, 1949, the Assembly of the Inter-Allied Repara-
tion Agency, comprising all the powers signatory to the
Paris Reparation Agreement, having been informed of
the Swiss Government's arguments to the contrary, denied
that the argument had any validity. The resolution of
the Assembly reads, in part, as follows :
"CONSIDERING that the Washington Agreement Is
clearly limited in scope to apply solely to German assets
located in Switzerland, and that its language demon-
strates that the negotiating powers recognized that there
was no authority vested in them to bind Governments
Members of the Inter-Allied Reparation Agency, in a
way wliich would affect the respective riglits of those
Governments over assets within their own jurisdiction ;
"CONSIDERING therefore that the decisions of the
Joint Commission cannot be binding or have extraterri-
torial effect on assets within the jurisdiction of Govern-
ments Members of the Agency ;"
Individual Governments, including those of France and
Belgium through their courts, have taken a similar
position. Cour d'Apjiel de Colmar, France, May 31, 1949;
354
DepartmenI of State Bulletin
Couf cle Cassation, Belgium, SeptGUil)er 17, 1933, 141
Pasiorisie Beige 1. Tlae opinion of the Belgian court,
the highest court of that country, states :
"The Washington Accord relates only to German assets
located in Switzerland. Its terms demonstrate that it is
entirely inapplicable to assets located in the territory of
any of the powers signatories to the Accord, and it has
no bearing upon measures which such power may deem
appropriate to take with regard to those assets.
"The decision of the said Joint Commission, therefore,
does not bind the Belgian Government or the Belgian
courts as concerns the execution of measures in the se-
questration of the assets of the Aeroxon Corporation
located in Belgian territory.
"In this respect, the place where plaintiff's shares are
located is irrelevant. . . ."
3. Proceeding from the contention, which, as indicated
above, the United States does not accept, namely, that the
decision that Interhandel is Swiss was made under the
Accord and therefore binds the United States, the Swiss
Government assumes that, Interhandel being Swiss, its
American assets are Swiss. It then contends that under
Article IV of the Washington Accord they are required
to be released.
Article rv ( 1 ) of the Accord provides :
"The Government of the United States will unblock
Swiss assets in the United States. The necessary pro-
cedure will be determined without delay."
The contention, as stated in the earlier notes of the
Swiss Legation, is apparently that by this article the
United States undertook to "release" or "liberate" any
"Swiss" assets such as these, claimed to be Swiss though
vested in the United States as enemy.
The United States did not accept such an obligation.
For one thing, it would have been beyond the powers of
the negotiators. Vested property is property of the
United States and can be disposed of only by Congress,
whose will is expressed in tlie Trading with the Enemy
Act. In 1946, at the time the Accord was being negotia-
ted, Sections 9 and 32 of that Act had already expressed
Congress' intention with respect to the return of property
vested as enemy. Only those who proved themselves to
be nonenemies imder Section 9 or to be only technical ene-
mies such as persecuted persons under Section 32 could
obtain a return of vested property. Thereafter, in 1948,
the Congress by Section 39 confirmed that there was to be
no return of property deemed to be German. These dis-
positions of law governed the negotiators for the Accord.
An agreement to release property vested as enemy, such
as the Government of Switzerland now contends was
made by the Accord, was thus beyond the executive power
as an encroachment upon the legislative powers of Con-
gress. It could therefore not be made and it was not pur-
ported to be made.
The obligation which was undertaken by the United
States under Article IV of the Accord was merely to lift
or remove the controls on all recognized Swiss property
then maintained by the United States Treasury Foreign
Funds Control under Executive Order No. 8389. That the
wholly different set of laws and procedures applicable to
enemy property under the Trading with the Enemy Act
was no part of this obligation was fully understood by all
parties at the time of the negotiation.
The reason for this was the great difference between
freezing of foreign property — blocking and unblocking —
and vesting of enemy property. The foreign funds con-
trols had as their purpose the prevention of enemy ad-
vantage from foreign owned assets. Their means was
an immobilization of property, without any taking of
title or seizure, and a prohibition on dealings without
Treasury license. The administering agency was the
Treasury Foreign Funds Control, and the method of the
release of the controls was the grant of a license, either
general or special, in the discretion of the Secretary of
the Treasury.
The system for enemy property was another thing en-
tirely. Its purpose was the seizure of enemy property
in the beneficial interest of the United States, and its
means was a vesting which transferred title to the United
States. The administering agency was the Alien Prop-
erty Custodian (later the Attorney General), and the
method of release was an administrative claim before the
Attorney General and, if that were denied, a suit in the
courts under Section 9 (a) of the Trading with the Enemy
Act.
The recognized vocabulary descriptive of the Treasury
foreign funds controls was "block" and "blocking",
"freeze" and "freezing", for the imposition or existence
of the controls, and "unblock" or "defrost" for their lifting
or removal. Thus, agreement to the lifting of the con-
trols in what became Article IV was requested in a Swiss
letter of April 11, 1946, asking for an end to "freezing".
To this request the chief American negotiator responded
on April 12 that when the other issues were settled, the
United States would discuss "procedures for the unfreez-
ing of legitimate Swiss assets in the United States". The
actual lifting was expressed in Article IV of the Accord
as an obligation to "unblock".
On the other hand, the recognized vocabulary appro-
priate for the enemy property program was "vesting"
and "divesting" of enemy or German property. The use
of the term "Swiss assets" precluded any thought of di-
vesting, for property was vested only when it was deemed
to be enemy property, and divesting took place not by
executive action but on findings made in an administra-
tive claim proceeding or by the court in a lawsuit The
terms "unblock" and "Swiss assets" were thus a complete
negation of any thought of divesting of enemy assets.
It is clear that the negotiators for the Government of
Switzerland, who had great experience in these matters,
understood the words used in the sense indicated above.
The record of the negotiations discloses that the words
"unfreeze" and "unblock", "blocking" and "freezing" were
used interchangeably by the Swiss negotiators, and more-
over used to refer to Treasury controls.
In an early meeting the chief negotiator for Switzer-
land said (Meeting of March 18, 1946, p. 29) :
"As far as legaUy acquired property which came to us
is concerned, our attitude is identical with that taken
by the United States at the time of the introduction of
the 'freezing' and which was defined as follows: 'We
have to protect those who have faith in the United States
and Invested their assets here.' It is strange, indeed,
that the Swiss assets which had been blocked with this
end in view cannot now be released, precisely because we
cannot stoop to observe an attitude which would be the
Mofch 4, 1957
355
very negation of the American principle which I have
quoted." (Plenary Meeting of March 18, 1946, p. 20.)
The sijeaker here was not only using "blocked" and
"freezing" as referring to the United States Treasury
foreign funds controls but he was showing an intimate
knowledge of the origins and even the rationale of those
controls, matters which are in aU respects utterly differ-
ent from the program for the vesting of enemy property.
Other instances in which the chief negotiator for
Switzerland repeatedly expressed his concern, in the
course of the negotiations for the Accord, over the block-
ing and freezing of Swiss assets, using the words inter-
changeably, are to be found at pages 21, 30, 44, 48, 53 of
the record of the plenary sessions and in the letters from
Minister Stucki of April 17 and 24, 1946. When the
matter was discussed in the Swiss Parliament it was so
clear that only Treasury controls were being lifted that
the totals of the Swiss assets involved were stated as
reported by a United States Treasury publication on the
results of its freezing controls. Debates, Nationalrat,
June 26, 1946, p. 403.
There likewise was no misunderstanding on the part
of the United States negotiators, who could not have so
ignored the provisions of law stating the exclusive means
for the divesting of property vested as enemy.
The Swiss Government has long recognized that the
obligation of Article IV to unblock Swiss assets was im-
plemented in exchanges of letters between Secretary of
the Treasury Snyder and the Chief of the Federal Po-
litical Department, M. Petitpierre, on November 22, 1946,
and between Counsellor Dr. Reinhard Hohl and Mr. James
H. Mann, United States Treasury Representative, on No-
vember 25, 1946. Feuille FSd^rale, 1949, 776-7.
In the letter from Dr. Hohl it is said :
"It was understood throughout the discussions that the
arrangements provided for in the foregoing and in the
letter [of Secretary Snyder] were designed only to meet
practical operation problems and do not in any way alter
the status under the Trading with the Enemey Act, as
amended, or Executive Order No. 8389, as amended, of
enemy assets situated within the United States and held
through Switzerland."
This was a clear reference to Interhandel, which is pre-
cisely such a case.
By the agreements of November 1946 the parties rec-
ognized that enemy property, whether vested or subject to
vesting, was outside the obligation to unblock. Thus
there was agreement that property, though claimed to be
Swiss, was not eligible for certification by Switzerland for
unblocking if the American authorities deemed it to be
enemy. See also Feuille F(5d6rale, 1946, 131; Feuille
F6d('Tale, 1949, 777.
There is much further evidence to support the con-
clusion that the obligation to "unblock Swiss assets" has
no bearing on the vested enemy property claimed by In-
terhandel. For instance, it appears that there is no ref-
erence in the record of the negotiations either to the
Interhandel case, the largest case of vested enemy assets,
or even to vested enemy assets generally. Moreover,
vested enemy assets were administered by the Depart-
ment of Justice, a different agency from the Treasury.
In the very week of the signing of the Accord while some
of the Swiss negotiators met with Treasury officers to
discuss the implementation of Article IV, i. e., the provi-
sions which eventually became the Snyder-Petitpierre
letter, a somewhat different group of Swiss representa-
tives met with the Department of Justice to discuss a
joint Swiss-American investigation of Interhandel, for
the purpose of determining procedures to obtain evidence
that could be used by the United States in the defense
of the suit which it was expected Interhandel would
bring against the American authorities under the Ameri-
can Trading with the Enemy Act, in an attempt to recover
property of Interhandel already vested by the United
States as enemy property. It was recognized by all that
any unblocking in the United States pursuant to Article
IV was an entirely separate matter from the vesting of
the assets in the United States claimed by Interhandel.
The distinction between "block" and "unblock" and
"freeze" and "unfreeze" Swiss assets on the one hand,
and "vest" and "divest" enemy assets on the other, was
and is as great as can be achieved by the use of technical
words, deliberately chosen and well understood. Con-
sequently the contention that the United States was com-
mitted by Article IV to divest itself of General Aniline
and Film shares vested as German is without merit on
two separate grounds. First, the term "unblock" shows
an exclusive concern for the lifting of Treasury foreign
funds controls and has no relationship to any divesting
or return under the procedures appropriate for property
vested as enemy. Secondly, even as to an obligation to
unblock, this obligation ran only to property admittedly
Swiss, and not to property subject to vesting as enemy
property.
4. In 1948, this Government, on request of the Swiss
Legation, completely reexamined its views on this matter.
This Government then reaffirmed to the Swiss Government
its position as follows :
"The question of the return of the property formerly
owned by I. G. Chemie [Interhandel] and now vested
under the Trading with the Enemy Act is wholly beyond
the scope of the Washington Accord of May 25, 1946, and
is governed solely by the statutes of the United States.
The question is far beyond any permissible construction
of the Accord and is therefore not subject to the arbitra-
tion clause of the Accord."
These views are again reaffirmed. No claim of a denial
of Justice in the court proceedings has been asserted by
the Government of Switzerland on behalf of its national,
Interhandel, nor do any grounds exist for the assertion
of such a claim. As stated, there has been full justice
and due process of law. The Government of Switzerland
has no ground in this respect to request arbitration.
In so far as the claim made is grounded on the Wash-
ington Accord, there was no agreement and hence there
is no obligation to arbitrate contentions which, as demon-
strated, are beyond any permissible construction of the
terms of the Accord. The assertion of a claim said to be
based upon an international agreement, which clearly has
no relation to the claim, cannot give rise to an obligation
to arbitrate.
As stated above, under Article IV, Section 3, of the Con-
stitution of the United States only Congress has the
power to dispose of property belonging to the United
States, and the negotiators of the Accord, in the Executive
356
Department of State Bulletin
Branch, had no authority to make (even if they had pur-
ported to, wliich as pointed out they did not) any aitree-
luent to transfer projjerty located in tlie United States
and owned by it, property whose disposition had at that
time been specifically provided for by statutes enacted by
the Congress. Likewise, these negotiators had no author-
ity, no Congressional consent having been given, to agree
to submit a question to arbitration which could result in
an arbitral decision that the United States should transfer
certain of such property to another. Therefore, it was
impossible for the negotiators to have agreed, for the
United States, that the instant contentions of the Swiss
Goveriuuent, or any other questions affecting the release
of property vested as enemy in the United States, were
arbitrable matters under the Washington Accord.
The Government of the United States therefore cannot
agree to the suggestion of the Swiss Government that
the said matter be referred to arbitration under the
Accord, on the ground that the matter does not involve a
dispute falling witliin the obligation under the Accord
to have recourse to arbitration.
B. The Claim Under the 1931 Treaty.
As a matter wholly apart from the Accord, the Swiss
Government also requests arbitration of "the interests
in question", under the Treaty of February 16, 1931.
This request would put within the competence of arbi-
trators the power to dispose of property within the United
States, as is here involved. A dispute involving title
to such proiierty is not sub.iect to arbitration. Article VI
of the Treaty specifically provides that :
"The provisions of Article V [the arbitration provision]
shall not he invoked in respect of any difference the sub-
ject matter of which
(a) is within the domestic jurisdiction of either of the
Contracting Parties " (emphasis supplied)
The decision on what questions are within the domestic
jurisdiction is, under the Treaty, made unilaterally by
each party for itself, without any review or contest by
others, who cannot be as fully appreciative of the nature
of the domestic jurisdiction of a party as that party
itself. Message concerning the ratification of the Treaty
of February 16, 1931, Feuille FM^rale, 1931, I, p. 961 ;
Prof. M. Wehberg, Die Schicdsgerichts- und Vergleichsver-
traege der Schweiz, (1942) Die Friedens-Warte 49, 63;
compare 2 Foreign Relations of the United States, 1929,
p. 4; J. W. Garner, The New Arbitration Treaties of the
United States, 23 Am. .Journal of International Law, 595,
598 (1929) ; see also 2 Oppenheim, International Law
(7th ed. 1948) p. 31 and note 4.
The disposition of title to property located within a
country is manifestly within the domestic jurisdiction of
that country unless the country involved has by sovereign
act removed the matter from its exclusive domestic juris-
diction. The United States has not removed the matter
of the ownership of these shares in General Aniline &
Film Corporation from its domestic jurisdiction. Neither
by the Washington Accord nor any other act has the
United States consented that any body other than its
courts should determine the ownership of these shares.
It has given an ample remedy in its courts, and the remedy
has been fully utilized by Interhandel.
Now to agree that any body other than the United
States courts acting under United States statutes has
jurisdiction to rule on the ownership of the property
here in question, would be to override and ignore the
statutes enacted by Congress. These statutes provide the
exclusive method, forum and standards for the return
of property vested in the United States under the Trad-
ing with the Enemy Act. Under the Constitution of the
United States as noted above the Executive Branch can-
not dispose of property of the United States. It can only
lie disposed of by the Congress through appropriate stat-
utes. It has already been pointed out that the negotiators
for the Accord did not seek to bring about, and did not
bring about, such an unconstitutional result. This Gov-
ernment could not now do what the negotiators were un-
able to do and did not do. As a consequence the United
States deems the ownership of these shares is a matter
"within the domestic jurisdiction" of the United States
within the meaning of the Treaty, with the result that the
arbitration provisions of the Treaty may not be invoked.
The comments made above regarding the request for
arbitration also compel the conclusion that the interests
of our mutual relations would not be furthered by re-
sorting to conciliation under the 1931 Treaty. The
processes of investigation and reporting by a conciliatory
group upon the nature of a claim and its basis where
there has been obscurity or lack of clarity therein, en-
abling the parties better to compose diflereuces which
have been based upon such obscurity or lack of clarity,
are of course the essence of the provisions of the 1931
Treaty relating to conciliation. In that situation the
parties nevertheless retained "the right to act independ-
ently upon the subject matter" even after the report is
made. The instant case, however, does not represent that
kind of situation. Rather, it is a case where the position
of the Government of Switzerland and its basis have
long been fully understood and the position of the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America has been com-
municated fully to the Swiss Government. Consequently,
it is not the type of situation in which there could be any
advantage to be gained from further investigation and
reporting. Furthermore, such processes could not, for
the reasons set forth above, lead to subsequent arbitra-
tion which, under the 1931 Treaty, appears to be one
of the objectives of the process of conciliation.
The Swiss Government has not set forth a claim falling
within the scope of the 1946 Accord, and the question of
title to the shares, being a matter within the domestic
jurisdiction of the United States, has been finally settled
by the competent courts of the United States in proceed-
ings the propriety of which is not questioned. Under the
circumstances, and in the light of the Constitutional and
statutory limitations regarding disposition of property
of the United States referred to above, conciliation pro-
ceedings could not achieve the objectives of the concilia-
tion provisions of the 1931 Treaty and would necessarily
be unproductive. Therefore, the request for conciliation
must be respectfully declined.
The position of this Government on this claim is based
upon careful and repeated reexamination of the claim
over a period of eight years. On each occasion the matter
March 4, 1957
417233—57 3
357
has boon ralswl by the GovernmPiit of Switzerland, a
careful reexiiiiiiiiatioii of the question has taken place.
In each instance the conclnsion was the same. Tliis
Government apiin addressed it.self to the problem, fol-
lowing receipt of the note of Auirust !), lOHO, and bas con-
cluded that no chanj-'e In its previously declared position
is justified.
0. The Requast for the Maintciiniicc of the Status Quo
There remains for di.'^cussion the request for main-
tenance of the status (pio of the assets involved, pending
arbitration or conciliation. The note of August t), I'.loU.
suggests that principles of good faith, which underlie
the authority of the International Court of Justice to
take appropriate preiautionary measures, require that
this Government maintain the status quo. We take this
request to be one to refrain from making any sale of
the General Aniline and Film shares to which claim is
made.
The request for maintenance of the status quo falls
with tlie request for arbitration, for the principles above
discussed are e(jually applicable to the request for main-
tenance of the status quo. In the instant ca.se, moreover,
the request for tbe maintenance of the status quo is in
fact a request for a change of the status quo. To refrain
from making a sale of the assets would prevent the
elTeetuation of the laws of the United States which, once
tbe litigation in the courts reaches a prescribed stage,
permit and require a sale of the assets. A sale is de-
sirable in the national interest of the United States,
based in part upon considerations of national defense.
Only tbe courts of the United States liave .lurisdiction
to stay such a sale of property located in the United
States ; such jurisdiction is sovereign and exclusive.
SWISS NOTE OF AUGUST 9, 1956
The Charge d'Affaires ad interim of Switzerland pre-
sents his compliments to the Honorable the Secretary of
State and, in accordance with instructions of bis (iovern-
ment, has the honor to bring to his attention the following
matter:
Tbe fact that the considerable assets of the Soeiete
Internationale pour Participations Industrielles et ('om-
merciales SA., hereafter called "Interhandel", which were
vested in 1942 and 1943, have to this date not been re-
turned to their rightful owners, is n eau.se of great con-
cern to the Government of Switzerland. Indeed, all at-
tempts of the Swiss owners to obtain tbe return of their
property have so far remained unsuccessful. As of tbe
present, In view of the latest American court decisions in
this matter, which have been restricted to mere pro-
cedural grounds, tbe prospects for a satisfactory overall
solution seem to be remote.
The Federal Council is of the opinion that tbe refusal
of the United States Government to return these assets
is contrary to Article IV, paragraph 1, of the Swiss-
Allied Accord of May 25, 19-16. The Federal Council, in
principle, as well as on account of the important interests
involved, finds it Impossible to acquiesce in such a situa-
358
tion. Therefore, it is now confronted with tbe necessity
of giving the matter its consideration, not only on the
basis of the pilnciples of intern.'itional law pertaining
to the prote<'tion of the legitimate interests of a neutral
State, whicli principles are recognized both by the United
States and Switzerland, but also because the matter in-
volves adherence to an agreement concluded between the
Governments of the two countries.
Since, over a long period of time, differences of opinion
liave existed between the Governments of Switzerland
and tbe United States with respect to the interpretation
of the aforementioned Accord, which have been the sub-
ject of discussions on more than one occasion, the Swiss
Government now finds itself comiielled to submit tbe
matter to settlement by international proceedings.
In view of the close and friendly relations between
Switzerland and the United States, as well as in view
of the general principles involved, the Swiss Government
regrets that its repeated suggestions, made especially in
the memorandum of the Swiss Legation in Washington,
dated December 1. 1954, and its note of March 1. 11)55,
concerning the possibility of amicably settling the Inter-
handel matter in further diplomatic discussions, remained
without positive reaction on tbe part of the United States
Government, so that no other way remains open for the
preservation of the interests in question. The Treaty of
Arbitration and Conciliation concluded between Switzer-
land and the United States on February 16, 1931, provides
in Article I that every dispute arising between the con-
tracting parties shall, when ordinary diplomatic proceed-
ings have failed, be submitted "to arbitration or to con-
ciliation", as the contracting parties may at the time
decide. An arbitration clause is also contained in the
Accord of May 25, 1946. The Federal Council proposes
that all neces.sary arrangements be made in accordance
with the applicable ]irovisions of the Treaty of February
16, 19.31, but, in making this proposal, it is not intended
to waive any rights under the Accord of May 25, 1946.
The Federal Council is convinced that the Government
of the United States of America will, in view of the con-
templated arbitration or conciliation proceedings, uphold
the principles of the law of nations, whereby good faith
demands that all action be avoided during the course of
procedure which might prejudice the execution of the
decisions of an arbitration court or tlie acceptance of the ■
proposals of a conciliation commission, and, in addition,
that the parties involved refrain from undertaking any
kind of action whatsoever which might heighten or in-
crease the differences in question. Therefore, in the
sense of these principles of good faith, as laid down in
numerous arbitration treaties, and which underlie the
authority of the International Court of Justice to take
appropriate precautionary measures, tbe Federal Council
requests tbe Government of the United States of America
to ensure that the status quo relating to the assets of
the Inlcrhandel located in the United States remains un-
changed during the course of the artiitration or concilia-
tion proceedings.
Washinoton, 1). C,
Aiiyiint 9, 195G
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
Consultations on Import Restrictions
for Balance-of-Payments Reasons
Press rck-asc 03 diitcd February 12
The Committee for Reciprocity Information on
February 12 issued notice that it invites submis-
sion of views in connection with U.S. participa-
tion in consultations Mith certain Contracting
Parties to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade (Gatt) which maintain restrictions on im-
ports for balance-of-payments reasons.
A panel of 13 countries, including the United
States, will conduct tlie consultations, which will
be held separately with each of the countries listed
below at Geneva, Switzerland, during the periods
indicated :
Jinte lO.'iy October 19.57
Sweden Turkey
Denmark Finland
Italy Brazil
Netherlands Australia
Norway Union of South Africa
Greece Japan
Austria United Kingdom
Germany Federation of Rhodesia and
France Nyasaland
Ceylon
Pakistan
New Zealand
The Committee for Eeciprocity Information is
an interagency gi'oup within the U.S. Govern-
ment which collects views of interested persons
regarding proposed or existing trade agreements.
The committee consists of a member of the U.S.
Tariff Conunission and representatives from the
Departments of State, Treasury, Defense, Agri-
culture, Commerce, Labor, Interior, and the In-
ternational Cooperation Administration.
The consultations will afford the opportunity
for the Contracting Parties to review with each
consulting country its financial situation and, in
this context, to discuss the possibilities for further
relaxation of the level of import restrictions and
the moderation of particular policies and prac-
tices that have proved esjiecially burdensome for
the exporters of other countries.
Written statements should be submitted by
March 29, 1957, concerning matters relating to
those countries consulting in June, and by July 31,
1957, for those consulting in October. Com-
munications should be addressed to: Committee
for Reciprocity Information, Taritl' Commission
Building, Washington 25, D. C.
The committee's formal notice, which follows,
sets forth the types of information which Ameri-
can traders, business fii-ms, labor organizations,
and other interested individuals or associations
may wish to submit.
COMMITTEE FOR RECIPROCITY INFORMATION
Consultaticins with certain contracting parties to the
General A^'reeiiient on TarilTs and Trade regarding quan-
titative restrictions on iinimrts for lialauce-of-payments
reasons imposed under Article XII of the General Agree-
ment
Submission of information to the Committee for Reciproc-
ity Information :
Closing (late for submission of written statements: March
29, li).")? regarding certain contracting parties, and July
;il, 1057 regarding certain other contracting parties.
The Contracting Parties to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade intend to enter into
consultations with certain contracting parties to
the General Agreement which are applying im-
port restrictions imder Article XII of said Agree-
ment (61 Stat, (pt.5) A34). Article XII relates
to the use by a contracting party of quantitative
import restrictions to safeguard its external finan-
cial position and balance-of-payments, but these
restrictions must be progressively relaxed as con-
ditions improve and must be eliminated altogether
when conditions no longer justify their use.
The consultations, to be conducted in Geneva,
will begin in June 1957 with the following con-
tracting parties: Sweden, Demnark, Italy, King-
dom of the Netherlands, Norway, Greece, Austria,
Germany, and France, and in October 1957 with
the following contracting parties: Turkey, Fin-
land, Brazil, Australia, Union of South Africa,
Japan, United Kingdom, Federation of Rhodesia
and Nyasaland, Ceylon, Pakistan and New Zea-
land. Such consultations will take place sepa-
rately with each contracting party.
The consultations will afford the opportunity for
tlie contracting parties to review with each con-
sulting contracting party its financial situation
and, in this context, to discuss the possibilities for
further relaxation of the level of import restric-
tions and the moderation of particular policies and
practices that have proved especially burdensome
for the exporters of other countries. The discus-
sions will cover four principal topics: (1) the
present and prospective foreign exchange position
of the country; (2) the means that might be used
March 4, 1957
359
to correct the country's foreign exchange diffi-
culties and make it possible to relax or eliminate
its import restrictions; (3) tlie country's system
of import restrictions and its administration; (4)
the effects of the country's import restrictions on
the trade of other countries and on its own in-
dustries (which are incidentally afforded protec-
tion by the restrictions maintained for foreign ex-
change reasons).
American traders, business firms, labor organ-
izations and other individuals or associations
which have an interest in export trade to one or
more of the consulting countries may, as a result
of their own experience, have information perti-
nent to topics 3 and 4 above, that will be useful to
the United States Government. Accordingly,
the United States Government desires to supple-
ment its preparations for the consultations by ob-
taining information and views from interested
persons relevant to the matters covered in topics
3 and 4.
The following list includes examples of the type
of information that interested persons may wish
to furnish in response to this invitation :
1. Information indicating discrimination in the
treatment of goods available from the United
States as compared with the treatment afforded
similar goods from other countries with convert-
ible currencies ;
2. Information indicating that trade is being
restrained by complex or arbitrary licensing pro-
cedures or lack of adequate information available
to traders regarding import regulations;
3. Information indicating that reasonable ac-
cess to a traditional foreign market has not been
restored for a particular commodity even though
the country concerned has substantially relaxed its
restrictions on imports in general ;
4. Information indicating that the long-stand-
ing application of import restrictions by a country
on a particular product has been accompanied by
the growth of uneconomic output of tliat product
within the country;
5. Information indicating that loss of foreign
markets as a result of import restrictions has been
responsible for a contraction of production or em-
ployment in an industry in the United States.
In order to enable adequate consideration of
views and information submitted, it is requested
that all responses be submitted by March 29, 1957
regarding those countries expected to consult in
June 1957 and by July 31, 1957 for those consult-
ing in October, 1957. Any additional informa-
tion coming to the attention of the trade after
these dates may be submitted to the Committee and
it will be considered to the extent time permits.
All communications on this matter, in fifteen
copies, should be addressed to: The Secretary,
Committee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff
Commission Building, Washington, D. C. Views
may be submitted in confidence, if desired. If
any interested party considers that his views can-
not be adequately expressed to the Committee for
Reciprocity Information in a written statement,
consideration will be given to a request for oral
presentation before the Committee for Reciprocity
Information.
By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity
Information this 12th day of February, 1957.
Edward Yardlet
Secretary
Cominittee for Reciprocity Information
Renegotiation of Canadian
Tariff Concession on Potatoes
Press release 51 dated February 4
The Committee for Reciprocity Information on
February 4 issued notice that it will hold public
hearings in connection with U.S. participation in
tariff negotiations arising from Canada's desire to
increase its rate of duty on potatoes under its tar-
iff concession. The Canadian trade-agreement
concession on potatoes was initially negotiated
with the United States within the framework of
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
The Committee for Reciprocity Information is
an interagency group which collects views of in-
terested persons regarding proposed or existing
trade agreements. The committee consists of a
member of the U.S. Tariff Commission and repre-
sentatives from the Departments of State, Treas-
ury, Defense, Agriculture, Commerce, Labor, and
Interior, and the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration.
TJio negotiations for" modification of the con-
cession would be undertaken under General Agree-
ment procedures provided for in the March 10.
1955, "Declaration on the Continued Application
of Schedules." Under the applicable procedures.
360
Department of State Bulletin
the country proposing modification of a concession
negotiates with the country of initial negotiation
(in this case the United States) and any othoi-
interested countries regarding compensation. In
these negotiations new concessions may be granted
by the country proposing the modification. An-
other possible result may be withdrawal or up-
ward adjustment by the atfected countries of con-
cessions of a value substantially equivalent to the
one modified.
In preparation for the proposed negotiations
the Committee for Reciprocity Information would
welcome views from interested parties regarding
concessions which the United States might seek
from Canada as compensation, as well as views
concerning a possible upward adjustment in U.S.
tariffs, including our tariff on potatoes, now the
subject of concessions in the General Agi-eement.
Should the United States increase a most-
favored-nation rate provided for in its schedule
to the General Agreement, such modification
might involve a modification also of the rate or
of the margin of preference applicable to the like
product of Cuba, other than the modification of a
rate negotiated with Cuba. In that event it might
become necessary to engage in further negotiations
with Cuba, possibly combined with other pending
tariff negotiations with Cuba.^
The texts of the existing Canadian potato con-
cession and the existing U.S. concessions on po-
tatoes negotiated with Canada are annexed to this
release (annex A).
The U.S. Tariff Commission is not holding
"peril point" hearings since no decrease will be
made in United States rates of duty on potatoes.
Hearings before the Committee for Reciprocity
Information will open on March 6, 1957, at 10
a.m. Applications for oral presentation of views
and information should be presented to the com-
mittee not later than February 27, 1957. Persons
desiring to be heard should also submit written
briefs or statements to the Committee for Reci-
procity Information by February 27, 1957. Only
those persons will be heard who presented written
briefs or statements and filed applications to be
heard by the date indicated. Persons who do not
desire to be heard may present written statements
until March 6, 1957.
Communications should be addressed to : Com-
* For an announcement concerning negotiations with
Cuba, see Bdlletin of Oct. 22, 1956, p. 646.
March 4, 1957
417233—57 4
raittee for Reciprocity Information, Tariff Com-
mission Building, Washington 25, D.C.
Details concerning the submission of briefs and
applications to be heard are contained in the
committee's notice (annex B).
Annex A
Canadian Potato Tariff Concession Contained in
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade,
Schedule V.
Tar-
iff
Rate of
item
Description of product
duty
num-
ber
83
Potatoes, as hereunder defined: —
(a) In their natural state: —
August 1 to June 14, inclusive . .
Free
.Tune 15 to July 31, inclusive
per hundred pounds
37Hcts.
United States Potato Tariff Concession Contained
IN General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade,
Schedule XX, Part I.
(Most-Favored-Naiion Rales)
771
White or Irish potatoes:
Seed, certified by a responsible
officer or agency of a foreign gov-
ernment in accordance with the
official rules and regulations of
that government to have been
grown and approved especially for
use as seed, in containers marked
with the foreign government's
official certified seed potato tags .
Provided, That the quantity of
such potatoes entitled to entry
at such rate of duty shall not ex-
ceed 2,500,000 bushels of 60
pounds each in any 12-month
period beginning on September 15
in any year, and any such po-
tatoes not subject to that rate of
duty shall be dutiable at ... .
Other
Provided, That the quantity of such
other potatoes entitled to entry
at such rate of duty shaU not ex-
ceed 1,000,000 bushels of 60 pounds
each in any 12-month period be-
ginning on September 15 in any
year, and any such potatoes not
subject to that rate of duty shall be
dutiable at
Provided further. That if for any cal-
endar year the production of white
or Irish potatoes, including seed
37><^ per
100 lb.
75)i per
100 lb.
37H(S per
100 lb.
75^ per
100 lb.
361
United States Potato Tabiff Concession Contained
IN General Agreement on Tabifps and Trade,
Schedule XX, Part I — Continued
{Most-Favored-Nation Rates)
Tar-
iff
para-
graph
771
Description of product
White or Irish potatoes — Continued
potatoes, in the United States, ac-
cording to the estimate made as of
September 1 by the United States
Department of Agriculture, is less
than 350,000,000 bushels of 60
pounds each, an additional quan-
tity of such potatoes, other than
certified seed potatoes, equal to
the amount by which such esti-
mated production is less than
350,000,000 bushels may be en-
tered during the 12-raonth period
beginning on September 15 of that
year at
Provided further, That in computing
the quantities of imports specified
in the two foregoing provisions
white or Irish potatoes produced
in the Republic of Cuba shall not
be included.
Rate of
duty
37Hf5 per
100 lb.
Annex B
COMMITTEE FOR RECIPROCITY INFORMATION
Negotiations resulting from Canadian desire to renego-
tiate Tariff Concession on Potatoes in General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade
Submission of information to the Committee for Reciproc-
ity Information :
Closing date for applications to appear at hearing Febru-
ary 27, 1957.
Closing date for submission of briefs by persons making
application to appear at the hearing February 27, 1957.
Closing date for submission of briefs for ijersons not de-
siring to be heard March 6, 1957.
Public hearings open March 6, 1957.
The Government of Canada intends to renegotiate, with
a view to its upward modilication, the Canadian conces-
sion on i)otatoes contained in item S3 in part I of Sched-
ule V (Geneva — 1947) to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade (01 Stat. (pt. 5) A396). The United
States will participate in such renegotiations, which will
be carried out under the procedures provided for in the
Declaration on the Continued Application of Schedules,
of March 10, 1955 (Treaties and Other International
Agreements Series 3438).
Interested persons are Invited to submit their views
with regard to the anticipated effect on United States
Trade of modilication of this concession on potatoes, or
with regard to products on which the United States might
request new or further tariff concessions from Canada
as compensation to the United States for such modifica-
tion of the Canadian concession. Views may also be
submitted with regard to possible upward modification,
or withdrawal, of United States tariff concessions in
Part I of any Schedule XX to the General Agreement,
including the concessions on potatoes (items 771, Sched-
ule XX (Geneva-1'.M7, 01 Stat. I pt. .">), A1244 and A1245).
Should the United States modify a rate of duty pro-
vided for in Part I Schedule XX, such modification might
involve a modification also of the rate or the margin of
preference applicable to the product of Cuba, other than
the modification of a rate specified in Part 11 of any
Schedule XX.
No concession involving reduction in duties or other
import restrictions of the United States, or continuance of
existing customs or excise treatment of an article not now
included in any Schedule XX to the General Agreement,
will be granted by the United States pursuant to this
notice.
The Committee for Reciprocity Information hereby
gives notice that all applications for oral presentation of
views in regard to the proposed renegotiations shall be
submitted to the Committee for Reciprocity Information
not later than February 27, 1957. The application must
indicate the product or products on which the individual
or groups desire to be heard and an estimate of the time
required for oral presentation. All persons who make
application to be heard shall also submit to the Committee
their views in writing in regard to the foregoing proposal
not later than February 27, 1957. Written statements of
persons who do not desire to be heard shall be submitted
not later than March 6, 1957. Such communications shall
be addressed to "Committee for Reciprocity Information,
Tariff Commission Building, Washington 25, D. C." Fit-
teen copies of written statements, either typed, printed,
or duplicated shall be submitted, of which one copy shall
be sworn to.
Written statements submitted to the Committee, except
information and business data proffered in confidence,
shall be open to inspection by interested persons. Infor-
mation and business data proffered in confidence shall be
submitted on separate pages clearly marked "For OflScial
Use Only of Committee for Reciprocity Information."
Public hearings will be held before the Committee for
Reciprocity Information, at which oral stiitements will be
heard, beginning at 10 : 00 a. m., March 6, 1957, in the
hearing room in the Tariff Commission Building, Eighth
and E Streets, N.W., Washington 25, D.C. Witnesses who
make application to be heard will be advised regarding
the time and place of their individual appearances. Ap-
pearances at hearings before the Committee may be made
only by or on behalf of those persons who have filed writ-
ten statements and who have within the time prescribed
made written application for oral presentation of views.
Statements made at the public hearings shall be under
oath.
By direction of the Committee for Reciprocity Informa-
tion this 4th day of E^bruary, 1957.
Edward Yaiu)ley
Secretary
Ocnnmittee for Reciprocity Information
362
Department of State Bulletin
First Annual Report on Operation
of Trade Agreements Program
FoU.owing is the text of President Eisenhower's
first annual report on the trade agreements pro-
gram-, submitted to the Congress on Fehruary 11
{White House, Thomas\nlle, Ga., press release;
House Document 93, 86th Congress, 1st session).
The House document includes also the seven
appendixes referred to in the report.
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE OF TRANSMITTAL
To THE Congress of the United States :
This is my first annual report on the operation
of the trade agreements program. It is submitted
to the Congress pursuant to Section 350 (e) (i) of
the Tariff Act of 1930 as amended by Section 3 (d)
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1955.
The trade agreements program is carried out un-
der the authority contained in the Trade Agree-
ments Act of 1934 and its various amendments and
extensions.
Our present trade policy objectives, which I out-
lined in my special message on foreign economic
policy of March 30, 1954,^ were established after
study by the bipartisan Commission on Foreign
Economic Policy, constituted in 1953 pursuant tx)
Public Law 215, 83rd Congress. Most of the Com-
mission's recommendations have been adopted and
put into effect. This report outlines the steps
which have been taken to achieve these foreign
trade jwlicy goals.
The major efforts undertaken in recent years
have been concentrated, first, upon improving the
substance and administration of the existing trade
agreement system. These activities are described
in Section I of this report. They were directed
primarily to a basic review of the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade. This review resulted
in proposals for the improvement of the substan-
tive provisions of the General Agreement and in
the drafting of an agreement to establish an
Organization for Trade Cooperation. I have re-
quested the Congress to authorize United States
membersliip in the proposed Organization.^ Es-
tablislmient of the Organization for Trade Coop-
eration is essential to make our trade-agreements
program more effective in the interest of American
industry, agriculture and labor.
The United States has also taken gradual steps
under authority granted by the Congress to reduce
barriers to trade through reciprocal tariff nego-
tiations. The most recent of these negotiations
was carried on under new authority set forth in
Public Law 86, 84th Congress. Safeguards for
domestic industry are contained both in the escape
clause and peril point provisions of this law and
in the administrative procedures established
thereimder. A detailed account of these negotia-
tions is given in Section II.
The United States has also worked successfully
through the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade to obtain the reduction or elimination of
quotas that have restricted United States export
trade. These activities are described in Section
III.
Section IV of this report covers actions imder
.special legislative provisions affecting the trade
agreements program — the "escape clause" and the
"national security" amendment.
The final portion of this report, Section V, smn-
marizes developments in our trading relations
with those countries which are not parties to the
' Bulletin of Apr. 19, 1954, p. 602.
March 4, 1957
2 Ibid., Apr. 25, 1955, p. 678 ; Jan. 28, 1957, p. 124 ; Feb.
4, 19.'J7, p. 165; and Feb. 11, 1!«7, p. 224. For text of
a^eement on proposed Organization for Trade Co-
operation, see ihid., Apr. 4, 1955, p. 577.
363
General Agreement but with which the United
States has bilateral trade agi-eements.
Since tliis is the first Presidential report on a
progi-am that has been in effect for a number of
years, the report is not limited to the 1956 calendar
year bvit includes such earlier developments as are
necessary to place recent events in perspective.
Detailed accoimts of individual actions taken un-
der the trade agreements program are included in
the Tariff Commission's annual report to the Con-
gress.
Exports and imports are important to our eco-
nomic strength and to the well-being of our people.
International commerce is beneficial to the com-
munity of nations and conducive to the establish-
ment of a just and lasting peace in the world. Our
national trade policy, which seeks to promote the
continued growth of mutually profitable world
trade, is thus doubly in the self-interest of the
United States ; it furthers both our prosperity and
our national security.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House,
February 11, 1957
TEXT OF REPORT
First Annual Report of the President of the
United States on the Trade Agreements
Program
Section I — Consolidation of Gains Made Under Trade
Agreements Program
Review of the General Agreement
By 1954 the United States and the other con-
tracting parties to the General Agreement on Tar-
iffs and Trade had had more than six years of ex-
perience with its provisions. They were agreed
that, on the whole, the multilateral system for han-
dling trade problems had worked well and was
much superior to the strict bilateral system.
There was, however, a consensus that the General
Agreement should be reviewed in the light of the
experience gained. These views were shared by
the United States. In addition, the President had
urged renegotiation of the organizational provi-
sions of the General Agreement and had an-
nounced that lie would submit the resulting organ-
izational proposals to the Congress for approval.
Accordingly, it was agreed that the ninth regu-
lar busmess session would be made the occasion for
a review of the General Agreement. The Ninth
Session was held at Geneva, Switzerland, from
October 28, 1954 to March 7, 1955.^
The preparation of instructions for the United
States delegation to the business sessions of the
Contracting Parties has always been the responsi-
bility of the Interdepartmental Committee on
Trade Agi-eements, an interagency committer, com-
posed of representatives of the Departments of
State, Commerce, Agriculture, Defense, Treasury,
Interior, Labor, the International Cooperation
Administration, and a member of the Tariff Com-
mission. Through these agencies the interests of
American agriculture, labor and business are taken
into account in arriving at positions that will best
serve the national interest. Executive agency
members on the Trade Agreements Committee are
the official representatives of their agencies. In
special cases, as when preparing for the part of the
Ninth Session devoted to the review of the Gen-
eral Agreement, a special interagency group is
constituted at the Assistant Secretary level or
higher to consider major policy questions. Be-
fore the President authorized the chairman of the
United States delegation to sign the instruments
resulting from the work of the Ninth Session, such
a special committee made a final review of the
documents.
All interested private groups and individuals
were invited, orally or in writing, to submit their
views regarding changes to be made in the General
Agreement during public hearings held in Wash-
ington in September 1954.* These submissions
showed widespread support for the multilateral
approach to the trade agreements program and
for the development of a more effective General
Agreement.
The United States delegation to the Ninth Ses-
sion included six persons from outside the Execu-
tive Branch to serve as advisers. Four came from
the Congress and two from outside the Govern-
ment. From the Senate, Senatoi-s Frank Carlson
' For a reix)rt of the ninth session, see ihid.. Mar. 21,
1955, p. 495.
* For a statement by Samuel C. Waugh at the opening
of the review hearings, see ibid., Sept. 27, 19,")4, p. 458 ; for
a Department annoiiucement and notices 1)7 the Interde-
partmental Committee and the Committee for Reciprocity
Information, see ibid., Oct. 4, 1954, p. 508.
364
Department of State Bulletin
and Albert Gore were appointed ; from the House,
Kepresentatives Jere Cooper and Richard Simp-
son. The two from outside the Government were
Lamar Fleming, Jr., Chairman of the Board of
Andereon, Clayton and Company, and Cola G.
Parker, Chairman of the Board of tlie Kimberly-
Clark Corporation. With the exception of one
member who was held in Washington by other offi-
cial duties, these advisei-s spent several weeks
working directly with the United States Delega-
tion in Geneva. They contributed substantially to
the success achieved by the United States in the
negotiations.
The main United States objectives at the Ninth
Session were: (1) to provide a more effective or-
ganization for the administration of the General
Agreement ; (2) to extend the firm life of the tariff
concessions negotiated under the General Agi-ee-
ment while at the same time assuring governments
sufficient leeway for modifying individual conces-
sions; (3) to make the provisions regulating the
use of balance-of-payments import restrictions
simpler and stronger ; (4) to add standards on the
use of export subsidies consistent with United
States policy and practice, and thus to remove a
source of friction; and (5) to revise the provisions
permitting exceptional measures for economic de-
velopment purposes.
Another objective was to obtain international
agreement that any action which the United States
might have to take under Section 22 of the Agii-
cultural Adjustment Act to prevent imports from
interfering with domestic agricultural programs
would not be considered in contravention of
United States obligations imder the Agreement.
In negotiating a separate agreement for an Or-
ganization for Trade Cooperation, the United
States aimed for an arrangement to provide con-
tinuing and improved administration of the
substantive provisions of the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade.
The results of the Ninth Session were highly
satisfactory to the United States. Greater sta-
bility in existing schedules of tariff concessions
should result from changes that were made in the
General Agreement. More effective and simpler
balance-of-payments provisions were devised.
These included special provisions to fit the needs
of newly-developed countries. These revisions
will enter into force when they have been accepted
March 4, 1957
by the Contracting Parties to the General Agree-
ment.
In addition, an Agreement on the Organization
for Trade Cooperation was drafted. This Agree-
ment has been submitted to the United States Con-
gress for approval. The primary purpose of the
Organization would be to administer the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. The functions
of the Organization are described in the organ-
izational agreement itself.
Full details of the. results of the Ninth Session
and of the Eighth Session during which the pro-
posal for review of the General Agreement was
initiated are contained in the reports of the Chair-
man of the United States Delegation which are
attached as Appendices A and B.
Section II — Tariff Negotiations To Remove Barriers
to Trade and Adjustments in Existing Concessions
Negotiations for the Accession of Japan to the
General Agreement
Among the more important recent develop-
ments in international trade was the accession of
Japan to the General Agreement in September,
1955.° Japan had participated in the Eighth Ses-
sion of the Contracting Parties to the General
Agreement on a provisional basis. Japanese ac-
cession marked a significant step in the reintegra-
tion of Japan into the world trading conununity.
Greater opportunity for Japan to participate in
foreign trade, which Japanese accession to the
General Agreement will promote, is essential if
Japan is to have a sound, self-sustaining economy.
Participation in the General Agreement by offer-
ing expanded trading opportunities to Japan not
only lessens the danger of increased Japanese de-
pendence on the Communist-dominated Asiatic
mainland but also enlarges the number of poten-
tial free world markets available to the Japanese.
Negotiations looking toward Japanese accession
began at Geneva, Switzerland, on February 21,
1955, and the final document was opened for sig-
nature on June 7, 1955. Seventeen countries, con-
tracting parties to the General Agreement, negoti-
ated with Japan. These countries were Burma,
Canada, Chile, Denmark, Dominican Republic,
Finland, Germany, Greece, Indonesia, Italy, Nic-
aragua, Norway, Pakistan, Peru, Sweden, United
5 lUA., Aug. 8, 1955, p. 226, and Sept. 5, 1955, p. 397.
365
States and Uniguay. Complete details of all the
concessions gi-anted and received were published
by the Department of State on June 1, 1955, in
State Department publication 6881.°
A number of countries, parties to the General
Agreement, which had not entered into negotia-
tions with Japan exercised their rights under Ar-
ticle XXXV of the General Agreement not to
undertake, vis a vis Japan, the obligations of the
General Agreement, including the obligatioji
to grant most-favored-nation treatment. The
United States has continued to urge these coun-
tries to reconsider their decision and to enter into
full General Agreement relationships with Japan.
Approximately half of these countries, however,
do accord Japan de facto most-favored-nation
treatment even though not legally committed to
do so.
During these tariff negotiations the United
States Delegation was assisted by four public
advisers :
Allan B. Kline, Western Spring, Illinois, former presi-
dent of the American Farm Bureau Federation.
Bert Seidman, Washington, D.C., staif economist of the
American Federation of Labor.
Russell G. Smith, San Francisco, executive vice presi-
dent of the Bank of America, in charge of international
operations.
Lawrence F. Whitteraore, Concord, New Hampshire,
board chairman of Brown Company, pulp and paper
manufacturers.
The statement issued by these public advisors
after completion of their assignment is attached
as appendix C.
J956 Geneva Tariff Negotiations Conference.
In the early months of 1956 the United States
participated in further multilateral tariff negotia-
tions under the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade.' This time, the United States was nego-
tiating under the authority given the President by
the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1955.
This Act granted authority to the President to re-
duce tarifl's by 15 percent of existing rates in tliree
annual stages. It also authorized the President
"For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 2.5, D.C. (35
cents).
' Bui.i,E'nN of .Tan. .SO, 19.50, p. 184 ; May 14, 1056, p. 813 ;
.Tune 4, 19.56, p. 941 ; and .Tune 25, 1956, p. 1054 and p.
1062.
to bring duties in excess of 50 percent ad valorem
or its equivalent down to that level in gradual
stages.
In the negotiations pursuant to this authoritj',
the United States exchanged tariff concessions on
a reciprocal basis with 21 countries (Australia,
Austria, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Cuba, Denmark,
Dominican Eepublic, Fiidand, France, Federal ,
Republic of Germany, Haiti, Italy, Japan, Lux- I
embourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Peru, Sweden,
Turkey, and the United Kingdom). The par-
ticipation of the High Authority of the European
Coal and Steel Community in the negotiations J
was a significant innovation. The Community "
was authorized with regard to iron and steel tar-
iffs to act as agent for the six member states (Bel-
gium, France, Germany, Italy, Luxembourg, and
the Nethei-lands) . The details of these negotia-
tions were published in June, 1956, in Department
of State publication 6348.^
During this round of tariff negotiations public
advisers to the United States delegation were :
Elliott V. Bell, editor and publisher of Business Week
and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Mc-
Graw-Hill Publishing Company, Inc.
Homer L. Brinkley, executive vice president of the
National Council of Farmer Cooperatives.
Bryant Essick, president of the Essick Manufacturing
Company, Los Angeles, California.
Stanley H. Ruttenberg, director of the Department of
Research, American Federation of Labor-Congress of In-
dustrial Organizations (AFL-CIO).
The statement of these public advisers issued
upon completion of their woi"k is attached as ap-
pendix D.*
Adjustment of existing tariff concessians
Since early 1955 other tariff negotiations have
been carried on by the United States and several
other countries to withdraw some existing tariff
concessions that had been made under the General
Agreement. These negotiations were held under
the provisions of Article XXVIII of the General
Agreement and pursuant to the procedures of the
Declaration of March 10, 1955, under which par-
ticipating countries agreed to continue the appli-
cation of the existing schedules to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. The negotia-
tions were designed to maintain the general level
'For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Otfice, Washington 2.5, D.C. ($1).
" Bulletin of May 14, 1956, p. 813.
366
Department of S/afe Bulletin
of tariff concessions by granting new concessions
for those which were changed.
TwiMity-one countries have completed negotia-
tions with the United States nnder these provi-
sions. These are Italy, Peru, XTnion of South
Africa, Turkey, India, Netherlands Antilles, New
Zealand, Nicaragua, Pakistan, Austria, Ceylon,
Cuba, the Netherlands, Sweden, Dominican Re-
public, Finland, France, Belgium, Canada, Greece
and Germany. With three exceptions (the ne-
gotiations with Cuba, Netherlands Antilles and
Peru), a very limited number of items was in-
volved in each of these negotiations. In every
case compensatory concessions were given for con-
cessions which were withdrawn. Concessions
were withdrawn on approximately 225 items of
direct interest to the United States. In addition,
in some of the other concessions being altered by
negotiations between other countries, the United
States was indirectly concerned because of its sub-
stantial trade interest in the affected items.
Because the trade data presented in connection
with these negotiations varied according to the
year adopted as the basis for negotiations, no pre-
cise over-all value can be given of the amount of
trade affected by the concessions withdrawn or
modified. Estimates indicate that the total trade
affected by the modifications does not exceed $30
million on the basis of 1954 figures and that new
compensatory concessions obtained cover approx-
imately the same amount of trade.
In addition, on October 1, 1956, the United
States exercised a right which had been reserved
in the original Gatt negotiations in 1947, limiting
the reduced rates there negotiated on woolen fab-
rics to a quantity of imports equal in any calendar
year to five percent of the average annual domestic
production of similar fabrics for the preceding
three calendar years." Under the new arrange-
ment, imports in any year up to a set figure (to be
announced for each year after having been de-
termined in accordance with the formula) will
continue to enter under the rates of duty that have
been in effect since the beginning of 1948, but any
imports beyond that amount will pay the higher
rates which were specified in the reservation. For
the fourth quarter of 1956, the quota was set at
3.5 million pounds, one-quarter of a figure which
in turn is not less than five percent of average an-
nual domestic production of similar fabrics in the
United States in the years 1953-55. No allocation
was made within this quota, seasonally, by country
or otherwise.
Section III — Reducing or Removing Quantitative
Barriers to Trade
During the years of depression in the 1930's and
increasingly after Woi'ld War II, many nations
resorted to exchange controls and to the establish-
ment of quotas on imports for the protection of
their balance-of-payments positions and for other
reasons. In recent years, as balance-of-payments
positions have improved, the United States has
intensified its efforts to obtain the relaxation or
removal of such restrictions.
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
has been of major value in these efforts. In becom-
ing contracting parties to the General Agreement,
nations agreed, as their balance-of-payments po-
sitions and the level of their gold and dollar
reserves improved, to reduce and ultimately to
eliminate balance-of-payments restrictions. These
international obligations provide a basis for dis-
cussions during sessions of the Contracting Par-
ties to the General Agreement. They also add
weight to the representations which the United
States makes to other countries through tra-
ditional diplomatic channels.
The result has been a substantial relaxation of
quantitative restrictions on imports of United
States goods. There has also been an encouraging
tendency on the pait of countries in balance-of-
payments difficulties to seek a solution of their
external financial problems through measures
other than the imposition of quotas on imports.
For example, in recent years the United Kingdom,
to alleviate its external payments difficulties, re-
sorted to internal monetary and fiscal measures
in order to reduce the inflationary pressures which
have been adversely affecting the United King-
dom's balance-of-payments and foreign exchange
position. AVhen the Suez Canal crisis brought
new pressures on sterling, the United Kingdom
again evidenced its determination to avoid new
quantitative restrictions. In December of 1956 it
ai-ranged to borrow up to 1.3 billion dollars from
the International Monetary Fund.^^ In announc-
ing the arrangement, the Fund indicated that the
British decision to avoid new restrictions on trade
'"Ibid.. Oct. 8, 1956, p. 555.
March 4, 1957
" Ibid., .hiu. 7, 1957, p. 28.
367
and payments was an important factor in the
Fund's agreeing to a drawing of this magnitude.
How business sessions under the General Agree-
ment are used to reduce qiMintitative restrictions:
There are three procedural methods available to
the United States at the regular sessions of the
General Agreement for encouraging the reduc-
tion or removal of restrictions against American
trade.
1. Tliere are the formal multilateral consulta-
tions, conducted by the parties to the Agreement,
to examine a country's balance-of-payments re-
strictions in the light of its financial situation, and
to explore how the effects of the restrictions on
other countries can be eased. In the past, only
the countries which apply discriminatory restric-
tions under an optional provision of the Agree-
ment (in 1956 Australia, Ceylon, the Federation
of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, New Zealand and the
United Kingdom) have been required to consult
annually whereas other countries have consulted
only if they intensified restrictions. "When the
pending amendments to the General Agreement
enter into force, however, all countries maintain-
ing balance of payments restrictions will be re-
quired to consult regularly — the developed coun-
tries annually, the underdeveloped countries every
other year. In the interim, as a means of filling
the gap, a greatly enlarged program of consulta-
tion will be carried out in 1957, the Contracting
Parties having approved, at the Eleventh session,
a United States proposal that countries still re-
stricting imports for financial reasons be invited
to consult before the end of the next session.
2. The United States, on its own initiative, con-
ducts bilateral consultations during each session
with a selected group of countries, taking advan-
tage of the presence of trade experts from these
countries at the session and of the constructive and
cooperative atmosphere which typically prevails.
These bilateral consultations do not involve dis-
cussion of such broad issues as general financial
developments. Rather, they are directed at exam-
ining the effect of the restrictions upon trade in
specific products of interest to the United States
and on the possibilities for increasing trade in
these products.
3. There is the "complaints" procedure of the
General Agreement. Under this procedure the
United States can bring a case against the country
imposing unwarranted restrictions on United
States trade and can seek a recommendation from
the Contracting Parties for action that will help
to obtain a relaxation or removal of those restric-
tions. The United States normally does this as a
last resort, where diplomatic representations or
the procedures outlined above have not yielded
the desired result.
The actions taken at the Tenth Session of the
Contracting Parties (October 27-December 3,
1955) and at the Eleventh Session of the Contract-
ing Parties (October 11-November 17, 1956) to
obtain the relaxation of balance-of-payments re-
strictions illustrate the use of these three devices.'^
(The complete reports of the Chairman of the
United States Delegation to the Tenth and
Eleventh Sessions are attached as Appendices E
and F.)
At these sessions, formal multilateral consulta-
tions took place with Australia, Ceylon, the Fed-
eration of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, New Zealand,
and the United Kingdom, the five coimtries which
have been required to consult annually. These
consultations were organized along new lines
evolved during 1955, which greatly enhanced their
value in pointing up the difficulties which the re-
strictions create for exporting countries and in
determining whether there is a need for the exist-
ing level of import restrictions. At the Eleventh
Session, each country was able to report some
progress towards the reduction of discrimination
against dollar goods, Ceylon in particular having
arrived at a state of virtually complete non-dis-
crimination.
During the Tenth Session, the United States
Delegation discussed bilaterally with the Delega-
tions of nine other participating countries specific
trade problems which had arisen from the ad-
ministration of quota restrictions. At the Elev-
enth Session, similar consultations were held with
13 countries. These discussions were extremely
useful in making other governments aware of the
problems created for particular United States in-
dustries by the maintenance of import restric-
tions and in obtaining certain assurances that
action to ease the restrictions would be taken or
considered. I
During the Tenth Session, the Contracting
Parties considered the complaint of the United
" For a review of the teuth session, see tfti'rf., Dec. 19,
1055, p. 1016; for a review of the eleventh session, see
md., Dec. 3, 1956, p. 893.
368
Department of State Bulletin
States that certain regulations of the Federal Re-
public of Germany had the effect of limiting
imports of coal from the United States. This
item had been carried over from the Ninth Ses-
sion. The United States withdrew the complaint
early in the Tenth Session, after West Germany
had relaxed appreciably its restrictions on im-
ports of coal from the United States. Coal was
placed on the dollar-free list in June 1956, and
can now be imported into West Germany without
restriction.
Effective use of the procedures together with
an improvement in world economic conditions
have thus resulted in a substantial relaxation of
quantitative restrictions against imports from the
United States. This has been particularly true
since 1953. Appendix G summarizes, country by
country, the progress made from July 1, 1953
through December 31, 1956.
Section IV — Special Legislative Provisions: "Escape
Clause" and "National Security"
The escape clause case in this period that af-
fected the largest amount of trade was that re-
lating to bicycles. A majority of the Trade
Commission found that the domestic industry was
being injured by imports and this finding was ac-
cepted by the President though the duty was not
increased by the full amount recommended. In
this case the President pointed out that, in addi-
tion to taking into account the Tariff Commis-
sion's findings and recommendations, other factors
to be considered were (1) the protection of Ameri-
can consumers against unnecessary and unjustified
price increases, (2) the building of export mar-
kets for the products of our farms, factories, and
mines, (3) our national security interest in the
economic strength of other countries, and (4)
our obligation under our trade agreement com-
mitments to compensate nations affected by the
withdrawal of concessions previously granted by
us."
On January 18, 1956, the Tariff Commission
made a divided report on acid-grade fluorspar.
Three of the Commissioners found that a threat
of serious injury to the domestic industry from
imports existed, and recommended that the duty
be increased from $2.10 to $5.60 per long ton.
The three other Commissioners found no threat
of serious injury to the domestic industry from
imports. In cases where the Tariff Commission
splits 3-3, the law authorizes the acceptance of
either finding as the finding of the Commission.
In this case the President accepted the finding
that the domestic acid-grade fluorspar industi-y
was not being threatened with serious injury by
increased imports." The fluorspar "escape clause"
case was separate and distinct from the domestic
industry's application before the Office of Defense
Mobilization for relief under the "national secu-
rity" amendment to the Trade Agreements Ex-
tension Act of 1956.
In a case on linen toweling, the Tariff Commis-
sion found that the domestic industry was being
injured by imports. It recommended that the
duty on toweling of flax, hemp, or ramie, dutiable
under tariff paragraph 1010 of the Tariff' Act of
1930, be uicreased from 10 to 40 percent ad valorem
in order to remedy the injury. The recommen-
dation was accepted."
On June 14, 1956, the Commission made a
divided report on paraaminosalicylic acid and
salts. Three Commissioners found that the in-
dustry was being injured by imports and recom-
mended that the duty be increased from % cents
per pound plus 25 percent ad valorem, to 5 cents
per pound plus 35 percent ad valorem. The other
three Conunissioners found no injury. The Presi-
dent on August 10, 1956 accepted the finding that
the industry was not being injured.^"
On November 13, 1956 the President rejected
a recommendation of the Tariff Commission that
the duty on ferrocerium (lighter flints) and all
other cerium alloys should be increased 100 per-
cent." The President's letter to the Chairmen of
the Senate Finance and House Ways and Means
Committees pointed out that he did not fuid sound
evidence that the difficulties of the United States
mdustry are due to imports.
On October 12, 1956 the Tariff Coimnission
recommended to the President that those imports
of groundfish fillets presently dutiable at 1% cent
per pound should be dutiable at 2.8125 cents per
pound, and that those dutiable at 2i/2 cents per
pound should be dutiable at 3.75 cents per pound.
On December 10, 1956 the President, citing steps
" lUd., Sept. 5, 1955, p. 399.
March 4, 1957
» Ibid., Apr. 2, 1956, p. 569.
"/6iV7., July 16, 1956, p. 115.
"Ibid., Aug. 20, 1956, p. 321.
" Ibid., Dec. 3, 1956, p. 888.
369
already taken by the Federal Government to aid
the groundfish fillet industry and expressing his
doubts that a tariff increase would resolve the
industry's basic problems, rejected the Tariff
Commission recommendation." He also cited the
fact that the other nations concerned are our close
friends and that their economic strength is of
strategic importance to us in the continuing
struggle against the menace of world communism.
On October 24 the Commission found that im-
ports of velveteen fabrics were causing serious
injury to the domestic industry. The Commis-
sion recommended that the duty on imports of
plain-back velveteens be increased from 25% ad
valorem to 46%%, and that the duty on imports of
twillback velveteens be increased from the present
duty of 25 cents a square yard but not less than
221/2% nor more than 30% ad valorem to 56%%
ad valorem. One Commissioner dissented from
the recommendation and recommended an increase
to 44% ad valorem for both types of velveteens.
On December 21, 1956 the President informed
the Chairman of the Senate Finance and House
Ways and Means Committees ^^ that the Executive
Branch was giving the Tariff Commission's report
intensive consideration but because of the nature
of the issues involved would require more time
than the customary sixty-day period.^"
In addition to those discussed above, five escape-
clause cases are pending. They relate to violas and
violins, gingham,^' straight pins, and safety pins,
and certain jute fabrics.
The law provides that escape clause action shall
remain in effect for the time necessary to prevent
or remedy injury. Under an Executive Order,
the Tariff Commission is required to keep under
review developments regarding products on which
escape clause actions have been taken and to make
periodic reports concerning such developments.
"/6id., Jan. 4, 19!57, p. 55.
" Ibid.. .Tan. 21, 19.57, p. 105.
" On .January 22, 1957 the President announced that in
view of an announcement by Japan of a broad program for
the control of Japan's cotton textile exports to the United
States, he had decided not to take action on the Tariff
Commission's recommendations In the cotton velveteen
escape clause case. (Footnote in original ; see ihid., Feb.
11,1957, p. 218.)
" On January 29, 1957 the Tariff Commission an-
nounced that It had discontinued and dismissed the in-
vestigation on gingham at request of the applicants. ( Foot-
note in original.)
370
Since July 1, 1955, the Commission has made such
reports on women's fur felt hats and hat bodies,
hatter's fur, dried figs, and watches and parts. In
each case the Commission found there was no suffi-
cient reason to re-investigate the actions taken
with respect to these commodities and the Presi-
dent has concurred.
National Security and Trade Expansion
Section 7 of the Trade Agreements Extension
Act of 1955 gives the Director of the Office of De-
fense Mobilization specific instructions to advise
the President whenever he has reason to believe
that any article is being imported into the United
States in such quantities as to threaten to impair
the national security. If, after an investigation,
the President finds that such a threat does exist,
he is authorized to take "such action as he deems
necessary to adjust the imports of such articles to
a level that will not threaten to impair the national
security."
On February 26, 1955, a date prior to the pas-
sage of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of
1955 recommendations regarding imports of crude
oil and residual oil were made to the President by
his Advisory Committee on Energy Supplies and
Resources Policy under the chairmanship of the
Director of the Office of Defense Mobilization.^^
The Director of the Office of Defense Mobilization
at that time requested the oil importing companies
on a voluntary individual basis to keep their im-
ports to the levels recommended by the Committee.
The Advisory Committee on October 17, 1956,
reaffirmed the import standard set in 1955. In
response to a petition filed under Section 7 by a
group of petroleum associations, the Office of De-
fense Mobilization held a public hearing on the
oil import problem on October 22, 1956. On
December 4, 1956 the Director of the Office of De-
fense Mobilization annoimced that because of the
situation in the Middle East he had suspended
action on the petroleum petition. In making this
announcement, he stated that the import programs
of the importing comjianies that had been filed
with the Office of Defense ftlobilization showed
that if the plans the importers had formulated for
1957 had been carried out that they would have
been contrary to the recommendations of the Com-
mittee and would have constituted a threat to the
national security that would have left him no
^ Ihid., Mar. 21, 1955, p. 487.
Department of State Bulletin
course but to make a certification to the President
under Section 7 of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1955.
At the end of the year, the Office of Defense
Mobilization was considering petitions for restric-
tions upon imports under tlie "national security"
amendment from United States industries manu-
facturing cordage, jewelled watches, clocks and
pin-lever watches, analytical balances, thermom-
eters (clinical fever), wool felt, wool textiles, and
wooden boats. A public hearing has been held on
cordage. A hearing on jewelled watches and
clocks and pin-lever watclies was scheduled for
January 7, 1957. A hearing on fluorspar was
cancelled at the request of the industry.
Section V — Development Under Bilateral Agreements
Trade relations between the United States and
Argentina, El Salvador, Honduras, Iceland, Iran,
Paraguay, Switzerland, and Venezuela — all of
them not contracting parties to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade — continued to be gov-
erned by bilateral trade agreements entered into
under the trade agreements legislation.
A supplementary trade agreement with Switzer-
land was signed on June 8, 1955." This pro-
vided additional tariff concessions by the United
States to compensate Switzerland for an increase
in United States rates of duty on imports of cer-
tam watches and watch movements. This increase
in rates was put into effect on July 27, 1954, as the
result of Presidential action on an escape clause
recommendation by the Tariff Commission. ^^
An exchange of notes with Iceland on March 5
and 6, 1956, embodied an agreement to withdraw
the item "tuna, canned in brine" from a United
States concession on canned fish granted in the
1943 trade agreement between the two countries.
Concurrently the United States invoked a right
reserved in negotiations with Japan at the time
of the latter's accession to the General Agreement
in 1955 to increase the duty on imports of tuna,
canned in brine,^° which exceed 20 percent of
the domestic production of canned tuna. In the
future the duty on tmia canned in brine will auto-
matically be increased from 12.5 percent ad
^ md., June 27, 1955, p. 1056.
" Ibid., Aug. 23, 1954, p. 274.
"° Ibid., Apr. 16, 1956, p. 654.
valorem to 25 percent ad valorem on those imports
in any year in excess of 20 j^ercent of the domestic
production of canned tuna during the preceding
year.
A bilateral trade agreement with Guatemala
was terminated on October 14, 1955, by mutual
consent.-*^ Guatemala was experiencing difficulty
in giving full effect to the terms of the agreement.
At the time of the termination the Guatemalan
Government said it was considering adherence to
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and
that a detailed study to that end would be made.
The United States and Ecuador also mutually
agreed to a termination of their bilateral trade
agreement effective July 16, 1956. This developed
from Ecuador's inability to maintain the tariff
rales granted in the agreement.
Pursuant to Section 6 of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1951, the United States has ne-
gotiated to incorporate into existing bilateral
trade agreements "escape clause" provisions com-
plying with the requirements of this Section.
Upon termination of the agreement with Ecuador,
there remained only two United States bilateral
agreements that do not contain escape clauses.
These two are with El Salvador and Honduras.
As set forth in the report of the President to the
Congress on Trade Agreements Escape Clause
(July 10, 1952), no action has been taken with re-
gard to these two bilateral agreements because it
is believed that any move in that direction would
lead to an attempt to renegotiate the entire agree-
ments and would result in a less satisfactory situa-
tion than now exists.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
85th Congress, 1st Session
Study of Emigration of Refugees and Escapees. Report
to accompany S. Res. 53. S. Rept. 26, January 25, 1957.
2 pp.
Study of Foreign Technical-Assistance Programs. Report
to accompany S. Res. 60. S. Rept. 37, January 28, 1957.
2 pp.
Investigations of the Subcommittee on Disarmament. Re-
port to accompany S. Res. 61. S. Rept. 38, January
28, 1957. 2 pp.
United States Aid Operations in Iran. First report by
the House Committee on Government Operations. H.
Rept. 10, January 28, 1957. 61 pp.
•^ Ibid., Oct. 10. 1955, p. 577, and Oct. 31, 1955, p. 695.
March 4, J 957
371
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings'
Adjourned During February 1957
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington Nov. 28, 1955-
Feb. 9, 1957
ICAO Panel on Future Requirements of Turbo-jet Aircraft: 2d Meet- Montreal Jan. 21-Feb. 1
ing.
FAO/ECE International Consultation on Insulation Board, Hardboard, Geneva Jan. 21-Feb. 5
and Particle Board.
W MO Regional Association I (Africa): 2d Session Las Palmas, Canary Jan. 21-Feb. 9
Islands.
UNREF Executive Committee: 4th Session Geneva Jan. 29- Feb. 2
UPU Executive and Liaison Committee: Airmail Subcommittee . . . Luxor, Egypt Jan. 29-Feb. 7
OEEC Ministerial Meeting Paris Feb. 12-13
International Atomic Energy Agency Preparatory Commission: 2d New York Feb. 13 and 21
Meeting. (1 day each)
U.N. EC.4FE Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session Bangkok Feb. 15-21
UNESCO Intergovernmental Advisory Committee for the Major Project Habana Feb. 18-20
on the Extension of Primary Education in Latin America: 1st Meeting.
International Rubber Study Group: Management Committee .... London Feb. 21 (1 day)
FAO Consultative Committee on Desert Locust Control in the Ethiopian Addis Ababa Feb. 25-28
Region.
In Session as of February 28, 1957
U.N. General .Assembly: 11th Session New York Nov. 12, 1 956-
SEATO Study Group on Skilled Labor Shortage: 2d Meeting .... Bangkok Feb. 1.5-
U.N. ECOSOC Subcommission on Prevention of Discrimination and New York Feb. 18-
Protection of Minorities: 9th Session.
U.N. Trusteeship Council: Standing Committee on Petitions New York Feb. 18-
ICAO Technical Panel on TeletypewTiter Montreal Feb. 19-
ILO Governing Body: 134th Session (and Committees) Geneva Feb. 25-
U.N. ECE Working Party on Gas Problems: 2d Session Geneva Feb. 25-
U.N. ECOSOC Population Commission: 9th Session New York Feb. 25-
Scheduled March 1-May 31, 1957
U.N. ECOSOC Committee on Nongovernmental Organizations .... New York Mar. 4-
International Sugar Council: 12th Session London Mar. 6-
FAO Committee on Relations with International Organizations .... Rome Mar. 7-
U.N. ECAFE Industrv and Trade Committee: 9th Session Bangkok Mar.
UNESCO Executive Committee: Preliminary Ad Hoc Meeting .... Paris
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 19th Session New York
FAO ^d //oc Intergovernmental Meeting on Wheat and Coarse Grains . Rome
ILO Inland Transport Committee: 6th Session Hamburg
9th Pakistan Science Conference Peshawar, West Pakistan.
SEATO Council: 3d Meeting Canberra, Australia . . .
ICAO Aerodromes, Air Routes, and Ground Aids Division: 6th Session. Montreal
Mar.
10-
Mar.
10-
Mar.
11-
Mar.
11-
Mar.
11-
Mar.
11-
Mar.
12-
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Feb. 15, 1957. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: U.N^ United Nations; ICAO, International Civil .\viation Organization; F.\0, Food and
Agriculture Organization; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe; WMO, World Meteorological Organization;
UNREF, United Nations Refugee Fund; UPU, Universal Postal Union; OEKC, Organization for Euroi)can Economic
Cooperation; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization; ECAFE, Economic Commission for .\sia and the Far East;
UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council;
ILO, International Labor Organization; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European .Migration; UNICEF,
United Nations Children's Fund; ITU, International Telecommunication Union; NATO, North .\tlantic Treaty Organ-
ization; WHO, World Health Organization; PAIGH, Pan American Institute of Geography and History.
372 Department of Stale Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled March l-May 31, 1957— Continued
UNESCO Executive Board: 47th Session
I'AO Committee on Commodity Problems: 28th Session
L.N. Disarmament Commission: Subcommittee of Five
U.N. Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East: 13th Session . .
U.N. ECE Coal Committee
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Status of Women: 11th Session ....
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Statistical Subcommittee
ILO Advisory Committee on Salaried Employees and Professional
Workers: 4th Session.
UPU Executive and Liaison Committee
FAO Special Committee on Observer Status
ICEM Executive Committee: 6th Session
FAO Cocoa Study Group: Executive Committee
ICEM Council: 6th Session
U.N. Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation: 3d
Meeting.
5th Regional Conference of Asian Statisticians (in cooperation with
FAO).
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee
U.N. ECOSOC Human Rights Commission: 13th Session
ILO Tripartite Working Party on Wages, Hours of Work, and Manning
on Board Ship.
United States World Trade Fair
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 23d Session
Inter-American Commission of Women: Meeting of Technical Experts
and Administrative Heads of Women's Labor Bureaus.
Pan American Institute of Geography and History: 4th Pan American
Consultation on History.
FAO International Poplar Commission: 9th Session
FAO International Poplar Congress
European Civil Aviation Conference: 2d Meeting
9th ILO International Conference of Labor Statisticians
U.N. ECE Steel Committee and Working Parties
ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Hire, Charter, and Inter-
change of Aircraft.
U.N. Economic Commission for Europe: 12th Session
U.N. ECOSOC Narcotic Drugs Commission: 12th Session
Inter-American Presidential Representatives: 3d Meeting
ITU Administrative Council: 12th Session
South Pacific Commission: Conference on Review of Commission and
Intergovernmental Modification of Agreement.
Inter- American Travel Congresses: Permanent Executive Committee .
International Commission on Irrigation and Drainage: 3d Congress. .
10th International Cannes Film Festival
NATO Council: Ministerial Meeting
FAO Technical Meeting on Soil Fertility for Latin America
ILO Metal Trades Committee: 6th Session
U.N. Economic Commission for Latin America: 7th Session
U.N. ECOSOC International Commission on Commodity Trade: 5th
I Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Social Commission: 11th Session
FAO European Forestry Commission: 9th Session
WHO: 10th Wo-ld Health Assembly
7th International Hydrographic Bureau Congress
Inter-American Atomic Energy Symposium
FAO Committee on Financial Control: 23d Session
FAO Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council: 7th Session
U.N. ECAFE Highway Subcommittee: Seminar on Highway Safety .
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee: Working Party on Statistics . .
International Cotton Advisory Committee: 16th Plenary Meeting . .
Customs Cooperation Council
International Commission for Northwest Atlantic Fisheries: 7th Meeting.
WHO Executive Board: 20th Session
U.N. ECE Housing Committee: 14th Session and Working Parties . .
ILO Governing Body: 135th Session •
ICAO Panel on Future Requirements for Turbo-jet Aircraft :3d Meeting.
Caribbean Commission: 24th Meeting
PAIGH Directing Council: 2d Meeting
Paris Mar. 15-
Rome Mar. 18-
London Mar. 18-
Bangkok Mar. 18-
Geneva Mar. 18-
New York Mar. 18-
Rome Apr. 1-
Geneva Apr. 1-
Lausanne Apr. 1-
Ilome Apr. 2-
Geneva Apr. 2-
Rome Apr. 4-
Geneva Apr. 8-
Geneva Apr. 8-
Bangkok Apr. 8-
New York Apr. 8-
Geneva . . . *. Apr. 8-
Geneva Apr. 11-
New York Apr. 14-
New York Apr. 16-
M6xico, D. F Apr. 20-
Cuenca, Ecuador .... Apr. 21-
Paris Apr. 22-
Paris Apr. 22-
Madrid Apr. 24-
Geneva Apr. 24-
Geneva Apr. 24-
Montreal Apr. 29
Geneva Apr. 29-
New York Apr. 29-
Washington Apr. 29-*
Geneva Apr. 29-
Canberra, Australia . . . Apr. 30-
Lima April
San Francisco May 1-
Cannes May 2-
Bonn May 2-
Costa Rica May 6-
Geneva May 6-
La Paz May 6-
New York May 6-
New York May 6-
Rome May 7-
Geneva May 7-
Monte Carlo May 7-
Upton, N. Y May 13-
Rome May 13-*
Bandung May 13-
Tokyo May 13-
Geneva May 16-
Istanbul May 20-
Brussels May 27-
Lisbon May 27-
Geneva May 27-
Geneva May 27-
Geneva May 27-*
Montreal May
(undetermined) May
Rio de Janeiro May
March 4, 1957
373
«
»
1
»
«
►
«
»
«
»
«
»
«
►
fl
>
«
►
«
►
i
>
«
>
<
»
•
t
»
«
►
«
»
«
»
«
1
«
»
«
►
•
1
«
»
«
»
h
•
•
•
11' s
m
«5£
•
•
•
•
e
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
la
ii
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
«g6
•
•
o
III
•
•
0
•
III
o a a
= §■&
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Organization
for European
Economic
Cooperation
o
o
•
•
«
•
o
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
North
Atlantic
Treaty
Organization
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
a
d
o
1
*
•c
a
'c
t:
1
p:
)
t
c
o
3
3
a
0)
0
03
S
a
>
-t-
C
1
a
0
c
"(I
C
;2
E
c
•c
u
c
c
D
£
c
c
"a
c
1
1
t
)
a
c
c
>>
3
H
c
)
B
c
c
a
(S
CC
a
3
c
0
CO
"c
Ph
>
c
c
>
b
X
1
1
D
a
a
>
o
o
D.
O
M
3
w
^
I
9
o
o
PQ
o
374
Department of Slate Bulletin
C cJ o
H
Q
Q
<5
Q
0
Q
Q
03 ■>
•
•
0
•
•
U. N. Commis-
sion for Unifica-
tion and Reha-
bilitation of
Korea '
•
•
•
a
H
o o
•
•
•
•
•
D
•
D
*
•
•
•
•
•
D
o
^»
ii
6"^
e
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Economic Com-
mission for Asia
and the Far
East a
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ii
51
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
o
s
a
3
o
O
<
3
r
T
U.
a
2
X
C
c
a
0
c.
•5
.2
a
0
■a
c
C3
=3
0
"0
C
:
m
0
►J
0
K
H
5
r
z
"4.
c
a
•a
"c
a;
IS)
£
S5
S
a
IS
Ph
w
a
C
g
C
T3
b
-0
■+-
'c
GO
■B
<^
>
'r
3
C
CI
4)
O
ho
S^
03 O
•" 2
o a
s ^
'3 0)
o J
o *"
o -a
CO a
h a>
03 j.)
a
en
(<•
O
a
a.
3
CO
C
a>
«•»
Of
Q
o
d
.3
oj -
o £ a c
D (p 03 *j
"^■^ tl.S
°5 S o S
3 ft r
_ -a 5?H §<
• ^^ -^ '12 G I >•
"S •§ "=-2 g I i;
a ^g-- » 1
S Si: ^
O OJ
C3 -O
o 9
03 ^
o a
a> 1-1
a
o
>
o
"5 -S
0
•a
i^
3
C3
3
0
u
\->
>
C
J3
HH
0
J3
0
A
^
0.
^
m
1)
n
3
a
3
0
§
Ooa
Saw
u t. a a
«£ ^1q
,-H **-* 03 rt
S 0) ^ "
o 5) o o
«-3 "^O
O 3 2
iS a ^ o3~
boS§^
3--0*-'
«;§ a
5P S 03 -2
MM CO ^
March 4, 1957
375
TREATY INFORMATION
U.S., Canada, Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign Fur Seal Convention
The North Pacific Fur Seal Conference came to
a successful close in Washington on February 9
with the signing of the Interim Convention for
the Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seal Herds.
The convention is the result of extensive negotia-
tions by delegations of Canada, Japan, the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics, and the United
States of America, which began discussions on
November 28, 1955.
There are about 1,600,000 fur seals in the North
Pacific Ocean. Indiscriminate killing of seals
would soon reduce their numbers sharply and per-
haps jeopardize their existence. This was demon-
strated in the late 19th century when the herds,
whose numbers in the 1860's had reached almost
2,000,000, fell to about 200,000 head in 1911
after commercial hunters had relentlessly pursued
them. Under the four-power Fur Seal Conven-
tion of 1911, Canada, Japan, Russia, and the
United States prohibited their nationals from
himting the seals at sea. As a result, the popula-
tions rose to 1,600,000 by 1941 when the 1911 con-
vention was terminated. Meanwhile during this
30-year period over a million skins were harvested
on the breeding islands by the governments hav-
ing control of them. The present convention will
reinstitute multilateral conservation by the four
North Pacific powers.
The fur seal spends 9 months each year at
sea, 3 months on land. Migrating each winter to
waters as far south as the latitude of San Fran-
cisco and Tokyo, the herds, beginning in June,
return to three island groups in the far north —
the Pribilof Islands off Alaska and the Com-
mander Islands and Robben Island off the Asian
coast. Here they remain for 3 months on the
shingle beaches while the pups are born and are
'Released to tbe press by the North Pacific Fur Seal
Conference on Feb. 9.
prepared for life at sea, even having to learn to
swim during this time. In September the seals
begin to leave for their 9-month journey south-
ward. By October the islands are again bare.
The seal is a polygamous creature. One bull
may have a harem of as many as 50 females. For
the needs of the fur industry the practice has,
therefore, been to take the surplus males. Usually
3-year-old males are taken, the pelage being then
at its prime. The killing is done on the Asian
islands by the Government of the U.S.S.R. and
on the Pribilof Islands by the United States
Government.
The convention provides among other things
for:
1. the establishment of a North Pacific Seal
Commission of four members, one from each of
the signatories;
2. a 6-year cooperative research program;
3. the prohibition of pelagic sealing (seal hunt-
ing at sea), except to a specified extent for re-
search purposes;
4. boarding and search of vessels at sea in sus-
picious circumstances and arrest of vessels and
crews upon reasonable belief of seal hunting with
trial in the country of the flag of the vessel ;
5. the enactment and enforcement by the par-
ties of such legislation and the application of such
measures as may be necessary to guarantee the ob-
servance of the convention ; and
6. a sharing of the land kill such that Canada
and Japan receive each year from the U.S.S.R.
and the U.S.A. 15 percent of the sealskins taken
on the islands by the latter two Governments.
The convention will enter into effect upon the
deposit of ratifications in Washington by the four
signatories. It will continue in effect for 6 years,
although in certain circumstances the term may
vary from 6 years. The parties agree to hold a
376
Department of State Bulletin
meeting toward tlie close of the research program
to determine what more permanent arrangements
may bo necessary for the conservation of the
herds.
The text of the convention follows.
INTERIM CONVENTION
ON
CONSERVATION OF NORTH PACIFIC FUR SEALS
The Governments of Canada, Japan, the Union of So-
viet Socialist Republics, and the United States of America
Desiring to take effective measures towards achieving
the maximum sustainable productivity of the fur seal re-
sources of the North Pacific Ocean so that the fur seal
populations can be brought to and maintained at the levels
which will provide the greatest harvest year after year,
with due regard to their relation to the productivity of
other living marine resources of the area,
Recognizing that in order to determine such measures it
Is necessary to conduct adequate scientific research on
the said resources, and
Desiring to provide for international cooperation in
achieving these objectives,
Agree as follows :
Aeticle I
1. The term "pelagic sealing" is hereby defined for the
purposes of this Convention as meaning the killing, tak-
ing, or hunting in any manner whatsoever of fur seals
at sea.
2. The words "each year", "annual" and "annually" as
used hereinafter refer to Convention year, that is, the year
beginning on the date of entry into force of the Con-
vention.
3. Nothing in this Convention shall be deemed to affect
in any way the position of the Parties in regard to the
limits of territorial waters or to the jurisdiction over
fisheries.
Article II
1. In order to realize the objectives of this Convention,
the Parties agree to coordinate necessary scientific re-
search programs and to cooperate in investigating the fur
seal resources of the North Pacific Ocean to determine :
(a) what measures may be necessary to make possible
the maximum sustainable productivity of the fur seal re-
sources so that the fur seal populations can be brought
to and maintained at the levels which will provide the
greatest harvest year after year ; and
(b) what the relationship is between fur seals and
other living marine resources and whether fur seals have
detrimental effects on other living marine resources sub-
stantially exploited by any of the Parties and, if so, to
what extent.
2. The research referred to in the preceding paragraph
shall include studies of the following subjects :
(a) size of each fur seal herd and its age and sex com-
position ;
(b) natural mortality of the different age groups and
recruitment of young to each age or size class at present
and subsequent population levels ;
(c) with regard to each of the herds, the effect upon
the magnitude of recruitment of variations in the size
and the age and sex composition of the annual kill ;
(d) migration routes of fur seals and their wintering
areas ;
(e) numbers of seals from each herd found on the
migration routes and in wintering areas and their ages
and sexes ;
(f ) extent to which the food habits of fur seals affect
commercial flsh catches and the damage fur seals inflict
on fishing gear ; and
(g) other subjects involved in achieving the objectives
of the Convention, as determined by the Commission es-
tablished under Article V, paragraph 1.
3. In furtherance of the research referred to in this
Article, each of the Parties agrees to carry out, each year
after the entry into force of the Convention, the programs
set forth in the Schedule annexed to the Convention with
any modifications thereof made pursuant to Article V,
paragraph 3. The said Schedule, together with any such
modifications, shall be considered an Integral part of this
Convention.
4. Each Party agrees to provide the Commission an-
nually with information on :
(a) number of black pups tagged for each breeding
area ;
(b) number of fur seals, by sex and estimated ago,
taken at sea and on each breeding area ; and
(c) tagged seals recovered on land and at sea;
and, so far as is practicable, other information pertinent
to scientific research which the Commission may request.
5. The Parties further agree to provide for the exchange
of scientific personnel ; each such exchange shall be sub-
ject to mutual consent of the Parties directly concerned.
6. The Parties agree to use for the scientific pelagic re-
search provided for in this Article only government-
owned or government-chartered vessels operating under
strict control of their respective authorities. Each Party
shall communicate to the other Parties the names and
descriptions of vessels which are to be used for pelagic
research.
Abticle III
In order to realize the purposes of the Conventi<in, in-
cluding the carrying out of the coordinated and coopera-
tive research, each Party agrees to prohibit pelagic seal-
ing, except as provided in Article II, paragraph 3 and the
Schedule, in the Pacific Ocean north of the 30th parallel
of north latitude including the seas of Bering, Okhotsk,
and .Tapan by any person or vessel subject to its juris-
diction.
Aeticle IV
1. Each Party shall bear the expense of its own re-
search. Title to sealskins taken during the research shall
vest in the Party conducting such research.
2. If the total number of seals of the Commander Is-
lands breeding grounds decreases and falls below 50,000
head, according to data in official records, then com-
mercial killing of seals and apportionment of skins may
March 4, 1957
377
be suspended by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
until the number of seals exceeds 50,000 bead. This pro-
vision also applies to the fur seal herd of Robben Island,
if the population of that herd becomes less than 50,000
head.
3. The Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics upon suspending such sealing shall so Inform
the other Parties. In this case the Commission shall
determine whether or not to reduce the level of or to
suspend completely the pelagic sealing for scientific pur-
poses in the Western Pacific Ocean during the period of
the said suspension.
4. The Commission may, subsequent to the second year
of operation of the Convention, modify the floor figure
set forth in paragraph 2 of this Article in accordance with
its findings based upon scientific data received by it ; and
if any such modifications are made, paragraph 2 of this
Article shall be considered amended accordingly. The
Commission shall notify each Party of every such amend-
ment and of the effective date thereof.
Article V
1. The Parties agree to establish the North Pacific Fur
Seal Commission to be composed of one member from
each Party.
2. The duties of the Commission shall be to :
(a) formulate and coordinate research programs de-
signed to achieve the objectives set forth in Article II,
paragraph 1 ;
(b) recommend these coordinated research programs to
the respective Parties for implementation ;
(c) study the data obtained from the implementation
of such coordinated research programs ;
(d) recommend appropriate measures to the Parties
on the basis of the findings obtained from the implementa-
tion of such coordinated research programs, including
measures regarding the size and the sex and age compo-
sition of the seasonal commercial kill from a herd ; and
(e) recommend to the Parties at the end of the fifth
year after entry into force of this Convention and, if the
Convention is continued under the provisions of Article
XIII, paragraph 4, at a later year, the methods of sealing
best suited to achieve the objectives of this Convention ;
the above-mentioned later year shall be fixed by the
Parties at the meeting early in the sixth year provided
for In Article XI.
Article VI
In order to implement the provisions of Article III, the
Parties agree as follows :
1. When a duly authorized oflScial of any of the Par-
ties has reasonable cause to believe that any vessel out-
fitted for the harvesting of living marine resources and
subject to the jurisdiction of any of the Parties Is of-
fending against the prohibition of pelagic sealing as
provided for by Article III, he may, except within the
territorial waters of another State, board and search such
vessel. Such official shall carry a special certificate Is-
sued by the competent authorities of his Government
and drawn up in the English, Japanese, and Russian lan-
378
guages which shall be exhibited to the master of the ves-
sel upon request.
2. When the official after searching a vessel continues
to have reasonable cause to believe that the vessel or
any person on board thereof is offending against the pro-
hibition, he may seize or arrest such vessel or person.
In that case, the Party to which the official belongs shall
as soon as iwssible notify the Party having jurisdiction
over the vessel or person of such arrest or seizure and
shall deliver the vessel or person as promptly as prac-
ticable to the authorized officials of the Party having
jurisdiction over the vessel or person at a place to be
agreed upon by both Parties ; provided, however, that
when the Party receiving notification cannot immediately
accept delivery of the vessel or person, the Party which
gives such notification may, upon request of the other
Part.v, keep the vessel or person under sui'veillance within
its own territory, under the conditions agreed upon by
both Parties.
3. The authorities of the Party to which such person
or vessel belongs alone shall have jurisdiction to try any
case arising under Article III and this Article and to
impo.se penalties in connection therewith.
4. The witnesses or their testimony and other proofs
necessary to establish the offense, so far as they are under
the control of any of the Parties, shall be furnished with
all reasonable promptness to the authorities of the Party
having jurisdiction to try the case.
5. Sealskins discovered on seized vessels shall be sub-
ject to confiscation on the decision of the court or other
authorities of the Party under whose jurisdiction the
trial of a case takes place.
6. Full details of punitive measures applied to offenders
against the prohibition shall be communicated to the
other Parties not later than three months after the ap-
plication of the penalty.
Article VII
The provisions of this Convention shall not apply to
Indians, Ainos, Aleuts, or Eskimos dwelling on the coast
of the waters mentioned in Article III, who carry on
pelagic sealing in canoes not transported by or used In
connection with other vessels, and propelled entirely by
oars, paddles, or sails, and manned by not more than
five persons each, in the way hitherto practiced and with-
out the use of firearms ; provided that such hunters are
not in the employment of other persons or under contract
to deliver the skins to any person.
Article VIII
1. Each Party agrees that no person or vessel shall be
permitted to use any of its ports or harliors or any part
of its territory for any purpose designed to violate the
prohibition set forth in Article III.
2. Each Party also agrees to prohibit the importation
and delivery into and the traffic within its territories of
skins of fur seals taken in the area of the North Pacific
Ocean mentioned in Article III, except only those taken
by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics or the United
States of America on rookeries, those taken at sea for
research purposes in accordance with the Schedule, those
taken under the provisions of Article VII, those con-
Departmenl of State Bulletin
flscated under the provisions of Article VI, paragraph
5, and those inadvertently captured which are taken pos-
session of by a Party ; provided, however, that all such
excepted skins shall be officially marked and duly certi-
fied by the authorities of the Party concerned.
Aeticle IX
1. The respective Parties agree that, of the total num-
ber of sealskins taken commercially each season on land,
there shall at the end of the season be delivered a per-
centage of the gross in number and value thereof as
follows :
By the Union of Soviet
SociaUst Republics .{[„" J-^,^^ ;
By the United States of
America (to Canada .
^^ Ito Japan . .
2. Each Party agrees to deliver such
authorized agent of the recipient Party
taking, or at some other place mutually
such Parties.
. . l."! per cent
. . 15 per cent
. . 15 per cent
. . 15 per cent
sealskins to an
at the place of
agreed upon by
3. In order more equitably to divide the direct and in-
direct costs of pelagic research in the Western Pacific
Ocean, it is agreed :
(a) that in any year in which commercial killing is
carried out for both the Commander and Robben Islands
herds and pelagic research in that area is carried on
at a level of 2,000 or more seals :
(1) Canada and Japan will forego the delivery of the
sealskins by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics as
set forth in paragraph 1 of this Article ; and
(2) the United States of America will increase its de-
livery to Canada and Japan as set forth in paragraph 1
of this Article by a total of 375 sealskins to each of
these Parties ;
(b) that in any year in which commercial killing is
carried out for one only of the Commander or Robben
Islands herds and pelagic research in that area is car-
ried on at a level of 1,000 or more seals :
(1) Canada and Japan will forego the delivery of the
sealskins by the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics as
set forth in paragraph 1 of this Article ; and
(2) the United States of America will increase its de-
livery to Canada and Japan as set forth in paragraph 1
of this Article by a total of 188 sealskins to each of these
Parties.
Abticle X
1. Each Party agrees to enact and enforce such legis-
lation as may be necessary to guarantee the observance
of this Convention and to make effective its provisions
with appropriate penalties for violation thereof.
2. The Parties further agree to cooperate with each
other in taking such measures as may be appropriate to
carry out the puriwses of this Convention, including the
prohibition of pelagic sealing as provided for by Article
III.
3. The Commission may, subsequent to the first year
of operation of the Convention, modify in accordance
with its scientific findings the research programs set forth
in the Scliedule and, if any such modifications are made,
the Schedule shall be considered amended accordingly.
The Commission shall notify each Party of every such
amendment and of the effective date thereof.
4. Each Party shall have one vote. Decisions and
recommendations shall be made by unanimous vote.
With respect to any recommendations regarding the size
and the sex and age composition of the seasonal com-
mercial kill from a herd, only those Parties sharing in
the sealskins from that herd under the provisions of
Article IX, paragraph 1 shall vote.
5. The Commission shall elect from its members a
Chairman and other necessary officials and shall adopt
rules of procedure for the conduct of its work.
6. The Commission shall hold an annual meeting at
such time and place as it may decide. Additional meet-
ings shall be held when requested by two or more mem-
bers of the Commission. The time and place of the first
meeting shall be determined by agreement among the
Parties.
7. The expenses of each member of the Commission
shall be paid by his own Government. Such joint ex-
penses as may be incurred by the Commission shall be
defrayed by the Parties by equal contributions. Each
Party shall also contribute to the Commission annually
an amount equivalent to the value of the sealskins it
confiscates under the provisions of Article VI, paragraph
5.
8. The Commission shall submit an annual report of
its activities to the Parties.
9. The Commission may from time to time make recom-
mendations to the Parties on any matter which relates
to the fur seal resources or to the administration of the
Commission.
Abticle XI
The Parties agree to meet early in the sixth year of this
Convention and, if the Convention is continued under the
provisions of Article XIII, paragraph 4, to meet again at
a later year, to consider the recommendations of the
Commission made in accordance with Article V, paragraph
2 (e) and to determine what further agreements may be
desirable in order to achieve the maximum sustainable
productivity of the North Pacific fur seal herds. The
above-mentioned later year shall be fixed by the Parties
at the meeting early in the sixth year.
Abticle XII
Should any Party consider that the obligations of Ar-
ticle II, paragraphs 3, 4, or 5 or any other obligation un-
dertaken by the Parties is not being carried out and notify
the other Parties to that effect, all the Parties shall,
within three months of the receipt of such notification,
meet to consult together on the need for and nature of
remedial measures. In the event that such consultation
shall not lead to agreement as to the need for and nature
of remedial measures, any Party may give written notice
to the other Parties of intention to terminate the Conven-
tion and, notwithstanding the provisions of Article XIII,
paragraph 4, the Convention shall thereupon terminate as
March 4, 1957
379
to all the Parties nine months from the date of such
notice.
Article XIII
1. This Convention shall be ratified and the Instruments
of ratification deposited with the Government of the
United States of America as soon as practicable.
2. The Government of the United States of America
shall notify the other signatory Governments of ratifica-
tions deposited.
3. This Convention shall enter into force on the date
of the deposit of the fourth instrument of ratification,
and upon such entry into force Article IX, paragraphs 1
and 2, shall be deemed to have been operative from June
1, 19.56, provided that the Parties shall have, from the date
of signing, maintained under their internal law the pro-
hibition and effective prevention of pelagic sealing by
all persons and vessels subject to their respective juris-
dictions.
4. The present Convention shall continue in force for
six years and thereafter until the entry into force of a
new or revised fur seal convention between the Parties,
or until the expiration of one year after such period of
six years, whichever may be the earlier; provided, how-
ever, that it may continue in force for a further period if
the Parties so decide at the meeting early in the sixth
year provided for in Article XI.
5. The original of this Convention shall be deposited
with the Government of the United States of America,
which shall communicate certified copies thereof to each
of the Governments signatory to the Convention.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly au-
thorized by their respective Governments, have signed
this Convention.
Done in Washington this ninth day of February 1957,
in the English, Japanese, and Russian languages, each
text equally authentic.
For the Government of Canada :
A. D. P. Heeney
G. R. Clark
For the Government of Japan :
Masatuki Tani
For the Government of the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics :
G Zaroubin
For the Government of the United States of America :
Wm C. Herrington
ARNIE J. SUOMELA
Schedule
1. The United States of America each year during the
first four years shall tag 50,000 black pups on the Pribilof
Islands.
2. The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics each year
during the first four years shall tag 25 per cent of the
black pups on the Commander Islands and 25 per cent of
the black pups on Robben Island.
3. In the event that pelagic sealing should be suspended
for one or more years under the provisions of Article IV,
paragraph 3, the tagging of black pups shall continue
at the mentioned rates for a comparable number of years.
4. The United States of America each year shall take
at sea for research purposes in the Eastern Pacific Ocean
between 1,250 and 1,750 seals.
5. Canada each year shall take at sea for research pur-
poses in the Eastern Pacific Ocean between 500 and 750
seals.
6. Japan shall take at sea in the Western Pacific Ocean :
(a) annually in the first and second years of pelagic
research between 2,750 and 3,250 seals ;
(b) annually during the remaining four years of pelagic
research between 1,400 and 1,600 seals.
7. The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics shall take
at sea in the Western Pacific Ocean :
(a) annually in the first and second years of pelagic
research between 750 and 1,250 seals ;
(b) annually during the remaining four years of pelagic
research between 400 and 600 seals.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
AtomicT Energy
Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency. Open
for signature at United Nations Headquarters, New
York, through January 24, 1957.'
SignaUires: Afghanistan and Nicaragua, January 23,
1957.
Aviation
Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation
services in Greenland and the Faroe Islands. Done at
Geneva September 25, 1956.'
Acceptance deposited: United States, February 8, 1957.
Agreement on joint financing of certain air navigation
services in Iceland. Done at Geneva September 25,
1956.'
Acceptance deposited: United States, February 8, 1957.
Copyright
Universal copyright convention. Done at Geneva Sep-
tember 6, 1952. Entered into force September 16, 1955.
TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited : Mexico, February 12, 1957.
Protocol 2 concerning application of the convention to
the works of certain international organizations. Done
at Geneva September 6, 1952. Entered into force Sep-
tember 16, 1955. TIAS 3324.
Ratification deposited: Mexico, February 12, 1957.
Cultural Relations
Convention for the promotion of Inter-American cultural
relations. Signed at Caracas March 28, 1954. Entered
into force February 18, 1955.'
Ratification deposited: Paraguay, January 25, 1957.
Shipping
Conveution on the Intergovernmental Maritime Consulta-
tive Organization. Signed at Geneva March 6, 1948.'
Ratification deposited : Italy, January 28, 1957.
' Not in force.
* Not in force for the United States.
380
Department of State Bulletin
BILATERAL
Colombia
Agreement for an educational exchange program. Signed
at Bogota January 9, 1957. Entered into force pro-
visionally January 9, 1957, and becomes lielinitive upon
approval by legislative branch of Republic of Colombia.
Cuba
Agreement providing guaranties against inconvertibility
of investment receipts, authorized by sec. 413 (b) (4)
of Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat.
846-847; 70 Stat. 558, 22 U.S.C. 1933). Signed at
Habaua February 4, 1957. Enters into force upon
confirmation by the Government of Cuba of acceptance
in accordance with its constitutional procedures.
Italy
Agreement amending the agreement of October 30, 1956
(TIAS 3702), by increasing the amount of lire allotted
for promotion of the economic development program.
Effected by exchange of notes at Rome January 28 and
February 1, 1957. Entered into force February 1, 1957.
Spain
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of October 23, 1956 (TIAS 3685), by adding bar-
ley to the list of commodities to be purchased. Eftected
by exchange of notes at Madrid February 1, 1957. En-
tered into force February 1, 1957.
Turkey
Agreement supplementing the surplus agricultural com-
modities agreement of November 12, 1956 (TIAS 3697).
Signed at Ankara January 25, 1957. Entered into
force January 25, 1957.
Surplus Commodity Agreement
Signed With Ecuador
Press release 70 dated February 15
The United States and Ecuador on February
15 signed an agreement authorizing the sale to
Ecuador through private U.S. traders of wheat,
corn, inedible tallow, edible oil and/or lard, and
tobacco to a total value of $4,100,000, including
certain ocean transportation costs. These sales
are being made under the authority and provisions
of the Agricultural Trade Development and As-
sistance Act of 1954, as amended. The agreement
was signed at Quito by Carlos Tobar, Minister of
Foreign Affairs, Jose F. A. Intriago, Minister of
Economy, and Fausto Cordovez, Minister of
Treasury, on behalf of the Ecuadoran Govern-
ment, and by Ambassador Christian M. Eavndal
on behalf of the United States.
The agreement provides that payment for the
commodities under the sales program will be made
in Ecuadoran currency. A part of the currency
accruing will be earmarked for loans designed to
contribute to Ecuadoran economic development
and will be payable in dollars or Ecuadoran cur-
rency under the terms of a supplemental loan
agreement. The balance will be reserved for the
use of the United States in Ecuador.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Foreign Service Fees Revised
White House press release dated February 6
The President on February 6 signed an Execu-
tive order revising the Tariff of United States
Foreign Service Fees.^
The revised schedule of fees is prescribed for
use at American diplomatic and consular offices
effective March 1, 1957. The scliedule increases
the fees for a number of the services performed
at these offices and places certain of tlie services
formerly performed without charge on a fee basis.
Many of the items, however, are continued on their
present nonf ee basis.
The new schedule reflects the estimated current
cost of providing the specific services and is in
accord with the principle expressed by the Presi-
dent in his budget message of last year that Gov-
ernment services which give special benefits to
users should be financed by adequate charges paid
by the users. It also conforms to a previous ex-
pression of the sense of the Congress, 65 Stat. 290,
that such services be made self-sustaining to the
extent possible through the establishment of equi-
table fees and charges.
Resignations
L. Corrin Strong as Ambassador to Norway. (For text
of Mr. Strong's letter to the President and the President's
reply, see White House press release dated February 8.)
Carl W. McCardle as Assistant Secretary for Public
Affairs. (For biographic details, see press release 73
dated February 16.)
' No. 10697, 22 Fed. Reg. 777 (not printed here) . Copies
of a summary of the changes may be obtained from the
Office of Special Consular Services, Department of State,
Washington 25, D. C.
March 4, 1957
381
Confirmations
The Senate on February 7 confirmed John Hay Whitney
to be Ambassador to Great Britain.
The Senate on February 7 confirmed C. Burke Elbricls,
to be an Assistant Secretary of State.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents,
except in the case of free publications, which may be
obtained from the Department of State.
Establishment of an Oceanographic Research Station in
the Turks and Caicos Islands. TIAS 3696. 17 pp. 10<f.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land—Signed at Washington November 27, 1956. En-
tered into force November 27, 1956.
Weather Stations— Cooperative Program in the Domini-
can Republic. TIAS 3699. 8 pp. lOi*.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Dominican Republic. Exchange of notes— Signed at
Cludad Trujillo July 25 and August 11, 1956. Entered
Into force November 16, 1956.
Economic Development. TIAS 3701. 5 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes— Signed at Tokyo November
13, 1956. Entered into force November 13, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3702. 17
pp. 10(J.
Agreement, with exchanges of letters, between the United
States of America and Italy— Signed at Rome October 30,
1956. Entered into force October 30, 1956.
Naval Mission to the Dominican Republic. TIAS 3703.
18 pp. KK.
Agreement bet\veen the United States of America and
the Dominican Republic— Signed at Ciudad Trujillo De-
cember 7, 1956. Entered into force December 7, 1956.
United States Educational Foundation in Finland. TIAS
3704. 4 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Finland, amending agreement of July 2, 1952. Exchange
of notes— Signed at Helsinki November 30, 1956. En-
tered into force November 30, 1956.
Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3705. 5 pp. 5#.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Japan. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tokyo November
30, 1956. Entered into force November 30, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3706. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Pakistan, amending agreement of August 7, 1956, as
amended. Exchange of letters — Signed at Karachi De-
cember 3, 1956. Entered into force December 3, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3707. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the Union of Burma, amending agreement of February
8, 1956, as amended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Ran-
goon December 4, 1956. Entered into force Deceml)er 4,
1956.
Saint Lawrence Seaway— Deep-Water Dredging in Corn-
wall Island Channels. TIAS 3708. 3 pp. 5(S.
Exchange of notes between the United States of America
and Canada — Signed at Ottawa November 7 and Decem-
ber 4, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Equipment
and Materials. TIAS 3710. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Spain, Implementing article I, paragraph 3, of agreement
of September 26, 1953. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Madrid November 27, 1956. Entered into force November
27, 1956.
Atomic Energy— Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3711.
7 PI). 10<*.
Agreement between the United States of America and the
Dominican Repiiblic — Signed at Washington June 15, 1956.
Entere<l into force December 21, 1956.
Relief From Taxation on Defense Expenditures. TIAS
3712. 0 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
France, amending agreement of June 13, 1952. Exchange
of letters — Signed at Paris November 27, 1956. Entered
into force November 27, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Construction of Military
Installations and Facilities. TIAS 3713. 16 pp. 10«}.
Agreement between the United States of America and
China. Exchange of notes — Signed at Taipei November
21, 1956. Entered into force November 21, 1956.
Mexican Agricultural Workers. TIAS 3714. 5 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Mexico extending agreement of August 11, 1951, as amend-
ed and extended. Exchange of notes— Signed at Mexico
December 20, 1956. Entered into force December 20,
1956.
Corrections
Bulletin of Januar.v 21, 1957, p. 100, first
column L The name of the Icelandic Minister of
Foreign Affairs should be spelled Giulmuudur I.
Giidmundsson.
Bulletin of February 25, 1957: The first line of
the second column on page 295 should read "of to-
day is the emergence of international commu-" ; in
the table at the top of the second column on page
320, the figure for U.S. guaranteed sales in bushels
should he "132,098,561."
382
Department of State Bulletin
March 4, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 923
Africa. U.S. Delegation to Ghana Independence
Ceremonies 348
American Principles. Keeping the Peace (George) 347
Asia. Membership In Regional and U.N. Organiza-
tion.'! in South Asia, the Far East, and the Pacifle
(chart) 375
Canada
Renegotiation of Canadian Tariff Concession on
I'otatoes 360
U.S., Canada, .Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign Fur Seal
Convention (text of convention) 376
Congress, The
Coufiressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 371
First Annual Report on Operation of Trade Agree-
ments Program (Eisenhower) 363
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Elbricli, Whitney) 382
Foreign Service Fees Revised 381
Resignations (McCardle, Strong) 381
Dominican Republic. Dominican Republic Docu-
ments on Disappearance of U.S. Citizen . . . 349
Economic Affairs
Consultations on Import Restrictions for Balance-
of-I'ayments Reasons 359
First Annual Report on Operation of Trade Agree-
ments Program (Eisenhower) 363
Renegotiation of Canadian Tariff Concession on
Potatoes 360
Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed With Ecua-
dor 381
U.S., Canada, Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign Fur Seal
Convention (text of convention) 376
U.S. Replies to Swiss Request To Arbitrate Inter-
handel Issue (texts of notes) 350
Vice Admiral Richmond Heads Committee on Oil
Pollution of Seas 349
Ecuador. Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed
With Ecuador 381
Europe
Anniversary of Independence of Baltic Republics
(Dulles) 347
Membership of European Countries in Regional
Organizations (chart) 374
United States Foreign Policy and the Situation in
Europe (Holmes) 343
Germany. U.S. Replies to Swiss Request To Arbi-
trate Interhandel Issue (texts of notes) . . . 350
International Organizations and Conferences
Calendar of Meetings 372
Membership of European Countries in Regional
Organizations (chart) 374
Meml)ership in Regional and U.N. Organizations in
South Asia, the Far East, and the Pacific
(chart) 375
Japan. U.S., Canada, Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign Fur
Seal Convention (text of convention) .... 376
Military Affairs. Twenty-seven Countries Invited
to International Naval Review 349
Mutual Security. United States Foreign Policy
and the Situation in Europe (Holmes) .... 343
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. United
States Foreign Policy and the Situation in
Europe (Holmes) 343
Norway. Resignations (Strong) 381
Presidential Documents. First Annual Report on
Operation of Trade Agreements Program . . . 363
Publications. Recent Releases 382
Switzerland. U.S. Replies to Swiss Request To
Arbitrate Interhandel Issue (texts of notes) . . 350
Treaty Information
Current Actions 380
.Surplus Commodity Agreement Signed With Ecua-
dor 381
U.S., Canada, Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign Fur Seal
Convention (test of convention) 376
U.S.S.R. U.S., Canada, Japan, and U.S.S.R. Sign
Fur Seal Convention (text of convention) . . 376
United Kingdom. Whitney Confirmed as Ambassa-
dor 382
Name Index
Dulles, Secretary 347
Eisenhower, President 363
Elbriclt, C. Burke 382
George, Walter F 347
Holmes, Julius C 343
McCardle, Carl W 381
Murphy, Gerald Lester 349
Nixon, Richard M 348
Richmond, Alfred C 349
Strong, L. Corrin 381
Whitney, John Hay 382
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 11-17
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Pre.ss releases issued prior to February 11 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 51
of February 4 and 57 of February 8.
No. Date Snbject
t60 2/11 Number of visas issued.
61 2/11 National Committee for Prevention of
Pollution of Seas by Oil.
t62 2/12 Kalijarvi: "Two-Way Streets Around
the World."
63 2/12 Consultations on Import restrictions.
64 2/12 International Naval Review.
•65 2/14 Elbrick sworn In.
66 2/14 Dominican Government documents on
disappearance of Murphy.
t67 2/14 Delegation to UNESCO committee on
primary education (rewrite).
68 2/14 Delegation to Ghana independence
ceremonies ( rewrite ) .
69 2/15 Dulles : anniversary of Baltic inde-
pendence.
70 2/15 Surplus commodity agreement with
Ecuador.
*71 2/15 Visit of Indian educators.
t72 2/17 U.S. aide memoire to Israel.
*73 2/16 McCardle resignation (biographic de-
tails).
*Not printed.
tHeld for later issue of the Bulletin.
0. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1987
USB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. »300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements of the United States
was recently released. The publication lists treaties and other
international agreements which according to the Department's
records were in force between the United States and other
countries on October 31, 1956.
The list includes bilateral treaties and other agreements,
arranged by country or other political entity, multilateral
treaties, and other agreements, arranged by subject with names
of countries which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations
to texts are furnished for each agreement.
Documents affecting international copyright relations of
the United States are listed in the appendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supplementing the
information contained in Treaties in Force, is published weekly
in the Department of State Bulletin.
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force (250 pp.) is for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1.25 a copy.
Publication 6427
$1.25
Order Form
ro: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office Please send me copies of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and
Washington 25. D.C. Other International Agreements of the United States.
I
t Name:
Enclosed And:
■ Street Address:
(cash, cheek, or \ ^ .. r, , o^ 4.
money order). \ ^ity, Zone, and State:
i
rHE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
0
Vol. XXXVI, No. 924
March 11, 19^
HAL
QUESTION OF WITHDRAWAL OF ISRAELI FORCES
FROM EGYPTIAN TERRITORY
Address by President Eisenhower 387
Statement by Secretary Dulles o91
U.S. Aide Memoire to Israel 392
Agreed Statement oj Secretary Dulles and Ambassador Eban . 394
Report by U.N. Secretary -General 394
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
FEBRUARY 19 400
TWO-WAY STREETS AROUND THE WORLD • by
Thorsten V. Kalijarvi 406
UNITED STATES FOREIGN RELATIONS: A SEARCH
FOR PERSPECTIVE • by William B. Macomber, Jr . . 411
GENERAL ASSEMBLY ACTION ON ALGERIAN
QUESTION • Statements by Ambassador Henry Cabot
Lodge and Ambassador James J. Wadsivorth, Texts of
Resolutions 421
■ !> '""'iir*:
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 924 • Publication 6460
March 11, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documentf
U.S. Ooverament Prlnllng Ofllce
WaahlngtoD 26. D.O.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $7. BO, foreign $10.25
Slnnle copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January IV, 1955).
Note: Contents ul this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained her'3ln uwy
b« reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government tcith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN iiicludes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as tcell as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
Unitftl Nations documents, and legis-
lative nuiterial in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces
From Egyptian Territory
Following are the texts of President Eisen-
hower's radio-television address of February 20
071 the situation in the Middle East; a statement
made hy Secretary Dulles at ThamasvUle, Ga.,
on February 16 following a conference with the
President; a White House statement of February
17 ; a Department release of February 17 contain-
ing the text of a U.S. aide memoire of February
11; a stateiThent of February 22 by James C. Hag-
erty, Press Secretai'y to the President; an agreed
statement issued on February 24- at the conclusion
of a meeting between Secretary Dulles and Israeli
Ambassador Abba Eban; and a February 11 re-
port by the V.N. Secretary -General.
ADDRESS BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER, FEBRU-
ARY 20
White House press release dated February 21
I come to you again to talk about the situation
in the Middle East. The future of the United
Nations and peace in the Middle East may be at
stake.
In the 4 months since I talked to you about the
crisis in that area, the United Nations has made
considerable progress m resolving some of the
difScult problems. We are now, however, faced
with a fateful moment as the result of the failure
of Israel to withdraw its forces behind the armi-
stice lines, as contemplated by the United Nations
resolutions on this subject.
I have already today met with leaders of both
parties from the Senate and the House of Repre-
sentatives. We had a very useful exchange of
views. It was the general feeling of that meeting
that I should lay the situation before the Ameri-
can people.
Now, before talking about the specific issues in-
volved, I want to make clear that these issues are
not something remote and abstract but involve
matters vitally touching upon the future of each
one of us.
The Middle East is a land bridge between the
Eurasian and African continents. Millions of tons
of commerce are transmitted through it annually.
Its own products, especially petroleum, are es-
sential to Europe and the Western World.
The United States has no ambitions or desires
in this region. It hopes only that each country
there may maintain its independence and live
peacefully within itself and with its neighbors
and, by peaceful cooperation with others, develop
its own spiritual and material resources. But
that much is vital to the peace and well-being of
us all. This is our concern today.
So tonight I report to you on the matters in con-
troversy and on what I believe tlie position of the
United States must be.
When I talked to you last October, ^ I pointed
out that the United States fully realized that mili-
tary action against Egypt resulted from grave
and repeated provocations. But I said also that
the use of military force to solve international
disputes could not be reconciled with the princi-
ples and purposes of the United Nations. I added
that our country could not believe that resort to
force and war would for long serve the permanent
interests of the attacking nations, which were
Britain, France, and Israel.
So I pledged that tlie United States would seek
through the United Nations to end the conflict.
We would strive to bring about a recall of the
forces of invasion and then make a renewed and
earnest effort through that organization to secure
justice, under international law, for all the parties
concerned.
Since that time much has been achieved and
' Bulletin of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 743.
March IJ, 1957
387
many of the dangers implicit in the situation have
been avoided. The Governments of Britain and
France have withdrawn their forces from Egypt.
Thereby they showed respect for the opinions of
mankind as expressed almost unanimously by the
80 nation members of the United Nations General
Assembly.
I want to pay tribute to the wisdom of this ac-
tion of our friends and allies. They made an im-
mense contribution to world order. Also they put
the other nations of the world under a heavy ob-
ligation to see to it that these two nations do not
suffer by reason of their compliance with the
United Nations resolutions. This has special ap-
jjlication, I think, to their treaty rights to passage
tlirough the Suez Canal, which had been made an
international waterway for all by the treaty of
1888.
The Prime Minister of Israel, in answer to a
personal communication, assured me early in No-
vember^ that Israel would willingly withdraw
its forces if and when there should be created a
United Nations force to move into the Suez Canal
area. This force was, in fact, created and has
moved into the canal area.
Subsequently, Israeli forces were withdrawn
from much of the territory of Egypt which they
had occupied. However, Israeli forces still re-
main outside the armistice lines. They are at the
mouth of the Gulf of Aqaba, which is about 100
miles from the nearest Israeli territory. They
are also in the Gaza Strip, which, by the Armistice
Agreement, was to be occupied by Egypt. These
facts create the present crisis.
Efforts To Bring About Israeli Withdrawal
We are approaching a fateful moment when
either we must recognize that the United Nations
is unable to restore peace in this area or the
United Nations must renew with increased vigor
its efforts to bring about Israeli withdrawal.
Repeated, but, so far, unsuccessful, efforts have
been made to bring about a voluntary withdrawal
by Israel. These efforts have been made both by
the United Nations and by the United States and
other member states.
Equally serious efforts have been made to bring
about conditions designed to assure that, if Israel
will withdraw in response to the repeated requests
of the United Nations, there will then be achieved
a greater security and tranquillity for that nation
This means that the United Nations would asserl
a determination to see that in the Middle Eas(
there will be a greater degree of justice and com
pliance with international law than was the case
prior to the events of last October-November.
A United Nations Emergency Force, wit?
Egypt's consent, entered that nation's territory ir
order to help maintain the cease-fire which tht
United Nations called for on November 2. Tin
Secretary-General, who ably and devotedly serves
the United Nations, has recommended a numbei
of measures which might be taken by the Unitec
Nations and by its Emergency Force to assure foi
the future the avoidance by either side of belliger
ent acts.
The United Nations General Assembly on Feb-
ruary 2 by an overwhelming vote adopted a perti
nent resolution.' It was to the effect that, aftei
full withdrawal of Israel from the Gulf of Aqaba
and Gaza areas, the United Nations Emergency
Force should be placed on the Egyptian-Israel
armistice lines to assure the scrupulous mainte-
nance of the Armistice Agreement. Also th(
United Nations General Assembly called for th(
implementation of other measures proposed bj
the Secretary-General. These other measures em-
braced the use of the United Nations Emergency
Force at the mouth of the Gulf of Aqaba, so as tc
assure nonbelligerency in this area.
The United States was a cosponsor of this
United Nations resolution. Thus the United
States sought to assure that Israel would, for the
future, enjoy its rights under the armistice and
under international law.
In view of the valued friendly relations whict
the United States has always had with the State
of Israel, I wrote to Prime Minister Ben-Gurior
on February 3. I recalled his statement to me ol
November 8 to the effect that the Israeli forces
would be withdrawn under certain conditions, and
I urged that, in view of the General Assembly
resolutions of February 2, Israel should complete
that withdrawal.
However, the Prime Minister, in his reply, took
the position that Israel would not evacuate its
military forces from the Gaza Strip unless Israel
retained the civil administration and police. This
would be in contradiction to the Armistice Agree-
ment. Also, tlie reply said that Israel would not
'Ibiil., Nov. 19, 1956, p. 797.
388
' Ihid., Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.
Department of State Bulletin
withdraw from the Straits of Aqaba unless free-
dom of passage through the straits was assured.
It was a matter of keen disappointment to us
that the Government of Israel, despite tlie United
Nations action, still felt imwilling to withdraw.
Statement of U.S. Policy
However, in a further effort to meet the views
of Israel in these respects, Secretary of State Dul-
les, at my direction, gave to tlie Government of
Israel on February 11 a statement of United States
policy. This has now been made public* It
pointed out that neither the United States nor
the United Nations had authority to impose upon
the parties a substantial modification of the Armi-
stice Agreement which was freely signed by both
Israel and Egypt. Nevertheless, the statement
said, the United States as a member of the United
Nations would seek such disposition of the United
Nations Emergency Force as would assure that the
Gaza Strip could no longer be used as a source of
armed infiltration and reprisals.
The Secretary of State orally informed the
Israeli Ambassador that the United States would
be glad to urge and support, also, some participa-
tion by the United Nations, with the approval of
Egypt, in the administration of the Gaza Strip.
The principal population of the strip consists of
about 200,000 Arab refugees, who exist largely
as a charge upon the benevolence of the United
Nations and its members.
With reference to the passage into and through
the Gulf of Aqaba, we expressed the conviction
that the gulf constitutes international waters and
that no nation has the right to prevent free and
innocent passage in the gulf. Wo announced that
the United States was prepared to exercise this
right itself and to join with others to secure gen-
3ral recognition of this right.
The Government of Israel has not yet accepted,
as adequate insurance of its own safety after with-
drawal, the far-reaching United Nations resolu-
tion of February 2, plus the important declaration
of United States policy made by our Secretary of
State on February 11.
Israel seeks something more. It insists on firm
^aranties as a condition to withdrawing its forces
Df invasion.
This raises a basic question of principle. Should
a, nation wliich attacks and occupies foreign ter-
* See p. 302.
March 11, 7957
ritory in the face of United Nations disapproval
be allowed to impose conditions on its own with-
drawal ?
If we agree that armed attack can properly
achieve the purposes of the assailant, then I fear
we will have turned back the clock of interna-
tional order. We will, in effect, have countenanced
the use of force as a means of settling interna-
tional differences and through this gaining na-
tional advantages.
I do not, myself, see how this could be recon-
ciled with the charter of the United Nations. The
basic pledge of all the members of the United
Nations is that they will settle their international
disputes by peaceful means and will not use force
against the territorial integrity of another state.
If the United Nations once admits that inter-
national disputes can be settled by using force,
then we will have destroyed the very foundation
of the organization and our best hope of estab-
lishing a world order. That would be a disaster
for us all.
I would, I feel, be untrue to the standards of
the high office to which you have chosen me if I
were to lend the influence of the United States to
the proposition that a nation which invades
another should be permitted to exact conditions
for withdrawal.
Justice and Conformity With International Law
Of course, we and all the members of the United
Nations ought to support justice and conformity
with international law. The first article of the
charter states the purpose of the United Nations
to be "the suppression of acts of aggression or
other breaches of the peace, and to bring about
by peaceful means, and in conformity with . . .
justice and international law, adjustment or settle-
ment of international disputes." But it is to be
observed that conformity with justice and inter-
national law are to be brought about "by peace-
ful means."
We cannot consider that the armed invasion and
occupation of another country are "peaceful
means" or proper means to achieve justice and
conformity with international law.
We do, however, believe that upon the suppres-
sion of the present act of aggression and breach
of the peace there should be a greater effort by
the United N'ations and its members to secure
justice and conformity with international law.
Peace and justice are two sides of the same coin.
389
Perhaps the world community has been at fault
in not having paid enough attention to this basic
truth. The United States, for its part, will vig-
orously seek solutions of the problems of the area
in accordance with justice and international law.
And we shall in this great effort seek the associa-
tion of other like-minded nations which realize,
as we do, that peace and justice are in the long run
inseparable.
But the United Nations faces immediately the
problem of what to do next. If it does nothing,
if it accepts the ignoring of its repeated resolu-
tions calling for the withdrawal of invading forces,
then it will have admitted failure. That failure
would be a blow to the authority and influence
of the United Nations in the world and to the hopes
which humanity placed in the United Nations as
the means of achieving peace with justice.
I do not believe that Israel's default should be
ignored because the United Nations has not been
able effectively to carry out its resolutions con-
demning the Soviet Union for its armed suppres-
sion of the people of Hungary. Perhaps this is a
case where the proverb applies that two wrongs
do not make a right.
No one deplores more than I the fact that the
Soviet Union ignores the resolutions of the United
Nations. Also no nation is more vigorous than
is the United States in seeking to exert moral
pressure against the Soviet Union, which by reason
of its size and power, and by reason of its veto in
the Security Council, is relatively impervious to
other types of sanction.
The United States and other free nations are
making clear by every means at their command
the evil of Soviet conduct in Hungary. It would
indeed be a sad day if the United States ever felt
that it had to subject Israel to the same type of
moral pressure as is being applied to the Soviet
Union.
There can, of course, be no equating of a nation
like Israel with that of the Soviet Union. The
people of Israel, like those of the United States,
are imbued with a religious faith and a sense of
moral values. We are entitled to expect, and do
expect, from such peoples of the free world a
contribution to world order which unhappily we
cannot expect from a nation controlled by atheis-
tic despots.
It has been suggested that United Nations
actions against Israel should not be pressed be-
cause Egypt has in the past violated the Armistice
Agieement and international law. It is true that
both Egypt and Israel, prior to last October, en-
gaged in reprisals in violation of the Armistice
Agreements. Egypt ignored the United Nations
in exercising belligerent rights in relation to
Israeli shipping in the Suez Canal and in the Gulf
of Aqaba. However, such violations constitute
no justification for the armed invasion of Egypt
by Israel which the United Nations is now seeking
to undo.
Failure to withdraw would be harmful to the
long-term good of Israel. It would, in addition
to its injury to the United Nations, jeopardize the
prospects of the peaceful solution of the problems
of the Mid-East. This could bring incalculable
ills to our friends and indeed to our nation itself
It would make infinitely more difficult the realiza-
tion of the goals which I laid out in my Middle
East message of January 5th to the Congress
seeking to strengthen the area against Communisi
aggression, direct or indirect.
The United Nations must not fail. I believ(
that — in the interests of peace — the United Na-
tions has no choice but to exert pressure upoi
Israel to comply with the withdrawal resolutions
Of course, we still hope that the Government o:
Israel will see that its best immediate and long
term intei-ests lie in compliance with the Unitec
Nations and in placing its trust in the resolution:
of the United Nations and in the declaration of tin
United States with reference to the future.
Egypt, by accepting the six principles adoptee
by the Security Council last October in relatior
to the Suez Canal,^ boiuid itself to free and opei
transit through the canal without discriminatioi
and to tlie principle that the operation of the cana
should be insulated from the politics of anj
country.
We should not assume that, if Israel witlulraws
Egypt will prevent Israeli shipping from usinj
the Suez Canal or the Gulf of Aqaba. If, un-
happily, Egypt does hereafter violate the Armis-
tice Agreement or other international obligations
then this should be dealt with firmly by tlie societ}
of nations.
The Tasks of the United Nations
The present moment is a grave one, but we are
hopeful that reason and right will prevail. Since
"Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
° Ihid., Oct. 22, 1956, p. GIG.
390
Department of State Bulletin
he events of last October-November, solid prog-
ess has been made, in conformity with the charter
f the United Nations. There is the cease-fire, the
orces of Britain and France have been withdrawn,
he forces of Israel have been partially withdrawn,
md the clearing of the canal nears completion.
Vlien Israel completes its withdrawal, it will have
emoved a definite block to further progress.
Once this block is removed, there will be serious
md creative taslvs for the United Nations to per-
form. There needs to be respect for the right of
[srael to national existence and to internal de-
velopment. Complicated provisions insuring the
effective international use of the Suez Canal will
leed to be worked out in detail. The Arab refu-
gee problem must be solved. As I said in my
special message to Congress on January 5, it must
3e made certain that all the Middle East is kept
free from aggression and infiltration.
Finally, all who cherish freedom, including our-
selves, should help the nations of the Middle East
ichieve their just aspirations for improving the
well-being of their peoples.
Wliat I have spoken about tonight is only one
step in a long process calling for patience and dili-
2:ence, but at this moment it is the critical issue
3n wliich future progress depends.
It is an issue which can be solved if only we will
ipply the principles of the United Nations.
That is why, my fellow Americans, I know that
you want the United States to continue to use its
maximum influence to sustain those principles as
the world's best hope for peace.
STATEMENT BY'SECRETARY DULLES, THOMAS-
^ILLE, FEBRUARY 16
I discussed with President Eisenhower a num-
ber of topics, including plans for the prospective
visits of Mr. Guy Mollet, the Premier of France,
and Mr. Harold Macmillan, the Prime Minister
of the United Kingdom.
We also discussed the status of the President's
proposal in relation to the Middle East. The
President again expressed his sense of urgency for
final congressional action, particularly in view of
the recent propaganda by the Soviet Union
against the President's Middle East program.
A matter of primary concern in our conversa-
tions was the failure of Israel so far to respond to
the repeated calls of the United Nations General
Assembly that it end occupation of non-Israeli ter-
ritory and withdraw behind the agreed armistice
linas.
I informed the President fully with reference to
the exchange of views which had taken place yes-
terday in Washington between the Israeli Am-
bassador and myself in an effort to achieve the
results sought by the United Nations. In view of
the probability of further action in the United
Nations in relation to this matter, Ambassador
Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., participated in this phase
of our conversations.
The Pi-esident and I hope promptly to receive a
further clarification of the position of the Israeli
Government. Pending this, there was no defini-
tive decision today concerning further action
which may be taken by the United States in sup-
port of the United Nations.
WHITE HOUSE STATEMENT, FEBRUARY 17
White House (ThomasviUe, Ga.) press release
The President has authorized the following
statement :
The Department of State is today making pub-
lic a memorandum which the United States gave
to the Government of Israel on February 11th.
It relates to Israeli withdrawal to within the ar-
mistice lines as repeatedly called for by the United
Nations. The memorandum outlines the policies
which the United States would, thereafter, pursue
in relation to the two matters — the Gulf of Aqaba
and the Gaza Strip — which so far lead Israel not
to withdraw.
Israel would prefer to have the future status
of the Gulf of Aqaba and the Gaza Strip definitely
settled to its satisfaction prior to its withdrawal,
and as a condition thereto. But all members of
the United Nations are solemnly bound by the
Charter to settle their international disputes by
peaceful means and in their international rela-
tions to refrain from the threat or use of force
against the territorial integrity of any state.
These undertakings seem to preclude using the
forcible seizure and occupation of other lands as
bargaining power in the settlement of interna-
tional disputes.
The United Kingdom and France, which occu-
pied portions of Egypt at about the time of Is-
rael's attack upon Egypt of last October, with-
drew promptly and unconditionally in response
to the same United Nations Resolution that called
March I?, 7957
391
for Israeli withdrawal. They deferred to the
overwhelming judgment of the world community
that a solution of their difficulties with Egypt
should be sought after withdrawal and not be
made a condition precedent to withdrawal. The
United States believes that Israel should do
likewise.
President Eisenhower's letter to Prime Minister
Ben-Gurion of Israel of November 8, 1956, urged,
as a matter of "highest priority" that "Israeli
forces be withdrawn to the General Armistice
line." "After which", the President said, "new
and energetic steps should be undertaken within
the framework of the United Nations to solve the
basic problems which have given rise to the pres-
ent difficulty."
Prime Minister Ben-Gurion in his reply said:
"In view of the United Nations Resolutions re-
garding the withdrawal of foreign troops from
Egypt and the creation of an international force,
we will, upon conclusion of satisfactory arrange-
ments with the United Nations in connection with
this international force entering the Suez Canal
area, willingly withdraw our forces."
The international force referred to by the Prime
Minister has been created and, pursuant to ar-
rangements which the United Nations has deemed
satisfactory, has entered into and is now within
the Suez Canal area. But while there has been
a partial withdrawal of Israeli forces from Egypt,
Israel persists in its occupation of Egyptian terri-
tory around the entrance of the Gulf of Aqaba
and of the Gaza Strip.
The United States is aware of the fact that
Israel has legitimate grievances and should, in
all fairness, see a prospect of remedying them.
The United Nations General Assembly by its sec-
ond resolution of February 2nd, endorsing the
Secretary General's report, gave such a prospect.
We believe that that prospect is further assured
by the view which the United States has formu-
lated and communicated to Israel in its memo-
randum of February 11th. There, the United
States took note of Israeli views with reference
to the Gaza Strip and the Straits of Aqaba and
made clear what the United States would do,
after Israel's withdrawal, to help solve the prob-
lems that preoccupy Israel. Our declaration re-
lated to our intentions, both as a Member of the
United Nations and as a maritime power having
rights of our own.
The United States believes that the action of
the United Nations of February 2nd and the
statements of various governments, including the
United States memorandum of February 11th,
provide Israel with the maximum assurance that
it can reasonably expect at this juncture, or that
can be reconciled with fairness to others.
Accordingly, the United States has renewed its
plea to Israel to withdraw in accordance with the
repeated demands of the United Nations and to
rely upon the resoluteness of all friends of justice
to bring about a state of affairs which will con-
form to the principles of justice and of interna-
tional law and serve impartially the proper
interests of all in the area. This, the United
States believes, should provide a greater source
of security for Israel than an occupation contin-
ued contrary to the overwhelming judgment of
the world commimity.
The United States, for its part, will strive to
remain true to, and support, the United Nations
in its efforts to sustain the purposes and principles
of the Charter as the world's best hope of peace.^
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT, FEBRUARY 17
Press release 72 dated February 17
The attached is the text of an aide memoire
handed to Israeli ATubassador Abba Eban on
February 11, 1957, by Secretary Dulles.
February 11, 1957
The United Nations General Assembly has
sought specifically, vigorously, and almost unani-
mously, the prompt withdrawal from Egypt of
the armed forces of Britain, France and Israel.
Britain and France have complied uncondition-
ally. The forces of Israel have been withdrawn
to a considerable extent but still hold Egyptian
territory at Sharm el Shaikh at the entrance to the
Gulf of Aqaba. They also occupy the Gaza Strip
which is territory specified by the Armistice ar-
rangements to be occupied by Egypt.
We understand that it is the position of Israel
that (1) it will evacuate its military forces from
the Gaza Strip provided Israel retains the civil
administration and police in some relationship to
the United Nations; and (2) it will withdraw
' Attached to the White House statement was a copy
of the U.S. aide memoire of Feb. 11. Foi- text, see below.
392
Department of State Bulletin
from Sharm el Shaikh if continued freedom of
jjussage through the Straits is assured.
With respect to (1) the Gaza Strip — it is the
view of the United States that the United Nations
General Assembly has no authority to require of
either Egypt or Israel a substantial modification
of the Armistice Agreement, which, as noted, now
gives Egypt the right and responsibility of occu-
pation. Accordingly, we believe that Israeli with-
drawal from Gaza should be prompt and uncondi-
tional, leaving the future of the Gaza Strijj to
be worked out through the efforts and good offices
of the United Nations.
We recognize that the area has been a source
of armed infiltration and reprisals back and forth
contrary to the Armistice Agreement and is a
source of great potential danger because of the
presence there of so large a number of Arab refu-
gees— about 200,000. Accordingly, we believe that
the United Nations General Assembly and the Sec-
retary General should seek that the United Na-
tions Emergency Force, in the exercise of its
mission, move into this area and be on the bound-
ary between Israel and the Gaza Strip.
The United States will use its best efforts to help
to assure this result, which we believe is contem-
plated by the Second Eesolution of February 2,
1957.
With respect to (2) the Gulf of Aqaba and
access thereto— the United States believes that
the Gulf comprehends international waters and
that no nation has the right to prevent free and
innocent passage in the Gulf and through the
Straits giving access thereto. We have in mind
not only commercial usage, but the passage of pil-
grims on religious missions, which should be fully
respected.
The United States recalls that on January 28,
1950, the Egyptian Ministry of Foreign Affairs
informed the United States that the Egyptian
occupation of the two islands of Tiran and Senafir
at the entrance of the Gulf of Aqaba was only to
protect the islands themselves against possible
damage or violation and that "this occupation
being in no way conceived in a spirit of obstructing
in any way innocent passage through the stretch
of water separating these two islands from the
Egyptian coast of Sinai, it follows that this pas-
sage, the only practicable one, will remain free as
in the past, in conformity with international prac-
tice and recognized principles of the law of
nations".
In the absence of some overriding decision to
the contrary, as by the International Court of
Justice, the United States, on behalf of vessels of
United States registry, is prepared to exercise the
right of free and innocent passage and to join
with others to secure general recognition of this
right.
It is of course clear that the enjoyment of a right
of free and innocent passage by Israel would de-
pend upon its prior withdrawal in accordance
with the United Nations Resolutions. The United
States has no reason to assume that any littoral
state would under these circumstances obstruct the
right of free and innocent passage.
The United States believes that the United
Nations General Assembly and the Secretary Gen-
eral should, as a precautionary measure, seek that
the United Nations Emergency Force move into
the Straits area as the Israeli foi'ces are with-
drawn. This again we believe to be within the
contemplation of the Second Resolution of Feb-
ruary 2, 1957.
(3) The United States observes that the recent
resolutions of the United Nations General Assem-
bly call not only for the prompt and unconditional
withdrawal of Israel behind the Armistice lines
but call for other measures.
W^e believe, however, that the United Nations
has properly established an order of events and
an order of urgency and that the first require-
ment is that forces of invasion and occupation
should withdraw.
The United States is prepared publicly to de-
clare that it will use its influence, in concert with
otlier United Nations members, to the end that,
following Israel's withdrawal, these other meas-
ures will be implemented.
We believe that our views and purposes in this
respect are shared by many other nations and that
a tranquil future for Israel is best assured by
reliance upon that fact, rather than by an occupa-
tion in defiance of the overwhelming judgment of
the world community.
STATEMENT BY MR. HAGERTY, FEBRUARY 22
White House press release
The President and the Secretary of State dis-
cussed the speech of last night of Prime Minister
Ben-Gurion of Israel, insofar as the text was
available.
March 17, 1957
393
The President and the Secretary regret that the
Government of Israel has not yet found it pos-
sible to withdraw its forces from the Gaza Strip
and the Gulf of Aqaba.
The door is certainly not closed to further dis-
cussion of the situation.
The President and the Secretary welcome such
further discussion because they believe that a full
understanding of the U.S. position and the United
Nations resolutions of February 2d should make it
possible for Israel to proceed with the withdrawal.
In the meanwhile, the Secretary of State is
awaiting the return of the Israeli Ambassador
who, Prime Minister Ben-Gurion said, would con-
vey to the American Government the position of
the Government of Israel.
The President and the Secretary also conferred
by telephone with Ambassador Lodge in New
York City with respect to the presentation to the
United Nations of the United States position. No
United States presentation, however, will be made
until after Ambassador Eban has had an opportu-
nity to meet with the Secretary of State, as Prime
Minister Ben-Gurion requested.
AGREED STATEMENT OF SECRETARY DULLES
AND AMBASSADOR EBAN, FEBRUARY^24
Press release 85 dated February 24
Ambassador Eban, having returned from con-
sultations in Israel with new instructions, con-
veyed to the Secretary of State his Government's
position on the problems discussed during the
previous week.
The Secretary of State clarified certain points
regarding the attitude and intent of the United
States on matters discussed in the U.S. memoran-
dum of February 11. The Ambassador of Israel
is commmiicating urgently with his Govenmient
on the content of this conversation and remains in
close contact with the Department of State.
It was recognized that important aspects of
the problems were primarily of concern to the
United Nations, and, accordingly, the Ambassa-
dor hopes promptly to confer again witli the
Secretary-General.
It is hoped that out of these discussions a solu-
tion will be found consistent with the principles
of tlie United Nations.
394
REPORT OF U.N. SECRETARY-GENERAL, FEB-
RUARY 11
U.N. doc. A/3527
1. The General Assembly on 2 February 1957, adopted
two resolutions, resolutions I and II (A/RES/460 and
A/RES/461), concerning the Middle Eastern question.
In resolution I the General Assembly, deploring "the non-
compliance of Israel to complete its withdrawal behind
the armistice demarcation line", called upon Israel to
complete this withdrawal without further delay. In
resolution II the General Assembly, recognizing that
withdrawal by Israel must be followed by action which
would assure progress towards the creation of peaceful
conditions, noted with appreciation the Secretary-Gen-
eral's report and the measures therein "to be carried out
upon Israel's complete withdrawal", called upon the Gov-
ernments concerned scrupulously to observe the Armistice
Agreement, and stated that it considered that, after full
withdrawal of Israel from the Sharm el-Sheikh and Gaza
areas, various measures, as proposed in the Secretary-
General's report, would be required for the scrupulous
maintenance of the Armistice Agreement. The General
Assembly requested the Secretary-General, in consulta-
tion with the parties concerned, to take steps to carry
out the measures envisaged and to report, as appropriate,
to the General Assembly.
2. The Secretary-General on 3 February transmitted
the two resolutions to the representatives of Egypt and
Israel. He asked the representative of Israel to meet
with him on 4 February, at which time he hoped to learn
the position of the Government of Israel, particularly, as
a matter of special urgency, on resolution I concerning
withdrawal. On 4 February the representative of Israel,
in reply to this request, presented an aide-in4moire, which
is annexed to this report (Annex I).
3. In the aide-memoire the Government of Israel "re-
quest the Secretary-General to ask the Government of
Egypt whether Egypt agrees to a mutual and full ab-
stention from belligerent acts, by land, air and sea, on
withdrawal of Israel troops". In another point in the
aide-memoire clarification is sought by Israel as to
whether, "immediately on the withdrawal of Israel forces
from the Sharm el-Sheikh area, units of the United Na-
tions Emergency Force will be stationed along the west-
ern shore of the Gulf of Aqaba in order to act as a re-
straint against hostile acts, and will remain so deployed
until another effective means is agreed upon between the
parties concerned for ensuring permanent freedom of
navigation and the absence of belligerent acts in the
Straits of Tiran and the Gulf of Aqaba".
4. The first of these two points in the Israel aide-me-
moire must be understood as a request for action in im-
plementation of resolution II, while the wording of the
request leaves open tlie question whetlier it involves a
willingness to comply with the demand for withdrawal
In resolution I, even given a positive response by Egypt,
The Secretary-General, at the meeting with the repre-
sentative of Israel, asked whether, with regard to Gaza,
it is understood liy tlie Government of Israel that the
withdrawal must cover elements of administration as
Department of State Bulletin
well as military troops, forces and units. A clarification
on this point appeared to be a prerequisite to further con-
sideration of the Israel aide-m^moi>-c. This point and the
fiillnwing one are related, as there is an unavoidable con-
ru\iiin between Israel's willingness to comply fully with
resolution I as concerns the Gaza Strip and what may be
done toward maintaining quiet in the Sharm el-Sheikh
area. It is unrealistic to assume that the latter question
could be solved while Israel remains in Gaza.
5. The second of the points in the Israel aide-m4moire
requests a "clarification" which, in view of the position
of the General Assembly, could go beyond wliat was
stated in the last report only after negotiation with
Egypt. This follows from the statements in the debate
in tlie General Assembly, and the report on which it was
based,' which made it clear that the stationing of the
Force at Sharm el-Sheikh, under such terms as those
mentioned in the question posed by Israel, would require
Egyptian consent. In the light of this implication of
Israel's question, the Secretary-General considered it im-
portant, as a basis for his consideration of the aide-me-
moire, to learn whether Israel itself, in principle, con-
sents to a stationing of UNEF units on its territory in
implementation of the functions established for the Force
in the basic decisions and noted in resolution II of the
General Assembly of 4 February, where it was indicated
that the Force should be placed "on the Egyptian-Israel
armistice demarcation line".
C. Concerning his two questions, the Secretary-General
received on 5 February a letter from the Permanent Rep-
resentative of Isi-ael. The letter is annexed to this report
(Annex II). The answer of the Secretary-General to
this communication was transmitted by his letter of 6
February (Annex III).
7. A further meeting with the representative of Israel
was held, on the invitation of the Secretary-General, on
10 February. Following the meeting, the representative
of Israel sent the Secretary-General an additional letter,
received on 11 February. This letter is likewise annexed
to the report (Annex IV).
8. This latest communication received from the repre-
sentative of Israel does not add any new information.
Thus it is still an open question whether Israel, under any
circumstances, accepts full implementation of resolution I,
which, as pointed out above, requires withdrawal from the
Gaza strip of Israel's civil administration and policies as
well as of its armed forces. Further, it is still an open
question whether Israel accepts the stationing of units of
the United Nations Emergency Force on its side of the
armistice demarcation line under resolution II, concerning
which, in a similar respect, Israel has raised a question
which requires clarification of the Egyptian stand. In
case Israel were to receive the assurance from Egypt,
which it has requested the Secretary-General to ask for
as an action in implementation of resolution II, the rep-
resentative of Israel in his latest communication has
stated only that his Government "would formulate its
position on all outstanding questions in the light of
Egjpt's response".
'U.N. doe. A/3512 (BtnLLETiN of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 275).
March J 7, 1957
9. The fact that the Government of Israel has not
found it possible to clarify elements decisive for the con-
sideration of their requests, has complicated the effoi-ts
to achieve implementation of the resolutions of the Gen-
eral Assembly. If this development has "adversely
affected the time-schedule for the withdrawal" of Israel
forces, about which the Secretary-General had not been
informed, an ultimate reason is that Israel's request for
an assurance from Egypt concerning the cessation of
all belligerent acts has been put fonvard while Israel
itself, by continued occupation, maintains a state of
belligerency which, in the case of Gaza, it has not indi-
cated its intention fully to liquidate.
10. The Secretary-General shares the view of the Gov-
ernment of Israel that the oflBce of the Secretary-General
may serve as a means for an interchange between Mem-
ber states of "proposals and ideas", but wishes to draw
attention to the fact that the action which the Govern-
ment of Israel has requested cannot be regarded as
properly described in such terms, as it would be an action
within the scope of resolution II and in implementation
of this resolution which, although closely related to
resolution I, has, at least, full and unconditional accept-
ance of the demand in resolution I as its prerequisite.
11. The Secretary-General does not consider it neces-
sary here to discuss other points in the latest Israel
communication, to which he will have to revert in forth-
coming discussions with the representative of Israel.
II
12. The General Assembly, in adopting resolutions I
and II (A/RES/460 and A/RES/461), was guided by the
need to "assure progress towards the creation of peaceful
conditions" in the area. It was recognized that this objec-
tive— which was also the theme of the Secretary-General's
report on which the debate in the General Assembly was
based — required, as an initial step, withdrawal of Israel
behind the armistice demarcation line, to be followed by
various measures within the framework of the Armistice
Agreement. These measures aimed at "a return to the
state of affairs envisaged in the Armistice Agreement, and
avoidance of the state of affairs into which conditions
due to lack of compliance with the Agreement had pro-
gressively deteriorated." With tills in view, resolution
II in its operative paragraph 2 called for scrupulous ob-
servance of the Armistice Agreement, which, in its first
article, establishes the right of each party to "its security
and freedom from fear of attack by the armed forces of
the other".
13. The position of the Secretary-General, in his ef-
forts to secure implementation of the two resolutions,
has been based on the following considerations. First,
agreement was widespread in the General Assembly, as
reflected in the sequence of the two resolutions, that "like
the cease-fire, withdrawal is a preliminary and essential
phase in a development through which a stable basis
may be laid for peaceful conditions in the area". Sec-
ond, the principle which must guide the United Nations
after a change in the status juris through military action
contrary to the Charter, as stated in the last report of
the Secretary -General (A/3512, paragraph 5 (a)), is rec-
395
ognlzed as expressing a basic rule of the Charter, thus
giving a higli priority to requests based on that principle.
The key significance of resolution I, as indicated by these
two considerations, is conflrmed by the fact that resolu-
tion II explicitly states that the measures to which it
refers are to be carried out "after full withdrawal of
Israel" behind the armistice demarcation line.
14. The Secretary-General has understood the General
Assembly to see in resolution II a formal undertaking
with respect to measures to be effected upon withdrawal,
in the light of which resolution I should be implemented
without delay. This is particularly so, since the United
Nations Force is deployed in the region with an assurance
from the Government of Egypt that the Government, when
exercising its sovereign rights on any matter concerning
the presence and functioning of UNEF, will be guided
in good faith by its acceptance of the basic General As-
sembly resolution of 5 November 1956 concerning the
Force and its functions.
15. Beginning with its initial resolution of 2 November
1956 (Resolution 997 (ES-I) ) concerning this question,
and culminating in its resolution II of 2 February 19.57
(A/RES/461), the General Assembly has stressed the
key importance it attaches to scrupulous observance by
both parties of the terms of the Armistice Agreement be-
tween Egypt and Israel. In this regard, the Secretary-
General is able to report that the Government of Egypt
reaflBrms its intent to observe fully the provisions of the
Armistice Agreement to which it is a party, as indicated
earlier in its acceptance (A/3266) of the 2 November
resolution of the General Assembly, on the assumption,
of course, that observance will be reciprocal. Attention
should be drawn, in this context, to the statement in
paragraph 22 of the last report of the Secretary-General
(A/3512) reporting the desire of the Government of
Egypt to see an end to all raids and incursions acros.s the
armistice line, in both directions, with effective assist-
ance from United Nations auxiliary organs to that effect.
16. The position of the Government of Israel on the
Armistice Agreement, as reaffirmed by the representative
of Israel in response to a question on the matter during
his meeting with the Secretary-General on 10 February,
was set forth in the letter of 25 January 1957 from the rep-
resentative of Israel to the Secretary-General (Annex V).
17. The relationship between the two resolutions on
withdrawal and on measures to be carried out after with-
drawal, affords the po.ssibility of informal explorations
of the whole field covered by the resolutions, preparatory
to negotiations. Later, the results of such explorations
may be used in negotiations through a constructive com-
bination of measures, representing for the two countries
concerned parallel progress toward the peaceful condi-
tions sought. However, such explorations cannot be per-
mitted to invert the .sequence between withdrawal anil
other measures, nor to disrupt the evolution of negotiations
toward their goal. Progress toward peaceful conditions,
following the general policy suggested in the last report
to the General Assembly, on which its resolution II is
based, has to be achieved gradually. To disregard tliis
would render the process more difficult and might seriously
jeopardize the possibility of achieving desired results.
In explorations and negotiations, which in this sense
necessarily have to proceed step by step, the jmrties In-
volved must time and again show willingness to accept
some risks as a condition for progress.
18. Peaceful conditions in the Middle East must be
created in the interest of all countries in the region and
of the world community. The basic principles of the
Charter mvst be asserted and respected, in the very
same interest. Neither one of these imperative demands
can be met at the expense of the other. The fulfilment
of one will make it easier to meet the other, but to have
peace with justice, adherence to principle and law must
be given priority and cannot be conditioned. In the
present case, efforts to meet the two requirements just
stated have so far been frustrated. The United Nations
must maintain its iwsition on these requirements and,
in doing so, should be entitled to count on the assistance,
in the complex process of gradual and sensitive approach i
to the objectives, in particular of the two Member States i
directly concerned. If such assistance is not forthcoming,
the efforts of the United Nations will be caused to fail, to
the detriment of all. In an organization based on volun-
tary co-operation and respect for the general opinion i
to which the organization gives expression, the respon-
sibility for such a failure would fall, not on the organi-
zation, but on those who had denied it the necessary '
co-operation. This responsibility extends beyond the
immediate issue. It may also, in this case, well have to
cover diflSculties, flowing from possible failure, for the j
United Nations to fulfuU its vital functions under the
Armistice Agreements and for the parties to come to
grips with the wider problems which call for such urgent
attention.
19. The Charter has given to the Security Council
means of enforcement and the right to take decisions
with mandatory effect. No such authority is given to
the General Assembly, which can only recommend action
to Member Governments, which, in turn, may follow the
recommendations or disregard them. This is also true
of recommendations adopted by the General Assembly
within the framework of the "Uniting for Peace" resolu-
tion. However, under that resolution the General
Assembly has certain rights otherwise reserved to the
Security Council. Thus, it can, under that resolution,
recommend collective measures. In this case, also, the I
recommendation is not compulsory.
20. It seems, in this context, appropriate to distin-
guish between recommendations which implement a
Charter principle, which in itself is binding on Member
States, and recommendations which, although adopted
under the Charter, do not implement any such basic pro-
vision. A recommendation of the first kind would have
behind it the force of the Charter, to which collective
mea.sures recommended by the General Assembly could
add emphasis, without, however, changing the legal
character of the recommendation. A decision on collective
measures referring to a recommendation of the second
kind, although likewise formally retaining its legal
character, would mean that the recommendation is recog-
nized by the General Assembly as being of such signifi-
cance to the cfiforts of the United Nations as to assimilate
it to a recommendation expressing an obligation estab-
lished by the Charter. If, in some case, collective measures
396
DepartmenI of State Bulletin
under the "Uniting for Peace" resolution were to be
consideieii, these and other important questions of prin-
ciple would require attention ; this may also be said of
the effect of such steps which, while supporting efforts to
achieve peaceful solutions, may perhaps, on the other
hand, be introducing new elements of conflict.
Ill
21. In the situation now facing the United Nations the
General Assembly, as a matter of priority, may wish to
indicate how it desires the Secretary-General to proceed
with further steps to carry out the relevant decisions of
the General Assembly.
Annex I
Aide-mdmoire dated 4 February 1957, transmitted to the
Secrctary-Ocneral by the Permanent Representative of
Israel to the United Nations
The Government of Israel takes note of the adoption by
the General Assembly of two inter-related resolutions
(A/3517 (I) and A/3518 (II)).
Israel will co-operate with any United Nations effort
designed to establish peace in the area, based on the prin-
ciples of the United Nations Charter.
I am instructed urgently to request the Secretary-Gen-
eral to ask the Government of Egypt whether Egypt
agrees to the mutual and full abstention from belligerent
acts, by land, air and sea, on the withdrawal of Israel
troops. This matter is of central importance to all the
questions at issue.
In considering the withdrawal schedule, I am instructed
to refer to the Sharm el-Sheikh area, and the related ques-
tion of measures designed to prevent hostile acts, such as
interference with free navigation in the Straits of Tiran
and in the Gulf of Aqaba. The General Assembly in its
resolution II has recognized "that withdrawal by Israel
must be followed by action which would assure progress
towards the creation of peaceful conditions".
A renewal of interference with shipping bound to and
from Elath would clearly lead to hostilities and thus
prejudice the declared ob.iective of United Nations reso-
lutions. Accordingly, I am instructed to obtain clarifica-
tion without delay, whether immediately on the with-
drawal of Israel forces from the Sharm el-Sheikh area,
units of the United Nations Emergency Force will be
stationed along the western shore of the Gulf of Aqaba in
order to act as a restraint against hostile acts ; and wiU
remain so deployed until another effective means is agreed
upon between the parties concerned for ensuring perma-
nent freedom of navigation and the absence of belligerent
acts in the Straits of Tiran and the Gulf of Aqaba.
A positive response to the above questions from all con-
cerned would greatly facilitate the early fulfilment of
United Nations objectives as set forth in the United
Nations resolutions taken as a whole.
4 February 1957.
Annex II
Letter dated 5 February 1957 from the Permanent Rep-
resentative of Israel to the United Nations, addressed
to the S.ecretary-Qoneral
New Yobk, 5 February 1957
I have been in touch with my Government on the sub-
ject of our conversation yesterday.
The Government of Israel attaches primary importance
to the elucidation of the two questions which I presented
to you in my aide-memoire.
An affirmative response from Egypt to the first question,
on belligerent acts, would affect my Government's policies
on outstanding issues. A positive response to the second
Alorch 11, 1957
would greatly assist us to understand the potential role
of UNEF in the creation and maintenance of peaceful
conditions.
Accordingly, on the clarification of these basic matters,
a position would be created in which the other questions
which you raised at yesterday's meeting could be con-
sidered in a more practical way.
Abba Eban
Annex III
Letter dated S February 1957 from the Secretary-Oeneral,
addressed to the Permanent Representative of Israel
to the United Nations
New York, 6 February 1957
In our meeting of 4 February, as you will recall, I drew
attention to two points on which you agreed to seek clari-
fication from your Government "immediately". The two
points were (1) whether with regard to Gaza it is under-
stood by the Government of Israel that the withdrawal
must cover elements of administration as well as military
troops, forces and units; and (2) whether, as a question
of principle, the Government of Israel agrees to the
stationing of units of the UNEF on the Israel side of the
Armistice Demarcation Line.
Although undertaking to seek clarification from your
Government, you indicated in our discussion and in re-
sponse to an inquiry on the same matter made of you by
Dr. Bunche" on 5 February, tliat the attitude of your
Government on these two points is as set forth in your
previous aide-memoire (A/3511) " and in your address to
the General Assembly of 28 January. In these two docu-
ments, the answer to the first question concerning Gaza
is that Israel does not intend to withdraw its civil ad-
ministration from that territory, while there is no refer-
ence at all to the second question concerning stationing
of UNEF on the Israel side of the line.
May I also point out that your communication to me of
5 February, although Informing me that you have been
in touch with your Government on the subject of our con-
versation on the previous days, has to say about the
questions I raised only that if "aflSrmative" and "positive"
responses to the questions put by Israel were first ob-
tained, tlien "a position would be created" in which my
questions "could be considered in a more practical way".
In the circumstances, I must assume, at least for the
present, that the reply of your Government to my two
questions is specifically negative in one instance and es-
sentially so in the other.
Dag Hammarskjolo
Sceretary-Oeneral
Annex IV
Letter dated 10 February 1957 from the Permanent Repre-
sentative of Israel to the United Nations, addressed to
the Seeretary-General
New York, 10 February 1957
I refer to your letter of 6 February 1957.
My Government's position on the withdrawal of forces
from the western coast of the Gulf of Aqaba and from
Ga/.a has been set out in my aide-memoire of 4 February
and in my letter to you of 5 February.
The latter communication refers to the request which
you made to me on 4 February for the clarification of two
points bearing on matters other than the withdrawal of
armed forces from the Gulf of Aqaba and Gaza. On learn-
ing from the Egyptian Government whether or not it will
exercise belligerency by land, sea and air after the with-
drawal of Israel forces my Government would formulate
its position on all outstanding questions in the light of the
Egyptian Government's response.
'Ralph J. Bunche, U.N. Under-Secretary.
'° Bulletin of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 273.
397
A Government which anticipates that its neighbors will
claim and exercise hplligerency against it must clearly
adopt a different view of its security problems than it
might t;ike if it could confidently assume full and mutual
abstention from all belligerent acts. If the proposed af-
firmation of abstention from belligerent acts were made,
Egypt and Israel could move forward to the establish-
ment of agreed relations in the security and other spheres.
I cannot predict what arrangements they might or might
not then concert with respect to the disposition of their
forces on each side of their frontier. The fact that I
have not obtained assistance in receiving an official ex-
pression of Egypt's intentions on belligerency deprives my
Government of an essential element for the consideration
of a great variety of dependent problems.
I have similarly informed my Government that I have
not been able to obtain clarification whether, immediately
on the withdrawal of Israel forces from the Sharm el-
Sheikh area, units of the UNEF will be stationed along
the western shore of the Gulf of Aqaba in order to act
as a restraint against hostile acts, and will remain so de-
ployed until another effective means is agreed upon be-
tween the parties concerned for ensuring permanent free-
dom of navigation and absence of belligerent acts in the
Straits of Tiran and in the Gulf of Aqaba.
I have accordingly reported to Jerusalem that our con-
versations have thrown no lisrht on the question whether,
on the withdrawal of Israel forces from the Sharm el-
Sheikh area, there will be any effective guarantee for con-
tinued freedom of navigation in the waters of the Gulf
of Aqaba. This freedom is a vital and legitimate national
interest for Israel, and is also of international significance.
The fact that we have not obtained a positive answer on
this point has adversely affected the time-schedule for
the withdrawal of forces.
J wish to explain why Israel attaches crucial impor-
tance to the questions set out in the aide-m4moire of 4
February.
In the light of past experience, and of recent Egyptian
declarations, my Government must in all prudence hold
the following assumptions unless evidence to the con-
trary becomes available:
First, that Egypt claims the withdrawal of Israel
troops from her territory, while herself reserving bellig-
erent rights to remain in effect after such withdrawal ;
Second, that Egypt has not agreed that free naviga-
tion in the Gulf of Aqaba will be ensured after Israel's
withdrawal, or that effective measures such as the sta-
tioning of units of UNEF should be instituted to ensure
such continued freedom of navigation ;
Third, that when the Suez Canal becomes physically
opened for navigation Egypt will, as in the past, ob-
struct Israel's exercise of her rights in the Canal under
the 1888 Convention ;
Fourth, that the doctrine and practice of continuing
belligerency will govern Egypt's relations towards Israel
in such matters as frontier raids and the non-recognition
of Israel's rights under the Charter.
These are sombre and disquieting assumptions. But
nothing has yet happened to justify any contrary as-
sumption on our part. I note, in particular, that you
did not feel able to state today that Egypt's declaration
of adherence to the 1040 Armistice Agreement includes
the acceptance by her of an obligation to abstain from
the claim and exercise of belligerent rights in the Suez
Canal, the Gulf of Aqaba or elsewhere.
Against this background, it has become clear to the
Government of Israel that the witlidrawal of troops,
without simultaneous action to prevent the renewal of
hostilities by land and sea, would in fact lead to the
resumption of such conflict. It is noteworthy that in
adopting resolutions calling respectively for the with-
drawal of troops and for measures to ensure progress
towards peaceful conditions, the General Assembly de-
clined to separate its action under these two headings.
It voted on the explicit assumption that action in one
field without action in the other would jeopardize the
prospects of peace.
In that spirit, my Government made an effort on 4
February to solve the deadlock by the clarification of
the two points referred to in its aide-memoire.
In the first place we sought a declaration by Egypt
and Israel pledging themselves to full and mutual ab-
stention from belligerent acts. Such an affirmation
would set up an accepted principle for relations between
the two countries, and bring those relations, for the first
time, within the regime of the United Nations Charter.
Abstention from belligerency would, of course, include
the annulment of such practices as the restrictions on
Israel-bound shipping in the Suez Canal and the Gulf of
Aqaba, and of activities such as those of the Fedayeeu
which are incompatible with any policy of non-belliger-
ency. On the basis of a mutual abstention from belliger-
ent acts Egypt and Israel could construct a coherent
system of security relationships. The implementation of
a non-belligerent agreement would still require certain
measures and guarantees, but the conditions for prog-
ress in all fields would be automatically and radically
transformed.
My Government feels that it is not equitable to ask
it to discuss its attitude on any concrete question affect-
ing its security imless it knows whether its answer must
be based on the assumption of war, or on the assumption
of progress to peace. Other Member States discussing
this problem might reach more precise conclusions if
they understood clearly whether or not Egypt, on secur-
ing the withdrawal of Israel forces, would renew its
policy of blockade and raids.
A similar situation prevails with respect to my second
request. I have enquired what arrangements for con-
tinued freedom of navigation on the Gulf of Aqaba and
the Straits of Tiran would prevail on the withdrawn!
of Israel's forces from the Sharm el-Sheikh area. It
is regrettable and puzzling that information so vital
to our schedule for the withdrawal of troops should
still be withheld from us. So long as this information
is denied it, my Government must apprehend that the
withdrawal of its forces would be followed by an imme-
diate or early resumption of the illicit restricts which
effectively denied Israel the free use of its southern port,
and cut our country off from normal trading relations
with a great part of the world, during a period when the
Suez Canal, too, has been effectively closed to essential
Israel-bound commerce.
The priority of the Sharm el-Sheikh area in any dis-
cussion on the withdrawal of forces is justified by many
considerations. The areas adjoining Sharm el-Sheikh
have recently been evacuated. An important interna-
tional interest is widely recognized in the adjoining
waters. A wide consensus of opinion exists on the need
to prevent blockades and maritime warfare. Withdrawal
from this area would complete the evacuation of the
territory of Egypt. In these circumstances my Govern-
ment has felt justified in proposing that this problem
be solved before others of greater complexity are
broached. The solution which we seek is one that rec-
onciles the withdrawal of forces with the maintenance
of continued freedom of navigation.
My Government has studied your letter of G February
and a published statement on that date. It does not
agree that the solution of two other questions, not deal-
ing directly with the withdrawal of forces, can justifi-
ably be described as "prerequisite" to tie solutiim of
the two basic prolilems of belligerency and withdrawal
from the remaining area of Sinai. AVe hold that the
two basic problems raised in the aide-memoire of 4 Feb-
ruary are objectively and intrinsically the most urgent
of those still outstanding. My Government's position
on this matter is set out in tliis letter, ajid it therefore
does not agree that the formulation of the last para-
graph of your letter of 0 February is an adequate de-
scription of its stand.
398
Department of State Bulletin
In the light of these considerations, and of my letter
of 5 February, 1 am instructed to reiterate the request
made through you In my aide-memoire of 4 February for
clarlticatiou by the Egyptian Government of its attitude
to an affirmation of full and mutual abstention from
belligerent acts ; on the withdrawal of Israel troops ; and
for clarification of the guarantees to be established for
continued freedom of navigation on the withdrawal of
Israel forces from the Sharm el-Sheikh area.
My Governuient holds that it Is one of the central
functions of the high office of Secretary-General to serve
as a means for the interchange of proposals and ideas
between Member States, especially when normal methods
of inter-State contact are not available. It hopes that
in that -spirit you will assist it to elucidate the two prob-
lems referred to in the 4 February aide-memoire, in order
that progress may be made in fulfilling the objectives of
the General Assembly's recent resolutions.
Abba EIban
Permanent Representative of
Israel to tlie United, Nations
Annex V
Letter dated 25 January 1957 from the Permanent Rep-
resentative of Israel to the United Nations, addressed
to the Secretary-Oeneral
New York, 25 January 1051
In your letter of 6 December 1956," you asked me to
ascertain the position of the Israel Government on the
General Armistice Agreement between Israel and Egypt.
This question has also arisen on a number of occasions
in our conversations and, as you are no doubt aware, has
formed the subject of public statements by the Prime
Minister, and by other official Israeli spokesmen.
Israel's view as outlined in these statements is, briefly,
that the General Armistice Agreement has been consist-
ently violated by Egypt both in letter and in spirit ever
since it was signed on 24 February 1949. Its central pur-
pose of non-belligerency and its character as a transition
to a peaceful settlement have been constantly repudiated
by Egypt. Egypt has even held, most incongruously, that
the Agi-eement could coexist with a "state of war" against
Israel. This policy of Egypt and the actions flowing
therefrom have brought the Agreement to nought, with
the result that a new system of relationships must now
be constructed.
Not printed here.
On the other hand, Israel does not consider that the
relations between Israel and Egypt are those of a state
of war : our mutual obligations are still defined by the
Charter of the United Nations which rules out any con-
cept of a "state of war". This was made clear by the
Prime Minister of Israel in a speech in the Knesset on 23
January 1957. The relevant extract of this speech
follows :
"As for the Armistice Agreement with Egypt, which
was signed eight years ago (on 24 February 1949), as a
transitional stage to permanent peace, the Egyptian
dictator has violated its principles and purposes and by
his repeated declarations that there is a state of war
between Israel and Egypt, he has distorted the essence
and the aims of the Agreement. He exploited it as a
smoke screen to cover up his murderous attacks against
the people of Israel and his implacable blockade of Israel
on land, at sea and in the air.
"It was from the Gaza strip that fedayeen units were
dispatched to Israel and bands of murderers and sabo-
teurs were organized in other Arab countries as well.
Thus the Agreement was transformed into harmful and
dangerous fiction which only a-ssisted the Egyptian rviling
junta in its malevolent designs.
"Any return to this agreement means return to murder
and sabotage. Israel does not claim that the absence of
an armistice agreement means the existence of a state of
war with Egypt even though Egypt insisted on the exist-
ence of a state of war even when the Agreement was in
existence. Israel is prepared to confirm its position on
this by signing immediately with Egypt an agreement of
non-belligerency and mutual non-aggression, but the Armi-
stice Agreement, violated and broken, is beyond repair."
Abba Eban
United States Recognizes
New Government of Haiti
Press release 81 dated February 21
The United States Embassy at Port-au-Prince,
Haiti, on February 21 informed the Foreign Min-
ister of Haiti, Evremont Carrie, that the U. S.
Government has recognized the new Government
of Haiti.
March 7 7, 7957
399
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 19
Press release 76 dated February 19
Secretary Dulles: I want first of all to express
here my regret, which I know you all share, at the
pending resignation of Mr. McCardle as Assistant
Secretary of State. He has worked well and
loyally with the President and me, and with you,
over these past 4 years. He is now returning to
private life at this time, which is an understand-
able wish on his part, but I want you all to know,
as he knows, how greatly I shall miss him.
Now, if you have any questions, I would be glad
to try to answer them.
Q. Mr. Secretary., will the United States Oov-
emment be willing to send one of its own ships to
the Gulf of Aqaba in order to maintain our view
that this is an international waterway?
A. I prefer not to answer a hypothetical ques-
tion. I don't think that occasion would arise.
Q. What did you mean in the memo that the
United States will exercise its right of free and
innocent passage in the Gulf of Aqdba? ^
A. Well, I think we meant what we said.
Q. Does that mean all ships?
A. It would mean we would expect that ships
of U.S. registry would be able to pass into what
we regard as an international waterway and which
Egypt regards as a waterway through which we
can have free and innocent passage. As we said
in our aide memoire, we have no reason to assmne
anybody would contest that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you donH think the occasion
would arise where we would have to force our ships
through the Gulf of Aqdba. On what do you base
that? What assurance have you from Egypt that
she will not fire on ships going through there?
A. We have no specific assurances on most of
' See p. 302.
400
these international waterways. It is a matter of
course.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in 1950, if I recall correctly,
the Egyptian Government, in a note which you
cited in the memo, declared it was occupying the
two islands in the gulf to prevent damage, or
something, but it did not mean to go back on its
view that this was an international waterway.
Well, after making that declaration they did pro-
ceed to bar Israeli ships. From that I wonder how
much value could be placed on the 1950 assurance
in view of their record?
A. Of course there have been, since the time you
allude to, the reassertion by the parties to the
Armistice Agreement of certain belligerent rights.
But we are hopeful tliat there will be a cessation of
those exercises of belligerent rights. In fact, the
United Nations Security Council held, in 1951,^
that under the Armistice Agreements belligerent
rights are not to be exercised, and while that reso-
lution wasn't fully carried out at the time, I be-
lieve that there is an increasing realization, on the
part of the world community and the United
Nations and its members, of the importance of a
scrupulous observance of the armistice terms.
That is embodied in our basic resolution of the sec-
ond of November.^
Meaning of "Innocent Passage"
Q. Mr. Secretary, to clear up one point, much of
this hinges on the innocent passage. Would that
m£an ships of American registry would be subject
to search? That search would not be considered
search for contraband — would not be considered
interference?
A. Well, I don't know. You are getting me
now into intricacies of international law on which
I have gotten rather rusty in recent years. But I
would doubt that, unless there was some ground
' Bulletin of Sept. 17, 1951, p. 479.
" /6t"(/., Nov. 12, 195C, p. 754.
DepartmenI of State Bulletin
for suspicion, tliere would be a i"ight of search of
vessels which were, as far as could be known,
going through there for innocent purposes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, has this Government received
any assurances, formal or informal, from the
Egyptian Government that it icould respect inno-
cent passage throvgh the Straits of Tiran?
A. The United States has not been conducting
any negotiations at all in these matters with the
Egyptian Government. We believe that Secre-
tary-General Ilanunarskjold is from time to time
in contact with the Egyptian Government through
the Foreign Minister, who is in New York, but the
United States has not itself engaged in any talks
which we think might cut across the authority and
functions of the Secretary-General.
Q. Mr. Secretary, why do you use the ter^m
'■^innocent passage''''? What is your purpose in
using that if it has no real meaning? From your
recent ansioer I corild gather no concrete reason
for using that phrase ^'■innocent passage.''''
A. Well, "innocent passage" is a phrase which
has a long and established meaning in terms of
international law. It means, I believe — although
I would have to get an opinion from the Legal
Adviser on this — it means a passage which is not
designed to do injury to anybody. It is a classic
phrase which has a — I won't say a "well-defined
meaning" because the writers of international law
ditfer, I believe, in some respects as to precisely
what it means. It was the phrase, I think, which
was used by the Egyptians themselves, and, as I
say, it is a conventional phrase of international
law.
Q. How do the Egyptiatis tise the phrase?
A. Well, I think I quoted it in the memo which
we gave the Israeli Government. I think I have
a copy of that in my pocket if you want me to
read it.
Q. Could they stop a ship alleged to he carrying
war materials on the grounds of '■'■innocent
passage'''?
A. I don't think so unless there is some basis
to suspect the passage was designed in some way
to injure one of the other littoral states.
Q. Could they search to find out or to he swre?
A. Let me tell you — I cannot give you in any
March 11, 1957
41S003— 57 3
authoritative way all the implications of that
phrase "innocent passage." As I say, it is a phrase
which is a conventional phrase used in inter-
national law which has a meaning, although the
authorities, I think, differ slightly as to the pre-
cise implications of it. I don't think it really is
profitable to go into all the legal implications of
that, and I would not be qualified to answer all
those questions.
Q. Would you, permit just one mare question,
please?
A. Certainly.
Q. Do you think there is any chance that the
E gyptians hy their interpretation of the words
'■'innocent passage'''' might in effect restore th^ir
interpretation of helligerent ships going through
Aqaba?
A. Well, if you ask me whether there is "any"
chance, I would be reluctant to say that in this
world of uncertainty there isn't a chance of almost
anything happening. But I do not think it is
probable — I would say that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, h-as the Israeli Government
in any way modified its position on Aqaha atnd
the Gaza Stnp since you received the aide memoire
from Amhassador Ehan?
A. No, it has not modified its position. On the
other hand, we do not feel that the discussions
are definitively closed. We are still not without
hope that Israel may come to the conclusion that
the wisest course of action is to withdraw its
forces and to rely upon the otlier assurances that
are contained in the resolutions of the United
Nations and in statements of national policy,
such as that which the United States has given.
We are not without hope still in that respect.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does the United States in-
tend to lay any specific proposals hefore the
United Nations at this tvme?
A. No, we have no plans formulated there.
Of course, as you know, I am having this after-
noon a conference with the President about this
situation, and he is having a meeting — an im-
portant meeting — tomorrow morning with the
congressional leaders. I hope that Ambassador
Lodge will come down to be present at these meet-
ings. We will go over the situation further. It
may be that as a result of that we will go to the
401
United Nations witli a program ; it may be that we
will be studying the programs that other countries
may have to put up. I do not know yet whether
we will take any initiative in the matter or our-
selves sponsor any resolution.
Question of Sanctions
Q. Mr. Secretary, if Israel refuses to modify
her position, is this Government prepared to sup-
port sanctions?
A. That is a matter which will be discussed to-
morrow, and I wouldn't want to anticipate the
results of the exchange of views which will take
place between the President and the congressional
leaders. I would, however, just like to make one
observation : The word "sanction" is sometimes
used as though it had a precise meaning. Of
course, there are all kinds of sanctions. There
is a wide variety of action which can be called a
sanction — moral sanctions, economic sanctions —
as to which, again, there is a great variety — mili-
tary sanctions. So, the word "sanction" just used
in the abstract does not have any clearly defined
content.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there have heen expressions
of hostility in both parties in Congress against
sanctions on Israel. Is there any way that Con-
gress could prevent the administration from im-
posing sanctions, or is that exclusively an execu-
tive function?
A. Well, again, it depends on what kinds of
sanctions you ai"e talking about. There are certain
types of sanctions which would probably require
congressional action ; there are other types of sanc-
tion which can be done by the Executive without
any participation by the Congress.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you once said that we tooitld
not shoot our way through the Suez Carnal.
Would we shoot our way through the Straits of
Tiran?
A. I think I have already answered that ques-
tion by saying that that is a contingency which
we do not anticipate and as to which I do not want
to make any forecasts.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you keep emphasizing a ship
of American registry in this Aqaba matter. IsnH
it a contention of the Israelis that they ivant a ship
of Israeli registry? If loe do get an American
ship through, what good does that do the Israelis?
402
A. Well, in the first place, it might do them
quite a bit of good. In the second place, I do not
think that the United States, in the absence at
least of a treaty or congressional action, has au-
thority to use force to defend the rights of ships
of another registry. But I would also add that
the United States, in acting on its own behalf and
perhaps, as I have suggested, in concert with other
maritime powers, would, I think, be able to im-
press upon that body of water an international
character the benefits of which would inure to
all maritime states.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does this declaration or posi-
tion set forth in the aide memoire of Monday last
differ in any way from the positi-on declared in
our hehalf hy Mr. Lodge in the Security Co^incil
in '64?*
A. Well, I don't have clear in my mind just
what the '54 declaration is that you refer to.
Q. Well, it was this Suez blockade particularly,
and Mr. Lodge declared the position of this Gov-
ermment in reference to that and to any other
waters, or concluding with the phrase ^''fo any
waters outside the Canal^'' and to the effect that
neither party had the right to blockade that or
to claim belligerent rights ivith respect to that, or
looters outside the canal.
Interconnection of Peace and Justice With Inter-
national Law
A. As I say, I don't recall precisely what
Ambassador Lodge said, so I prefer to have my
statement stand on its own footing rather than
to try to compare it with, or to see if it is in any
way different from, what Ambassador Lodge said.
But I would like to say this: I think that since
the events of the last few months there has come
about on the part of all of the nations and members
of the United Nations a more lively realization of
the interconnection of peace and justice and con-
formity with international law. I have been con-
stantly emphasizing this myself over the last 6
months, and while I believe that the avoidance
of the use of armed force is, j'ou might say, a
primary requirement, tlie exercise of self-restraint
in that regard calls for the exercise of great vigi-
lance and greater exertion than has been the case
heretofore in trying to assure that otlier aspects
of international law are complied with. I think
' Ibid., Apr. 12, 1954, p. 569.
Department of State Bulletin
we are going through wlint may prove to be a very
significant stage in the development of an inter-
national order. And if the world can get through
this present stage by ]i(iui(latiiig tlie armed attack,
and then following that with a more vigilant effort
by the United Nations and its members to pre-
serve and secure the satisfaction of other rights
under international law, I think we will have
made one of the great forward steps in history in
the develoi:)ment of an international order.
And to go back to your question as to whether
what I say now corresponds with what Ambas-
sador Ivodge said before, I don't know about that,
but I do know this: that there is a far greater
realization now than there was before 1954 of the
importance of these two aspects — what I have
often called the two sides of the coin — and that I
believe that whereas, for example, the decision of
the Security Council of 1951 that Israeli ships are
entitled to go through the canal was allowed to be
disregarded at tliat time, I think for the future
there will be a greater effort to secure through the
concerted influence of the nations of the world a
compliance with such decisions embodying prin-
ciples of right and justice than was the case
heretofore.
Q. Sir, does that helief include Russia and its
satellites, like Hungary, that they ivill abide iy the
United Nations decisions?
A. No, I'm afi-aid I have to say that there is no
evidence, as yet, that the countries dominated by
international communism show the regard and
respect for international law which is felt by what
we call the free world, that is, the nations not
dominated by international communism.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in another area there has been
some question of late that the United States has
been trying to encourage tighter controls on trade
with both the Communist bloc in Europe and es-
pecially the Chinese Communists. Would yon-
tell us whether or not we have made such an effort
internationally to tighten restrictions?
A. No, I can't tell you any more than I think I
said in my last press conference 2 weeks ago : that
these matters are constantly a subject of con-
sideration by the committees — the CoCom and the
ChinCom Committees — which deal with these mat-
ters. I think, particularly since the events in
Hungary, that there is a disposition to try to
tighten up somewhat the provisions of the CoCom,
which applied to the Soviet ITnion; the same may
be true about the ChinCom. But it is only within
the general area of policy which has already been
agreed to.
Q. Mr. Secretary, have you. been able to take
some time off in the past xoeeks from the Middle
Eastern crisis to look into the Milton Eisenhower
Committee of Presidential Representatives of
Latin America, the work they are doing there
now?
A. Well, I liave not been able to give it as much
attention as I would have liked. I have met with
that group, including Dr. Milton Eisenhower,
about 10 days ago I think it was, and I have a good
impression as to the work that is going on there.
But I have not been able to follow it in detail.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you fell us something
about this new British proposal for reopening the
Suez Canal? The British Foreign Ministry an-
nounced it this tnoming.
A. Well, there have been discussions going on in
the United Nations under the guidance of Secre-
tary-General Hammai-skjold as to the conditions
which might prevail upon the reopening of the
canal, and he has sought, I believe, the views of
Egypt and also the views of a niunber of the im-
portant users of the canal. The United States
has responded to that inquiry on his part, and I
believe certain other coimtries have. And I think
what has be«n reported there is merely a reflection
of the interim processes of the Secretary-General
trying to work this out.
Q. Does this mean, sir, that the 18 -nation Users
Association idea now is on the shelf while this new
proposal is looked into?
A. I do not know precisely what the recom-
mendations— in fact, I don't know at all — what the
recommendations of the Secretary-General will
finally be in this matter, whether or not they may
involve the use of the Users Association. My im-
pression is that, as far as the payment of tolls is
concerned, it may involve another agency such as
perhaps the World Bank or even the United
Nations itself. But, as I say, that still is in the
process of being worked out by the Secretary-
General, and I wouldn't want to preclude the pos-
sibility that the Users Association might play a
role there.
March J I, 1957
403
Israel's Rights to Canal
Q. Mr. Secretary, in light of what you said he-
fore and in regard to thii^ opening of the Svez
Canal, you mentioned the fact that you had, hoped
that in the future such resolutions as the 1951 Se-
curity Cmmcil resolution would he more imple-
mented. In the event the canal is opened, will
that resolution he implemented now with regard to
Israel's shipping? In other words, will there he
an effort hy the United Nations and hy this coun-
try to secure IsraeVs rights to the caned?
A. Well, again, I cannot forecast with certainty
what other countries may do, but we interpret the
six principles which were adopted by the Se-
curity Council in October,^ unanimously, and
agreed to by Egypt, as meaning what they say,
namely, that there should be free and open transit
through the canal without discrimination and that
the canal shall be insulated from the ]:)olitics of
any nation. We have no reason to assume that
those principles will not be applied.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it not a fact that, when the
Egyptians took physical, control over the Straits of
Tiran, they announced their intention of inter-
cepting American ships 3 iniles before they reach
the straits? Will you describe their problem- in de-
tail? Does this not weaken our present declara-
tion that the straits are an international loaterway?
A. Perhaps we have used the phrase here "inter-
national waterway" a little bit loosely. It is at
least more accurately expressed in the aide mem-
oire which we gave. The Gulf of Aqaba itself
comprehends international waters. As such, the
right of access to it cannot, we believe, in inter-
national law be denied as against the wishes of
any one of the four littoral states. If the four
littoral states which have boundaries upon the
gulf should all agree that it should be closed,
then it could be closed. Now, the entrance itself
is less than 6 miles wide. However, it is a pas-
sage to a body which comprehends international
waters and as such cannot properly be closed to
innocent passage. But states which liold the
banks of the straits do have certain rights wliicli
are greater than if the passage itself was suffi-
ciently wide so that it could not be comprehended
within the generally accepted S-mile limit on
each side.
' Ihid„ Oct. 22, l»r.6, p. 616.
404
Q. Mr. Secretary, to clarify one point, is it our
view that, once Israeli troops are withdraxon from
Aqaha, Egypt would have no right to stop Israeli
ships that are going to Elath?
A. Yes, that is assuming they fall witliin the
generally accepted definition of innocent passage.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I could not hear your answer.
A. My answer was that there is no right to pre-
vent the passage of Israeli ships, assuming that
they are engaged in what is comprehended in
international law by the term of innocent passage.
Q. Mr. Secretary, how do you. define the dis-
tinction that you make between thi^ assurance that
the United States Government has given its vieio
and the guaranty for which Israel has asked of
American support over the interests of Aqaha?
Well, a guaranty given to another nation
would be something which could not occur with-
out authority from the Congress or by a treaty.
The President has inherent power to use the forces
of the United States to protect American ships
and their rights all over the world. But he has no
power, in my opinion, to use the forces of the
United States on behalf of the vessels of another
flag unless he is given that authority by some con-
gressional resolution or by a treaty.
U.S. Position on Recognition of Communist China
Q. Mr. Secretary, yesterday Senator Green sug-
gested that the United States ?night \vell recognize
Communist China. Woidd you give us your com-
ment on his views?
A. Well, I think it is important that we
shouldn't forget too fast. We sometimes tend to
forget too fast. We shoukbi't forget that the
Chinese Communists have fought the United
Nations, and the ITnited States, in Koi-ea and they
are largely responsible for nearly 150,000 United
States casualties; that that activity has only been
suspended by an armistice and that the Chinese
Conmmnists have prevented the political settle-
ment which wixs supix)sed to succ^ied tlie armistice
after 6 months; that it has seized by force Tibet;
that it has fomented, or did foment, the war in
Indochina; that it today threatens to use force
against Taiwan and the United States position
there as a treaty partner of the Kepublic of China ;
that it holds in the vilest prison conditions 10
Department of Sfafe Bvlletin
American citizens, 6 of whom iiro missionaries;
and that it conducts a vicious campaijjn against
the United States, and against the principles of
the United Nations, wherever it can. Now in my
opinion it is premature, to say the least, to begin
to he talking about U.S. recognition of a regime
of that cliaracter. jMay I say, is it not tlie case
tliat Senator Green motlified or partially with-
drew his first statement?
Q. Didii't he say ''''in time^' or ''^eventually''''?
A. I suppose that none of us are talking here in
terms of eternity. (Laughter)
Q. Mr. Secretar'y, earlier you said that the
United States has not been negotiating with the
Egyptian Government on this matter of innocent
pasMtge. Have we been in co7itact with the Egyp-
tian Government, in direct contact through oxer
Amhassador in Cairo, so that we might know what
they are thinking about on this subject?
A. There was a rather extended meeting which
Ambassador Hare had with President Nasser, I
think last week, but it merely involved an exchange
of views, including matters which are of direct
concern between Egypt and the United States.
Of course, there are a number of matters in which
we two are directly concerned. There is the ques-
tion of certain Egyptian funds here that are
frozen, and things of that sort, and, while there
was a general discussion, it did not in any sense
represent an effort by the United States to ne-
gotiate with President Nasser on matters that are
being dealt with by the Secretary-General.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us what, if any,
action will be taken against William Worthy, the
newspaper reporter who went to Communist
China?
A. No, I am sorry I haven't yet the answer.
Q. You were asked what would happen if an
American ship went through the Straits of Tiran
and there teas an attempt to stop it, and you said
you could not envisage that contingency. Did
you mean by this you did not expect it to be
stopped, or that no American ship would be sent
through the straits?
A. No, I expect that American sliips will go
through the straits, and I do not expect them to
be stopped.
Q. Mr. Secretary, General Wheeler, ivho is in
charge of the clearing of the Suez Canal, is com-
plaining about delaying tactics of the Egyptian
workers there, or the Egyptian Government. I
was wondering whether you think that Egypt lias
the right to do this and whether anything will be
do7ie about it.
A. I do not think that Egypt ought to practice
delaying tactics about the opening of the canal.
You will recall that this resolution I spoke of, of
November 2, which put down certain things that
were called for, and in a sense established an order
of urgency, said that immediately upon a cease-
fire steps should be taken to reopen the canal.
By and large that effort has gone forward and has
substantially reached completion. The United
States would deplore it very much if at this stage
there was noncompliance by Egypt with that
aspect of the November 2 resolution.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you talked to Mr. Ollenhauer,
the German opposition leader, yesterday. Were
you impressed by Mr. Ollenhauer's arguments?
A. I would say this, that Mr. Ollenhauer was
gracious enough to seek my views on various ques-
tions rather than to try to impress me with his
views, so that there did not occur this argimienta-
tion that you refer to.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to be more specific on sanc-
tions, there is a notice in the paper today that
Senator Johnson has written you a letter as well
as two dozen others of his colleagues asking speci-
fically that the United States oppose any attempt
to give sanction to punish Israel with sanctions.
Now I xoould like to be specific and ask you, would
the United States in any way favor economic sanc-
tions against Israel, which I think is what uyould
be most damaging to her general welfare?
A. Well, I understand your desire that I be spe-
cific, but I am afraid I am not in a position to be
specific today. We are having, as I say, this meet-
ing with the congressional leaders tomorrow on
this subject, and I think it would be quite im-
proper for me to seem to crystallize a specific U.S.
position on a matter which we are going to discuss
in an openminded way with the congressional
leaders tomorrow.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Congressman Porter and
Senator Morse of Oregon have said some time back
that the State Department was not energetic
enough in pursuing the investigation of the dis-
appearance of an Airierican flyer, Gerald Murphy,
in the Dorrmucan Republic. The Depavtment
March 7 7, 7957
405
made public yesterday some report of the Dommi-
can Republic's investigation on this case.^ I won-
der if you are acquainted with the report and if
you believe that this closes the matter or if we are
pursuing our representations to the Dominica/na?
A. Well, we are pursuing our inquiries. I have
inquired within the last day or two about the state
of the matter. We have received from the Do-
minican Government a very voluminous lot of
documents. I am told one of them is 100 pages
long in Spanish. We only got them, I think, about
a week ago, and we are in the process of going
'Ihid.. Mar. 4, 1957, p. 349.
through them. I may say also the Department
of Justice is itself making inquii-y into the aspects
of this matter which may have a domestic situs.
Q. Domestic what?
A. Situs, s-i-t-u-s.
Q. Would you care to comment an the recent
naming of former Ambassador Gromyho as your
opposite nwmberin the Russian Government?
A. We have been opposite each other for quite
a while, not in this precise capacity, but in a capac-
ity that approaches it, so that I know him pretty
well and I guess he knows me pretty well.
Two-Way Streets Around the World
by Thorsten V. Kalijarvi
Acting Deputy Under Secretary for Economic Affairs ^
As the spotlight of crisis moves restlessly about
on the globe, it illuminates first one and then an-
other dangerous situation of world politics. And
in the bright light it is usually plain to all the
spectators that they are looking not only at a po-
litical situation but also at an economic situation.
The afJair of the Suez Canal, for example, reveals
how oil and ocean routes and irrigation water can
become mixed with considerations of national
"grandeur" and personal prestige and national se-
curity and colonialism and ideology.
It is umfortunate that some people who can see
very clearly the economic aspects of big upheavals
and crises seem to have astigmatism when it comes
to seeing the importance of day-to-day economic
relations such as reciprocal trade and technical
assistance.
Yet the solid foundation supplied by day-to-day
economic cooperation, bringing beneficial change
without the agony of destructive crisis, is indis-
pensable to our security and our well-being in a
'Address made before llie Nalional Cdiifereuce on In-
ternational Economic and Social Development at Wash-
IriKton, D. C, on Feb. 12 (press release 62) .
world that rushes from change to change with
breathtaking speed. In modern life an economic
"Fortress America" is no more conducive to our
national interest than any other kind of "Fortress
America." This country cannot turn in upon it-
self either militarily, politically, or economically,
for a new kind of world now exists.
Those of you who have read The Education of
Henry Adams, the autobiography of the great-
grandson of President John Adams, may rtMuem-
ber that Henry Adams came to the conclusion that
Western man, between the 12th century and
1900, moved from a unified society into multiplic-
ity in an unbroken sequence and at a rapidly ac-
celerating rate. Finishing his book in the firet
decade of the 20th century, Adams noted that
the coal output of the world, in the form of uti-
lized power, had approximately doubled every 10
years between 1840 and 1900. Chemical power,
electric power, and other forces were likewise ac-
celerating. Both physical force and mental com-
plexity were extending themselves on immense
horizons. Adams believed that "As Nature de-
veloped our hidden energies, they tended to be-
406
Department of State BuUetin
come destructive," and he wrote that man "help-
lessly groaned and shrieked and shuddered, but
never for a single instant could stop."
Adams was convinced that the difficulties of
education had gone on doubling with the coal out-
put. He said that the movement toward multi-
plicity, if prolonged one generation longer at the
same rate of acceleration, "would require a new
social mind." And on top of all this, the discov-
ery of radium led Adams to declare that an en-
tirely new class of forces had appeared, plunging
thought into "a new phase subject to new laws,"
and that the mind, if it reacted successfully,
"would need to jump."
Those words which have such a modern sound
were written 50 years ago. I must leave it to
philosophers, and perhaps to theologians, to judge
the validity of Henry Adams' theory of history
and to predict where the law of acceleration, if
valid, will ultimately lead us. But at least we
must acknowledge that the acceleration of force
and complexity has continued in the 20th century
and that they have added to the problems of
world affairs. If Adams stood aghast before the
changes that ran past him in the 19th century,
what would he say of atomic, jet-propelled,
electronic 1957?
I have mentioned Henry Adams to illustrate the
dynamism of modern history. We will not serve
the national interest by pretending to ourselves
that life on this planet is the same as it was a
hundred years ago, or even 10 years ago. Fur-
ther, we know that change will continue into the
future, and very likely at a rate even faster than
at present.
We need to do more than accept the inevitability
of change; we need to base our thinking on it.
We certainly do not despair over it, for we have
faith in man's ability to influence the course of
change. It is true that we do not have the same
unquestioning faith in automatic and inevitable
progress that most Americans possessed in the
19th century. Our serene and rosy view of the
future has been shaken, and perhaps that is a
good thing, so long as we have our courage,
our energy, and our principles. We know, now,
that man must earn his progress the hard way —
and by progress I mean developing the mind of
man to cope with the combination of physical and
human forces that could engulf him. This is both
the challenge and the hazard for the world of
nations.
What is man's best hope of coping with these
forces? Though nobody has all the answers, I
think we can say with certainty that it will not be
done by nations going it alone. Maybe the mind
of man has not yet "jumped," but at least it has
sensed the need for joining hands. And not the
least encouraging aspect of world affairs today is
that the strongest nation on earth has based its
foreign policy on international cooperation.
When I talk about the changing world around
us, I am sure this audience knows that I am
not referring only to events in other continents,
though such events are tremendous. The chang-
ing world is here, too, and you in this room
helped make it change. Of all the historic global
transformations of our era, one of the most signifi-
cant is the explosive economic growth of the
United States and the resulting rise of this coun-
try to a towering position in world affairs.
During the last two decades the American peo-
ple have come to recognize their world power and
their world responsibilities. And by and large
they have understood that a nation with our
strength and our tradition of respect for the in-
dividual must use its great influence with full rec-
ognition that the human individual is equally en-
dowed with rights and worth and dignity whether
he lives in the United States or anywhere else on
earth. They have accepted the truth that without
such recognition real cooperation is impossible and
will be ineffective in solving the problems of
humanity.
"Abrasive Specifics"
Most of us accept these big, solid, smooth gen-
eralizations, but the rub comes when we get down
to the abrasive specifics. And unfortunately
there are some among us whose thinking has
moved only part way and who on occasion act as
if cooperation were a one-way street.
For example, in international trade they want
more exports but they balk at permitting more
imports.
They realize the vital importance of expanded
trade to our security and our well-being, but they
stop short of supporting more efficient interna-
tional machinery for trade cooperation.
They think that treaties of friendship, com-
merce and navigation are fine when they guaran-
tee our citizens full rights and privileges abroad
but not so good when they protect the goods of an-
March 11, 1957
407
other country against discrimination in our own
markets.
They want other countries to improve the cli-
mate for American private investment abroad, but
they support state legislation tliat would prevent
a private foreign firm from building an industrial
plant on our soil.
They have failed to grasp the principle that our
mutual security program — including the economic
parts of it — fosters our own security and pros-
perity as well as the independence and well-being
of other nations, and therefore they think that
if another country is not properly grateful the
program is a failure and should be thrown out
the window.
We all agree that free economic institutions
offer greater promise of higher production and
higher living standards than economies burdened
by monopolies, restrictive business practices, and
excessive governmental regulations. And, there-
fore, it is the policy of the United States to en-
courage free enterprise in the free world. But
other countries have tlie right to determine their
own forms of economic organization. "\Maat we
want is for other peoples to have confidence in
their innate capacities for economic progress
through free institutions of their own. I empha-
size ''of their own," for there are some who have
not perceived the distinction and who consider
foreigners beyond redemption if they do not
forthwith adopt our system in toto regardless of
their own political and economic conditions.
A person may accept the realities of interna-
tional cooperation in everything except the one
small blind spot that appears in the vicinity of his
own personal interest.
But all the blind spots added up together are
equivalent to considerable pressures that weaken
the effectiveness of foreign policy and reduce the
influence of the United States in world affaii-s.
Now, blind spots are not confined to this country.
Elsewhere in the free world there are people whose
minds have not jumped to the realities of two-way
cooperation. There are those overseas who think
their governments are doing the TTnited States a
favor pui-e and simj)ie by allowing us to have bases
on their soil — bases which protect them as well as
us. There are those who gaze upon our great eco-
nomic strength and refuse to see that we have our
problems too. There are those who imagine a re-
vei-sal of our entire trade policy in every change
in a tariff rate ; undiluted materialism in our pros-
perity ; and callous disregard of their rights when-
ever we cannot grant them all the aid they may
sincerely think they need. Let us frankly ac-
knowledge here the existence of attitudes like these
in other lands. But their existence is not a valid
argument in support of one-way attitudes of our
own.
We must follow steadfastly and patiently the
two-way streets of cooperation in our own far-
sighted national interest in a world of crisis and
accelerating change.
Exchanging Technical Information
Happily, the wisdom and the rewards of patient
economic cooperation have by no means gone un-
recognized. This is perhaps nowhere more evident
than in the technical-cooperation and exchange
programs that gird the free areas of the world
today. The United States, through the efforts of
private enterprise, through bilateral arrangements
with our free partners, and through participation
in international cooperative bodies, is one of the
prime advocates of exchanging information and
know-how among nations.
In his second inaugural address. President
Eisenliower said :
. . . the American story of material progress has helped
excite tlie lousing of all needy peoples for some satisfac-
tion of their human wants. These hopes that we have
helped to inspire we can help to fulfill.
The TTnited States, in its own economic growth,
relied on inventions and production techniques —
yes, and capital — acquired from abroad. Money
from France, then later the United Kingdom, the
Netherlands, and other sources was used to help
build the imposing structure that has become our
economy today. Even in the 20th century, crops
and livestock of foreign origin have been trans-
planted here. Old World thinkers and experi-
menters have contributed immeasurably to our
general education and knowledge, not onlj- in our
common heritage but in generation after genera-
tion, to the present day. Our atomic energy jilant,
considered the most advanced on the face of the
earth, was built by the combined efforts of Ameri-
can and foreign scientists. These facts are some-
times forgotten, but they never should Ix".
In the years since World AVar II, the United
States, with its economy booming and its home-
land i)liysically undamaged, lias been in a unique
position to spread beneficent techniques across na-
408
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Su//e>/n
tional boundaries. Quite apart from the grants
and loans made to other countries, we liave admin-
istered prot^-ams of technical cooperation desired
by other governments. We did this in the knowl-
edge that, although technical skills cannot be
absorbed at an equal rate in all places, they are
in urgent demand practically everywhere.
WHiat techniques our people have shared with
less developed countries, they have shared in a
humanitarian spirit. But let it not be called char-
ity, for the policy is based on a farsighted con-
viction that we and the recipients would both
benefit.
Today I have neither the time nor the intention
to make a comprehensive review of the worldwide
technical-cooperation programs of the United
States, much less a review of our foreign assist-
ance programs as a whole, nor an adequate appreci-
ation of the excellent work of some of our private
organizations and foundations in this field.
In the remaining minutes of my talk, I wish to
do two things.
One is to emphasize the fact that the United
States has a basic, deep-seated, and continuing
interest in the economic growth of other coun-
tries, completely aside from the vital political
problem of resisting communism. It was almost
10 years ago that Henry L. Stimson wrote the
following words :
I do not mean to belittle the communist challenge. I
only mean that the essential question is one which we
should have to answer if there were not a communist
alive. Can we make freedom and prosperity real in the
present world? If we can, communism is no threat. If
not, with or without communism, our own civilization
would ultimately fail.
That statement by Mr. Stimson is equally true
today. "We seek the improvement of human living
conditions not just to oppose something but be-
cause it is a positive good.
It is a positive good for the people whose lives
are directly enriched, and for us, too, and for
humanity in general. It helps the so-called under-
developed peoples and the industrial societies as
well. It promotes peaceful trade; it provides
sources of materials which we ourselves need; it
fosters international intercourse and understand-
ing in a world that must have them.
The old notion that was prevalent in earlier
centuries that highly developed economies could
not afford to help create other highly developed
economies — supposedly competitive with their
own — is about as serviceable today as the horse-
drawn streetcar.
Technical Assistance Tiirough U.N.
The other thing I wish to do this morning is to
make a few comments on the participation of the
United States in multilateral programs of sharing
technical skills. I shall talk about the multi-
lateral approach not with any idea of minimizing
the solid importance of our bilateral programs of
economic and technical cooperation but because the
bilateral programs will be more fully discussed by
others on your program. I also speak of the
multilateral approach with full awareness that
there are certain types of multilateral programs
that are still under consideration in the United
Nations, and I wish to confine myself here to a
group activity with which we have had experience
for several years now: multilateral technical
assistance.
The United States has joined in the technical
education process which the United Nations car-
ries on througli such S23ecialized agencies as the
Food and Agriculture Organization, the World
Health Organization, the International Labor
Office, and the Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization. And we are also associated with
other international bodies which devote a con-
siderable part of their efforts to the advancement
of economic development through technical co-
operation. The World Bank and the International
Monetary Fund, though specialized agencies of
the U.N., carry on separate activities in this field.
The Organization for European Economic Coop-
eration, the Organization of American States,
and the Colombo Plan — all sponsor teclinical
cooperation.
Never before have the resources of so many
countries been mobilized for a worldwide coop-
erative enterprise as in the United Nations Ex-
panded Program of Technical Assistance. During
the first 6 years of the program, experts were
recruited from 77 countries to help provide tech-
nical education in various forms.
I am sure that most of you are familiar with
the striking achievements of this program
throughout the world. Many of you have visited
countries where the program is working and have
yourselves seen the benefits it is bringing to the
|)eoples.
March 11, 1957
409
The elimination of dread diseases; better edu-
cational facilities and advances in literacy; in-
creased agricultural and industrial productivity;
improved government administration ; better road,
rail, and air transportation— examples of such
accomplishments can be cited on the basis of your
own personal experiences.
Bather than eulogizing, unnecessarily, a pro-
gram which is generally regarded as one of the
most successful endeavors of the United Nations
system, I should like to mention a few current
aspects of our own participation in that program.
During the first 6 years of the Expanded Techni-
cal Assistance Program, the United States has
exercised a position of leadership and has stead-
fastly supported the stability and continuity of
the program. We have contributed over these
years about 55 percent of the $143 million in
voluntary contributions by which it is financed,
and our proportion has been gradually reduced
from 60 percent to 50 percent. Our pledge for
the calendar year 1957 is $15.5 million, subject
to certain matching provisos, and we expect that
our proportion of the total in 1957 will be some-
wiiat below 50 percent.
In the Mutual Security Appropriation Act of
1957, the Congress placed the proviso that the
U.S. contribution to the 1958 program should not
exceed 33l^ percent of the total amount. This
whole matter of national contributions poses diffi-
cult problems. It was, of course, to be expected
that the high percentage paid by the United States
in the early years would be somewhat reduced
and the share paid by other countries would be
somewhat increased. The question is not that.
The questions are: How fast can our percentage
be reduced without bringing a setback for the
program ? What, ultimately, should our percent-
age be ? And by what methods does one calculate
the appropriate share of any coiuitry ? We have
not yet found final answers to these questions.
I am pleased to see that this afternoon you will
take up the subject of "Economic Progi-ess — A
Forward Look," and hear the views of distin-
guished speakers on this matter. In a specific
sense, and as it directly affects the U.N. Ex-
panded Program, we too are giving thoughtful
consideration to "A Forward Look." I i-efer to
the title of the study made last May by the U.N.'s
Technical Assistance Board,' which was discussed
last summer by the Economic and Social Council.
The Secretary-General has requested all govern-
ments which participate in the Expanded Pro-
gram to comment on this study, which could have
far-reaching implications for the future of the
program. We shall be interested in hearing the
conclusions which you may reach on this broad
subject.
Another aspect of the U.N. Expanded Program,
which is and should be under more or less con-
tinuous consideration, is its structure and adminis-
tration. We do not regard this as static, and if
constructive changes seem desirable we will study
them. However, we think that the system of vol-
untary contributions is presently the most practi-
cal and effective means of financing the program.
The present method of programing — ^based on the
recipient country, what it wants, and what it con-
siders it needs for economic development — is ap-
parently working to the general satisfaction of all
participating countries and to that of the spe-
cialized agencies as well. WTiile we probably have
not reached the millennium — no more in this field
than any other — we must give c-areful study to
any proposed changes to be sure that they are
constructive.
As between our multilateral and bilateral ap-
proaches to technical cooperation, it is not a
question of "either-or." It is "both." The ques-
tions are "where," and "how," and "how much,"
and "how fast."
One way or another, the principle of sharing
technical skills has taken its place firmly in the
foreign policy of the United States.
We do not have the choice whether the world
is going to change. Tlie world is changing. Man's
choice is whether or not, as the world changes,
human beings will arrive at just one crisis too
many, or whether they will learn to pave their
globe with two-way streets everywhere.
In this, the mightiest construction project of
all, let us never fail to do our part.
' U.N. dm-. E/2.S.S5 uutl I'orr. 1.
410
Department of Stale Bulletin
United States Foreign Relations: A Search for Perspective
hy Willwm B. Macamber, Jr.
Special Assistant to the Secretary ^
111 tlie field of foreign relations it is a very
difficult thing indeed to keep one's sense of per-
spective. It is difficult because the rush of daily
events has a tendency to force our interest to
developments and decisions of the moment. This
is true even in relatively normal times. It is
particularly true, I think you will agi-ee, when
we are confronted as we have been in recent months
by a series of extraordinary and momentous events.
Yet if we are properly to assess the constant
developments in foreign relations we must — diffi-
cult as the task is — maintain a sense of perspective.
"Without it we are lost. "VYe can neither fairly
judge the impact of current developments nor
plan successfully for the future.
It occurred to me, therefore, that it might be
useful today to back off from the drama of recent
events and consider instead the broad course of
our foreign relations. For me, at least, in my
own search for perspective, I have found this a
helpful, even essential, thing to do from time to
time. With your permission, then, I would like
to examine where on that course it seems to me
we stand today, where we started from, how we
got here, and where we may hope to proceed.
As for the present, it can be rather succinctly
put, I think. The essential fact is that the Soviet
Communist world is showing stresses and strains.
As a result we have entered an era which is so
filled with promise and at the same time so fraught
with peril that it must, by any standards, be con-
sidered one of the crucial periods of histoi-y.
To comprehend the significance of the present,
however, we must first understand the past.
' Address made before the City Club of Rochester, Boch-
ester, N. Y., on Feb. 2.
Growth of Soviet Power
At the close of World War II, the free world, on
a more or less fragmented basis, faced a Soviet
Union greatly enhanced in its power position and
disjjlaying expansionist and predatory intentions.
Its power position had resulted partly from its
striking industrial progress accomplished in the
course of the preceding 25 years. Primarily,
however, this position was the result of World
War II and the aftermath. In the wake of its
armed forces, over 100 million people had been
subjugated and their countries from Poland to
Bulgaria made into satellites. A few years later,
when the Communists achieved control of China,
Soviet power was still further augmented. As a
result, the great central land mass from East Ger-
many to the Pacific, and with it 800 million people,
became Communist-controlled. The Soviet Union
also had at its disposal fifth columns throughout
the free world in the foim of local (and sup-
posedly national) Communist party organizations.
In addition. Communist ideology had a substan-
tial appeal to unwary peoples in certain economi-
cally depressed areas throughout the world.
As a result of all this, the Soviet military power
base and potential for aggression was clearly
enonnous.
The exjjunsionist tendencies of the Soviet Union
stemmed from three principal sources : missionary
zeal derived from Marx and Lenin ; old-fashioned
imperialism : and to some extent a genuine sense of
insecurity. How far each of these elements con-
tributed to Soviet motivation would be disputed
by the experts. But, whatever their proportions,
their result was an unmistakable drive to expand
and to dominate other peoples.
Match 7 7, 7957
411
In the face of this threat, what have the United
States and the free world done?
To begin with we have drawn a lesson from his-
tory. This lesson teaches that wars generally
begin as a result of miscalculation by the aggres-
sors not only as to the reaction of the nation ag-
gressed against but also as to the reaction of other
nations whose positions may ultimately be affected
by the aggression. If the Kaiser and Hitler, for
example, could have known in advance that their
aggressions would have brought against them the
full force of the United States, it is quite possible
that they might not have launched those aggres-
sions.
Political Warning System
Hence the first task was to set up a political
warning system designed to remove the possibility
of Commmiist miscalculation. In Europe this
work was begun on a major scale with the Nato
alliance. The parties to this alliance, now 15 in
number, represent an arc of free countries in Eu-
rope running from Norway and Denmark in the
north to Greece and Turkey in the south and
east — and also include the United States and
Canada. They have served notice on the Soviet
Union that each would consider an attack upon
any one of their number as an attack on them all.
In Asia, the United States has also entered into
mutual security treaties with Australia, New Zea-
land, the Philippines, Japan, the Republic of Ko-
rea, and the Republic of China on Taiwan. In
addition, we are a member of Seato, the eight-
power Manila Pact designed to insure the security
of Southeast Asia. The total of these Asian ar-
rangements constitutes a mutual security system
extending from the Aleutian Islands in the north
to the South Pacific.
Other parts of the political warning system to
the Soviet Union are the Balkan Alliance of
Greece, Turkey, and Yugoslavia and the Baghdad
Pact, which includes the "northern tier" countries
of the Middle East — Turkey, Iraq, Iran, and Pak-
istan— as well as the United Kingdom.
The proposed Middle East resolution- repre-
sents an effort to bolster the system in that part of
the world. We are spelling out a clear warning
that the United States will not tolerate Soviet
aggression in this area — although I do not wish
'For text of tho proposod resolution, see Bulletin
of Jan. 28, 1057. p. 12S.
to imply that we are necessarily expecting any
specific kind of military association with the na-
tions there.
The political warning system that I have been
describing is not complete, and it is not perfect.
Except, however, for certain countries of South
Asia who chose neutralism, the gaps in this struc-
ture surrounding the Communist world are be-
coming pretty well closed. What has been set
up is a worldwide warning system along the pe-
riphery of the Soviet Communist world which pre-
cludes the miscalculation that Red armies can be
used to conquer free nations one by one. This
has been done, as you know, despite enormous dif-
ficulties. And it is a very gz'eat accomplishment
indeed.
I should perhaps add here that the regional ar-
rangements wliich I have been describing are not
inconsistent with our obligations under the United
Nations Charter. On the contrary, they are made
pursuant to what the United Nations Charter calls
the "inherent right of collective self-defense."
Building Military and Economic Strength
However, a political warning system in itself is
not enough. It must be backed up by military
power. Of course, it is a simple thing to agree
that the free world must be militarily strong.
How to build that strength is a complicated and
technical matter. What portions of that strength
are to be in the air, on the sea, on the ground?
What emphasis is to be on defensive strength,
what on offensive? What is needed in the way
of conventional armament, what in the field of
nuclear weapons? Wliat specific military re-
sponsibilities are to be borne by the United States?
What are to be the responsibilities of the others
in the free world?
We have had constantly to wrestle with such
problems. But the general strategy which under-
lies the free world's military strength by now is
well established. We have sought to develop two
kinds of defensive power.
First, we have had to possess an atomic and nu-
clear retaliatory capacity on a scale which is suf-
ficient to deter aggression. We have had to have
that capacity not in the expectation of having to
use it but in the hoi)e that, because we have this
capacity, we will never have to use it.
We must also be prepared for local aggressions
not involving the super weapons. The free world
412
Diepailment of State Bulletin
must have conventional forces sufficient to deal
with this type of aggi-ession. In other words, the
free world has sought to maintain a combined
military strength sufficiently balanced, sufficiently
flexible, and so deployed that it can deter or de-
feat both big and little aggressions.
The cost of such a system both to us and to oui*
free-world partners has been very great. But
it is a necessary premium on a peace insurance
policy. Not to pay it would be suicide. And this
premium payment, I think we all agree, is small
in comparison to the costs of world war III.
The principle which lies behind our economic
program is also clear. No ally in the straggle to
halt Communist expansion can be a stable and
effective ally if its economy is in a seriously
weakened condition — whether it is a result of the
demands of its current military establishment,
the disruption of past wars, or the fact that its
economy is still only in the earliest stages of
modern development. Furthermore, the Com-
munist aggression is accomplished not only by
overt force from without but also by subversion
from within. To some extent local conventional
military forces can guard against this danger.
But as subversion thrives on economic disorder,
so in the long run the most effective means of stop-
ping tills tlu-eat is to take steps to eliminate such
disorder.
A third step, closely connected with the fii-st two
I have been discussing, has been the United States
economic aid program. This program has been
designed to carry out three principal tasks: The
first is to aid our allies, particularly those in areas
of current hostile pressure who are unable through
their own resources to build up and maintain their
own military establishments to a strength which
we and they think is necessary. Second, this pro-
gram has been employed to restore the health of
the economies of certain allies which were dis-
rupted by the war and its aftermath. Third, tliis
program seeks to develop economic health in some
of the new nations of the world — neutral nations
as well as those allied to us.
The United States has played a leading role in
the development of much of the worldwide system
which now confronts the Soviet Communist bloc.
But one of the great strengths of this system is the
fact that it is not our work alone. The principle
upon which we have proceeded is that this must be
the creation of free partners, worked out on the
basis of mutual asrreement and mutual benefit.
And underlying all we have done has been a re-
spect for the human right of dissent, which is
anotlier way of saying a respect for liuman dig-
nity. Because this is so, the work has not always
proceeded with the dispatch that we would wish.
But what has been built is grounded on solid
foundations.
The Soviet Union, as everyone here knows, luis
not proceeded by this method. On the contrary
it has proceeded by domination, by denying and
subverting the national interests and independ-
ence of its allies and by denying human dignity
to the peoples of its orbit. The free world, there-
fore, has long had reason to believe that it had
assets inside the Soviet bloc as well as those which
have been created externally along its peripheiy.
For history has shown that nationalism and the
desire for freedom and human dignity are forces
in the world which cannot be frustrated and
ignored indefinitely.
Soviet "New Look"
In the process of developing a worldwide warn-
ing system to the Soviet bloc, not all — as you
know — has gone smoothly. There have been many
setbacks and discouragements, and on one occasion,
before the political warning system was developed
to its present degree, we had in Korea to meet
force with force. But the system has been success-
ful, and the first great testimony to this was the
policy gradually unveiled by the Soviet leaders in
late 1954 and early 1955 and soon known as the
"new look."
Now the Soviet leaders do not change a policy
which is working. The simple fact is that in the
face of the recently constructed free-world warn-
ing system, the long-time Soviet policy of force
and threat of force was no longer producing
results.
As a consequence, the Communist leaders
decided that a new tactic must be attempted.
That tactic consisted of seeking to win by guile,
in a situation where they were no longer able to
succeed by force.
If this new tactic was to succeed, the first task
of the Soviet leaders was to bring an aura of
respectability to the methods and intentions of
their regime. Only by doing this could they hope
to dispel the distrust of an aroused world. And
only by dispelling this distrust could they lower
the free world's guard. Hence they denounced
Morch TI, 1957
413
the evils of Stalinism. They deemphasized the
use of violence and talked of peaceful coexistence.
Instead of war, they offered economic aid. Tito,
the hated symbol of national communism, was
restored to grace. They made certain limited, but
nonetheless marked, concessions to the individual,
including a certain increased toleration of dissent.
The "new look" presented new challenges to the
non-Communist world more subtle than those pre-
sented by the earlier policy and in some ways more
difficult to deal with. There are, unfortunately,
always people in the world who are willing to be-
lieve a threat is gone, not because it is gone but be-
cause they wish with all their hearts that it were.
As a result, the "new look" carried with it the
threat that the non-Comnmnist world, lulled by a
false sense of security, would in time replace vmity
and strength with disunity and weakness and thus
become an easy prey for the Soviets — who, behind
their facade of peaceful intentions, in fact retained
both the desire and the military capacity for ag-
gi-ession.
However, the "new look" had in it from the
start certain inherent advantages to the free world.
To begin with, the immediate threat of a major
war receded. Tension was reduced and with it
the constant threat that some accidental incident
would touch off the holocaust.
But an even more significant advantage in the
long run was the fact that the "new look," in an
apparent concession to outside opinion, entailed
to some slight extent a relaxation of the curbs on
the forces of individualism and nationalism with-
in the Soviet bloc, forces which had hitherto been
ruthlessly repressed. Once set in motion, such
forces are difficult to arrest and perhaps impos-
sible to eradicate. And as long as they exist, they
carry with them a potential for enormous change
in any police state or captive empire.
Free-World System Not Perfect
Before looking at the consequences of the "new
look" let me say one more word about the free-
world system which brought about this dramatic
reversal in Soviet policy. As I have indicated,
this structure is far from perfect. Even without
Soviet stimulation, divisive forces in the form of
disputes and conflicts of interest are constantly at
work within it and must constantly be dealt with.
The nature of some of these divisive forces is such
that they will not erupt while the Soviet threat is
immediate and apparent but only as the threat re-
cedes or appears to recede. Other forces are such
that they will operate even when the threat is ap-
parent and immediate.
The difficulties in the Middle East are an ex-
ample of the latter category. The strife and dis-
unity here, even before the Suez landings, have
been a constant danger in that they threaten to
weaken the strength of the free world and divert
our energies and attentions from the main peril.
The developments which have taken place since
the unveiling of the "new look" are recent history
and well known to you all. The new Soviet policy
made a certain headway in the non-Communist
world in that it stimulated the divisive tendencies
to which I have alluded. Yet it has by no means
destroyed the structure which was created. On
the contrary that structure remains today a viable,
going concern.
And the fact that we must not lose sight of is
that whatever gains have been made by the Soviets
outside their bloc as a result of their new policy
have been more than offset by the adverse develop-
ments which have taken place within the bloc.
The satellite unrest, the dramatic developments in
Poland and Hungary, the rumored discontent
witliin Russia itself have all served to weaken the
military power of the Soviet bloc and its capacity
for successful aggression.
Formerly it was assumed that the Soviet leaders
could count on satellite troops as well as their
own. It would seem that this is no longer a safe
assumption for the Soviets to proceed upon.
Furthermore, not only have their satellite military
resources been reduced but, to the extent that their
own troops must be diverted to watch the satel-
lites and their armies (and perhaps to an increas-
ing degi-ee their own people as well), to that ex-
tent has Soviet military sti-ength against the free
world also been reduced.
In addition the Communist parties in the free
world, as a result of de-Stalinization, of the re-
versal of policy toward Tito, of the develop-
ments in Poland and particularly in Hungary,
have become demoralized and seriously weakened.
At the same time the brutal tactics in Hungary
have opened the eyes of many people in the de-
pressed areas of the world to the point where they
are far leas susceptible to Communist ideology and
propaganda than they once were. As a result the
Soviet fifth-column weapon has also been greatly
weakened.
414
Deparfmenf of Stale Bullelin
Era of Peril and Promise
At tlie beginning of my remarks today I said
that we were now in an era which carried with it
the twin possibilities of great peril and great
promise. Let me firet discuss the peril.
The peril stems from this rather startling fact:
The possibility of success in the struggle against
Soviet power can, in its way, be almost as danger-
ous for the free world as the prospect of failure.
In the years that have followed World War II,
Soviet thinking has been in terms of one day
dominating the free world. Because of the de-
velopments I have mentioned, for the first time
the Soviets may be reaching a point where the
problem presents itself in quite different terms.
If the stresses and strains in their own world con-
tinue, if the unity and strength of the free world
are maintained, the moment may come when the
Soviets will consider that their relative power
position is deteriorating, and irrevocably deterio-
rating, to the point where their very survival is
jeopardized. This is a moment of supreme dan-
ger. For it is at such a moment that a desperate
leadership, fearing that delay will only further
weaken tlieir position, may stake everything on
the gamble of attack.
I do not say, of course, that the moment has
come or that the Soviets are yet convinced that
it is coming. They still have enormous military
strength. They may think they can successfully
suppress the unrest within their domain. They
may believe that the recent dramatic division in
the free world will continue.
But, because we believe that the defenses of the
free world will not become weakened by disunity
and that the forces of unrest within the Soviet
bloc cannot be indefinitely repressed, we must
also assume that the moment I have spoken of
is approachmg.
In the face of this, what course should we
follow?
Clearly, two immediate tasks lie ahead. First,
the free world must maintain and continually
strengthen its warning system and the military
and economic strength which lie behind it. The
progress we have made is based on this system.
To weaken it or abandon it at a moment when
victory is possible woidd turn that possible victory
into certain defeat.
But at the same time we must make it clear
what we mean by "victory." We do not mean
the subjugation of Russia — any more than we
seek the subjugation of any other nation. What
we seek is a world where Russia and all other
nations can live in peace with justice and security.
In other words, we must make it absolutely clear
to the Russian nation that we are not presenting
them with a situation where, in the face of free-
world unity and strength, they must fight or
perish. We seek a Russian leadership which re-
nounces expansionist goals and which is respon-
sive to the just aspirations of its people. We seek
a world where Communist aggression is im-
possible. But at the same time we seek a world
where the legitimate interests of the Russian na-
tion are protected and secure.
In this connection both President Eisenhower
and Secretary Dulles have already made it clear
that, if the Soviets yield to the satellite desires for
independence, we will not, in tum, attempt to
draw these nations into alliance with ourselves.
Speaking in Dallas recently. Secretary Dulles
made the following declaration on this point : ^
Let me make this clear, beyond a possibility of doubt :
The United States has no ulterior ijurpose in desiring the
independence of the satellite countries. Our unadul-
terated wish is that these peoples . . . should have
sovereignty restored to them and that they should have
governments of their own free choosing. We do not
look upon these nations as potential military allies. We
see them as friends and as part of a new and friendly
and no longer divided Europe.
Wliat Secretary Dulles was saying, in effect, is
that we do not seek the reestablishment of the old
cordon sanitaire which was established following
World War I along the immediate western borders
of Russia and which would be offensive to any
Russian government, Communist or otherwise.
But avoidance of this situation in the future
is not dependent solely on the intentions of the
free world. Time is ruiming out for the Soviet
leadership. If they do not adjust soon to the de-
sires of the satellite peoples — if they precipitate
more Hungarys — they will reap a legacy of hatred
in tliose areas which will lead to a spontaneous
cordon sanitaire following the time when free-
dom does come. It would be well for the Soviets
to adjust now when, with the cooperation of the
free world, this development of a cordon sanitaire
could be prevented.
' lUd., Nov. 5, 1956, p. 695.
March 7 7, 7957
415
The Task Ahead
If we are to successfully carry out the twofold
objectives I have described— maintaining our
strength and making clear our objective — there
are certain things, it seems to me, which as a peo-
ple we must do.
To begin with, we must have an exact under-
standing of the free-world warning system and
of the importance of its military and economic
components. We must be prepared to make the
sacrifices necessary to preserve and strengthen
this overall system. These sacrifices are not small.
They entail an unmistakable willingness to fight if
the Communists send forces against any part of
that system. And they involve continued finan-
cial burdens to preserve the military strength and
economic health and development of the free
world. This financial commitment must be wisely
and carefully made so that our economic resources
are not depleted— but it must be made. One
thing is certain : Peace will never become assured
if we are willing only in time of war to make
our great sacrifices and greatest efforts.
Secondly, we must seek to preserve the moral
position of the free world; for this, and not just
fear, must be the cement which holds us together.
Furthermore, in the long run this will constitute
the best hope for all those behind the Iron Cur-
tain to believe and accept our assurances. This
means that we must never cease our efforts to
protect human dignity. It also means that, while
we will use force to oppose aggression, we and
the free world must seek to renounce it as a means
of accomplishing all other objectives either in
relation to the Soviet Union or to the settling of
differences which spring up within the free world
itself.
Finally, we must be able to deal intelligently
with the disputes and conflicting interests which
tend to divide and weaken the free world. We
must always undei-stand that, if such divisive
forces are not dealt with and reconciled, our
strength may be dissipated and we will be in gi-eat
peril. But we must not feel that we have to
insert ourselves (as some would have us do) into
every conflict which develops among our friends
about the free world. We have neither the will
nor the ability nor the mandate to do so. Neither
should we be dismayed because these conflicts
exist, for they are natural to a society of free
nations. Many of them can be settled by the par-
41&
ties immediately involved. It is only when it
becomes apparent that a problem will persist and
carry with it a serious threat to free- world unity
that we need concern ourselves directly with it.
We must also remember this. When such in-
stances do arise, the problems involved are com-
plicated and extremely difficult of solution. Often
they have diverse and conflicting ramifications
which extend, literally, around the globe. If this
were not so, solutions would in most cases have
been reached long ago and the problems would
not have come to public notice. We must, there-
fore, resist the human desire to simplify these
problems and seize on simple pat solutions.
Instead, we must have the patience to seek out
all the facts and the wisdom to understand the
conflicting ramifications. Only then can we hope
to reach balanced and constructive solutions.
Opportunity for a Just Peace
Now, if we can do all these things, what of the
other oppoi'tunity of this era which is upon us?
If we can avoid the peril, what is the promise
which lies ahead ?
It is no less than this : It is the opportunity to
achieve what man has never yet achieved — a
sustained and just peace in the world.
Why is this true? It is true because we have
evolved a strategy and a strength which, if we
have the perseverance to maintain and the wis-
dom properly to apply it, can lead to the liquida-
tion without war of the threat posed by the Soviet
bloc to the free world. That we shall do so is by no
means a certainty, but as a possibility it exists to
a greater degree than at any time since the threat
arose. For the forces of transition are at work,
and we are seeing, in their initial stages, develop-
ments which can one day transform the Com-
munist world into countries with which we can
live in security and in peace.
But let me make this point also. Even if we
accomplish this great objective, our work will not
have ended. We must not make the mistake we
have so often made in the past in our quest for
peace. We must not think in terms of one last
effort — one last battle — to achieve our goal.
Human nature, and the nature of nations, will
not change overnight. Many of the problems and
conflicts in what is now the free world will loom
larger because the common threat is gone. Some
problems with the countries which now make up
Department of State Bulletin
the Soviet Communist bloc will remain. There is
always the threat that a new predatory nation or
group of nations will arise.
We will, however, have eliminated the most
pressing and immediate threat to our peace and
security. We will also have achieved a breathing
spell in which to build a world where future prob-
lems may be resolved in peace, where aggression
will be impractical and obsolete.
Here, too, the chances for success exist. The
need for such a world is more apparent than it
has ever been before. The fundamental ingre-
dients for such a world are better understood than
ever before.
The ingredients are these :
There must be an overwhelming repugnance of
war and a rejection of it as a permissible instru-
ment of national policy by the great majority of
the nations.
A system must be established whereby the inter-
national conduct of nations and the settlement of
their differences are subject to the rule of law.
This system must allow for peaceful change.
Too often in the past, systems to preserve the peace
have in fact been systems to preserve the status
quo. Change is, and will always be, inherent in
international life. Any system effectively de-
signed to keep the peace must take tliis into
account.
Some progress has been made toward the estab-
lishment of each of these ingredients. People
now are infinitely more opposed to war than they
were 100, or 50, or even 15 years ago. The de-
velopment of the United Nations marks a definite
forward step in the concept of the rule of law
among nations. The peaceful emergence of a
number of new sovereign nations since the close of
World War II shows that even now some peaceful
change is possible.
However, this is but a beginning. Much needs
to be done before these ingredients are established
to the point where they can serve as reliable guar-
anties to a peaceful world. In fact, the work will
never end. For, once established, these ingre-
dients must be forever strengthened and main-
tained.
The thoughts I have expressed have been of
use to me in my own search for a useable perspec-
tive and frame of reference in which to think
about the problems in foreign relations which con-
stantly confront us. It is my hope that they will
also be of some slight help to you, and it is in this
spirit that they have been offered.
I would add only this. It is not by choice that
we live in an era when the potentialities for peril
and promise exist to a degree perhaps hitherto
unparalleled in human experience. If we had
that choice, we might have willed to other men in
other times this awesome responsibility. But his-
tory has decreed this role to us. We cannot es-
cape it. We must, therefore, summon in their
highest degree our powers of understanding, re-
straint, sacrifice, and courage. For on how we
perform our role in the days and years ahead will
depend not only our own fate but the fate of
generations to come.
Mr. Truman DecHnes Invitations
to Ceremonies in Greece and Turkey
Press release 77 dated February 19
Following is an exchange of communications
between former President Harry S. Truman and
Secretary Dulles concerning the possibility of Mr.
Truman's attending special ceremonies marhing
the tenth anniversary of the Tniman Doctrine.
Secretary Dulles' Letter
Febrttart 12, 1957
Dear Mr. President : It was a pleasure to speak
with you last night on the telephone.
President Eisenhower and I both hope that you
will be able to accept invitations of the Greek and
Turkish Governments to attend the special cere-
monies marking the Tenth Anniversary of the
Truman Doctrine which will be held in Athens and
Ankara during the week of IVIarch 10. As you
Icnow, both Governments have advised us in-
formally that they wish to extend you formal in-
vitations to attend the ceremonies if you would be
able to do so. If it is possible for you to accept
these invitations, the President would wish to
arrange suitable transportation for you and ISIrs.
Truman. In Athens and Ankara you would, of
course, be state guests of the Greek and Turkish
Governments.
I believe your attendance at the ceremonies
would contribute significantly to their success and
the further development of close relations among
the United States, Greece, and Turkey. Your
presence would also symbolize the importance this
March 11, 1957
417
country still attaches to the principles you enunci-
ated ten years ago in initiating the Greek-Turkish
aid program.
If your decision is favorable, I will immediately
inform the Greek and Turkish Governments and
also arrange for a State Department oflScer to get
in touch with you or your representative to work
out the details of the trip.
Sincerely yours,
John Foster Dulles
The Honorable
Harky S. Truman,
Islamorada, Florida.
Mr. Truman's Reply
IsiiAMORADA, FLORIDA, February 16
Honorable John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
Dear Mr. Secretary : In reply to yours of the
12th instant I am very sorry to be compelled to
refuse the invitations to visit Greece and Turkey.
The information which you sent me arrived too
late for me to arrange my affairs and other com-
mitments so as to leave in time.
Respectfully yours,
Harky S. Truman
Eximbank Loan to Argentina
for Transportation Equipment
The Export-Import Bank of Washington an-
nounced on February 15 the signing on that day
of a loan agreement for $56,155,000 with the Re-
public of Argentina to assist in the purchase in the
United States of transportation equipment for
that country. The agreement was signed for the
United States by Samuel C. Waugh, President of
the Export-Import Bank, and for Argentina by
Adolfo A. Vicchi, the Argentine Ambassador.
The loan will be drawn under the $100 million
line of credit authorized to Argentina by the
Export-Import Bank on September 18, 1956. Its
purpose is to assist in procui-ing in the United
States for export to Argentina machinery, equip-
ment, supplies, and services required to meet emer-
gency transportation needs of Argentina. These
purchases will include 150 Diesel locomotives,
freight curs, ballast cars, signal equipment, rails
for rehabilitation of roadbeds, equipment for
repair shops, tug-boats, and highway equipment.
Record Number of Visas
Issued in Fiscal 1956
Press release 60 dated February 11
Immigrant visas issued in the fiscal year ended
June 30 last totaled 332,499, a record since World
War II, Scott McLeod, State Department Admin-
istrator for Security and Consular Affairs, an-
nounced on February 11. Mr. Mcleod explained
that most of the increase in visas for immigrants
was caused by the Refugee Relief Act, which ex-
pired on December 31, 1956. Hungarian refugees
totaling 6,200 who were granted visas are included
in this total.
A record was also set for the total number of
visas, including those for visitors, issued in fiscal
1956. In all, 828,586 immigrant and visitor visas
were issued, as against 689,909 in fiscal 1955, which
also set a record. The number of visas issued and
revalidated for visitors to the United States, many
of whom can use them for 4 years instead of the
previous 2, increased 51,049 over fiscal 1955.
The number of quota immigrants was up over
5,000 from fiscal 1955.
Mr. McLeod noted that on June 30, 1955, the
State Department extended from 2 to 4 years the
maximum validity of nonimmigrant visas for
aliens whose countries extend similar treatment to
American citizens. More than 50 countries have
now joined with the United States in extending
reciprocal treatment to visitors under this pro-
gram to facilitate travel.
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD
Fiscal Year 1956
Country
Annual
quota
Immigrant visas issued
Total
Quota >
Nonquota
Afghanistan ....
Albania
Andorra
100
100
100
100
7
77
1
7
8
84
Arabian Peninsula .
2
1
1,424
1
261
8G1
93
1
3
1, 424
Asia Pacific
Triangle ....
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Belgian Congo
100
100
1,405
1, 297
58
72
1,335
1,247
11
59
333
2, i9t;
1, 340
12
Bhutan
100
Bolivia
309
1, 117
13
6
309
1, 117
Bulgaria
Burma
100
100
44
53
57
59
418
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORhT)— Continued
Fiscal Year 1956
Immigrant visas Issued
Country
Annual
quota
Total
Quota 1
Nonquota
100
Cameroons
(British) ....
100
Cameroons
(French) ....
100
Canada
30, 769
30, 769
Canal Zone ....
2
2
Cevlon
100
17
' 446
17
Chile
446
China
100
105
37
46
1, 731
1, 770
Chinese (Racial) . .
46
Colombia
1, 684
1,684
Costa Rica ....
533
533
Cuba
15, 532
15, 532
Czechoslovakia . .
2,859
1,385
387
1, 772
Danzig
100
47
31
78
Denmark
1, 175
1, 158
224
1,382
Dominican
Republic ....
917
917
Ecuador
795
795
Egypt
100
79
85
164
El Salvador ....
515
515
Estonia
115
100
54
10
35
1
89
Ethiopia
11
Finland
566
546
84
630
France
3,069
2,827
1, 603
4,430
Algeria
3
1
4
French Guiana .
1
1
French West
Africa ....
2
3
5
Guadeloupe . . .
53
7
60
Madagascar . . .
2
2
15
15
New Caledonia .
4
4
Oceania
4
4
Pierre and
Miquelon . . .
2
2
Somaliland
(French) . . .
1
1
Tunisia
100
13
113
Germany
25, 814
25,311
8, 145
33, 456
Great Britain. .
65, 361
21, 534
1,686
23, 220
Aden ....
33
*
33
Bahamas . .
94
197
291
Barbados . .
95
144
239
Bechuanaland
1
....
1
Bermuda . .
77
3
80
British Guiana
95
31
126
British Honduras
99
34
133
Cyprus . . .
98
35
133
Falkland Islands
1
1
Fiji
3
3
Gambia . . .
4
4
Gibraltar . .
45
1
46
Gold Coast .
13
1
14
Hong Kong .
100
6
106
Jamaica . . .
50
654
704
Kenya ....
5
3
8
Leeward Islands
80
51
131
Malaya . . .
11
2
13
Malta ....
99
97
196
Mauritius . .
5
1
6
Nigeria . . .
9
2
11
Northern
Rhodesia .
9
9
Nyasaland . .
1
1
St. Helena . .
1
1
IMMIGRANT VIS.\S ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD— Continued
Fiscal Year 1956
Imroigrant visas Issued
Country
Total
quota
Quota 1
Nonquota
Great Britian — Con.
Seychelles . . .
2
2
Sierra Leone . .
9
1
10
Singapore . . .
19
19
Somaliland Pro-
tectorate . . .
1
1
2
Southern
Rhodesia . .
18
....
18
Sudan, Anglo-
Egvptian . .
28
28
Trinidad. . . .
89
120
209
Uganda ....
8
1
9
Windward
Islands . . .
92
53
145
Greece
308
110
1,366
1,476
Guatemala ....
606
606
Haiti
665
665
Hondur.<is ....
609
609
Hungary
865
363
145
508
Iceland
100
97
52
149
India
100
72
99
171
Indonesia ....
100
89
25
114
Iran
100
59
49
108
Iraq
100
88
35
123
Ireland
17, 756
6,426
77
6,503
Israel
100
70
149
219
Italy
5,645
5,447
5, 190
10, 637
Japan
185
79
5, 176
5,255
Jordan
100
97
91
188
Korea
100
36
286
322
100
Latvia
235
111
31
142
Lebanon
100
86
221
307
Liberia
100
42
42
Libya
100
79
79
Liechtenstein . . .
100
6
6
Lithuania
384
178
62
240
Luxembourg . . .
100
56
21
77
65, 570
65, 570
Monaco
100
20
20
Morocco
100
98
97
195
100
100
Nepal
Netherlands ....
100
3, 136
3,008
427
3,435
Netherlands West
Indies
. . 54
15
14
69
Surinam ....
30
2
44
New Guinea . . .
100
2
New Zealand . . .
100
94
58
152
Nicaragua
1,251
1,251
Norway
2,364
2,308
191
2, 499
Pacific Islands . . .
100
64
32
96
Pakistan
100
84
26
110
Palestine
100
89
21
110
Panam.a
1,673
49
1, 673
49
Peru
774
1,731
774
Philippines ....
100
47
1,778
Poland
6,488
3,062
568
3,630
Portugal
438
413
923
1,336
Angola
1
1
Cape Verde . . .
8
65
73
1
1
1
2
3
Ruanda-Urundi . .
100
March 11, 1957
419
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD— Continued
IMMIGRANT VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC
AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGHOUT THE
WORLD— Conlimied
Fiscal Year 1956
Fiscal Year 1956
Immigrant visas Issued
Country
Annual
quota
Total
Quota '
Nonquota
Rumania
289
113
149
262
Samoa, Western . .
100
20
9
29
San Marino ....
100
100
100
Saudi Arabia . . .
100
1
1
Somaliland ....
100
1
1
South West Africa .
100
1
1
Spain
250
119
698
817
Sweden
3,295
1,913
54
1,967
Switzerland ....
1,698
1,666
161
1,827
Syria
100
80
57
137
Tanganyika ....
100
8
2
10
Thailand
100
14
4
18
Togoland, British .
Togoland, French .
Trieste
100
100
100
48
7
55
Turkey
225
85
171
256
Union of South
Africa
100
93
64
157
U. S. S. R
2,697
1,248
148
1,396
Uruguay
67
67
Venezuela ....
487
487
County
Annual
quota
Immigrant visas Issued
Total
Quota '
Nonquota
Viet-Nam
100
100
933
24
69
436
4
' 516
28
Yemen ...,--
69
Yugoslavia . .
■ ■
the'
ief
as
952
Total . . .
Issued under
Refugee Re
Act of 1953,
amended . .
154, 657
86, 449
» 161,807
84, 243
248, 256
84, 243
Grand total
246, 050
332, 499
■ Figures represent quota visas issued and do not include
quota numbers allotted or charged against the quota
pursuant to Section 19 (c) of the Immigration Act of
February 5, 1917, as amended, Section 4 of the Displaced
Persons Act of 1948, as amended, Section 245 of the Immi-
gration and Nationality Act, and Special Acts of Congress.
' Includes 32 nonquota visas issued underPublic Law 770
83d Congress-2d Session.
BREAKDOWN AND TOTAL OF VISAS ISSUED BY DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR OFFICES THROUGH-
OUT THE WORLD
Fiscal Years 1946 thru 1956
Fiscal Year
Immigrant Visas
Total
Nonlmml-
prant
Visas
Nonimmigrant
Revalida-
tions
Total
Grand Total
Quota ■
Nonquota
1946
1947
37, 083
78, 873
93, 222
• 133, 839
- 205, 365
« 170, 166
' 180, 660
i 87, 211
i 86, 356
81,027
86, 449
47, 327
66, 844
72, 869
b 70, 096
''63,541
'61, 137
i- 88, 286
94, 306
"■ 122, 866
' 163, 844
■» 246, 050
84, 410
145, 717
166, 091
203, 935
268, 906
231, 303
268, 946
181,517
209, 222
244, 871
332, 499
247, 672
313, 279
309, 730
201,071
242, 784
271, 706
318,872
349, 388
399, 994
420, 095
425, 421
5,306
32
2, 164
7,487
11, 199
23, 108
21,017
11,990
18, 197
24, 943
70, 666
252, 978
313,311
311,894
268, 558
253, 983
294,814
339, 889
361,378
418, 191
445, 038
496, 087
337, 388
459 028
1948
1949
1950
1951
477, 985
472, 493
522, 889
526 117
1952
608 835
1953
1954
1955
542, 895
627, 413
689 909
1956
828, 586
' Does not include 19 (c) cases, special acts of Congress, adjustments, Section 245 and Section 4 cases.
» Includes 55,639 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
^ Includes 339 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the DisplacedPersons Act of 1948. as amended.
" Inchides 131,901 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
"' Includes 261 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
• Includes 104,571 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 747 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
■ Includi'S 106,497 quota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
'' Includes 3,037 nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 459 (sheepherders) quota visas issued under Public Law 307 (82d Congress) and 5,089 cases of aliens who
enjoyed a preference under Section 3 (c) of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948, as amended.
' Includes 5,722 cases of aliens who enjoyed a preference under Section 3 (c) of the Displaced Persons Act of 1948,
as amended.
'' Includes 500 nonquota visas issued to orphans under Public Law 162 (83d Congress) and 5,633 nonquota visas
issued pursuant to the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, as amended.
' Includes 353 nonquota visas issued under Public Law 770 (sheepherders) 83d Congress — 2d Session and 32,009
nonquota visas issued pursuant to the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, as amended.
■» Includes 32 nonquota visas issued under Public Law 770 (sheepherders) 83d Congress — 2d Session and 84,243
visas issued under the Refugee Relief Act of 1953, as amended.
Source: Visa Office. Department of State— 1/10/57
420
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
General Assembly Action
on Algerian Question
The General Assembly's Committee I {Political
and Security) on February 13 adopted a six-power
resolution arul a three-power resolution on the
question of Algeina. Since neither resolution re-
ceived the two-thirds majority which would have
been required for adoption in plenary, the nine
sponsors jointly introduced a new proposal, which
the Assembly adopted unanimously on Februainj
15. France did not participate in the voting in
either the Committee or the plenary, in accordance
with its stated position concerning the Assembly's
competence in the matter.
Following are texts of statements made by U.S.
Representative Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., in Com-
mittee I and by U.S. Representative James J.
Wadsworth in plenary, the two Committee I reso-
lutions, and the proposal adopted by the plenary.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, FEBRU-
ARY 6
U.S. delegation press release 2609
The United States welcomes France's decision
to discuss witli the members of this Assembly its
intentions and plans witli respect to Algeria. This
discussion should lead to a greater understanding
of this complicated problem and should contribute
to a just and peaceful solution. We trust that it
will do so.
We welcome particularly those statements of the
French delegate [Foreign Minister Christian
Pineau] — in a speech, I might say, which was note-
worthy for its constructive and imaginative con-
tent— which affirmed France's willingness to con-
clude a cease-fire without prior conditions and
without reprisals.
We welcome also France's intention to hold gen-
eral elections by universal suffrage within 90 days
of a cease-fire and then to work out with the
elected representatives a new structure for Al-
geria. If the program outlined by the Foreign
Minister of France can be put into effect promptly,
a significant step forward will have been taken.
There are clearly differences of opinion here as
to what would ultimately constitute a satisfactory
settlement of the Algerian problem. There are,
however, two immediate considerations which
seem to be fundamental :
First, that violence and bloodshed in Algeria
cease.
Second, that a situation be created permitting
the inhabitants of Algeria to elect representatives
to work out with the French Government a solu-
tion wliich would satisfy the aspirations of all the
people of Algeria. It is clearly not easy to find
such a solution, and no solution is possible without
the utmost good faith and exercise of restraint and
statesmanship by all concerned.
The United States is opposed to any action
which seems unlikely to make a contribution to a
solution of the Algerian problem and which might
in fact be harmful to the prospects of a peaceful
settlement. For this reason, Mr. Chairman, the
United States opposes the adoption of the 18-
power resolution before us [U.N. doc. A/C.l/
L.165].i
We are also opposed to proposals which we be-
lieve constitute intervention in matters essentially
within the domestic jurisdiction of France. Pro-
posals which constitute intervention in domestic
affairs could, if applied indiscriminately in this
organization, destroy the United Nations. The
application of such proposals to ourselves as
sovereign nations is something which we can all
ponder both as regards our reactions as sovereign
nations and as regards the effect of such applica-
tion on the United Nations.
We should, Mr. Chairman, above all, avoid ac-
tion which might hamper the achievement of the
' In the voting on Feb. 1.3, both operative paragraphs of
the 18-power draft were rejected by a 1-vote margin and
the proposal as a whole therefore did not come to a vote.
The rejected paragraphs would have requested France
"to respond to the desire of the people of Algeria to exer-
cise their fundamental right of self-determination" and
would have invited France and the people of Algeria "to
enter into immediate negotiations with a view to the
cessation of hostilities and the peaceful settlement of their
differences in accordance with the Charter of the United
Nations."
March J 7, 7957
421
cease-fire and the carrying out of a progi'am which
appears to offer a reasonable prospect of advanc-
ing an Algerian settlement.
There must surely be no external interference
in Algerian affairs from any quarter. Such ac-
tions are bound to lead to an increase in tension
and violence there. Peace and progress in the
area requii'e the positive cooperation of us all, and
that means abstention from any acts which can
affect adversely the security and stability of the
peoples and nations of that part of the woi'ld.
To conclude, Mr. Chairman, it seems to us that
the French program for a cease-fire, for elections,
and for consultation with the elected representa-
tives marks a significant and a hopeful forward
step. It holds out to the world the prospect of
peaceful evolution which should be helpful to
all. We must, at the very least, do nothing here
at the United Nations which will interfere with
that evolution. We believe that true progress can
only be made on the spot and that if there is no
outside interference such progress will take place,
and with great advantage to all humanity.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, FEBRU-
ARY 12
U.S. delegation press release 2611
I have been asked questions by a number of
members concerning the United States position on
the resolution introduced by Japan, the Philip-
pines, and Thailand, xiccordingly, I wish to m,ake
this statement :
Wliile acknowledging the good and helpful
motives which actuated the authors of this resolu-
tion, the United States, for the same reasons given
earlier with respect to the 18-power resolution,
opposes its adoption.
The United States will vote in favor of the
resolution submitted by Argentina, Brazil, Cuba,
the Dominican Eepublic, Italy, and Peru. It
seems logical to us to conclude the Committee's
discussion with the adoption of this resolution.
The United States attaches the gi'eatest impor-
tance to the cessation of bloodshed and the achieve-
ment of a just and peaceful settlement as soon as
possible in Algeria.
We think it is important — and of considerable
significance — that France, in spite of the fact that
it does not recognize the Assembly's competence,
has seen fit not only to participate in tliis discus-
sion but to explain in detail its proposals with
respect to Algeria. We believe that we should
avoid any action here which would complicate or
make more difficult the task of achieving a solu-
tion in Algeria which is just, reasonable, and
which is of good promise for the future.
The United States believes that France, in the
circumstances, should be given the opportunity
to work out the future status of Algeria with the
duly elected Algerian representatives, as M. MoUet
has indicated the French Government desires to
do.
Having taken this decision, we believe that it
logically follows that we should conclude this dis-
cussion by means of the resolution sponsored by
Argentina, Brazil, Cuba, Dominican Republic,
Italy, and Peru.
We are convinced that any attempt to go beyond
this resolution would only make more difficult the
achievement of a just and peaceful settlement in
Algeria.
PLENARY STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR WADS-
WORTH, FEBRUARY 15
U.S. delegation press release 2618
By the unanimous passage of the resolution this
morning the members of this Assembly have once
again demonstrated their capacity for responsible
and sober action. The delegation of the United
States wishes to express its appreciation and its
congratulations to all concerned whose spirit of
cooperation has made it possible to conclude this
item on a positive note.
We are also glad to express once again our con-
fidence in the ability of France to work out a
peaceful, democratic, and just solution in Algeria.
COMMITTEE I RESOLUTIONS
Six-Power Proposal '
U.N. doe. A/C.1/786
The Ovneral Assemhly,
Having heard the statements of the French and other
delegations and discussed the question of Algeria,
Expresscn the hope that a peaceful and democratic so-
lution of this question will be found.
- Sponsored by Argentina, Brazil, Cuba, Dominican Re-
public, Italy, and Peru (U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.1C7) ; adopted
on Feb. V^ by a vote of 41 (U.S.) to 33, with 3 abstentions.
422
Department of State Bulletin
Three-Power Proposal '
U.N. doc. A/C.1/787
The General Assembli/,
Having regard to the situation of unrest in Algeria
whicli is causing much liuman suffering and loss of lives,
Believing that the unsatisfactory situation uow prevail-
ing in Algeria may be normalized by the joint efforts of
France and the Algerian people to find an equitable so-
lution in conformity with the principles of the Charter
of the United Nations,
Expresses the hope that France and the Algerian peo-
ple will endeavour, through appropriate negotiations, to
bring about the end of bloodshed and the peaceful settle-
ment of the present difficulties.
RESOLUTION ADOPTED IN PLENARY*
U.N. doc. A/Res/463
The General Assembly,
Having heard the statements made by various delega-
tions and discussed the question of Algeria,
Having regard to the situation in Algeria which is caus-
ing much suffering and loss of human lives,
Expresses the hope that, in a spirit of co-operation, a
peaceful, democratic and just solution will be found,
through appropriate means. In conformity with the prin-
ciples of the Charter of the United Nations.
General Assembly Adopts
Disarmament Resolution
Statement by Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly'^
The United States welcomes the unanimous
adoption by the First Committee of the resohition
now before us for plenary consideration.^
Although this resolution is procedural and essen-
tially noncontroversial, the fact that it resulted
from a cooperative effort among all the member
states is some cause for encouragement.
We hope that it will set the stage for fruitful
•Sponsored by Japan, the Philippines, and Thailand
(U.N. doc. A/C.1/L.166) ; adopted on Feb. 13 by a vote
of 37 to 27 (U.S.), with 13 abstentions.
* Sponsored by Argentina, Brazil, Cuba, the Dominican
Republic, Italy, Japan, Peru, the Philippines, and Thai-
land (U.N. doc. A/L./220) ; adopted unanimously on Feb.
15.
' Made in plenary session on Feb. 14 (U.S. delegation
press release 2615).
" For statements by Ambassador Lodge in Committee I,
together with text of resolution, see Buixetin of Feb. 11,
1957, p. 225.
negotiations in the Disarmament Commission and
in the Subcommittee. The United States looks
forward to early resumption of these negotiations
and is prepared to make a renewed effort to reach
sound agreements for safeguarded reduction of
armaments and armed forces.
We believe that the debate which took place in
the First Committee will be helpful to the mem-
bers of the Disarmament Commission and in the
Subcommittee. Most of this debate was moderate
and constructive and was characterized by a gen-
eral sense of realism. The need for practical first
steps which can break the present deadlock was
repeatedly emphasized. The representative of
Yugoslavia expressed this view clearly when he
said, "All that my delegation desires is that the
possibilities of initial steps in the field of dis-
armament be fully explored and utilized and it
considers that the method of partial agreements
is at this stage a practical and realistic one." That
same point about partial agreements was made
repeatedly by participants in the debate.
Now, the United States agrees with that point
of view. At the opening of the disarmament de-
bate we presented in broad outline a realistic
course of action which would meet the various
points of view so frequently expressed. The
course of action proposed by us would stop the
present trend of increasing nuclear armaments and
would begin the reduction of existing stockpiles
through the process of transfers from past pro-
duction over to internationally supervised national
or international nonweapons use of such material.
The United States has also presented a proposal
for a beginning in control and limitation in the
area of outer-space objects.' Our purpose in rais-
ing this matter is to take the problem in hand now
before future developments complicate the prob-
lem of control in this field. We hope that by join-
ing our efforts in cooperative action we can pre-
vent the materialization of this specter. At the
same time we would enliance scientific progress in
the area of outer space.
Mr. President, we continue to believe that early
agreement on the Eisenhower aerial inspection
plan and the Bulganin ground control plan —
which was so emphatically endorsed and specifi-
cally endorsed by the General Assembly last
year — would greatly serve the cause of peace and
international security. The resolution before you
' Ibid., p. 230.
March J I, 1957
423
aslis the Disarmament Commission to give con-
tinued consideration to these plans — and the aerial
inspection plan, let me say, would free the world
from the worry of massive surprise attack.
Before concluding, let me emphasize that the
United States proposals are not conditional upon
reaching the solution of any political problem.
Some speakers in the Committee session did not
correctly characterize the position of the United
States in this regard. Let me stress that the
United States is willing today to bring about un-
der effective inspection a cessation of the arms
race in both the conventional and nuclear fields
and to take important steps today to provide pro-
tection against surprise attack. The United
States is prepared today to start reduction in the
conventional field. We are ready, once we have
brought a halt to the nuclear arms race, to begin
the transfer of fissionable materials from past
production to international nonweapons purposes.
We are prepared to do all this prior to the settle-
ment of political problems. We believe we can, as
I said to the Political Committee, thus help to
ease tensions and facilitate the settlement of diffi-
cult political issues which must be solved if we are
to attain a just and lasting peace. Our only con-
dition is that there be effective control to verify
compliance with the agreements wliich are
reached.
Mr. President, the United States pledges before
this Assembly a redoubling of its efforts to achieve
agreement on the crucial question of control of
armaments in the forthcoming sessions of the Dis-
armament Commission and the Subcommittee.
We share the sense of urgency which has been re-
peatedly expressed in this Assembly. We will
press for early agreement on feasible measures of
safeguarded arms control that will permit us to
begin a redirection of human effort from the mak-
ing of arms to the arts of peace.*
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
UNESCO Meeting on Primary Education in Latin
America
The Department of State announced on Feb-
ruary 14 (press release 67) the U.S. delegation
* The resolution as proposed by Committee I was adopted
unanimously by the General Assembly on Feb. 14.
to a meeting that will be convened at Habana,
Cuba, February 18-20 by the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion (Unesco). Tliis will be the first meeting of
the Intergovernmental Advisory Committee for
the Major Project on the Extension of Primary
Education in Latin America.
The U.S. Government will be represented by
the following delegation :
United States delegate
Edward Herman, Chief, Latin American Branch, Educa-
tion Division, International Cooperation Administration
Adviser
John McAfee, Education Officer, UNESCO Relations
Staff, Department of State
The Intergovernmental Advisory Committee
for the Major Project on the Extension of Pri-
mary Education in Latin America was set up by
resolution of the Ninth General Conference of
Unesco, held at New Delhi in November 1956, to
advise the Director General of Unesco on any
questions concerning the preparation and execu-
tion of the major project which may be referred
to it. The 10-year project will deal with the
extension of primary education, chiefly in rural
areas, in Latin America. This will be approached
through (1) improving primary-school teacher
training; (2) training staff for training colleges;
(3) university training of education specialists;
and (4) convenmg seminars for educational
leaders.
Agenda items for the first session of the Ad-
visory Committee include election of officers, con-
sideration of the work plan of the project,
consideration of the methods of execution of the
project, and suggestions concerning the future
development of the project.
The Advisory Committee is composed of repre-
sentatives of the following 12 American States:
Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Guatemala, Haiti, Mexico, Nicaragua, Peru, the
United States, and Venezuela. Its term of office
will expire on December 31, 1958, subject to possi-
ble prolongation.
ECE Worlting Party on Gas Problems
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ai-y 21 (press release 82) that Linn B. Bowman,
vice president of the Eochester Gas and Electric
Co., Inc., Eochester, N. Y., has been designated
the U. S. delegate to the second session of the
424
Department of State Bulletin
Ad Hoc Worlnng Party on Gas Problems of the
United Nations Economic Commission for Europe,
which is to convene at Geneva, Switzerland, on
February 25, 1957.
The Ad Hoc Working Party on Gas Problems
was set up by the Economic Commission for Eu-
rope at its eleventh session in April 1956 for the
purpose of working with Europe's natural gas
problems. The first session of this ad hoc group
was devoted largely to outlining the Working
Party's program of work for 1956-57. The sec-
ond session will be concerned with such substan-
tive matters as: (1) status of the natural gas in-
dustry in Europe; (2) the leveling out of gas de-
mands; (3) international gas pipelines; (4) im-
provement and dissemination of statistics on the
gas economy of Europe; and (5) exchange of tech-
nical information.
At its first session (August 1956), representa-
tives attended from Austria, Belgium, Czechoslo-
vakia, the Federal Republic of Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, the Netherlands, Poland, Ru-
mania, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the Ukrain-
ian S.S.R., the U.S.S.R., the Eastern Zone of
Germany, the United Kingdom, the United States,
and Yugoslavia. The International Gas Union
and the Comite d'Etudes Economiques de I'ln-
dustrie du Gas were also represented.
TREATY INFORMATION
Educational Exchange Agreement
With Iceland
Press release 84 dated February 23
The Governments of Iceland and the United
States on February 23 signed an agreement put-
ting into operation a program of educational ex-
changes authorized by the Fulbright Act. The
signing took place at Reykjavik with Gudmundur
I. Gudmundsson, Foreign Minister of Iceland,
representing his Government and John J. Muccio,
U.S. Ambassador to Iceland, representing the
United States.
The agreement provides for the annual expendi-
ture of approximately $25,000 in Icelandic cur-
rency over a period of 4 years to finance exchanges
of persons between Iceland and the United States
for purposes of study, research, teaching, and
other educational activities. The program will be
financed from certain funds made available by the
U.S. Government resulting from the sale of sur-
plus property to the Government of Iceland fol-
lowing the end of World War TI. Its purpose
is to further the mutual understanding between the
peoples of the two countries through a wider ex-
change of knowledge and professional talents by
means of these educational activities.
Under the terms of the agreement a commis-
sion to be known as the United States Educational
Commission in Iceland will be established to facil-
itate the administration of the program. The
Commission's board of directors will consist of six
members with equal representation as to Icelandic
and United States citizens in addition to the U.S.
Ambassador, who will serve as honorary chairman.
All recipients of awards under the program au-
thorized by the Fulbright Act are selected by the
Board of Foreign Scholarships, whose members
are appointed by the President of the United
States. The Board maintains a secretariat in the
Department of State.
With the signing of this agreement, Iceland be-
comes the 35th country to participate in the edu-
cational exchange program initiated a little over
10 years ago under authority of the Fulbright Act.
Educational exchanges between Iceland and the
United States previously have been carried out
under the United States Information and Educa-
tional Exchange Act of 1948 (the Smith-Mundt
Act) on a very limited scale. The new agreement
will augment the present number of exchanges.
After the members of the Commission in Ice-
land have been appointed and a program has been
formulated, information about specific opportuni-
ties to participate in the exchange activities will
be released.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Postal Services
Convention of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain,
final protocol, and regulations of execution. Signed at
Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into force March 1,
19.j(j. TIAS 36.53.
Ratification deposited: Uruguay, January 18, 1957.
March II, 1957
425
Agreement relative to parcel post, final protocol, and reg-
ulations of execution of the Postal Union of the Ameri-
cas and Spain. Signed at Bogotfi November 9, 1955.
Entered into force March 1, 1950. TIAS 3654.
Ratification deposited: Uruguay, January 18, 1957.
Agreement relative to money orders and final protocol
of the Postal Union of Uie Americas and Spain. Signed
at Bogota November 9, 1955. Entered into force March
1, 1956. TIAS 3655.
Ratification deposited: Uruguay, January 18, 1957.
BILATERAL
Denmark
Agreement amending the agreement of July 25, 1955
(TIAS 3309), for cooperation concerning civil uses of
atomic energy. Signed at Washington June 27, 1956.
Entered into ^orce: February 14, 1957 (date on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it has complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
Ecuador
Agricultural commodities agreement pursuant to title I of
the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455 ; 69 Stat. 44, 721).
Signed at Quito February 15, 1957. Entered into force
February 15, 1957.
Germany
Agreement amending agreement for cooperation concern-
ing civil uses of atomic energy of February 13, 1956
(TIAS 3543). Signed at Washington June 29, 1956.
Entered into force: February 18, 1957 (date on which
each Government received from the other written
notification that it has complied with statutory and
constitutional requirements).
Honduras
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and pre-
vention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income.
Signed at Washington June 25, 1956. Entered into force
February 6, 1957.
Proclaimed iy the President: February 13, 1957.
Iran
Agreement supplementing the surplus agricultural com-
modities agreement of February 20, 1956 (TIAS 3506).
Signed at Tehran February 13, 1957. Entered into force
February 13, 1957.
Norway
Agreement providing for certificates of airworthiness for
imported aircraft. Effected by exchange of notes at
Oslo February 5, 1957. Entered into force February 5,
1957.
Arrangement providing for reciprocal recognition of cer-
tificates of airworthiness for imported aircraft. Signed
at Washington October 16, 1933. 48 Stat. 1823.
Terminated: February 5, 1957.
Turkey
Agreement providing for investment guaranties pursuant
to section 413 (b) (4) (B) (ii) of the Mutual Security
Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 847; 70 Stat. 558:
22 U. S. C. 1933 (b) (4)). Effected by exchange of
notes at Ankara January 15, 1957. Entered into force
January 15, 1957.
Venezuela
Agreement extending the Air Force Mission agreement
of January 16, 1953 (TIAS 2766) . Effected by exchange
of notes at Washington February 11 and 15, 1957.
Entered into force February 15, 1957.
Agreement extending the Army Mission agreement of
August 10, 1951 (TIAS 2299). Effected by exchange of
notes at Washington February 11 and 15, 1957. Entered
into force February 15, 1957.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on February 21 confirmed Christian A.
Herter to be Under Secretary of State. (For biographic
details, see press release 83 dated February 21.)
Designations
Hugh S. Gumming, Jr., as Special Assistant to the
Secretary for Intelligence, effective about May 1. (For
biographic details, see press release 75 dated Februai-y
18.)
John W. Hanes, Jr., as Deputy Assistant Secretary for
International Organization Affairs. (For biographic de-
tails, see pre.ss release 78 dated February 20.)
Appointments
Richard D. Drain as Special Assistant to the Secre-
tary. (For biographic details, see press release 80 dated
February 21.)
426
Department of Sfofe Bulletin
March 11, 1957 INDEX
Africa. General Assembly Action on Algerian
Question (Lodge, Wadsworth, tests of resolutions). 421
American Republics. UNESCO Meeting on Pri-
mary Education in Latin America (delegation) . 424
Argentina. Esimbank Loan to Argentina for
Transportation Equipment 418
China, Communist. Secretary Dulles' News Con-
ference of February 19 400
Department and Foreign Service
Appointments (Drain) 426
Confirmations (Herter) 426
Designations (Gumming, Hanes) 426
Disarmament. General Assembly Adopts Disarma-
ment Resolution (Lodge) 423
Economic Affairs
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems (delegate) . 424
Bximbank Loan to Argentina for Transportation
Equipment 418
T\vo-Way Streets Around the World (Kalljarvi) . 406
Educational Exchange. Educational Exchange
Agreement With Iceland 425
Egypt
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egyptian Territory (Eisenhower, Dulles, Eban,
Hammarskjold) 387
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 19 . 400
France. General Assembly Action on Algerian
Question (Lodge, Wadsworth, texts of resolutions). 421
Greece. Mr. Truman Declines Invitations to Cere-
monies in Greece and Turkey (Dulles, Truman) . 417
Haiti. United States Recognizes New Government
of Haiti 399
Health, Education, and Welfare. UNESCO Meet-
ing on Primary Education in Latin America
(delegate) 424
Iceland. Educational Exchange Agreement With
Iceland 425
Immigration and Naturalization. Record Number
of Visas Issued in Fiscal 1956 418
International Organizations and Conferences
ECE Working Party on Gas Problems (delegate) . 424
UNESCO Meeting on Primary Education in Latin
America 424
Israel
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egyptian Territory (Eisenhower, Dulles, Eban,
Hammarskjold) 387
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 19 . 400
Middle East
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egyptian Territory (Eisenhower, Dulles, Eban,
Hammarskjold) 387
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of February 19 . 400
Mutual Security
Two-Way Streets Around the World (Kalijarvi) . 496
United States Foreign Relations: A Search for
Perspective (Macomber) 411
Presidential Documents. Question of Withdrawal
of Israeli Forces From Egyptian Territory . . 387
Refugees. Record Number of Visas Issued in Fiscal
1956 418
Vol. XXXVI, No. 924
Treaty Information
Current Actions 425
Educational Exchange Agreement With Iceland . . 425
Turkey. Mr. Truman Declines Invitation to Cere-
monies in Greece and Turkey (Dulles, Truman) . 417
U.S.S.R. United States Foreign Relations: A
Search for Perspective (Macomber) 411
United Nations
General Assembly Action on Algerian Question
(Lodge, Wadsworth, texts of resolutions) . . . 421
General Assembly Adopts Disarmament Resolution
(Lodge) 423
Question of Withdrawal of Israeli Forces From
Egyptian Territory (Eisenhower, Dulles, Eban,
Hammarskjold) 387
UNESCO Meeting on Primary Education in Latin
America (delegate) 424
2fatne Index
Gumming, Hugh S., Jr 426
Drain, Richard D 426
Dulles, Secretary 391, 394, 400, 417
Eban, Abba 394
Eisenhower, President 387
Hammarskjolil, Dag 394
Hanes, John W., Jr 426
Herter, Christian A 426
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V 406
Lodge, Henry Cabot 421, 423
Macomber, William B., Jr 411
Truman, Harry S 417
Wadsworth, James J 422
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 18-24
Releases may be obtained from the News Di-
vision, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press releases issued prior to February 18 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 60 of
February 11, 62 of February 12, 67 of February 14,
and 72 of February 17.
No. Date Snbject
*74 2/18 Lush to head Washington office of Brus-
sels World's Fair.
*75 2/18 Gumming designation (biographic de-
tails).
76 2/19 Dulles : news conference.
77 2/19 Dulles-Truman correspondence.
*78 2/20 Hanes designation (biographic details).
*79 2/20 Foreign journalists guests of U.S. news-
papers.
•80 2/21 Drain appointment (biographic de-
tails).
81 2/21 U.S. recognition of Government of
Haiti.
82 2/21 U.S. delegate to ECE Gas Working
Party (rewrite).
*83 2/21 Herter sworn in (biographic details).
84 2/23 Educational exchange agreement with
Iceland.
85 2/24 Eban-Dulles agreed statement.
* Not printed.
U. S. eoVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9E7
OSB-DCC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPOl
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
Department
of
State
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements of the United States
was recently released. The publication lists treaties and other
international agreements which according to the Department's
records were in force between the United States and other
countries on October 31, 1956.
The list includes bilateral treaties and other agreements,
arranged by country or other political entity, multilateral
treaties, and other agreements, arranged by subject with names
of countries which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations
to texts are furnished for each agreement.
Documents affecting international copyright relations of
the United States are listed in the appendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supplementing the
information contained in Treaties in Force, is published weekly
in the Department of State Bulletin.
The 1956 edition of Treaties in Force (250 pp.) is for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Print-
ing Office, Washington 25, D.C., for $1.25 a copy.
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing; Office
Washington 25. D.C.
Publication 6427
$1.25
Please send me copies of Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and
Other International Agreements of the United States.
Enclosed find:
(cash, cheek, or
money ordur).
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 925
E
nciAL
EKLY RECORD
ITED STATES
lEIGN POLICY
March 18, 1957
WORKING FOR A WORLp DFjPEACE AND
JUSTICE • Address by PrestdeniEi^li^tcer 435
ISRAELI WITHDRAWAL FROM EG^TTIAN TERRI-
TORY • Letter from President Eisenhoicer to Prime
Minister Ben-Gurion and Statement by Ambassador Henry
Cabot Lodge 431
PREMIER MOLLET OF FRANCE VISITS THE
UNITED STATES 438
SECURITY COUNCIL PRESIDENT REQUESTED TO
DISCUSS KASHMIR DISPUTE WITH INDIA AND
PAKISTAN • Statements by Ambassador Henry Cabot
Lodge and James W. Barco and Texts of Resolutions .... 457
SOVIET COMPLAINT CONCERNING ALLEGED U.S.
INTERVENTION IN EASTERN EUROPE • State-
ment by Senator Knotcland 463
PROGRESS ACHIEVED UNDER THE LONDON
AGREEMENT OF 1953 REGARDING PREWAR
GERMAN EXTERNAL DEBTS • Article by Lewis P.
Fickett, Jr 444
REPORT OF THE VALIDATION BOARD FOR
GERMAN DOLLAR BONDS, SEPTEMBERj 1,
1955-AUGUST 31, 1936 (Excerpts) 447
For index see inside back cover
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 925 • Publication 6464
March 18, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qovernment Printing OCBce
Washington 26, D.O.
Prici:
62 Issues, domestic $7.S0, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of tbe Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1055).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depabtuknt
or State Bulletin as tbe source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a tceekly publication issued by the
Public Serrices Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the tcork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as tcell as
special articles on various phases of
int-ernational affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and interruitional agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interna-
tional relations are listed currently.
Israeli Withdrawal From Egyptian Territory
Statement hy Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
During the long weeks in which the Greneral
Assembly has been occupied with the grave situa-
tion in the Near East, the United States has sought
a solution which would be based on justice and
which would take account of the legitimate in-
terests of all the parties. The United States po-
sition was manifested from the very beginning
in its resolution before the Security Council^
which called upon Israel to withdraw and which
called for the withholding of assistance to Israel
if it did not withdraw. The United States views
in this respect have been steadfast. They were
most recently and most authoritatively set forth
by President Eisenhower in his public address of
February 20.' In this endeavor we have recog-
nized that it is incompatible with the principles
of the charter and with the obligations of mem-
bership in the United Nations for any member to
seek political gains through the use of force or to
use as a bargaining point a gain achieved by means
of force.
It now appears that the General Assembly's ef-
forts to restore peaceful conditions in the area fol-
lowing the hostilities of 4 months ago are about
to come to fruition. In its most recent efforts to
find a solution, the Assembly, on February 2,
adopted two resolutions. * The first of these reit-
'Made in plenary session on Mar. 1 (U.S. delegation
press release 2635) following an announcement by Israeli
Foreign Minister Golda Meir that Israel would withdraw
its forces from Egyptian territory.
' Bulletin of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 750.
' Ibid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 3S7.
' IMd., Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.
erated the earlier calls for Israeli withdrawal be-
hind the armistice line. The second requested the
Secretary-General, once that withdrawal is com-
pleted, to carry out the measures proposed in his
report of January 24. ° The implementation of
these measures would constitute solid progress
toward lasting conditions of peace in the area, and
the United States considers that all these measures
as approved by the General Assembly should be
put into effect without delay.
Now Israel announces that it is making a full
and prompt withdrawal behind the armistice line
in accordance with Eesolution I of February 2,
1957. The United States welcomes this annoimce-
ment. The United States understands this decla-
ration to mean that withdrawal will be immediate.
The United States also takes note of the declara-
tions made in the statement of the representative
of Israel. We do not consider that these declara-
tions make Israel's withdrawal "conditional." For
the most part the declarations constitute, as we
understand, restatements of what has already been
said by this Assembly or by the Secretary-General
in his reports, or hopes and expectations which
seem to us not unreasonable in the light of the prior
actions of this Assembly.
Future of Gaza Strip
Regarding the United Nations measures con-
templated for the Gaza Strip, the United States
has taken note of the statement by the Secretary-
General on February 22. ^ He stated then :
'Ihid., Feb. 18, 1957, p. 275.
' U.N. press release SG/563 dated Feb. 22.
March 18, 7957
431
It is the desire of the Government of Egypt that the
take-over of Gaza from military and civilian control of
Israel — which, as has been the case, in the first instance
would be exclusively by UNEF — will be orderly and safe,
as it has been elsewhere. It may be added with equal
confidence that the Government of Egypt, recognizing
the present special problems and complexities of the Gaza
area and the long-standing major responsibility of the
United Nations there for the assistance of the Arab refu-
gees, and having in mind also the objectives and obliga-
tions of the Armistice Agreement, has the willingness and
readiness to make special and helpful arrangements with
the United Nations and some of its auxiliary bodies, such
as UNRWA and UNEF. For example, the arrangement
for the use of UNEF in the area should ensure its deploy-
ment on the Armistice line at the Gaza Strip and the effec-
tive interposition of the Force between the armed forces
of Egypt and Israel. Similarly, the assistance of the
United Nations and its appropriate auxiliary bodies would
be enrolled toward putting a definite end to all incursions
and raids across the border from either side. Further-
more, with reference to the period of transition, such other
arrangements with the United Nations may be made as
will contribute towards safeguarding life and property in
the area by providing efficient and effective police protec-
tion; as will guarantee good civilian administration; as
will assure maximum assistance to the U.N. refugee pro-
gramme; and as will protect and foster the economic
development of the territory and its people.
It is the view of the United States that from a
juridical standpoint the future of the Gaza Strip
must, as the Secretary-General said, be worked out
within the framework of the Armistice Agreement.
Obviously these matters are not for the United
States alone to decide, but the United States can,
I think, properly entertain the hope that such a
useful role for the United Nations and its appro-
priate subsidiary bodies as the Secretary-General
has described could usefully continue until there
is a definitive settlement respecting the Gaza Strip
or some final general agreement between the
parties.
Gulf of Aqaba and Straits of TIran
With respect to the situation in the area along
the Gulf of Aqaba and the Straits of Tiran, I
stated on January 28, and again on February 2^
that:
It is essential that units of the United Nations Emer-
gency Force be stationed at the Straits of Tiran in order
to achieve there the separation of Egyptian and Israeli
land and sea forces. This separation is essential until
It is clear that the nonexercise of any claimed belligerent
rights has established in practice the peaceful conditions
which must govern navigation in waters having such an
international interest. All of this would, of course, be
without prejudice to any ultimate determination which
may be made of any legal questions concerning the Gulf
of Aqaba.
It is appropriate at this time to recall the posi-
tion of the United States on navigation through
the Straits of Tiran and the Gulf of Aqaba. In a
memorandum of February 11, 1957, made public
on February 17,' the United States Government
stated :
The United States believes that the Gulf comprehends
international waters and that no nation has the right to
prevent free and innocent passage in the Gulf and through
the Straits giving access thereto. We have in mind not
only commercial usage, but the passage of pilgrims on re-
ligious missions, which should be fully respected.
The United States recalls that on January 28, 1950, the
Egyptian Ministry of Foreign Affairs informed the United
States that the Egyptian occupation of the two islands
of Tiran and Senafir at the entrance of the Gulf of Aqaba
was only to protect the islands themselves against possible
damage or violation and that "this occupation being in no
way conceived in a spirit of obstructing in any way inno-
cent passage through the stretch of water separating these
two islands from the Egyptian coast of Sinai, it follows
that this passage, the only practicable one, will remain
free as in the past, in conformity with international prac-
tices and recognized principles of the law of nations."
In the absence of some overriding decision to the con-
trary, as by the International Court of Justice, the United
States, on behalf of vessels of United States registry, is
prepared to exercise the right of free and innocent pas-
sage and to join with others to secure general recogni-
tion of this right.
These views are to be understood in the sense of
the relevant portions of the report of the United
Nations International Law Commission on the law
of the sea, covering the Commission's work at its
eighth session, from April 23 to July 4, 1956.
In connection with the duration of the deploy-
ment of the United Nations Emergency Force in
this area, the question has been raised whether the
Secretary-General would give notice to the Gen-
eral Assembly before the Emergency Force would
be withdrawn. We have noted tlie Secretary-Gen-
eral's statement in his memorandum of February
26 ° that "an indicated procedure would be for the
Secretary-General to inform the Advisory Com-
mittee on the United Nations Emergency Force,
which would determine whether the matter should
be brought to the attention of the Assembly."
' Bulletin of Feb. 18, 1957, p. 270, and Feb. 25, 1957, p.
325.
' Ibid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 392.
• For text, see U.N. doc. A/3563 dated Feb. 26.
432
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
Importance of Strict Compliance
I should like to emphasize at this time the vital
necessity of full and strict compliance by Israel
and Egypt with their international obligations,
including the Armistice Agreement. Governed
by their obligations under the charter, Israel and
Egypt should base their relations on full observ-
ance of the armistice. The General Assembly in
its various resolutions dealing with the present
problem has recognized this necessity. Indeed, the
Assembly in its first resolution dated November 2,
1956, noted that disregard on many occasions of
the terms of the Armistice Agreements by the
parties thereto was a forerunner of the hostilities
which broke out in late October.
Once Israel has completed its withdrawal in
accordance with the resolutions of the General
Assembly, and in view of the measures taken by
the United Nations to deal with the situation,
there is no basis for either party to the Armistice
Agreement to assert or exercise any beUigerent
rights.
The United States has from the beginning made
clear its belief that, after the withdrawal of
British, French, and Israeli forces, there should
be established conditions different from those
whicli had previously prevailed. As Secretary
Dulles stated before the Assembly on November 1,
1956 : 1"
There needs to be something better than the uneaay
armistices which have existed now for these 8 years
between Israel and the Arab neighbors.
The United States would like to see as rapidly as
is practical a definitive settlement of the Palestine
problem — such a peace as is contemplated by the
Armistice Agreements. Realistically we must
accept the fact that this cannot be attained at the
present. Therefore, one of our principal tasks
is to create peaceful conditions and tranquillity
through the prevention of aggression. "We believe
that even if formal peace with definitive settle-
ments may not now be obtained, we should vig-
orously seek to bring about the conditions of
security and tranquillity which may, as rapidly
as possible hereafter, make a peace settlement
practicable, and that in the meantime there should
be a strict compliance by both Israel and Egypt
with their international obligations.
If, following the Israeli withdrawal, there
" BuiXETiN of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 751.
President Commends Israel
on Decision To Withdraw
Following is the text of a letter from President
Eisenhower to Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-
Gurion ( White House press release dated March 2 ) .
March 2, 1957
Mt deae Me. Prime Minister : I was deeply
gratiBed at the decision of your Government to
withdraw promptly and fully behind the Armistice
lines as set out by your Foreign Minister in her ad-
dress of yesterday to the General Assembly. I ven-
ture to express the hope that the carrying out of
these withdrawals will go forward with the utmost
speed.
I know that this decision was not an easy one. I
believe, however, that Israel will have no cause to
regret having thus conformed to the strong senti-
ment of the world community as expressed in the
various United Nations Resolutions relating to
withdrawal.
It has always been the view of this Government
that after the withdrawal there should be a united
effort by all of the nations to bring about condi-
tions in the area more stable, more tranquil, and
more conducive to the general welfare than those
which existed heretofore. Already the United Na-
tions General Assembly has adopted Resolutions
which presage such a better future. Hopes and
expectations based thereon were voiced by your
Foreign Minister and others. I believe that it Is
reasonable to entertain such hopes and expectations
and I want you to know that the United States, as
a friend of all of the countries of the area and as a
loyal member of the United Nations, will seek that
such hopes prove not to be vain.
I am, my dear Mr. Prime Minister,
Sincerely,
DvwGHT D. Eisenhower
should be any recurrence of hostilities or any vio-
lation by either party of its international obliga-
tions, including those of the Armistice Agreement,
then this would create a situation for United Na-
tions consideration. The United States would
consult with other members of the United Nations
to consider appropriate action which they or the
United Nations might take, with the object of
restoring peace and harmonious relations in con-
formity with the principles of justice and
international law.
In these difficult matters, the United Nations
has a basic obligation set out in our charter to
suppress acts of aggression or other breaches of the
peace and to bring about by peaceful means, and
March 78, 7957
433
in conformity with the principles of justice and
international law, adjustment or settlement of
international disputes or situations which might
lead to a breach of the peace. We also recall that
article 2 of the charter provides that members, in
order to get the rights and benefits resulting from
membership, shall themselves fulfill in good faith
their obligations under the charter, and that
among such obligations is that of settling their
international disputes by peaceful means and re-
fraining from the use of force against the ter-
ritorial integrity of any state.
We have reached a turning point in the long
efforts of the United Nations to bring order and
stability to this troubled area in the Near East.
We have just heard Israel's announcement that it
will respond to the call of the General Assembly
for withdrawal. It is now incumbent upon all
members of the United Nations, and particularly
those directly concerned, to give their full coopera-
tion in carrying out the measures proposed by the
Secretary-General in his report of January 24 and
endorsed by the General Assembly on February 2.
Let me also say that Egypt during these trying
weeks has acted with commendable forbearance
on the issues which we confront today. We are
confident that Egypt will continue to act in this
spirit.
The United States also expresses its deep ap-
preciation for the untiring efforts of the Secretary-
General and his immediate associates to achieve
the objectives of the General Assembly resolutions.
This organization is fortunate in having at its
helm a statesman and diplomat whose great ener-
gies and intellect have been devoted to peace
tlirough long days and, I might say, long nights.
There are even more formidable tasks ahead for
Mr. Hammarskjold. We are confident that his
wisdom and patience will help us in the future.
With good will and a determination to serve the
purposes of the charter, we can, I believe, make
significant progress toward a more settled, pros-
perous, and happy world.
Secretary Dulles Meets With
Representatives of Arab States
Press release 103 dated March 1
Secretary of State Dulles met on March 1 with
the representatives of the following Arab States:
Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Lebanon, Libya, Saudi
Arabia, Sudan, Syria, and Yemen.
He reported to them that the Government of
Israel had indicated its intention to withdraw
wholly and promptly from the Sharm el-Sheikh
area and from the Gaza Strip in accordance with
the U.N. resolution of Februai-y 2,^ a resolution
which had been unanimously supported by all the
Arab States.
Secretary Dulles stated that this Israeli with-
drawal would involve no promises or concessions
whatsoever to Israel by the United States but
would be predicated wholly upon the prior de-
cisions of the U.N. General Assembly and the re-
ports of the Secretary-General and the public po-
sition of the United States, notably the position
expounded by President Eisenhower in his ad-
dress of February 20.^
For its part, the United States in its discussions
with the Israeli Government had been endeavoring
to achieve implementation of the U.N. resolution
in the interest of peace and stability in the area.
The Secretary welcomed the indicated action by
the Israeli Government to withdraw.
Secretary Dulles said that he was aware of the
fact that Communist propaganda was spreading
the story in the Arab world that there was some
secret understanding between the United States
and Israel. He deplored this effort to misrepre-
sent what in fact was a great achievement for the
principles and efforts of the United Nations,
namely, the full and unconditional withdrawal of
Israel as had been soucht.
' Bulletin of Feb. 25, 19.57, p. .'?27.
' Ihid., Mar. 11, 1957, p. 387.
434
Department of Slate Bulletin
Working for a World of Peace and Justice
Address hy President Eisenhower '
For 15 years now the Voice of America has been
bringing to people everywhere the facts about
world events and about America's policy in rela-
tion to these events. This, then, is a fitting occa-
sion to review some aspects of United States for-
eign policy. Its guiding thought is this : We be-
lieve that we can permanently prosper and enjoy
peace only as all peoples prosper and enjoy peace.
In speaking of this subject, rather than talk in
abstractions, I would like to draw a picture. It
is a picture, in essence, of the kind of world which
we would like to see for ourselves and for our
children, and which we think most people would
like to see for themselves and their children.
There are two parts to the picture. The first
part relates to the building up of individual coun-
tries and their peoples.
One of the vital facts of this century is that
dozens of new nations have come into being.
These nations, along with the older nations, are
struggling, each in its own way, to improve the
lot of their people through a better standard of
living, more diversified industry and more effi-
cient farming, increasing political stability, and
fresh realization of cultural and religious tradi-
tions that are sometimes thousands of years old.
The first task of this new age is to insure that
this magnificent surge toward a better life, both
personal and national, goes forward in all these
countries as rapidly and as safely as possible.
The United States has been working at the side
of most of these nations while they have been mak-
' Broadcast over the Voice of America on Feb. 25 in
observance of VGA's 15th anniversary (White House
press release).
ing great strides in education, farming methods,
control of diseases, construction of hospitals and
roads and schools and factories and dams and irri-
gation projects, and improvement of political
machinery, legislation, and labor-management
relations.
U.N. a Source of World Order
There is a second part to this picture. Suppose
we achieved a world of healthy, free, sovereign na-
tions. We would still have the question : How are
they to settle their differences of interest among
themselves? For there will always be differences
of interest. And there must be some source of
international order.
A principal source of order in the world, and one
that can provide an overall pattern, is the United
Nations. And so, just as we support the vigorous
independence of today's many separate nations, so
too we support just as vigorously the practice of
settling the inevitable disputes between these na-
tions under the principles and procedures of the
United Nations.
The history of the United States is that of a
struggle for the right of self-determination and
human dignity. Our story begins with a ringing
declaration which has inspired millions of free
people everywhere, that "all men . . . are en-
dowed by their Creator with certain unalienable
rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the
pursuit of Happiness." But this same declaration
also states that, along with this self-determination,
we must show "a decent respect to the opinions of
mankind."
In world affairs this nation has striven to con-
March 78, J 957
435
firm and give meaning to these noble words.
Through the years we have helped new countries
achieve political and economic strength. And the
way we dealt with the Suez crisis and its after-
effects in the U.N. was also an action demonstrat-
ing our conviction that international harmony
begins with "a decent respect to the opinions of
mankind."
Recently I set forth before our Congress pro-
posals about the Middle East designed to help
bring stability to that troubled area. ^ I would
like to show you how these proposals fit in with
what I have just described as our purposes.
I believe that the well-being of the people of
the Middle East requires the nations of that region
to build up and strengthen their economies and
institutions. We want to see that kind of progress.
My proposals fit right in with this purpose, for
they suggested two things : First, in order that this
constructive work may go on within these coun-
tries, they must be free of the menace of interna-
tional communism, which could smash all their
hard-won accomplislmients overnight. And so we
give these countries the assurance that, if such a
danger develops, and if the United Nations ma-
chinery cannot deal with the danger, and a threat-
ened country asks for our help, it can count on
our help. So, behind the protective arm of this
assurance, tlie real creative work of progress can
go on, and, to speed this creative work, an extra
measure of economic assistance for the area is
included in my proposals.
Communist Tyranny
We must face the fact that, while we are trying
to help build a world of freedom and justice
among sovereign people, the masters of interna-
tional communism are working constantly to tear
down this kind of world.
Communism, according to all its own leaders,
must be a system of international control and con-
formity. Thus, at its very heart, it is the com-
plete opposite and enemy of any kind of national-
ism. Its avowed program is to destroy totally the
religion, governments, institutions, and traditions
of the Christian world, the Buddhist world, the
Islamic world, the Judaic world, and the world
of every religion and culture. The Communist
rulers then propose to substitute a whole new sys-
tem of thought and control dictated from Com-
munist Party headquarters. They think that a
few theorists and rulers know what is best for
everyone, and they are determined to drive every-
one toward that kind of world.
One small country after another has been
swallowed up by international communism.
Their freedom is lost. Their national pride is
crushed. Their religion is trampled on. Their
economies are mere feeders for that of Russia.
And if they attempt to assert their tradition of
freedom, their people are shot down by the
thousands. Witness: Hungai-y.
I should like to direct a special word to those
people now living under the tyranny of inter-
national communism :
We want your friendship. We cherish the ties
that have linked us in the past. And we wish you
well in your aspirations toward freedom. For
we know that, whatever the designs of power-
hungry rulers may be, there dwells deep in the
heart of every person this same God-given desire
to realize freely his own destiny.
And to all people, everywhere, this final pledge :
With you we look forward to and shall never
cease to work for a world of peace, based on jus-
tice. May the God of us all keep you — and hasten
that glorious day.
Vice President Nixon Leaves
for Africa
Following is the text of remarks made hy Vice
President Nixan on his departure for Africa on
February 28.
Press release 97 dated February 28
In just a few moments we will be taking off on a
17,000-mile journey. This trip will take us to
seven countries in Africa and also to Italy before
I return to the United States on March 21.
Around me are the members of the official dele-
gation appointed by the President to represent
the United States on tlie occasion of the independ-
ence of the new nation of Ghana, more popularly
known as the Gold Coast of Africa.^ This coun-
tr}', wliich is newly acquiring its independence,
will be a member of the British Commonwealth
"Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
436
' For niiiues of members of U.S. delegation, see Buixetin
of Mar. 4, 1057, p. 348.
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
of Nations. The United States by sending this
delegation to the ceremonies is indicating its sup-
port and its friendship for this new nation as it
entei-s into the activities in which it will engage
in the yeai's ahead as an independent member of
the British Commonwealth.
We shall also be visiting on this trip Morocco,
Tunisia, Libya in northern Africa, the Sudan,
Ethiopia, Uganda, and Liberia, and also a visit to
Italy. It will be noted that among the countries
we are visiting we find a number that are newly
independent — in addition to Ethiopia, which is one
of the oldest empires in the world, and Liberia,
which has been independent since 1847. But a
significant feature which characterizes this trip,
with regard to the African portion of it, is that
it shows the interest of the United States, our
Government and our people, in this continent, a
continent of 200 million people with tremendous
natural resources, a continent in which new nations
are being born, a continent which will have tre-
mendous effect on the future of the world. We
believe that we are most fortunate that Ghana,
the nation which is attaining its independence on
the occasion of our visit there, will be on the side
of the free nations when it acquires that status, and
this we believe is an indication of the trend for
Africa in the future. This we can see will be tre-
mendously important because Africa's coming on
the side of the free nations can be decisive in the
conflict in the world going on between slavery and
freedom today.
The fact that Ghana will be a free nation, with
the great parliamentary traditions which we know
in the United States and which the nations of
the British Commonwealth and many other na-
tions all over the world know, is tremendously
significant. This, we believe, indicates a trend
that will continue as new nations emerge in Africa.
As Africa goes on the side of freedom, this can
be decisive in the struggle which is taking place
in the world today between the forces of freedom
and the forces of slavery.
I would finally say that Mrs. Nixon and I are
looking forward to meeting with government
leaders in these countries, but as on our previous
trips, we are going to do our best to meet people in
all walks of life — by our actions and by our words
to convey the deep sense of affection and friend-
ship that the people of the United States have for
the people of these lands so far away.
U.S. and U.K. Adjourn Air Talks
Pending FurtFier Study
Press release 99 dated February 28
Delegations representing the aeronautical au-
thorities of the United Ivingdom and the United
States have now completed discussions which be-
gan on February 18, 1957 at the Mid Ocean Club,
Bermuda. The delegations have made a very
comprehensive study of the U.S.-U.K. Air Serv-
ices Agreement, which was signed at Bermuda 11
years ago.^ The Conference reaffirmed the belief
of both Governments in the soundness of the basic
Bermuda principles.
Although, since the conclusion of the Bermuda
Agreement in 1946, it has been the practice of the
two countries to meet at regular intervals to dis-
cuss matters of common interest, the present Con-
ference has provided an opportunity for a more
general review of the Agreement as a whole than
has been possible on previous occasions. The dis-
cussions have also covered proposed route changes.
Each side has made known its needs and the pro-
posed route changes are now ready for domestic
study by both parties. The matters considered
are of great complexity and do not lend themselves
to conclusion on individual points in isolation.
For this reason both sides feel that further time
is required to study, in consultation with their
authorities at home, the views that have been
exchanged.
The Conference is well satisfied with the work
that has been done and considers that matters can-
not be taken further without unduly prolongmg
the present meeting. It has, therefore, been
agreed that the Conference shall adjourn and that
a future meeting will be arranged as soon as each
country has completed its study of all the new
points which have emerged.
' 60 Stat. 1499 ; Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1507 (Btilletin of Apr. 7, 1946, p. 586).
March 18, 1957
437
Premier Mollet of France Visits the United States
Guy Mollet^ President of the Council of Minis-
ters of the RepuhUc of Fromce^ made an official
visit to Washington from Feiruai'y 25 to 28. Fol-
lowing are the texts of the joint statement issued
by Premier Mollet and President Eisenhower at
the close of the visit, greetings exchanged between
the Premier and Vice President Nixon at the Na-
tional Airport, and the remarks by the Premier
and Secretary Dulles on Mr. Mollefs departure,
together ivith the Tiames of members of the Pre-
mieres official party.
TEXT OF JOINT STATEMENT
White House press release dated February 28
Premier Guy Mollet today completed his official
visit to Washington where he has been the guest
of the United States Government. The purpose
of the visit was to permit discussions on a wide
range of subjects with President Eisenhower and
Secretary of State Dulles. The broad agenda pro-
vided a welcome opportunity for the French
Prime Minister, French Minister of Foreign
Affairs Pineau, the President, and the Secretai-y
of State to engage in a friendly exchange of views
in an atmosphere which reflected the long-standing
and friendly ties between the two countries.
Premier Mollet explained to President Eisen-
hower the marked progress which has taken place
in the course of the last few months toward crea-
tion of a European atomic community —
EuRATOM — and toward a common European
market which will gi-oup together 165 million con-
sumers in six European nations.^ He also in-
formed tlie President of the French Government's
' For background on EURATOM, see Bulletin of Feb.
25, 11)57, I). 30(>. For a Department announcement on
U.S. viewH rcKardiiiK the European common market, see
ihid.. Fob. 4, 1<»57, p. 182.
interest in the coming negotiations on a European
fi'ee-trade area in which Great Britain would par-
ticipate.
President Eisenhower expressed his personal
interest in the success of these treaties on Euro-
pean integration, whose entry into effect will rep-
resent an important date for all the free world.
The President of the United States and the
French Premier noted that the creation of a united
Europe would contribute to the strengthening of
relations between the United States and Europe
and would enhance active association to the mu-
tual benefit of the European and American
peoples.
With reference to the Middle East, they stated
their common conviction that solutions to the
problems of the area can be achieved by peaceful
means, in conformity with the principles of jus-
tice and international law. With regard to the
question of the future status of the Suez Canal,
they recalled that the 1888 Treaty contemplated a
definitive system to guarantee, at all times and to
all the powers, the free use of the Canal. In this
connection they reaffirmed their adherence to the
six requirements unanimously adopted by the
United Nations Security Council and accepted by
Egypt last October, which called, among other
things, for free and open transit through the
Canal without discrimination, and the insulation
of the operation of the Canal from the politics of
any country.
The President and the Premier exchanged views
on the political and economic evolution in African
territories.
In this regard. Premier Mollet stressed the his-
toric importance of the decision taken by the six
European Chiefs of Government to associate the
overseas territories with the European Common
Market, a decision which bears witness to the de-
sire of Europe to place its industrial potential at
the service of the economic development and social
438
Department of Slate Bulletin
progress of Africa and to reinforce the interde-
pendence of the two continents.
In addition, the Premier informed the Presi-
dent of tlie profound clianges which France has
brought about in the political structure of her
overseas territories with a view to preparing them
for the democratic conduct of their own affairs.
He reviewed, furthermore, the French program
for Algeria.
The President and the Prime Minister were in
full accord in their views that sucli objectives are
in conformity with the desire of both Governments
to improve living conditions of mankind and to
assure them, along with a better standard of liv-
ing, the benefits of essential democratic liberties.
The President and the Prime Minister took oc-
casion to reaffirm the vital importance of the North
Atlantic Pact as a basic element of free world de-
fense. They noted that free world security re-
quires the maintenance on the continent of Europe
of forces with conventional armaments and mod-
ern weapons at such levels and in such balance
as to discourage any aggression against the terri-
tories of all Nato countries. They reaffirmed the
importance of continuing to support the early re-
unification of Germany by means of free elections.
They were similarly agreed that a common ap-
proach must be taken with regard to the threat
of Communist imperialism in Europe and in other
parts of the world.
In closing, the Premier and the President agreed
on the value of these frank and direct talks and
expressed their pleasure, as old friends, at meeting
again.
EXCHANGE OF GREETINGS AT AIRPORT
Press release 92 dated February 25
Remarks by Vice President Nixon
Your Excellency, Premier Mollet, I am hon-
ored on behalf of President Eisenhower and the
people and Government of the United States to
welcome you and the members of your party on
the occasion of your visit to Washington.
This is a very significant year for you to visit
the United States because, as you Imow, it is the
bicentennial of the birth of Lafayette, who is the
father of French-American friendship. Our two
countries have been friends and allies for 2 cen-
turies. For you to come here at this time, to meet
with President Eisenhower and other officials in
our Government, we think is a good omen for the
future and for the even closer relations which our
two nations will have in the years ahead. We
know that you are here for only a short time, but
I can assure you that I speak for all of the Ameri-
can people when I say that we trust your visit is
a pleasant one and that when you return to France
you will do so with only the best memories with
regard to the associations you have had here and
with regard to the meetings you have had with
our President and our other officials.
Response by Premier Mollet
Thank you, Mr. Vice President, for these mov-
ing words of welcome. I am glad to take this
opportunity to express publicly my heartfelt
gratitude to the President of the United States and
to yourself for the kind invitation which has been
extended to me. I look forward to meeting Presi-
dent Eisenhower again. As a European and as
a Frenchman, I cannot but remember V-Day and
General Eisenhower's tremendous achievements
as Supreme Commander. We know, too, what out-
standing part he played in securing, through
Nato, Europe's defense and America's presence in
Europe. We gratefully remember his decision
and stern determination to keep our forces serv-
ing together for the sake of the Western World.
To you, Mr. Vice President, and to Madame
Nixon, I wish to convey my personal wishes as
well as my country's. I witness with admiration
the task you are performing and the good will
you are spreading all over the world for America
and for freedom.
I have just told the newspapermen at Idlewild
how pleased I was to be again in your country.
I feel even more so after this smooth trip on the
very comfortable Presidential plane that gave
me a foretaste of America's hospitality.
It is with great expectation that I am arriving
here. I shall have a long private talk with the
President. Since I saw him last in Denver, as a
private citizen, many of our worries have become
headaches, but many of our hopes, realities.
Among those hopes which turned into achieve-
ments I would like to insist upon the unity of
Europe: it is now a fact. A few days ago we
jumped over the last hurdles that were in its way,
and now an even broader unity is being born :
"Eurafrica," a close association in which we will
March 18, 1957
439
work together to promote progress, happiness,
and democracy in Africa.
There are, of course, many other problems I
would like to discuss with President Eisenhower.
We are going to put our hearts, our minds, and
our full strength to achieving the peaceful and
just purposes that are common to our two
republics.
DEPARTURE FROM WASHINGTON
the world. Strength, based on such warm and
true feelings as I experienced here while address-
ing the Senate and the American press, will help
build the future. Everywhere I went I found the
warmth and the charm of the American people. I
only wish I could have told them how much we
appreciate their affection, their friendship, how
much we want to keep these stronger than ever.
I am sorry to leave you so soon, but it's only an
au revoir.
Press release 96 dated February 28
Remarks by Secretary Dulles
Your Excellency, the visit here of yourself and
Foreign Minister Pineau has been a source of gi-eat
satisfaction to President Eisenhower, to the Gov-
ernment of the United States, and to all of the
American people.
In its official aspect, your visit has enabled us
to review a wide variety of topics of mutual in-
terest to our two countries and to increase the
area of understanding and of agreement. In its
unofficial aspects, the visit has, I trust, enabled
you to sense the abiding friendship of all of the
American people for France, a sentiment which
I hope you will be able to take back with you and
convey to the people of France.
We hope. Your Excellency, that the remainder
of your visit here will be agreeable, that you will
have a safe return, and you can, I think, return
knowing that, although the visit itself has been
short, the results — the values of the visit — will be
permanent.
Response by Premier Mollet
Mr. Secretary, thank you very much for your
words — so kind to my country and to me. I wish
I had more time to spend here. The President,
the Vice President, and yourself have been won-
derful hosts.
I enjoyed my talks with the President. They
were franlv, fruitful, and extremely friendly.
From our conversations and from the ones we
had in the State Department, peace will emerge
much stronger, and this is our greatest common
aim.
What do we want — we, the free nations? We
want a just, democratic peace based on liberty and
equality. Our friendship, our alliance, cannot
but enhance our chances of keeping the peace of
MEMBERS OF OFFICIAL PARTY
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 25 (press release 86) the members of the official
party accompanying Premier Mollet on his visit
to Washington. They are as follows :
Christian Pineau, Minister of Foreign Affairs of tlie
French Republic
Louis Jose, Ambassador, Secretary General of the Minis-
try of Foreign Affairs
Georges Briand, Director of the Prime Minister's Cabinet
Jean Daridau, Director General of Political Affairs of the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs
Philippe Huet, Director of Cabinet of the Ministry of
Finance
Pierre Baraduc, Director of Press and Information Serv-
ice, Ministry of Foreign Affairs
Emile Noel, Chief of the Prime Minister's Cabinet
Paul Parpaix, Special Assistant, Prime Minister's Staff
Jean Beliard, Deputy Director of Press and Information
Service, Ministry of Foreign Affairs
Polish Economic Talks
Press release 91 dated February 25
Economic discussions between the United States
and Poland will begin on February 26 at the De-
partment of State when fhiancial and trade officials
of the Polish Government meet with representa-
tives of the State Department, International Coop-
eration Administration, and the Departments of
Agriculture and Commerce.^
The U.S. delegation will be led by Thorsten V.
Kalijarvi, Acting Deputy Under Secretary for
Economic Affairs. The delegation includes
Harold C. McClellan, Assistant Secretary of Com-
merce; Earl L. Butz, Assistant Secretaiy of Agri-
culture; and Stuart 11. Van Dyke, director of the
'For an earlier announcement, see Bulletin of Feb.
25, 1057, p. 209.
440
Depattmeni of State Bulletin
Kegional Office for Europe and Africa, Inter-
national Cooperation Administration.
Henryk Kotlicki, Director General in the Po-
lish Ministry of Finance, is chairman of the
Polish delegation. Other members of the dele-
gation include Stanislaw Raczkowski, adviser to
the president of the National Bank of Poland;
Zygmimt Karpinski, adviser of the president of
the National Bank of Poland ; Edward Iwaszkie-
wicz, member of the Planning Commission of the
Council of Ministers; and Marian Adamski, de-
partmental director in the Polish Ministry of
Foreign Trade.
Return of Minister Wailes
From Budapest
Press release 95 dated February 27
On February 22, 1957, the Hungarian Foreign
Ministry in a note to the American Legation in
Budapest demanded that the American Minister,
Edward Thompson Wailes, either present his cre-
dentials to the Government or leave Hungary.
Mr. Wailes was designated American Minister
to Hungary with the agrement of the Himgarian
Government in July 1956. Following his ap-
pointment, he returned to Washington from his
previous post in South Africa. He was held in
Wasliington for several months by important
duties in the Department in connection with the
Foreign Service Selection Boards but was ordered
to proceed urgently to Himgary late in October
because of the crisis which had developed there.
Mr. Wailes arrived in Budapest on November
2, 1956, mider instructions to present his creden-
tials to the Hungarian Government promptly. It
will be recalled that at this time Imre Nagy was
Hungarian Prime Minister and Soviet troops for
the most part had been withdrawn from Budapest.
Before Mr. Wailes was able to present his creden-
tials, however, the Soviet Union on November 4
intervened in force in Hungary. In tliis situation
Minister Wailes, acting imder instructions from
the Department, refrained from presenting his
credentials. There have been no subsequent de-
velopments in Hungary warranting the presenta-
tion of credentials. In this connection, it may be
noted that the United Nations General Assembly
has taken no action to accept the credentials of the
Hungarian delegation.
Minister Wailes left Budapest on February 27
and is expected to return to Washington in the
near future. The American Legation in Buda-
pest will continue to function under a charge
d'affaires ad interim.
The United States desires to reaffirm on this
occasion its continuing friendship for the Hun-
garian people and its support of their just aspira-
tions for liberty and national independence.
Mr. Wailes is returning to the United States on
consultation and is not performing duties as
United States Minister to Hungary.
The text of the Hungarian note of February 22
is as follow^s :
On July 10, 1956 the Department of State of the United
States of America requested an agriment for Mr. Edward
Thompson Wailes, whom the President of the United
States wished to appoint Envoy Extraordinary and Min-
ister Plenipotentiary to head the U. S. Legation in Buda-
pest. On July 13, 1956, the Presidential Council of the
Hungarian People's Republic granted this agrimcnt for
Mr. Wailes, who arrived in Budapest during the first days
of November 1956.
In spite of the fact that nearly four months have elapsed
since his arrival, Mr. Wailes has not yet presented his
letter of credence, and in fact he has not even paid an
official visit to the Minister of Foreign Affairs. The Lega-
tion of the United States of America in Budapest has
given various replies to inquiries by the Ministry, and
then has referred to the fact that the Minister has not yet
received instructions from Washington to present his let-
ter of credence. In the opinion of the Ministry, the
thought presents itself that Mr. Wailes deliberately has
been postponing tie presentation of his letter of credence.
This delay is untenable even from the point of view of
international law, since there has been no change in the
state structure of the Hungarian People's Republic. In
fact the same body and person which granted the agriment
for Mr. Wailes is still empowered to deal with affairs such
as these.
At the same time it has come to the knowledge of the
Ministry that Mr. Wailes has been carrying on official
activities to which, according to the provisions of inter-
national law, only heads of Foreign Missions who have
presented letters of credence are entitled.
In view of the foregoing, the Hungarian Ministry of
Foreign Affairs is compelled to state that the activities of
Mr. Wailes in their present form are Irreconcilable with
international practice. Therefore, the Hungarian Gov-
ernment requests the Government of the United States of
America to remove Mr. Wailes from the territory of Hun-
gary if he further does not wish to present his letter of
credence.
The Hungarian Government, wishing to improve its re-
lations with the United States and render them more
cordial, sincerely hopes that the American Government,
led by the same intentions, will put an end to a situation
March 18, 1957
441
which undoubtedly disturbs the relations between the two
countries.
On February 27 the Legation in Budapest de-
livered a reply to the Hungarian note stating that
(a) Mr. Wailes is no longer in Hungary; and (b)
tlie United States rejects the charges contained in
the Hungarian note concerning Mr. Wailes' ac-
tivities while in Budapest.
Mr. Voorhees Completes Special
Assignment on Hungarian Relief
Tracy S. Voorhees has completed the task of
coordinating Hungarian refugee relief and re-
settlement activities of U.S. Government and vol-
untary agencies. He will continue to serve as
chairman of the President's Committee for Hun-
garian Refugee Relief. For an exchange of cor-
respondence between President Eisenhower and
Mr. Voorhees, see "White House press release
dated February 28.
Prime Minister of Thailand
Expresses Thanks for U.S. Aid
Following is an exchange of letters ietween
President Eisenhower and Prime Minister PihiiZ-
songgram of Thailand on the occasion of the
arrival in the United States of the 1,000th Thai
participant in the technical training program
conducted hy the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration {White House press release dated
February 25)}
The President's Letter
Februaet 7, 1957
Dear Mk. Prime Minister : It was most gratify-
ing to read your letter of January nineteenth re-
affirming that United States economic aid and
teclmical assistance programs have helped to
strengthen Thailand's economy and have facili-
tated the training of technicians needed in meet-
ing your country's economic objectives.
I was also glad to hear of the arrival in the
United States of the 1000th participant from Thai-
land in the technical training program conducted
' For an ICA announcement concerning U.S. economic
and technical coopprntion programs in Thailand, see
Bulletin of Mar. 5, 1956, p. 381.
by our International Cooperation Administration.
The American people are happy to share their
teclmical skills with the friendly people of Thai-
land. It gives us great satisfaction to know that
a sizeable body of technicians who have benefited
from training in the United States are now avail-
able to Thailand and are serving to advance the
prosperity of their country and the well-being
and happiness of their countrymen. We Amer-
icans in turn have learned much and profited very
considerably from working with the people of
Thailand, both in the United States and in your
country. We have come to know better the deep
and ancient culture of Thailand and to understand
your national aspirations. I have every hope that
the friendly cooperation which exists between our
two countries and brings so many mutual benefits
will be long continued.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The Prime Minister's Letter
January 19, 1957
Your Excellency: On the occasion of the
arrival of the 1000th participant from Thailand
in the United States under the Ica program, I
have the greatest honor and pleasure to convey
to Your Excellency the warmest feeling of thanks
and gratitude of myself, my colleagues and the
Thai people for the most valuable aid that the
American nation has given to Thailand both in
the military and the economic fields; confining
myself only to the economic and technical assist-
ance, it is hardly necessary for me to emphasize
the importance of the various projects jointly
agreed upon and executed so far in the fields of
agriculture, communications, education, public
health, etc. They all help greatly to strengthen the
economy of this land.
But, whatever impact such projects maj' have
on our economic position, the technical assistance
program consisting mainly of the sending of Thai
officials for further academic and notably practical
training in the United States has probably the
most far reaching and permanent effects. With-
out such cooperation from Your Excellency's
government and the people of the United States,
it would doubtless take my government much
longer time to achieve this success and no similar
facilities for placements in the different educa-
tional institutions would have been available. It
442
Deparfmenf of %\a\6 Bulletin
■would be very kind of Your Excellency to convey
my feelings and thoughts in this connection to all
Your Excellency's colleagues who are concerned
■with the program. May I also avail myself of
this opportunity to wish Your Excellency good
health and happiness and continued prosperity
for the United States.
Yours sincerely,
Field-Marshal P. Pibulsonggram
President of the Council of Ministers
Letters of Credence
Afghanistan
The newly appointed Ambassador of Afghan-
istan, Najib-Ullah, presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower on March 1. For the text
of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of the
President's reply, see Department of State press
release 100.
Pan American Day and
Pan American Week, 1957
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas on April 14, 1890, the American Republics
founded a bureau for inter-American cooperation which
now, as the Pan American Union, is an organ and the
general secretariat of the Organization of American
States ; and
Whereas the twenty-one Republics of the Western
Hemisphere will celebrate April 14, 1957, the sixty-seventh
anniversary of that historic action, as Pan American Day,
at the end of a week of commemorative ceremonies ; and
Whereas the American Republics continue to work to-
gether harmoniously in furtherance of their mutual ob-
jective of making the Organization of American States
an increasingly effective instrument of Hemispheric
solidarity ; and
Whereas they also continue steadfast in their common
determination to maintain their freedom and safeguard
their peace through active participation in this Organiza-
tion, which embodies our inter-American system of co-
operation :
Now, THEREFORE, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim
Sunday, April 14, 1957, as Pan American Day, and the
period from April 8 to April 14, 1957, as Pan American
Week : and I invite the Governors of the States, Terri-
tories, and possessions of the United States of America
and the Governor of the C!ommonwealth of Puerto Rico
to issue similar proclamations.
I also urge all our citizens and all interested organiza-
tions to join in appropriate observance of Pan American
Day and Pan American Week, in testimony of the stead-
fast friendship which unites the people of the United
States with tlie people of the other American Republics.
In WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-first day
of February in the year of our Lord nineteen
[seal] hundred and fifty-seven, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the one hundred
and eighty-first.
X^ L.i-'*y fc-«>0'C'-<-*^ Ayxf^s.
' No. 3170 ; 22 Fed. Reg. 1111.
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State
U.S. Makes Annual Payment
to Government of Panama
Press release 94 dated February 26
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 26 that it has transmitted to the Government
of Panama the annuity payment of $1,930,000 for
the year 1957. The payment of this amount each
year is called for under the terms of treaties be-
tween the two countries in compensation for the
rights, powers, and privileges granted to the
United States in connection with the Panama
Canal Zone. Under the provisions of the Treaty
of Mutual Understanding and Cooperation of
1955, the amount of the annual payment was in-
creased from $430,000 to $1,930,000.1
' For text of treaty and accompanying memorandum,
together with an announcement of the signing, see Bulle-
tin of Feb. 7, 1955, p. 237; for a statement by Henry F.
Holland, see ibid., Aug. 1, 1955, p. 185.
March 18, 1957
443
Progress Achieved Under the London Agreement of 1953
Regarding Prewar German External Debts
hy Lewis P. Fickett, Jr.
On February 27, 1953, the London Agreement
on German External Debts was signed by the Fed-
eral Rejiublic of Germany, the United States,
France, Great Britain, and 15 other creditor na-
tions.^ Substantial progress has been achieved
in implementing the provisions of this program
for the settlement of Germany's prewar external
debts.
Wlien World War II ended in Europe in May
1945, Germany's financial structure was in a cha-
otic condition. Many securities had either been
lost or destroyed during the conflict. In addition,
huge quantities which had been acquired for
amortization purposes were looted by the Soviet
armed forces after the capture of Berlin.
It was first necessary therefore to formulate a
procedure to protect the holders of those securities
which were legitimately outstanding at the close
of the war. This was accomplished by establish-
ing a Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds,
pursuant to the agreements between the United
States and the Federal Eepublic of Germany of
February 27, 1953, and April 1, 1953.^ As a result
of the operations of the Validation Board, exam-
ining agencies and courts in the Federal Republic
of Germany, and the collective validation proce-
dure, a total of $231,307,000 ^ in German dollar
securities has been validated.* Settlements have
now been achieved for more than 80 percent of
this amount— $187,122,200.
The London Debt Agreement encompassed four
• Mr. Fickett, author of the above article.,
is an officer in the Office of German Affairs.
principal categories of German prewar external
debts: (1) public debts, dealt with under annex I
to the agreement, (2) debts of private German
corporations, provided for under annex II to the
agreement, (3) the standstill debts (various short-
term banking credits extended to Germany prior
to September 17, 1931), covered by annex III to
the agi^eement, and (4) miscellaneous debts aris-
ing principally out of "Goods and Services Trans-
actions" and "Capital Transactions" dealt with
under annex IV to the agreement.
Public Debts
With respect to the first category, German pub-
lic debts, the Foreign Bondholder's Protective
Council, Inc., of New York City, was designated
as the negotiating representative of American
creditors. The Bondholder's Council has in-
formed the Department of State that as of Febru-
ary 20, 1957, 30 of the 36 dollar-bond loans within
the scope of its responsibility have been settled.
These include various loans issued or guaranteed
by the German Government or those political sub-
divisions of the German Government located in
what is now the Federal Eepublic of Germany. Of
■ Treaties and Other International Acts Series 2792.
' TIAS 2793 and 2794 ; also printed in Bulxetin of Mar.
9, 19.-)3, p. 376, and May 4, 1953, p. 666.
' All figures regarding bonds refer to face value.
' For an article on the role of the A'alidation Board, see
Bulletin of Oct. 20, 1952, p. 60S. For the first annual re-
port of the Board, see ihid., Jan. 24, 1955, p. 139. For ex-
cerpts from the third annual report, covering the period
from Sept. 1, 1955, to Aug. 31, 1956, and completing the
3-year period during which registrations for validation
were possible without the necessity for the bond registrant
to offer evidence that "the failure to register earlier was
not due to his own gross negligence," see p. 447.
444
Department of State Bulletin
o
o
o
o
o
CM
PO
in
O
— '
tM
o
H
2
r^
W
in
2
o
w
w
o
Pi
<M
o
>>
<
U
nj
H
;3
cq
w
u
01
q
tn
y.
V<H
0
o
Q
tfl
2
rt
O
J
W
K
H
h
O
o
o
00
rJ"
in
.— I
W
D
<
>
<
H
O
H
w
w
D
Pi
en
u
en
I— 1
p
t^
5^
O
^ o
PJ
^H
U
2 <
«
2
^, o
D
w o
2
J w
H 2
H
W
w
3
vJD
Q
W
H
H
W
to
o
CO
O
o
CO
o
o
o
CO
00
o
X
tq
2
o
%
o
<
Pi '^
in
in
W in
tn
Q o
••
2; -'
00
D fc,
<A
o o
2; H
M
n ^
^^
D
J w
►4
<: ^
o
<
fx, W
.— t
>
EBTS
ACRE
.-H
J
(M
<
H
O
P H
nJ
H
w ?5
ss
Xi
(U
0^ S
o o
0
ft Q
en
oi 2
n)
o o
O A
VATE
THE
2;
<
S
w
0
U
D
W
<
O
Q
W
tx;
H
w
H
cq
W
2
w
t>
w
2;
cq
o
H
*
Q
W
►J
H
H
CO
o
in
^
•o
*)
r-t
■M
u
,
in
CA
m
4)
01
d
-1
M
rn
Ul
(A
•«H
• r<
4)
<\>
(U
■*-»
(U
J3
"*-(
43
0
nJ
v-l
•—4
n
111
(If
n)
0
^
>
?
X
nl
-4->
■M
4-*
1^
^
o
o
o
^
VH
V-i
C
T)
-o
0
• 1-4
4<J
d
0
J
a*
o"
nl
4)
<u
•>
^
U
o
-t-»
0
c
c
F
c
c
•iH
o
0
4-*
these 30 settlements, 18 issues— totaling $136,069,-
700 — -were refinanced, offers being extended to ex-
change new bonds for the original issues ; 10 were
cash offers valued at $4,452,500; and 2 were com-
bined cash and exchange offers of a total value
of $518,000. It is estimated that the total value
of the bonds covered by these settlements is
$141,040,200.° Six issues falling into the public-
debt category still remain outstanding ; they have
a total value of $11,771,000.
Debts of Private Corporations
The negotiation of settlements for the second
category of debts under the London Agi-eement —
debts of private German corporations — was en-
trusted to the United States Committee for Ger-
man Corporate Dollar Bonds, Inc., also of New
York City. This committee has informed the De-
partment of State that as of February 21, 1957,
of the 62 issues for which it is responsible, 45 have
been settled. Of these 45 settlements, 18 issues
with a value of $31,249,500 were refinanced, offers
having been extended to exchange new bonds for
the original issues ; 23 were cash offei'S valued at
$14,315,000; and one issue worth $418,800 merely
resumed the payment of interest. The total value
of these settlements, again expressed in terms of
the amount reported as validated by the Valida-
tion Board, is $46,082,000. Of the remaining 17
issues, totaling $32,372,006, settlements are im-
minent for 9 issues with a value of $24,007,000,
while 6 others valued at $8,365,006 are under long-
term negotiation. Since 2 of the remaining un-
settled issues are not included on the validation
list, an exact valuation estimate for these is
imavailable.
Standstill Debts
As for the so-called "standstill debts" provided
for under annex III of the London Agreement, the
American Committee for Standstill Creditors of
Germany has reported that satisfactory arrange-
ments have been made with respect to all debts held
by American creditors, except for short-term
credits to German bank debtors with clients ordi-
narily resident outside the Federal Eepublic.
Miscellaneous Debts
With respect to the miscellaneous debts covered
by amiex IV to the agreement, it was estimated,
at the time the London Agreement was negotiated,
that the claims of American creditors amounted
to $98,400,000, including accrued interest. As
these debts consisted of various types of private
claims, they are handled individually by direct
negotiations between the creditors and the debtors
rather than through any centralized agency. As
far as the Department of State is aware, settle-
ment of the debts falling in this category has pro-
ceeded in a satisfactory manner.
Report of the Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds
September 1, 1955-August 31, 1956
Following is the substantive portion of a report
on the activities of the Validation Board for
German Dollar Bonds, covering the period from
September 1, 1955, through August 31, 1956, which
was transmitted to Secretary Dulles by Douglas
W. Hartman, U.S. member of the Board.
FOREWORD
This Annual Keport marks the end of three full
years of regular registration of German dollar
° For the purpose of valuation, the amount reported as
validated on Aug. 31, 1956, by the Validation Board for
German Dollar Bonds is taken as tantamount to the effec-
tive valuation of these settlements.
bonds with the Validation Board. During this
period the Board has validated $138,647,800 face
amount of German dollar bonds or 97.3% of the
piincipal value of all bonds registered with the
Board.
Over 40,000 registrations have been processed
by the Board and its small staff which all together
was never in excess of 19 persons. The signifi-
cance of the task will be fully appreciated when
one realizes that a serious dilution of the interests
of the legitimate holders of the bonds, most of
whom are nationals of the United States, has been
averted and the illegal holders have been denied
any benefits from the approximate $350,000,000
March 18, 1957
447
principal amount of dollar bonds looted mainly
from the bank vaults in Berlin in 1945 after that
city was occupied by the Soviet Army. Further-
more, an orderly market for the free and open
trading in the validated securities has been re-
established in the United States.
The looted bonds, if validated, would represent
a value of more than half a billion dollars. But
for the London Debt Agi-eement and the valida-
tion procedure the German issuers might have had
to pay for such looted bonds. The very existence
of the Board and its widely publicized efforts have
obviously deterred registration of these bonds.
AVith the expiration of the regular registration
period on August 31, 1956, the future registration
of looted bonds will be more difficult and, there-
fore, less likely.
The American and German elements of the
Board have cooperated harmoniously and effec-
tively in day-after-day association for a period
of over three years, dedicated to the common pur-
pose that no legitimate holder should be denied
validation and no looted bond validated. The
Board believes its experience speaks well for the
practicability of mixed agencies in working out
difficult international problems.
Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds
Douglas W. Haktman De. Walther Skaupy
United States Member German Member
August 31, 1956
Third Annual Report of the
Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds
CSeptember 1, 1955 to August 31, 1956>
INTRODUCTION
The Board's first report as of August 31, 1954
with several of its exhibits was printed in the
Bttlletin of the Department of State, Volume
XXXII, No. 813 of January 24, 1955, pages 139-
149. That report discussed the formation and
legal basis for the Board's existence, and such
information will not be repeated here. For com-
prehensive information further reference may be
made to the message of the President of the United
States to the United States Senate of April 10,
1953, Senate Document, Executives D, E, F and
G, 83rd Congress. . . .
For a brief summary of the reasons why Ger-
man dollar bonds must be validated, the Board's
Explanatory Pamplilet issued in 1953 will prob-
ably suffice. Tlie text of this pamphlet is included
as Exhibit No. 1.^ . . .
At the expiration of the period for regular reg-
istration (August 31, 1956), a total of 40,620
registrations had been received representing an
aggregate nominal value of $142,459,600. Thus
the average registration for the three years of
regular registration represents a nominal value
of $3,507 per registration.
The registration period which ended originally
on August 31, 1954, was extended three times by
agreements of the two governments; first to Au-
gust 31, 1955 ; second to February 29, 1956 ; and
third to August 31, 1956. . . .
The Board will continue to receive registrations
after August 31, 1956, until August 31, 1958, "if
tlie registrant shows that the failure to register
the bond earlier was not due to his own gross
negligence". (Paragraph (1) of Article 21 of
the Validation Law. )
At August 31, 1956, the Board had validated
$138,647,800 principal amount of the $142,459,600
principal amount registered with it. It has, there-
fore, approved 97.3% of the face amount of all
securities presented to it for validation.
The $3,811,800 principal amount pending, rep-
resent cases very recently registered; some cases
where registrants have failed to respond to Board
requests for additional information; and, of
course, the challenged registrations. About i/^
of these bonds fall witliin the challenged classi-
fication.
It is, therefore, interesting to note that less
than 1% of the bonds registered with the Board
have been challenged.
The Board finds gi-eat reassurance in the fact
that it has not received a single complaint from
the German issuers that any looted bond has been
validated. This is particularly significant in
view of the constant improvement in reconstruct-
ing German banking and company records during
the past three yeai-s. . . .
The location and reconstruction of banking and
company records within Germany since the war
has produced very satisfactory results. Estimates
of the volume of German dollar bonds in legiti-
mate circulation, revised as of August 31, 1956,
' Not printed here.
448
Dejyartment of State Bulletin
now indicate a total of $260,710,300. Heretofore,
American authorities had estimated this total at
$250,000,000.
Taking the figure shown in "Global Registra-
tions", at $226,627,400 and adding thereto $13,500,-
000, being roughly i^ of the volume registered
with German courts for declaratory decrees, it
may be said that a total of about $240,000,000 face
amount of the bonds has been accounted for or
identified. . . .
Global
The following tables show registrations and
validations of German dollar bonds with the
Board in New York, with Examining Agencies
and Courts in Germany and collective validations :
GLOBAL REGISTRATIONS
Registered with the Board in New York as
of August 31, 1956 $142,459,600
♦Registered with Examining Agencies, as
pieces legitimately held within Ger-
many, as of August 31, 1956 17, 219, 000
•♦Collective validation 71, 801, 900
Correction for duplicate validations, by the
Board, and under collective validation
$231, 480, 500
Correction for duplicate registrations
with the Board and for collective
validation
4, 853, 100
$226, 627, 400
• Registration with and validation by Examining Agen-
cies and German Chambers was authorized with respect
to foreign currency securities held within Germany on
January 1, 1945 under the Validation Law and
Agreements.
*• Collective validation — Pursuant to general authority
within the Law and the Agreements, anil by exchange of
specific notes between the governments of the Federal
Republic of Germany and the United States, an amount not
to exceed $72,148,000 principal amount of the bonds was
authorized for collective validation. Most of these bonds
were certified by certain banks in Great Britain, Switzer-
land, Belgium, Luxemburg, Sweden, and the Netherlands,
as having been within their custody on January 1, 1945.
The Federal Minister of Finance in concurrence with
the Federal Minister of Justice accepted these certificates
as sufficient and validated $71,801,900 principal amount
of the bonds.
GLOBAL VALIDATIONS
Validated by the Board in New York as of
August 31, 1956 $138, 647, 800
Validated by Examining Agencies and
Chambers for the Settlement of Securities
in Germany as of August 31, 1956 11, 947, 100
Collective validation 71,801,900
$4, 853, 100
$217, 543, 700
The amounts actually accepted for collective
validation by country were as follows :
Country Validated
Belgium $174, 700
Germany 3, 688, 900
Great Britain 21,966,500
Luxemburg 7, 000
Netherlands 7, 371, 400
Sweden 17, 088, 500
Switzerland 20, 344, 400
$70, 641, 400
♦Consolidated Hydro-Electric Works of
Upper Wurttemburg 1, 160, 500
$71, 801, 900
$222, 396, 800
♦In addition to the bonds certified by banks, $1,160,500
principal amount of the Consolidated Hydro-Electric
Works of Upper Wurttemburg 7% First Mortgage 30-Year
Sinking Fund Gold Bonds (Oberschwiibische Elektrizi-
taets Werke) were accepted for collective validation.
Since trading in German dollar bonds without
validation, and without a validation certificate
affixed by the Board, was prohibited in the United
States under the terms of SEC Eule X15C2-3 of
January 12, 1954, special provision has been made
with the Board's General and Special Depositaries
to affix the Board's certificates of validation to
such collectively validated bonds upon certification
to these depositaries by the Board, of the lists of
such validated bonds as published in the
Bundesanzeiger (the equivalent of the American
Federal Eegister).
Declaratory Decrees
A discussion of global registrations and valida-
tions of German dollar bonds is incomplete with-
out covering the subject of declaratory decrees.
Article 4 of the Validation Law was designed to
protect owners of lost or destroyed bonds and pro-
vides that "there shall be granted ... a declara-
tory decree in respect of any foreign currency
bond which has been destroyed or for some other
reason cannot be submitted for validation by any
pei'son entitled to register it, . . . ."
Under this provision, the Examining Agencies
have had registered with them as of August 31,
1956 a total principal value of $26,415,300, and the
March ?8, 7957
449
German Chambers have issued decrees to regis-
trants in the principal value of $14,230,000.
The figures cannot properly be added to the
previously stated global figures of registrations
and validations for the reason that they include
a very substantial percentage of duplications.
There have been a substantial number of recov-
eries of bonds assumed lost, and recovered after
declaratory decrees were issued. For example,
dollar bonds shipped abroad from New York just
before the war broke out between the United
States and Germany were not delivered because
they were seized by British authorities. After
the German Chambei-s had issued declaratory de-
crees therefor, the bonds were returned by the
British to the former American holder and, upon
his registration, were validated by the Board.
The registration figures for declaratory decrees
also include many bonds seized under the United
States Trading with the Enemy Act as alien prop-
erty which have been registered with the Board
by the Attorney General. Duplicate decisions do
not, however, occur in this group of bonds and,
accordingly, there is no overlapping of valida-
tions and declaratory decrees here. The duplica-
tion is found here only in registrations.
The recovery under a declaratory decree gives
no immediate satisfaction to the former bond-
holder, for a law must yet be enacted by the Fed-
eral Eepublic determining what recovery holders
of the decrees may receive. Under the Validation
Law the declaratory decree gives only the right to
compensation, and no such compensation will be
paid until the period within which such bond may
be registered has run out, specifically August 31,
1958. . . .
GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION
The pattern of registrations geographically has
not changed materially during the past year.
Among domestic registrations, the 10 States hav-
ing the largest volume of registrations for the
full three years are as follows :
New Xork $36,931,100
Pennsylvania 6,847,300
Illinois 6,375,800
California 5,94.5,400
Ohio 5,648,900
New Jersey 4, 183, 800
Missouri 4,130,400
District of Columbia 2,544,100
450
Massachusetts $2,290,000
Wisconsin 2,088,600
Among foreign registrations Switzerland ranks
first by an enormous margin. A total of $28,334,-
700 principal amount of the bonds was registered
almost exclusively by SavIss banks with the Board
in New York. In addition, Swiss banks
registered $20,500,000 principal amount for col-
lective validation. The Swiss accordingly regis-
tered a total of $48,834,700 principal amount of
the bonds. There is in the figure a certain volume
of duplications for a number of Swiss banks regis-
tered bonds with the Board in New York which
had also been listed for collective validation. This
occurred during the second year of registration
due to some uncertainty as to the ultimate agree-
ment of the United States Government to the
Federal Republic's proposal for collective valida-
tion. In many of these cases the bonds were vali-
dated by the Board in New York and also under
the collective validation procedure in Germany.
The reconciliation could only be made by the Office
for Security Settlements within Germany, by the
laborious jjrocess of checking bond serial numbers.
Since the totals representing the combination of
all validation procedures will be furnished by that
Office, there is probably no real necessity for such
reconciliation.
The bonds registered with the Board, except for
those held in Switzerland prior to January 1, 1945
most of which were collectively validated, repre-
sent bonds which flowed into Switzerland mainly
from American and British owners between the
years 1945 and 1953. I
Trading in German dollar bonds in the United
States was contrai-y to Securities and Exchange
Commission requests. Some American holders
learning that there was a Swiss market for the J
bonds sold their holdings to the Swiss during this i
period.
The only other foreign countries which figm'e
importantly in registrations with the Board arc :
France $2,857,500
Great Britain and Ireland 2,827,300
Netherlands 3,246,900
Total United States and other registrations for
the full three-year period with the Board in New
York are as follows:
United States $.06,655,200
Other 45,804,400
Department of State Bulletin
DETACHED COUPONS
THE CHALLENGED REGISTRATIONS
Following an exchange of notes between the
governments of the United States and the Federal
Eej^ublic of Germany, the Twelfth Implementing
Ordinance to the Validation Law of August 25,
1952 was promulgated by the Government of the
Federal Republic on August 14, 1956. (See
Bundesgesetzblatt 1956, Part I, page 742.)
This ordinance provided for the establishment
of a procedure for the validation of individual in-
terest coupons detached from German dollar bonds
described in the schedule attached to the Valida-
tion Law which were not themselves validated.
The problem arose by reason of the fact that
when certain dollar bonds were repui-chased for
retirement purposes during the 1930s many cou-
pons had already matured and were not required
in delivery. The sellere of these bonds, therefore,
clipped such matured coupons and continued to
hold them in their possession.
A number of brokerage houses in New York
had accumulated considerable quantities of such
coupons and since they were clearly held outside
of Germany on January 1, 1945, they constituted a
proper claim against their issuers. Many, if not
most of the bonds (primary instruments), from
which these coupons were clipped, had either been
regularly retired and cremated, or had been on
deposit in Berlin banks when the vaults of these
banks were looted after the Soviet Anny entered
and occupied that city.
Coupons detached from regularly validated
bonds presented no problem, for under the tenns
of Article 5, Paragraph (1) of the Validation Law
validation of the bond also constituted validation
of the coupons (secondary instruments) .
The procedure adopted is closely similar to that
of the procedure for validating bonds. The Board
will not, however, as a rule, require the physical
deposit of the coupons with it or its depositaries as
in the case of bonds, but each individual coupon
must be separately described on the form which
the Board has provided.
The public has been appropriately notified by
newspaper publication, as in case of the bonds,
that registration of coupons will begin on Septem-
ber 1, 1956. Forms and instructions for register-
ing such detached coupons may be obtained from
the Validation Board at 30 Broad Street, New
York 4, N. Y.
General
Of the total of $142,459,600 principal amount of
German dollar bonds registered with the Board
under 40,620 separate registrations, 54 registra-
tions have been challenged. These challenged
cast\s represent bonds having a principal value of
$1,319,000. In all of these cases objections have
been filed with the Board by the issuers and Ex-
amining Agencies. Such objections are accom-
panied by evidence tending to show that the bonds
were, in fact, within Germany on January 1, 1945,
and that they were unlawfully removed from the
vaidts in which they were deposited.
In six of these cases representing a total prin-
cipal value of $274,000, the Board has rendered
formal decisions denying validation.
In twelve of these cases involving bonds totalling
$329,000 principal value, the registrants, after re-
ceiving the Board's letter outlining the facts and
evidence against the validation, have withdrawn
their registrations.
There are still pending before the Board 36
cases involving $716,000 principal value. The
registi-ants in these cases have been or will be noti-
fied that objections to validation have been filed
with the Board by the issuers and Examining
Agencies and invited to rebut the objections and
to supplement the evidence submitted with their
registrations in support of their claims that the
bonds were, in fact, outside of Germany on Janu-
ary 1, 1945.
In 14 of these cases the Board has given formal
notice of its intention to deny validation, inform-
ing the registrant that unless further evidence
supporting the registrant's case is received within
90 days, the Board would proceed to render its
decision denying validation.
Although a public hearing has been held in only
one of the challenged cases, the Board has been
ready at all times to meet and discuss evidence
with any of its registrants or their representatives,
either privately or in public hearing. Every pos-
sible assistance has been offered to its registrants
in suggesting sources of documentary evidence or
gi-anting additional time within which to find
evidence.
The Board's Opinions
Prior to August 31, 1956, the Board has ren-
dered six decisions denying validation to bonds in
March 18, 1957
451
the total principal value of $274,000. A brief
summary of each of these opinions follows:
The bond involved in Decision No. 1 was regis-
tered with the Board under a claim that it was
located in Switzerland on January 1, 1945.
In Decision No. 2 the January 1, 1945 location
of the bond was described by the registrant as
Rome, Italy.
In Decision No. 3 the registrant claimed the
bond was located in Brazil on January 1, 1945.
In each of these three decisions the bonds in-
volved had been redeemed and perforated by the
issuer. The perforations had been so skillfully
repaired that they passed initial inspection.
The Board's decisions denying validation in
these three cases were dated March 21, 1956.
In Decision No. ^ the registrant claimed to have
acquired his 245 United Steel Works Debentures,
Series A, due July 1, 1947, in Warsaw, Poland, in
June 1940 ; to have brought them into the United
States when he entered at San Francisco in No-
vember 1940 under a Honduran diplomatic pass-
poi't ; to have held them in safety deposit in a New
York bank until September 1942, when he placed
them in custody of the Consul General for Hon-
duras in New York City where they remained
until reclaimed by him in 1950.
The registrant changed his status within the
United States very soon after his arrival from
that of a person "in transit" to that of a visitor.
Iia acquiring "visitor" status he executed the form
required by the Bureau of Immigration and Natu-
ralization declaring that he owned no foreign
securities.
The safety deposit box in which he claimed to
have deposited the bonds when he arrived in New
York in November 1940 was blocked by the
United States Treasury in 1941. On October 24,
1941 and when the box was given up on January
21, 1942, the only times the registrant had access
to the box, no securities of any description were
withdrawn therefrom. On Form TFR-300, dated
December 16, 1941, filed with the United States
Treasury, the registrant denied specifically under
oath that he as a foreign national owned any
foreign securities. On investigation the Board
discovered that this safety deposit box was too
small to contain the registered securities.
The issuer reported to the Board tliat the bonds
had, in fact, been reacquired by it in 1934 and
comprised part of redemption payment covering
a 1939 redemption period; that the bonds were,
in fact, transferred within the Reichsbank in Ber-
lin from the commercial account of the Conversion
Office for German Foreign Debts into a redemp-
tion account where they remained until May
1945, and that the transfer had been reported to
the trustee of the issue, the Irving Trust Com-
pany in New York, by a letter dated March 20,
1941. The Irving Trust Company produced tliis
letter with its accompanying list of 600 serial
numbers, certifying that it had been received by
that bank in New York City on April 29, 1941.
All of the serial numbers of the 245 debentures
covered by the registration in question were in-
cluded in that list.
This registrant asked for and was accorded an
opportunity to appear before the Board. A pub-
lic hearing in the matter was held in the offices
Decision No.
Registrant
Securities
Nominal Value
1
Mrs. Jean Gruter
$1 000
2
Basel, Switzerland
Credito Italiano
&}'■>% Debenture, due 1951
Siemens & Halske
1 000
3
Rome, Italy
Mr. Paul Loeb
6><% Debenture, due 1951
1, 000
4
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Mr. Richard Abrev
6H% Debenture, due 1951
United Steel Works
245, 000
1, 000
5
New York, N. Y.
Perera Company, Inc
Series A Debentures, due 1947
United Steel Works
6
New York, N. Y.
Mr. Stefan Schenker
Series A Debenture, due 1947
United Steel Works
25, 000
New York, N. Y.
7 Series A Debentures, due 1947
18 Series C Bonds
452
Department of State Bulletin
of tlie United States Delegation to the United
Nations at 2 Park Avenue, New York, on May
11 and 12, 1955.
The Board's decision denying validation was
issued on March 26, 1956.
An appeal to the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York has been
filed in this case. The registrant is represented
by Curtis, Mallet-Prevost, Colt & Mosle. The
issuer is represented by Shearman & Sterling &
Wright and the Board has retained Davis Polk
Wardwell Sunderland & Kiendl as its counsel.
In Decision No. 5 the registrant, Perera Com-
pany, Inc., stated that its $1,000 United Steel
Works Debenture, Series A, had been in Mexico
on January 1, 1945, and that it was received in
1952 and held as collateral on a debt owed to it
by one Mr. Herman Brann. This debenture like-
wise appears upon the same list referred to in
Decision No. 4 of 600 serial numbers submitted
by the Conversion Office in Berlin to the Irving
Trust Company with its letter of March 20, 1941.
The Board rendered its decision denying valida-
tion on July 25, 1956.
In Decision No. 6 the registrant, Mr. Stefan
Schenker, acting for his brother Norbert, sub-
mitted two separate registration statements, one
covering 18 $1,000 United Steel Works Bonds,
Series C, due June 1, 1951, and one covering 7
$1,000 United Steel Works Debentures, Series A,
due July 1, 1947. The registrant claimed the
bonds and debentures were in custody of a Polish
consular official in Rio de Janeiro on January 1,
1945. Evidence against validation covering the
7 Series A debentures is that the serial numbers
of these debentures also appear upon the list of
600 serial numbers transmitted by the Conversion
Office to the Irving Trust Company in New York
with its letter of March 20, 1941.
In case of the Series C bonds the issuer has
presented banking records showing the reacqui-
sition and the transfer of these securities from
the Commerz- und Privatbank in Berlin and de-
posit within the Reichsbank in Conversion Office
redemption accounts. As in Decisions Nos. 4 and
5, the Conversion Office in Berlin reported the
transfer for amortization purposes to the redemp-
tion accoimt of 324 of these Series C bonds to
the American trustee in New York, in tliis case
The First National City Bank of New York.
That bank has furnished a certified photocopy of
the letter dated March 20, 1941 with its accom-
panying list of 324 serial numbers. All 18 of
the serial numbers of the bonds registered by Mr.
Schenker appear on this list.
The Board rendered its decision denying vali-
dation on August 10, 1956.
The Withdrawn Registrations
Case No. 1 — This registration involved 91
United Steel Works Corporation 61/2% 20- Year
Sinking Fund Debentures, Series A, due July 1,
1947. It was filed by a Swiss bank on behalf of
a United States national, resident in France, un-
der a claim that the debentures on January 1,
1945, were in custody of an individual described
as a banker in Paris.
The Board foimd all of the serial nrmibers
included on the list of 600 amortized bonds of
the same issue transmitted by the Conversion Of-
fice in Berlin to the Irving Trust Company in
New York with its letter dated March 20, 1941.
This is the same list as that mentioned heretofore
in the Board's decisions denying validation in
the Abrey, Schenker, and Perera Cases. Prior
to the receipt of this registration, the Board was
advised that a Swiss institution had offered these
same debentures by serial number list to a New
York broker, the representation then being that
the debentures had been smuggled out of Ger-
many by a Brussels, Belgium, security dealer into
Switzerland where they were located on January
1, 1945.
When the registrant was informed of these con-
tradictory assertions, the registration was with-
drawn.
Case No. 2 — This registration involved 32 Sie-
mens & Halske Stock Corporation 61/2% 25- Year
Sinking Fund Gold Debentures, due September
1, 1951. The registrant claimed the debentures
were in New York City on January 1, 1945, and
that he had purchased them privately from the
director of a casino in Italy in 1939.
Upon inspection the debentures were discov-
ered to have been perforated with the perfora-
tions so skillfully repaired that they escaped
notice upon initial examination. The Siemens &
Halske Corporation had perforated all deben-
tures reacquired for amortization purposes.
When the registrant was informed of these
facts, the registration was withdrawn.
Case No. 3 — This registration involved three
March ?8, 1957
453
Good Hope Steel and Iron Works 7% 20- Year
Sinking Fund Gold Bonds, due October 15, 1945.
It was filed by a Swiss bank on behalf of a Ca-
nadian resident, who claimed the bonds were in
Canada on January 1, 1945.
The German Examining Agency objected to the
validation of these bonds on the ground that the
bonds had been reacquired for amortization pur-
poses and that the issuer's records include a letter
from the Conversion Office dated May 12, 1941,
reporting the deposit of these bonds with others
into its redemption account in the Reichsbank.
Upon notification of these facts to the regis-
trant, the registration was withdrawn.
Cases Nos. J^-S — These cases involved five sep-
arate registrations covering 117 United Steel
Works Corporation 6y2% 20- Year Sinking Fund
Debentures, Series A, due July 1, 1947. Three of
the registrations were filed by a Swiss bank and
two by the registrant, all, however, by or on behalf
of an attorney in Mexico City. These registra-
tions were received at intervals over a three-month
period and were supported by a declaration of a
Mexican bank that the debentures had been in
deposit with that bank on January 1, 1945.
The Board found the serial numbers of all of
the debentures submitted under these five registra-
tions on the list of serial numbers which had been
transmitted by the Conversion Office in Berlin
with its letter of March 20, 1941 to the Irving
Trust Company in New York. The evidence op-
posing validation is here again the same list of
serial numbers mentioned heretofore in the Abrey,
Schenker and Perera Decisions.
The Board's representatives called upon the
president of the bank in Mexico presenting photo-
static copies of the declarations and asking to see
the bank's records supporting them. An admis-
sion that there were no records in the bank to sup-
port the declarations was obtained and the bank
asked that its declarations be withdrawn. There-
after the registrants withdrew their registrations.
Case No. 9 — This case involved 15 United Steel
Works Corporation 6V2% 20- Year Sinking Fund
Debentures, Series A, due July 1, 1947. The
registrant, a resident of New York, claimed the
debentures were in Switzerland on January 1,
1945. He stated that he inherited them from his
father who passed on in Switzerland in 1947. He
submitted in support of his claim that the deben-
tures were outside of Germany on January 1, 1945
a letter from a Paris bank dated July 11, 1939,
which stated that under separate cover the bank
was delivering $15,000 in face amount of United
Steel Works debentures to his father in Switzer-
land. The letter described the debentures by
serial number.
The German Examining Agency advised the
Board that all of the debentures had been pur-
chased for redemption and were included on the
list of 600 amortized bonds submitted by the Con-
version Office to the Irving Trust Company under
its letter dated March 20, 1941. This is again the
same list referred to in the Abrey, Schenker, and
Perera Opinions.
Moreover, in this case the Board submitted the
letter dated July 11, 1939, from the Paris bank for
laboratory inspection. The laboratory report
stated that the typewriter used was Underwood
distinctive pica type first put in use by the com-
pany in March 1946.
Upon informing the registrant of these facts,
this registration was withdrawn.
Case No. 10 — This case involved one North Ger-
man Lloyd 6% 20- Year Sinking Fund Gold Bond
due November 1, 1947. The registrant claimed
that the bond was in Canada on January 1, 1945.
The bond itself contained evidence of the fact
that it was acquired by the North German Lloyd
Company in the course of an exchange operation
that took place in 1933, being stamped to that
effect. The issuer also presented evidence that
the bond was held by the company in its own
vaults in Bremen until the Spring of 1945 when
Bremen was occupied by the Allied forces. Dur-
ing this period of occupation the bond disap-
peared.
Upon informing the registrant of these facts,
the registration was withdrawn.
Case No. 11 — This registration involved 69
United Steel Works 61/2% 20- Year Sinking Fund
Debentures, Series A, due July 1, 1947. The reg-
istrant claimed the debentures were in Mexico on
January 1, 1945 and promised to produce probate
records proving he had inherited the debentures
from his grandmother who died in October 1945.
No such records were produced.
The Examining Agency in Germany called at-
tention to the appearance of all 69 serial numbers
on the list sent by the Conversion Office to the
Irving Trust Company with its letter dated
March 20, 1941. This is again the same list re-
ferred to heretofore.
454
Department of State Bullef'm
When the registrant was notified of the "facts
and evidence opposing validation, the registration
was withdrawn.
Case No. 12 — This registration involved one
North German Lloyd 6% 20-Year Sinking Fund
Gold Bond, due November 1, 1947. The regis-
trant claimed the bond was in Canada on January
1, 1945. The bond in this case also bore evidence
upon itself that it was acquired by the North Ger-
man Lloyd Company in the course of an exchange
operation that took place in 1933, being stamped
to that effect. The issuer presented evidence that
tlie bond was thereafter held by it in its own vaults
in Bremen until the Spring of 1945 when Bremen
was occupied by the Allied forces. During this
period of occupation the company's vaults were
broken into and the bond disappeared.
Upon informing the registrant of these facts,
the registration was withdrawn.
The Pending Cases
The Board has 36 cases before it, in each of
which it has evidence tending to show that the
bonds were actually within Germany on January
1, 1945, and unlawfully removed from the vaults
of German banks in which they were deposited
on that date, contrary to the claim of the regis-
trant.
These cases are in various stages of progi-ess.
Some are recent registrations. In 14 of these
cases the Board has already sent its 90-day letter
advising the registrant of all facts and evidence
opposing validation. In these cases the regis-
trant has 90 days after receipt of the letter to sup-
ply rebutting evidence. If no rebuttal is offered
and the case is not withdrawn within this 90-day
period, the Board proceeds to the preparation of
its decision and opinion.
In other cases the Board is awaiting the pres-
entation of additional evidence either from the
registrant or the issuer.
Miscellaneous Cases
1. Registrations of Bonds Seized hy British
Authorities During the War
Certain bonds which were repurchased for the
account of several German agencies prior to De-
cember 1941 and while en route to other countries
in American aircraft were seized by British
authorities. Some of these bonds have been pur-
chased at sales held by the British Admiralty
Marshal and were, thereafter, registered with the
Board mainly by Swiss banks. Determination of
these complex cases is still pending.
2. Registration of Valid Bonds Allegedly Lost or
Stolen
A considerable amount of the Board's time dur-
ing the past two years has been given to cases
wliere bonds were registered as held outside of
Germany on January 1, 1945 and applications
were made to the competent German agencies by
other persons for declaratory decrees alleging that
the same bonds were stolen or disappeared in Ger-
many in 1944 or 1945. In these cases the alleged
thefts or losses did not involve bonds which were
repurchased for redemption.
After much correspondence and numerous per-
sonal interviews many of these registrations were
withdrawn when it began to appear that the bonds
were probably not outside of Germany on January
1, 1945. Quite a number of these cases are still
pending.
FACT FINDING ACTIVITY OF THE BOARD
The Board is authorized under Article 24, Para-
graph 3 of the Validation Law "to make such in-
vestigations as it considers necessary to ascertain
the facts."
The Board has largely confined its activities
under this authority to broad studies of the struc-
ture of the banking system within Germany dur-
ing the period from 1930-1945. During his first
trip to Germany in 1954 the American Member
began a study of the functions and inter-relation-
ships of the Reichsbank in Berlin with the Gold-
diskontbank and the Conversion Office. He was
also concerned on this trip with problems of co-
ordinating the administrative functioning of the
German Federal Debt Administration, the Office
for Validation of Securities, and the Examining
Agencies within Germany with those of the Board
in New York.
The inquiry concerning the functions and inter-
relationships of the Keichsbank, Golddiskontbank
and Conversion Office was continued in April and
May 1955 when both German and American mem-
bers of the Board traveled to Germany and inter-
viewed many former employees of the Reichsbank,
tlie Golddiskontbank and the Conversion Office.
Minutes were made of these meetings which were
read back to the witnesses and then signed by them.
March 18, 1957
455
Botli Gei-ni;in and Amorican members were
gratilied by (he cooperation allorded by govern-
meiiit and bankinjj officials in their effort to locate
key personnel who could tell of the procedui-es ob-
served within the bunks, particularly within the
Securities Department of the Roichsbank where
the redem])tion accounts of the Conversion Office
were maint-siined.
In 1955 the Board learned that important leads
as to distribution of some of the bonds looted from
the vaults of Berlin banks could be obtained in
Europe and North Africa. Accordingly, in April
of this year Mr. Ilartman traveled to these areas
to develop such information. . . .
IN APPRECIATION
. . . The Board desires also to express its grati-
tude to all those officials of the German Ministry of
Finance, the United States Department of State,
the German Federal Debt Administration and the
German Office for Security Validation, the Office
of International Finance of the United States
Treasury and the Securities and Exchange Com-
mission, the Bank deutscher Laender, and the
United States Federal Reserve Board, whose con-
tinued interest and cooperation have contributed
much to the results the Board is able to show in
this report.
For the continued cooperation of The First
National City Bank of New York, its General
Dejiositary, and J. P. Morgan i^ Co., Incorporated,
it,s Special Depositary, for the helpful counsel of
Doremus & Co., its advertising agents, and the
American Bank Note Company, engraver of its
validation certifiwites, the Board is likewise
grateful.
Deep appreciation must also be expressed for
the frequent assistance of the Foreign Bond-
holders Protective Council, Inc., the United States
Committee for German Corporate Dollar Bonds,
the National Association of Securities Dealere,
the New York Stock Exchange, and the Swiss
Bankers' Association.
The cooperation of the German banks who act
as Examining Agencies for the bonds subject to
validation has been especially important to the
Board and it has appreciated the general prompt-
ness with which these agencies have furnished
their reports to the Board.
This report would be incomplete without an
acknowledgment of the excellent cooperation the
Board has had from its registrants generally.
Their patience in responding to the Board's re-
quests for better evidence, and the cooperation of
banks, brokers and dealere in assisting them to
document their claims so as to establish a record
upon which the Board could validate has been
praiseworthy indeed.
For a truly magnificent demonstration of co-
operation by the public and the press generally,
and banks and securitj' dealers in particular, with
its task of undoing the miscliief and confusion
started by the looting of the bonds after the occu-
pation of Berlin, the Board says to all, Thank
You.
IN CONCLUSION
In the coming yeiir, the Board's principal tasks
will include the determination of cases involving
bonds, the validity of which has been challenged.
The Board has been named defendant in a law-
suit by a registrant whose 245 bonds have been
denied validation. The character of its work is,
therefore, being altered from a matter of dealing
with a great mass of detail to the more difficult
task of reaching decisions on complex cases. The
new tasks of the Board will involve decisions
whether new registrants were grossly negligent in
failing to register their bonds before August 31,
1956 and the independent validation of detached
interest coupons.
456
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Security Council President Requested To Discuss Kasiimir Dispute
Witli India and Pakistan
Having voted on January 2^ to continue its con-
sideration of the Kashmir dispute, the U.N. Se-
curity Council on February 15 began debate on a
four-power proposal authorizing the President of
the Council., Gunnar V. Jarring of Sweden, to visit
India and Pakistan in order to discuss with the
two Governments measures which might con-
tribute to a settlement. In the voting on Febru-
ary 20, the V.S.S.R. vetoed the proposal. The
United States irwmediately introduced a second
proposal, cosponsored by Australia and the United
Kingdom, which was adopted on February 21 ;
the U.S.S.R. abstained from voting.
Following are texts of statements made in the
Council by U.S. Representative Henri/ Cabot
Lodge, Jr., and Deputy U.S. Representative James
^V . Barco, together with the two proposals.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, FEBRU-
ARY 15
U.S./U.N. press release 2617
In its resolution of January 24, 1957, the Secur-
ity Council reminded the governments and author-
ities concerned of the principle contained in pre-
vious resolutions of the Security Council that
the final disposition of the State of Jammu and
Kasiimir be made in accordance with the will of
the people expressed through the democratic
method of a free and impartial plebiscite conducted
under the auspices of the United Nations.^ The
Security Council also reaffirmed that action by
the Kashmir Constituent Assembly to determine
the affiliation of the state would not constitute
disposition of it in accordance with this principle.
The Council did not at that time consider what
further action might be desirable from the point
of view of facilitating a settlement of this dispute
between India and Pakistan.
In closing my remarks in the Council on Janu-
ary 24, I observed that the United States consid-
ered that "in the absence of a direct, mutually
acceptable agreement between the parties, the
Council has an obligation to continue its efforts,
as it has in the past, to seek and to support any
fruitful suggestion in this difficult case." At the
suggestion of the United Nations Representative
for India and Pakistan, Dr. Frank Graham, who,
let me say, has served the United Nations with dis-
tinction and skill in more than one difficult
problem in addition to having a record of dis-
tinguished service in his own country, the parties
to the dispute undertook direct negotiations in
1953.^ Those negotiations were not successful.
TJius the C'ouncil again has a positive duty to assist
the parties in finding a just and equitable solution.
The Security Council's overriding endeavor in
connection with Kashmir has always been to secure
an amicable settlement acceptable to both parties.
In doing this it has sought to build upon the gains
which have been made in the past and upon agree-
ments whicli have been reached by the parties.
As the Secretary of State said on February 5 : '
. . . We continue to believe that, unless the parties are
able to agree upon some other solution, the solution which
was reconinieuiled by the Security Council should prevail,
which Is that there should be a plebiscite.
We listened attentively to the forthright pres-
entations of the representatives of India and
Pakistan [V. K. Krishna Menon and Malik Firoz
' For test of the resolution and of Ambassador Lodge's
Jan. 24 statement, see Bulletin of Feb. 11, 1957, p. 231.
" For bacUground on Dr. Graham's mission and a map
of Kashmir, seo ihid., Oct. 27, 10.52, pp. 001-067.
" Ihii., Feb. 25, 1957, p. 306.
March ?8, 1957
457
Khan Noon] with this in mind. We were pleased
to find that a common basis of agreement still
exists upon which the Security Council can build
in its etTorts to assist the parties in finding a
pacific solution.
One basis for agreement is the continued recog-
nition by the parties of their international obliga-
tions under the resolutions of the United Nations
Commission for India and Pakistan dated 13
August 1948 and 5 January 1949. Affirmations
of this adherence were made by the representative
of Pakistan at the 766th meeting [January 30]
and by the representative of India at the 767th
[February 8]. The representative of Pakistan
stated :
The only international obligations which the Govern-
ments of India and Pakistan have undertaken in regard
to the Kashmir dispute are embodied in the two United
Nations Commission for India and Pakistan resolutions
dated 13 August 1948 and 5 January 1949.
The representative of India stated :
These are the engagements. If they were of a formal
character they might be treaties, but they are the engage-
ments that we have entered into — the resolutions of 13
August 1948 and 5 January 1949.
What do these resolutions call for ? The reso-
lution of 13 August 1948 set out, in successive
stages, a cease-fire, a truce agreement, and a deter-
mination of the future status of the State of
Jammu and Kashmir in accordance with the will
of the people. The resolution of 5 January 1949
states that the question of the accession of the
State of Jammu and Kaslimir to India or Pak-
istan will be decided through the democratic
method of a free and impartial plebiscite. It also
specified methods through which this plebiscite
should be organized. This then is the first solid
basis of agreement from which the Security
Council can proceed.
Another important fact on which the Council
can build is the realization by both parties that
one of the chief barriers to the full carrying out of
these resolutions is the failure to achieve demili-
tarization. This is the central problem involved
in the "truce" section of the resolution of 13 Au-
gust 1948 and has been recognized in the state-
ments of both parties as a crucial problem in
carrying out the resolutions.
In this sense the question appears before the
Council fundamentally in the same light as it did
when we were previously called upon to discuss
the matter. The long and energetic efforts of Dr.
Frank Graham, the United Nations Represent-
ative for India and Pakistan, removed many
obstacles to the achievement of demilitarization.
However, it has not been possible for him so
far to achieve final agreement nor did it prove
possible for the parties, at the last time they
undertook direct negotiations, to come to final
conclusions. It is therefore on demilitarization
that the discussions of the representatives of Pak-
istan and India have largely turned and to which
the Council needs largely to address itself.
We welcome the assurances of both represent-
atives of their continued respect for and adherence
to these international engagements. We are hope-
ful that both Governments will do their utmost to
consult in good faith to implement the obligations
which they have assumed and in which the Secu-
rity Council has played such an important role.
We recognize that the opinions of the represent-
atives of India and Pakistan differ considerably
on many of the details of these obligations, on the
reasons for the failure to achieve demilitarization,
and on the elements wliich would bring it about
in an equitable fashion. However, the Security
Council has previously expressed its views on many
of these points.
The resolution which has been introduced by
the Governments of Australia, Cuba, the United
Kingdom, and the United States builds upon these
points of agreement. It thus lays considerable
stress on the importance of achieving demilitari-
zation. Four of the preambular paragraphs refer
to this problem. The task which we are suggest-
ing that the Security Council assign to its Presi-
dent also emphasizes efforts to achieve demilitari- ,
zation.
In this connection a proposal has already beer
put forward as a suggestion by which the presenfi
deadlock might be broken. This was the proposal
of the representative of Pakistan at the 761st
meeting [January 16], reiterated at the 766th
meeting, to the following effect :
The functions of protecting the state and Insuring in-
ternal security should be entrusted by the Council to a
United Nations force which should be introduced into
the area at once.
We have thought it desirable to note this px'oposal
of the representative of Pakistan for the use of
a temporary United Nations force in connection
with demilitarization. We have not attempted to
express a final judgment on this proposal but have
458
Department of State Bulletin
stated the belief that the use of such force would
deserve consideration insofar as it might con-
tribute to the achievement of demilitarization as
snvisaged in the resolutions of the United Nations
Commission for India and Pakistan and toward
the pacific settlement of the dispute.
We would hope that the President of the Se-
curity Council could explore this proposal further
s^'ith the Governments of India and Pakistan with
% view to examining its utility and determining
the extent to which it might be employed. If the
United Nations force would be of value in assist-
ing in the demilitarization or basic settlement of
the dispute, I am sure all of us would agree it
(vould deserve consideration.
We have therefore listed a temporary United
Nations force as one of the elements which need
to be borne in mind in making a new attempt to
ichieve a settlement. Considering the complexity
af the Kashmir issue and the length of time since
the Council last dealt with it, however, we have
suggested that the primary action of the Security
Council at this time be to request the President of
the Council to examine with the two Governments
proposals which he thinks are likely to contribute
to demilitarization or to establishing other con-
ditions for settling the dispute. This gives the
President sufficient flexibility to produce positive
results in bringing the parties together.
As I indicated earlier, the United States be-
lieves we must build upon the gains which have
been made before. The President in undertaking
this mission is accordingly to do so having regard
to the resolutions which have been adopted on
Kashmir by the Security Council and the United
Nations Commission for India and Pakistan. He
is also to bear in mind the statements of the parties
and specifically the proposal for a United Nations
force. As the President of the Council he will also
no doubt bear in mind the statements of the mem-
bers of the Council.
The resolution authorizes his travel to the sub-
continent and requests him to report back as soon
as possible but not later than April 15.
By sending one of its highest ranking repre-
sentatives, the United Nations will show its seri-
ous concern over the continued deadlock in the
achievement of demilitarization and a plebiscite
and provide an opportunity for full and detailed
consideration of means through which progress
might be made. The words "achievement" and
"progress" are important elements of the operative
])aragraph, inasmuch as they express the hope of
the sponsors that he will be able to report new
progress when he has completed his assignment.
AVe are particularly fortunate to have as Presi-
dent of the Security Council the eminent Repre-
sentative of Sweden, Gunnar Jarring. We urge
liini to accept this great responsibility. Ambassa-
dor Jarring is unusually well qualified for this
assignment, having been his country's representa-
tive both to India and to Pakistan. He thus will
carry with him not only his experience as Presi-
dent of the Security Council and Eepresentative
of Sweden in the United Nations, but also a first-
hand knowledge of India and Pakistan and a
friendship with the leaders of both countries.
We appeal to the Governments of both India
and Pakistan to receive him cordially and in ac-
cordance with their traditions of international
cooperation. We believe that both parties, by
virtue of their expressed attitude toward the
United Nations Commission for India and Paki-
stan resolutions, should discuss with the President
of the Security Council detailed proposals and
plans for achieving demilitarization and the estab-
lishment of conditions for progress toward the
settlement of the dispute.
Finally, the draft resolution requests the Secre-
tary-General and the United Nations Representa-
tive for India and Pakistan to render the Presi-
dent of the Council such assistance as he may re-
quest in connection with this special assignment.
The United Nations Representative for India
and Pakistan has played a significant role in nar-
rowing the differences between the two Govern-
ments on practical measures for bringing about
the truce and demilitarization stages preparatory
to a plebiscite. I am sure the President of the
Security Council would want to draw heavily
upon the reports which he has made to the Council,
to obtain his advice and counsel before under-
taking exploration with the parties. We hope that
Mr. Graham, who has served the United Nations
self-effacingly and effectively for many years in
seeking a pacific settlement of this dispute, will be
able to put himself at the disposal of the President
of the Security Council for such assistance as he
may need in the coming weeks.
In summary, the United States believes that the
present draft resolution offers the most promising
and judicious course for the Security Council to
follow at this time. We hope that the other mem-
bers of the Council will support it.
March 18, J 957
459
STATEMENT BY MR. BARCO, FEBRUARY 20
U.S./U.N. press release 2623
The Security Council began its renewed con-
sideration of the Kaslinair problem on January 16.
Since then we have met 11 times and we have had
a very thorough airing of this complicated
problem.
The United States has listened with great atten-
tion to the statements of the representatives of
India and Pakistan. The Council, as a whole, has
shown an enlightened and constructive attitude
toward the solution of the problem in the proper
spirit of conciliation.
The Soviet Union, however, apparently does not
look at this problem in the same way as the other
members of the Council. While it lias been our
hope that the United Nations, through the reso-
lution tabled by Australia, Cuba, the United
Kingdom, and the United States, could assist
the parties in taking a forward step, the position
of the Soviet Kepresentative [Arkady A. Sobolev]
has been essentially negative.
Let me examine the amendments he has put
forward."
First, under the Soviet amendments, all mention
of previous resolutions, either of the Security
Council or of Uncip, is eliminated. The Council
would therefore be asked to ignore the obligations
to which both India and Pakistan are committed
in the Uncip resolutions as well as a large number
of Security Council resolutions which are stiU
valid.
Second, under the Soviet Union's amendments,
all mention of the importance of achieving de-
militarization is eliminated. The cease-fire is in
effect ; but it is the failure to reach agreement on
the terms of a truce that has prevented further
progress toward a plebiscite. The elimination of
emphasis on demilitarization would ignore the
fact that this is the key point at which progress has
been blocked.
Third, under the Soviet amendments, all men-
tion of the proposal for a United Nations force
is deleted. Now, we continue to believe with other
members of the Council that tliis idea deserves
consideration and that it should be one of the ele-
ments borne in mind by the President of the Secu-
rity Council in his discussions with the parties,
in accordance with the terms of the draft resolu-
*U.N. doc. S/3789.
460
tion. While the President would have sufficient
scope to take this proposal into consideration on
the basis of the statement of the representative
of Pakistan, we believe a clear reference to it in
the resolution is desirable.
Fourth, the Soviet amendments imply that,
wliile the Security Council has "heard" the state-
ments of the representatives of India and Paki-
stan, it has not "considered" them. This is an odd
reflection on the work of the Council. The United
States and, I believe, the other members have "con-
sidered" the statements of the parties, and the
draft resolution reflects conclusions based on their
"consideration."
Fifth, under the Soviet amendments the word
"dispute" is changed into the word "situation."
While the Security Council used the word "situa-
tion" in its earliest resolutions, it has subsequently
used the word "dispute" consistently. This was
the word used in the resolution of January 24,
1957, and in our opinion reflects the facts.
Finally, under the Soviet amendments the ter-
minal date for the mission of the President is de-
leted. We have no strong views on the exact date,
but we do think we must move forward expedi-
tiously. We would not think that the President
should be asked to take on this difficult assignment
without a definite terminal date, and we consider
April 15 to be a reasonable date on which to ask
for his report.
Mr. President, the resolution which has been
presented by Australia, Cuba, the United King-
dom, and the United States is a carefully balanced
whole. The Soviet amendments would destroy
that balance. The explanation of the amendments
made by the Representative of the Soviet Union
on February 18 revealed that his objectives are
contrary to those of other members of the Council.
The Representative of the Soviet Union does
not want to have a plebiscite held mider United
Nations auspices, nor does he want even to con-
sider the possibility of a United Nations force
helping the parties to achieve demilitarization.
This is something apparently alien to the in-
stincts of the Soviet Union. He has told us that
the serious problem with which the Security
Council is faced is — to use his words — an "artifi-
cial hullabaloo." And ho premises his willing-
ness to have the President of the Security Council
examine the "existing situation," as he put it, in
Kaslmiir by characterizing that situation as one
which has already been settled. In the light of
Department of State Bulletin
these considerations and his own comments that
he wants to interrupt the Council's consideration
of the problem for some time, we cannot consider
his amendments as a serious attempt to further
the work of the Council and we cannot accept
them.
With respect to the amendments introduced by
the Representative of Colombia [Francisco Urru-
tia],^ I would like to reiterate simply that we
conceive the resolution as an integrated whole.
We appreciate the constructive approach which,
as always, the Representative of Colombia has
shown here. However, we have doubts about the
desirability of the changes embodied in his amend-
ments and we think that the terminology in the
fom'-power resolution is more likely to lead to
constructive results.
Now, Mr. President, the four-power resolution
is designed to assist India and Pakistan to carry
out the obligations they have assumed and which
they have reaffirmed before this Coimcil.
The United States, and I know the Security
Council as a whole, wants to be helpful in resolv-
ing this dispute. The United States values its
friendship with India and Pakistan. Reference
has been made here to our relationship with Paki-
stan. The United States is glad to be associated
with Pakistan in collective security arrangements
and to be assisting it in a cooperative defense ef-
fort. We have always attempted to approach the
Kashmir problem on its merits, and we do not be-
lieve that our collaboration with Pakistan in area
defense affects the merits of this case. We seek to
assist both India and Pakistan — and I say this
with great sincerity— in finding a just and equi-
table solution of the Kaslimir problem. We
continue to hope that a settlement can be achieved
in a mamier satisfactory to both. We again urge
them to cooperate to that end. We believe that
the four-power resolution will assist them, and we
urge its adoption.
SECOND STATEMENT BY MR. BARCO, FEBRU-
ARY 20
U.S. /U.N. press release 2624
The Representative of the Soviet Union has
again, as we feared, abused the veto power to ^jre-
vent the Comicil from helping resolve an inter-
'■ U.N. Uoc. S/3791/Rev. l/Corr. 1.
March 18, 1957
national dispute in which the U.S.S.R. has —
presumably — no direct interest. The Soviet Rep-
resentative's implication that the Security Comi-
cil would be violating the charter by authorizing
its President to bear in mind the proposal by one
of the parties for a United Nations force to assist
in demilitarization cannot be substantiated by any-
thing that has been said or done here. The action
of the Soviet Union can have only one purpose —
to perpetuate international conflict and dissen-
sion between two of Asia's great countries. The
Soviet Union takes a weighty responsibility upon
itself. It has blocked measures by the United
Nations to help assure pacific conditions in the
area and friendly relations between the two states.
The Security Council has considered the Kash-
mir problem on many occasions since 1947. Many
members of the United Nations have served on
the Council when this issue was before it. In
every instance and regardless of the membersloip
of the Comicil, it has overwhelmingly approved
measures to bring about a free expression of the
will of the Kashmiri people through an impar-
tial plebiscite. That opinion and those resolu-
tions remain valid and represent the continued
sense of the Council. The Council's resolution of
January 24 and the nine votes which our resolution
has just received make this clear.
In spite of the Soviet veto, the United States
hopes for progress in resolving the dispute. We
believe that the parties will themselves not wish
to end these discussions on the negative vote of
the Soviet veto. We urge them to refrain from
any measures which might have the effect of in-
creasing tension in the area.
We believe that the Council should consider
immediate action to repair the damage caused by
the Soviet veto of the four-power resolution. Such
action would accord with its continuing responsi-
bility to assist the parties to move toward a solu-
tion of this serious problem. The United States,
together with the delegations of Australia and
the United IQngdom, therefore submits a new
resolution which we believe provides for helpful
action in the present circumstances. This reso-
lution has just been handed to you, sir, and I
should like to read it.
[At this point Mr. Barco read the three-power proposal
(U.N. doe. S/3792 and Corr. 1).]
Mr. President, this resolution bases itself solidly
upon the long and virtually unanimous attitude
461
of the Security Council as expressed in its resolu-
tions and upon the obligations accepted by the
parties in the Uncip resolutions. It authorizes
the President of the Council to discuss with India
and Pakistan any proposals which have been or
may be put forward and which he thinks could
help resolve the dispute, having regard to these
resolutions. In his examination of means to solve
tlie dispute, the President would necessarily devote
considerable attention to demilitarization, M'hich
is the point at which progress toward a plebiscite
has broken down.
The resolution vetoed by the Soviet Union in
our opinion offered the best opportunity for prog-
ress. We hope, however, that this new resolution
will still permit the Council to take constructive
action, and we urge the Coimcil to adopt it
quickly.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, FEBRU-
ARY 21
U.S./U.N. press release 2627
Mr. President, the United States appreciates
your willingness to accept the assignment which
the Security Council has asked you to undertake.
We hope that your understanding of the peoples
of India and Pakistan and your experience in the
United Nations will enable you to make some real
progress toward solving this dispute.
We think that the resolution which has just been
adopted will give you enough scope and enough
guidance. The consensus of the Council on the
major problems involved was expressed in the
resolution which failed yesterday only because of
the Soviet veto. It would have been more satis-
factory if the specific ideas embodied in the four-
power resolution could have been kept. But the
resolution which the Council has now approved
does not retreat from those ideas, nor are the facts
changed by the Soviet veto. You are authorized
to consider any proposals which might help solve
the problem, having regard to the pertinent
resolutions.
We trust that your mission will be of great help
to India and Pakistan as well as to the Council.
The fact that you will be able to draw upon (he
extensive experience and the ability of Dr. Franic
Graham — who, may I say, has just made a note-
worthy statement — should make it possible for
you to function effectively in a short period. He
will be able to make a contribution which it seems
to us no one else could make. The Council is lucky
that he is available to help, and we appreciate his
offer of cooperation.
TEXT OF VETOED PROPOSAL ON KASHMIR «
U.N. doe. S/3787
The Security Council,
liecalling its resolution of 24 January 1957, its previous
resolutions and the resolutions of the United Nations
Commission for India and Pakistan on the India-Pakistan
question ;
Haviny taken into consideration the statements of the
representatives of the Governments of India and Pakistan ;
Concerned at the lack of progress in settling the dispute ;
Considering the importance which it has attached to
the demilitarization of the State of Jammu and Kashmir
as a step towards the settlement of the dispute;
Noting that demilitarization preparatory to the holding
of a free and impartial plebiscite under United Nations
auspices has not been achieved in accordance with the
resolutions of the United Nations Ck)mmission for India
and Pakistan ;
Noting the jiroposal of the representative of Pakistan
for the use of a temporary United Nations force in con-
nexion with demilitarization ;
Believing that, insofar as it might contribute towards
the achievement of demilitarization as envisaged in the
resolutions of the United Nations Commission for India
and Pakistan and towards the pacific settlement of the
dispute, the use of such a force would deserye
consideration ;
1. Requests the President of the Security Clouneil, the
representative of Sweden, to examine with the Govern-
ments of India and Pakistan proposals which, in his
opinion, are likely to contribute to the achievement of
demilitarization or to the establishment of other con-
ditions for progress towards the settlement of the dispute,
having regard to the previous resolutions of the Security
Council and of tlie United Nations CJommission for India
and Pakistan, and bearing in mind the statements of the
representatives of the Governments of India and Pakistan
and the proposal for the use of a temporary United
Nations force;
2. Authorises him to visit the sub-continent for this
purpose ;
."!. Reiiuests him to report to the Security Council as
soon as possible but not later than 15 April 1057;
4. Inrites the Governments of India anil Pakistan to
co-operate with him In the performance of these functions ;
5. Requests the Secretary-General and the United Na-
lions Uepresentative for India and Pakistan to render such
assistance to him as he may request.
" Submitted by Australia, Cuba, U.K., and U.S. The
vote on Feb. 20 was 9-1 (U.S.S.R.), with Sweden
abstaining.
462
Department of State Bulletin
TEXT OF RESOLUTION ADOPTED BY THE SE-
CURITY COUNCIL'
U.N. doc. S/3793
The Seciiritp Council,
Recalling its resolution of 24 January 1957, its previous
resolutions and the resolutions of the United Nations
Commission for India and Pakistan on the India-Pakistan
question ;
1. Rei/iiests the President of the Security Council, the
representative of Sweden, to examine with the Govern-
ments of India and Pakistan any proposals which, in his
opinion, are likely to contribute towards the settlement
of the dispute, having regard to the previous resolutions
of the Security Council and of the United Nations Com-
mission for India and Pakistan ; to visit the sub-continent
for this purpose ; and to report to the Security Council
not later than 15 April 1957 ;
2. Invites the Governments of India and Pakistan to
cooperate with him in the performance of these functions ;
and
3. Requests the Secretary-General and the United Na-
tions Representative for India and Pakistan to render
such assistance as he may request.
Soviet Complaint Concerning Alleged
U.S. Intervention in Eastern Europe
/Statement by Senator Knowland ^
At this time I will confine myself to general ob-
servations about the item that is now before the
Committee. I reserve the right of the representa-
tive of my Government to comment later on por-
tions of the speech of the Soviet delegate [Vasily
V. Kuznetsov] and on the resolution he has
introduced.
The torrent of abuse against my country which
the Soviet Union has launched in recent months is
nothing new. It is a disagreeable old story
brought up to date.
We Americans naturally dislike hearing our
coinitry attacked from any quarter. But we know
that what the Soviet representative says, like
many accusations he has made here in the past,
will be recognized as false by this General Assem-
bly and by the whole free world.
Most of these charges by the Soviet Union are
familiar in the United Nations. The Soviet rep-
resentative himself has noted that fact. As he
' Submitted on Feb. 20 by Australia, U.K., and U.S.
(U.N. doc. S/3792) ; adopted on Feb. 21 by a vote of 10
to 0, the U.S.S.R. abstaining.
'Made in the Special Political Committee on Feb. 25
U.S. delesaticin press release 2630).
said, his country put forward many of them in
the General Assembly in 1951. And they were re-
jected by the Assembly — he forgot to mention
thi.s — on January 10, 1952, by a vote of 42 to 5.
The wide variety of other false and sensational
accusations which his delegation has brought
against my country here nearly every year for the
past 10 years has likewise been rejected, and by
overwhelming majorities. In this process the very
term "Soviet item" has become a synonym to
United Nations delegations for a propaganda of-
fensive against the United States.
By reviving these charges the Soviet Union is
merely trying to divert world attention from its
own year-in and year-ont program of using
foreign Communist parties to subvert and to un-
dermine the governments of free countries all over
the world. Also, no doubt, the Soviet Union
would like to obscure the truth revealed in recent
di.scussions by the Assembly on the situation in
Hungary, and for that purpose produces its own
myth of United States intervention in Eastern
Europe. Once again we call upon the Soviet
Union to permit free access to Eastern Europe,
and thus to the facts.
It is well to remember that a story does not be-
come true merely by being detailed. Often, here
in the General Assembly, the Soviet delegation
has produced reams of material to sujiport
charges they thought it expedient to make, but
always the charges have been discredited and
rejected.
We regret that the Assembly's time must be
taken up by these well-known charges, particu-
larly now when new grave international problems
need to be discussed, but the United States ap-
preciates this opportunity to clarifj'^ matters once
again. "Wlien we are falsely accused, we cannot
and will not remain silent.
Naturally, we would like to see improved and
different conditions in Eastern Europe. We shall
never cease to hope that the now captive peoples
will be permitted to enjoy those fundamental
rights and freedoms recognized in the United Na-
tions Charter. If we can say or do something here
that can help to reassure our Soviet colleagues that
our motives and policies in no way menace Soviet
security and, indeed, that they reflect an objective
on which we all must agree — to preserve and main-
tain international peace— this discussion will have
served a useful purpose.
March 18, 1957
463
Text of Soviet Draft Resolution '
U.N. doc. A/SPC/L.14
The (Jencral Assembly,
Noting with anxiety the recent aggravation of the
international situation and the deterioration of rela-
tions between States ;
Noting that one of the causes of this situation is
the subversive activity carried on by the United
States of America and its intervention in the do-
mestic affairs of the People's Democracies ;
Considering that the States Members of the
United Nations are bound under the Charter "to
practice tolerance and live together in peace with
one another as good neighbours" ;
Recalling that in its resolution 110 (II) of 3 No-
vember 1947 the General Assembly condemned all
forms of propaganda, in whatsoever country con-
ducted, which is either designed or liliely to provoke
or encourage any threat to the peace;
Considering also that General Assembly resolu-
tion 841 (IX) of 17 December 1954 recommended
to Member States the International Convention on
the Use of Broadcasting in the Interests of Peace
of 1936, in which the contracting parties "mutually
undertake to prohibit and, if necessary, to bring to
an immediate stop in their respective territories any
transmission which could, to the detriment of proper
international understanding, instigate the inhabit-
ants of any territory to acts contrary to the internal
order or security of the territory of one of the High
Contracting Parties" ;
1. Condemns the subversive activities of the
United States of America against other States as
contrary to the United Nations Charter and in-
compatible with the principles on which relations
between States should be based ;
2. Calls upon the Government of the United
States to cease its subversive activities and its in-
tervention in the domestic affairs of other States,
whatever their pretext, and to conduct its relations
with such States in accordance with the Principles
of the United Nations Charter.
' Rejected by the Special Political Committee on
Feb. 27 by a vote of 53 to S (Soviet bloc), with 11
abstentions.
United States Aims Toward Eastern Europe
Mr. Chairniiin, it is necessary at the outset to
put the record straight about United States policy.
As the Soviet Government knows, the chief spokes-
men of United States foreign policy are the Presi-
dent of the United States and the Secretary of
State. They are the sources to whom I shall refer
in this discussion.
In Moscow's picture of United States policies
regarding Eastern Europe there are two chief dis-
464
tortions. One of these is the idea that the United
States wants to impose its own political and eco-
nomic ideas on Eastern Europe. That is untrue.
In a speech at Dallas, Texas, on October 27, 1956,==
Secretary Dulles said :
The captive peoples should never have reason to doubt
that they have in us a sincere and dedicated friend who
.sliares their aspirations. They must know that they can
draw upon our abundance to tide themselves over the
period of economic adjustment which is inevitable as they
rededicate their productive efforts to the service of their
own people, rather than of exploiting masters. Nor do
we condition economic ties between us upon the adoption
by these countries of any particular form of society.
The second Moscow distortion, even graver in
its import, is that we want to turn the Eastern
European countries into military allies or even
military bases from which to attack the Soviet
Union. In the same address at Dallas Secretary
Dulles said :
And let me make this clear, beyond a possibility of
doubt: The United States has no ulterior purpose in de-
siring the independence of the satellite countries. Our
unadulterated wish is that these peoples, from whom so
much of our own national life derives, should have
sovereignty restored to them and that they should have
governments of their own free choosing. We do not look
upon these nations as potential military allies. We see
them as friends and as part of a new and friendly and
no longer divided Europe.
Further on this point, President Eisenhower in
his television report to the Nation last October
31st = said:
We have also, with respect to the Soviet Union, sought
clearly to remove any false fears that we would look upon
new governments in these Eastern European countries as
potential military allies. We have no such ulterior pur-
pose. We see these peoples as friends, and we wish simply
that they be friends who are free.
Again on December 18th in his press conference
in Washington,* Secretary Dulles reemphasized
that we have no vrish to turn those countries into
our allies. He continued:
. . . The United States is very opeumiuded to any sug-
gestions that might be made as to the status — whether
neutralization or otherwise — of satellite countries which
would take away any fear, I would hope, by the Soviet
Union tliat it would be physically or militarily endangered
if it facilitated this evolution to independence.
Mr. Chairman, once again the Soviet Union
seems determined to misrepresent the United
' Bulletin of Nov. 5, 1956, p. 695.
' Hid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 743.
* Ihid., Jan. 7, 1957, p. 3.
Department of State Bulletin
States as a power bent on conquest by producing
its familiar file of press clippings which prove
nothing. But if the Soviet leaders honestly seek
to know what the true purposes of the United
States are toward Eastern Europe and the entii'e
world, I suggest they study without prejudgment
the statements I have just quoted. I suggest also
that they study with equal seriousness the inaugu-
ral address of President Eisenhower a month ago,'^
in which he said :
We honor the aspirations of those nations which, now
captive, long for freedom. We seek neither their military
alliance nor any artificial imitation of our society. And
they can know the warmth of the welcome that awaits
them when, as must be, they join again the ranks of
freedom.
We honor, no less in this divided world than in a less
tormented time, the people of Russia. We do not dread —
rather do we welcome — their progress in education and
industry. We wish them success in their demands for
more intellectual freedom, greater security before their
own laws, fuller enjoyment of the rewards of their own
toil. For as such things may come to pass, the more
certain will be the coming of that day when our peoples
may freely meet in friendship.
True Sources of Tension in Eastern Europe
Mr. Chairman, what I liave said makes it clear
enough that there is nothing in United States
policy in which the Soviet Union can find cause for
alarm. Obviously we must look elsewhere to find
the true causes of tension and unrest in Eastern
Europe. Recent tragic events in Hungary illus-
trate conclusively the root of the problem — the
complete and total suppression of every expression
of independence which the Soviets, in their psy-
chopathic concern for security, regard as a threat
to their control of the area.
Now how did this state of affairs come to pass
in Eastern Europe ? It came about as a result of
the aggressive policies and the repressive actions
of the Soviet Union for nearly two decades.
The Soviet Union has denied the legitimate as-
pirations of the peoples of Eastern Europe for
national independence.
The Soviet Union has denied to these peoples
basic human freedoms recognized in the charter
of the United Nations.
The Soviet Union has imposed puppet govern-
ments on the states of Eastern Europe and has
used its armed forces, its military might, to keep
these governments in power.
The Soviet Union has plundered the economies
of these countries for the benefit of the Soviet
state.
The Soviet Union converted the three Baltic
Republics of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania into
Soviet provinces in violation of their 1939 solemn
treaties of friendship and of nonaggression.
The Soviet Union has built up large satellite
armies staffed by Soviet officers.
The Soviet Union has cut off the captive peoples
from contact with the free world by monopolizing
all channels of communication.
The Soviet Union has filled the newspapers and
schoolbooks of Eastern Europe with "Hate Amer-
ica" slogans.
The Soviet Union has persecuted the churches
and intimidated and harassed those who worship
God.
The Soviet Union has erected physical barriers
against escape, including barbed wire, minefields,
and lookout towers.
The peoples of this area unceasingly seek ways
and means of piercing this iron curtain which
separates them from contact with the rest of the
world. Clearly it is the Soviet Union which has
intervened directly in the internal affairs of the
countries of Eastern Europe.
These, Mr. Chairman, are some of the major
sources of tension in Eastern Europe. All of
them arise from the actions and the policies of
the Soviet Union itself. Were it to change these
actions and policies, the Soviet Union would find
its own security enhanced and the cause of inter-
national peace would be immeasurably advanced.
The Truth About Hungary
Mr. Chairman, no event of our times has more
clearly illustrated the nature of these tensions than
the uprising of the Hungarian people against
their Soviet masters.
There is no need to recite here the history of
Himgary, which is still fresh in the minds of all
of us. The Special United Nations Committee
on the Problem of Hungary has made an excellent
beginning on its assignment in the report which
it issued on February 20," which I commend to the
attention of the members of this Committee. It
is enough for me to mention such highlights of the
Hungarian story as have a bearing on the absurd
' md., Feb. 11, 1957, p. 211.
' U.N. doc. A/3546.
March 18, 1957
465
Soviet charge that the United Stat«s instigated
these tragic events.
I quote from a letter presented on February 4
to the Secretary-General from Mr. Peter Mod,
•who signed himself Permanent Representative of
Hungary to the United Nations. This letter was
circulated as docmnent A/3521, February 5, and
here is what it says about the calling in of Soviet
forces to ci-ush a patriotic outburst of Hungarian
national feeling:
. . . the Hungarian Government exercised its sovereign
riglit and called for the assistance of Soviet troops sta-
tioned in Hungary under tlie Warsaw Defence Pact so
as to avoid further bloodshed and disorder and to defend
the democratic order and people's power.
Mr. Chairman, I have three comments on this
version of the story.
First, if the Hungarian Government had to call
for troops, it is strange that it did not call for the
Hungarian Army, a sizable military force. It is
clear that throughout the years of Soviet rule over
Hungary the regime was unable to arm Hungar-
ians to handle an anti-Soviet fight in Budapest.
Secondly, the allegation that Soviet troops in-
tervened "to avoid further bloodshed" cannot be
passed over without comment. In fact, the mas-
sive intervention by Soviet tanks "to avoid further
bloodshed" brought death to an estimated 25,000
on the Hungarian side, as well as several thousand
Eussians.
Thirdly, it is all very well for ^Ir. Mod on
February 5 to tell us about the calling in of Soviet
troops, but there is an earlier message to the
United Nations before the Hungarian patriots
were crushed by the U.S.S.R. which will not
soon be forgotten in the halls, and I wish to quote
at this point. It was a cablegi-am addressed on
November 1 to the Secretary-General and signed
by Imre Nagy, President of the Council of Minis-
ters of the Hungarian People's Republic, desig-
nated Minister for Foreign Affairs. This tele-
gram to the United Nations was as follows : '
Reliable reports have reached the Government of the
Hungarian People's Republic that further Soviet units
are entering into Hungary. The President of the Council
of Ministers in his capacity of Minister for Foreign Affairs
summoned M. Andropov, Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiarj- of the Soviet Union to Hungary, and
expressed his strongest protest against the entry of
further Soviet troops into Hungary. He demanded the
instant and immediate withdrawal of these Soviet forces.
' Bxji,umN of Nov. 12, 1956, p. 761.
466
He informed the Soviet Ambassador that the Hungarian
Government immediately repudiates the Warsaw Treaty
and at the same time declares Hungary's neutrality, turns
to the United Nations and requests the help of the four
Great Powers in defending the country's neutrality. The
Government of the Hungarian People's Republic made
the declaration of neutrality on 1 November 1956. There-
fore I request Your Excellency promptly to put on the
agenda of the forthcoming General Assembly of the
United Nations the question of Hungary's neutrality and
the defence of this neutrality by the four Great Powers.
I come again to the Soviet charge that this
revolution was instigated b}^ the United States.
Mr. Mod's letter appears to be the only attempt
at a systematic summary of these specific charges
that we have seen to date. Under the heading of
"facts that have come to light," it names five Hun-
garians as spies and counter-revolutionaries, and
it alleges that one of these had sent 20 others
into Himgary ; it quotes two broadcasts by Radio
Free Europe advising the Freedom Fighters not
to trust Imre Nagy; and it says that a two-way
radio and various small arms of German, Belgian,
and American manufacture were captured in one
of the Freedom Fighters' strongholds.
Examine that letter as you will, Mr. Chairman,
those are the only concrete details it contains to
support the Soviet charge that the United States
instigated the Hungarian revolution. "We are be-
ing asked to believe that a foreign plot, resting
on the work of some two dozen emigre agents,
caused the population of Budapest to rise en masse
and that the resulting insurrection had to be
crushed at the cost of 25,000 Hungarian lives.
Clearly, we must look for the real origin of the
events not outside Hungary but inside — in years
of brutal misrule by the servants of Moscow.
It is not necessary to go to so-called "capi-
talist" sources to find support for this statement.
Here is part of an editorial from the Budapest
newspaper Szdbad Nep, dated October 29, 1956 :
The latest issue of Prnvda carries a dispntch from its
own correspondent about the events in Hiuigary entitled
"Collapse of the Antipopular Adventure in Hungary."
This is an error. AVhat happened in Hudapest was
neither anti-popular nor an adventure. What is more,
it did not collapse. For five days this city, torn by fate,
shed blood and suffered. But through hun(h-eds of deaths,
the ideals of true patriotism and democracy were burn-
ing in the fires.
The slogans of socialist democracy were the loudest to
be heard and not those of the reaction and counter-
revolution. The revolutionary people of liuda and Pest
want a people's freedom without tyranny, terror, and fear.
Department of State Bulletin
They want more brend anrl national independence. Is
tills then an anti-iKipular adventure?
What collapsed could indetni be called anti-popular. It
was the reign of the Rakosi-Gero clique.
The Prarda article further states that manifestations
of the people of Pest and the revolt were instigated by the
subversive work of the British and American imperialists.
We can safely say that all 1.5 million inhabitants of
Budapest are deeply hurt and insulted by this assertion.
In body or in spirit, a large portion of the population of
Budapest was present at the demonstrations on Tues-
day, October 2.3. They sympathized or agreed with the
basic patriotic and democratic aims of the great popular
uprising.
The bloody, tragic, but at the same time ennobling
fight, lasting five days, was not instigated by some sort
of subversive work. It was caused, alas, by our own
faults and crimes. The greatest of our faults and crimes
was our failure to protect the sacred flame which
our ancestors had bequeathed to us — our national
independence.
And not only Budapest, Mr. Chairman, but
Moscow also began to admit the same truth, how-
ever reluctantly. On October 30 the Soviet
Government issued a remarkable statement.*
The Soviet Government and all the Soviet people deeply
regret that the development of events in Hungary has led
to bloodshed. On the request of the Hungarian People's
Government the Soviet Government consented to the
entry into Budapest of the Soviet Army units to assist
the Hungarian People's Army and the Hungarian au-
thorities to establish order in the town. Believing that
the further presence of Soviet Army units in Hungary
can serve as a cause for even greater deterioration of
the situation, the Soviet Government has given instruc-
tions to its military command to withdraw the Soviet
Army units from Budapest as soon as this is recognized
as necessary by the Hungarian Government.
iVIr. Chairman, despite all the phrases in the
Soviet Government statement, two tilings are
noteworthy :
1. Not one word in the whole statement — wluch
is much longer than the part just quoted — alleges
outside instigation, by the United States or any
other country. That line began to be played
vigorously only after the Soviet Union had pro-
ceeded, through an act of classic perfidy, to crush
the revolution and disperse the Nagy government.
2. On October 30, Moscow admitted in effect
that its army was fighting against a genuine patri-
otic outburst. That is the only possible meaning
of its admission that "the further presence of
Soviet army xmits in Hungary can serve as a cause
for even greater deterioration of the situation."
'Jbid., Nov. 12, 1956, p. 74.5.
March 18, 1957
The Soviet leaders can never unsay that admission.
On October 30 was the high tide of Soviet
candor. On November 2, after the Nagy govern-
ment repudiated tlie Wai-saw Pact and declared
neutrality for Hungary, hundreds of Soviet tanks
descended on Budapest. Then Moscow began to
tell a different story— that the United States had
planned the mass uprising of the Hungarian
people.
Mr. Chairman, to most of us here this Soviet
argument is a mockery of the facts. AVe wonder
how any man can present it with a straight face.
We must remember, however, that the Soviet
measure of truth consists solely of whatever ad-
vances the interests of the Party and of the Soviet
Conclusion
There is much we could propose in the way of
Assembly action on this subject, and we would
willingly make proposals if we thought that new
and constructive resolutions at this time were
likely to be of beneficial influence on Soviet policy.
However, there is little reason to hope that that
would be the case.
The General Assembly has adopted many reso-
lutions pertinent to the problems here, most
recently with regard to Hungary. These reso-
lutions, in sharp contrast to the tendentious draft
just presented by the U.S.S.R., place responsibility
where it belongs. The Soviet Union has always
failed to observe them. The United States feels
that this is not the time for the General Assembly
to add new resolutions to what has already been so
well expressed about Soviet violations of the
charter. As in so many cases, tlie need is for
Soviet compliance.
Yet we do not despair. "We look for the time
when the Soviet Government will see fit to restore
to the peoples of Eastern Europe their national
freedom ; to open their borders to the fresh air of
genuinely free interchange with all nations; and
to concentrate on promoting the genuine safety
and welfare and creative power of their own re-
markable people, the people of Eussia. No event
witliin the power of the governments could be of
greater benefit to world peace. Some day the
Soviet Union must recognize that freedom in
Eastern Europe is not incompatible with Soviet
security.
If progress is to be made along this road, Mr.
467
Chairman, it is the Soviet Union which must help
itself. Today its leaders remain committed to a
grim totalitarian philosophy of conflict which
leads to suppression of human liberty, to battling
all ideas differing from their own.
Mr. Chairman, I close with this word of hope.
Long after the Soviet slanders we have heard to-
day are forgotten, this General Assembly will be
remembered for the devoted efforts made here in
favor of a just peace. The settlements for which
we strive are based on the idea that disagreements
between nations, no matter how stubborn, can be
solved witliout resort to war. The United States
believes that the political warfare which Soviet
communism feels obligated to wage against the
free world need not be an exception to that rule.
It is of human origin, it is limited, and it will end.
May the Soviet Union understand this fact, so
that, with its prompt and indispensable help, we
can begin to end the conflict peacefully and in the
justice and the friendship for which humanity
lones.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
Governing Body of the International Labor Office
The Department of State announced on Febru-
ary 26 (press release 93) that the U.S. Government
will be represented at the 134th session of the Gov-
erning Body of the International Labor Office,
which is scheduled to meet at Geneva, Switzerland,'
from March 5 to 8, 1957, by the following dele-
gation :
Representative
J. Ernest Wilkins, Assistant Secretary of Labor
Substitute Representative
Arnold L. Zempel, Executive Director, Office of Interna-
tional Labor Affairs, Department of Labor
Advisers
Thomas D. Bowie, Office of International Economic and
Social Affairs, Department of State
David H. Popper, Consul, American Consulate General,
Geneva
A. Henry Thurston, Business and Defense Services Ad-
ministration, Department of Commerce
George Tobias, Labor Attach^, American Consulate Gen-
eral, Genera
The full session will be preceded and followed
by meetings of various comniittce.s of the Govern-
ing Body, beginning on February 25.
468
The Governing Body, composed of 20 govern
ment representatives, 10 representatives of man
agement, and 10 representatives of labor, is tht
executive council of the International Labor Or
ganization (Ilo). It usually meets three times i
year to receive reports on activities of the Inter
national Labor Office, outline future work of thi
office, examine and recommend the annual budget
and prepare agenda for the annual sessions of tht
International Labor Conference.
In addition to a progress report by the Directo*
General of the Ilo, the item of principal interest
on the agenda of the 134th session will be th«
budget proposals for 1958.
Fourtlt Conference of NATO Information Officers
The Department of State announced on March !
1 (press release 105) that the United States will,
be represented by the following delegation at the
Fourth Conference of National Information Offi-
cers of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.,
to be held at Paris from March 6 to 8 :
Burke Wilkinson, Deputy Assistant Secretary of State-
for Public Affairs
John P. Meagher, Chief, Public Services Division, Depart-
ment of State
John A. Hamilton, Regional Public Affairs Officer, U.S.
Information Agency
Constance Roach, Political Officer, U.S. Mission to the-
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Richard Straus, Public Affairs Adviser, Office of European
Regional Affairs, Department of State
The conference will bring together information
officials from the 15 Nato countries. It will pro-
vide for a discussion and exchange of views on
measures for implementing the recommendations
in chapter 5 of the report of the Committee of
Three on Non-Military Cooperation in Nato and
on other matters of common interest.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Security Council
Letter Dated 14 January 1957 from the Representative
of Yemen Addressed to the President of the Security
Council. S/3773, .January 15, 1',i.j7. 1 p. mimoo.
Letter Dated 2G January 19,".7 from the Representative of
Portugal Addressed to the President of the Security
Council. S/37S1, February 1, 1<)57. 1 p. niimeo.
Letter Dated 4 February 1957 from the Representative of
France Addres.«ed to tlie President of the Security Coun-
cil [transmitting a memorandum on "military assist-
ance rendered by the Egyptian Government to the rebels
Department of State Bulletin
in Algeria"]. S/3783, February 5, 1957. 4 pp. mimeo.
jetter Dated 15 February 1957 from the Representative of
tbe United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland Addressed to the President of the Security
Ouncil. S/3788, February 15, 1957. 4 pp. mimeo.
General Assembly
JNREF Executive Committee. Chinese Refugees in Hong
Kong. A/AC.79/47, December 10, 1956. 7 pp. mimeo.
JNREF Executive Committee. Analysis of Implementa-
tion of the UNREF Plan of Operations for 1955 and
of the Revised Plan of Operations (1956). Revised
Plan of Operations 1957, Part I. A/AC.79/45, December
10, 1956. 55 pp. mimeo.
JNREF Executive Committee. Revised Plan of Opera-
tions (1957). Parts II and III. A/ AC.79/46, December
14, 1956. 129 pp. mimeo.
Special Report of the Director of the United Nations Relief
and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near
East Covering the period 1 November 1956 to mid-
December 1956. A/3212/Add.l, January 10, 1957. 13
pp. mimeo.
JNREF Executive Committee. Amendment to Financial
Rules for Voluntary Funds Governing the Administra-
tion of the UNREF Programme. A/AC.79/50, January
14, 1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
Special Report of the Advisory Commission of the United
Nations Relief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees
in the Near East. A/3498, January 15, 1957. 7 pp.
mimeo.
Jue.stion Considered by the First Emergency Special Ses-
sion of the General Assembly from 1 to 10 November
1956. Letter dated 14 January 1957 from the Permanent
Representative of Saudi Arabia to the United Nation.s,
addressed to the Secretary-General. A/3499, January
15, 1957. 2 pp. mimeo.
\.d Hoc Commission on Prisoners of War. Progress Re-
port to the Secretary-General. A/AC.46/19, January
15, 1957. 4 pp. mimeo.
[JNREF Executive Committee. Corrigendum No. 1 to the
Analysis of Implementation of the UNREF Plan of
Operations for 1955 and of the Revised Plan of Opera-
tions (1956), Revised Plan of Oi>erations (1957) Part I.
A/AC.79/45/Corr. 1, January 16, 1957. 1 p. mimeo.
[JNREF Executive Committee. Addendum No. 1 to the
UNREF Progress Report. Additional information in
respect of the period 1 October-31 December 1956.
A/AC.79/48/Add.l, January 21, 1957. 8 pp. mimeo.
DNREF Executive Committee. Provisional Financial
Statements of the United Nations Refugee Fund for
the Year 1956. A/AC.79/51, January 21, 1957. 16 pp.
mimeo.
Question of the Frontier Between the Trust Territory
of Somaliland Under Italian Administration and
Ethiopia. Memorandum transmitted by the Ethiopian
Government to the United Nations relative to the nego-
tiations which took place in Addis Ababa from 6 March
to 13 October 1956 concerning the frontier between
Ethiopia and the Trust Territory of Somaliland.
A/3502/Corr.l, January 24, 1957. 1 p. mimeo. and map.
Information from Non-Self-Governing Territories Trans-
mitted under Article 73 e of the Charter: Report of
the Secretary-General and of the Committee on Infor-
mation from Non-Self-Governing Territories. Offers
of Study and Training Facilities under Resolution 845
(IX) of 22 November 1954. A/3165/Add.4/Corr. 1, Jan-
uary 31, 1957. 1 p. mimeo.
Special Political Committee. Report of the Director of
the United Nations Relief and Works Agency for Pales-
tine Refugees in the Near East. Statement made by
Henry R. Labouisse, Director, United Nations Relief
and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees, at the 23rd
meeting of the Special Political Committee held on 11
February 1957. A/SPC/9, February 11, 1957. 17 pp.
TREATY INFORMATION
Norway and United States Sign
Nuclear Power Agreement
On February 25 the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission and the Department of State (press re-
lease 87) annoimced that representatives of Nor-
way and the United States on that day signed an
agreement for cooperation in the peaceful uses of
atomic energy. The agreement covers an ex-
change of unclassified information on research
and power reactors and authorizes the sale by the
United States to Norway of uranium for reactor
fuel.
The agreement was signed by Wilhelm Morgen-
stierne, the Norwegian Ambassador to the United
States, Lewis Strauss, Chairman of the U.S.
Atomic Energy Commission, and C. Burke
Elbrick, Assistant Secretary of State for Euro-
pean Affairs.
The agreement will facilitate further the coop-
eration between the two countries in the expansion
of civil uses of nuclear energy in accord with the
atoms-for-peace program of President Eisen-
hower. The terms of the agreement permit the
exchange of unclassified information on the devel-
opment, design, construction, operation, and use
of various types of research, experimental power,
and power reactors and will be the first power
accord to be completed since the tripartite declas-
sification of a large volume of power reactor data
by the United States, United Kingdom, and
Canada in December 1956.^
The terms also permit the sale to Norway, sub-
ject to the usual safeguards, of up to 500 kilograms
of contained U-235 in uranium enriched up to
a maximum of 20 percent of U-235. Norway
has indicated that it will use this fuel for a 20-
megawatt heat power demonstration reactor under
construction at Halden, where nuclear steam pro-
duction and nuclear ship propulsion will be
studied, and for two prototype power reactors.
Under the agreement the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission may sell up to six kilograms of U-235
enriched up to 90 percent for use in a materials-
' Bulletin of Jan. 7, 1957, p. 35.
March 18, 1957
469
testing reactor. Norway may also obtain gram
quantities of plutonium and U-233 for experi-
mental projects.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
BILATERAL
Norway
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington February 25, 1957.
Enters into force on ttie day on whicti eacli Government
receives from tlie otiier Government vpritten notification
tliat it has complied vrith statutory and constitutional
requirements.
Cultural Property
Convention for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict, and regulations of execution. Done at
The Hague May 14, 1954. Entered into force August
7, 1956.'
Ratification deposited: Ulirainian Soviet Socialist Ke-
public, February 6, 1957.
Protocol for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict. Done at The Hague May 14, 1954.
Entered into force August 7, 1956.'
Ratiflration deposited: Uljrainian Soviet Socialist Re-
public, February 6, 1957.
Customs Tariffs
Convention creating the international union for the publi-
cation of customs tariffs, regulations of execution, and
final declarations. Signed at Brussels July 5, 1890.
Entered into force April 1, 1891. 26 Stat. 1518.
Adherence deposited: Saudi Arabia, January 14, 1957.
Protocol modifying the convention signed at Brussels July
5, 1890 (26 Stat. 1518), creating an international union
for the publication of cu.stoms tariffs. Done at Brussels
December 16, 1949. Entered into force May 5, 1950.'
Notification of adherence given: Saudi Arabia, Febru-
ary 14, 1957.
international Court of Justice
Statute of tlie International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
Notice of vyithdrawal of recognition of compulsory juris-
diction deposited: Pakistan, December 21, 1956.
Sugar
International sugar agreement. Done at Ix)ndon under
date of October 1, 1953. Entered into force May 5, 1954.
TIAS 3177.
Acixssion deposited: Nicaragua, December 14, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Protocol amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX
of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done
at Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Notification deposited (recognizing signature as hind-
iiifl): .\ustria, February 11, 1957.
Protocol amending preamble and parts II and III of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva March 10, 1955.'
Notification deposited (recognizing signature as bind-
ing): Austria, February 11, 1957.
Protocol of organizational amendments to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
March 10, 19.55.'
Notification deposited (recognizing signature as bind-
ing) : Austria, February 11, 1957.
Proces verbal of rectification concerning the protocol"
aniendinf,' part I and articles XXIX and XXX of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the protocol '
amending the preamble and parts II and III of the
general agreement, and the protocol' of organizational
amendments to the general agreement. Done at Geneva
December 3, 1955.
Accepted : Austria, February 11, 1957.
' Not in force for the United States.
' Not in force.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on February 21 confirmed John M. Allison
to be Ambassador to the Republic of Indonesia.
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: February 25-Marcli 3
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Subject
Program for MoUet visit (rewrite).
U.S.-Norway nuclear agreement.
Houghton nominated Ambassador to
France.
Bruce nominated Ambassador to
Germany.
Sebald nominated Ambassador to
Australia.
Polish economic talks.
Nixon : remarks on arrival of Mollet.
Delegation to meeting of ILO Govern-
ing Body (rewrite).
Annuity payment to Panama.
Return of Minister Wailes.
Dulles : remarks on departure of
Mollet.
Nixon : remarks on departure for
Africa.
Kalijarvl nominated Assistant Sec-
retary.
U.S.-U.IC air services conference.
Afghanistan credentials (rewrite).
Berding nominated Assistant Sec-
retary.
Delegation to SEATO Council meeting
(rewrite).
Dulles : meeting with Arab States
representatives.
Durbrow nominated Ambassador to
Viet-Nam.
Delegation to NATO National Informa-
tion t)ffieers conference (rewrite).
Satterthwnitc designated Director Gen-
eral of Foreign Service (biographic
details).
♦Not printed.
tlleld for a later issue of the Bdlletin.
No.
Date
86
87
*88
2/25
2/25
2/25
*89
2/25
*90
2/25
91
92
93
2/25
2/25
2/26
94
95
96
2/26
2/27
2/28
97
2/28
*98
2/28
99
100
*101
2/28
3/1
3/1
tl02
3A
103
3/1
♦104
3/1
105
3/1
•106
3/2
470
Department of State Bulletin
rlarch 18, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 92S
Lfghanistiiii. Letters of Credence (Nojlb-Ulloh) . . . 443
Lfrica. \'ico President Nixon Leaves for Africa . . . 436
Lmerican Republics. Pan American Dny and Pan American
Week, 1957 (text of proclamation) 443
Ltomic Eneriy. Norway and United States Sign Nuclear
Power Agreement 469
lepartment and Foreijm Service
^ontirniatinns (Allison) 470
leturn of Minister Walles From Budapest 441
economic Affairs
'ollsh lOcononiic Talks 440
progress Achieved Under the London Agreement of 19.")3
Regarding Prewar German External Del>ts (Flckett) . 444
leport of the Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds,
September 1. I!l55-Augu6t 31, 195G 447
J.S. and U.K. Adjourn Air Talks Pending Further Study . 437
Sdacational Exchange. Prime Minister of Thailand Ex-
presses Thanks for U.S. Air (Elsenhower, PibulBong-
gram) 442
Egypt. Israeli Withdrawal From Egyptian Territory
(Lodge, Elsenhower) 431
Europe. Soviet Complaint Concerning Alleged U.S. Inter-
vention in Eastern Europe (Knowland) . , . , . 463
France. Premier Mollet of Prance Visits the United
States (Elsenhower, Nixon, Dulles, text of joint com-
munique) 438
Germany
Progress Achieved Under the London Agreement of 1953
Regarding Prewar German External Debts (Flckett) . . 444
Report of the Validation Board for German Dollar Bonds,
September 1, 1955-August 31, 195G ....... 447
B angary
Return of Minister Wailes From Budapest ..... 441
Mr. Voorhees Completes Special Assignment on Hungarian
Relief 442
India. Security Council President Requested To Discuss
Kashmir Dispute With India and Pakistan (Lodge,
Barco, texts of resolutions) 457
Indonesia. Confirmations (Allison) 470
[nternational Information. Working for a World of Peace
and Justice (Eisenhower) 435
[nternational Organizations and Conferences
Fourth Conference of NATO Information Officers (delega-
tion) 468
Governing Body of International Labor Office (delegation) . 468
Israel. Israeli Withdrawal From Egyptian Territory
(Lodge, Eisenhower) 431
Middle East. Secretary Dulles Meets With Representa-
tives of Arab States 434
Mataal Security
Prime Minister of Thailand Expresses Thanks for U.S.
Aid (Eisenhower, Plbulsonggram) 442
Working for a World of Peace and Justice (Eisenhower) . 435
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Fourth Conference of
NATO Information Officers (delegation) 468
Norway. Norway and United States Sign Nuclear Power
Agreement 409
Pakistan. Security Council President Requested To Dis-
cuss Kashmir Dispute With India and Pakistan (Lodge,
Barco, texts of resolutions) 457
Panama. U.S. Makes Annual Payment to Government of
Panama 44*
Poland. Polish Economic Talks 440
Presidential Documents
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 1957 . . . 443
President Commends Israel on Decision To Withdraw . 433
Prime Minister of Thailand Expresses Thanks for U.S.
Aid 442
Working for a World of Peace and Justice ...... 435
Refugees. Mr. Voorhecs Completes Special Assignment on
Hungarian Relief 442
Thailand. Prime Minister of Thailand Expresses Thanks
for U.S. Aid (Eisenhower, Plbulsonggram) .... 442
Treaty Information
Current Actions 470
Norway and United States Sign Nuclear Power Agree-
ment 469
U.S. and U.K. Adjourn Air Talks Pending Further
Study . 437
U.S.S.R. Soviet Complaint Concerning Alleged U.S. Inter-
vention in Eastern Europe (Knowland) 463
United Kingdom. U.S. and U.K. Adjourn Air Talks Pend-
ing Further Study 437
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 468
Governing Body of International Labor Office (delega-
tion) 468
Israeli Withdrawal From Egyptian Territory (Lodge,
Eisenhower) 431
Security Council President Requested To Discuss Kashmir
Dispute With India and Pakistan (Lodge, Barco, texts
of resolutions) 457
Soviet Complaint Concerning Alleged U.S. Intervention
In Eastern Europe (Knowland) 463
Working for a World of Peace and Justice (Eisenhower) . 435
Name Index
Allison, John M 470
Barco, James W , . . 460
Dulles, Secretary 434, 440
Eisenhower, President 443, 435, 438, 442, 443
Elbrick, C. Burke 469
Flckett, Lewis P., Jr . 444
Knowland, William F 463
Lodge, Henry Cabot 431, 457, 462
Mollet, Guy ' . . . . 439, 440
Morgenstlerne, WUhelm 469
Najib-Ullnh 443
Nixon, Richard M 436, 439
Plbulsonggram, P 442
Strauss, Lewis 469
Voorhees, Tracy S 442
Wailes, Edward T 441
U. 5. GOVERNMENT PR1NTIH6 OFFICE, 1957
the
Department
of
State
DSB-DEC
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
v^^.tniNivitlNl PRINTING OFFICE
OIVIStON OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
^
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. C300
(GPOl
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
The American Ambassador . . .
This 22-page pamphlet discusses the role of America's highest
ranking diplomatic official, the Ambassador Extraordinary and
Plenipotentiary. The pamphlet corrects prevalent misconceptions
about the operations of American posts abroad and presents a
brief historical discussion of American diplomacy from the
earliest days of the Nation to the present time. Other sections
deal with the American woman in diplomacy and the requirements
for the ideal ambassador in today's world.
Publication 6420
10 cents
The American Agricultural Attache . . .
In an expanding world community, American agriculture needs
information on agricultural developments in other countries,
assurance that the foreign market for American agricultural prod-
ucts will be maintained and promoted, and representation at the
international level. All three functions are performed by the 85
agricultural attaches in 54 countries throughout the world. Tliis
23-page pamphlet contains an account of the development of the
agricultural attache service and a discussion of each of the func-
tions of the attache. A final section covers the requirements,
salaries, and assignment periods for the career service of the
agricultural attache.
Publication 6422
15 cents
Both of these pamphlets are available from the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
Order Form
0: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me ... copies of The American Ambassador and ... copies
of The American Agricultural Attache.
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Vol. XXXVI, No. 926
March 25, 1957
FICIAL
{KLY RECORD
ITED STATES
REIGN POUCY
CONGRESS PASSES JOINT RESOLUTION ON
MIDDLE EAST • Statements by President Eisenhower
and Secretary Dulles, Announcement of Ambussador Richard's
Departure, and Text of Joint Resolution 480
SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CONFERENCE OF
MARCH 5 482
INTERLOCKING ELEMENTS IN OUR NATIONAL
SECURITY • by Deputy Under Secretary Murphy .... 475
GERMAN FOREIGN MINISTER VISITS UNITED
STATES • Text of Joint Communique 490
U.S. DELEGATION LEAVES TO ATTEND THIRD
MEETING OF SEATO COUNCIL 493
SECOND ANNUAL REPORT OF THE SOUTH-EAST
ASIA TREATY ORGANIZATION 496
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
SupenTi*c>i^'-if of documents
APR 4 -1957
Vol. XXXVI, No. 926 • Pubucation 6468
March 25, 1957
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Qovernrncnt Printing Office
Wasliington 2S, D.C.
Price;
62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January ID, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained heroin may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bi'lletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other
officers of the Department, as icell as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and internatiorutl agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
Uttivc material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Interlocking Elements in Our National Security
Jy Dejnity Under Secretary Murphy ^
The subject I should like to discuss is the inter-
lockiBg role of the various elements going into our
national secui-ity. In essence these boil down to
four elements — political, military, economic, and
psychological. These elements have been graph-
ically described as deals, force, goods, and ideas.
Each must be considered in relation to the others.
And it is only in recent years, the years starting
■with the outbreak of World War II, that our
Government has become fully aware of the sig-
nificance of these elements in our national security
and has sought to coordinate all our national re-
sources to achieve a balanced national security
policy. The soldier and the diplomat must work
together, and they must work with the other
groups representing segments of our national
strength.
The making of foreign policy is the responsibil-
ity of the Pi'esident. He relies in particular on
the Secretary of State for advice and guidance.
The basic objective of our foreign policy is the
promotion of the welfare and security of the
American people. That is the point of departure
in everything we undertake, and of course in it is
reflected the spiritual, moral, and material posture
of this country, which rests upon established prin-
ciples asserted and defended throughout our na-
tional history. Both our people and the Govern-
ment are dedicated to the dignity, equality, and
freedom of the individual. These ideas and our
institutions which maintain them provide the bul-
wark of our free society. From these things our
national will is derived and the policies which
express it.
To translate our national will into specific poli-
' Address made in the Greater Issues Course at The
Citadel, Charleston, S.C., on Mar. 9 (press release 123
dated Mar. 8).
cies and actions is one of the major endeavors of
the Government. A niunber of agencies take part
in this operation, in particular the Department of
State, the Department of Defense, the Office of
Defense Mobilization, the United States Informa-
tion Agency, the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration, and the Central Intelligence Agency.
Other departments like Treasury, Justice, Com-
merce, Agriculture, and Labor, as well as the
Atomic Energy Commission, have a keen interest
in many of our foreign-relations problems and
have an important role in working these out.
In general the Slate Department is the channel
through which the other agencies deal with foreign
coiuitries. Today it has over 12,000 American
employees. About half of these are stationed
abroad. Even so, the State Deparbnent is one
of the smallest Cabinet-level agencies, only the
Labor Department being smaller.
Under State Department administration the
United States has 270 posts overseas in 105 coun-
tries. Seventy-seven of these posts are embassies,
the latest just having been established 3 days ago
at Accra in the new state of Ghana. Our budget
this year for the conduct of foreign affairs is
$155 million.
I cite these figures to give you some idea of the
size of the State Department. In terms of person-
nel and money spent it is a relatively small
operation. But in terms of responsibility for
coordinating the formulation and execution of for-
eign policy it has a major role, which is of course
carried out in cooperation with many other agen-
cies.
Formulating Strategic Policy
The gi-avest questions of all in our foreign pol-
icy, the broadest matters affecting war and peace.
March 25, 1957
475
fall under the consideration of the National Se-
curity Council. This Council, strengthened and
enlarged under President Eisenhower, is charged
under law with coordination of political, mili-
tary, and industrial policies to advance the se-
curity of the United States. It consists of the
President, Vice President, Secretary of State,
Secretary of Defense, and the Director of the
Office of Defense Mobilization, who are permanent
statutory members. The Joint Chiefs of Staff
are the principal military advisers to the Council.
The Central Intelligence Agency is under the Na-
tional Security Council and is its intelligence ad-
viser. High officials of the other departments
may be appointed to the Council from time to time
as circumstances require.
To make sure that the national security policies
approved by the President are carried out ef-
fectively, the Operations Coordinating Board was
set up in 1953. The Ocb has somewhat broader
representation than the Nsc and is at present
under the chairmanship of the Under Secretary
of State, Mr. Christian Herter. It too is a very
busy group with a broad complex of operational
problems to tackle.
The basic purpose of these planning efforts is
to formulate strategic policy. In war you have
fomid that often the best defense is an offense and
that no offense is likely to prosper unless the de-
fensive terrain has been prepared. The situation
is much the same in the conduct of foreign policy.
Our strategic policy is defensive as it seeks to
deter or defeat the expansion of communism. It
is offensive as it seeks to widen the area of freedom
in the world and to create conditions which in
time may cause the Communists to alter their
methods and revise their goals.
The ovei-shadowing threat to our security to-
day is found in the hostility and strength of in-
ternational communism. Our basic endeavor is
to meet that threat without destroying funda-
mental American values and institutions or dam-
aging our own economy.
We are a moral people. "We reject the concept
of preventive war. So our policies are designed
to affect tlie attitudes and policies of iut«rnational
communism and, over time, to reduce as best we
can expansionist and aggressive policies on their
part.
Strength of Communist Bloc
The Communist bloc has built up a huge mili-
tary machine. As Admiral Radford recently put
it: "From the military viewpoint, the really spec-
tacular aspect of Communist strength is its com-
bination of a vast land area, a huge supply of
people, and very large armed forces."
The Communist bloc today has at least six and
one-half million men in its ground forces. The
Soviets claim to have cut their ground forces re-
cently by over one million men ; but if they have
done so, they are probably adding any money
saved to weapons development. The Soviets have
a large air force with modern planes. They are
building up-to-date, long-range submarines. They
are hard at work on guided missiles. We must
assume that they have a considerable stockpile of
nuclear weapons. The Chinese Communists are
busily developing their military strength and ef-
ficiency, particularly in border areas and the area
facing Taiwan.
This formidable military strength in the hands
of the Communists raises some very basic ques-
tions. How great is the threat of a surprise
atomic attack by the Communists? Is the threat
of a nuclear war reduced by the Communists'
knowledge that their aggressive use of armed force
would bring down upon them quick and devastat-
ing retaliation? Is the danger of local aggres-
sion or so-called "brush warfare" greater than in
the past? Do modern weapons reduce the need
for large standing armies and conventional forces?
Are foreign bases less essential in this day of
guided missiles and long-range bombei"s?
Thei-e are no simple answers to these questions.
They are the kind of politico-military problem
with w'hich we must wrestle. The American peo-
ple must also seek to undei'stand the basic ele-
ments of these problems. I am sure that General
Pate and General LeMay gave you some very
illuminating views on them when they spoke here
at the Greater Issues Course.
Estimates of the military strength and inten-
tions of the Communist nations are an essential
part of tlie process of making national security
policy. Only in this way can we devise realistic
policies for the defense of our nation and the
free-world coalition.
476
Deparlment of Stafe Bulletin
We must also examine the forces at work in-
side tlie Soviet Union, for these forces will affect
the military capability and intentions of the Com-
munist bloc. There is little reason to conclude
that the basic features of the Soviet system are
being changed. It remauis a dictatorship based
on an ideology hostile to the United States and
to democratic methods. It has shown no inten-
tion of abandoning methods of force and subver-
sion to attain its ends, even though it has in the
4 years since Stalin's death shown new flexibility
and range in its methods and areas of operation.
It continues to press for the development of heavy
industry, for economic power rather than popular
welfare.
The Soviet Dilemma
Nevertheless the Soviet rulers face a dilemma —
they are still beset by the problem of how to
operate the Soviet system without Stalin. This di-
lemma was made clear just a little over a year ago
when Khrushchev last February made his famous
secret speech to the Party congress in Moscow at-
tacking Stalin.
Khrushchev and his fellow dictators had, upon
the death of Stalin, initiated a policy designed to
reduce tensions. Their motive was almost cer-
tainly their assessment that Stalin's methods
at home and abroad had become too costly, too
counterproductive, and if relentlessly pursued
might entail unnecessary risks. They sought to
lessen repression at home and in their foreign
policies to put a big glove around the mailed fist.
The denunciation of Stalin was a part of this
process.
But once they lessened the atmosphere of fear
at home and in the satellite countries, they found
that the process was going too fast and was in
danger of getting out of hand. Trends toward
individual freedom and tolerance are not easily
reversed. They face more ferment among intel-
lectuals and students within the Soviet Union to-
day than perhaps at any time in the postwar
period. But that does not mean that the walls
of the Kremlin are tumbling down.
In Poland rumblings which became audible at
Poznan in June have settled at least temporarily
for the nationally minded Gomulka regime, which
has demonstrated surprising independence in some
of its actions. In Hungary popular pressures
erupted last October into the fierce national re-
volt that exposed the shallowness of Communist
roots and smashed Moscow's myth of the irre-
sistible attraction of the ideas of communism.
There can be no question that the Soviet rulers
by their own actions have caused setbacks to their
policies and precipitated new problems whose final
dimensions are unpredictable. The Soviet system
is undergoing new and marked strains. Its eco-
nomic levels are well below what had been plan-
ned. It may be comforting to read these strains
as symptomatic of connnunism's basic unwork-
ability. Yet it would be dangerously misleading
to see in the present troubles of the Communist
bloc any major paralysis of Soviet power or any
immediate lessening of the Soviet threat.
The Soviets have sought to cut their losses in
Europe by stepping up their efforts to penetrate
the Middle East and South Asia. They are will-
ing practically to give away arms. Their tech-
nicians have moved into several countries. They
have extended on easy terms almost one billion
dollars of credits for economic purposes. The
Soviets have found some countries receptive to
their overtures.
President Eisenhower, in his special address to
the Congress 2 months ago, set out certain broad
elements of American policy toward the Middle
East.^ He asked the Congress to provide an
American assurance that the Middle East would
be protected against the threat of aggressive action
by the Soviet Union and the international Com-
mmiist movement. And he proposed that Con-
gress make available the means for cooperative ac-
tion between the United States and the Middle
Eastern states to develop and strengthen in peace
and freedom. Former Representative James
Richards, another distinguished citizen of South
Carolina and one who has just turned diplomat,
will leave next week on a mission to various Afri-
can and Asian countries as the President's special
representative, to see how the legislation enacted
by Congress can best be put into effect.
Our action will, we hope, provide an umbrella
shielding the Middle Eastern countries from un-
friendly interference from abroad. One of the
basic forces for instability and danger will thus be
neutralized.
Patient and careful diplomacy has already
achieved important results in bringing about the
' BtTLLETiN of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83.
Morch 25, J957
477
withdrawal of Israeli troops f I'om the Sinai Penin-
sula and the Gaza Strip. This step is a good omen
for the future.
The Threat in the Far East
In the Far East the shape of the Communist
threat is all too clear. Eed China continues to
gather its strength under Peiping's leadership, and
its power has been firmly committed to the support
of Moscow's efforts in repressing domestic and
satellite dissidence, in launching new programs to
disrupt free-world harmony, and in dealing with
such problems as those in the Middle East.
Chinese Communist support of the Soviet
Union, as the leader of the Communist camp, has
been made unmistakable. In a series of statements
and a joint declaration signed on January 18 the
two major Communist powers have sought to de-
fine relations within the bloc. Primary emphasis
has been placed on the importance of bloc
solidarity.
Every Soviet move and threat has its Chinese
counterpart. Chou En-lai toured Asia to mobilize
support for the Soviet Union's disruptive policies
in the Middle East and to encourage intransigent
elements which might frustrate constructive reso-
lutions of problems in that area. In foreign
affairs every Soviet proposal and action finds
Chinese endorsement.
Enjoying Soviet backing, Peiping continues to
pursue its objectives in Asia. While its military
power is felt in Korea, Viet-Nam, Taiwan, and
along the Burma border, it has turned increasingly
to a flexible use of political, economic, and cul-
tural inducements to extend its influence among
its neighbors. Because they often appear disarm-
ing, these methods are sometimes harder to deal
with than the overt use of force. There is no
slackening of the Communist threat on the Asian
boundaries of the Sino-Soviet orbit.
Collective Security
It is a supreme irony of our history that, at the
time when we are stronger than ever before, we
are also more vulnerable. We are faced by a
hostile and increasingly powerful Soviet bloc.
Our historic bulwarks of time and space have been
breached. No longer can we rely on time to
mobilize our strength after war has begun some
place else. And no longer are we secure in conti-
nental space behind ocean moats.
To meet the threat of international communism
one of the major factors in our thinking has been
the close cooperation and association with other
governments in the free world for the establish-
ment of a great and complicated system of collec-
tive security. The United States today has secu-
rity arrangements with 42 countries. In the North
Atlantic the United States, Canada, and the
United Kingdom, and Iceland are joined with 11
European countries from Norway in the north to
Greece and Turkey in the south — partners in the
gi-eat North Atlantic Treaty Organization. On
this continent the United States and 20 Latin
American Eepublics are banded together under
the Rio Pact. And in the Pacific the United
States, the United Kingdom, France, Australia,
and New Zealand have joined with the Philip-
pines, Pakistan, and Thailand to create Seato;
Secretary Dulles is now on his way to attend a
Seato Council meeting. In addition, we have
security treaties with the Philippines, Japan, the
Republic of Korea, and the Republic of China. In
the Middle East we have a close interest in the
Baghdad Pact, consisting of Turkey, Iran, Iraq,
Pakistan, and the United Kingdom.
Inherent in this collective security system is the
need for economic and military cooperation.
Thus our foreign aid program has become a pillar
of our foreign policy which may continue for
the foreseeable future. This is of couree supple-
mented by an important information and cultural
program designed to spread understanding of our
country and its policies. These resources — eco-
nomic, military, and spiritual — are essential com-
ponents of our total national strength. They give
to our diplomatic efforts substance and meaning.
It is a time for wise leadership and steady
nerves, for clarity of purpose and economy of
means, for unswerving determination and flexibil-
ity in procedures. The enormity of modern weap-
ons makes the thought of war repugnant, but a
refusal to run any risk would amount to giving
the Soviets a blank check. We can resolve our
dilennna only by creating other alternatives both
in our diplomacy and in our military policy. Such
measures require stern resolution. They also re-
quire a full knowledge of the world situation and a
finely balanced use of the resources at our
command.
There is another thing that should be said about
foreign policy, and that is that in the world of
478
Department of Stale Bulletin
(oclay it isn't always possible for any one nation
always to have its own way. As is the case in
many domestic problems, compromise is frequent-
ly necessary. It is not always possible to have a
perfect solution. Sometimes the perfect is the
enemy of the good. Thus when we work in an
organization like the United Nations, which in-
cludes a membership of 80 nations and where con-
flict of interest is frequently tlie rule, a solution
of a given problem which seems perhaps logical
and theoretically right may be practically impos-
sible. The application of the principle of equal
justice for all nations, large as well as small, is
easy in the saying but more difficult in the
achievement. We do not live in a world of fiat,
but one where the resolution of conflicts of interest
requires ingenuity and tolerance.
I would like to appeal to the group of cadets
making up the student body of this gi-eat institu-
tion to take an active interest in the foreign policy
of this country. I know that the demands made
by your essential daily activities on your time and
energies are great; but wherever it may be possible
for you to devot« some thought to foreign policy
matters, it will be rewarding to you in your careers
and it is important from the national-security
point of view. I am sure that the Greater Issues
Course is helping you understand these problems
better.
Representatives of American Presidents
Prepare for Final Meeting
Press release 108 dated March 4
The four subcommittees of the Inter- American
Committee of Presidential Representatives
(Iacpr) on March 4 commenced holding meetings
in preparation of the final meeting of the Com-
mittee, which is scheduled to convene on April 29,
1957. The secretariat of the Committee is located
in the Department of State.
The purpose of the subcommittees is to make
a preliminary review of projects ■which may be
submitted by the various representatives up to
March 15 under items included on the agenda ap-
proved by the Iacpr on January 29. The recom-
mendations of the subcommittees will be con-
sidered by the full Committee in drafting its final
report. Meetings of the subcommittees are in-
formal and not open to the public.
The Inter- American Committee of Presidential
Representatives was formed as a result of the pro-
posal of President Eisenhower at the Panama
Meeting of American Presidents in July 1956.^
The Committee has held two previous meetings in
"Washington, the first on September 17-19, 1956,
and the second on January 28-29, 1957.^ The
Iacpr is composed of personal representatives of
each of the 21 Presidents of the American Re-
publics, and it was created for the purpose of
drawing up recommendations for strengthening
the Organization of American States through in-
creased activities in the economic, social, financial,
technical, and atomic energy fields. The repre-
sentative of the President of the United States
is Milton S. Eisenhower, president of The Johns
Hopkins University.
At its meeting in January 1957, the Iacpr es-
tablished an interim committee and four sub-
committees to study the various proposals which
will be considered at the next meeting of the Com-
mittee. Tlie four subcommittees and the items
assigned to them are as follows :
Subcommittee I — Foreign Trade, Private Investment, and
Public Financing. Chairman : Ambassador Manuel
Tello, representative of the President of Mexico.
Subcominittee II — Nuclear Energy. Chairman : Ambassa-
dor Guillermo Sevilla-Sacasa, representative of the
President of Nicaragua.
Subcommittee III — Health, Agriculture, Industrialization,
Trade Statistics, and Inter-American Highway Systems.
Chairman : Ambassador C4sar Gonzftlez, representative
of the President of Venezuela.
Subcommittee IV — Education, Technical Cooperation,
Housing, Public Information, and Social Welfare.
Chairman : Ambassador Adolfo A. Vicchi, representa-
tive of the President of Argentina.
' BuixETiN of Aug. 6, 1956, p. 219.
' For text of communique issued following the first
session, see ibid., Oct. 1, 1956, p. 513.
March 25, J 957
479
Congress Passes Joint Resolution on Middle East
Following is the text of a statement made hy
President Eisenhower on March 9 on the occa-
sion of his signing of House Joint Resolution 117,
as amended, together with a statement made hy
Secretary Dulles at the time the resolution was
passed iy the Senate and an announcement of
plans for a trip to the Middle East hy James P.
Richards, Special Assistant to the President.
STATEMENT BY PRESIDENT EISENHOWER,
MARCH 9
White House press release dated March 9
This occasion marks an important forward step
in the development of friendly relations between
the United States and the Middle East area. The
joint resolution of the Congress which I have just
signed expresses the determination of the legisla-
tive and executive branches of the Government to
assist the nations in the general area of the Middle
East to maintain their independence. It is a
further demonstration of the will of the American
people to preserve peace and freedom in the world.
The provisions of the resolution and, even more,
the unity of national purpose which it reflects will
increase the administration's capabilities to con-
tribute to reducing the Commmiist danger in the
Middle East and to strengthening the general
stability of the area.
In my message to the Congress proposing the
joint resolution now adopted ^ I said that I would
send a special mission to the Middle East to ex-
plain the purposes of the resolution to the Middle
Eastern countries, and to report to me on the most
effective ways of carrying out these purposes. As
' Bulletin of Jan. 21, 1957, p. 83. For a statement by
Secretary Dulles and the text of the proposed resolution,
see iUd., Jan. 28, 1057, p. 120.
was announced on January 7, 1957,' the Honorable
James P. Richards, former chairman of the House
Foreign Affairs Committee, has agreed to under-
take this mission. Ambassador Richards will de-
part for the Middle East on March 12th.
I regard Ambassador Richards' mission as an
essential and important first step in carrying out
the policies set forth in the joint resolution. As
those policies are based on the concept of cooper-
ation, and as the assistance contemplated by the
resolution will be extended only in response to
requests from Middle Eastern governments, we
must achieve tlie greatest possible measure of
understanding and recognition of common inter-
ests with the area governments and their peoples.
Ambassador Richards' mission is to advance this
understanding and recognition of common inter-
ests. I know that he will bring to this task the
integrity, ability, and sound judgment that have
marked his long and distinguished career in public
life.
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES, MARCH 5
Press release IIB dated March 5
I am delighted that the Senate has now joined
the House in passing the Middle East resolution
by an overwhelming bipartisan vote. While fur-
ther action will be necessary because of variations
between the language of the House resolution and
that adopted by the Senate, the substance is the
same. It is now clear that the Congress of the
United States has, by an impressive, nonpartisan
majority, joined with the President to assure the
peoples of the free nations in the Middle East
that the United States stands ready to join with
tliem to build up their strength and, if need be,
'/6irf., Jan. 28, 1957, p. 130.
480
Department of State Bulletin
Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and Stability in the Middle East '
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representa-
tives of the United States of America In Congress as-
sembled,
That the President be and hereby is authorized to
cooperate with and assist any nation or group of na-
tions in the general area of the Middle East desiring
such assistance in the development of economic
strength dedicated to the maintenance of national in-
dependence.
Sec. 2. The President is authorized to undertake, in
the general area of the Middle East, military assistance
programs with any nation or group of nations of that
area desiring such assistance. Furthermore, the United
States regards as vital to the national interest and
world peace the preservation of the independence and
integrity of the nations of the Middle East. To this
end, if the President determines the necessity thereof,
the United States is prepared to use armed forces to
assist any such nation or group of such nations request-
ing assistance against armed aggression from any
country controlled by international communism : Pro-
vided, That such employment shall be consonant with
tlie treaty obligations of the United States and with
the Constitution of the United States.
Sec. 3. The President is hereby authorized to use
during the balance of fiscal year 1957 for economic
and military assistance under this joint resolution not
to exceed $200,000,000 from any appropriation now
available for carrying out the provisions of the Mutual
Security Act of 1954, as amended, in accord with the
provisions of such Act: Provided, That, whenever the
President determines it to be important to the security
of the United States, such use may be under the au-
thority of section 401 (a) of the Mutual Security Act
of 1954, as amended (except that the provisions of
section 105 (a) thereof shall not be waived), and with-
out regard to the provisions of section 105 of the Mu-
tual Security Appropriation Act, 1957: Provided fur-
ther, That obligations incurred in carrying out the
purposes of the first sentence of section 2 of this joint
"H. J. Res. 117, as amended. H. J. Res. 117 was
passed by the House of Representatives on Jan. 30 by
a vote of 355 to Gl ; H. J. Res. 117, as amended, was
passed by the Senate on Mar. 5 (72 to 19) ; the House
accepted the Senate version on Mar. 7 (350 to 60).
resolution shall be paid only out of appropriations for
military assistance, and obligations incurred in carry-
ing out the purposes of the first section of this joint
re.solulion shall be paid only of appropriations
other than those for military assistance. This au-
thorization is in addition to other existing authoriza-
tions with respect to the use of such appropriations.
None of the additional authorization contained in this
section shall be used until fifteen days after the Com-
mittee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, the Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representa-
tives, the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate
and the House of Representatives and, when military
assistance is involved, the Committees on Armed Serv-
ices of the Senate and the House of Representatives
have been furnished a report showing the object of
the proposed use, the country for the benefit of which
such use is intended, and the particular appropriation
or appropriations for carrying out the provisions of
the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, from
which the funds are proposed to be derived : Provided,
That funds available under this section during the
balance of fiscal year 1957 shall, in the case of any
such report submitted during the last fifteen days of
the fiscal year, remain available for use under tills
section for the purposes stated in such report for a
period of twenty days following the date of submis-
sion of such report. Nothing contained in this joint
resolution shall be construed as itself authorizing the
appropriation of additional funds for the purpose of
carrying out the provisions of the first section or of
the first sentence of section 2 of this joint resolution.
Sec. 4. The President should continue to furnish fa-
cilities and military assistance, within the provisions
of applicable law and established policies, to the United
Nations Emergency Force in the Middle East, with
a view to maintaining the truce in that region.
Sec. 5. The President shall within the months of
January and July of each year report to the Congress
his action hereunder.
Sec. 6. This joint resolution shall expire when the
President shall determine that the peace and security
of the nations in the general area of the Middle East
are reasonably assured by international conditions
created by action of the United Nations or otherwise
except that it may be terminated earlier by a con-
current resolution of the two Houses of Congress.
belp them to defend their n<ational integrity and in-
dependence against Communist armed aggression.
This is a major step and should contribute
greatly to peace and security in the area. It opens
the way to building up the strength of the area
through providing security and strength for the
independence of nations. It leaves no possibility
of miscalculation by potential armed aggressors.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF AMBASSADOR RICHARDS'
DEPARTURE
Press release 126 dated March 0
The President on March 9 signed House Joint
Resolution 117, thus completing the enactment
into law of his proposal for closer cooperation be-
tween the United States and those countries of the
Middle East desiring such cooperation.
March 25, 1957
481
In consequence, Ambassador James P. Rich-
ards, whom the President appointed on January
7 as his Special Assistant to advise and assist him
and the Secretary of State on problems of the
Middle East area, plans to depart on March 12
for visits to Middle Eastern countries. He looks
forward to discussions concerning the President's
program with those goverimients wliich have in-
dicated an interest.
Other members of Ambassador Richards' party
are as follows :
Department of State
John D. Jernegan, Counselor of Embassy (with personal
rank of Minister), Rome, and former Deputy Assistant
Secretary for Near Eastern, South Asian, and African
Affairs
William C. Burdett, Special Assistant to the Assistant
Secretary for Near Eastern, South Asian, and African
Affairs
Vernon Merrill, Escort Officer
International Cooperation Administration
Cedric Seager, Regional Director for the Near East and
South Asia
Department of Defense
Capt. Ray M. Pitts, USN, Department of Defense Repre-
sentative and Special Assistant to the Chairman, Joint
Chiefs of Staff
V.S. Information Agency
William B. King, Area Policy Officer
Mrs. Donna Jakobsson, Secretary
Maxine Wtorek, Secretary
Tlie Ambassador and his party will travel in a
special plane provided by the Department of De-
fense. They plan to proceed first to Beirut,
Lebanon, and then to Tripoli and Tobruk, Libya,
and to Ankara, Turkey. The remainder of the
itinerary is being kept flexible to permit changes
in timing and route if it develops during the trip
that such changes are required. However, the
party intends to visit all of the comitries of the
Middle East desiring such a visit.
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5
Press release 111 dated March 5
Secretary Dulles: I have a brief statement,
copies of which will be available to you as you
leave the auditorium.^
It is a matter of great gratification to the United
States that the Government of Israel has decided
to complete its withdrawal behind the armistice
line in compliance with the United Nations reso-
lution of February 2 - and that a schedule for
effectuating such withdrawal has been worked out
with General Burns, the Commander of the United
Nations Emergency Force.
Once again it has been demonstrated that the
free-world nations have a decent respect for the
opinions of mankind, as reflected in the General
Assembly of the United Nations.
As President Eisenhower said in his letter to
Prime Minister Ben-Gurion of March 2, 1957,"
* The following three paragraphs were also released
separately as press release 110 dated Mar. 5.
' For text, see Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 327.
' Hid., Mar. 18, 1957, p. 433.
the Israeli decision was not an easy one. We be-
lieve, however, that the decision will prove to have
been a wise one from the standpoint not only of
Israel but of all the nations concerned. It should,
as President Eisenhower said, make it possible to
bring about conditions in the area more stable,
more tranquil, and more conducive to the general
welfare than those which existed heretofore.
Now I am ready for questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there has been a general feel-
ing, I think, that the truce withdratoal issue has
been a sort of bar to the solution of a lot of prob-
lems in th-e Middle East. Now that the decision
to withdraw has been made, hoio quickly do you
thhxk it might be possible to make a start on get-
ting at least an interim, solution in the Suez Canal
problem?
A. Why, I should hope tiiat tliat would move
forward veiy rapidly, as quickly as Egypt is satis-
fied that the withdrawal is actually going to take
place, and I think that the evidence of that will
482
Department of Stale Bullelin
be very quickly forthcomin<i. There has been, I
think, a tendency on the part of Egypt to drag its
feet on these matters, and I hope tliat tliat tend-
ency will disapi^ear. The canal ought to be opened
very quickly now, and there ought to be an under-
standing as to how the tolls will be paid and for
carrying out such principles as were laid down by
the Security Council last October to govern the
future operations in accordance with the treaty
of 1888.
Q. Mr. Secretary, has the United States done
anything to ask Egypt to relieve this foot dragging
that you are talking aho^it?
A. We have always shown an interest in that,
of course, but the primary responsibility for action
in this matter is with the Secretary-General.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what response have you had
to the Western interim plan which was sent to the
Secretary-General some time ago?
A. So far as we are aware, there has been no
response. Whether the Secretary-General has any
Egyptian views or not, I do not know. But, if so,
he has not communicated them to the United
States.
Q. There have been none from Egypt, as far as
you hnoiof
A. That is right.
Public Documents Setting Forth U.S. Position
Q. Mr. Secretary, there seems to he some ques-
tion there about what commitinents, if any, the
United States has given Israel previous to this
withdrawal. Could you expand on that for us,
please?
A. Yes. The position of the United States with
reference to these matters has been fully and
totally set forth in the public documents in the
case. Those ai'e primarily the aide memoire of
February 11,^ the President's speech of February
20,= the statement of Ambassador Lodge on March
1,*' and the letter of the President to Prime Minis-
ter Ben-Gurion, that I referred to, of March 2.
There are no private assurances to anyone which
go beyond or which are different from what is set
forth in those public docmnents.
* nui.. Mar. 11, 1957, p. 392.
°/6W., p. 387.
' Ihid., Mar. 18, 1957, p. 431.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there were reports that sev-
eral members of the SEATO {Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization'] will ask tlie United States
to supply guided mdssiles for this area. Have you
been given any indications that such a request will
be forthcoming?
A. No. I am not aware of that. I have not
as yet had a chance to study the agenda for the
Seato conference. I am leaving for that tomor-
row, as perhaps you know, and my documentation
is going to be on the plane. I am not yet quite
fully versed as to what may come up there.
Q. Has ^'■guided democracy'''' in Indonesia be-
come a matter of concern to the SEATO nations,
in your opinio-n, sir?
A. Well, Indonesia of course is a very important
part of the Southeast Asia area. It is not in the
treaty or covered by the treaty. It is not a part
of the treaty area, but it is of course geographically
in the Southeast Asia area. It lies between Indo-
china, which is covered in the treaty, and some of
the other treaty areas, such as Australia and New
Zealand, and what happens there is naturally of
interest and concern to the members. The develop-
ments there are so far primarily of an internal
character, apparently relating to the form of
government and to the degree of autonomy of
different parts of that rather farflung archipelago,
and these developments are still in process of
evolution ; so, while it is a matter of interest and
of concern, I don't think the concern is one which
is tinged by any fear that the area will fall under
Communist domination.
Q. Mr. Secretary, this past Friday IsraeVs
Foreign Minister armou/nced that her country
loauld withdraw from Gaza and Aqaha under cer-
tain assumptions, such as that the withdrawal
from Gaza would be made under the assumption
that the U.N. troops exclusively would occupy that
area. Is the United States sympathetic to the
assumptions made by Mrs. Meir?
A. The statements were not quite as you put
tlieni. The statement about the takeover beiiig ex-
clusively by the United Nations Emergency Force
related to the initial takeover and was stated by
Mrs. Meir in precisely the language which was used
by the Secretary-General in his report, and the
balance of what Mrs. Meir said was stated prima-
rily in terms of expectations and not necessarily
of assumptions. The United States stated its
March 25, 1957
483
position on these matters, I think, quite fully and
carefully in the statement which was made by
Ambassador Lodge.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ did you and have you and
Foreign Minister von Brentano given any atten-
tion to the four-power working groups that are to
begin on German unity here tomorrow^ and, if not,
what do you think that these four-power groups
would he able to accomplish during their talks
here?
A. Well, we have not in our talks gotten around
to that yet. I expect that those matters will come
up in our discussion this afternoon.
Q. Will you tell us, please, sir, how your talks
with Von Brentano are going so far?
A. I think that they are going very well indeed.
We seem to have a unity of viewpoint which is
quite complete with respect to the matters which
we have discussed so far.
Q. Mr. Secretary, some time ago the State De-
partinent asked Justice to take legal action against
State laws which discriminate against Japan£se
textiles, that is, posting laios. Is such a suit going
to he filed?
A. I am sorry I don't know the answer to that
question. I wrote a letter to the Department of
Justice requesting that action be taken, and I have
not myself had any contact with the Department
of Justice since then ; so I just don't know whether
or not they are proceeding in that direction. I
assume that they are, but that is purely an assump-
tion on my part.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there seems to he some con-
cern in Hawaii about the possibility of damage or
injury there from the British nuclear tests at
Christmas Island. I have been asked to inquire
whether the U.S. Government is satisfied itself
that there is no such danger.
A. We are satisfied that there is no such danger.
The character of the tests will be such and the ex-
plosion will take place at a height such tliat there
is no danger of any fallout affecting Hawaii.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it the U.S. position that
UNEF should stay in Gaza until there is soine
definitive agreement on that area and that Egyp-
tian authorities should not revert there? Is that
not a correct statement of the U.S. position?
A. I am going to have to ask you to read Am-
bassador Ijodge's speech, which expressed our po-
sition on that point. And if I should attempt to
restate it by memory, I might inadvertently put
it slightly differently. Wliat I want to do is to
stick just exactly to what Ambassador Lodge said,
because that was a very carefully considered
statement.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you mentioned Mr. Lodge's
speech and some other documents as expressing
the U.S. position on this question of Sinai troop
withdrawals, and then you say that there are no
private undeistandings. Would you say thai
these public documents represent promises or as-
surances or guaranties, or how would you describe
them?
A. Well, for the most part, they are statements
of what we believe the mternational law of the
case is, and certainly, as regards the entrance to
the Gulf of Aqaba, what we state there is a view
which we have always held with respect to that
being a passage to an international body of water,
and it is, indeed, the same view which was ex-
pressed by the Egyptian Government in answer
to an inquiry by the United States back — I think
it was in 1950.' And it is a restatement of our
position, what we consider to be the international
law of the case.
As regards the Gaza Strip, we stated in Ambas-
sador Lodge's speech — we repeated in substance,
and indeed verbatim — what the Secretary-General
had previously said, which was covered by the
second resolution of February 2 * calling for the
implementation of the Secretary-General's report.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the Presideiifs letter to
Ben-Gurion the President says he hopes that the
expectations raised by the Israeli Prime Minister
will not he proven in vain — 7nore or less like that.
Would you say that this includes that part of Mrs.
Meir''s speech where she expressed the hope that
the Egyptian troops would not return to Gaza?
A. I do not tliinli tliat the President's letter
should be read as endorsing every detail of every-
thing that was said. The President's letter re-
ferred to the fact that statements were made by
the Foreign Minister of Israel and by others with
relation to their hopes and expectations. The
others included, of course, the statement made by
' See also U.S. aide memoire of Feb. 11.
' Bulletin of Feb. 25, 1957, p. 31!7.
484
Department of State Bulletin
Ambassador Lodge as well as the statement by
Mrs. Meir, and there were other statements made
there. The President's letter, I tliink, referred
generally to the hopes and expectations for a bet-
ter future for the area and shoukl not be inter-
preted as necessarily an endorsement of every
detail of everything that everybody said, because,
indeed, some of those statements were m conflict
with each otiier.
Q. Mr. Secretary, are you confident that the
UNEF has adequate forces for even the irrwne-
diate future?
A. Yes, I believe it has.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the Franco-American com-
munique of last week^ there is a reference to the
coTnmon approach of the two Governments regard-
ing the world problem. Can you elaborate on
that? Does this mean that from now on the two
Governments will have a more united, concerted
diplomatic action with regard to the Middle East-
ern problems?
A. Well, we certainly hope so. We don't like
it when our views differ, and we hope that in the
future we will be more in accord than we were, at
one time at least, in the past. I don't think there
is very much to add to that.
Question of Newsmen Going to Communist China
Q. Mr. Secretary, have you and Mr. Eisenhower
discussed in the last month the question of Ameri-
can newsmen going to Red China? ^'^ I believe
the President said at his conference on February
6 that he toould talk it over with. you.
A. Yes, we have discussed it again.
Q. Is the administration's position now the same
as it was a month ago, namely, a flat opposition to
letting these people go to Red China?
A. Well, we have not altered the position which
we then took. We are continuing to study and
explore the matter to see whether any ways could
be found to satisfy better the demand for news
coverage without seeming to drop the barriers
down generally and to permit of what the Chinese
Communists call "cultural exchange." So far, we
" /6t(f ., Mar. 18, 1957, p. 438.
" For background, see iUd., Aug. 20, 1956, p. 313, and
Jan. 14, 1957, p. 54.
have not found any solution, but, undoubtedly, we
will keep on studying the matter.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on that point is there any
reason xohy the administration is unwilling to test
in the courts of the United States its policy of
denying the passports, the right of the Executive
to deny passports?
A. Well, I suppose any citizen is entitled to take
his case to court. We don't oppose that.
Q. What is the position of the State Depart-
ment about those men who have gone in without
passports? Do you intend to bring suit in that
ca^e in the courts or to take any action against
those men?
A. Well, I don't think there is any plan to take
legal action against them. A question could come
up about the renewal of their passports.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on that point I believe that
Mr. Worthy''s expired yesterday and that he has
applied for renewal. What will be done in his
case?
A. I can't tell you. I didn't know that he had
applied for renewal.
Q. Yes, he did.
Resumption of U.S. Aid in Middle East
Q. Mr. Secretary, as soon as the withdrawal, has
been completed, does the United States intend to
resume aid as well as other forms of assistance
to both Israel and Egypt, and the other countries
in the Middle East area?
A. Well, I would say there that, as soon as the
conditions which led to the suspension have been
altered and the situation is back again where it
was, then we would go back again presumably to
where we were.
Q. Does not that withdraival — doesn't that ful-
fill the conditions? I presume now you are re-
ferring to the reopening of the Sues Canal as being
the other condition?
A. That has a bearing on it also.
Q. If those two conditions are fulfilled, would
those complete the conditions, or are there still
others?
A. You have got a whole series of questions:
the reopening of the canal, the conditions under
which it is reopened, the future status of the canal,
March 25, 1957
485
the treatment of American business people in the
area — there are a number of problems which still
remain to be resolved.
Q. In other words, you donH expect this reswmp-
tion to take place in the immediate future?
A. Well, are you referring to the whole area or—
Q. The resumption of aid specifically to Israel,
as well as the um-freesing of funds, and perhaps the
resumption of aid to Egypt.
A. Well, there will be nothing automatic about
any of those matters, and probably each country
will be dealt with on a country-by-country basis.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could I restate that question,
because I am a little confused on the answer?
A. Yes.
Q. Aid personnel was withdrawn from four
countries, as I retnonber. Taking that as a prob-
lem hy itself, is there a prospect now with the
lessening of the danger of hostilities, which was
the reason for withdrawal — the prospect now of
the early return of the aid personnel to these four
cowrvtries?
A. Well, I don't think that you can deal with
all of the countries as a bloc. Each country has
to be dealt with on its own basis. We would not
withhold a resumption of teclinical aid, for exam-
ple, to one country because the conditions in a
third country were such that we felt it was either
contrary to policy or contrary to security consid-
erations to have the people go back.
Reopening of Suez Canal
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the issue of reopening the
canal, since the Egyptians have indicated, indi-
rectly at least, that they intend not to let the
British and French ships go through until there is
soms settlement of their claims over the war, has
this country yet got a policy to stand with Britain
and France on ou/r shipping going through or not
going through the canal until the British amd the
French and all other nations are allowed to go
through?
A. I understand your question is whether we
would hold our ships back unless it is open to all
ships.
Q. Yes.
A. We have no such policy, no. I would like
to supplement that by saying that the United
States has no reason to believe that there will be
the discrimination against British and French
shipping which your question presupposes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, recently the Prime Minister
of Japan resigned because of illness and was re-
placed hy Prime Minister Kishi. Do you have any
comment about the replacement of the Prime
Minister with Mr. Kishi? And do you expect the
new Prime Minister to come to the United States?
A. That visit is being considered. There has
been no formal invitation as yet.
Q. And I wonder whether you have any idea
how soon the canal may be opened.
A. Well, I believe that it could be opened prob-
ably, if the work goes forward vigorously, in
about 10 days.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the question of the return
of the 199 foreign-aid technicians from that par-
ticular area of hostilities, they were withdrawn
because, as I remember, the bonibs were falling.
Now that that situation has been done away with,
will those people be going back into their Middle
East posts?
A. The answer to that question I think is given
in the reply which I previously made, which is
that we do not deal just with the area as a whole;
we deal with it on a country-by-country basis.
And if the reasons for the withdrawal seem to
have disappeared, then they will go back.
Q. Mr. Secretary, icould you say that this is the
case of Israel?
A. Well, I would believe that after the troops
and the other forces are withdra-\vn behind the
armistice lines, and if it then seems that there will
be a period of tranquillity and that the danger of
military outbreaks has subsided, then the situa-
tion would go back to what it was before.
International Character of Straits of Tiran
Q. Mr. Secretary, cnir policy and the British
and French policy regarding the international
character of the Straits of Tiran are in conflict
ivith the statements of India and several Arab
nations and now the later statement from Egypt
that they consider them national waters — we ar&
at vai-iance on that. What is the step? How do
you settle this?
486
Deparfmenf of Sfofe Bu//e/in
A. Well, I wouldn't quickly jump to the con-
clusion that our views are indeed at variance.
This is a highly complicated question of interna-
tional law, and the use of words has to be very
precise. It is true in one sense of the word that
the Straits of Tiran are territorial, because the
straits are less than 6 miles wide and the gen-
erally accepted zone of territorial control is 3
miles. So in tliat sense they are territorial waters.
But it is also a principle of international law that,
even though waters are territorial, if they give ac-
cess to a body of water which comprehends inter-
national waterways, there is a right of free and
innocent passage. And some of the statements
which have been made unofficially by Egypt, from
Egyptian sources at least, contain statements
wliich we would entirely agree with in the sense
that the straits, as I say, are less than 6 miles wide
and therefore comprehended witliin the 3-mile
limit, measuring it from both sides. That doesn't
determine the question as to whether or not there
is the right to passage. Now, you asked a further
question — how it would be resolved. In our aide
memoire we stated that we would abide by any de-
cision by the International Court of Justice.
Q. Mr. Secretai'y, is your statement that you
just made then not open to the inference that there
are two ways of looking at this., and that the
Egyptians would be entirely justified in blocHnff
the passage and submitting the thing to the Cou/rt
and keeping it closed until the Court settled it
some years later?
A. Well, the United States view is that the pas-
sage should be opened unless there is a contrary
decision by the International Court of Justice.
That was the viewpoint expressed in our aide
memoire of February 11. I might also add that
that is the point of view which is reflected in the
Secretary-General's report, in which he says that in
view of the histoiy of this matter, and the prior
positions, that it is not a situation where it is be-
lieved that Egypt should exercise belligerent
rights.
Q. In short, it would take a decision, in your
view, of the Court to close it, rather than a de-
cision of the Court to open it?
A. That's right.
Q. You said in the memorandum, that the United
States Government expected to exercise its right
of free and innocent passage through this strait
into the Gulf of Aqaba. Have you taken any
steps or do you contemplate taJcing any step to
establish this exercise of right on the part of the
United States — in other words, should a ship or
ships normally begin to move through there now?
Have they already moved?
A. Well, there is no prearranged exercise in
that respect. It would be normal that a ship of
United States registi-y would be going through
tliere. You see, it is only quite recently that the
port of Elath has been developed so that it is a
port which attracts shipping. Now there has been
a development of the port of Elath to a point
where there will probably be considerable ship-
ping going there, and in the normal course of
events that would include a vessel of United States
registry.
Q. But you don't know of any particular ship?
A. No, I haven't looked into that. Of course,
that is a matter which is primarily imder private
direction. The shipping companies send their
ships where they will. We assume that one will
be going there, but that is not based upon any
checkup with the companies.
Q. I wondered, sir, whether it would be normal
procedure for the United States Government to
send notice to the shipping companies that the
strait is considered to be open, or whether every-
body is supposed to know it?
A. Well, I think that everybody is supposed to
have read the newspapers in that respect, par-
ticularly if they are in the shipping business.
Q. What are the prospects, Mr. Secretary, on
resumption of our negotiations with the Philip-
pines on military bases? They broke down 3
months ago, I believe.
A. I believe that some consideration is being
given to a possible resimiption. But that matter
is primarily at the moment in the hands of the
Defense Department.
U.N. Emergency Force
Q. Mr. Secretary, on Friday [March 1], India
said in the United Nations that it would have to
dissociate itself from the idea that UNEF could
go into Gaza and take over the civil administra-
tion, and both the Yugoslavs and the Indians have
March 25, 7957
487
indicated that, if Egypt objected, tJiey would
withdraw from the Force. How long do you think
that they can keep the United Nations Force in
Gaza without another United Nations resolution?
A. Well, I believe the matter is adequately
covered by the second resolution of the 2d of Feb-
ruary. I don't think another resolution is re-
quired. Of course, the United Nations cannot re-
quire countries to keep their elements in the Unef.
And I suppose to some extent Unef could be dis-
rupted by withdrawals. But I do not anticipate
that will take place.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said a few minutes ago
that we assume that British and French shipping
will go through the canal without discrimination.
Do we have any similar assumption connected
with Israeli ships?
A. I think it was indicated in one of the state-
ments I referred to — I think it was the President's
speech of February 20 — that we should not assume
that there will be a discrimination against Israeli
ships.
Q. Mr. Secretary, after the last Israeli soldier
leaves Egypt, tuill toe recognize Egypfs right to
reassert the state of helUgerency on which she has
blocked Israel, or loill we consider her then in vio-
lation of the treaty of 1888 and the Security Coun-
cil and act accordingly?
A. Well, we are not indulging in any assump-
tions or speculations that there will be a violation
of the 1888 treaty, if that is what your question
assumed.
Q. No, Tny question assumes that Egypt has in-
sisted on a state of belligerency betioeen itself and
the State of Israel. Well, if this insistence con-
tinues, how will we regard that?
A. I prefer not to answer that question.
Q. Mr. Secretary, when do you expect the last
Israeli troops to be out of Egypt?
A. I think the information on that respect is
regarded as classified, and I don't think I can
answer it. I'm informed as to the prospective
schedule, but I'm not at liberty to make it public.
I think it is a reasonably expeditious schedule.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the question of newspaper-
men going to Red China, you said the President
and you are still discussing the problem of drop-
488
ping the news barriers. Did you mean ordinary
barriers to travel to Red China? Is that what
you had in mind?
A. One of the problems we face here is the fact
that there is a general drive by Communist China
to reestablish what it calls cultural intercourse
with other countries, and it is particularly press-
ing that on countries which are neighbors, the
free countries, and where such relationship could
not, I think, be reestablished without danger to
those countries. And one of our problems is not
to set an example which would be bearable by us
but which, if it was extended generally, would
have perhaps dangerous repercussions in other
areas.
Q. Well, there have been recommendations that
the State Department announx;e that any reporters
going to Red China do so at their own risk and
that they would thereby be permitted to go. Has
any thought been given to this possibility of solv-
ing the problejn?
A. Yes, I think we have given thought to all
possibilities. Let me say tliis, it is a general
principle of international law that no individual
can waive the responsibility of a government to
look out for its own citizens. There is also a
problem as to whether or not it is possible to
allow certain persons to go and other persons not
to go. There are people who feel that their mis-
sion to go into all the world is just as command-
ing as that which impels the newspaper people.
It's an extremely complicated subject.
Q. Mr. Secretary, news reports from Cairo say
that President Nasser has stated he feels that
Egypt is no longer bound by the six-point United
Nations agreement ^' because of the acts of France,
Israel, amd England. And that agreement says
that the Sties would be open to ships of all na-
tions. Would you care to comment on that?
A. Well, I think our comment on it is found
in the communique which was issued here jointly
with the French Prime Minister a few days ago,
where we reaffirmed our belief in the six principles.
Q. Mr. Secretary, did you discuss with King
Saud who was going to occupy the islands of the
straits when the Israelis move out?
" Ibid., Oct. 22, 1956, p. 616.
Deparfmenf of Siaie Bulletin
A. No. The occupancy was arranged between
Saudi Arabia and Egypt back in 1950, when Saudi
Arabia consented to tlieir occupation by Egpyt,
and we have no reason to believe that that ar-
rangement will be altered. We did not discuss
it with King Saud.
Q. Mr. Secretary, did the question of Poland
play a large part in your discussions yesterday
with Von Brentano?
A. Well, we discussed the question of the satel-
lites, Poland and Hungai-y and East Gennany
and so forth.
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you he able to amplify
your early comment that Egypt seemed to he
dragging its feet on making arrangements about
the Suez Canal — what form this takes?
A. There have been grounds to suggest that
Egypt did not want to make progress, in relation
to the Suez Canal matter, until there was assur-
ance that the Israeli troops would be withdrawn.
That has not been an officially exjiressed position,
but reading between the lines we could gather
that that was perhaps the actual position. There
have been still two sunken ships, as you know,
which still block the Suez Canal, which supposedly
contain explosives which the Egyptian Govern-
ment says it wants to take the responsibility of
removing but which it has not yet removed. Va-
rious thmgs of that sort lead us to believe that the
Egyptians have not wanted to hurry on the mat-
ter of the canal until they are quite sm-e the
Israelis would get out. We hope that that situa-
tion will now change.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Harold Connolly, the United
States Olympic hammer-throw champion, is re-
ported that way about a Czech lady discus
thrower. {Laughter) And he has appealed to
the Czech Government for permission to get her
out and marry her — bring her to this country.
Is the United States Government making any ap-
peals to back up his appeal?
A. Well, we believe in romance. (Laughter)
Q. Are you doing anything to implement
this case?
A. I can's answer for that particular case, but
our basic principle is as I stated it.
March 25, 7957
419485—57 3
New State of Ghana
ANNOUNCEMENT OF U.S. RECOGNITION
Press release 113 dated March 5
The U.S. Government has officially recognized
the new state of Ghana, which becomes independ-
ent and a member of the British Commonwealth
on March 6.
With the permission of the Government of
Ghana, the American consulate general at Accra
will be raised to the status of an embassy at 1
minute past midnight on March 6. At that time,
Donald W. Lamm, consul general, will be named
charge d'affaires pending the appointment of an
ambassador to Ghana.
The U.S. Government has also informed the
Government of Prime Minister Kwame Nkrumah
that it would welcome the establishment of a
Ghanaian embassy at Washington as soon as
practicable.
MESSAGE FROM PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO
THE GOVERNMENT AND PEOPLE OF GHANA
White House press release dated March 6
On behalf of the people of the United States of
America, I wish to extend to the Government and
people of Ghana, congratulations on the occasion
of your joining the family of independent nations.
We have watched with particular admiration the
manner in which you have attained your inde-
pendence, for it shows the good fruit of statesman-
like cooperative effort between the Government
and people of Ghana and the Government and
people of the United Kingdom. I am sure that
this same spirit will characterize Ghana's rela-
tionship with the Free World, including the great
and voluntary association of nations, the Bi'itish
Commonwealth.
In extending these good wishes, I speak for a
people that cherishes independence, which we
deeply believe is the right of all peoples who are
able to discharge its responsibilities. It is with
special pleasure, therefore, that we witness the
establishment of your new nation and the assump-
tion of its sovereign place in the Free World.
In sending you these greetings, I am conscious
of the many years of friendship which have char-
acterized the relations between our two countries.
489
We are pi-oud that some of your distinguished
leaders have been educated in the United States.
We are also proud that many of our most ac-
complished citizens had their ancestry in your
coimtry. We are pleased that trade between our
two countries has developed to the benefit of both
countries. But most importantly, we revere in
common with you the great and eternal principles
which characterize the free democratic way of life.
I am confident that our two cx>untries will stand
as one in safeguarding this greatest of all bonds
between us.
Ghana Becomes 81st Member
of United Nations
Statement Tjy Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
The United States will vote here in the General
Assembly for the admission of Ghana to the
United Nations as we did in the Security Council.
We look forward to friendly relations at the
United Nations with the representatives of Ghana.
The United States sees in Ghana a peace-loving
state which accepts the obligations of the charter
and is able and willing to carry them out. We were
happy that this opinion was shared unanimously
in the Security Council yesterday. Today's vote,
I am sure, will confirm overwhehningly the
Security Council's judgment.
In the Security Council yesterday I had the
pleasure of paying tribute to the wise policy of
the United Kingdom which has led to Ghana's in-
dependence and to the happy relationship which
exists today between the United Kingdom and
Ghana. Let me again pay tribute to this example
of British statesmanship.
Ghana's independence is also of special interest
to Americans : The ancestors of many of our fellow
Americans came from there ; many Americans, of
whom I was one, visited Accra during the war;
Prime Minister Nla-umah studied here i,n the
United States; and tiie Vice President of the
United States, Mr. Nixon, headed a delegation of
distinguished Americans to be present at Ghana's
independence day.
'Made in plenary session on Mar. 8 (U.S. delegation
press release 2639).
Ghana joins the United Nations at a momentous
time in the history of this organization. The re-
sponsibilities which this new state assumes by its
membership are heavy. But the weight of respon-
sibility is overshadowed by the opportunities
which United Nations membership oft'ers for con-
structive efforts to prevent war, to harmonize in-
ternational relations, and to cooperate m solving
problems of an economic, social, cultui'al, and
hmnanitarian character.
The United States welcomes the opportunity
to cooperate fully with Ghana in these United
Nations efforts. We extend to the people and Gov-
ernment of Ghana — and to Ghana's associates in
the Commonwealth — our sincere congratulations
and best wishes. ^
German Foreign Minister
Visits United States
Follotoing is the text of a joint com.7n,unique
i'isned at the close of a ineeting between Secretary
Dulles and Heinrich von Brentano, Foreign Min-
ister of the Federal Rejniblic of Germany, at
Washington on March 5. The German Foreign
Minister made an official visit to Washington from
March 3 to 7.
Press release 114 dated March 5
Foreign Minister Heinrich von Brentano of the
Federal Republic of Germany and Secretary of
State Dulles today concluded the official talks
which they have held during the Foreign Minis-
ter's current visit to Washington.
These talks covered a broad range of current
world problems of mutual concern to both govern-
ments and afforded an opportunity for a full and
frank exchange of views. Particular attention
was devoted to an assessment of the general politi-
cal situation in the light of recent developments
in Eastern Europe and the Middle East. The
talks have served to emphasize and reinforce the
commumty of interest and the harmony of views
which exist between the two governments with re-
gard to the problems confronting them.
The Foreign Minister and the Secretary of
State reaffirmed that the reunification of Germany
- On Mar. S tlie General Assembly unanimously ap-
proved the application of Ghana for membership iu the
United Nations.
490
Department of State Bulletin
in freedom remains a fundamental objective of the
policies of their governments. They were in
agreement that recent developments in Eastern
Europe have served to emphasize the urgent neces-
sity for a solution of the problem of German re-
unification in the absence of which there can be no
permanent settlement in Europe or any lasting
stability. They expressed the hope that the Soviet
Union would come to realize that it is in its own
interest that there be a just solution of this prob-
lem. They noted that a study of the problem of
German reunification and its relationship to Euro-
pean security is being undertaken in Washington
by experts of the United States, Great Britain,
France, and the Federal Kepublic. This study
should provide a common basis for dealing with
any new developments which might have a bear-
ing on these questions.
The Foreign Minister and the Secretary of State
were also in complete agreement that recent de-
velopments in the Soviet Union and Eastern
Europe have afforded no basis to the West for
lowering its guard.
They shared the view that the maintenance of
the strength of Nato remains as important as ever.
Foreign Minister von Brentano stressed in this
regard the determination of the Federal German
Government to proceed as rapidly as possible with
building up its own militaiy strength in order to
be able to make its agreed contribution to the
Western collective defense .system.
The Foreign Minister informed the Secretary
of the progress being made towards the signing of
treaties for the creation of a European Common
Market and the establisliment of a European
organization with common authority and responsi-
bility in the field of atomic energy (Euratom).^
The Foreign Minister and the Secretary were in
agreement that early approval and implementa-
tion of these treaties would contribute materially
to enhancing the close association between Europe
and the United States.
The Foreign Minister and the Secretary of State
reviewed current problems in the ^Middle East.
They were in agreement as to the urgent need
for a peaceful solution of these problems in con-
formity with the principles of justice and interna-
' For background on the European common market and
BURATOM, see Bulletix of Feb. 4, 1957, p. 182, and Feb.
25, 1957, p. 306.
tional law. The Secretary of State welcomed the
Foreign Minister's indication of the desire of the
Federal German Government to contribute in
whatever ways might be appropriate to reaching
a just and lasting settlement of the problems of
the area.
The Foreign Minister will call on President
I<)isen]iower in the White House on Thursday
morning, March 7.
Working Group on Germany
and European Security
Press release 118 dated March 6
The first meeting of a Four- Power Working
Gi'oup was held at Washington on March 6.
The group is reviewing the problem of the reuni-
fication of Germany in relation to European secu-
rity on the basis of the proposals made at the
Geneva meeting of Foreign Ministers of 1955
and in the light of subsequent developments. This
review is being mitially undertaken by a woi'king
party established by the Federal Republic and
the three Western powers in view of the special
responsibility of the latter with regard to ques-
tions relating to Germany as a whole. Upon the
conclusion of its study, the report of the group
will be submitted to the four Governments. Sub-
sequently the matter will be considered in the
North Atlantic Council.
The chief representatives on the working group
are Jean Leonard Laloy, Director of the European
Section of the French Foreign Office; Wilhelm
Grewe, Director of the Political Division of the
German Foreign Office; Patrick Francis Hancock,
Director of the Western Division of the British
Foreign Office ; and Jacob Beam, Deputy Assistant
Secretary of State for European Affairs.
Eximbank Credit to Austria
The Export-Import Bank of Washington an-
nounced on March 5 an $8 million credit to finance
export purchases of cotton in the United States by
three Austrian banks. The loan is repayable 18
months from the date of drafts, and the credit will
be available for a period of 1 year. Austrian spin-
ners are expected to buy, through the borrowing
banks, supplies of long-staple, high-grade U.S.
cotton.
March 25, J 957
491
U.S. and U.K. Agree To Amend
Financial Agreement of 1945
H. Doe. Ill, 85th Congress, let Session
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE OF TRANSMITTAL
To the Congress of the United States:
I send you herewith an amendment to the
Anglo-American Financial Agreement of 1945 ^
signed for the United States by the Secretary of
the Treasury and for the United Kingdom by the
British Ambassador. Your approval is recom-
mended and requested.
Under the terms of the 1945 agreement, the
United Kingdom is entitled to waiver, that is, can-
cellation, of interest payments under certain
rather elaborately defined conditions. Over the
years, and with changing circumstances, it has
become practically impossible to apply this
important feature of the agreement.
This last December, the British claimed a waiver
of the interest for 1956 and set the smn involved
aside pending consultation. Up to that time, they
had made in full every payment of principal and
interest called for by the agreement.
The amendment gives the United Kingdom a
right to postpone not more than seven annual
installments of principal and interest when it finds
such action necessary in view of present and pro-
spective conditions of international exchange and
the level of the United Kingdom's gold and
foreign exchange reserves. In addition, the 1956
installment of interest would be postponed. In
exchange for this, the United Kingdom forgoes
any right to claim a waiver or cancellation of
interest payments and agrees to pay interest
aimually on the full amount of all postponed
installments.
The amendment to the agreement is a common-
sense solution which attempts to can-y out the
spirit of the agreement in a way that is practical
and fair to both parties.
I recommend that the Congress enact legislation
approving the action of the Secretary of the
Ti'easury in signing the amendatory agreement on
fiiehalf of the United States.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The WnrrE House,
March 6, 1957.
TEXT OF AMENDMENT
AGREEMENT TO AMEND THE FINANCIAL AGREE-
MENT OF DECEMBER 6, 1945, BETWEEN THE
GOVERNMENTS OF THE UNITED STATES AND
THE UNITED KINGDOM
Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof. It is
hereby agreed between the Government of the United
States and the Government of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland as follows with re-
gard to the Financial Agreement executed by them on.
December 6, 1945:
1. Section 5 is amended to read :
5. Deferment of annual installments.
(i) In any calendar year after December 31, 1956, in
which the Government of the United Kingdom advises the
Government of the United States that it finds that a
deferment is necessary in view of the present and prospec-
tive conditions of international exchange and the level of
Its gold and foreign exchange reserves, the Government of
the United Kingdom may defer the payment of the annual
installment for that year of principal repayment and inter-
est specified under Section 4. Not more than seven (7)
annual installments may be so deferred. The first of any
such deferred installments shall be paid on December 31,
2001, and the others shall be paid annually thereafter, in
order.
(ii) In addition, the installment of interest in respect
of the year 1956 is hereby deferred, in lieu of any right
of waiver hitherto existing. This installment shall be
paid on December 31 of the year following that in which
the last of all other installments, including installments
deferred under the preceding paragraph, is due.
(iii) Deferred installments shall bear interest at the
rate of 2 percent per annum, payable annually on Decem-
ber 31 of each year following that in which deferment
occurs.
( iv ) Payment of deferred installments may be acceler-
ated, in whole or in part, at the option of the Government
of the United Kingdom.
2. Section 6 is amended to read :
6. Relation of this line of credit to other ohligations.
Tlie Government of the United Kingdom undertakes not
to defer an installment under Section 5 of this Agreement
in any year, unless it also defers the installment due in
that year under the Financial Agreement between the
Government of Canada and the Government of the United
Kingdom, dated March 6 , 1946.
3. This Agreement shall become effective when the Gov-
ernment of the United States has notified the Government
of the United Kingdom that the Agreement has been
approved by the Congress and the Government of the
United Kingdom has notified tlie Government of the United
'60 Stat. 1841; Treaties and Other International Acts
Series 1545; also printed in Bulletin of Dec. 9, 1945,
p. 007.
492
Department of State Bulletin
states that the appropriate Parliamentary action has
been taken.
Signed in duplicate this 6th day of March, 1957.
For the Government of the United States of America :
G. M. Humphrey
Secretary of the Treasury of the
United States of America
For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland:
Habold Caccia
Her Majesty's Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipoten-
tiary at Washington
U.S. Delegation Leaves To Attend
Third Meeting of SEATO Council
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Press release 102 dated March 1
Secretary Dulles will attend the third meeting
of the Council of Ministers of the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization to be held at Canberra March
11-13. This is the annual meeting of the Foreign
Ministers of member countries at which the accom-
plishments of tlie year are reviewed and plans
approved for future activities and development
of the organization. Secretary Dulles partici-
pated in the two previous meetings held at
Bangkok and Karachi, as well as in the negotia-
tion of the treaty at Manila which brought Sbato
into being. The Secretary will return directly to
the United States immediately following the
meeting in order to accompany the President to
Bermuda.
Just prior to the Council meeting, on March 8
and 9, the Seato Military Advisers will meet at
Canberra. The U.S. representative at this meet-
ing will be Adm. Felix B. Stump, USN, Com-
mander in Chief, Pacific and U.S. Pacific Fleet,
who is the U.S. military adviser for Seato.
The complete U.S. delegation to the Seato
Council of Ministers meeting at Canberra is as
follows :
17. S. Representative
John Foster Dulles, Secretary of State
Special Assistant
John W. Hanes, Jr.
Coai'dinator
G. Frederick Reinhardt, Department of State
Deputy Coordinator
George M. Abbott, Special Assistant for SEATO Affairs,
Department of State.
Senior Advisers
Walter S. Robertson, Assistant Secretary of State
Adm. Felix B. Stump, USN, Commander in Chief, Pacific
and U.S. Pacific Fleet
Avery F. Peterson, Charg^ d'Affaires, Canberra, Australia
Max W. Bishop, U.S. Council Representative and Ambas-
sador to Thailand
Andrew H. Berdiug, Assistant Secretary of State for
Public Affairs (Designate)
Raymond T. Moyer, Regional Director for Far Bast,
International Cooperation Administration
Charles A. Sullivan, Director, Office of Special Interna-
tional Affairs, Department of Defense
Advisers
John C. Ausland
John S. Farrington
John L. Hart
Robert A. Hewitt, Brigadier General, USA
John C. Hill
Robert E. Hoey
Marselis C. Parsons, Jr.
Lemuel M. Stevens, Captain, USN
William V. Turnage
C. Dudley Withers
Robert W. Zimmermann
Secretariat
Joseph N. Greene, Jr.
Robert L. Burns
Special Assistant to Coordinator
J. Stewart Cottman
Secretary
Bruce Grainger
SECRETARY DULLES' DEPARTURE STATEMENT,
MARCH 6
Press release 117 dated March 6
I go to Australia to take part in the meeting of
the Council of the Southeast Asia Treaty Organi-
zation (Seato).
Though Seato is little more than 2 years old,
this will be my fourth visit to the Far East in
comiection with its creation and development.
There was first the negotiation of the treaty in
Manila. Then there came the first and second
meetings of the Seato Council held in Thailand
and in Pakistan.
March 25, 1957
493
In this 214 years Seato has become firmly estab-
lished and has made a positive contribution to
peace and stability in Asia. The Organization is
an outstanding example of successful cooperation
among eight nations, both eastern and western.
It brings security in the face of Communist
threats. By so doing, it encourages constructive
achievements in political, economic, and cultural
fields. Seato will be further developed at this
third Council meeting. The United States is
deeply interested in this, for we are a Pacific
power as well as an Atlantic power.
I welcome the opportunity to visit Australia
once again. I have had long and cordial relations
with its leaders. Also I had an earlier enjoyable
and useful visit there in 1951 when I negotiated
the tripartite security agreement between Aus-
tralia, New Zealand, and the United States — the
organization known as Anzus.
Anzus and Seato reinforce each other in many
ways. Both are defensive pacts ; both have played
an important part in bringing to the Pacific and
Southeast Asian areas the comparative peace and
security they now enjoy; both have been estab-
lished within the framework of the United
Nations. These pacts are necessary to make clear
to aggressive nations tlie vmited and determined
will of the member nations to preserve their inde-
pendence and security against any assaults.
As soon as the Seato meeting is over, I must
return to the United States to take part in Presi-
dent Eisenhower's meeting with Prime Minister
Macmillan at Bermuda. I regret that, on this
accomit, I shall not be able to make visits to
friendly nations in the area as I have done in
connection with the previous Seato Council
meetines.
SECRETARY DULLES' ARRIVAL STATEMENT,
CANBERRA, MARCH 10 >
Press release 124 dated March 8
I am grateful for this opportunity to bring the
greetings of President Eisenhower and the people
of the United States to the people of Australia.
I wish that the crowded schedule of the Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization meeting would permit
me to meet with you more directly while I am in
your vigorous, forward-looking country. Un-
' Broadca.st over facilities of the Australian Broadcast-
ing Commission.
fortunately, my stay is all too brief because of
pressing events elsewhere. I can only regret that
it could not have coincided with the spectacular
Olympic games that helped to make Australian
hospitality, efficiency, and sportsmanship a by-
word among all nations.
I know that all Americans would want me to
express their appreciation to the people of Aus-
tralia for the comradeship and understanding you
have displayed in the years in which we have
shared so many common problems in the Pacific.
Already our two countries have gone through
much together. We have shared at times security
and at times danger. We have shared prosperity
and economic strain. We have rejoiced in com-
mon victories at arms. We have worked together
in the hard task of seeking peace and preserving it.
It is demonstrable that our destinies are inex-
tricably linked. The United States is not only
an Atlantic power, but also, like you, we are a
Pacific power. There are plenty of grave prob-
lems and major tasks that confront the Atlantic
Community. But those problems do not monopo-
lize our concei-n or make us indifferent to the prob-
lems of the Pacific and of Asia.
You can, I believe, feel confident that you will
never stand alone in the Pacific.
There have been times in the past, and there may
be times again, when we may disagree as to how
best to pursue our common goal of security in a
just and lasting peace. You may have taken a
somewhat different view from that which we took
in regard to the stormy events of last fall in the
Suez area.
I can well understand wliy many of you felt
as you did.
I hope that you will imderstand that tlie United
States reacted as it did because we believe that
our present worldwide responsibilities make it
especially incumbent upon us to seek to uphold
the United Nations principle that force shall not
be used against a country as a means of settling
international disputes. But we equally believe
that the United Nations must not only seek that
international disputes be settled peacefully but
that they be settled in conformity with the prin-
ciples of justice and international law. There lie
ahead many heavy tasks in this respect. In these
I know we shall be working side by side.
One of tlie most cherislied values we hold in
common, indeed one of the reasons for the strong
494
Department of State Bulletin
attraction between us, is the belief in government
of laws — GUI' conviction that governments must
give expression to the moral convictions of their
people. So long as we both follow the course
that moral principle dictates, we will inevitably
walk close together along the road.
The fact that Australia and the United States
share so many beliefs is one of the free world's
strong guaranties for security. We both believe,
for example, that many of tlie difficulties facing
the free nations can be resolved, particularly if
each nation will do its utmost to establish justice
even when its own interests are not directly in-
volved. Much can be done through cooperation
and resourcefulness. Much can be done through
patience and peaceful determination. The bless-
ings of peace and freedom are well worth the
price.
The United Nations, despite its present imper-
fections, is a power and force for world peace with
justice. I believe the United Nations has gained
greatly in prestige and influence. Our belief is
strengthened that it will eventually realize the
potential for peace envisaged by its founders.
The very mission which brings me to Australia
is evidence of oiu- mutual faith in the principles
of the United Nations Charter. That charter
made wise provision for collective security ar-
rangements as a deterrent to aggression. It was
a similar mission that brought me here in 1951.
You may recall that I then discussed with your
Prime Minister and the Minister for External
Afl'airs the first multilateral regional security pact
which the United States was to enter in this part
of the world. This was the tripartite security
pact between Australia, New Zealand, and the
United States which we have come to know as the
Anzus Treaty. I am proud to have been able to
take a part in its formulation and to be one of the
signers of that treaty on which we, as you do, place
great value.
Now the United States and Australia and New
Zealand have become partners and allies in an-
other organization — tlie Southeast Asia Treaty
Organization. Both Anzus and Seato were
established within the framework of the United
Nations Charter for the primary purpose of in-
suring a just peace in the Pacific and Southeast
Asia. The United States is proud to hold mem-
bership in both. Neither is a substitute for the
other.
Australia and the United States, both bordering
on the Pacific Ocean, have legitimate and funda-
mental interests in preserving the peace of the
area. Good sense and prudence dictate that we
form collective defense associations between our-
selves and with other freedom-loving nations of
the area to demonstrate that we are determined to
resist aggression. That today, in practical terms,
means Communist aggression and, in this area,
means primarily Chinese Communist aggi'ession.
Chinese communism still remains formidable.
But we are convinced that it is increasingly evi-
dent that it does not represent in this part of the
world the "wave of the future."
There was a time when Western Europe was
dominated by the fear that Soviet communism
might represent the "wave of the future." Now
no one thinks that, not even the Communist par-
ties in western European countries, wliich used to
be so boastful. We have seen, notably in Hungary
and in Poland, that, even though Soviet commu-
nism has had many yeare' rule in which to seek by
every means to inculcate its doctrine, it is never-
theless rejected by the people. It does not and
cannot satisfy their aspirations. Even within
Russia itself, where communism has ruled for
40 years, there is growing restlessness and resist-
ance to the conformity which communism seeks
to impose.
Inevitably the same defects of communism will
make themselves manifest in Asia. The free peo-
ples of Asia need not look upon Chinese commu-
nism as the "wave of the future" in Asia and the
western Pacific. It, too, will stumble over its own
inherent defects.
However, we cannot be complacent.
At the most recent North Atlantic Council meet-
ing in Paris, it was the consensus that the threat
of Communist aggression had not diminished de-
spite the facade of smiles of Commmiist rulers.
The cruel repression in Hungary revealed the
sharp teeth behind the smiles. I feel likewise that
in the area covered by the Southeast Asia Treaty
the threat remains. It can be met only by our
unity in strength.
It is my conviction that, so long as we remain
resolute, the measures that we have taken and are
taking will carry us safely through the present
critical period. The fact of United States-Aus-
tralian solidarity as an integral part of free-world
March 25, 1957
495
security enables me to make this statement with
greater confidence.
May I once more express my great pleasure at
being in Australia again and at being closely as-
sociated once more with your Prime Minister, Mr.
Menzies, and your Minister for External Affairs,
Mr. Casey, for both of whom I have the highest
and most cordial regard.
Second Annual Report of the South-East Asia Treaty Organization
FOREWORD
This is the second annual report of the South-
East Asia Treaty Organisation. It is published
by the Seato Council Kepresentatives in prepara-
tion for the meeting of the Council of Ministers at
Canberra in March, 1957. It records the progress
made during 1956 and sets out Seato's plans and
hopes for the future.
The South-East Asia Collective Defence Treaty
was signed at Manila on September 8, 1954,^ and
came into force on February 19, 1955, when it had
been ratified by the eight signatory countries —
Australia, France, New Zealand, Pakistan, the
Philippines, Thailand, the United Kingdom and
the United States.
The work of Seato has been greatly assisted by
the Koyal Thai Government, which provided a
building in Bangkok for the Headquarters of the
Organisation. This building was opened by the
Prime Minister H. E. Field Marshal Pibulsong-
gram on June 24, 1956, the Thai National Day.'
INTRODUCTION
The past year has been on the whole one of
quiet and steady development in the Seato mem-
ber countries. Achievements in many fields were
made possible by the relative stability of the
Treaty Area — a situation which the existence of
Seato has helped to create. Seato is a bulwark
against aggression in all its forms and enables the
peoples of the Area which it serves to live their
' Released on Mar. 5 at Canberra, Paris, Wellington,
Karachi, Manila, Banskok, liondon, and Washington.
• BtJLumN of Sept. 20, 1954, p. 393.
* Ibid., July 2, 1956, p. 10.
daily life in an atmosphere of freedom from fear.
Indeed the very existence of such a collective se-
curity system, by giving confidence to our coun-
tries, has enabled them to devote to economic, so-
cial and cultural development a greater portion of
their resources than would have been possible had
each of them provided separately for its own de-
fence. This in itself is ample justification for the
existence of Seato and visible evidence of its
value to our countries.
When Seato was established the principal threat
to the Treaty Area was that of armed aggression.
It has, however, been clear for some time that the
Communists have for the moment at least changed
their tactics, although we cannot overlook the con-
tinuing growth of Communist military strength,
particularly in Communist China and North Viet-
nam. Subversion, which has always been a major
problem, is the main tlu-eat we now face. To the
identification of this threat, and its exposure, and
to the development of counter-measures, Seato
has devoted much of its effort in 1956.
Seato as an Organisation, and the member
countries individually, have also sought to give
expression to those aspects of the Treaty relating
to economic, social and cultural pi'ogress and to
devise schemes of cooperation and mutual help
suited to the particular needs of the countries of
the Area. Such willing cooperation has fostered
the spirit of partnership which has become a
feature of all aspects of Seato's work.
Seato's membere have not, however, been lulled
into complacency by the progress so far made.
The threat to the whole area still remains serious
and they are all aware that vigilance is as nec-
essary as ever ; but they face the future with faith
in one another and confidence in their organisa-
tion for collective defence.
496
Department of State Bulletin
THE COMMUNIST THREAT
We have kept under close and continuous review
tlie developments affecting the security of the
Ti'eaty Area, and during the past year our expert
advisers carried on their studies on various as-
pects of the Communist thi'eat. While it is not
appropriate for us to publish detailed informa-
tion of this nature, we have set out below a general
description of current Communist tactics.
The relative stability which prevailed in the
Treaty Area should not obscure the fact that the
Communist threat has assumed a more insidious,
but equally dangerous, form. Wliile retaming
and extending their capacity to commit anned
aggression, the Communists are for the present
relying on a wide range of more subtle tactics, both
political and economic, to achieve their ends. As
a result the danger of overt aggression is less
apparent, but we camiot assmne that the Com-
mmiists have finally renounced force. The brutal
Soviet repression of the Hungarian uprising is
eloquent testimony to that fact. Nor must it be
forgotten tliat the Chinese Communist Govern-
ment has given the Soviet Union wholehearted
and unqualified support in its use of force in Hun-
gary to maintain its central domination of the
policies of the countries of the Commimist bloc.
Despite statements stressing the feasibility of
peaceful co-existence between Communist and
non-Commimist nations, Communist official pro-
nouncements, including the declarations of recent
Party Congresses, make it clear that the ultimate
objective in the Treaty Area continues to be the
establishment of disciplined Communist regimes.
The Communists have also sought to exploit
"neutralism". They have attempted to identify
the widespread desire of peoples for national in-
dependence and integrity with the policy of neu-
tralism. They have also supported neutralist
claims that membership with other free nations
in regional collective defence organisations is in-
compatible with national independence. In so
doing, tlie Communists hope, by keeping up the
outmoded cries of "imperialism" and "colonial-
ism", to weaken the present friendly ties between
Asian and other free countries and among Asian
nations themselves, and so to increase their own
influence and to mask the enlargement of their
own empire.
Critics of collective defence arrangements dis-
regard the fact that evei-y comitry has the inherent
right of individual and collective self-defence and
that this right is expressly recognised by the
Charter of the United Nations.
We have observed that the main effort of the
Communists to subvert the peoples of countries
in the Treaty Area consists in the infiltration of
political, youth and cultural movements and trade
unions. At the same time the Conununists have
directed their political activity towards two ob-
jectives. Where the Communist party is illegal,
they have aimed at legalisation of the party so
that they may re-enter national political life. In
those countries where the party is legal, they have
tried to promote the formation of coalition or
inter-party alliances of united front elements with
a view to gaining control of Governments.
They continue also to make use of "front" or-
ganisations, which mask their Communist charac-
ter and aims behind a facade of ostensibly respect-
able organisational names and purposes. Every
effort is made to entice well known non-Com-
munists into membership of these groups to lend
an air of respectability to such groups. During
the past year international fronts such as the
World Federation of Democratic Youth (Wfdt),
International Union of Students (lus), and
World Federation of Trade Unions (Wftu) in-
tensified their efforts to influence iVsian groups in
support of Communist objectives. Asian Soli-
darity Committees formed in some countries were
representative of other new "front" vehicles for
Communist exploitation. United front activities
were also exemplified by the new offers advanced
by those Asian Communists still carrying forward
the "armed struggle", to abandon violence if the
established governments would legalise Commu-
nist Party activities.
The Communists have also tried to stimulate
"front" organisations on a regional basis or, whei-e
regional organisations already exist, to infiltrate
and exploit them. To this end they have at-
tempted to form or to penetrate Asian-African
Trade Union movements and such other activities
as Asian Writers Conferences, Asian-African Eco-
nomic Conferences, and Asian-African Students
Conferences. For example, there is ample evi-
dence to indicate that Communists tried to gain
control of the recent Asian-African Students'
Conference in Bandung in order to influence its
deliberations and declarations for political pur-
poses.
March 25, J 957
497
Other important targets of Communist subver-
sive efforts during the past year were the minority
groups in the countries of the Area, in particular
the Overseas Chinese communities in these coun-
tries. The vast majority of those people of Chi-
nese ancestry are, of course, peaceful, law-abiding
and respectable members of the societies in which
they live. But the Communists have attempted to
recruit possible subversive agents from amongst
them and to extort financial support by various
forms of coercion, often directed at relatives on the
Chinese mainland. Efforts have also been made to
induce Chinese youth to return to the Chinese
mainland for education. In many cases, this edu-
cation has amounted to little more than indoc-
trination.
During the past year Communist countries have
continued and intensified their "economic offen-
sive"' in Asia, with Communist China now enter-
ing the field of economic aid with the support of
the USSR. While Seato members do not ques-
tion the right of any country to seek new markets
for its exports or to expand the volume and change
the pattern of its trade, there is strong evidence
indicating that the Communist countries have
adopted trade and aid policies largely for political
ends. In pursuit of these ends, they have publi-
cised their economic aid out of proportion to its
actual volume, which is far less than that afforded
Asian nations by Seato's members alone.
Far fi'om attempting to contribute to the policy
of a general expansion of international trade.
Communist economic tactics show a desire to dis-
rupt normal trading patterns and to divert trade
into a Communist dominated economic bloc.
Frequently, these tactics are both economically un-
sound and inconsistent with a professed desire
to foster friendly international relations.
Aid agreements with the Communist countries
have the added danger that they often permit the
entry into the country accepting aid of "experts"
whose presence opens up new channels for es-
pionage and subversion. Some trade agreements
have had the effect of tying down substantial per-
centages of national productive capacities with
consequent loss of normal trade opportunities and
increased dependence on Communist countries.
There is thus a danger that dependence on Com-
munist production and technical capacity may
become permanent, giving tlie Communists a much
desired political lever.
Such then is the nature of the Communist
threat in South-East Asia — an integrated subver-
sive attack in all fields of national life to under-
mine the stability of free nations and thus pre-
pare them for Communist domination. Behind
this campaign of subversion stand Communist
armed forces, which have been steadily increased
and which are so disposed as to be ready for use
at a moment's notice should armed aggression
once again better suit Communist aims.
THE YEAR'S WORK
Seato is concerned with the protection of the
nations of the Area against both subversion and
overt aggression. To this end, cooperative efforts
are required to identify and expose Commimist
subversive tactics, and to assist Member Govern-
ments in the necessary counter-measures. In ad-
dition, adequate defensive strength must be created
and maintained to deter any would-be aggressor.
At the same time, under the protection provided
by their collective security arrangements, Member
Governments have a responsibility to their peoples
to press forward with their programmes of eco-
nomic, social and cultural advancement. In all
these fields, Seato has also been active during the
year under review.
Action To Counter Subversion
Responsibility for dealing with subversion in
Seato countries rests with the national authori-
ties. We are able to report that the member coim-
tries have taken vigorous measures to counter sub-
versive activities. In those areas where Com-
munist terrorists and armed bands exist, govern-
ments have made good progress with their cam-
paigns to reduce the threat presented by tliese
groups. National authorities also dealt success-
fully with Communist-inspired rioting and other
demonstrations. The effectiveness of these meas-
ures is shown by the fact that Communism has
made no substantial progress in member countries
during the year under review, although the situa-
tion in the Treaty Area as a whole is less
satisfactory.
In carrying out tliese counter-measures, Member
Governments have been assisted firstly by working
arrangements with otlier member countries in re-
spect of training assistance, border control, and
exchange of information; and secondly by the
498
Department of State Bulletin
■work done at Seato Headquarters in analysing
the nature and extent of subversion and the
methods employed by the Conununists.
In the field of mutual cooperation, a notable
feature has been the close collaboration among
the police forces of the Treaty Area. A particu-
lar example is the work of the police forces of
Thailand and Malaya in cooperating to put down
armed Conmiunist terrorism along the Thai-Malay
border. Member countries are also collaborating
in the provision of police and special branch train-
ing. The Philippines has assisted some of the
countries covered by the Treaty in training per-
sonnel in counter-subversion work. Regular ex-
changes of information on Communist subversive
activities and on counter-measures have also made
national efforts more effective.
During the past year, we have undertaken in a
number of ways to assist Member Governments in
countering Communist tactics. We have estab-
lished a Eesearch Service Centre within the Per-
manent Organisation to conduct research on cur-
rent Communist aims and tactics. We have also
directed the Seato expert committees to make
studies of various aspects of the Communist
threat, such as the penetration of youth move-
ments and other selected groups, and the dangers
arising from Communist economic activities in
the Area. The results of these studies, accom-
panied by appropriate recommendations, have
been made available to Seato Member Govern-
ments. In addition, our regular meetings and
periodic exchanges of views on the Communist
threat to the area have provided a very useful
forum for exchanges of information on topics re-
lated to counter-subversion.
Action To Increase Defensive Strength
Although the present emphasis in Communist
tactics remains on subversion, Seato cannot af-
ford to relax its efforts to plan resistance to overt
aggression. It must ensure that no aggressor can
rely upon lack of cohesion in the military plan-
ning of member nations. Responsibility for this
task falls primarily on the Military Advisers who
have in the past year made significant progress
towards the attainment of this objective. The fol-
lowing meetings were held during the year : —
Military Advisers' Meeting, Melbourne, January,
1956.
Military Advisers' Extraordinary Meeting, Kar-
achi, March, 1956.
Stall' Planners' Meeting, Singapore, June, 1956.
Military Advisers' Meeting, Baguio, September,
1956.
Finance Meeting, Bangkok, October, 1956.
Intelligence Meeting, Singapore, December, 1956.
Communications Meeting, Pearl Harbour, Janu-
ary, 1957.
Preliminary planning has reached an advanced
stage, and accordingly a Permanent Military
Planning Staff is now being set up at Seato Head-
quarters in Bangkok. This will enable detailed
planning for collective defence of the Area to be
expedited and to proceed on a continuing basis.
This staff will be headed by Brigadier General
Alfredo M. Santos of the Philippines, and will
consist of an equal niunber of military planners
from the armed services of all Member Nations.
The Military Secretariat will be combined with
this Planning Staff.
Another important part of the Military Ad-
visers' work is to ensure that the armed forces of
the member countries learn to work together.
With this in mind, two major joint training exer-
cises were held in 1956, as well as a number of
smaller bilateral exercises. Exercise FIRM-
LINK, in which naval, ground and air forces took
part, was held in and around Bangkok in Febru-
ary. It included demonstrations of the landing
of troops from helicopters, dropping of parachut-
ists, supplies and equipment and attacks by air-
craft against ground targets. The exercise ended
with a march past in Bangkok of representative
contingents. A Seato maritime training exer-
cise, ALBATROSS, took place in September and
October, ranging through the South China Sea
to Bangkok and Manila. It involved a series of
progressively more advanced exercises to develop
teamwork and operational procedures. In Oc-
tober, a landing exercise, TEAMTWORK, in-
volving Thai and United States forces, took place
at Hard Chao Samran in Thailand. Finally op-
eration RIDHEE, a joint air-ground staff exer-
cise was held at Don Muang Air Port, Thailand,
in January, 1957. The Military Advisers have
provided continuity in this type of training by
means of annual schedules of combined training
exercises.
In addition, member countries have pressed
ahead with their own training programmes to
March 25, 1957
499
improve the efficiency of all branches of their
forces. In this they have also received consider-
able assistance from other members. Training
missions and advisory groups liave been exchanged
and facilities have been provided in the training
schools of member nations for students from the
others. This is resulting in the building up of a
pool of well-trained specialists which will not only
benefit the armed forces of the member countries
now, but also the economy of those countries at a
later stage when the men return to civil life.
Apart from this assistance in training, extensive
programmes for the provision of equipment and
technical assistance on a bilateral basis are being
implemented.
The lesson of this cooperation between free na-
tions within a collective defence system is clear.
By mutual assistance in training and provision
of equipment it is possible for member countries
to build up far more effective forces than they
would individually have been able to do.
Economic Progress and Cooperation
During the past year the Asian members of
Seato — Pakistan, the Philippines and Thailand —
made significant progress in the economic, social
and cultural fields. So did the countries covered
by the Protocol to the Treaty.*
These advances indicate the effectiveness of the
combination of self-help and mutual aid among
Seato members. A major part of this achieve-
ment resulted from the efforts of member countries
themselves. All three Asian members have re-
ported that there was significant expansion of
their economies during 1956. Pakistan, for ex-
ample, allocated for development projects during
the year nearly three times the total amounts spent
in previous years. In the Philippines, activity
was concentrated on the expansion of mining, con-
struction, manufacturing, ti'ansportation, farm
production, and electric power. The major em-
phasis in Thailand was on projects designed to
improve basic services such as highways, irriga-
tion, civil aviation, and seed improvement. These
countries have also played their part in assisting
in the economic development of the area as a
whole. Thailand provided transit, training and
* Laos, Cambodia and the Republic of Vietnam. [Foot-
note in tlie original.]
other facilities to Laos, while the Philippines sent
technical experts to Vietnam for economic and
social development programmes.
This economic progress has been greatly assisted
by the expanded volume of economic assistance
extended to the countries served by the Treaty
by other Seato members. Some $620 million was
made available during the past year to help to
carry out such basic economic development proj-
ects as road building, the installation of irrigation
equipment, the purchase of agricultural machin-
ery, the improvement of livestock and the estab-
lishment of new industries. This brings to well
over $1,000 million the total of economic and tech-
nical assistance allocated, mainly under bilateral
arrangements, to countries covered by the Treaty
in the two years since Seato was established.
Australia, for example, provided the Asian
member countries and those covered by the
Protocol to the Treaty with capital aid for devel-
opment projects. The value of the equipment
provided in 1956 was $2 million and commitments
have been made to provide a considerable volume
of additional aid in coming years. France made
available some $18.5 million to assist countries
covered by the Treaty. New Zealand allocated $1
million in the form of capital aid to Asian
countries covered by the Treaty during the year.
In addition to substantial financial and technical
assistance to its own territories, the United King-
dom furnished a total of $9.4 million to member
countries in the Area.
The United States, as in previous years, ex-
tended, under bilateral agreements, large amounts
of economic aid to countries covered by the Treaty.
This assistance, in various forms, totalled $584
million in the United States fiscal year ending
June 30, 1956. Moreover, in the two fiscal years
since the Treaty came into being. United States
defence support and technical assistance to the
Asian member states has increased considerably as
compared with the two fiscal years immediately
preceding the beginning of Seato.
The increase in economic aid during the year
was matched by a corresponding increase in the
level of technical and other forms of assistance.
For example, 124 trainees went to Australia from
member countries and the other countries covered
by the Treaty. France made available to the coun-
tries covered by the Treaty the service of 108 ex-
perts, and provided some 275 scholarships to those
500
Department of State Bulletin
countries for study and training in France. Other
scholarships in various fields such as administra-
tion, telecommunications, transport, public health
and social welfare, have also been offered to the
Asian members of Seato under French pro-
grammes of assistance designed to give concrete
help in the implementation of Seato aims. New
Zealand provided training courses for 50 students
from the three Asian member countries and the
United Kingdom allocated $56,000 for technical
assistance to States covered by the Protocol to the
Treaty. The United States continued its exten-
sive technical cooperation programmes in all the
countries concerned; on June 30 there were more
than 400 trainees in the United States from the
Treaty Area.
As in past years, Seato members and the States
covered by the Treaty also benefited from assist-
ance provided through the United Nations and its
Specialised Agencies.
AVithin the Organisation, valuable basic studies
have been made by the Seato Committee of Eco-
nomic Experts on the problems facing member
nations in improving their defence capacity with-
out prejudice to the rate of their economic de-
velopment. During the past year these studies
were further developed by Seato's expert advisers
with the assistance of the Seato Economic Officer.
For example, a Joint Civil/Military Study Group
met to examine the problems of improving main-
tenance and rebuild capacities in sectors of defence
industries where deficiencies exist. Another study
group is considering measures required to remedy
in Asian member coimtries the shortage of skilled
labour existing in their military and civil pro-
duction and resulting from their defence efforts.
Moreover, consideration has also been given to the
problems existing in areas and social groups which
are economically weak and particularly suscep-
tible to Communist subversive activities.
A particularly noteworthy development during
the year was the Australian Government's offer of
$4.5 million for a programme of economic aid for
Seato defence. This is the first substantial aid
programme initiated specifically under a Seato
label and its purpose is to strengthen the defence
capacities of member countries, and so of Seato
as a whole, by helping to fill the needs of their
defence services with equipment and services from
Australian resources. Requests for such defence
support aid within the $2.24 million allocated for
bilateral aid were invited from the Governments
of Pakistan, the Philippines and Thailand and
these are now being processed.
Social and Cultural Progress
Progress was likewise registered in the cultural,
educational, labour and information fields. Wliile
the achievements recorded were for the most part
due to the individual effort of the member
countries, there was a growing awareness of the
need for more effective joint action in these fields.
Cultural exchanges among Seato nations im-
proved mutual understanding and provided ad-
ditional opportunities for education and training.
In Australia, for example, foreign-student clubs
have promoted goodwill between Australia and
the respective Seato countries. The Alliance
Francaise has provided libraries in various
countries, while the French Government has fa-
cilitated travel by professors and experts in the
cultural field in the Treaty Area. Both Thailand
and the Philippines have participated in various
international cultural activities and have received
numerous goodwill visits from member countries
in the Treaty Area. The United Kingdom has
sponsored training, study, and observation visits
to Singapore and Malaya from almost all countries
of South-East Asia as well as providing training
in Britain for post-graduate students from the
Area. The United States has announced a special
programme of Seato grants, and has continued to
provide in its extensive cultural programme in the
Treaty Area for numerous exchanges of scholars,
teachers and students with member nations and the
countries protected by the Treaty.
In the information field also member countries
continued to make available to one another a con-
siderable amovmt of technical assistance, commu-
nications equipment and training facilities.
Australia supplied Pakistan with telecommimica-
tions equipment and will furnish fUms and pro-
jectors. France has continued to assist some
States in the Area with the provision of teclmi-
cians in the radio field and has also provided
courses in France for specialists in radio and
motion pictures. New Zealand has offered to ac-
cept candidates from member countries for train-
ing in film production. Groups of journalists,
technicians and administrators from Thailand,
Cambodia, Laos and South Vietnam visited Sing-
March 25, 7957
501
apore and Malaya. The United States continued
its programme of providing technical assistance
in the information field and training in technical
and information skills.
By tlieir own efforts, supplemented by aid ex-
tended under bilateral projects, the member coun-
tries in the Area also strengthened their educa-
tional progranunes.
In all our countries progress was made in fos-
tering the gi-owth of free trade unions and in
other ways promoting the welfare of workers.
In Thailand there was an outstanding develop-
ment. This was the enactment of a new Labour
Law setting forth basic standards of working con-
ditions, union activity and industrial relations.
The Philippines is planning revision of its 1953
Labour Law and is continumg its programme of
labour education. In New Caledonia emphasis
has been placed on measures leading to better so-
cial well-being. France and the United Kingdom
have continued to provide assistance to other
member countries in the labour field, and ex-
changes of labour specialists were intensified in
the Treaty Area.
A valuable role in the co-ordination and guid-
ance of the developing activities of member coun-
tries in the information, cultural, educational and
labour fields is being played by the appropriate
Seato committee of experts and the Organisation's
Public Relations and Cultural Relations Offices.
The Committee on Information, Cultural, Educa-
tion and Labour Activities continued its studies
of the requirements of member countries for as-
sistance in these fields and of the extent to which
other membere could give aid of tliis kind. A
substantial information programme was drawn
up for implementation by the Organisation and
by Member Governments and preliminary study
has been made of a cultural programme to be
undertaken under Seato auspices.
THE CIVIL ORGANISATION
The overall controlling body for Seato is the
Council, consisting of ministerial representatives
from member comitries who meet at least once
a year to make policy decisions for the Organisa-
tion, to state general objectives, and to assess prog-
ress toward those objectives.
The Council Representatives, consisting of the
heads of diplomatic missions of member countries,
meet at Seato Headquarters in Bangkok to main-
tain continuing consultation on matters relating
to the Treaty and to supervise the work of the
Organisation.
The growing scope and usefulness of the civil
side of the Organisation was reflected in the in-
crease during the past year in our activities as well
as in those of the Ski^to bodies working under our
direction. We had twenty-four regular meetings,
as well as periodic exchanges of views on the gen-
eral security situation in the Treaty Area.
The Permanent Working Group, which was es-
tablished in mid-19.56 as a result of a Council de-
cision at its Karachi meeting, has been of invalu-
able assistance to us. Meeting almost daily, it is
composed of members from the staff of each Coun-
cil Representative and performs the essential task
of sifting and giving preliminary consideration to
proposals brought forward in the Organisation.
During the year, the Group made a study of the
overall implications of current international Com-
munist tactics in South-East Asia.
The substantive work of the offices and expert
committees of the Organisation during the past
year is for the most part covered in previous sec-
tions of the Report. The following description
of the activities of these bodies is intended to pro-
vide a simple outline of the present Seato Civil
Organisation.
The three expert committees, which are com-
posed of qualified delegations from each member
nation, did valuable work during the year.
The Com/mittee of Economic Experts has com-
pleted a number of valuable studies and has pre-
pared recommendations for the consideration of
member countries.
The Committee of Security E.rpei'ts, an expert
group dealing with certain problems of Commu-
nist subversion directed from without the Treaty
Area, held two meetings during the year and
played a kej' role in the counter-subversion effort
of Seato.
The Committee on Informntion, Cultural. Edu-
cation and Labour Activities which has also met
twice since the Council meeting at Karachi last
year, again provided a useful forum for expert
consideration of various problems confronting
Member Governments in these fields.
To meet our growing requirements, and to cari-y
out the Seato progranunes we have developed, a
Permanent Organisation was established in
Seato's Bangkok Headquarters last June, and now
502
Departmenf of State Bulletin
comprises a total of 16 international officers and
45 other employees. It includes :
The Executive Secretariat, headed by Nai Vad-
fiana Isarabhakdi of Thailand, which provides
the civil side of the Organisation with general ad-
ministrative and budgetary support, including the
servicing of Seato Headquarters, provides a con-
ference secretariat for meetings, and ensures that
all Seato bodies and delegations are kept informed
of activities relevant to their work.
The Public Relations Office, headed by Mr.
Narciso G. Reyes of the Philippines, which is re-
sponsible for the Organisation's press relations
and for the Seato Information Programme.
The Cultural Relations Office, headed by Mr.
Louis-Jacques Rollet-Andriane of France, which
is responsible for carrying out the cultural pro-
gramme.
The Economic Office, headed by Mr. Abul Fazl
Atwar Husain of Pakistan, which assists the Or-
ganisation with economic matters affecting the
implementation of the Treaty.
The Research Service Centre, directed by Mr.
Hadi Hussain of Pakistan, which produces re-
ports on current developments in Communist ac-
tivities for the use of Member Governments and
of the various Seato bodies.
THE TASK AHEAD
Seato's main task, as set out in the Treaty, is "to
strengthen the fabric of peace and freedom and
to uphold the principles of democracy, individual
liberty and the rule of law, and to promote the
economic well-being and development of all peo-
ples in the Treaty Area" in accordance with the
principles of the Charter of the United Nations.
The fact that substantial progress has been
made toward these ends is a source of satisfaction
to the Seato nations. They are, however, aware
that powerful forces, controlled by Communist
dictatorships in close military alliance, are still
seeking domination of the free world. In Asia
the armies employed not long ago for aggressive
ends in Vietnam and Korea remain in being.
These forces, now held in check by the defen-
sive strength of the free nations, retain their capac-
ity to commit aggression, and are a standing re-
minder of the continuing need for vigilance in the
Treaty Area.
In the meantime an all-out campaign of subver-
sion is being waged in the Treaty Area and every
device is being used to weaken the free nations
therein so that the eventual Communist domina-
tion of South and South-East Asia may be
secured.
The challenge to Seato is accordingly a continu-
ing one. It is a challenge that can only be met by
full use of Seato's capabilities as an instrument of
defence and collective security and by progress
towards a better life for all peoples protected by
the Treaty.
U.S. Begins Cultural Exchanges
Under SEATO Pact
Press release 112 dated March 5
The U.S. Government has inaugurated a pro-
gram of cultural exchanges in direct support of
the Southeast Asia Treaty Organization. "Wliile
basically a collective security pact, the treaty also
provides for cooperation in the economic, social,
and cultural fields. The program now being im-
plemented is designed to strengthen the alliance
through the fostering of closer cultural and intel-
lectual ties between the peoples of the United
States and the other member states. It is similar
to one which has been carried out with Nato na-
tions for the past 5 years.
The amiouncement that the United States in-
tended to implement this special program was
made by Secretary Dulles at the second meeting
of the Seato Council of Ministers held at Karachi
last year.^ The treaty itself was signed at Manila
in September 1954. The organization's member
states are Australia, France, New Zealand, Pakis-
tan, the Philippines, Thailand, the United King-
dom, and the United States.
Col. Taquid Deen Ahmad, Surgeon General of
the Government of East Pakistan, is the first ex-
changee. He arrived at Washington on February
14 and will spend 2 months in the United States.
During this time, he will consult with colleagues
in the medical profession and visit hospitals and
research centers in various parts of the country.
' For text of communique issnerl at the close of the
Karachi meetinj: of the SEATO Council, together with
statements by Secretary Dulles, see Bulletin of Mar. 19,
1956, p. 447. For text of second annual report of SEATO,
see p. 496.
March 25, 1957
503
Other participants in the special program who
have just arrived in Washington are J. C. Lyne
of New Zealand, senior reporter for the Auckland
Star, and Mrs. Luisa H. Linsangan of the Philip-
pines, editor of a weekly women's magazine. They
will be followed by another Pakistani leader who
is expected to arrive within the next few days,
Kaz-e-man Ahmad Naqvi, news editor of Radio
Pakistan. All will spend 2 to 3 months here.
Their time will be devoted to exchanges of views
with Americans in various parts of the United
States and general observations on this country's
life and institutions, as well as consultations with
their professional colleagues.
In addition to these visits by individuals, a
group project will be initiated under the special
Seato progi'am in June. At that time, five journal-
ists representing Australia, New Zealand, Paki-
stan, the Philipi^ines, and Thailand will visit this
country in a group.
The Seato cultural exchange program is being
carried out as a part of the Department's Inter-
national Educational Exchange Program.
Travel to Far East Reaches Peak
in 1956
Expenditures by American travelers in the Far
East reached an all-time high in 1956, the Office of
Business Economics, U.S. Department of Com-
merce, reported on February 24. Expenditures
made in the Far East, Southeast Asia, and Oceania
by traveling residents of the United States during
the first half of 1956 were estimated at an annual
rate of $45 million, 35 percent above 1955. Spend-
ing in this area represented about 6 percent of
total expenditures of U.S. travelers in all overseas
areas.
The rise in 1956 resulted mainly from an in-
crease in the number of travelers from the 1955
figure. Some increase also occurred in per capita
outlays by travelers. Expenditures as recorded
exclude payments for transportation between the
United States and the countries visited.
Over half of the travel expenditures in the area
were made in Japan, showing tlie efl'ect of heavy
travel by American residents of Japanese ances-
try. Hong Kong ranked second, with travel ex-
penditures there including large amounts spent
on goods imported duty-free from other countries
to this British colony.
504
Three-fourths of U.S. travelers to the Far East
during the first 6 months of 1956 went by air, as
against 70 percent in 1955. Of these, one-third
traveled in groups of two or more persons, the rest
traveling alone. On the other hand, half of the
sea travelers went in groups.
Pleasure travelers accounted for two-fifths of
total travelers. More than twice as many pleasure
travelers used planes as used ships. Business
travelers, comprising a little more than one-
quarter of all travelers, used planes in nearly all
cases. Travelers on visits to relatives — 28 percent
of all travelers — preferred to go by ship.
President Transfers O. C. B.
to National Security Council
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated February 25
The President on February 25 issued an Execu-
tive order placing the Operations Coordinating
Board within the structure of the National Se-
curity Council. The order will become effective
when appropriations of the National Security
Council for the next fiscal year become available
for the supijort of the Board.
The Operations Coordinating Board was orig-
inally established by Executive order of the Presi-
dent on September 2, 1953,^ to improve inter-
agency coordination in carrying out national se-
curity policies, and as a separate interagency group
reporting to the National Security Council.
Under the Executive order of February 25, the
President, while continuing the present functions
of the Board, has formally placed the Board
within the structure of the National Security
Council ; this is done witli the objective of provid-
ing a closer relation between the formulation and
carrying out of security policies.
The offices of the Operations Coordinating
Board have been moved to space adjacent to the
offices of the National Security Council in the
Executive Office Building. Staff' of the Board
will be transferred with the Board to the National
Security Council.
The Executive order also designates for the first
time the Director of the International Coopera-
' Bulletin of Sept. 28, 1953, p. 420.
Deparlmenf of State Bulletin
tion Administration as a member of the Opera-
tions Coordinating Board. Currently, the Direc-
tor participates actively in the work of the Board
without the status of a member of the Board.
The President has previously announced that
he will designate Christian A. Plerter as Chair-
man of the Board and Robert Cutler as Vice
Chairman of the Board when the new order be-
comes elTective. They are both currently serving
in these positions.
The other members of the Board are Reuben B.
Robertson, Jr., Deputy Secretary of Defense;
Allen Dulles, Director of Central Intelligence;
and Arthur Larson, Director of the U.S. Informa-
tion Agency.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10700 >
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Consti-
tution and statutes, and as President of the United
States, it is hereby ordered as follows :
Section 1. (a) In order to assist in the effective co-
ordination among certain agencies of certain functions
relating to the national security and to provide for the
integrated implementation of national security policies
by the said agencies, there is hereby established within
the structure of the National Security Council the Oper-
ations Coordinating Board, hereinafter referred to as
the Board, which shall report to the National Security
Council.
(b) The Board shall have as members the following:
(1) the Under Secretary of State, who shall represent
the Secretary of State, (2) the Deputy Secretary of De-
fense, who shall represent the Secretary of Defense, (3)
the Director of Central Intelligence, (4) the Director of
the United States Information Agency, (5) the Director
of the International Cooperation Administration, and
(6) one or more representatives of the President to be
designated by the President. The Board shall have a
chairman and a vice chairman, each of whom shall be
designated by the President from among its members.
Each head of agency referred to in items 1 to 5, inclusive,
in this subsection may provide for an alternate member
who shall serve as a member of the Board in lieu of the
regular member representing the agency concerned when-
ever such regular member is, for reasons beyond his con-
trol, unable to attend any meeting of the Board.
(c) The head of any agency (other than any agency
represented under section Kb) hereof) to which the
President from time to time assigns responsibilities for
the Implementation of national security policies shall
assign a representative to serve on the Board when the
Board is dealing with subjects bearing directly upon the
responsibilities of such head. Each such representative
shall be an Under Secretary or corresponding official.
" 22 Fed. Reg. 1111.
March 25, 7957
Each such head may provide for an alternate represen-
tative of his agency who shall attend any meeting of the
Board, requiring representation of such agency, in lieu of
the representative when the latter is, for reasons beyond
his control, unable to attend.
(d) Any alternate member of the Board .serving under
section 1(b) of this order, and any representative or
alternate representative serving under section 1(c) of this
order, shall, while so serving, have in all respects the same
status on the Board as the members of the Board provided
for in section 1(b) hereof.
Section 2. The President having approved any national
security policy after receiving the advice of the National
Security Council thereon, the Board shall (1) whenever
the President shall hereafter so direct, advise with the
agencies concerned as to (a) their detailed operational
planning responsibilities respecting such policy, (b) the
coordination of the interdepartmental aspects of the de-
tailed operational plans developed by the agencies to carry
out such policy, (c) the timely and coordinated execution
of such policy and plans, and (d) the execution of each
security action or project so that it shall make its full
contribution to the attainment of national security ob-
jectives and to the particular climate of opinion the
United States is seeking to achieve in the world, and (2)
initiate new proposals for action within the framework
of national security policies in response to opportunity
and changes in the situation. The Board shall perform
such other advisory functions as the President may assign
to it and shall from time to time make reports to the
National Security Council with respect to the carrying
out of this order.
Section S. Subject to the provisions of section 101(c)
of the National Security Act of 1947, as amended (50
U^S.C. 402(c)) :
(a) (1) The Board shall have, within the staff of the
National Security Council, such staff as may be necessary
to assist the Board in the performance of its functions,
(2) the said staff of the Board shall be headed by an
Executive Officer of the Board, and (3) employees of
agencies may, consonant with law, be detailed to the
aforesaid staff of the Board.
( b ) Members of the staff of the Operations Coordinating
Board provided for in Executive Order No. 10483, as
amended, who are immediately prior to the taking effect
of this order receiving compensation directly out of funds
available to the said Board shall be transferred to the
staff of the Board referred to in paragraph (a) of this
section as of the effective date of this order. The said
transfers shall be accomplished in consonance with appli-
cable law, including the last proviso of section 12 of the
Veterans Preference Act of 1944, as amended (5 U.S.C.
861).
(c) Appropriate arrangements may be made for the
detail to the staff of the Board referred to in paragraph
(a) of this section of employees of agencies who are
immediately prior to the taking effect of the provisions
of this order detailed to the staff of the Operations Co-
ordinating Board provided for in Executive Order No.
10483, as amended.
505
Section 4. As used herein, the word "agency" may be
construed to mean any instrumentality of the executive
branch of the Government, including any executive
department.
Section 5. Nothing in this order shall be construed
either to confer upon the Board any function with respect
to internal security or to abrogate or restrict in any man-
ner any function vested by law in, or assigned pursuant
to law to, any agency or head of agency (including the
Office of Defense Mobilization and the Director of the Of-
fice of Defense Mobilization).
Section fi. This order supersedes Executive Order No.
10483 of September 2, 1953, and provisions amendatory
thereof contained in other Executive orders (including,
to the extent that it relates to the Operations Coordinat-
ing Board provided for in Executive Order No. 10483, the
proviso of section 303 (b) of Executive Order No. 10610
of May 9, lO.'iS). Subject to the i)rovisions of this order
(Including the limitations imposed by section 3 hereof),
the Board may be deemed to be a continuation of the
Operations Coordinating Board provided for in Executive
Order No. 10483, as amended.
Section 7. The foregoing provisions of this order shall
become effective on July 1, 1957, except that if funds ap-
propriated for the National Security Council shall not
have become available on that date for the support of the
Board in consonance with this order, the said provisions
shall become effective on such later date as funds so ap-
propriated become so available.
The White House,
February 25. 1957.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 1st and 2d Sessions
Investigation Into the Activities of Foreign Freight For-
warders and Brokers. Supplement to the hearings
before the Special Subcommittee on Foreign Freight
Forwarders and Brokers of the House Committee on
Merchant Marine and Fisheries. 53 pp.
84th Congress, 2d Session
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearing before a
sulicommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions pursuant to S. Res. 03, S. Res. 185, and S. Res. 286.
Part 10, December 12, 1!).56, St. Louis, Mo. 192 pp.
Tariff Treatment of Wool and Mica. Hearing.'^ before a
subcommittee of the House Committee on Ways and
Means on H. R. 6299, a bill to amend the Tariff Act of
1930 as it relates to unmanufactured mica and mica
liluis and splittings; H. R. 12227, a bill to amend certain
provisions of the Tariff Act of 3930 relative to Import
duties on wool. December 15 and 17, 1956. 121 pp.
85th Congress, 1st Session
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearings before a
subcommitte of the Senate Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions pursuant to S. Res. 93, S. Res. 185, and S. Res. 286.
Part 11, January 9 and 10, 1957, Washington, D.C. 138 pp.
The President's Proposal on the Middle East. Hearings
before the Senate Committees on Foreign Relations and
Armed Services on S. J. Res. 19 and H. .T. Res. 117. Part
I, January 14-February 4, 1957, 612 pp. ; Part II,
February .5-11, 1957, 347 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Reiwrt to accom-
pany S. Res. 01. S. Rept. 11, January 23, 19.57. 1 p.
Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund. Letter
from the Secretary of State transmitting a report
showing the condition of the Foreign Service Retire-
ment and Disability Fund for the fiscal years ended
June 30, 1955 and 195G, pursuant to Public Law 724,
79th Congress. H. Doc. 78, January 23, 1957. 3 pp.
Second NATO Parliamentary Conference. Report of the
United States House delegation to the Paris Conference
of NATO Parliamentarians, November 19-23, 1956.
H. Rept. 26, February 4, 1957. 16 pp.
Annual Report of the Saint Lawrence Seaway Develoy)-
ment Corporation. Message from the President trans-
mitting the report of the Saint Lawrence Seaway De-
velopment Corporation covering its activities for the
year ended December 31, 1956, pursuant to section 10
of Public Law 358, 83d Congress. H. Doc. 88, February
6, 1957. 28 pp., maps.
Protocol With Canada With Respect to the Sockeye
Salmon Fisheries in Eraser River System. Message
from the President transmitting the protocol between
the Government of the United States and the Govern-
ment of Canada to the convention for the protection,
preservation, and extension of the sockeye salmon fish-
eries in the Eraser River System, signed at Washington
on the 26th day of May 1930, which protocol was signed
at Ottawa on December 28, 1956. S. Exec. C, February
II, 1957. 6 pp.
Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation between
the United States of America and the Republic of Korea.
Message from the President transmitting a treaty of
friendship, commerce, and navigation between the
United States of America and the Republic of Korea,
together with a protocol relating thereto, signed at
Seoul on November 28, 1956. S. Exec. D, February 11,
1957. 16 pp.
Inventory Report on Real Property Owned by the United
States Throughout the World as of June .SO. 19.56. Pre-
pared by General Services Administration at the request
of the Senate Committee on Appropriations. S. Doc.
25, February 11, 1957. 144 pp.
To Promote Peace and Stability in the Middle East. Re-
port of the Senate Committees on Foreign Relations and
Armed Services on S. J. Res. 19. S. Rept. 70, February
14, 1957. 11 pp.
Protocol to the International Convention for the Regula-
tion of Whaling. Message from the President transmit-
ting the protocol to the international convention for
the regulation of whaling, signed at Washington under
date of December 2, 1946, which iirotocol was signed at
Wasliington under date of November 19, 1956, for the
United States of America and 16 other governments.
S. Exec. E, February 14, 1957. 6 pp.
Protocol to the International Convention for the North-
west Atlantic Fisheries. Message from the President
transmitting the protocol to the international conven-
tion for the Northwest Atlantic fisheries, signe<l at
Washington under date of February 8, 1949, which pro-
tocol was signed at Washington under date of June 25,
19.56, for the United States of America and nine other
governments. S. Exec. F, February 18, 1957. 4 pp.
506
DeparfmenI of Sfafe Bulletin i
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
United Nations Expresses Hope for
Resumed Negotiations on Cyprus
Statement by James J. Wadsioorth
U.S. Representative to the General Assembly ^
i\rore tlian 2 years have passed since the question
of Cyprus was tirst discussed in tlie United Na-
tions. Painfully little progress has been made
toward the solution of the problem which so deeply
involves the people of that troubled island. Three
of our closest friends are concerned.
Last year the United States emphasized its be-
lief that "quiet diplomacy" was the most construc-
tive approach in this case.- "We still hold that
view.
The United States pledged last year to take an
active interest in the question of Cyprus. We ful-
filled that pledge. During the past year we have
taken advantage of every opportmiity to facili-
tate negotiations among those concerned. Never-
theless, the problem continues to agitate relations
among them. This does not change our conviction
that the possibility of successful settlement de-
pends upon the willingness of those involved to
reach an understanding through negotiations un-
dertaken on their own initiative.
As in most international problems, there is no
dearth of practical solutions. As the charter ex-
plicitly recognizes, however, it is incumbent upon
the parties to any dispute to seek first to achieve
agreement on a solution through direct negotia-
tions. The United States believes that those con-
cerned in this case should explore still further
processes of negotiation outside the United Na-
tions, since they cannot have eliminated all pro-
spective solutions. Under these circumstances,
Mr. Chairman, we cannot seriously contend that
there is any virtue in our tiying in these circum-
stances to endorse one or another solution as the
one most likely to succeed.
All of us here have reason to appreciate that
there is no one, simple, clear-cut solution in prob-
lems of this character. This is an issue which has
involved deep emotion and created tension. The
need obviously is for patient consideration and
tlioughtf ul study in a spirit of mutual cooperation.
The prospect for success of negotiation, in this
or any other case, depends in large part on the at-
mosphere in which they are undertaken. The
United States strongly hopes that moderation and
forbearance will be exercised by those most
directly concerned in the months ahead.
Equally important in maintaining an atmos-
phere conducive to successful negotiation are sta-
bility and tranquillity in the area directly in-
volved. Violence or any external interference will
only heighten tension and lead to more violence.
We hope that all those concerned recognize the
necessity of maintaining the kind of atmosphere in
which negotiation can be pursued and will make
every effort to this end.
We believe also that a settlement in Cyprus
should be designed to win the wholehearted coop-
eration of the people of the island. In this con-
nection we refer to the joint declaration of June
1954 made by President Eisenhower and Sir Win-
ston Churchill, then the Prime Minister of the
United Kingdom.^
The criterion which we shall apply to any pro-
posals submitted to the Committee is the extent
to which they will enable us to conclude our dis-
cussion without further aggravating the situation
and rendering more difficult an eventual settle-
ment. The important thing is to find the proper
method of approach to the problem which will be
a consti-uctive step forward, and finding this
method of approach, we believe, is up to those con-
cerned. In this regard the United States Gov-
ernment is prepared to assist the governments and
peoples concerned, with all of whom we have the
closest friendship.
We now have before us three draft resolu-
tions.* The United States does not believe that
any of these resolutions would contribute to a so-
'Made in Committee I (Political and Security) on Feb.
20 (IT.S. delegation press release 2622).
= For a statement by U.S. Representative Henry Cabot
Lodpre in the General Committee on Sept. 21, 1955, see
BrixETiN of Oct. 3, 1955, p. 545.
^ For text, see ibid., July 12, 1954, p. 49.
* U.N. docs. A/C. 1/L. 168, introduced by Greece ; A/C.
1/L. 169, introduced by the U.K. ; and A/C. 1/L. 170,
introduced by Greece.
Morch 25, 7957
507
Resolution on Cyprus '
The General Assembly,
Having considered the question of Cyprus,
Believing that the solution of this problem re-
quires an atmosphere of peace and freedom of
expression.
Expresses the earnest desire that a peaceful,
democratic and just solution will be found in ac-
cord with the purposes and principles of the Charter
of the United Nations, and the hope that negotia-
tions will be resumed and continued to this end.
'U.N. doc. A/Res/486 (A/C. 1/172), adopted in
plenary session on Feb. 26 by a vote of 55 to 0, with
1 abstention (Afghanistan).
lution of the Cyprus problem. We believe on the
contrary that the adoption of these resolutions —
any of them — irrespective of their possible merits,
would exacerbate ih& situation. We very much
hope that the sponsors will not press them to a
vote. If the sponsors heed this appeal with re-
spect to the resolutions now before us, it may be
possible for us to complete our discussions without
further aggravating the situation and rendering
more difficult an eventual settlement.^
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
ECAFE Committee on Industry and Trade
The Department of State announced on March 7
(press release 120) that the United States will be
represented by the following delegation at the
ninth session of the Committee on Industry and
Trade of the U.N. Economic Commission for Asia
and the Far East (Ecafe), which will convene at
Bangkok, Thailand, March 7 to 15 :
Chairman
Walter M. Kotschnig, Director, Office of International
Economic Affairs, Department of State, and Deputy
U.S. Representative on the U.N. Economic and Social
Council
° On Feb. 21 a fourth draft resolution was introduced
by Taniima (A/C. 1/L. 171). On Feb. 22 a fifth draft
resolution, introduced by India (A/C. VL. 172), was given
priority in the voting and was adopted by Committee I
by a vote of 7C-0-2. The representatives of Greece, the
U.K., and Panama thereupon announced that they would
not press their respective draft resolutions to a vote.
Vice Chairman
Eugene M. Braderman, Director, Far Eastern Division,
Office of International Trade, Department of
Commerce
Advisers
David A. Andrews, Minerals Adviser, U.S. Operations
Mission, Djakarta, Indonesia
William Diehl, Chief, Far Eastern Division, Office of
International Finance, Department of the Treasury
George R. Jacobs, First Secretary of Embassy, Bangkok,
Thailand
Ealton L. Nelson, Office of the Deputy Director, Bureau
of Employment Security, Department of Labor
John R. O'Brien, Policy Adviser, Office of Assistant
Director for Far East, U.S. Information Agency
William C. Ockey, Deputy Director, Office of North Asian
Affairs, Department of State
Rufus Burr Smith, OfBcer-in-Charge, Economic Afflairs,
Office of South Asian Affairs, Department of State
Stokes M. Tolbert, Economic Analyst, U.S. Operations
Mission, Bangkok, Thailand
At its forthcoming session, the Committee will
consider a number of important topics upon which
it will make recommendations to the Commission,
which is scheduled to hold its 13th session at Bang-
kok from March 18 to 28.
The question of increased industrialization will
be reflected in the reports of the subcommittees or
electric power and mineral resources development,
both of which will point up the demand for raw
materials and increased availability of power for
their conversion and processing. Other elements
in the problems created by industrialization —
trained labor and housing for workers — will be
brought out in reports of working parties on spe-
cific aspects of these general subjects.
In connection with a report of the study tour of
electric power experts to Europe and North
America, a group of 11 technicians from the re-
gion engaged in a 12-week study tour of Russia,
Sweden, Germany, Czechoslovakia, Switzerland,
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States. During the United States phase of the
tour in the full of 19.5G, the study group was
escorted by representatives of the International
Cooperation Administration and the Detroit Edi-
son Company to important electiic power instal-
lations in the United States.
The Committee will also consider the report of
the second session of the subcommittee on trade,
whicli met at Tokyo in the fall of 1956, at wliich
the United States was represented by a delegation
headed by E. E. Schnellbacher, director of the
508
Department of State Bulletin
: )liice of Trade Promotion, Bureau of Foreign
['(iiiimerce, Department of Commerce.
The Committee on Industry and Trade is com-
posed of the 22 member states and 3 associate mem-
bers of the Economic Commission for Asia and the
Ji'ar East.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Trusteeship Council
ProTisional Agenda of the Nineteenth Session of the
Trusteeship Council to be convened at United Nations
Headquarters, New York, on Thursday, 14 March 1957,
at 11 a. m. T/1297, February 5, 1957. 59 pp. mimeo.
tion in the Piehl of Inland Transport in 105G. Note by
the Technical Assistance .\dmiiiislration. E/CN.ll/-
Trans/127, .January 2, 1957. 4 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Inland
Transport Committee. Report of the ECAFE/FAO
Working Party on Railway Track (Wooden) Sleepers.
E/CN.ll/Trans/Sub.1/47, January 2, 1957. 28 pp.
mimeo.
Freedom of Information. Media of Information in Under-
Developed Countries. Report by the Secretary-General.
E/2947, Januaiy 4, 1957. 18 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Provisional Agenda
for the Eleventh Session of the Commission on the
Status of Women. Note by the Secretary-General.
E/CN.6/290, January 8, 19.'57. 6 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Access of Women
to Education. Report prepared by the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization.
E/CN.6/2U1, January 9, 1957. 14 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Infoiniation Con-
cerning the Status of Women in Non-Self-Goveruing
Territories. Report by the Secretary-General. E/-
CN.6/293, January 14, 1957. 10 pp. mimeo.
Economic and Social Council
International Classification of Hard Coals by Type. Pre-
pared by the secretariat of the Economic Commission
for Europe. Geneva, August 1956. 52 pp. printed.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Trade Com-
mittee. Payments and the Regional Market in Inter-
Latin-American Trade. Analysis and recommendations.
E/CN.12/C.1/4, August 13, 1956. 35 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Inland
Transport Committee. Activities in the Field of In-
land Waterways. Progress report by the Executive
Secretary. E/CN.ll/Trans/124, November 16, 1956.
7 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Trade Com-
mittee. Report Submitted by the Trade Committee to
the Economic Commission for Latin America. E/CN.-
12/C.1/7, November 29, 1956. 74 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Access of Women
to Education. Report by the Secretary-General.
E/CN.6/287, December 4, 1956. 25 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Com-
mittee on Industry and Trade. Report of the Sub-com-
mittee on Trade (Second Session) to the Committee
on Industry and Trade (Ninth Session). E/CN.ll/-
I&T/129, December 11, 19.56. 54 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Com-
mittee on Industry and Trade. Report of the Working
Party on Housing and Building Materials (Fourth
Meeting) to the Committee on Industry and Trade
(Ninth Session). E/CN.11/I&T/127 Corr. 1, December
18, 1956. 1 p. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Information Con-
cerning the Status of Women in Trust Territories. Re-
port by the Secretary-General. E/CN.6/288, Decem-
ber IS, 1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Development of International Travel, Its Present In-
creasing Volume and Future Prospects. Addendum to
the note by the Secretary-General. E/2933/Add.l, De-
cember 20, 1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Inland
Transport Committee. Activities in the Field of High-
ways. Progress report bv the Executive Secretary.
E/CN.ll/Trans/125, December 31, 19.56. 5 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Technical Assist-
ance : Summary of Selected Projects Affecting the
Status of Women. Memorandum by the Secretary-
General. E/CN.6/2S9, January 2, 1957. 37 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. In-
land Transport Committee. Assistance Provided by
the United Nations Technical Assistance Administra-
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
International Court of Justice
Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
Notice of toithdraical of recognition of compulsory ju-
risdiction deposited: India, February 8, 1957.
Weights and Measures
Convention for the creation of an international office of
weights and measures. Signed at Paris May 20, 1875.
Entered into force January 1, 1876. 20 Stat. 709.
Accession deposited: India, January 11, 1957.
BILATERAL
Canada
Agreement relating to navigation improvements in Cana-
dian waters of the Detroit River section of the Great
Lakes connecting channel. Effected by exchange of
notes at Ottawa July 23 and October 26, 1956, and Feb-
ruary 26, 1957. Entered into force October 26, 1956.
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of June 15, 1955
(TIAS .3.304). Signed at Washington June 26, 1956.
Entered into force: March 4, 19.57 (date on which each
Government received from the other notification that it
has complied with statutory and constitutional re-
quirements).
Iran
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington March 5, 1957. Enters
into force on the day on which each Government re-
ceives from the other written notification that it has
March 25, 1957
509
complied with statutory aud constitutional require-
ments.
Nicaragua
Agreement for performance by members of Army and Air
Force Missions of duties specified in article V of the
military assistance agreement of April 23, 1954 (TIAS
2U40). Effected by exchange of notes at Managua Jan-
uary 17 and February 9, 1957. Entered into force
February 9, 1957.
Venezuela
Agreement for exemption of merchant vessels from re-
quirements of admeasurement by port authorities.
Effected by exchange of notes at Caracas February 21,
1957. Entered into force February 21, 1957.
Joseph C. Satterthwaite as Director General of the
Foreign Service. (For biographic details, see press re-
lease lOe dated March 2.)
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on January 25 confirmed Ellsworth Bunker
to be Ambassador to India. (For biographic details, see
press release 611 dated December 7, 1956.)
Designations
Harry F. Stimpson, Jr., as Special Assistant to the Un-
der Secretary, effective January 23.
John Wesley Jones as Deputy Assistant Secretary for
European Affairs, effective February 14.
William R. Tyler as Director, Office of Western Euro-
pean Affairs, effective February 14.
George L. West, Jr., as Deputy Director, OflSce of West-
ern European Affairs, effective February 14.
John M. Raymond as Deputy Legal Adviser, effective
March 1. (For biographic details, see press release 109
dated March 4.)
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: March 4-10
Releases
may be olitained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press release issued prior to March 4 which ap-
pears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 102 of
March 1.
No. Date
Subject
tl07 3/4
ForoUin RcUitions volume.
108 3/4
lACPR subcommittees meet.
*109 3/4
Raymond appointed Deputy Legal Ad-
vi.ser (biographic details).
110 3/5
Dulles : Israeli withdrawal (combined
with No. 111).
111 3/5
Dulles : news conference transcript.
112 3/5
Cultural exchanges under SEATO.
113 3/5
Recognition of Ghana.
114 3/5
DuUes-Von Brentano communique.
115 3/5
Dulles : Mitldle East resolution.
tll6 3/6
U.S.-Iran atomic agreement.
117 3/G
l)ulles: departure statement.
118 3/6
Four-Power Working Group on German
reunification.
tll9 3/7
U.S. contribution to malaria eradica-
tion.
120 3/7
Delegation to ECAFE Committee on
Industry and Trade (rewrite).
*121 3/7
Educational exchange.
tl22 3/7
U.S.-Mexican air transport agreement.
123 3/8
Murphy : "Interlocking Elements in Our
National Security."
124 3/S
Dulles : radio greeting to people of
Australia.
tl25 3/8
Foreign Service examination.
126 3/9
Ambassador Richards' departure for
Middle East,
iited.
* Not pr
t Held f
>r a later issue of the But.i.ftin.
510
Departmenf of Sfofe Bullefin
March 25, 1957
Index
Vol. XXXVI, No. 926
American Principles. Interlocking Elements in Our
National Security (Murphy) 475
American Republics. Representatives of American Presi-
dents Prepare for Final Meeting 479
Asia
ECAFE Committee on Industry and Trade (delef-'ation) . 508
Travel to Far East Reaches Peak in 1956 504
U.S. Begins Cultural Exchanges Under SEATO Pact . . 503
U.S. Delegation Leaves To Attend Third Meeting of
SEATO Council (Dulles, delegation) 493
Austria. Exlmbank Credit to Austria 491
China* Communist
Interlocking Elements in Our National Security (Mur-
phy) 475
Second Annual Report of the Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization 49G
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5 . . . . 482
Communism
Interlocking Elements In Our National Security (Mur-
phy) . . - 475
Second Annual Report of the Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization . . . , 49G
Congress, The
Congress Passes Joint Resolution on Middle East (Eisen-
hower, Dulles) 480
Congressional Documents 506
Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and Stability in the
Middle East 481
U.S. -U.K. Agree To Amend Financial Agreement of 1945
(Elsenhower, text of amendment) 492
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Bunker) 510
Designations (Stlmpson, Jones, Tyler, West, Raymond,
Satterthwalte) 510
Economic Affairs
Eximbank Credit to Austria 491
Second Annual Report of the Southeast Asia Treaty Or-
ganization 496
Travel to B'ar East Reaches Peak in 1956 504
U.S.-U.K. Agree To Amend Financial Agreement of 1945
(Eisenhower, text of amendment) 492
Educational Exchange. U.S. Begins Cultural E-Xchanges
Under SEATO Pact 503
Egypt. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5. . 482
Europe. Working Group on Germany and European Se-
curity 491
Germany
German Foreign Minister Visits United States .... 490
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5 . . . . 482
Working Group on Germany and European Security . . 491
Ghana
Ghana Becomes 81st Member of United Nations
(Lodge) 490
New State of Ghana (Elsenhower) 489
India. Confirmations (Bunker) 510
International Organizations and Conferences
EC.\FE Committee on Industry and Trade (delegation) . 508
U.S. Delegation Leaves To Attend Third Meeting of
SEATO Council (delegation) 493
Israel. Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5 . 4S2
Middle East
Congress Passes Joint Resolution on Middle East (Elsen-
bcpwer, Dulles) 480
Interlocking Elements in Our National Security (Mur-
phy) 475
Joint Resolution To Promote Peace and Stability in the
Middle East 481
Secretary Dulles' News Conference of March 5 . . . . 482
United Nations Expresses Hope for Resumed Negotiations
on Cy|)rus (Wadsworth, text of resolution) .... 507
Mutual Security. Second Annual Report of the Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization 496
Presidential Documents
Congress Passes Joint Resolution on Middle East . . . 480
New State of Ghana 489
President Transfers O.C.B. to National Security Council . 504
U.S.-U.K. Agree To Amend Financial Agreement of 1945 . 492
Protection of Nationals and Property. Secretary Dulles'
News Conference of March 5 482
Treaty Information
Current Actions 509
U.S.-U.K. Agree To Amend Financial Agreement of 1945
(Elsenhower, text of amendment) 492
U.S.S.R. Interlocking Elements in Our National Security
(Murphy) 475
United Kingdom. U.S.-U.K. Agree To Amend Financial
Agreement of 1945 (Eisenhower, text of amendment) . 492
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 509
ECAFE Committee on Industry and Trade (delegation) . 508
Ghana Becomes Slst Member of United Nations (Lodge) . 490
United Nations Expresses Hope for Resumed Negotiations
on Cyprus (Wadsworth, text of resolution) .... 507
Name Index
Bunker, Ellsworth 510
Dulles, Secretary 480, 482, 490, 493
Eisenhower, President 480, 489. 492, 504
Jones, John Wesley 510
Lodge, Henry Cabot 490
Murphy, Robert ,.•..>, 475
Raymond, John M 510
Richards, James P 481
Satterthwalte, Joseph C 510
Stlmpson, Harry F., Jr 510
Tyler. William R 510
von Brentano, Helnrich 490
Wadsworth, James J 507
West, George L., Jr 510
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957
^0.^:^^!^
3 9999
06352
763 2
i
r
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11